Operation Mind Control - Researcher's Edition

David, Young Air Force Sergeant
He Was One Of The Victims.

"Ever since I got out of the service I haven't been able to give a day-by-day
account of what happened to me during those four years. The scary thing is that I
still have a horrible fear of talking. I have a tendency to speed up my speech when
I'm being pressed on something; and I get very tense when anyone asks me about
my service duties.

"Something has happened to my mind — "

This expensive gold pin, in which is set a rare white jade, diamonds, and emeralds, was worn
on special occasions by a 'Presidential Model". Each of the stones as well as the symbol of
the butterfly were used in programming the woman who wore it. The pin also served as a
signal to handlers. It told them that the beauty who wore it had received the 'Monarch
Programming' and would fall under the spell of anyone who possessed the codes, cues and
Mind Control was largely a male chauvinist's game.

About The Author

W.H. Bowart was awarded the McMahon Scholarship in journalism to the
University of Oklahoma. In 1965 he founded the New York Weekly The East
Village Other. That same year he founded The Underground Press Syndicate
which quickly grew to include 200 papers around the world. Since that time he
has edited The Aspen Daily News, The Port Townsend Daily News and Palm
Springs Life. He has written numerous articles and several novels under a variety
of noms de plume. He is on the Advisory Board of The Freedom of Thought
Foundation and, at present is making a documentary based on this book.

4 Operation Mind Control

Page numbering errata:

Several pages had to be inserted and are marked with" a" For example if a page had to be inserted
between this one and the next one h would be marked "4a". There is no page 571 so please don't
look for h, or write us asking for h.

OPERATION

MIND
CONTROL

By W.H. Bowart

RESEARCHER'S EDITION

6 W.H. Bowart

Published by
FLATLAND EDITIONS

P.O. Box 2420
Fort Bragg, Ca. 95437

©1978 by WJi Bowart
Revised expanded second edition common law copyright 1994 by
International Artists Trust of Eiran

First Edition published by Dell Publishing Company 1978

AD rights reserved. No part of this book may be reproduced in any form or by any means without the prior
written permission of the Publisher, excepting brief quotes used in connection with reviews written
specuicaiA lor inclusion in a magazine or newspaper.

NOTICE TO COPYMACHINE OPERATORS:

COPY ONLY REGISTERED COPIES, NUMBERED AND WITH THE ORIGINAL
SIGNATURE AND SEAL MADE OUT IN THE NAME OF THE OWNER.
DO NOT COPY THIS WITHOUT SIGNED AND SEALED SHAREWARE
COPYRIGHT AGREEMENT SHOWING ROYALTIES PAID AND THE NUMBER OF

COPIES AUTHORIZED TO THE UCENSCEE.
( You will be asked to mail the permits back in an attached self-addressed stamped

envelope.)

Cover price: $80

Photocopying of this book is permitted in this way, as shareware, by sending a
royalty check for $15.00 per copy to the author, WJi. Bowart, P.O. Box 35072,

Tucson, Arizona 85740-5072

Registered owners of this book shall be notified about future Researchers Updates

when they occur, and will be sent appendices and additional materials.
Researchers are urged to submit their corrections, criticisms and arguments to

the author at the above address.

Second Edition (Research Edition of 500 copies) numbered and printed November 1994

Operation Mind Control 7

This book is dedicated to the survivors of Operation Mind Control.

Also, this book is dedicated to my best pal,
without whose support it could not have been accomplished.

8 W.H.Bowart

This is a limited Researcher's Edition of
Operation Mind Control.

Information in this book
differs from information
previously made public.
This book is an inquiry
into the discrepencies.

Operation Mind Control 9

7 know of no safe depository of the ultimate powers of society but the people
themselves, and if we think them not enlightened enough to exercise their control
with a wholesome discretion, the remedy is not to take it from them, but to
inform their discretion by education.*

— Thomas Jefferson

"In the technotronic society the trend would seem to be towards the aggregation
of the individual support of millions of uncoordinated citizens, easily within the
reach of magnetic and attractive personalities effectively exploiting the latest
communication techniques to manipulate emotions and control reason.''

— Zbigniew Brzezinski, National Security Advisor

7 don 't believe the Constitution of the United States gives you the right to commit
a crime if you want to; therefore, the Constitution does not guarantee you the
right to maintain inviolable the personality forced on you in the first place - if
and when the personality manifests strongly antisocial behavior. The new
behavioral control techniques make even the hydrogen bomb look like a child's
toy, and, of course, they can be used for good or evil.."

— Dr. James V. McConnell, Professor of Psychology, University of Michigan

'Only puny secrets need protection. Big discoveries are protected by public
incredulity"

— Marshall McLuhan and Barrington Nevitt

Note for the second edition

A WARNING TO SURVIVORS!

This book contains information that will trigger you. Give it to your
deprogrammer, rather than try to read it yourself unless you have a thoroughly
reintegrated personality. Some of this information is wrong and can be harmful to
you. Inevitably it is impossible to weed out the triggers, since programming varies
from person to person, from handler to handler. Thus, know that if you have ever
been programmed you may be triggered by information in this book

At the end of the book is an information sheet about the Freedom of Thought
Foundation which, as of this writing, is an ad hoc committee of survivors,
researchers, therapists, deprogrammers, counselors, lawyers, doctors and civil
rights activists. We hope that this will, in the short terra, evolve into a reliable
referral service so that more survivors can be directed to qualified deprogrammers
and that more therapists, doctors and counselors can learn the efficient
technologies to help victims of classical trauma- based programming. In the long
term we hope that it will also become an effective political organization to curb
human experimentation and attacks on the human mind on both an individual
and collective basis.

In order to protect us all from cross-pollination or contamination, certain specific,
but trivial information is deliberately false and has been planted as a sort of "tag".
Thus if suvivors start coming up with the planted information we will know that
there's a probability that they have been corrupted by this book.

The author, editors or publisher take no responsibility for any triggering that may
occur.

Operation Mind Control 13

Author's Note

This book is an exercise in citizens intelligence. The editorial "we" is used herein
literally. This book is the result of a collaboration of many. The author and the
majority of those who have contributed to it are private citizens working on their
own in a synergistic effort, without major funding or corporate support, without
government privilege or "need to know," other than that need cited by Jefferson ~
the need for informed discretion in a democracy. Without the help of these many
people who, like the author, were motivated by shock and outrage that citizens
have been so victimized by their own government this book would not have been
undertaken.

Thanks first to the survivors of mind control who had the courage to come
forward and tell their stories. Since this book first came out I have interviewed
countless more mind control survivors. Alas, while adding much to the content
of my files, few have shed new light on the processes involved. The network which
produced this book will continue to look for the codes, cues and triggers by which
to unlock the multi-personalities - appropriate states from the past which are
moved forward to this inappropriate present - so that they can join in the life of
the whole human being within whom they have been locked.

A number of professional people gave valuable technical assistance and patient
explanations. My thanks to Harry Arons, Robert Brauers, David Bruce, Dr. and
Mrs. Sidney M. Cohen, Drs. Gary and Gwen Dean, Robert Dunn, Dr. Remo
Dicenso, Betty Dumaine, Dr. Milton E. Erickson, Morris Ernst, Bernard
Fensterwald, George Griffin, Col. Laird Guttersen, Dr. Corey Hammond, Averell
Harriman, Dr. Paul Henshaw, Edward Hunter, Hon. Louis K. Lefkowitz, John
MacDonald, Dr. Colin Ross, V.R. Sanchez, Alan W. Sheflin, Dr. Edgar Schein,
David Wise, Mrs. E.D. Yeomans, and CoL Joseph H. ZiglinskL

14 W.H. Bowart

I received a great deal of assistance from a number of researchers and writers
around the world. Thanks to David Bareglass, Chip Berlet, Martin Cannon, Steve
Bratcher, Nancy Bressler, Jeff Cohen, Loren Coleman, Richard Crowe, David
Emory, Edward J. Epstein, William Grimstad, Paul Hoch, L Ron Hubbard, Trevor
Harvey, John Judge, Larry Lee, Charles Maierson. John Marks, Jim Martin, John
McGuffm, David McQueen, Sandra Meiersdorff, Janet Michaud, Beverly Ogden,
George OToole, Kenn Thomas, Wes Thomas, Richard Popkin, Jeff Quiros, Sir
William Stevenson, Scoop Sweeny, Civia Tamarkin, Harold Weisberg, David
Williams, Cheryl Welsh, Peter Watson, Charles Zeps and the many people who
sent me clippings, documents and testimonies over the years.

Mae Brussell kept in contact with me from the time this book was originally
released until her untimely death. She illuminated my understanding on Project
Paperclip, the cryptocracy's illegal importation of Nazis into the U.S. intelligence
systems after WWII, and called my attention to the circumstances of the probable
programming of the assassin of John Lennon and the attempted assassins of
Gerald Ford and Ronald Reagan.

Other valuable assistance was given by the following institutions and
organizations: The Rare Books and Special Collections Division of Princeton
University Library, Brain Mind Bulletin, Zodiac News Service, Freedom News
Service, Pacific News Service, The Fifth Estate, Network Against Psychiatric
Assault, The Assassination Information Bureau, American Society of Clinical
Hypnosis, Sanity Now, Society for Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, Center for
National Security Studies, Group for the Advancement of Psychiatry, World Wide
Photos/ United Press, Library of Congress and the National Technical Information
Service.

Anthony Robbins and the staff of Robbins Research Institute trained me in
Neuro- linguistics Programming and stuck with me through all sorts of
adventures until I earned my certification, finally assimilating what Milton
Erickson had been trying to get me to understand in 1976. So-called NLP, was a
big Eureka. I saw it as ( if applied for the highest purposes ) a great tool of
liberation, discovery and human achievement Even though NLP has been a
valuable tool of the cryptocrats, there are always many more good guys than bad
guys.

My understanding of the intelligence community was molded by exchanges with a
number of intelligence and military people. Most of them wish to remain
nameless.

Special overt thanks to Colonel L Fletcher Prouty for his patient accounts and
interpretations of the Cold War history which he witnessed from within the
fledgling cryptocracy. Thanks also go to Michael Kradz and Alan Bell of Dektor
Counter-intelligence and Security who trained me in the use of the Psychological

Operation Mind Control 15

Stress Evaluator, and Carl F. Boode of Desert Security who made his equipment
available to me to examine the stress patterns of those I interviewed..

Tom Miller gave me much of his time and expertise, as citizens

counter-intelligence agent extraordinary His interest in the subject never waned,

and research for his own book The Assassination Please Almanac" (1977,
Contemporary Books) uncovered leads for this one.

Kudos to Johanna Moore Gruneck, Martha Sowerwine and my mother, for their
patience and support.

Between the first edition and this one, seventeen years have passed. My thanks go
to all those who kept demanding that this book be brought back into print It was
their demand which drove the price of the original paperback to a remarkable
$250 per fine copy and finally created the market demand for this Researchers

I owe a special thanks to a number who insist on anonymity. Thank you all for
providing the additional research for this expanded edition and, as always, to
Richard Condon who gave me early encouragement and offered his valued
commentary in the mid 70's, at the beginning of my quest for the truth. Last and
foremost I am indebted to my Enid High School journalism teacher, Miss Ruth
Scott, who started me on the path of citizens intelligence so long ago.

Edition.

Walter Bowart
November 11, 1994
Paradise, Arizona

Operation Mmd Control 17

Contents

♦ Chapter 1 The Cryptorian Candidate

♦ Chapter 2 Only One Mind for My Country

♦ Chapter 3 The Mind Laundry Myth

♦ Chapter 4 Without Knowledge or Consent

♦ Chapter 5 Holy Arid Wars

♦ Chapter 6 The Guinea Pig Array

♦ Chapter 7 TheMKULTRANS

♦ Chapter 8 The Mata Hari of Mind Control

♦ Chapter 9 The Story of 0

♦ Chapter 10 MINDWAR

♦ Chapter 11 Project Monarch?

♦ Chapter 12 Thanks for the Memories

♦ Chapter 13 Monarch Corroboration

♦ Chapter 14 Himmler's Guinea Kids

♦ Chapter 15 Finders, Kidnappers, Nazis

♦ Chapter 16 May The Force Be With Us!

♦ Chapter 17 The Slaves Who Buried the Pharoah

♦ Chapter 18 Brave New World in a Skinner Box

♦ Chapter 19 A School for Assassins

♦ Chapter 20 The Four Faces of a Zombie

♦ Chapter 21 The Lone Nuts

♦ Chapter 22 The Ignored Confessions

♦ Chapter 23 Another Hypno-Patsy?

♦ Chapter 24 Confession by Automatic Writing

♦ Chapter 25 The Patriotic Assassin

♦ Chapter 26 Sleeper Agent

♦ Chapter 27 Deep Probe

♦ Chapter 28 From Bionic Woman to Stimulated Cat

♦ Chapter 29 Invisible Warfare

♦ Chapter 30 Tuned to A Mental Radio?

♦ Chapter 31 The Warrior's Tongue

♦ Chapter 32 Cult Control

18 WM Bowart

♦ Chapter 33 The Fire In Waco

♦ Chapter 34 Have Buck Rogers Ray Gun - Will Travel

♦ Chapter 35 Human EM Targets

♦ Chapter 36 A Satanic-UFO Reich?

♦ Chapter 37 TheCOM-12 Briefing

♦ Chapter 38 Project Greenstar?

♦ Chapter 39 False Memory Spindrorae

♦ Chapter 40 Dangerous Free Thinking

♦ Chapter 41 A Repealing Thought

♦ Shareware order form

♦ Freedom of Thought Foundation Membership Application

Operation Mind Control 19

Foreword

by Richard Condon
Author of The Manchurian Candidate

father for professional reasons broke Crock's legs in eight places to be certain that
the child would grow up walking grotesquely so as to ensure his eminence as a
clown. The act brought much pain and indignity forever but, Grock's father
reasoned, was there not a wholly justifiable element involved? Was not the
clowning tradition immortally enhanced by those unnatural legs?

As demonstrated inescapably by W.H. Bowart in this book, our Father who art in
the American secret police has endowed hundreds of scientists at American

research in so many great halls of learning has exceeded a cost of untold secret
millions of dollars (the only yardstick remaining by which we are willing to
measure anything) indicates that this Grockian entertainment being produced by
our secret police is a matter of ambitious policy rather than the happenstance of
cloak-and-dagger adventure.

In this book W.H. Bowart has proven each step of this official, terminal,
government anarchy, even though that appears to be a contradiction in terms. To
alter and control human minds is the ultimate anarchy. What is offered by official
apologists as a tribute to the deeds of daring-do by romantic spies are acts of
hatred and sadism against all people in an insane and degraded determination to
extirpate conscience from society.

W.H. Bowart underwent a long and expensive process to assemble the hard facts
which comprise this book. Each document attesting to secret police intent had to
be ferreted out of government archives by badgering persistence until, page by
page, the information was released to him by his right under the Freedom of
Information Act The essence of that law seems to be that one need only write
away to a federal agency for information about the general areas in which the
citizen is interested. Not so. W.H. Bowart needed to expend large sums of money
to employ researchers in Washington and elsewhere in order to discover the
precise name, number, and description of the contents of each document toward
which he was groping through black streams of informational darkness. Without
this it would have been impossible to apply for the transfer of copies of these

20 W.H. Bowart

documents to himself for this book. He had to comb the United States for peopl
from many walks of life who knew, vaguely remembered, or suspected that they

had been under the mind control of secret police and military agencies, then had
to backtrack again with information gleaned from them to labyrinthine research
among thousands of federal archives.

Please keep fearfully in mind that the astonishing information published in this
seminal work of investigative reporting, concerning avenues taken to decision and
execution by our secret police to fracture or dissolve human minds, then to
operate a Yo-Yo, for purposes of counter-intelligence military "efficiency," and the
destruction of democratic institutions, was drawn directly from federal records
and from official laboratory archives of the highest educational purpose - as well
as from the reviving memories of those who had already undergone the
dehumanizing process.

The prostitution of the mind by our secret police preceded the murder of the
mind. To attain the advanced techniques now available to "magnetic and
attractive" political personalities, it was necessary to turn out the laboratories of
science as a pimp turns out his heartless whores upon the winter streets; our
hallowed educators, army and navy and air force commanders and personnel, the
beloved medical profession, august and inspiring temples of the law, our
esteemed statesmen, and all Americans living and dead. Each one of those groups
is involved in this dismembering of the mind.

Taxes and the collective conscience make the urination of the secret police upon
the human mind possible. "Brainwashing" per se is no news to any of us.
Controlled assassins are not known to us only through fiction. Advertising
assaults on behalf of poisonous materials to induce us successfully to buy and
consume are early on bastions of iti u \ d control.

No one ~ not anyone - needs theologians to answer the question: "Where does
the soul live?" We know the soul lives in the mind because the soul is the mind in
all of its unfathomably intricate individual conditioning. It is the mind of intent,
of hope, of purpose, of achievement by the spirit beyond achievement by physical

When Crock's father broke his son's legs in eight places there may have been
alarm, on the one hand, that a man could do such a calamitous thing to his son
but, on the other, the same people responded to Crock's genius to which those
hopelessly deformed legs had contributed, and roared with laughter. That was the
normal reaction when we were the audience and crazy-legs Crock was the clown.
But W.H. Bowart demonstrates to us in this book that we have become Crock.
We are the spinning, hobbling, waddling clowns in the eyes of our vividly
delineated secret police.

Operation Mind Control 21

"Oh, no!" (Can you hear the outcry?) Oh, yes, writes W.H. Bowart in this fearful
record you now hold in your hands.

Apologists rush in, hired for all such occasions from everywhere, by the secret
government crying out, "you are, as usual, like all of your exaggerating kind,
making a mountain out of a molehill. While it may (or may not) be true that our
secret police occasionally swing the sledgehammer on little minds, it is (or is not)
being done as a patriotic act to protect our beloved people." They reel backward,
hands clutching chests as the full realization seems to hit them. "My God!
Bowart cannot believe that our government of the people, by the people, and for
the people would use such loathsome forces against citizens. If such research was
done (or was not done) then it would be for purely abstract research reasons - for
the expansion of human knowledge."

W.H. Bowart's book is also a freezing vision of the mutations of the aspirations of
science. Scientists, educators, and their leaders, The Great Men, Having stumbled
upon the possibility of controlling the human mind, might well have withheld this
knowledge from the secret police and brought it forward for all to share, would
you not say? If the means are at hand actually to enter and control the mind -
not through the far-off smoke signals of psychiatry and psychoanalysis - can we
conceive of what might be found in terms of medical triumphs, the conquest of
pain and of group hatreds, and mental energy released by unraveling the Garden
knots of mental perplexity to make one straight laser line that might then pierce
the doubts and fears which beset each one of us? In terms of education
light-years ahead of the educational means we presently employ, in basic and
advanced of cultures, languages, and skills; in short, understanding each other
across the face of the world, this development of Mind Control makes the
invention of movable type seem like a primordial grunt from the shadows of a rain
iorest lost in time.

What has been achieved by the secret police in relation to mind control is
scrupulously set down in W.H. Bowart's extraordinary book. The question the
book puts is this: do you wish this immeasurably important technique to remain
as a weapon to be used against you and your children by what Bowart calls the
Cryptocracy, or do you wish to use it as a universal key to unlock a thousand new
chances that your children will not be murdered in future wars?

In an epigraph to this book, Zbigniew Brzezinski measures the political
probabilities of mind control use when he says, "exploiting the latest
communications techniques to manipulate emotion and control reason." To day
our secret police and our military establishment have demonstrated in Vietnam
and elsewhere (examined by Bowart herein), the powers to create assassins out of
our children. The expansion of these powers, which are able to turn young men
and women into murderous criminals at will, goes on unchecked by the oft-called
"investigative" press, by "moral" leaders at the bar, in the pulpits, in high

22 W.H.Bowart

government, and on campuses. Yet the people they call the public have long
suspected that it has become government policy to control minds. If there is
general information abroad on this subject, then consider that which must be at
the disposal of the congressional investigating committees as they bugle their
determination to control the powers of darkness within our secret police.

Zombie is a quaint, old-fashioned folklore word which, by its meaning, becomes
obscene when our children's minds are being controlled by any one of dozens of
federal secret police agencies. Have government agencies perfected methods
sustained by the taxpayers to control the minds of the people who shot the
Kennedy's, Martin Luther King, and Orlando Letelier, the former Chilean
economist and diplomat Were the assassins programmed to forget they did it or
were they programmed to do it? We may never know for they stand bewildered,
idiotically grinning for the cameras. Have the technicians developed a model
Giant, Economy-Size Government Assassin which can easily be turned out by the
thousands?

The murders of a few hundred humans by a few hundred other humans is
commonplace enough but, for the flavor of horror and terror, of endless
nightmare rampant upon a landscape of what was once American democracy,
consider this expansion of the Brzezinski epigraph which cannot repeated often
enough: "In the technotronic society the trend would seem to be toward the
aggregation of the individual support of millions of uncoordinated citizens, easily
within the reach of magnetic and attractive personalities, effectively exploiting
the latest communications techniques to manipulate emotion and control
reason."

The threatening state of American political leadership over the last fifteen years
may seem to murmur that the "magnetic and attractive personalities" might
rather not resist the destruction of democratic institutions by "effectively
exploiting" these shocking gains into the control of minds. It might even be wise
to consider W.H. Bowart's real evidence herein, then do what we can to protect
ourselves if that proud right, with the love of freedom, has not been atrophied by
"the latest communications techniques."

There is an alternative. We can all forever more be transformed into the image of
Grock the clown.

Kicnard Condon
Kilmoganny, Ireland
31 May 1977

THE CRYPTORIAN CANDIDATE

It may have been the biggest story since the atom bomb. The headline, however,
was small and ignored the larger issue. "Drug Tests by CIA Held More Extensive
Than Reported in 75," said the New York Times on Jury 16, 1977. What it should
have said is "U.S. Develops Invisible Weapons to Enslave Mankind."

The testing of drugs by the CIA was just a part of the United States government's
top-secret mind-control project, a project which had spanned thirty-five years and
had involved tens of thousands of individuals. It involved techniques of hypnosis,
narco-hypnosis, electronic brain stimulation, behavioral effects of ultrasonic,
microwave, and low-frequency sound, aversive and other behavior modification
therapies. In fact, there was virtually no aspect of human behavioral control that
was not explored in their search for the means to control the memory and will of
both individuals and whole masses of people.

The CIA (and the Pentagon) succeeded in developing a whole range of
psycho-weapons to expand its already ominous psychological warfare arsenal
With these capabilities, it was now possible to wage a new kind of war - a war
which would take place invisibly, upon the battlefield of the human mind.

"Literature always anticipates life," Oscar Wilde said. "It does not copy it, but
molds it to its purpose." By Wilde's definition, then Richard Condon's The
Manchurian Candidate would appear to be literature.

Condon published his tour de force in 1958. It was the story of an American
Army sergeant who was captured by the enemy during the Korean conflict and, in
an improbable nine days, was hypno-programmed to murder on cue. The
sergeant returned to the United States and was post-hypnotically triggered to kill
by the sight of the queen of diamonds in a deck of cards. The sergeant
automatically killed several people, among them a candidate for President of the
United Stated. After he killed, his memory of the event was forever sealed by
amnesia.

At the time The Manchurian Candidate was published few people in the world,
Richard Condon included, knew that total control of the mind was possible.
Condon was writing fiction; he had merely read up on popular Pavlovian

24 W.H. Bowart

conditioning manuals and imagined the rest He had no way of knowing then
that mind control had already been the subject of years of secret research within
the clandestine agencies of the U.S. government The tricks of mind control he
described were employed (right down to the queen of diamonds cue) by the
programmers of real political assassins who developed foolproof techniques for the
control of thought memory, emotions, and behavior.

The Manchurian Candidate brought the idea of "brainwashing" to public
consciousness. Brainwashing is the use of isolation, deprivation, torture, and
indoctrination to break the human will. But what the book actually described was
something more than brainwashing. It was mind control: a total takeover of an
individual's mind by someone else. The someone else in Condon's version was a
mad Chinese psycho-scientist

Always the satirist Condon brought the Fu Manchu myth up to date. But
ironically, the techniques he described were first perfected and used not by the
Chinese or the Communists, but by the United States.

Condon's portrait of POWs during the Korean conflict went against the accepted
scientific and medical opinion of the time, which held that a man could not be
made to commit a criminal act against his own will or inner moral code by any
known means. Although Condon's book was not completely on target about the
details of GI mind control, he did accurately describe some of the motives,
coercive metnoaoiogy, ana psycnoiogical results 01 real-life mind control.

The psychological techniques described in The Manchurian Candidate had
secretly become a reality a decade before Condon saw his story set in type. A
decade later it appeared was as if Condon's fiction had been used as the blueprint
for the creation of an army of hypno-programmed "zombies". Some were
assassins prepared to kill on cue. Others were informers, made to remember
minute details under hypnosis. Couriers carried illegal messages outside the
chain of command, their secrets secured behind posthypnotic blocks. Knowledge
of secret information was removed from the minds of those who no longer had
the "need to know" -- they were given posthypnotic amnesia.

The fact is, induced amnesia had been used at least since World War Two. In the
Journal of Traumatic Stress 1 we find the story of a World War two veteran who
had been discharged from the service in 1947. According to Karen L Cassiday and
Judith A. Lyonns, the veteran had been treated at a VA hospital for Post
Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) since the war and had enjoyed good health and
a lasting relationship until he had his first cardio- vascular accident (CVA), known
in layman's terms as a stroke. Then he began to recall all the memories of his
intelligence service in the Pacific theater during the Second World War. In 1988

1 Kutn L Cuiidiy »nd Judith A. Lyoru, Recall of Traumatic Memories Following Cerebral Vascular Acaderi.

JOURNAL OP TRAUMATIC STRESS, VoL 5. No. 4. October, 1992. p. 627, Plenum Publishing Corp, 233 Spring Street, NYC.
10013.

Operation Mind Control 25

he suffered two CVA's that resulted in right side weakness, speech difficulties, loss
of motor control, and disorientation to situation, time, and place. These
symptoms gradually resolved and he was able to resume psychotherapy in 1989.
During therapy he began to recall combat memories and details of his service as
an intelligence officer for which he had previously been amnestic

According to the journal he particularly recalled "being captured and tortured by
administration of intravenous hallucinogens. He also recalled being bayoneted in
the right side during hand-to-hand combat, thus explaining the scar previously
noted. Newly recalled memories depicted the content of many of his nightmares
and dissociative episodes... He recalled his escape and military debriefing in which
he underwent hypnotic procedures to help him forget his combat experiences.
Although his recall of these procedures is sketchy, he remembers that these
hypnotic sessions occurred almost daily for several weeks during which time he
was also given medications. These procedures focused upon helping him develop
an identity and personal history that excluded intelligence service and traumatic
evens... Additionally while hospitalized, (he) had a flashback in which he mistook
IV (intravenous) apparatus for being bayoneted. An Asian physician observed him
speaking an Asian dialect during this flashback. Collectively, these data led us to
conclude that military events occurred as reported and cannot be dismissed as
delusions or fabrications."

The authors noted that in this man's case, "it appears that amnesia for traumatic
memories was disinhibited... His case indicates that cognitive impairment, such
as that due to declining health and aging, may also impair previously successful
defenses and lead to delayed PTSD (post traumatic stress disorder)."

Those who led us to believe that the intelligence agencies were searching for a
"Manchurian Candidate" have to go back and rewrite their false assumptions. The
fact came well before the fiction.

Most of the ordinary foot soldiers who fought in the dirty, televised Vietnam
conflict were released to civilian life without debriefing. For them there was no
"decompression" from the rage of war. They were released with all the reflexes of
trained assassins intact Those who had been conditioned in the black science of
the war of torture, terror, and technology were debriefed with special attention.
Their memories like those of the World War Two veteran mentioned in the
Journal of Traumatic Stress were completely erased before they were turned out
of the military that they returned to civilian life with only the minimum,
fragmented knowledge of who they were or what they had done. Their memories
had been smudged or removed by drugs, hypnosis, behavior modification,
conditioned reflex therapy, or some other evil wonder of mind control.

During my 1978 tour promoting this book , a call came to the KPIX-TV Good
Morning San Francisco Show while we were on the air. It was a retired Navy

26 W.H.Bowart

Commander who spoke of losing his memory after being admitted to a Navy
hospital after a lengthy tour of duty in which he and his "black pajama team" had
assassinated "charismatic" local political leaders behind a "fixed border in
Southeast Asia". In a private phone conversation later, the Commander told me
that the "fixed border" was indeed that of China. "1 got the flu. Almost everybody
on the returning team got this heavy flu. We went to the hospital and came out
with cardboard memories," he said. "It's taken me 13 years to remember what we
had been doing. I'm not proud of it, and I'm afraid to talk."

I had encountered my first case of mind control in the midst of the Watergate
scandal. A young man I'd known since childhood had returned from a tour of
duty in the U.S. Air Force, with amnesia, remembering nothing of his service,
except having had a good time. He subsequently learned, through intensive
private psychotherapy, that he'd been hypnotized and conditioned. His mind had
been unmade, then remade: his mind had been controlled.

I was completely fascinated by his story, but naturally, in 1973, 1 thought it was
an isolated, single event Then, quite by accident, a few months later, I overheard
another man in my hometown telling what was essentially the same story: how
he figured he'd been hypnotized and had his memory erased at a "debriefing"
prior to his separation from military service.

After hearing the second story I began to wonder how many more men had their
memories erased- I decided to run the following classified ad: "Researcher/writer
interested in contacting anyone with knowledge of the use of hypnosis by the
military, including ex-servicemen who have reason to believe they were
hypnotized (or drugged) while in the service and subsequently exhibited signs of
amnesia or hypermnesia (improved memory). All info held in strictest
confidence..."

I placed the ad in Soldier of Fortune (a magazine which reports on the activities
of mercenaries), a number of small publications aimed at hypnotists, behaviorists,
neurologists and other professionals, and popular magazines such as Rolling
Stone. To my amazement, I received more than a hundred replies to the ad.
Many stated that they had amnesia.

Ignoring the obvious crank letters, I followed up on the others and discovered that
too many were unable to say just what had caused their loss of memory. In some

post- Vietnam syndrome." So I concentrated on those who had not seen combat
but who either had high security clearances or were employed at the periphery of
the intelligence services.

Operation Mind Control 27

Letter and telephone exchanges narrowed the field down to eighteen persons who
fit the pattern of the first two men who had reported their amnesia to me. All
eighteen had security clearances - and could only recall isolated events from their
GI experience. I narrowed the field still further to those who remembered enough
to have at least some idea, however fragmentary and incomplete, of what had
happened to them.

Their stories were believable, but they shed little light on how amnesia had been
induced and what behavior had been controlled. To answer those deeper
questions I went to the libraries, and after two years of research I was able to find
enough scientific reports and government documents to tell the whole story of
what I call Operation Mind Control

Though the documented trail of mind control extends back many decades, it was
not always called by that name. The church and the state have always engaged in
psycho-theology and psycho-politics, the psychological manipulation of belief,
opinion, and actions for political and/or religious ends. But the complete control
of the human mind was only managed in the late 1940s by the U.S. government
It had to have existed in a variety of sub-cultures throughout human history.

My research concentrated on the period from 1938 to the late sixties, the period
during which I found there was an effort made by the agencies of the U.S.
government to develop sophisticated techniques of psycho-politics and mind
control in the modem sense (I thought).

The objective of Operation Mind Control 2 during this period has been to take
human beings, both citizens of the United States and citizens of friendly and
unfriendly nations and transform them into unthinking, subconsciously
programmed "zombies," motivated without their knowledge and against their
wills to perform in a variety of ways in which they would not otherwise willingly
perform. I learn that this is accomplished through the use of a number of various
techniques most of which amount to pain and trauma-based classical
conditioning.

Mind control is the most terrible imaginable crime because it is committed not
against the body, but against the mind and the souL Dr. Joost AM. Meerloo
expresses the attitude of the majority of psychologists in calling it "mind rape,"
and warns that it poses a great "danger of total physical destruction..."

' Various meditation groups use the words 'mind controf to describe
meditation, contemplation, and self-hypnosis; all these are usually harmless if
not beneficial practices. These techniques might more properly be called 'mind
self-control," for the individuals who use them seek control over their own minds
and bodies to obtain desired effects. The mind control examined in this book is
the control of one individual's mind by another, against the target's will and
without their conscious knowledge.

28 W.H.Bowart

Development of mind control was accomplished largely through the efforts of
individual psychologists, psychiatrists, and chemists, working in isolated
conditions under government contract Each researcher or research team was
allowed to know only what he or she needed to know to accomplish his or her
fragment of the research or testing. The contracts were let through a number of

While the CIA was a major hinder of the mind-control research, virtually every
major government agency became in some way knowingly or unwittingly
involved. While I began my research believing that a "cult of intelligence" was
behind the mind-control program, I found that there is, in fact, no single
originating force, but several. The operation is too widespread and complex for it
to be created by a "cult" If a cult there must be, then it is a cult within a cult, in
an interlocking chain of invisible mini-govermnents with unwritten rules,
unwritten plans, and unwritten loyalties. It is the plan of a secret bureaucracy -
what I call a cryptocracy - which conspires against our laws and our freedoms.

"Cryptocracy" is a compound of crypto, meaning "secret", and - cracy, meaning
"rule, government, governing body." The cryptocracy, then, is the secret
government whose identity and whereabouts have slowly and reluctantly been
hinted at by the Congress through its investigations into Watergate, the CIA, and
the rest of the intelligence community.

(The word cryptocracy is conspicuously absent from all dictionaries, even to this
day. I was told by one source within the cryptocracy that this word alone was
reason enough to keep this book off the market, for if, whenever the word
democracy is used, the word cryptocracy is placed against it, a powerful
propaganda effect takes place. As if one word alone could awaken the U.S.
citizenry to the fact that their democracy was overthrown by the National Security
Act of 1947.)

While the CIA, near the top of the intelligence pyramid has been drawing most of
the fire, the evidence of a cryptocracy clearly implicates the National Security
Agency, the National Programs Office, the Defense Intelligence Agency and its
subsidiaries in military intelligence, The Federal Bureau of Investigation as well as
the Civil Service. The crypto- alliance has extended in an ever expanding network
among private contractors and institutions and religious organizations. With the
Central Intelligence in the vanguard, the cryptocracy is composed of persons
operating within the office of Naval Intelligence, Army Intelligence, Air Force
Intelligence, Department of Justice, Department of Health, Education and
Welfare, Bureau of Prisons, Bureau of Narcotics, Atomic Energy Commission
(Department of Energy), Veteran's Administration, General Services
Administration, National Science Foundation, and even major American
corporations, especially certain airlines, oil companies, and aerospace contractors.

Operation Mind Control 29

The cryptocracy invades the privacy of citizens and corporations. It meddles,
often violently, in the internal politics of foreign nations, and has hired, trained,
and equipped mind-controlled assassins for the murder of heads of state. The
cryptocracy may have been involved in attempts to control U.S. elections. It
controls key figures in the U.S. and world press.

When CIA Director Robert M. Gates publicly promised "a greater openness and
sense of public responsibility" at the intelligence agency in April of 1992, he was
acting on the recommendations of a special task force that had studied ways to
make the agency more visible, credible and responsive to the outside world. But
when Task Force Report on Greater CIA Openness" was submitted to Gates, it
was stamped "Secret" CIA officials refused to disclose any of the report

After receiving a public scolding at a House hearing, Gates approved the
declassification of almost the entire report Significantly, the report touted the
accomplishments of the agency's existing "media program:"

PAO (the Public Affairs Office of the CIA) now has relationships with
reporters from every major wire service, newspaper, news weekly
and television network in the nation. This has helped us turn some
'intelligence failure 1 stones into 'intelligence success' stories, and it
has contributed to the accuracy of countless others.

In many instances, we have persuaded reporters to postpone,
change, hold or even scrap stones that could have adversely affected
national security interests or jeopardized sources and methods. 3

The story within the story, I discovered, is an astonishing one of a psychological
war waged by this U.S. cryptocracy against the American people. The scientific
reports and histories place the story in time, and at the government's door.
However, the literature of the cryptocracy ignores the very real human factor.
There is no written record of the mental anguish, the torture to the soul that
comes from loss of memory and the resulting identity crisis. That mental
anguish is the story of mind control.

The stories that follow are told by the failures of Operation Mind Control -
failures because the victims remember something; for where mind control is
successful there is no memory left

(Due to editorial considerations, many of the stories I uncovered have been left on
the editing room floor. Each individual in this book stands for and tells the story
of many victims of mind control In many cases the individuals I interviewed
believed their lives or sanity would be in danger if their names were made public.
Others wanted their names mentioned. I have, for a variety of reasons, chosen to

Wastovton Post National Wm*. May 3. 1992.

30 W.H.Bowart

withhold real names and places whether requested or not Except in these details,
the first-person stories in this book are completely true, and in this edition I have
risked committing the literary crime of redundancy so that the researcher can get
a more well-rounded sense of the varieties of the mind control experience as
described by several individuals. A video documentary is now in progress which
shows many heartbreaking moments of abreaction from victims of mind control
which could not be included in this book. )

One of the characters in The Manchurian Candidate described his recurring
dream that resulted from the suppression of memory. "It's not so much that I
can't sleep. It's more that I'd rather not sleep. I'm walking around punchy
because I'm scared. I keep having the same nightmare..." The nightmare
Condon's hero described was actually the memory of having killed on cue. On
stage, before an audience of Communist mind controllers, he strangled one of his
fellow soldiers with a scarf, and blew out another's brains with a high-powered
pistol at point blank range. Several of the men I interviewed had dreams which
could have been written by Condon.

Tex was an army sergeant stationed in the Mediterranean area. He came back
from service with amnesia. But in his dreams a vivid scene was replayed again
and again: "In the dream my buddy - 1 know him real well, We've shared things
together - my buddy is taken with his hands behind his back. I'm standing in
rank in a line of other soldiers and we are like a firing-squad. I keep thinking I
won't shoot ray friend, I'll turn the rifle on the commander. But we don't have
rules.

"My buddy is marched into an open area in front of us with his hands tied behind
his back. He is blindfolded and some Ay-rab is talking to him or reading to him.
Another Ay-rab comes up and hits him behind the knees with a rifle butt and he
falls to a kneeling position. Then, while he's on his knees, one of the Ay-rabs
takes a big sword and cuts his head off. His neck squirts blood, but surprisingly
little... his head rolls on the ground. His face has a peaceful expression. His body
twitches and squirms like a chicken. That's when I always wake up..."

In their sleep, the memories of atrocities surface to vivid awareness among the
victims of mind control. Night after night terrible images, suppressed by deeply
conditioned responses, emerge as terrifying nightmares. Are they mythological?
The stuff of dreams? Or are they recovered memories? Tex's dream is a mere
fragment of many thousands of pages of such testimony.

2

ONLY ONE MIND FOR MY COUNTRY

Through the gray waters of amnesia he drifted, coming back from blind coma-
First the echoes, like electronically amplified voices speaking from a deep, deep
well... then, far off, the dim pink molecules of light..

David's body lay still in the military hospital bed. Only his eyes rolled beneath the
lids. For several hours he lay that way, perfectly still -just eyes fluttering. The
fluttering became more intense. Then his eyes opened.

"When I woke up," David said, "I couldn't remember anything. I couldn't
remember how I'd gotten there or why I was in the hospital."

He asked nurses and aides why he was there. They told him he'd have to ask his
doctor. When David finally saw him, the doctor said, "You tried to commit
suicide."

That came as a great surprise to David. He didn't think he was the suicidal type.
He asked the doctor how he'd tried to commit suicide.

"You took an overdose of Sleep-eze," the doctor told him.

David knew that Sleep-eze was a patent medicine, that it was related chemically to
an antihistamine, and that it could produce drowsiness; but David also knew it
was not nearly as dangerous as a prescription sleeping pill. Although he began to
sense that something was fishy, he did not challenge the doctor, nor did he let on
that he suspected the story to be untrue. For the next several days he simply lay
in the hospital bed puzzling over the odd chain of events that had landed him
there.

I interviewed David several times over a period of two years. Each interview
produced additional information as David's memory returned in fragmented,
isolated bursts. The following is taken from thousands of pages of transcript and
has been edited so that the tedious process which uncovered David's memories is

32 W.H.Bowart

absent It is slightly misleading only in that David did not remember his story in
one continuous sequence. Nor did the other victims quoted in this book.

David had joined the U.S. Air Force in 1969. During his high school years the
draft had still been in effect and after graduating on the honor roll, David decided
to attend a small community college to get as much education as he could before
his name was inevitably called by selective service.

As his induction date approached David realized he could obtain a deferral from
the draft because of his high scholastic standing, but he decided instead to take a
break from education and fulfill his military obligation as profitably as he could.
Although he questioned America's reasons for fighting, he did feel that military
service was his duty.

David had not been a part of the sixties "revolution." He had never smoked
marijuana nor taken LSD, nor had he demonstrated against the war in Vietnam
like so many of his friends. He was a studious, intelligent young man who was
not inclined to rebellion. He was described by friends and family as one possessed
of unusual common sense. In keeping with his cautious and practical nature he
negotiated a "contract" for medical corps service with his local air force recruiter
and enlisted for a four year tour of duty, thinking this would help him fulfill his
ambition to become a doctor.

After an uneventful in-processing, David was sent to Lackland Air Force Base for
the usual six weeks basic training, and then on to a technical school for another
six weeks of special training. But when the time came for his job assignment to
his great disappointment he was assigned to the supply corps rather than the
medical corps.

He felt betrayed by the air force, and immediately after receiving his AFSC job
assignment number, he retired to his barracks to rehearse a protest to his
commanding officer. Moments later, a nonuniformed man entered the empty
barracks and asked him to step outside and take a walk. David was puzzled but
went along without comment

When the two had reached a quiet spot on the base, the man told David that he
guessed he was disappointed about receiving the AFSC of a "box pusher" in a
supply warehouse. David was surprised by the man's knowledge of his situation.
Before he could reply, the man told David that the AFSC was just a cover, that he
had actually been chosen to work in a sensitive area of intelligence.

The assignment sounded glamorous to David, and lifted his sagging spirits. He
immediately decided to go along with the change of plans and accept the special
assignment without protest The unidentified man told David to be patient and
to leam well the special techniques of computer programming he would be
trained in while waiting for his security investigation to be completed.

Operation Mind Control 33

Within a few weeks David was issued a top-secret crypto-security clearance and
assigned to the air base at Minot North Dakota. At Minot he continued to feed
supply numbers into a computer, developing his already excellent memory. He
did his job well and soon he received a letter of commendation and was promoted
to sergeant

But for all his accomplishments, he had begun to grow restless. Although he
knew his computer programming was just a cover for intelligence work, he was
still not satisfied with air force life.

"I was beginning to not like the extreme regimentation and, I suppose, inside
myself I was beginning to build up a resentment about being there.

"But after I woke up in the Hospital I was not resentful I was passive. I lay there
thinking, trying to recall the last memories I had before I woke up in that bed I
didn't remember anything. It was like I'd been asleep for my entire life up to that
point Like I was Rip Van Winkle.

The memories of what had happened I did recover over a period of time. But
they were fuzzy at first It seemed like somebody was violating me -- raping my
mind.

"I was strapped down in the bed. I was yelling and screaming about something.
I'm not the type of person that cusses that much. I hardly ever use foul language,
but I know that I said some pretty foul things to those men who were with me.
They were officers, and in the service you can't call a superior officer an obscene
name without getting punished. Yet I don't think I was ever reprimanded

"One guy would ask me questions in an accusatory manner. Another guy would
come over and say comforting things. The first guy would come back and accuse
me again. Then tile second guy would come and pat my arm and be friendly. I
could remember their faces and their tone of voice, but I couldn't remember the
content of what they were talking about"

David thought about his situation; suppose he had tried to commit suicide. He
probably would be kicked out of the service. At best he might be given a medical
discharge, so he began to prepare himself for that eventuabty. He thought he
wouldn't mind getting out of the service under any circumstances, even with a
psychological discharge.

It didn't happen. Instead, David was visited by men in civilian clothes who told
him that he'd been chosen for a special intelligence assignment They said the
details of his assignment could not be revealed until the proper time, and then he
would not be allowed to talk to anyone about it They said he would be receiving
his orders soon.

34 W.H.Bowart

"I had expected at least to have some stripes taken away for the suicide attempt,"
David said. "Instead, five different sets of orders came down. They were all typed
military orders, regular orders, but they had me going to five different places at
once. It was impossible.

"I took the orders to headquarters and told them that somebody had goofed. It
was plain to see that somebody had screwed up. The way the military runs, it was
not unusual. No one got excited about it The guys in the office said that they
would straighten it out

Then I was told that 1 had two weeks leave coming. They ordered me home to
wait while they got my orders straightened out"

Happy to get a break after eighteen continuous months of military life without
leave, David went home.

"I was hoping they'd forget all about me, I was praying that this time the
computer would completely lose me."

The first evening at home something compelled David to break security. Alone
with his mother, he told her that he knew he had not really attempted suicide.

"I suppose that my first duty was to my family, and my second duty was to my
country. After I'd discharged my moral duty to my mother, I was free to obey my
government's wish and not remember anything about it That's probably how it

tiin«l<A<l mmt . — It. _ i M^m a*h Mian if .im W

worKea, in spite oi tneir programming.

After David had been at home for the full two weeks, and was just beginning to
think that maybe the computer had lost him after all, a telegram came. There
were no written orders, no official seals, just a Western Union telegram ordering
him to report to a base in northern California and from there to embark to the Far
East on overseas duty. There were numbers on the face of the telegram, but at
the time David gave them no special notice. These numbers may have been an
assignment authorization, for seldom are servicemen sent overseas on the

"When I got to the base in California, I showed them the telegram and the air
police hustled me to another airplane and flew me to Guam."

On the plane to Guam, David ran into an airman he'd known at Minot The
airman's name was Max. Like David, Max had been attached to the supply wing at
Minot but he had been in a different type of supply operation.

In all the time they were together on Guam, David never learned the details of
Max's assignment Both of them were supposed to be supply men, but David

Operation Mind Control 35

thought Max had some pretty unusual qualifications for a supply man: for
instance, he held a fifth- degree black belt in karate.

"Max and I had checked into the barracks when we got there, but after
preliminaries we were put on a bus and taken to an isolated place eight miles
outside the base. There were six L-shaped barracks set up inside a high electrified
fence with barbed wire at the top. Inside the compound there was a movie
theater, a store, a barbershop, a chow hall, and a recreation center. There were
several hundred guys living in that compound.

"We could leave anytime we wanted. All we had to do was show the proper
credentials to the air police at the gate. The compound seemed to be regular air
force. The place was called Marbo, and as far as I could tell, there were guys there
who had all sorts of different functions in the air force, but nobody really
discussed their jobs.

"Several of the guys at Marbo had been in the supply wing in North Dakota- But
at Marbo they were working in other areas... In other words, guys who'd been in
the supply wing in North Dakota were in the civil engineers or the air police. One
air policeman on Guam, I remember, had been shoving around boxes just like
other supply men when he was at Minot Suddenly now he was an air policeman.
I couldn't figure it out, and I wasn't about to ask questions.

"I guess we all assumed that we were all on special assignment, and I'm pretty
sure that if I'd asked any one about it they would have avoided an answer. I
certainly would have, if somebody had asked me."

David made rank fast in the air force. He was a good airman, a good supply man.
Yet anybody he talked to about supply duties didn't know what he was talking
about His duties weren't like the others.

"My air force file shows that the first three digits of my AFSC are 647. A 647 is
some kind of a box pusher. Yet 1 never pushed a box all the time I was in the air
force-
After their tour of duty, Max and David returned home together on the same
plane. At the airport Max was called over the intercom and went off to answer the
page. Two air police returned for his luggage and David did not see Max until
after he was separated from the service for some months. Then it was a strange
meeting.

David was walking down the streets of Disneyland and his eye fell on Max walking
toward him in the crowd. David was delighted to see his old buddy again, but Max
was strangely distant "He didn't seem very interested in our reunion." David
said, "He shook hands with me, and I began to talk, but he seemed kind of
passive. I wanted to sit down and tell all the things that had happened to me

36 W.H. Bowart

since we last saw each other, but Max didn't want to talk. He cut me short, said
good-bye and left

That's something that's always puzzled me. How can a guy who was your
constant companion for so many months, a guy who has fought for you and
gotten to know you inside and out, not want to talk to you? How could he have
just brushed me off like that?

"When I first got out of the service, all I could remember about my four years was
that I'd had a lot of fun. I mean, all the pictures I have, and all the recollections I
had, were of Max and Pat and I having fun, skin diving, laying on the beach,
collecting shells, walking in the jungle. It never dawned on me until later that I
must have done something while I was in the service."

Pat was a young woman from the Midwest who was assigned to serve as David's
secretary. Almost instantly, when they met on Guam, they fell in love.

"Pat was something special. She was everything I would have ever dreamed of in
a woman. I suppose she felt that I was everything that she wanted in a man. It
didn't take long for us to go to bed after we met, and from then on, throughout
my tour of duty Max, Pat, and I were inseparable."

David was not talking about a menage a trois. Max was not attracted to Pat nor
she to him. They all held each other to be good friends, but David and Pat's
feelings for each other were the strongest

David now thinks it odd that the three of them got along so perfectly from the
first moment they met Max was David's kind of man, and Pat was David's kind of
woman. In the years that have passed since he got out of the air force, David has
come to believe that Max and Pat and he were matched up by a computer. "We
hit it off from the start We had the same interests, we were nervous about the
same things, and we would laugh at the same kind of jokes. We were three
individuals who were very close and where one lacked a quality another had
something that filled that lack.

The air force takes your psychological tests - your cumes - the cumulative
progress reports which have been kept on just about every individual in the
United States from the first grade through high school. These records have your
IQ, your aptitude tests, and all the things they accumulate on you through your
school years... they give them a complete examination to determine your
psychological profile and everything about your likes and dislikes. They feed
selected information, any information they are looking to match up, into a
computer and run yours with other people's until they have a psychological
match.

Operation Mind Control 37

"In spy books I've read, undercover agents sent to foreign countries are usually
teamed with a spy of the opposite sex. Even if two people are both married and
have left families at home, the directors of intelligence usually send along
someone who can take care of the natural human sexual needs of the other
without risking a breach of security. That way, no homy agent is going to have
to associate with a prostitute or someone who might turn out to be a double
agent or counterspy.

"I'd talk with the other guys in the service and they'd talk about getting laid in
Hong Kong or Japan or Korea. I didn't have to talk about anything. I didn't have
to brag, I'd just smile at them, secure in my love for Pat"

David said that there were several other women in the barracks who, like Pat, were
secretaries but had security clearance. And, as was the case with Pat, many of
them also had close relationships with the men to whom they had been assigned.

Two months before their tour of duty was to expire David and Max were sent
home. Pat stayed behind on Guam. But David and Pat arranged to meet once
they were both out of the service. They exchanged home addresses, but somehow
David lost hers and he is strangely unable to remember her last name or even the
town from which she'd come. David never saw Pat again.

"Looking back on it, it looks like it was awfully convenient Pat was a liberated
woman, she knew exactly who she was. And that's just the kind of woman I like
to have around. She fulfilled every need that I ever had, to such a degree that it's
a problem now. I can't meet a girl that's as good as she was. When you've been
in paradise, it's hard to find paradise again. You always want to go back.

"I think of her all the time, but I just can't remember her last name. It's a total
blank. I just can't remember."

During the entire thirteen-hour flight home David had to debrief himself into a
tape recorder while sitting between two air policemen. He doesn't remember
what he talked about No one was "questioning" him; he just talked.

Upon his return, he was assigned to a base in California. Immediately upon
reporting for duty, he found that he no longer had a security clearance. His job
was to answer telephones on the base and to listen to complaints. He'd take calls
from the wives of air force personnel and relay their complaints to the proper
channels. That's all he did during his entire last year of service.

"When it came time to get processed out I wanted to get the medals I earned
when I was stationed in Guam. They were actually theater ribbons. I had so

38 W.H.Bowart

many ribbons when I left Guam that the officer I reported to told me not to wear
them because I would attract attention to myself.

"During the out-processing they brought out my file. They do that regularly every
year anyway. They show you your records and have you go over them and make
sure that they're correct Then you sign a paper that states the records have been
approved by you. The last time I was shown my records, they'd been changed.
Instead of all the typed, dog-eared reports that were in my file before, there was
this clean computer print-out

"I asked the officer in charge what had happened to the notices of my being
awarded those theater ribbons. He told me that since I had such a high security
clearance some of the things that were in my files made it necessary to expunge a
lot of the information from the record. He said that there was a top-secret file on
me which was available to people who had the right clearances. The file he had
me approve was the one which would be shown to anyone who did not have the
highest clearances. He said that because this was more or less a public record, it
could not have anything on it of a sensitive nature. It was very misleading, that
report It looked like I had been a supply man, a box pusher, and Td done nothing
else, except try to attempt suicide. The phony hospital story was in the report -
so deniability was built in.

Then I went through the normal out-processing and went home. AD I can say is
that everybody, ray folks, my friends, everyone who'd known me before, noticed
how changed I was. I was fearful and under tight control."

David decided that he would first reorient himself to the civilian pace of life and
then look for a job. But when he began to look for employment he suddenly
realized that he had some deep psychological problems.

At his first job interview, he was routinely asked to fill out the company's job
application form. He sat down at a desk and started writing. He wrote his name
and noticed that his hands were sweating. As he began to enter his address his
heart began pounding so loudly it was audible. He became short of breath and
felt like the walk were closing in. He fought to remain calm, but within a few
moments he snatched up the form and bolted out the door.

That evening he discussed the strange physical effects that had come over him
with his parents. They assured him he was probably just very anxious about
getting the job.

The next day he went on another interview. Again he was asked to fill out a job
application. This time he got further in filling out the form: he put down his
name... address... date of birth... Social Security number... health information...
but when he came to the place in the form which required work information
about the past four years, the pounding in his ears, the shortness of breath and

Operation Mind Control 39

the terrifying feeling of being confined in a small space came over him again, and
he left the building with the form wadded up in his hand.

Over the next few months David applied for many jobs. The results were always
the same. He could not overcome the terror that gripped him whenever anyone
asked him for information about how he had spent the last four years.

David's parents suggested that he try to get a job working with computers and
take advantage of the training that the air force had given him. The mere
mention of computers made him fly into a rage. "I still couldn't face whatever it
was that was blocking me. To this day, I can't stand the thought of a computer.
I'd like to smash them all up. I realize, of course, that is irrational."

David remained hopeful that whatever was causing his anxiety would pass with
time. Meanwhile, he decided to go back to college. He had no trouble getting
into a major university since his high school and community college grades were
high, and no one asked him for details of his service years. But during his first
semester he encountered the same blocks that had kept him from getting a job.

"In my psychology course you had to get up in front of a circle of people and talk.
You had to bare your soul. I just couldn't do it I couldn't stand up and be calm
and let people question me. They were all harmless questions, but I'd get the
pounding heart, the sweaty palms, the shortness of breath and the feeling of
claustrophobia again. I'd just clam up and leave the room.''

It was then that David understood that he could no longer face the problem by
himself. He sought out a psychiatrist who'd been recommended by a friend.

"The first psychiatrist I went to was male. He had used hypnotherapy with me,
and he found me to be a very easy subject I'd go into a trance at the drop of a
hat But whenever he tried to regress me -- saying, 'I want you to go back' - I'd
just bring myself out of the trance, even if it was a deep trance. My heart would
be pounding, my palms would be sweating, and I'd feel the same claustrophobia
I'd felt whenever I'd confronted those application forms."

David found that he was much more relaxed with his second psychiatrist a
woman named Alice. Alice was also more successful with hypnotherapy. David
would go into a trance quickly and deeply, yet whenever Alice tried to regress him
to his air force period, he would bring himself out of the trance as he had done
previously. But she found that by regressing David to his childhood and
approaching the air force period from earlier years, remembering was less difficult
for him.

"At first she tried to have me relax. She talked in a very soothing voice, telling me
to close my eyes. I felt like I was surrendering to her. It was easy to get me into a
light trance. I laid down my defenses and was going deeper and deeper, but as

40 W.H.Bowart

soon as she said, 'Now we're going to go back," 1 sat straight up and was wide
awake.

"Alice couldn't get over how fast I went under. One time, she said, she was just
talking to me and her voice put me completely under when she wasn't even
trying. I was highly suggestible.

"But whenever she'd say, 'Let's go back,' all the muscles in my neck would strain,
and I would grip the arms of the chair until my knuckles turned white. Once I
was holding a piece of paper in my hand, and when I came out of hypnosis, the
paper was completely soaked with sweat Only a minute after she'd said, "We're
going to go back,' 1 was wide awake.

"Alice never did succeed completely with hypnosis, but something must have
been released because of her attempts. As soon as we were able to go back to the
usual talking technique of psychotherapy, I started talking about my childhood.
I'd never thought that much about it, I guess, but I couldn't remember much of
my childhood. For instance, my grandfather had died when I was fourteen and
he had lived with us. Everyone says he and I were very close, But I had no mental
picture of him at all. That's when Alice started trying to get me to remember
my childhood. I don't know if I remembered my childhood before I went into the
service or not It seems like I did, because it wasn't a problem, but to this day,
still, I can't remember much, and everything before the age of ten is completely
blank.

"Alice and I kept working. At first the memories we recovered were all painful
memories. Alice thought that this was most unusual. Usually people remember
the pleasurable things first Then she tried to get me to remember only painful
experiences. And once I'd remembered a lot she started trying to get me to
remember the pleasurable ones."

David and Alice continued to work with standard psychiatric techniques and with
hypnosis. Finally, after sixteen months of three sessions a week, Alice asked David
to make a choice.

"We probably can penetrate the blocks around your air force years and find out
how they were planted and why, but it may take a long time. On the other hand,
we can work on every other area and get you to function normally without anxiety
reactions whenever anyone asks you about those years," Alice said. "Now you
have to decide if you just want to function normally, or if you want to unravel the
whole mystery and find out who did it why it was done, and what they have
hidden from your own mind."

Since the therapy had nearly depleted his family's savings, David knew what the
answer must be. He told Alice he would be content to just function normally.
After two more months of treatment Alice and David had their last session.

Operation Mind Control 41

"After two hundred and six therapy sessions, Alice and I had one eight-hour
session which more or less recapped all the information we had collected. She
told me that when I first came in I'd talked in a monotone. I was very, very,
controlled, I showed no emotions and had no inflection in my speech. I'd talked

to her for the first three months that way. She said there was a wall that she
couldn't break down... Alice recommended that I continue working on my ovi

going to group tnerapy.

"I went to a couple of sessions, but when I got in front of a group I became fearful
again. It was more than just stage fright, it was a horrible feeling. I still have it
when I get up in front of a group to be asked questions.

"Alice did not figure out what this was about I am now beginning to, but
figuring something out is one thing, and actually overcoming it is another."

Alice's expert guidance and her deft use of hypnotherapy were helpful. While he
did not recover his memory at once, in time David began to remember isolated
events. He is now able to reconstruct a picture of at least some of the things he
did while in hypno-service to his country.

"One day I had a vivid dream. Then it was like, little by little, memory cells
exploding in my brain. I began to remember certain incidents. At first 1 didn't
know if these were real memories or just dreams. Today, I still don't know if they
are accurate or not, but they are so real in all their details that I believe they are
the truth. Naturally when you've had amnesia you're not really going to trust
your memories at first, but if the memories settle in ~ if you can recall more and
more detail about an event -- you know that you are recalling a true event

The most vivid memory I have is about Vietnam. I was standing at a long table
on a beach. There were North Vietnamese soldiers sitting on one side and
American officers sitting on the other. Everyone was in uniform. Our men were
from the air force, navy, and marines. The marines had sidearms , and no one
else had a weapon.

"What horrified me was that out in the harbor, off shore at some distance from
the beach, was one of our battleships, and another battleship or gunboat I guess
that it was Vietnamese or Russian, but I'm not expert at naval craft identification.
All I know is I was terrified because the big guns on the ships were trained, not on
each other, but on us... I guess they were prepared to blow us all up should
anything go wrong on the beach, or should there be a double cross.

"We had our interpreters, who were air force men. They did the translating and
our officers waited for the translations. The discussion was very heated, but for
some reason I remember vividly, nothing was being written down. That may
have been the reason that I was standing there at one end of the table. I

42 W.H.Bowart

remember that they had been trying somewhere along the line, to get me to have
total recall. I can't remember the details, or the progression of events.

"I know that I had memory training. At Marbo, for some reason, I'd get up three
hours earlier than anyone else and report to somewhere I can't remember and
then go to work at eight-thirty. I remember riding the bus from Marbo to the
base on Guam, and I was the only one on the bus. But I can't remember where I
went before I reported for regular duty.

1 suspect that the computer work was part of the memory training, but I can't
say that's exactly what it was. There must have been more to it I just don't
remember the details. But I have the impression that I was used as a human tape
recorder.

"I do know one thing about that beach scene. When 1 came back from overseas,
only three days after 1 came back it was announced that the North Vietnamese
were going to give our prisoners of war back in an exchange. The meeting on the
beach might have been an early parley about ending the war and exchanging
prisoners. At least that's what strikes me as the best answer to the question of
what that meeting was about

"I might have been a witness. I really don't understand why - or why the
gunboats were pointing at us. 1 can t remember trie date, or anything that places
that memory in time.

"The thing that really bothers me about this whole thing is that I can sit here and
talk to you, but 1 still can't sit down and say, 'Okay, I joined the service on such
and such a day and this is what happened to me during a four-year period in
chronologi' ' -g~ r ' Ever since 1 got out of the service I haven't been able to give
a day-by-r' Tf * P u*!£diS r H Up ' those four years.

^Ome Uords issues and .v,«L ? mft ' <*n talk ™£T ,, 7T,u,s <kv michr "5ToT le ^

but if *** ^tBS^j^&t^SS «AT|g brutal. I

••<> off*™ Discussion. *

o;.J;" Hi "«c*, c „ .&P«ed to be a

Comm UH J y ^^"^^Ji 30 PM <M after a lot of

noma (Tea,, musir^2. ebr30o, > for ,hr T K °Wer 4ik

b,sex u

Operation Mind Control 43

psychiatric help, which I paid for myself, made the experiment, if it was one, a
failure to me.

"I never thought about laying down my life, but maybe I laid down a lot more
than my life in service to my country. My soul?"

[Sixteen years later David is still sleeping only two hours a night He is still having
nightmares, hearing voices and seeing shadows. Otherwise he functions normally.
Yet, many of his symptoms are identical with the symptoms of those psychiatrists
call people with Dissociative Identity Disorder.

I hadn't talked to David in, what, ten years? And now that I'd learned so much
more about the survivors of Operation Mind Control, I thought I'd check in to see
how he was doing. I found him fascinated with tattoos.

"Every time I see a tattoo anywhere, on anyone, I'm drawn to it" David said. "I've
got to look at it I want to find out if it's a butterfly, a rose or a..." and in 1994 we
said the word together "...bluebird."

-923-

•tomenade.

tAarch

btcastcan'

sorted,*;
Laura t*ft

The*"*, *
3363.

March
Discuss

A readers I
roeeurf* »

44 W.H. Bowart

An early U. S. Army test of hypnosis circa 1940. The enlisted man is being
guided in a test" of his trance state. From the physiology of the enlisted man, it
would appear that a deeply dissociated state has been achieved. Some experts
who have viewed this photo suggest the subject is under the influence of
"narcc-hypnosis" which was the focus of a lot of the experimentation in the early
mind control experiments.

3

THE MIND LAUNDRY MYTH

David's own assessment of his mental confusion after his air force experience
was that he had not been "brainwashed." By the time David had his mind
controlled, "brainwashing'' had become a catchall phrase, but what David had
suffered was a much more subtle and hideous form of tyranny.

George E. Smith was a POW during the early days of the Vietnam War. Unlike
David, George did not have a good education. It can even be said that he was a
little naive, and therefore a good candidate for brainwashing of both the American
and the NLF (Viet Cong) varieties. He was one of the first of the Green Berets
captured in the Vietnam conflict in 1963.

It was the practice of the U.S. Army in those days to indoctrinate its men with
poorly constructed lies, which, it was hoped, motivated them to fight a war in
which the U.S. had only dubious legal business and little moral argument The
"credibility gap" existed not only within the confines of the U.S. borders, but also
in the far-flung fields of battle, all the way to Southeast Asia.

If brainwashing is making a person believe in lies, then our troops were already
brainwashed by their own government It was a simple job for the Viet Cong to
gain the POWs' cooperation by telling them the truth - truth which was easily
documented.

Smith described the attitude which was instilled in the American soldiers by their
military mdc>ctrination: "We were arrogant., the army is a separate society; it has
its own hierarchy, and I could rise to a stratum in the army that I couldn't attain
in the outside world. They'd driven arrogance into us in the Airborne, which is a
high level in the army, but Special Forces was the highest level you could reach,
the elite of the elite. Elitism was the philosophy they taught at Bragg: Tou are
professors of warfare, you shouldn't fight unless attacked. It costs thousands of
dollars to train one of you and you're too valuable to send into battle.'

46 W.H. Bowart

"I believed it I believed every thing the army said. I never questioned anything
they told me until 1 got to Vietnam, and then things didn't quite fit anymore."

Smith and three other men were captured in a midnight raid which followed a
heavy mortar bombardment of their location. The Viet Cong took them deep into
the jungles. When they reached the VC compound they were forced to build their
own prison out of bamboo. Then, after the primitive compound was completed
and the POWs had settled in, the interrogations began.

These were nothing like Smith had been led to expect They were "friendly chats"
with an interpreter Smith called the "Man with Glasses." Every day he would tell
his prisoners about the history of Vietnam and the U.S. role in that country. "It
was right out of the movies," Smith said. "The prisoner was confronted by his
interrogators, who were sitting on a higher level and making him look up to
them.

"Look at you," Man with Glasses began. "You are pitiful." It was a typical
brainwashing tactic, designed to make the prisoner think poorly of himself, to
undermine his self-image. Sergeant Smith, like many others, already had a poor
self-image long before he was captured, even before he enlisted in the army. That
image wasn't enhanced any by finding that the authorities to whom he had been
so obedient had misinformed him.

"We had known interrogation was inevitable and had feared it for so long, but it
didn't go the way it was supposed to," Smith said. "The guards were off
somewhere out of sight No one shone lights in our eyes. In fact I sat in the
shade while prevaricator (one of the interrogators) served me tea and candy and
cigarettes.

"Man with Glasses did most of the talking, though he encouraged me to say
anything I wanted to. He insisted on giving me their side of the story - why they
were there in the jungle and why the NLF had gotten together and was fighting
the U.S. and the Saigon regime. *We are fighting for Vietnam. We do not try to
take over your country. This is not in our plans. We are worried about our
country. We love it very much. We are proud people, and we want to keep our
country.' Didn't I know I was wrong to be part of the United States effort in
Vietnam? And if I did, would I write a statement saying so? He talked to me for
about an hour, and at the end of the session he gave me a pack of the Cambodian
cigarettes. 'For your enjoyment Take them with you. When you are resting and
smoking, I would like you to think deeply of what we have discussed.'

"If sitting in the shade drinking tea while I listened to this old guy talk was
brainwashing, then it didn't fit any description I had ever heard. I recalled the
stories I'd heard about Korea - the scene where they hypnotize you, or drop
water on your head, or put you in complete stillness - something that will drive

Operation Mind Control 47

you out of your mind. Then once they've taken everything from your mind they
start over again. When somebody says 'brainwashing,' this is what I consider
they're talking about -- the classic Korean example. Or the stories that came out
of there anyway." 4

The word "brainwashing" summoned a terrifying image, but like so many other
words it became corrupt in usage. It was applied to describe situations in which
mere propaganda or influence were used. Indeed, the word may have been
corrupt from the very beginning when it was coined by a CIA propaganda
specialist, b award Hunter, in nis book Brainwashing m Kea China ne claimed
that "Brainwashing, with the even more sinister brain changing in reverse, is the
terrifying new Communist strategy to conquer the free world by destroying its
mind." 5

In the words of the noted Yale psychiatry professor Robert J. Lifton, brainwashing
was popularly held to be an "all-powerful, irresistible, unfathomable, and magical
method of achieving total control over the human mind." 6 It was in fact none of
these things. Techniques which seemed to change the beliefs of American POWs
and others behind the Iron Curtain employed no hypnosis, no drugs, no new
methods for the control of the mind and certainly nothing magicaL

Hunter revised Brainwashing in Red China and reissued it in 1971. In the
introduction of the updated edition he continued his attack on the Communists,
much as he did in his psychological-warfare journal Tactics.

"Change the word China to Cuba, and this book is a description of communist
warfare against the mind - brainwashing - in Cuba, as well as in China. This is
the world pattern the Communists employ; what might, in military parlance, be
called mind attack. It is the new dimension in warfare, added to artillery attack,
naval attack, rear and frontal attack, air attack. Brainwashing's dual processes of
softening up and indoctrination have been added to the arsenal of warfare, girding
the Trojan Horse in twentieth century accoutrements." Though Hunter may have
been correct about the Communist use of coercive psychological techniques on
its own populations, he never once hinted that the U.S. government might just be
establishing d radices employing similar techniaues of its own.

In 1958, in his testimony before the House Committee on Un- American Activities
(HUAC) he continued to present brainwashing as a communist weapon: "Since
man began, he has tried to influence other men or women to his way of thinking.
There have always been these forms of pressure to change attitudes. We
discovered in the past thirty years, a technique to influence, by clinical, hospital
procedures, the thinking processes of human beings... Brainwashing is formed
out of a set of different elements... hunger, fatigue, tenseness, threats, violence,

1 George E. Smith. ROM'- /Berkeley, Ramparts Press, 1971)

■ Edward HmtB.BmmvashhvmRtdCfma, 3rd ed. (New York. Vanguard, 1971)

48 W.H.Bowart

and in more intense cases where the Reds have specialists available on their
brainwashing panels, drugs and hypnotism. No one of these elements alone can
be regarded as brainwashing, any more than an apple can be called apple pie.
Other ingredients have to be added, and a cooking process gone through. So it is
in brainwashing with indoctrination or atrocities, or any other single ingredient

Given the anti-Communist climate of the Cold War years, Hunter's zeal did not
seem excessive, even though few of his conclusions were supported by the
eyewitness accounts given by the repatriated POWs. According to them, no drugs
or hypnosis were used overseas; they told only of persuasion techniques.

Hunter's Brainwashing in Red China was widely quoted. Through front page
news stories, the American public became aware, for the first time, that
governments (though only Communist ones were mentioned) could control
people's thoughts and motivate them against their will and without their
knowledge.

Two years later, in May of 1960, Francis Gary Powers was shot down over the
Soviet Union and cries of brainwashing again made U.S. headlines. At his public
trial in Moscow, Powers apologized to the Russian people for doing them wrong.
Even though the CIA had told him that if caught, he could admit everything, the
voices of the "soldiers" within the U.S. were quick to brand him a traitor, and
those who were inclined to be more sympathetic said he had simply been
"brainwashed."

One psychiatrist, William Jennings Bryan, who had been the head of an air force
medical survival training program which employed hypnosis to prepare pilots for
resistance to brainwashing, went so far as to coin a term for the subtle new
technique which he thought the Soviets had developed since the Korean conflict
and had used on Powers. The U-2 pilot, Bryan said, had been "Powerized."

Bryan said that Powers' apologetic manner during the Moscow trial, his
submissive, almost crippled words of testimony, his trancelike acceptance, all
showed an amazing personality change since his capture.

"The pilot's apparent lack of real emotion during the Moscow trial was the most
startling evidence that the Russian brainwashing through hypnosis has destroyed
the normal, aggressive confidence and the cockiness characteristic of the air force
fliers... The big tip-off came," Dr. Bryan said, "when Powers apologized for his
American assignment, testified he knew he was wrong and said he felt no ill will
toward his country's Cold War enemy.

"It is no longer a secret that Russia uses hypnosis as a powerful instrument to
destroy the resistance of individuals she wishes to conquer," he said.
"Brainwashing hypnosis as apparently used on Powers is vastly different from the
permissive type of medical hypnosis... and the self-hypnosis used by air force fliers

Operation Mind Control 49

in caring for themselves after a crash... Powers exhibited no telltale marks of
physical abuse or torture during the Moscow trial, and indeed, he may have even
thought himself that he was being treated rather well, but his manner and
personality were obviously so unlike the typical American pilot that only a brand
new type of other powerful technique could have changed his personality in so
short a time." 7

Francis Gary Powers was returned to the U.S. in 1962 in a trade for Russian spy
Rudolf Abel. He wrote in his book Operation Over/light (which was withheld from
publication by the CIA until 1970) that the tactic he decided upon when captured
was in accordance with his CIA instructions. He said, "When questioned, I would
tell the truth."

Powers insisted that he did not tell the Russians anything which he thought they
did not already know. In fact he often agreed to things they suggested simply to
mislead them.

As for sophisticated, "Powerizing" techniques, Powers denied their existence. He
even went so far as to suggest that the Russians were actually highly overrated in
their intelligence-gathering methods.

"From what I had been taught about brainwashing, I had anticipated certain
things: I would be lectured about communism, given only propaganda to read.
Food would be doled out on a reward-punishment basis; if I cooperated, I would
be fed; if I didn't, I wouldn't Interrogation would be at odd hours, under bright
lights. No sooner would I fall asleep than I would be awakened, and it would start
all over again, until eventually I lost all track of time, place, identity. And I would
be tortured and beaten until, finally, I would beg for the privilege of being allowed
to confess to any crime they desired. None of this happened"

Immediately after Powers crossed the bridge from East Berlin he was examined
by a West German flight surgeon under orders from the CIA. The surgeon took
blood from his arm. Powers says the doctor told him "the blood samples were
necessary to determine whether I had been drugged. This seemed to be the first
question of almost everyone to whom I talked: Had I been drugged? They seemed
almost disappointed when I told them I hadn't"

Powers was then flown to the U.S. "I still couldn't comprehend that after
twenty-one months of captivity I was once again a free man," he said, "which was
perhaps best for though I was yet to realize it I wasn't quite free, not yet In a
sense, I had been released by the Russians to become a de facto prisoner of the
CIA."

»

r, 1960.

50 W.H. Bowart

The CIA men told Powers they would like to talk to him for a couple of days. The
"couple of days" turned out to be over three weeks, in which Powers was
thoroughly debriefed by a team of intelligence analysts and psychiatrists. The first
question the psychiatrists asked was, again, had he been drugged by the Soviets?
The second question they asked was, had he been brainwashed? When Powers
answered "no" to both questions he was given tranquilizers, which were the first
drugs he had received since his U-2 left Turkey for the overflight of the USSR.
Powers noted with some irony, that "Americans are much more disposed to the
use of drugs than are the Soviets." 8

Perhaps even more Ironic was the public disclaimer issued by CIA Director Allen
Dulles, which said the U.S. had no use for brainwashing: "What had popularly
become known as 'brainwashing,' while of great psychological interest to the
West, as it is important to study defensive techniques, is never practiced by us~
for the simple reason that we are not interested in converting people to our way of
thinking either forcibly or by trickery, which is its main intent We have never
felt, as obviously the Soviets and the Red Chinese and the North Koreans have,
that there is much to gain in putting a brainwashed person on the air to
denounce his own countrymen. We have enough people who come over to us
voluntarily from communism and who need no prompting." 9 Dulles, it seemed,
was either a reader of Hunter's or they both had been briefed by the same
propaganda section of the CIA.

Brainwashing was the term the psychological warfare unit of the CIA thought up
to explain why American POWs cooperated with the enemy in Korea.
Brainwashing was explained as severe deprivation of food, clothing, and shelter,
during which time a series of punishments and rewards were applied so effectively
that a person's fundamental beliefs could be made to change 180 degrees from
their original position. This brutal technique was not called torture; there was no
propaganda value in something as old as torture.

The CIA thought up the term "brainwashing" to lead people in the Western world
to believe that the inscrutable Orientals had again, like Fu Manchu, invented a
revolutionary technique controlling the human mind. The word "brainwashing"
and the official government explanation of what happened to the Korean POWs
was propaganda. It was aimed at fueling a home-grown fear of the Communists
upon which the Cold War so greatly depended. Propaganda, of course, was
nothing more than artful deception; the careful planting of "misinformation" and
"disinformation," Cold War euphemisms for what had been called "the big Lie" in
World WarIL

Modem propaganda began when Nazi Germany perfected the art of "the big lie."
The Soviet Union and other Communist countries took the methods of the Nazis

Pnnai Cry Power*. Operator, OrerOgH fNew York. Holt 1970)
Alien Dulles, The CroH of Mergence ( New York. Harper. 1963)

Operation Mind Control 51

and improved upon them. The United States did not actively engage in wide-scale
propaganda until World War n, when the OSS and the Office of War Information
started. But then it was well understood that the guiding principles of
propaganda were: "When there is no compelling reason to suppress a fact, tell it-
Aside from considerations of military security, the only reason to suppress a piece
of news is if it is unbelievable... When the listener catches you in a lie, your power
diminishes... For this reason, never tell a lie which can be discovered."

As far back as 1940, American propaganda services had orders to tell the truth. It
was a sound premise for effective propaganda, but it was a premise which was
ignored by the succeeding generations of Cold Warriors.

Somewhere along the line the CIA's Covert Action Staff lost sight of the value of
using the truth as the main weapon. Taking over from OSS, they soon became
experts in "the big lie."

This policy surfaced to the attention of the American people during isolated events
such as the U-2 incident and the Bay of Pigs invasion of Cuba when Presidents
Eisenhower and Kennedy took the blame for what were obviously CIA lies. In the
light of recent history it would appear that these chiefs of state were somehow
convinced that it was better to issue a false confession that they had lied to the
nation than to admit that they had been lied to by their own intelligence agency.

In the years since the founding of the National Security Act in 1947 there were
hundreds of such lies and false denials and domestic propaganda campaigns
which did not immediately gain public attention.

Since the administration of Lyndon Johnson, the executive branch of government
seemed to be following Machiavelli's advice: "If you don't get caught, it can't be
wrong." The executive privilege, the legacy of the National Security Act ~ the art
of falsehood ~ lies have left our history strewn with the rubble of uncovered
cover-ups and stonewalls. The administrations of Nixon, Reagan and Bush lied,
not because they were misled by the cryptocracy - but because they were part of
it If they hadn't been, they probably wouldn't have been elected.

Few seemed to notice that George Bush was an intelligence agent before he was
appointed Director of the CIA. That was before he was elected Vice President of the
United States, during which time his hand articulated a mentally impaired puppet
a movie actor playing President to succeed him after eight years. Through Bush
the cryptocracy had its hands directly on the helm of state for twelve highly visible
years.

Brainwashing, as planted in the press, was one little propaganda weapon in a vast
arsenal. But it was a weapon that was supposed to be effective against
communism, cropping up in news accounts whenever it was needed - whenever

52 W.H.Bowart

the Cold Warriors' domestic covert action arm thought that the public was going
"soft on Communism."

Albert K Biderman, a senior research associate of the Rand Corporation's
subcontractor, the Bureau of Social Science Research, conducted a study of the
news items published about our POWs in Korea. Biderman's analysis confirmed
that this kind of propaganda was "successively dominant in the press during and
after the Korean War. During the war, Propaganda focused on prisoner atrocities;
when the war had ended, the focus shifted to stories involving the brainwashing
of POWs. 10

"Beginning with exchanges of prisoners," he wrote, "prisoner misconduct received
gradually increased attention until, several months after the war, it came to
overshadow the other themes."

Throughout the Korean conflict, propaganda and counter-propaganda campaigns
on both sides grew in intensity until eventually POWs became the most critical
issue of the war, the "stumbling block" in the drawn-out truce talks that delayed
the war's termination.

In 1953 some 4000 surviving American POWs became the subjects of another
type of propaganda - propaganda by Americans, about Americans, directed at
Americans. According to Biderman, The theme of this propaganda was that there
had been wholesale collaboration by the American prisoners with their
Communist captors and that this unprecedented misbehavior revealed alarming
new weaknesses in our national character. This post-truce propaganda... was an
outgrowth of propaganda activities during the war."

Desperately trying to believe that U.S. propaganda was motivated by good
intentions, Biderman suggested that the "brainwashing theme" was pushed at
home because the Cold Warriors were "apparently worried that a number of
American prisoners would return espousing the Communist view." Biderman
noted that "the Defense and State Departments and the Central Intelligence
Agency issued a stream of press releases during the days prior to the first prisoner
exchanges in Korea to prepare the public for the shock of finding that many of the
POWs had been brainwashed. The theme of these releases was that evidence of
Communist indoctrination or pro-Communist statements by Americans when
they were released would be discounted because the prisoners would have been
subjected to the well-known tortures that Communists used to brainwash their
opponents."

And just what were these "well-known tortures"? the general principles of the
Chinese brainwashing techniques were repetition, pacing of demands, the forced
participation in classes of prisoners, propaganda which would insert Communist

Albert Bxierrnin »nd Herbert Zimmer. edi., The Marwpuiobon of Human Behotmyr (New York. Micraillan. 1961 )

Operation Mind Control 53

ideas into familiar and meaningful contexts, punishment, threats, rewards,
suggestion, pleas for peace, manipulative tricks, and deprivation of all but the
minimum necessities of life. There was little that was new or innovative about
the techniques used by the Chinese. They did not use drugs or hypnosis, nor did
they invent any mysterious new devices for breaking the mind and will of a man.

Actually the Chinese controlled information in their POW camps just as they
controlled the mass media in their own country. The system they used in the
camps -- propagandizing through lectures, movies, reading, and testimonials -
was based on the same system used on the Chinese population and is not without
parallel in Western education and advertising practices.

Nor are the punishment-and-reward techniques used by the Chinese in their
interrogations exclusively Oriental. These same practices are employed by
Western intelligence agents, police, and more subtly by reporters trying to elicit
information from a hostile subject Confession and self-criticism have been used
in religious movements as a basis of conversion, or as a way of perpetuating the
faith, from time immemorial.

Dr. Edgar H. Schein of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology was one of
many persons who contributed to the army study of the returned POWs. Of the
central reason behind the brainwashing propaganda which the army study
disclosed, he wrote "When things go wrong, it is far less ego-deflating to say that
we have been brainwashed than to recognize our own inadequacy in coping with
our problems. A crucial question, however, is whether such changes in our
society and such preoccupations represent weaknesses and signal the
deterioration of some of our highly valued institutions, or whether they are
merely the symptoms of the changing world..."

Is this then to be a continuing trend in the so-called free world?

" — Are we becoming mentally apathetic and hence more prone to totalitarian
solutions," Schein continues," or are we finding new ways in which to relate
ourselves to our international and internal problems? Many observers of the
contemporary scene, among them the novelist and philosopher Aldous Huxley,
and Joost Meerloo, a psychoanalyst, feel strongly that we are headed squarely in
the wrong direction — that the combination of certain social forces and the
weapons against the mind now available will inevitably lead to the destruction of
the democratic way of life and the freedom of mind which goes with it, unless we
recognize clearly what is happening and put counter- forces into operation."
[Empasis added.] 11

In succeeding years, talk of "brainwashing" continued. Usually it was heard that
the Communists had "brainwashed" somebody, but on April 7, 1967, presidential

Edgar Scheia Journal ofWorU PoUba. April 1959.

54 W.H.Bowart

hopeful Governor George Romney turned that around. Romney, who had gone to
Vietnam believing in the lightness of the U.S. involvement there, came home
saying that he had suffered "the greatest brainwashing that anyone can get when
you go over to Vietnam, not only by the generals, but also by the diplomatic corps
over there, and they do a very thorough job."

Nine governors who had accompanied Romney on the tour disagreed with him.
Governor Philip H. Hoff said that Romney's brainwashing statement "tends to be
almost incredible." Finding he had no support among his colleagues, Romney
quickly told reporters that he had not been talking about "Russian type
brainwashing, but LBJ type brainwashing." He said he meant the same thing the
press meant "when you write about the credibility gap, snow job, and
manipulation of the news."

Webster's Third Hew International Dictionary gives the second meaning of
brainwashing as "persuasion by propaganda or salesmanship," but the press and
Public thought that Romney had meant the word in its first sense: "A forcible
indoctrination to induce someone to give up basic political, social, or religious
beliefs and attitudes and to accept contrasting regimented ideas."

And the public let it be known that it would not vote for a brainwashed
presidential candidate. Romney's popularity fell so dramatically in the polls that
he eventually dropped out of the race for the presidency. The word
"brainwashing" proved to be more charged with emotions that anyone had
supposed.

In one of the first mass market books published on the subject following the
army's release of the study of the Korean POWs, Eugene Kinkead wrote,
"Unfortunately, the distinction between brainwashing and indoctrination is far
from clear to the average American. The army defines indoctrination as an effort
to change a man's viewpoint while he is still a thinking individual by regulating
his thoughts and actions. This falls far short of the effect produced upon some
defendants seen in Communist courts, defendants who had obviously been
completely broken, and had ceased to be thinking individuals. I am afraid that the
general conception has been that Communist techniques of manipulating human
beings are so persuasive, so completely irresistible that no prisoner can keep his
integrity in the face of them - and, by analogy, that no people, including ours,
can stand against such an enemy. This is what distresses me so much about the
popular and improper use of a word like 'brainwashing'..." 12

Perhaps. But by 1967, when George Romney claimed he had been brainwashed,
our own government was already far beyond what Kinkead referred to as
"brainwashing." The United States government did not have to stoop to the slow
and exhausting process the Chinese and Russians used. In the age of electronic

Operation Mind Control 55

brain stimulation, neuro-psychopharmacology, and advanced methods of
behavior modification and hypnosis, the government certainly didn't have to
resort to methods as unsophisticated as brainwashing.

brainwashing seem like the metaphor it was: a washboard and scrub-bucket
technique which had little use in a world where the sonic cleaner, with
high-frequency sound, higher than the human ear can hear, vibrates the dirt from
the very molecules of matter -- or the mind.

Brainwashing was largely a campaign waged in the United States home press. It
served as a sharp-edged propaganda weapon and was aimed at the American
people to add to the already considerable fear of the Communists. It also covered
official United States embarrassment over a seeming rash of defections and
collaborations with the enemy, and perhaps most important, offered moral
justification for immoral and illegal experiments to scientists working under
government contract They were urged as a matter of patriotism to "beat the
Communists in the mind-control race."

It is doubtful that all of the "collaborators" in the Korean conflict succumbed to
brainwashing. The eyewitness testimony of air force CoL Laird Gutters en, one of
the few heroes of the Vietnam conflict, and a real hero of the mind-control war,
would suggest that they didn't

Guttersen had been in charge of the air force seminar on Korean brainwashing at
Maxwell Air Force Base. An expert hypnotist he later used self-hypnosis to block
pain and keep himself alive in a North Vietnamese POW camp where he spent
more than twenty-seven months in solitary confinement He took the time during
his campaign for the U.S. Congress to offer me his views on brainwashing and
mind control.

As early as 1956 Colonel Guttersen realized that what was called brainwashing was
nothing more than psychological indoctrination. "Controlling the mind is one
thing," he told me, "but remember, this does not occur with psychological
indoctrination. Nor does it occur, normally, with hypnosis. The concept of
complete and total mind control was projected by the brainwashing myth, and it
was the theme of the book The Manchurian Candidate; but mind control is not
what happened to the Korean or Vietnamese POWs. What the Chinese, the
Russians, the Vietnamese did was mind influence, not mind control."

Guttersen said that while it was generally believed that brainwashing was the
result of drugs and hypnosis, to his firsthand knowledge, from the Korean conflict
to Vietnam, "there are no documented cases of drug- or hypnosis- induced mind
control. Reading the examples of what the POWs stated in both Korea and
Vietnam, and what I saw in Hanoi, there are only men saying, '1 couldn't have

56 W.H. Bowart

done those things unless I had been drugged.' There are no specific reports of
anyone saying, They stuck a needle into me and I did so and so.' or 'They gave
me something to eat, and then I did so and so.' There were men who said, 'I
acted in a very strange way, just like I was in a dream or something. I must have
been drugged. ,H

There was a cover-up for a snafu in some of the original Korean briefings of our
combatants who, Gutters en said, were told to cooperate if captured.

"I remember a specific briefing, though later it was denied, where a group of us
were told that we would be well advised, if we got shot down, to whip out a bottle
of vodka and a red flag and start waving it We were advised to cooperate in any
possible way with the enemy because anybody back home would know that we
were cooperating under duress. We were told that if we cooperated with our
captors, it would not give them an excuse to torture us. That was a specific
briefing given to us. Of course, now we know that a good number of our captive
men followed that advice and did collaborate on the basis that 'What the hell,
nobody would ever be told to collaborate with the enemy again."

The word "brainwashing" became commonplace after the Soviet Union presented
evidence before the United Nations that charged the United States with the use of
germ warfare in Korea - a major violation of the Geneva Convention. The Soviet
evidence contained the confessions of several captured United States pilots stating
both in documents and on film that they had dropped germ bombs on North
Korea. By the time these men were repatriated their stories had changed.

Marine Corps Colonel Frank H. Schwable was the first American to sign a germ
warfare confession. His confession named names, cited missions, described
meetings and strategy conferences. Before a military court of inquiry Schwable
said: "I was never convinced in my own mind that we in the First Marine Air Wing
had used bug warfare. I knew we hadn't, but the rest of it was so real to me - the
conferences, the planes, and how they would go about their missions™

The words were mine," the Colonel continued, "but the thoughts were theirs.
That is the hardest thing I have to explain: how a man can sit down and write
something he knows is false, and yet, to sense it, to feel it, to make it seem real."

A CIA memo dated April 11, 1953 addressed to the Chief of CIA's Plans and
Preparations, contained a report of an exchange that took place between then
United Nations Ambassador Henry Cabot Lodge and an unidentified CIA agent
The CIA agent began to brief Lodge on the germ warfare confessions of Schwable
and others when according to the memo, Lodge interrupted expressing "...a
profound distaste for the entire matter," adding that "he hoped he would never
hear of it again - it had been a nasty and difficult issue, principally because of

Operation Mind Control 57

the difficulty of explaining away the film and the statements of the American
fliers..." (Emphasis added.)

The CIA memo continued with the agent reporting. "I said that we fully shared
his view that 'the issue was finished in the United Nations,' but that it had been
our experience that 'the bug' comes from a very hardy strain and had exhibited
appalling vitality. For this reason, I said that 1 thought it would be a mistake to be
too complacent about the matter. To the last statement Senator Lodge replied
with a question as to just what explanation we could give of the statements of the
American Fliers - how did we account for this and what could be done about it? I
said that our best guess was that the statements had been in one way or another
forced out of the captive airmen and that one of the techniques which we thought
had possibly been used was the Soviet (and now Chinese) techniques of
brainwashing.' Senator Lodge said that he thought the public was very
inadequately informed about 'brainwashing' and that in the absence of a much
larger quantity of public information than now exists on the subject, the impact of
the fliers' statements is terrific. I replied by stating that we shared his view and
pointed out that the Department of Defense is expected to issue a lengthy
statement..." (Emphasis added.)

Shortly thereafter, the word "brainwashing" was on the front page of every paper
in America. We had not used germ warfare, CIA propaganda claimed, the
Communists had used brainwashing.

58 W.H.Bowart

Marine Sgt. Frank H. Schwable was the first American to confess to his North
Korean and Chinese captors that the U.S. had dropped germ bombs in the
Korean War (which was true). Thus, because of the CIA's successful coverup, he
was the first person in the world to be "brainwashed" - a propaganda term
coined for the occasion by Edward Hunter.

4

WITHOUT KNOWLEDGE OR CONSENT

"I can hypnotize a man - without his knowledge or consent - into committing
treason against the United States," boasted Dr. George Estabrooks in the early
1940s.

Estabrooks, chairman of the Department of Psychology at Colgate University, was
called to Washington by the War Department shortly after Pearl Harbor. Since he
was the ranking authority on hypnosis at the time, they wanted his opinion on
how the enemy might be planning to use hypnotism. Two hundred trained
foreign operators, working in the United States," Estabrooks told the military
leaders, "could develop a uniquely dangerous army of hypnotically controlled
Sixth Columnists." 13

At that time, only a handful of men knew of the government's experiments with
hypnosis for the purpose of controlling minds in the interest of "national
security." In that decade there had been no concentrated assassinations of
presidents, candidates, or civil rights leaders. There had not yet been Watergate,
nor any disclosures of government agencies invading the privacy of the United
States citizens. The CIA had not yet been conceived, and even its parent, the
Office of Strategic Services (OSS), did not exist

It was unthinkable at the time that an agency of the U.S. government would
employ mind-control techniques on its own people. Therefore it was natural for
ueorge hstabrooKs to believe tnat 11 Americans were tnreatenea Dy nypnoac mind
control, the threat would be posed by a foreign enemy working within the United
States.

So in 1943 Estabrooks sounded his public alarm, and planted the seed for what
would become priority top-secret research for the next twenty-five years.
Couching his disclosure in hypothetical terms and saying that the hypnotized
mind "could be" put to military use, he then portrayed a scene which he said
could "very easily take place."

It would be possible, he said, for "the enemy" to plant a foreign agent as a doctor
in a hospital or his own office. This "doctor" could, by means of fake physical

u

60 W.H.Bowart

examinations, place thousands of people under his power over a period of time.
Estabrooks projected how, by hypnotizing key officers and programming them to
follow suggestions, this "masked maneuver" could enable a lowly first lieutenant
to take-over the reins of the entire U.S. Army.

His alternate scenario depicted the General Staff summoning a colonel from
Intelligence to an emergency meeting in the pentagon two days after an outbreak
of war. Shortly after entering the room where Pentagon "brain trusters" were
gathered, the colonel is put into hypnotic trance by an array psychologist and told
there has been a change of plans for the defense of major territory. The details of
the plan have to be conveyed in absolute secrecy to the pacific command. Since
the enemy has been very successful in monitoring U.S. communications, a new
highly reliable procedure is needed to slip the message past the enemy. The
colonel, under the influence of hypnosis, will carry the top-secret message.

"When you wake up, the hypnotized colonel is told, "you will no longer have the
slightest knowledge of the secret information carried in the lower layers of your
mind." The colonel is then given instructions to proceed by airplane to Honolulu.
He is told that in his normal waking state he will hold the impression that he is on
a routine mission and must report after his arrival to General Y.

"He is the only man in the world who can hypnotize you again. Put to sleep by
General Y. - and only him - you will correctly recall all the details of this
conversation and disclose the secret instructions we have just given you."

Estabrooks said later he had given the pentagon episode only as a practical
example of how the new science of hypnotism could be used for military
purposes.

Going even further with his alarming predictions, Estabrooks told how disguised
techniques of hypnosis could be employed to create an entire army of saboteurs
within our own country. "Let us suppose that in a certain city there lives a group
of a given foreign extraction. They are loyal Americans but still have cultural and
sentimental ties to the old country. A neighborhood doctor, working secretly for a
foreign power, hypnotizes those of his patients who have ties favorable to his
plans. Having done this he would, of course, remove from them all knowledge of
their ever having been hypnotized.

"Next comes a one-month period of indoctrination under hypnosis. By various
means, including the offer of substantial rewards and educational processes
designed to strengthen their ancestral loyalties, their cooperation is obtained."

Estabrooks explained how individuals so controlled would have no conscious
aversion to Americans and would continue to behave as good citizens.
Subconsciously, however, they would be saboteurs and agents of the enemy.

Operation Mind Control 61

"All right you say. This sounds beautiful on paper. But what about the
'well-known psychological principle' that no one will do anything under hypnosis
that he wouldn't do when he's awake?" Estabrooks asked.

"My experiments have shown this assumption is poppycock. It depends not so
much on the attitude of the subject as on that of the operator himself... In
wartime, the motivation for murder under hypnosis doesn't have to be very
strong," Estabrooks warned.

"During World War I, a leading psychologist made a startling proposal to the navy.
He offered to take a submarine steered by a captured U-boat captain, placed under
his hypnotic control, through enemy mine fields to attack the German fleet
Washington nixed the stratagem as too risky. First, because there was no
disguised method by which the captain's mind could be outflanked. Second,
because today's technique of day-by-day breaking down of ethical conflicts
brainwashing was still unknown.

The indirect approach to hypnotism would, I believe, change the navy's answer
today. Personally," Estabrooks concluded, "I am convinced that hypnosis is a
bristling dangerous armament which makes it doubly imperative to avoid the war
of tomorrow." 14

George Estabrooks may have greatly contributed to the U.S. government's
interest in hypnosis. For during the years that followed, seeking ways both to
improve the mind and to control it, various government agencies, many of them
with intelligence functions, secretly pursued research in hypnotic techniques.

A number of related events during the 1940s demonstrated the extent of the
government's interest in hypnosis. Beyond changing beliefs, they sought ways to
motivate people to commit acts which they would not commit in a normal state.

Dr. Bernard C. Gindes wrote of an amnesia experiment he undertook for the U.S.
Army in the late forties. "A soldier with only a grade school education was able to
memorize an entire page of Shakespeare's Hamlet after listening to the passages
seven times. Upon awakening, he could not recall any of the lines, and even more
startling was the fact that he had no remembrance of the hypnotic experience. A
week later he was hypnotized again. In this state, he was able to repeat the entire
page without a single error. In another experiment to test the validity of increased
memory retention, five soldiers were hypnotized en masse and given a jumbled
code consisting of twenty-five words without phonetic consistency. They were
allowed sixty seconds to commit the list to memory. In the waking state, each
man was asked to repeat the code; none of them could. One man hazily
remembered having had some association with a code, but could not remember
more than that the other four soldiers were allowed to study the code

M

62 W.H. Bowart

consciously for another sixty seconds, but all denied previous acquaintance with
it During rehypnotization, they were individually able to recall the exact content
of the coded message." 15

In 1947, J.G. Watkins induced criminal behavior in deeply hypnotized subjects

during another army experiment Watkins suggested a distorted view of reality to
his subjects by inducing hallucinations which allowed them to avoid direct
conflict with their own moral concepts. He carefully chose his suggestions to be
in line with his subjects' pre-existing motivational structures, and so was able to
induce so-called antisocial behavior.

Watkins took a normal healthy army private, a young man whose tests indicated
a most stable personality, and put him in a deep trance. Though merely striking a
superior officer is a court- martial offense in the array, Watkins wanted to see if he
could get his subject to strangle a high ranking officer.

After the subject was deep into trance, Watkins told him that the officer sitting
across from him was a Japanese soldier who was trying to kill him. He must kill
or be killed, Watkins suggested, and immediately the private leapt ferociously at
the officer and grabbed him by the throat In his waking state, the private would
have been aghast at the thought of trying to strangle a superior officer. But under
hypnosis, believing the officer was a dangerous Japanese soldier, the young
private had to be pulled off his superior by three husky assistants. The officer
came within a hairsbreadth of being strangled, as the young man was most
persistent in his attempt to kill what he regarded as the enemy.

Watkins repeated this experiment with other subjects. The second time he used
two officers who were good friends. One of them was given the hypnotic
suggestion that the other was a Japanese soldier and that he must "kill or be
killed." the man who had received the command not only made a powerful lunge
at his friend, but as he did he whipped out and opened a concealed jack knife,
which neither the doctor, his assistants, nor his friend knew he had. Only the
quick action of one of the assistants, who was a judo expert, prevented a
potentially fetal stabbing.

In both cases, reality was so distorted that the subjects took murderous and
antisocial action. If they had accomplished their "defensive" acts, both men could
have been convicted of murder, since the law did not recognize motivation
through hypnosis as a feet The courts, in all but a few cases, had adopted the
traditional scientific view that criminal behavior cannot be induced under
hypnosis. That view still stands today.

To test the premise, which was then widely held, that a normal person under
hypnotic trance could not be made to divulge information which would be

Operation Mind Control 63

self-incriminating, Watkins conducted a number of experiments where a
monetary bribe was offered to withhold information. Watkins discovered that
"when placed in a trance they 'spilled' every time, either verbally or in writing.

The subject of one of these experiments was an enlisted WAC in military
intelligence. Her commanding officer ordered her not to reveal a list of what were
made to appear to be real military secrets. Under hypnosis she "spilled"
everything.

Another experiment was discontinued when it was discovered that a research
worker in the government arsenal was spilling vital and top-secret war
information to the friendly army hypnotist, who did not have a "need to know."
He did this loud and clear while in a trance before an audience of 200 military
professionals. If the subject had been allowed to continue, the disclosures of
information would have resulted in a general court martial, no matter how the
doctor might have tried to persuade intelligence headquarters that this was "just a
test"

Much of the army's experimentation with manipulation by hypnosis was inspired
by the reports of Wesley Raymond Wells, a doctor at Syracuse University. Wells's
research, in turn, had been inspired by the fiction of the 1880's and 1890s, which
described criminal acts as being induced by hypnosis. Wells was taken by the idea
that "the most striking feature in a hypnotized subject is his automatism."
Although earlier experiments had elicited no immoral or criminal behavior from
subjects under hypnosis, the results of experiments which asked subjects to resist
various suggestions indicated to Wells that people might be more suggestible than
was generally believed.

In the late 1930s, Wells conducted a simple experiment with a student volunteer.
He chose a subject who had stated that he expected he would be below average in
hypnotizability and claimed he could not be put into a trance. Before inducing
trance, Wells urged him to do his utmost to resist, in every possible way, first
going into the trance, and then doing anything against his own moral code.

When the student told Wells that he was ready to begin the contest, the doctor
put his hand on the subject's chest, counted to seven, and found that the subject
had already fallen into a deep trance! After testing the subject's muscle control
and ability to obtain amnesia and hallucinations, Wells proceeded to suggest that
the subject get up from his chair, go over to Wells's overcoat which was on a coat
rack across the room and take a dollar from the right-hand pocket Wells
suggested that the subject see the coat as his own, and take the dollar thinking
that he had left it in the pocket When the subject followed all of Wells's
suggestions, he then told him to put the dollar in his own breast pocket and
return to his chair. As he was about to sit Wells said to him that when he sat in
the chair he would spend the dollar, just as if it were his own.

64 W.H.Bowart

Afterwards, during the student's recall of his experiences, Wells found that
everything had worked according to the hypnotic program he had implanted.
This was, of course, a clinical sort of test for amnesia.

"Whether his amnesia would have withstood third-degree methods of the police or
the lie detector methods of the psychological laboratory is another question,"
Wells said. "On the basis of my previous experimental study of posthypnotic
amnesia, I would state it as my opinion that hypnotically induced amnesia in the
case of so good a subject., would have withstood any possible tests if added
precautions had been taken in the hypnotic production of the amnesia." 16

Wells' report of this experiment, published in a psychology journal in 1941,
brought a negative reaction from the scientific community. Milton Erickson was
among the first to say that Wells's experiments were at best inconclusive.
Erickson reported that after attempting to duplicate similar hypnotic inducements
of crime with fifty subjects, he had failed. He concluded from his own
investigations that "hypnosis cannot be misused to induce hypnotized persons to
commit actual wrongful acts either against themselves or others..." The so-called
antisocial acts induced by Wells and others, Erickson maintained, were most
likely motivated by factors other than hypnosis or suggestion.

"We know that it is possible, without recourse to hypnosis, for one person to
induce another to commit a wrong, a fact we may explain loosely as the influence
of one personality upon another," Erickson explained. To settle this question is
difficult, since it involves three inseparable factors of unknown potentialities --
specifically, the hypnotist as a person, the subject as a person, and hypnosis as
such to say nothing of the significant influence upon these three, both
individually and collectively, of the suggestion and the performance of a
questionable act" 17

But even Erickson conceded that the primitive being, the libido, which dwells in
everyone, makes almost any crime possible. When a hallucinatory state has been
induced and the subject thinks he or she is acting out of self-preservation, the
primitive mind takes over and the killer instinct is unleashed.

{Milton W. Erickson s insights into human behavior were used to develop (with
the CIA watching over the scientists shoulders) what is perhaps the 20th
Century's most important technology of empowerment or enslavement, a science
known as Neuro-Linguistics Programming (NIP). }

In the late 1930s psychologists began grappling with the problem of human will,
as the theologians before them had done for centuries. Some maintained that
"will" meant conscious volition; others, that it meant nothing but the
manifestation of the belief system, that is to say, the result of the earliest

Wtiky Wdk The Journal of Ps^choicxn,. 1941.

Operation Mind Control 65

conditioned responses. The area of will still lies outside the limits of modem
psychology. Many experts are loath even to use the word "will" since it represents
a most ill-defined dimension of human nature.

Summing up a carefully constructed semantic argument, psychologists often say,
"A person cannot be made to do anything against his will or basic moral precepts."
That statement, taken at face value, is certainly true. A normal person would not
wittingly kill a friend. But if he was made to hallucinate that his friend was an
enemy, and it was a "kill or be killed" situation, he would initiate a natural
response to preserve his own life. In the process he might even take the imagined
enemy's life. After the hallucination passed, he would realize he had killed his
friend. This criminal act would be considered in one sense, an act of will; but the
real cause of the action would not be understood outside the hallucinated
state.Only the killer's grief would remain, to attest to his knowledge of what he
did, and that he really did not want to do it

Whether or not hypnosis can be used to deeply motivate people to commit
antisocial acts despite the call of their own conscience is still an open question in

George Estabrooks had evidence which made him conclude that "one in every five
of the human race are highly suggestible, at least half are suggestible to a very
considerable degree." And he warned, "... mere figures do not tell the story. That
one fifth has a power far beyond its numbers; for this type of man, acting under
direct suggestion, is no mere average person. He is a fanatic, with all that
fanaticism may imply for good or eviL. Can this prospective subject - this one in
five individual - be hypnotized against his will?"

"The answer to this very vital question," Estabrooks concluded, "is 'yes,' though
we prefer to say 'without his consent' instead of 'against his will.' We do not need
the subject's consent when we wish to hypnotize him for we use 'disguised
technique..." 18

Believing in Estabrooks' logic, pragma tists in the government began to explore
the possibilities of ways to change belief and motivate behavior. They let scores of
contracts for research into hypnosis, behavior modification, conditioning, and
virtually anything that held even a slim chance of being able to give them control
over the individual human mind and will.

Meanwhile foreign governments unfriendly to the United States were involved in
similar psychological research. But the U.S. government's fear of losing
superiority in this new and untested field ran away with it Intelligence analysts
believed a "mind-control gap" existed, and to close it they mobilized "think tanks"
to develop a usable program of experimental research, at once.

66 W.H. Bowart

From one such think tank, the Rand Corporation, came a report entitled Are the
Commform Countries using Hypnosis Techniques to Elicit Confession In Public
Trials? Dated April 25, 1949, it helped set the stage for using national security as
the rationale for resorting to mind control to motivate criminal acts, both at home
and abroad.

The successful use of hypnosis," the report said, "Would represent a serious
threat to democratic values in times of peace and war. In addition, it might
contribute to the development of unconventional methods of warfare, which will
be widely regarded as immoraL The results of scientific research in the field
under discussion would obviously lend themselves to offensive as well as
defensive applications and to abuse no less than use. It must be assumed that
almost all of the scientific personnel in the field of hypnosis are keenly aware of
these social implications of their work and that they are interested in limiting the
practice of hypnosis to therapeutic applications." That assumption proved to be
untrue.

The Rand report recommended "that these moral and political implications of
experimental research on hypnosis be explored as fully as possible prior to official
encouragement or sponsorship of such research, so as to establish the most
effective safeguards against its unintended consequences."

The Rand study dwelt at length upon Soviet experiments in hypnosis dating back
to 1923. "At the State Institute of Experimental Psychology in Moscow," the
report stated, "it was demonstrated that hypnosis could be used in inducing an
innocent person to develop intense guilt feelings and to confess to a criminal or
immoral act which he did not commit In 1932 the experiments on hypnotically
implanted 'crimes* were reported (in English translation) by A. R. Luria, who at
that time was a professor in the Academy of Communist Education."

Quoting Luria, the report described how hypnosis was used as a device for
producing emotional disturbances in order to control behavior. "We suggested to
the person under test, while in a sufficiently deep hypnotic state, a certain
situation, more often a disagreeable one, in which he was playing a role
irreconcilable with his habits and contrary to his usual behavior -- we thus
obtained an actual and rather sharply expressed acute effect After awakening the
person under test., we had a subject who was 'loaded' with certain definite
affective complexes, which mostly remained unknown to himself..."

Luria described an experiment with a twenty-year-old female college student who
was told under deep hypnosis that she was sitting in her home studying when a
neighbor child, a boy of six, came into the room. She was told that the child
shouted when he came into the room. She asked him to stop, but he did not
listen. The young woman was then told that she would get angry and forget
herself. She would take a stick and beat the boy, first on the back and then on the

Operation Mind Control 67

head. The boy would cry out from the wounds on his head, but she would keep
on beating him. She would then feel very ashamed and would be unable to
understand how such a thing could happen, how she could beat up a child.
Finally, she was told that she must try and forget the incident altogether.

Luria explained that he had chosen this situation with a definite purpose. Since
the hallucinated event was entirely unacceptable by the moral standards of the
young woman's personality, it was natural that she would feel repentant He
reinforced her natural desire to forget by suggesting to her that she remove the
memory of the event from her mind.

In subsequent trances the subject was questioned about the "beating." With great
difficulty she reconstructed the event, but shifted the emphasis on several points
so that the imagined event would conform more to her basic moral code. At first
she refused to remember that she had "beaten" the child. She then conceded that
she had "pulled his ears." Then, finally, she admitted she had "beaten him," but
she maintained she had not beaten him with a stick. Luria said that this showed
how unacceptable the situation was to her personality. The student said twice,
"my conscience has tortured me." Luria said this showed the effectiveness of the
hypnotic suggestion.

Of the experiment, Irving Janis, author of the Rand report, observed, "in this
particular case, the implanted memory was initially referred to by the examiner as
a 'dream' rather than as a real event But from the detailed reports of other
investigators, this procedure does not appear to be necessary for eliciting a false
confession: a hypnotized subject will often accept and confess to an implanted
memory as a real event in his own past life."

The Rand report itself suggested that this trick of hypnotic suggestion might be
used on a defendant awaiting trial The defendant could be "prepared" in a series
of hypnotic sessions to accept guilt about a criminal act he did not commit and
then, if placed in a hypnotic trance while in the courtroom, the prosecutor's
interrogation would elicit a false confession.

Fearing the Communists' use of hypnosis, the Rand report warned that hypnosis,
once accomplished, is hard to detect Contrary to reports in the nineteenth
century, "a hypnotized subject is not blindly obedient nor does he act like an
automaton when in a trance. Hypnotic suggestions are acted out and elaborated
in a way that is consonant with the individual's habitual social behavior and his
basic personality traits." The report stated that while often "the hypnotized
subject seems literal and humorless... he appears entirely unselfconscious, and
very often he acts abstracted, inattentive, almost as if he were insulated against
his surroundings," this is not always the case. A number of experienced
hypnotists had been able to train their subjects to perform "in such a way that

68 W.H.Bowart

observers could not tell that the subject was in a trance or that he was acting
under hypnotic suggestions."

The Rand report outlined the following procedure that would elicit a false
confession. "First, make the subject feel guilty about some acts he had thought
about or had actually carried out in the past Second, make him feel guilty about
having committed some crime of which he was actually innocent The implanted
guilt would compel the subject to confess when examined by a hypnotist or any
one else designated by the hypnotist Third, train the subject by means of
post-hypnotic suggestion, to go into a trance whenever a simple signal was
encountered" The subject would be trained to give his false confession in a
normal, convincing manner, so that observers would not be able to detect the
trance state.

To induce hypnosis in an unwilling subject the report suggested any of three
possibilities which were then well supported by research findings:

1. As part of a medical examination, talk relaxation to the subject thus disguising
the hypnotic induction. For example, the person could be given a blood pressure
test told that he must relax completely in order to give an adequate test record,
and then be given suggestions to go to sleep which would result in a hypnotic
trance.

2. Induce hypnosis while the person is actually asleep from normal fatigue. This
could be done by simply talking softly into the sleeper's ear.

3. Use injections of drugs to induce hypnosis, the hypnotic drugs would relax the
subject and put him in a "twilight state" where the subconscious mind is very
susceptible to suggestion.

Subjects who refuse or resist the simple "talking" methods of hypnotic induction
could be given a few grams of paraldehyde or an intravenous injection of sodium
pentothal or sodium amytal. The appropriate dosage of these drugs invariably
induces a state of light hypnotic sleep. During sleep, the subject could then be
given suggestions which would produce the characteristic deep hypnotic trance.
While in the first drug-induced trance, the patient could be given posthypnotic
suggestions to the effect that he would be susceptible to hypnosis thereafter
without the use of drugs. Subsequently the subject could be allowed to practice
carrying out posthypnotic suggestions. He could then be rehypnotized, still
without his conscious cooperation, but this time without the use of drugs.

The report admitted that at the time of its writing there was no certain knowledge
of just how successful each of the three methods described might prove to be with
individuals "who are on their guard against being victimized by hostile
authorities."

Operation Mind Control 69

"The drug technique," suggested the report, "would probably turn out to be the
simplest and most efficient of the three and so it would be the most likely
candidate for... hypnotizing defendants against their will."

Another important use of hypnosis for the government the report said, would be
the induction of amnesia: "Once a deep hypnotic trance is achieved, it is possible
to introduce posthypnotic amnesia so that (a subject] ...would not know... that he
had been subjected to hypnosis, to drugs, or to any other treatment"

The report then turned to the problem of producing the deep hypnotic trance
essential to post hypnotic amnesia. It stated that, based on research reports of
mat time, "in about 90 percent of any unselected population it should be possible
to produce the deepest (somnambulistic) type of trance. According to numerous
authorities, a light trance is sufficient to elicit a 'confession' of actual misbehavior
which might otherwise be withheld; but, for carrying out complete posthypnotic
amnesia, it is a somnambulistic trance that is required."

The Rand document expressed fear that Soviet investigators had found other
techniques which could produce deep hypnosis in perhaps 90 percent or more of
all individuals. Anticipating future advances, the report speculated on more
efficient ways to develop greater depth in hypnotic trance. It suggested that a
subject could be placed in a trance many times each day until a sufficient depth
of trance was achieved. It was thought that hypnotizing the subject and then
awakening him several times in the same session might speed up the process.
This technique of successive and rapid trance induction would, it was hoped make
the subject easily susceptible to deep trance in a few days.

To increase speed and depth of hypnosis, special uses of hypnotic drugs were also
suggested. "For example, a series of drug-induced trances, as against only one
such treatment might serve to develop the majority of cases into somnambules.
Moreover, certain unique drug compounds may be especially effective in
inducing very deep states of hypnosis." (NLP practitioners have developed ways of
reaccessing any drug state, or any state at all for that matter, once it has been
achieved. NLP added to that which is described above can exponentially amplify
the effects.)

The report then said, "Conceivably, electroshock convulsions might be used as an
adjunctive device to achieve somnambulism in a very high percentage of the
cases. Many studies have shown that there is a temporary intellectual
impairment, diffuse amnesias, and general 'weakening of the ego' produced
during the period when a series of electroshock convulsions is being
administered.

From my own and others' investigations of the psychological effects of such
treatments, I would suspect that they might tend to reduce resistance to hypnotic

70 W.H. Bowart

suggestions. It is conceivable, therefore, that electroshock treatments might be
used to weaken difficult cases in order to produce a hypnotic trance of great
depth-"

In 1958 the Bureau of Social Science Research (BSSR), a subcontractor to the
Rand Corporation, issued a "technical report" on hypnosis to the air force that
took up where the earlier Rand report had left off. Once again a "think tank' was
calling for action in the mind-control race against the Communists.

To both the lay person and the behavior scientist," the author, Seymour Fisher,
wrote in the introduction, "hypnosis has long been regarded as a potentially
powerful instrument for controlling human behavior. Undoubtedly, the
intelligence divisions of many counties have given serious thought to this
potential and have done classified research in various areas of hypnosis... it is
conceivable... that these techniques could have been used and covered up so
successfully that they might be impossible to recognize..: (Emphasis added.]

Fisher outlined areas of future research where Americans could advance in the
mind-control race. He urged the government to develop test to determine who
was and who was not a good hypnotic subject He urged further research in
pharmacology, suggesting that a number of drugs little known at the time might
prove to be effective in inducing hypnosis.

He predicted that some drugs would prove useful in reducing the amount of time
required to induce complex hypnotic behavior and that others would be useful in
reinforcing the lasting effects of hypnotically induced behavior control He
predicted that drugs would be developed which would permit far greater control
over autonomic processes. Some drugs, he suggested, would be found to permit
control over learning and perception as well He also predicted that new drugs
would be discovered which would be capable of inducing deep hypnosis in
virtually any individual regardless of his degree of cooperativeness: [Emphasis
added.] 18

All of these techniques, involving drug-induced hypnosis and electroshock
convulsions, were eventually developed and used to reduce some of our own
citizens to a zombie state in which they would blindly serve the government
Regardless of the Constitution and the laws which supposedly protect the
individual against government coercion, "zombies" were covertly created to do the
government's more unsavory bidding. Such "zombies" asked no questions about
the legality of their assignments. Often their assignments were never consciously
known. And if they were ever questioned about their own actions, amnesia
protected them from self-mcrimination.

Operation Mind Control 71

What had started out a race against the Communists slowly turned into a war
against Americans. It was waged by a cryptocracy that had taken over the country
once the electorate had been lulled into a hypnotic trance by the techniques it had
developed to win the mind-control race against the boogey-men Commies.

72 W.H. Eowart

In an early hypnosis test circa 1940, the enlisted man with his head back, is in a
trance. Holding out his hand at the command of the hypnotist, a match is put to
his fingers. While the flesh sizzled, no blisters formed due to the suggestions of
the

5

HOLY ACro WARS

In 1951, a former naval officer described "a secret" of certain military and
intelligence organizations. He called it Tain-Drug-Hypnosis" and said it "is a
vicious war weapon and may be of considerably more use in conquering a society
than the atom bomb. This is no exaggeration. The extensiveness of the use of
this form of hypnotism in espionage work is now so widespread that it is long past
the time when people should have become alarmed about it.. Pain-Drug-
Hypnosis is a wicked extension of narcosyn thesis, the drug hypnosis used in
America only during and since the last war..." 20

That naval officer was none other than L Ron Hubbard. Before the war an
explorer and prolific science fiction writer he went on to found one of America's
fastest growing IFcontroversial religions, Scientology. {Jn an exchange of letters,
Hubbard told me that he had written a book called Excaliber which had been
stolen. The information in the book, he said, had all been subsequently published
in his many other books. Excaliber, was, he intimated, the guts of what would be
published as Dianetics, a work which takes all the mind control insights Hubbard
was exposed to both in his travels in the east and m Naval Intelligence, and
applies them to empower the human spirit - the exact opposite of mind control
as it came to be. He was subsequently kidnapped, and of course we know that he,
and The Church of Scientology were hounded by the government much as
others like Willhelm Reich had been hounded, for spreading the truth about
technologies which may have the potential to liberate, rather than enslave.
Several years after Hubbard's death, The Church of Scientology was granted, in
1993, o fficial recognition by the Internal Revenue Service. It finally granted
them the tax-deductible status which run-of-the-mill religious groups have little
trouble obtaining.)

Hubbard's statement on Tain-Drug-Hypnosis" was the tip of a vast iceberg of
mind-control research using drugs as an aid to hypnotic induction. In the 1950s,
under air force (and ultimately CIA) guidance, a series of papers were written
defining the limits to which a government (ours or an enemy's) could go "to
make persons behave against their will." In the introduction to one of these, the
authors stated that the purpose of their study was "to review available scientific
knowledge on the use of pharmacologic agents to influence the communication of
information which, for one reason or another, an informant does not wish to
reveal."

L Ron Hubbanl. The Scmrt ofSuwmcl (Ch«h of Semiology. LA UL, 1951 )

74 W.H.Bowart

They went on to say that, contrary to the alleged necessity for conducting such
drug experiments, "no published reports have come to attention... detailing the
scientific application of drugs by intelligence agencies of any nation as a means of
obtaining information. The methods of Russian interrogation and mdoctrination
are derived from age-old police methods that have been systematized, and are not

scientists."

The report, expressing concern over "proper" drug experimentation, urged that
control placebos be administered "silently" so that no one would know who was
getting what or when. Also discussed were the effects of drugs on different
individuals in various settings, the relation between dosage levels, the effect of
food, drink, and other physiological needs, and the effects of individual variables,
such as sex, intelligence, medical and psychiatric status, life situation, and so
forth, upon drug reactions.

The top priority for testing in mind control were those drugs which were found to
induce hypnosis. The administration and effects of barbiturates, amobarbital,
seco- barbital, pen to thai, and sodium amytal were studied. Nonbarbiturate
sedatives and calmatives such as etho-chlorvynol, glutethimide, methyprylon,
methylparafynol, captodramin, and oxanimide were also tested. A whole range of
amphetamines and their derivatives were discussed as good tools to "produce a
'rush'— an outpouring of ideas, emotions, memories, and so forth." New drugs
such as ritalin, marsilid, and mescaline were thought to hold great promise for
mind-control applications. Perhaps the most promising of this last group was a
"consciousness-expanding" drug called LSD-25. 21

Four months after the first nuclear reaction was created in a pile of uranium ore
in Chicago, the psychotropic effects of LSD-25 were discovered by a thirty-
seven-year-old Swiss chemist working at the Sandoz research laboratory in Basel,
Switzerland. On April 16, 1943, Dr. Albert Hofmann accidentally absorbed a
minute quantity of the rye fungus byproduct with which he was experimenting.
He later filed a report which described history's first LSD "trip."

"I was forced to stop my work in the laboratory in the middle of the afternoon and
to go home, as 1 was seized by a peculiar restlessness associated with a sensation
of mild dizziness... a kind of drunkenness which was not unpleasant and which
was characterized by extreme activity of imagination... there surged upon me an
uninterrupted stream of fantastic images of extraordinary plasticity and vividness
and accompanied by an intense kaleidoscope-like play of colors..." 22

Sandoz Laboratories had actually been manufacturing LSD since 1938, when it
was first used in an experiment with monkeys. Their scientists observed then

lows Gotochilk. The Use of Drugs m MormotionSeekmg Interviews.
Afcert Hofinun. High times, July. 1976.

Operation Mind Control 75

that the substance caused a marked excitation of the animals, but these results
did not motivate scientists to follow up with further research. Work with LSD fell
into abeyance until the spring of 1943 when Hofmann prepared a new batch for
the storeroom, and accidentally ingested some himself.

Dr. Hofmann described that LSD experience: "..J did not know what was going to
happen, if I'd ever come back. 1 thought I was dying or going crazy... My first.,
experiment with LSD was a 'bum trip' as one would say nowadays."

Dr. Hofmann's new discovery was investigated by the European psychiatrists as a
possible key to the chemical nature of mental illness. In 1950 LSD was
introduced to American Psychiatrists, and interest spread rapidly in the scientific
community here.

In 1953, the CIA made plans to purchase ten kilograms of LSD for use in "drug
experiments with animals and human beings." Since there are more than 10,000
doses in a gram, that meant the CIA wanted 100 million doses. The CIA obviously
intended to "comer the market" on LSD so that other countries would not be
ahead of the U.S. in their potential for "LSD warfare." (Later the cryptocrats were
to say that they'd merely gotten milligrams and micrograms confused.)

That year Sandoz Laboratories Filled many orders for LSD from the CIA and the
Department of Defense. According to Hofmann, they continued to do so up until
the mid-sixties. The army would visit the labs every two years or so, to see if any
technological progress had been made towards the manufacture of LSD in large
quantities. Dr. Hofmann said that he had never been told the reason for the
army's interest in the drug, but he assumed, from the large quantities being
discussed, that it was to be used for weapons research.

As an employee of the pharmaceutical house, Dr. Hofmann was in no position to
warn the army researchers away from the drug despite his belief that it would be
extremely dangerous if used improperly and despite his personal distaste for their
work.

"I had perfected LSD for medical use, not as a weapon," he said. "It can make you
insane or even kill you if it is not properly used under medical supervision. In any
case, the research should be done by medical people and not by soldiers or
intelligence agencies."

In 1963 Hofmann received a letter from a scholar at Harvard requesting
twenty-five kilograms of psilocybin for research purposes. Psilocybin was a
psychedelic substance similar in effect to LSD but more subtle and much less
powerfuL Before the sales department at Sandoz would act on this order for "the
extraordinarily large quantity of psychedelic compounds," they asked the scholar
to provide them with the necessary import license from U.S. health authorities.
He failed to provide it Later Hofmann Commented on "the unrealistic manner

76 W.H. Bowart

with which he handled this transaction (which) left the impression of a person
unconcerned with the regulations of society." 23 The scholar's name was Timothy
Leary.

Leary came to the CIA's attention through a drinking buddy at Berkeley named
Frank Barron. Barron had guided Leary through the creation of his first book, a
supposed landmark in 1956 psychology circles entitled: Interpersonal Diagnosis
of Personality. Barron introduced Leary to CIA officials and set him up for his role
in the Tsychedelic Sixties."

Shortly after Leary entered the circle of the cryptocracy his wife died and he was
left with two children to raise. Miraculously he was offered a well-paying job on
the faculty of Harvard University. His boss was former OSS official, David
McClelland, the editor of the secret service's important work Assessment of Men, a
book which outlined the framework by which individuals were selected for
espionage work during W. W. U.

At Cambridge, Leary launched himself into his work which was funded by
Harvard, which in turn was funded by NIMH, which in turn was funded secretly
by the CIA's MKultra program. Leary began experimenting with LSD on prisoners
in the Concord Correctional Facility in Concord, Massachusetts. On the books,
this research was funded by the Uris Brothers foundation in New York City, under
the auspices of Harvard. What Leary learned from the Concord prisoners was

published in 1962 in his paper entitled How to Change Behavior. In it, Leary
explained what a powerful tool LSD was for changing ways of thinking and livi

By 1960 Leary had become fascinated by the effects of LSD upon creativity, so he
went to Greenwich Village in New York City. There he began to recruit artists as
LSD guinea pigs. He claims to have "guided trips" for about 3,000 volunteers
among them Allen Ginsberg, Charles Olson, Jack Kerouac, Robert Lowell, Charles
Ming us, Miles Davis, John Lennon, Jim Morrison, Aldous Huxley, Arthur Koestler,
Alan Watts as well as "swamis, gurus, mystics, psychics by the troop." It was poet
Allen Ginsberg who, after experiencing the mystical effects of LSD himself,
persuaded the up-tight Dr. Leary to try it That marks the time when a very
different Leary began to emerge.

While Leary had received NIMH grants at the University of California at Berkeley
from 1953-56, and while working for the U.S. Public Health Service from 1954-58,
at first he denied that any of his psychedelic research projects at Harvard were
funded by the government Yet when I finally sat with him face-to-face after
Operation Mind Control had been published (1979), and naively asked him if he
was "witting" or "unwitting" of his collaboration with the CIA, Leary answered
with: "Who would you work for, the Yankees or the Dodgers? I mean, who was I
supposed to work for, the KGB?"

m

Operation Mind Control 77

Previous to ray interview with Leary I had queried National Institute of Mental
Health Director Bertram Brown. Brown said that, although such research at Harv-
ard University was funded by HEW and NIMH grants from the period of 1956-63,
"records available for projects supported during that period generally do not go
below the major institution level; e.g., awards are identified as being made to
Harvard University, but not to departments or centers within that institution..."
Here we encounter another example of the government's built-in deniability.

Harvard claimed that its records on Leary's research could not be located.

Leary told ABC Newshack Paul Altmeyer:" The CIA funded and suported and
encouraged hundreds of young psychiatrists to experiment with this drug (LSD).
The fallout from that was that young psychologists (like himself) began taking it
themselves and discovering it was an intelligence enhancing, consciousness
raising experience...^

1 give the CIA total credit for sponsoring and initiating the entire consciousness
movement, counter culture events of the 1960s," Leary said.

The CIA's former chief psychologist, John Gittinger obviously was asked by
Altmeyer if the CIA did indeed provide Leary with the LSD which fueled the
"Psychedelic Sixties." Gittinger replied on camera:" The countercase that I would
make in relationship to that is that, remember the people who were doing the
research were people who would be doing the research regardless of who was the
sponsor; that it was not the CIA who asked these people to work on these. These
people were working on it and the CIA helped them (emphasis added) to do that
particular work."

In the spring of 1962 Leary was approached by Mary Pinchot Meyer, wife of CIA
executive Cord Meyer. Leary says he looked up from his deck to see a
good-looking woman leaning against the door post with her hip tilted
provocatively, studying him with a bold stare. "She appeared to be in her late
thirties," he said, "...Flamboyant eyebrows, piercing green-blue eyes, fine-boned
face. Amused, arrogant, aristocratic.

"'Dr. Leary," she said coolly, "I've got to talk to you.'"

She introduced herself to Leary as Mary Pinchot and told him, "I've come from
Washington to discuss something very important I want to leam how to run an
LSD session.

"...I have this friend who's a very important man. He's impressed by what I've told
him about my own LSD experiences and what other people have told him. He
wants to try it himself. So I'm here to leam how to do it I mean, I don't want to
goof up or something."

* Timothy Lury. Mission Mod Control, ABC-TV News Documentary , P»"> Altmeyer, Producer, 1979.

78 W.H. Bowart

Leary invited her to bring her friend to Massachusetts for a couple of days and
he'd run a session with them. But Mary refused the idea, saying her friend was
such a well-known public figure that'd be impossible.

"People involved in power usually don't make the best subjects," Leary told her.

"Don't you think that if a powerful person were to turn on with his wife or
girlfriend it would be good for the world?" Mary asked.

"Nothing that involves brain-change is certain," Leary said. "But in general we
believe that for anyone who's reasonably healthy and happy, the intelligent thing
to do is to take advantage of the multiple realities available to the human brain..."

Later, while Leary and Mary were sharing a glass of wine, according to Leary,
Mary said: "You poor innocent thing. You have no idea what you've gotten into.
You don't really understand what's happening in Washington with drugs, do
you?"

Leary admits he said he'd heard rumors about the military.

"It's time you learned more," Mary said. "The guys who run things - 1 mean the
guys who really run things in Washington - are very interested in psychology,
and drugs in particular. These people play hardball Timothy. They want to use
drugs for warfare, for espionage, for brainwashing, for controL"

"Yes," Leary writes in 1983, describing what he knew in 1962 or before, "We've
heard about that"

"...Teach us how to run sessions, use drugs to do good," Mary said.

Leary said he felt uneasy, like "that hit you get from people who live in the hard
political world." There was something calculating about Mary.

Still, apparently Leary did turn her on and a couple of days later he put her on the
plane back to Washington. Six months passed before he saw her again. With no
warning she called him to a clandestine meeting in Room 171 at the Ritz Hotel in
Boston.

"...Everything is going beautifully," Leary reports she said. "On all fronts in fact I
can't give details, of course, but top people in Washington are turning on. You'd
be amazed at the sophistication of some of our leaders. And their wives. We're
getting a little group together, people who are interested in learning how to turn
on."

Leary repeated his doubts about getting high with "power-oriented" people, but
Mary protested, saying that there were a lot of very smart people in Washington
those days, but agreeing that power was important to them. "And these drugs do

Operation Mind Control 79

give a certain power. That's what it's all about Freeing the mind. "...Until very
recently control of American consciousness was a simple matter for the guys in
charge. The schools instilled docility. The radio and TV networks poured out
conformity..." Leary reports Mary saying.

According to Leary, Mary told him that drugs were of the most vital interest to the
power elite in Washington. She said that a few years before "they" (she was
obviously talking about her husband's employers) had become "absolutely
obsessed with the notion that the Soviets and the Chinese were persuading our
POWs in Korea to defect by brainwashing them with LSD and mescaline..."
( There is yet no evidence that this was true.)

That's certainly possible, "Leary quotes Leary saying. "With what we've
discovered about set and setting, we know that almost anyone's mind can be
changed in any direction."

"Any direction?" he says, Mary asked.

"With a minimum of information about the subject's personal life and two or
three LSD sessions, you could get the most conventional person to do outrageous
things."

"Suppose the person wanted to be brainwashed in a certain direction... wanted to
change himself?"

Changing your mind, developing a new reality-fix, is a simple and straight-
forward proposition. Of course, altering your mind is one thing. Changing the
outside world to conform to your new vision remains the difficult problem for
us..." Leary says he struggled with the word. "Utopiates."

Mary was delighted. "I told you the first time we met I want to learn how to
brainwash."

After talking with Leary about making it a better world, she again asked Leary to
teach her how to "brainwash". He said that didn't sound very ladylike and she
burst into laughter saying: " If I can teach the use of utopiates to the wives and
mistresses of important people in our government, then we can... well shit,
Timothy, don't you see what we can do?"

"What?" Leary says he said.

"We can do on a bigger scale what you are already doing with your students - use
these drugs to free people. For peace, not war. We can turn on the Cabinet Turn
on the Senate. The Supreme Court Do I have to explain further?"

80 W.H.Bowart

One wonders, who, besides Abbie Hoffman, would have the courage to say
something like that in public? The cryptocracy took Hoffman seriously when he
threatened to dose New York City's water supply.

Leary says his response was to feel scared. "But come to think of it, it was close to
what we Harvardites in our session rooms, lazily architecturing hopeful futures,
had spelled out as the goal of psychedlic research-
So Leary told her," What do you want from me? The drugs?"

"Just a little bit to get started. With our connections we'll be able to get all the
supplies we want And all you need too. Mainly I want advice about how to handle
sessions. And how to handle any problems that come up," Leary reports Mary
saying.

Leary describes giving her a "cram course" on psychedelic sessions, then he drove
her to the airport to catch a plane back to D.C.

Tim Leary and Richard Alpert were fired from Harvard in 1963, ostensibly for
giving LSD to an undergraduate, but basically because they were giving it
indiscriminately to just about anyone who asked, and the news got out A
controversy over the nature of their research exploded into headlines, so Leary
and Co. retreated to Mexico, where they attempted to carry on LSD experiments
outside the purview of the press, or do-gooders in local government In June of
1963 they ran afoul of even the notoriously corrupt Mexican government and
were expelled from that country for "engaging in activities not permitted to a

From Mexico they moved to a huge estate outside of Millbrook, New York, which
was owned by Margaret Mellon Hitchcock and her sons, Tommy and Billy. ( It
may have been mere coincidence that the father of Tommy and Billy, Tommy
Hitchcock Sr., an Air Ace of W.W.I who lost his life in 1943 over England, was
connected to the highest levels of U.S Intelligence. And there are more suspicious
circumstances which might be explored at another time which could indicate
that the Hitchcocks were very tight with elements of the cryptocracy.) With
Hitchcock support Leary, Metzner, Alpert and company established the
International Federation for Internal Freedom (later to be called the Castalia
Foundation). These organizations served as a platform for Leary to propagandize
for LSD which, he now claimed, could save the world from nuclear perdition by
"blowing the mind."

In late November, 1963, just after Leary had returned from Mexico, a phone call
came from Mary Pinchot With urgency in her voice, she insisted on seeing him.

Operation Mind Control 81

"Oh, you reckless Irishman," She said," You got yourself in trouble again. It's
magnificent, these headlong cavalry charges of yours. Mais cen'estpas la
guerre*

"What'd I do wrong?" Leary says he said.

"Publicity. 1 told you they'd let you do anything you want as long as you kept it
quiet The plan to set up psychedelic training centers around the country was
ingenious from all sides. They would have infiltrated every chapter to get some of
their people trained. But they're not going to let CBS film you drugging people on
a lovely Mexican beach. You could destroy both capitalism and socialism in one
month with that sort of thing," Leary says Mary said.

Leary says he was struck by the brittleness Mary had picked up from ( and here
Leary knows of what he speaks, turning admirable phrases in the process): "those
stem-eyed business-suited WASPs who shuttle from home to office in limousines
- the information brokers, editors, board members, executive branch officials -
youngish men with oldish eyes ( faces you used to see around Harvard Square or
in the Yale quad), initiated early into the Calvinist conspiracy, sworn to the
forever reliable, working for WUd Bill Donovan in Zurich, for Allen Dulles in
Washington, for Henry Luce as bureau chiefs and then shuffling from Newsweek
to the Post, manipulators of secret documents, facts, rumors, estimates, arms
inventories, stock margins, voting blocs, industrial secrets, gossip about the
sexual and drug preferences of every member of Congress, trained to grab and
maintain what they can, all loyal to the Protestant belief that the Planet Earth
sucks."

Mary was scared. She burst into tears. "You must be very careful now. Don't make
any waves. No publicity. I'm afraid for you. I'm afraid for all of us."

Leary tried to calm her, inviting her back to the big house on the estate in
Millbrook.

"I know what you're thinking. But this is not paranoia. I've gotten mixed up in
some dangerous matters. It's real. You've got to believe me." Leary says she glared
at him. "Do you?"

The next call from Mary came the day after the assassination of Jack Kennedy. "I
had really been expecting it," Leary says.

He could hardly understand her. He said she thought she was either drugged or
"stunned with grief."

Leary says, Mary Pinchot Meyer said, "They couldn't control him any more. He
was changing too fast He was learning too much... They'll cover everything up. I
gotta come see you. I'm scared. I'm afraid. Be careful. n

82 W.H. Bowart

That was the last time Leary heard from Mary. He kept waiting for her to call
again but she never did. He didn't know what happened to her until he saw an
article in The New York Times:

Woman Painter Shot and Killed on Canal Towpath in Capital

Mrs. Mary Pinchot Meyer was a Friend of Mrs. Kennedy; Suspect is Arraigned

Mary had been shot twice in the left temple and once in the chest at 12:45 in the
afternoon of October 13, 1964. Dressed in a sweatsuit she had been walking alone,
along the Old Chesapeake and Ohio Canal towpath in Georgetown. A friend told
reporters that she sometimes walked there with her close friend Jacqueline
Kennedy.

Mary's brother-in-law was the Washington bureau chief of Newsweek, Benjamin
C. Bradlee. It was he who identified her body. The article described Bradlee as
having been an intimate of the late President Kennedy. The Times article also
mentioned Mary's ex-husband, Cord Meyer, Jr., identifying him as a former leader
of the American Veterans Committee and the World Federalists, "now a
government employee". The CIA, of course was not mentioned.

Police said that the motive was apparently robbery or assault Her purse was
found in her home. The suspect, a black male, was held without bail.

Distraught, over the news of Mary's death, Leary asked his well-connected friend,
Van Wolfe, to see what he could find out Wolfe had been movie mogul Mike
Todd's partner in business and his attractive young wife was a Rothchild. Over the
years Wolfe had developed an incredible network of friends in high places.

"...Police intelligence knew all about the Mary Pinchot Meyer case," Wolfe said.
"Apparently a lot of people are convinced it was an assassination. Two slugs in the
brain and one in the body. That's not the M.O. of a rapist And a mugger isn't
going to shoot a woman with no purse in her hand."

San Francisco Chronicle some time later. Leary paraphrases it

"James Truitt the source for this sensational story, was identified as a former
assistant to Philip Graham, publisher of The Washington Post. In interviews with
The National Enquirer, Associated Press and The Washington Post, Truitt
revealed that a woman named Mary Pinchot Meyer had conducted a two-year love
affair with President John Kennedy and had smoked marijuana with him in a
White House Bedroom. A confidant of Mary Meyer, Truitt told a Post
correspondent that she and Kennedy met about 30 times between January 1962
and November 1963, when Kennedy was assassinated. Mary Meyer told Truitt that
"This isn't like cocaine, I'll get you some of that" Truitt

Operation Mind Control 83

claimed that Mary Meyer kept a diary of her affair with the president, which was
found after her death by her sister Toni Bradlee and turned over to James
Angleton, chief of CIA counter-intelligence who took the diary to CIA
headquarters and destroyed it According to the Post another source confirmed
that Mary Meyer's diary was destroyed. This source said the diary... contained a
few hundred words of vague reference to an un-named friend.

"Mary Meyer's sister was quoted by the Associated Press as saying, "I knew
nothing about it when Mary was alive.

"The article," Leary says," also revealed that the former husband of Mary Pinchot
Meyer was Cord Meyer, Jr., one of the most influential officials in the CIA - the
only agent who had been awarded the Distinguished Intelligence Medal three
times."

Leary frequently smoked marijuana and took LSD himself. His speeches, which
were (and still are) addressed to overflow audiences, were tailor-made for true
believers in the new drug cult Leary issued many public statements on the
benefits of LSD to the individual and society. Always pretending to be politically
naive, he predicted that there would come a day when "a new profession of
psychedelic guides will inevitably develop to supervise these experiences."

on, tune in,

drop out" and spoke at college lectures to the legions of young people who had
illegally experimented with LSD and other psychedelic substances. Through
magazine interviews, television appearances, movies, records, and books, Leary
projected himself as the culture hero of a new generation which was fighting for
an individual's right to alter his own consciousness - a right Leary then
maintained, which was guaranteed by the Constitution of the United States.

A declassified CIA memo dated November 1, 1963 features Dr. Leary, Dr. Richard
Alpert and their organization which advocated the expansion of consciousness
through psychedelic chemicals, the International Federation for Internal Freedom
(IFIF). In alarming tones the memo ordered all CIA groups involved in mind
control operations to report if any agency personnel were involved with either
Leary or Alpert or IFIF. The responses to this in -house memo have not yet been
released by the CIA.

By 1968, society seemed to become divided into those who had taken psychedelic
drugs and those who hadn't Eventually LSD, marijuana, and cocaine were
available on street comers and schoolyards throughout the land. The cryptocracy
had covertly supported Leary and associates, and the snowballing effects of their
LSD propaganda now caused an apparent reversal of policy, Was it that LSD and
the other psychoactive drugs were politically dangerous in that they suspended
the conditioning of people, if only temporarily, long enough to see the lies they

84 W.H. Bowart

were being fed? Was it that they suspended the conditioning long enough for
people to see through the indoctrination of the government, span the credibility
gap, and the government propaganda for the Vietnam War? The "acid heads"
began to act with visionary fervor. They started to actively criticize the war in
Vietnam and call for many social reforms. The "psychedelic revolution"
embarrassed the government at every turn.

But if the government didn't deliberately create the "psychedelic revolution," it
certainly was responsible for shutting it down. It did this by controlling the
availability and quality of drugs. The very underground LSD labs which the CIA
had helped set up were raided. Then it wasn't long before the quality of LSD
degenerated and the supply dried up. Several studies have shown that when LSD
became illegal (October 6, 1966) pure LSD became scarce and the habits of the
drug culture changed.

Domestic counter-intelligence agencies began to manipulate the press, trying to
overcome all the favorable publicity psychedelics had received. A Science article
run in 1967 which claimed that LSD caused damage to chromosomes proved to
be untrue. The article was picked up and carried by The Journal of the American
Medical Association, wnicn warned 01 LoD-inauceu manormaaons, ietai loss ana
mental retardation." This article was widely quoted, even in the sub-culture press.
In 1971 Science ran a survey of all the available literature, and concluded that LSD
did not cause genetic damage.

In 1969 Diane Linkletter jumped from a window to her death. Her father,
talk-show host Art Linkletter, blamed her death on the effects of LSD. "It was
murder," he said. "She was murdered by the people who manufacture and sell
LSD. LSD can kill!" Linkletter got a lot of press and a private audience with
President Nixon. In 1982, Linkletter told author Jeremy Alderson that there was
never any proof that LSD was involved with his daughter's death.

Rumors in the underground press had it that LSD caused "flashbacks".
Psychedelic sojourners of the Sixties are still waiting for those flashbacks to
happen. The Journal of Psychoative Drugs did a survey which showed no more
"flashbacks" from those that had taken LSD than from thoses who practiced yoga
or other forms of meditation.

But, simultaneous with the negative press about LSD, the supply began to dry up,
and large supplies of heroin mysteriously became available. It was strong heroin,
imported from the Golden Triangle in Southeast Asia (largely under CIA control).
Many young people who had their "consciousness expanded" too far to distinguish
between one drug and another turned to heroin. The government-inspired
hysteria over drugs led many to think, "Well, they lied to us about pot, they must
be lying about heroin." And so when psychedelics were no longer easily obtained,
and heroin was, many young people became addicts.

Operation Mind Control 85

The political visions of the psychedelic generation faded, as many who had
"turned on" dropped out of city life and fled to the country. Those who stayed in
the cities followed Leary's advice and dropped out from participation in the main
stream of the society. Many of them followed an alternate route in the American
tradition by living as pushers and bootleggers, making large sums of money from
the newly created demand for illegal drugs.

In 1958, Dr. Louis Gottschalk, the CIA's "independent contractor," had prepared a
think tank report which suggested that the intelligence agencies might control
people through addiction.

Presaging the cunning behind the unwinnable "War on Drugs," Gottshalk's report
put it this way: The addiction of a source to a drug which the interrogator could
supply, obviously would foster the dependence of the source on the interrogator.
Where the source was addicted previous to the situation, the interrogator might
find, already established, a partem of evasion of laws and responsibilities which
the addict had developed to meet his need for the drug in a society which
proscribes its use."

The report went so far as to recommend that wounded GIs who had become
addicted to pain-killing drugs be recruited from hospitals. It stated: "Where the
source had become addicted in the setting as a sequel to the treatment of injuries,
the ability of the interrogator to give or withhold the drug would give him a
powerful weapon against tne source...

In the late sixties, when it became known that thousands of GIs serving in
Vietnam had become addicted to Laotian heroin, the U.S. Bureau of Narcotics
tried sending a team of agents to Laos, but its investigations were blocked by the
Laotian government, the State Department, and the CIA. While the Laotian
government's hostility toward the bureau is understandable, the reticence shown
by the American government and the CIA requires some explanation. According
to U.S. narcotics agents serving in Southeast Asia, "the Bureau encountered a
good deal of resistance from the CIA and the Embassy when it first decided to
open an office in Vietnam..." Did this policy bear some relation to Gotts chalk's
think-tank statement, made some thirty years earlier - to create an army of drug
dependent people who could be controlled by their suppliers - in this case the
CIA?

The CIA also contributed indirectly to the heroin traffic by training men who then
turned to smuggling. In the 1974 Pulitzer Prize-winning study of the heroin
trade by the staff and editors of Newsday, it was revealed the U.S. Bureau of
Narcotics and Dangerous Drugs (BNDD) agents in Miami cross-checked a list of
men who landed at the Bay of Pigs against police records. They found that at

Gottschalk. op. at

86 W.H.Bowart

least 8 percent of the 1,500-man CIA-trained force had subsequently been
investigated or arrested for drug dealing.

"If it hadn't been for their CIA training," one BNDD agent was quoted as saying,
"some of these might never have gone into the Ismugglingl business." He added
that their training in paramilitary operations, weapons use, and smuggling of
equipment and men from one place to another is well suited for illegal drug
importing.

The head of the Office of Strategic Intelligence at BNDD, John Warner, said, "The
key to heroin trafficking is the principle of compartmentability. It's the same way
the CIA operates. Most people don't know what the whole project involves; most
just know their particular job." 26

Former CIA agent, Victor Marchetti was reported as stating "The CIA is implicated
in the drug traffic in several countries. The Mafia, thanks to the CIA, has a free
hand in the vast opium traffic from Turkey through Italy to the United States." 27

On Julyl9, 1975, Sen. Charles H. Percy, (R., 111.) released a letter charging that the
CIA had the Justice Department drop a drug case to protect its own involvement
in drugs. Percy's letter said that the CIA refused to give federal prosecutors
evidence in a case against Puttapom Khramkhruan, a CIA employee, and one
other person. Percy complained that "apparently CIA agents are untouchable -
however serious their crime or however much harm is done to society."

The senator's letter said he had written the Justice Department to find out why
charges were dropped against the two men, who were allegedly attempting to
smuggle fifty-nine pounds of opium into the United States from Thailand. The
reply he received, from Deputy Assistant Attorney General John C. Kenney, stated
that CIA Associate General Counsel John Greany had "insisted that there were
other considerations at stake and that the material sought by the prosecutors
would not be turned over." Kenney said Greany had explained that if
Khramkhruan and his associate went on trial, "the situation could prove
embarrassing because of Mr. Khramkhruan's involvement with CIA activities in
Thailand, Burma, and elsewhere."

The CIA knew that heroin causes no "consciousness expansion." It brings on a
physical feeling, a warm, glowing "high," and then dullness and insulation. But
the government was interested in behavior control, and heroin, like LSD, was an
important tool in gaining such control.

While some clandestine agencies of government were busy distributing drugs to
pleasure-seeking underground America, in the laboratories they were studying

M

H»n*r, 1973)

Operation Mind Control 87

drugs for their capacities to provide access to the mind for purposes of behavior
control. Seeking the perfect "incapacitating agent," army chemists at Edgewood
Arsenal came up with a drug known as "BZ" whose effects were ten times more
powerful than LSD. Described as a hallucinogenic "superdrug," BZ was said to be
so powerful that a person who took it often experienced amnesia for long periods
of time afterwards.

To test its effects BZ was given to 2,490 "volunteers." Gen. Lloyd Fellenz, former
commander of the Edgewood facility, said that the purpose of the BZ experiment
was to produce an incapacitating gas ( sprayed from the sky as in the film Jacob's
Ladder) or drug which could be placed in an enemy's water supply.

Dr. Solomon Snyder, professor of psychiatry and pharmacology at Johns Hopkins
University Medical School, had formerly worked at Edgewood. "The army's
testing of LSD was just a sideshow compared to its use of BZ," Dr. Snyder said.
"Nobody can tell you for sure it won't cause a long-lasting effect With an initial
effect of eighty hours, compared to eight hours for LSD, you would have to worry
more about its long-lasting or recurrent effects." 2 *

Dr. George Aghajanian, who had also worked at Edgewood, confirmed Snyder's
opinion. "With LSD," Aghajanian explained, "you tend to dwell on the experience
and recall it and that can lead to flashbacks. But with BZ an amnesia occurs
afterwards that blocks the experience ouf."[Emphasis added] 29

Predicting the course of future events, Gottschalk's report stated: "the volume of
effort devoted to studying the behavioral effects of drugs has expanded
tremendously in recent years and will probably continue to grow. In part, this
may be attributed to the ready financial support such activities have achieved.
The interest of scientists in employing drugs in research, however, transcends an
interest in drug effects, per se. Drugs constitute valuable tools for
experimentation directed toward developing basic physiological and psychological
knowledge. Work by scientists in several such areas, in particular, will increase

Gottschalk's conclusion was that "drugs can operate as positive catalysts to
productive interrogation. Combined with the many other stresses in captivity
that an individual may be obliged to undergo, drugs can add to the factors aimed
at weakening the resistance of the potential informant... But for many reasons,
the use of drugs by an interrogator is not sure to produce valid results. The
effects of drugs depend to a large extent on the personality makeup and physical
status of the informant and the kind of rapport that the interrogator is able to
establish with the informant Knowing the predominating pharmacologic actions
of a number of psychoactive drugs, an interrogating team might choose that

" Solomon Snyde, Zodiac News Service, July 29, 1975

Wash**™**. July 25. 1975.

88 W.H.Bowart

chemical agent which is most likely to be effective in view of the informant's
personality, physical status and the various stressful experiences he has already
undergone..." 30

This study and subsequent ones verified the fact that a number of drugs could
conveniently be used to take over the human mind against the will of the
individual. Through the use of drugs, the skilled mind controller could first
induce a hypnotic trance. Then, one of several behavior modification techniques
could be employed with amplified success. In themselves, without directed
suggestions, drugs affect the mind in random ways. But when drugs are
combined with classical conditioning and the language of hypnosis, an individual
can be molded and manipulated beyond his own recognition.

The government's interest in controlling minds and motivating involuntary
behavior was focused not only on individuals but also on large groups. Mass
hypnosis and "crowd psychology" were well-known phenomena, and to that end
propaganda techniques had already been developed. But mass "narcosis" was a
new concept out of which grew the idea of "nonkUT warfare, where vast
populations could simultaneously, or in one action, be drugged into submission.

In 1961, in an appearance before the Subcommittee on Science and Astronautics
of the House of Representatives, Maj. Gen. Marshall Stubbs, head of the Army
Chemical Corps, gave a speech cautioning that "we have not gone far enough in
our research on these incapacitating compounds to be confident that they have
real potential in warfare. We do not want to exaggerate claims for them to create
the impression that we are on the verge of bloodless war."

General Stubbs admitted, "We are attempting to completely separate the
incapacitating agents from the lethal agents so that any castigation normally
given to toxic agents will not be associated with them, since they do not maim or
kill. As a result we hope to have a weapon which will give the commander much
freer rein in its use as compared to the toxic agents. It is my hope that through
the use of incapacitating agents, the free world will have a relatively clear and
rapid means of both fighting and deterring limited war, which has come to the
forefront in the international political scene in the last several years. It is one
means by which we can maintain some degree of equality in the face of
overwhelming manpower superiority of the Communist-dominated nations."

One idea consistently expressed in the utterances of government employees was
the idea that "we must beat the Commies to the punch." To that end the army
launched a crash program investigating nerve gases, riot control gases, defoliants,
herbicides, and biological agents such as anthrax, Rocky Mountain spotted fever,
and bubonic plague. It also developed what it called "harassing agents" ~
chemicals that cause headaches, vomiting, and severe pain.

GottihjJk.op at

Operation Mind Control 89

The idea was that one saboteur would be able to carry enough in his pocket to
temporarily incapacitate the population of a city the size of New York. A
two-suiter piece of luggage could hold enough drugs to disable every man,
woman, and child in America. Most of the drugs the government experimented
with were odorless, colorless, and tasteless and therefore undetectable. They were
easily soluble in water, and only slowly would they lose their potency in
chlorinated water supplies. Food which came in contact with these chemicals
remained contaminated for days unless thoroughly washed. The inhalation of
particles of these drugs suspended in the air produced the same effects as
ingestion. Dissolved, they could penetrate the skin and enter the bloodstream
without having been ingested

The army assumed that a city exposed to such chemical attack would cease to
function, the inhabitants so confused by the "trip" that the army could march into
the city and take over, facing only minimal resistance. And the next day, the
populace would return to normal consciousness and be fit to work for the
occupying army.

To test their assumption, the army gave a squad of soldiers LSD in coffee without
their knowledge. After the drug effects began the soldiers were ordered by their
sergeant to perform normal and routine tasks while they were being filmed by a
hidden camera. They could not follow even the simplest command nor
accomplish the most ordinary task with an acceptable degree of competency.
Two of the men simply giggled helplessly throughout the entire afternoon. As the
platoon sergeant was not a coffee drinker, he did not receive the drug. Neither
had he been told about the test Accordingly he grew more and more frustrated
and perplexed as his men acted more and more erratically.

Further studies indicated, however, that in actual warfare things would not be
that easy. Urban populations spend relatively little time out of doors. Since most
of these drugs settled out of the atmosphere quickly and did not pass through
air-conditioning systems, they would therefore not affect everyone. If the water
supply were lightly laced with a psychedelic, an individual would have to drink a
pint of tap water before being affected. The concentration could be made heavier,
enough so that one would only have to brush his teeth or wash his face before
getting "high," but with concentrations that large, even an infant's formula or a
cup of tea would be a dangerous poison.

Further, those exposed to minute amounts of these "incapacitating agents" might
be able to fight off the symptoms. Those heavily dosed would suffer enormous
mental distortions and could become wildly irrational. Mildly intoxicated persons
might go about as if in a normal state, unaware that their judgment and motor
skills were impaired. The resulting number of accidents would be monumental.

90 W.H. Bowart

The army pretended to shelve its plans for "nonkiir warfare. But the major
obstacle, as they saw it, was only the drugs. It was not that they might kill the
enemy, but that as of yet the army was unable to immunize its own troops
against drug effects. Not until 1975 was a reliable LSD antidote developed.

6

THE GUINEA PIG ARMY

In June, 1975, it was revealed publicly for the first time what many had suspected
- that the CIA and a number of government agencies under its direction had
actually been giving behavior-influencing drugs to citizens within the United
States for more than twenty years.

I was in Washington at the time, searching the catalogue card files at the National
Technical Information Service. A previous search by friends in military
intelligence of the M.I. Classified Index had revealed nothing but peripheral
references to the object of my study: government research in drugs, hypnosis,
behavior modification, and related subjects.

The NTIS file is supposed to contain a complete numerical listing of all
government contracts, by contract number, whether or not they are classified.
The contract cards were indeed numbered in consecutive order, but the ones I
was looking for were missing; the index simply skipped over them and continued
on in numerical sequence. Other cards in the index were marked "classified," and
I would not have been able to obtain the papers to which they referred. But the
reports I was looking for were not even cited in the index, although references to
them in scientific journals indicated that they had once existed. Classified or not,
these documents had been removed from the record.

That afternoon press accounts of the Rockefeller Report to the President on CIA
Activities said, "Beginning in the Late 1940s, the CIA began to study the
properties of certain behavior-influencing drugs (such as LSD) and how such
drugs might be put to use in intelligence activities."

Further, according to the report, "The primary purpose of the drug program was
to counter the use of behavior-influencing drugs clandestinely administered by an
enemy, although several operational uses outside the United States were also
considered."

The Drug program," the report went on to say, "was part of a much larger CIA
program to study possible means for controlling human behavior. Other studies

92 W.H. Bowart

explored the effects of radiation, electric shock, psychology, psychiatry, sociology,
and harassment substances."

As it would do two years later, the press played up the drug angle and ignored the
other experiments. The CIA had been actually experimenting with all kinds of
mind-control techniques for twenty-odd years.

It gave me little comfort, but it reaffirmed my sanity, to read in the report that
"unfortunately only limited records of these drug programs are now available. All
the records concerning the program were ordered destroyed in 1973, including a
total of 152 separate files."

As I left NTIS, George Orwell's prophecy in 1984 came to mind: "Who controls the
past controls the future. Who controls the present controls the past" How long
would it be before our society would perfectly mirror that state Orwell envisioned
when he said; "All that was needed was an unending series of victories over your
own memory. 'Reality control,' they called it., 'double-think.'"

In Orwell's book 1984, the government continually changed its past by creating
new historical fictions to justify its present In 1975 1 was wondering if we hadn't
already gone beyond 1984, where, as Orwell said, "truth is falsehood," and
"ignorance is strength."

Five days after the Rockefeller Report was released, the public flap began. The
children of Dr. Frank Olson were informed by the DIA that their father had been
the individual the Report cited as the "employee of the Department of the Array
who was given LSD without his knowledge while he was attending a meeting with
CIA personnel working on the drug project" Olson had died when he fell, jumped
or otherwise exited from a twelfth-floor hotel window in New York, while still
under the influence of what was then billed as the most powerful mind-altering
drug known to man.

For twenty-two years the cause of Olson's death had been concealed. His family
had been led to believe that he had committed suicide because of a mysterious,
unexplained "mental breakdown." At no time after Olson's death was his family
offered a true explanation of the real circumstances which had caused it

Eric, the eldest son of Dr. Olson, said, Tm very angry at the CIA because they let
us grow up thinking our father had inexplicably committed suicide," Young
Olson said that his family had decided to sue the government not only out of
desire to collect monetary damages but because "we think there's more
information involved in this. It's also a way of holding the CIA publicly
accountable for what they did."

The Olson family discovered that an individual damaged while in government
employ cannot sue the government But this didn't stop them. They asked the

Operation Mind Control 93

Senate to vote them a special bill of recompense for the death of the head of their
household. On May 18, 1976, the full Senate approved S.B. 3035 by voice vote
and sent it on to the House. Senate Bill 3035 specifically authorized
appropriations totaling $1.25 million to be paid to the Olson Family. The House
of Representatives, being more conservative at the time, cut the Senate's
generous award and the Olson family eventually received only $750,000. A similar
case, tried in civil court, might have brought the Olson family as much as three
million dollars.

player, died after being given repeated doses of experimental psycho-chemicals by
the army at New York State Psychiatric Institute in New York City. For years the
Blauer family had been trying to no avail, to find out the true cause of Harold
Blauer's death- In the wake of the Olson scandal, the army relaxed its cover-up
and finally surrendered Mr. Blauer's medical file to his daughter, Mrs. Elizabeth

The chemical identities of the drugs he had received were not given; the drugs
were listed only by number. The numbers were said to represent various
hallucinogens, but because of "national security" it has never been revealed what
the chemicals were that killed Harold Blauer.

The crucial part of the army's medical report stated: "Prenarcosis: - apprehensive
- considerable persuasion required- injection administered at 9:53 a.m.;
postnarcosis: - 9:59, subject so restless has to be restrained by nurse - out of
contact with reality - arms flailing — sweating profusely; 10:01, rapid oscillation
of eyeballs; 10:11, body rigid all over, 10:15, stimulant administered; 10:20 to
ll:45,deep coma; 11:50, artificial respiration administered; 12:15, doctor
pronounces subject dead; 12:30, hospital authorities notified; 3:30, body
transferred to city morgue."

And from the

words in the report - "cons
hadn't volunteered, either.

Both Blauer's and Olson's deaths were covered up by the excuse of "national
security." Their families were deliberately misled about the cause of death. No
monetary compensation was offered except for the pensions or allotments due the
families under normal circumstances.

In the wake of these personal tragedies, increasing public pressure led other
government agencies to make their confessions. The army announced that since
1956 it had tested LSD on nearly 1,500 unwitting servicemen, and on several
thousand more volunteers, a total of 6,940 in all. At the same time the army

94 W.H.Bowart

conduct further tests with at least two new drugs - drugs which were many times
more powerful than LSD. Permission was granted with the stipulation that the
"guinea pigs" be volunteers only.

Within days of the army's admission of drug testing, the Department of Health,
Education and Welfare revealed that it had administered LSD to about 2,500
prisoners, mental patients, and paid volunteers between 1954 and 1968. HEW
said further that it had given seven and a half million dollars in grants to more
than thirty university researchers who independently ran LSD tests on human
subjects.

What was not revealed until much later was that the CIA had used every possible
military and civilian agency of government, as well as a number of universities
and private research groups, to test LSD and other drugs, plus a whole array of
psycho-technologies in an all-out search for reliable methods of controlling the
human mind.

But the CIA's record was pretty good; for out of all the thousands of individuals
who were given LSD or other drugs without their knowledge, only three are
known to have died.

- In 1955 a new drug-testing program was begun at the Edgewood Army Chemical
Center. Volunteer soldiers were recruited but were not told what drugs they
would be given, nor that men had died as a result of similar experiments. They
were told they'd suffer only temporary discomfort Seven thousand soldiers
underwent the Edgewood Arsenal's tests. Five hundred eighty-five men were
given LSD; the rest were administered other unspecified drugs.

Dr. Gerald Klee was one of the first psychiatrists to work on the drug-testing
program for the army. When questioned by television crews as to how the
volunteers had been recruited, he said that he didn't really know. They had come
from all over the country, believing only that they were going to the Chemical
Center to be used as subjects in chemical experiments.

"Most of them were not highly educated, and even if they had been told exactly
what they were to be given, they wouldn't have understood it," Dr. Klee said.
The advantage to them was time off to get away from some place they didn't
want to be, to be near their family, girlfriends, whatever, and they had a pretty
good life while they were there, as a matter of fact They spent very little of then-
time in the experiments and had a lot of free time..."

Wendell Queen was an army sergeant in 1964 when he volunteered for the drug
experiments at Edgewood. Years later, when the Olson case was made public, Mr.

Operation Mind Control 95

Queen tried to find out what drugs he had been given. He ran into a wall of
security. The army stated that it had no record that he was ever given drugs.

But Sergeant Queen remembers differently. He had been given a drug that
penetrated his skin, not through injection but simply by being placed on his arm
with an eye dropper. They just took a small drop and put it on my arm and my
arm became inflamed and kinda itchy, something like a bad mosquito bite," he
said. He was not told what drug it was. He was told only that the effects would
be temporary.

Several hours afterwards, he began to float 1 began to feel kinda happy and the
room started turning around," Sergeant Queen related. "I had lost all my senses. I
had no sense of balance or sense of the environment around me... Later on that
night I really got paranoid and if anybody would come close to me I would think
that they were going to kill me..."

Sergeant Queen had "flashbacks" for several months after that experiment when
he would relive the states of mind he had experienced on that day.

"My roommate told me later that one night 1 woke up screaming and hollering
'don't kill me. don't kill me.' He said 1 became so violent that I began tearing my
bed up," Sergeant Queen said.

Sergeant queen remembers that at Edgewood he tried making a joke about being
a human guinea pig. The medic administering the test didn't appreciate his sense
of humor. "He said that the doctors were the only human guinea pigs around
there because they took every new drug first he said that they always got a
bigger dose than anyone else ever did."

According to the array, their LSD testing program came to an end in 1967. An
array spokesman promised a follow-up study on the 585 men who had been given
LSD, but actually carried it out with only thirty-five officers ~ and superficially, at
that Stilt the army maintained that there had certainly been no LSD since Olson
and Blauer. Once again it was not telling the whole truth.

George Danald, a colonel at the Army Chemical School in Fort McClellan,
Alabama, agreed to become a guinea pig in 1959. He believed in progress, and he
believed that without experimentation and research there could be no progress.
Thus, when the opportunity presented itself to him, he readily submitted to an
injection of what was said to be LSD.

Immediately after he took the drug, according to his wife, "his overall
characteristics seemed to change, his attitude changed, mannerisms changed, and
Tm sure a great deal more that I didn't notice at the time."

96 W.H.Bowart

A year after Colonel Danald's psychedelic experience he was transferred to
Edgewood Chemical Center. Every day it was his habit to pick up his daughter
Dawn promptly after school. One day he didn't meet her and Dawn walked to the
Officers' Club looking for him. His car was in the parking lot, so assuming her
father was inside, she went into the club and asked if anyone had seen him.
When nobody seemed to remember that he'd been there that day she went up to
their apartment on the floor above and knocked on his door. There was no
answer, so she went in. The sitting room was littered with papers. She walked
into the bedroom and noticed mat the twin beds were apart When she turned on
the lights, she saw her father's body slumped at the foot of the bed.

In shock, she went to her room next door and telephoned her mother, who was at
work. "Mommy, I found Daddy," she said. "He's on the floor and he looks awful
white."

Colonel Danald had been dead for five hours when Dawn found him. He had
taken his own life by putting a 25 caliber bullet through his temple. The pistol
was still in his hand.

Colonel Danald did not have a history of mental instability. Until the time of his
experience at Fort McClellan, he had never had a depressed moment The only
clue his family had to his apparent mental anguish was that a few months before
he died, he had once threatened to kill himself in a family argument No one had
paid any attention to that since he had been such a stable person in the past

Mrs. Danald believes that her husband's death was caused by the mind-bending
effects of the experiment but she has so far been unable to prove her case. She
and her family have received no compensation except the benefits which would
normally accrue to a lifetime army officer.

Mary Ray was a research assistant at a psychiatric hospital which held military
contracts to test LSD from 1958 to 1969. She helped doctors conduct
experiments on more than 900 people. Some of them were mental patients. In
1966 she offered herself for LSD testing. Her description is typical of a "bum trip."

"I was in a state of becoming the universe. I became objects," she said. "I was no
longer a person. Then, I got to a state of absolute terror. The closest thing I can
remember being like that was as a child, when 1 was given ether... it was the

But Mary was able to bring herself back from the LSD void: "1 realized that I was a
person, out of this billowing black seething weirdness, this horror...

Operation Mind Control 97

"I looked down and I saw ray arms which were two white rivers with black threads
and they were ray veins. I realized that, and I felt that if I tried really hard,
somehow I could sever the veins. I realized even though I was not really a person
that I could end all this living nightmare, this hell, by cutting my veins.

Then I concentrated on this problem for what seemed centuries, because time
did not exist It was a strange time distortion. I tried desperately to try to kill
myself. There is no question in my mind, that if I'd had some sort of sharp
instrument, and if I were alone, I would have killed myself..."

The doctors and medics were helpless. "No one seemed to know how to handle
the situation. No one knew what to do. It seemed like they were kids playing
scientists." 31

Mary Ray reported no amnesia, and no recurring after-effects. She never felt
another overwhelming compulsion to commit suicide, nor any compulsion to
keep her experience secret

In June of 1958, William F. Chaffin was a sergeant in the U.S. Air Force, stationed
at Dover Air Force Base in Delaware. He had been a basic training instructor in
biological, chemical, and radiological (CBR) warfare earlier in his career and
thought when he read the bulletin offering volunteers a thirty day tour of duty at
Edgewood Arsenal, that it would be easy duty. It would be a nice break in his dull
routine and a thirty-day leave at government expense. He assumed that he'd be
involved in a program much like the one he'd taught in basic military training on
chemical and biological warfare tactics and defenses.

On September 10, 1975, before a joint session of the Senate Subcommittee on
Health and the Senate Subcommittee on Administrative Practice and Procedure,
Chaffin testified to the lasting effects of his volunteer tour of duty at Edgewood.
He told the committee that upon his arrival at Edgewood, he was placed in a
barracks with approximately thirty other volunteers. Daily, some of the
volunteers were taken to various points on the base, given gas masks, and used in
experiments involving DDT and other relatively mild chemicals. But at first
Chaffin was simply ordered to report to a certain station each morning and then
he would be released for the remainder of the day to pursue his own interests.

Today Chaffin cannot say with any certainty how long this procedure went on.
He can't remember whether he was there for one week, two weeks, or three
weeks, before he was actually used in a test

"At some point around the middle of the month of July 11958]," Chaffin told the
committee, "myself and four or five other individuals were taken to a hospital on

M*ry R*y. DocunKntiry •Gmnea Rfi Sold*™,' Gnnidi Tekvuxm Ud.

98 W.H.Bowart

the base. We were, at that time, taken into a room and a psychologist or
psychiatrist - 1 cannot remember which who I believe was associated with the
University of Maryland, informed us that we would be administered a drug or a
substance in distilled water. We were further informed that this drug or
substance would be odorless, tasteless, and colorless. We were asked to perform
certain tests prior to the ingestion of the substance. My best recollection of these
tests is that we were simply asked to estimate certain amounts of elapsed time by
any means other than a watch or clock. We were then taken back to our various
wards and a short time thereafter, I was given a beaker of colorless, odorless, and
tasteless substance by an orderly or an attendant

"I have no recollection whatsoever that I was informed of the nature or qualities of
the substance. Certainly, no reference was made to any possibility of detrimental
psychological or physical effects on myself, or my future family, by taking of the
substance.

"I cannot estimate adequately the length of time that elapsed after I took the drug
until I first began to notice the effects, but my best recollection is that it was in
the nature of one-half hour.

"At that time, I remember being taken back to the psychiatrist or psychologist and
again asked to estimate various lengths of time by any means except observing a
clock or watch. It is extremely difficult for me to describe adequately what
occurred in the next hours of that day. I have to this day, distinct recollections of
vivid and colorful events that made no sense whatsoever to me. I have distinct
recollections of either myself hallucinating or other individuals hallucinating and
imagining that they were seeing certain objects and things. I do not recall if they
were in feet hallucinating, or if I was simply imagining they were.

'I was obsessed with a feeling that I can only describe as utter and total
depression. I don't think these words adequately convey the meaning of that
which I experienced, but I simply do not have the words to set forth the
occurrences of that day.

"Later, I was released from the hospital I cannot recall if this was after a period of
twelve hours, twenty-four hours, or thirty-six hours or more. It is simply
impossible to adequately determine what lengths of time elapsed."

Shortly thereafter, Chaffin returned to his base. His life returned to its usual
routine, but for some reason, he found it extremely difficult to talk to anyone. He
could not even bring himself to tell his wife about his Edgewood experience.

"Since that time," Chaffin said, "I have experienced what I believe to be LSD
flashbacks on at least three separate occasions. The feelings that encompassed me
on those three different occasions were again what I can only describe as a total
depression accompanied by a nearly uncontrollable desire to take ray life..."

Operation Mind Control 99

{Extensive research has shown that there is no more chance of flashbacks with
LSD than with alcohol.)

"After Chaffin's return, his wife became pregnant In November of 1958, she
miscarried. The Chaffins' doctor informed them that in all likelihood the fetus
had been deformed. "I do not know at this time if this was attributable to LSD
which I was administered at Edgewood, Maryland, or not We do not at this time
know if various other problems which have arisen in one of my children are
directly attributable to LSD or not Conversely, we do not at this time know that
there is no relation.

Actually there is no scientific evidence that ingestion of even large amounts of
LSD-25 can cause genetic malformation. There is only evidence that if laboratory
animals and eggs are saturated with a pure concentration of LSD, chromosomal
damage can occur. Dr. Jolyn West did manage to kill an elephant with a huge
dose of LSD at Oklahoma University, but that's about as far as the lethal studies
ever went

"After the ingestion of the substance in July of 1958," Chaffin said, "my
personality and behavior began to change [emphasis added]. After seven years of
marriage, I was certainly not an individual that tended to depression. However,
after an ingestion of LSD, I have undergone, as I mentioned earlier, several
occasions of the same total and extreme depression that occurred when I was
given the LSD initially. Additionally, my wife has related to me one incident that
occurred and which I have no recollection of whatsoever. This incident involved
my actually taking a gun and attempting to leave our home for the purpose of
taking my own life."

Then Chaffin told the Joint Committee, "I would like to state for the record that I
believe that the United States Air Force was always extremely fair to me in my
military career. I enjoyed my military career and consider myself to be a loyal
member of the United States Air Force, retired I must also state that the trauma
that I have undergone as a result of being surreptitiously administered this drug
is something I consider to be totally out of keeping with my concept of the
service. I can only hope that the Committee will take every means available to
make sure that the other individuals who were administered LSD receive
notification and help."

Army records show that William Chaffin was given a drug known only as EA1729.
On August 5, 1975, after the Olson disclosure, Chaffin wrote a letter to the army
stating that he thought he might have been given LSD. He requested the medical
follow-up the army had promised. Michael V. Johnston of the Army Surgeon
General's office responded to his letter. "In checking our records" Johnston
wrote, "we find that you did receive LSD in the army research program. Medical
consultants in the Office of the Surgeon General are now making plans for a

100 W.H. Bowart

follow-up study of persons who took LSD. You will be contacted within the next
two months and invited to be examined...''

Chaffin was called in for a physical subsequently but he feels the examination was
inadequate. He has only the array's word that the drug he received was LSD.
Probably it was not LSD is not known for its abilities to induce amnesia, to cause
depression, or to place a lock on the tongue. If anything, LSD could be used in
interrogation to loosen the mind and the tongue.

Until that day in Edgewood, William Chaffin had always had a firm grip on reality.
Either he was given one of several drugs far more powerful than LSD, and with
different properties to affect the mind, or he was given LSD and put through some
extreme behavior modification procedure which programmed him to remain
silent, and later, after his connection with the Edgewood experiment had been
severed, to wish to take his own life.

Tennis pro, Harold Blauer on his ass in happier days, before he was 'persuaded*
to take an 'experimental' CIA drug which killed him.

7

THE MKULTRANS

Following the release of the Rockefeller Report, John D. Marks, author and
former staff assistant to the State Department Intelligence Director, filed a
Freedom of Information Act appeal on behalf of the Center for National Security

about the same time. Marks and I both requested documentation for the evidence
cited in the Rockefeller Report on the CIA's mind-control activities conducted
within the United States.

Seven months later, Marks was given more than 2,000 pages of top-secret and
"eyes only" documents by the CIA's Information Review Committee. A short time
later I began to receive what Marks had gotten. These pages were said to be the
bulk of the information upon which the Rockefeller Commission had based its
report.

Exempted from release were portions of or entire documents which contained
information said by CIA officials to pertain to "intelligence sources and methods
which the Director of the Central Intelligence has the responsibility to protect
from unauthorized disclosure pursuant to section 102 (d) (3) of the National
Security Act of 1947." But in the photo-copied pages obtained was a statement to
the effect that within a few hours of his resignation (forced by the disclosures of
the Watergate and Church Committees), Director Richard Helms ordered the
records shredded and burned.

The remaining documents, which were judged by the CIA to be "safe" to keep for
subsequent release were all highly sanitized. They contained few names of
participating individuals or organizations and none of the details of the
long-range experiments designed to mold and control the minds of American

In addition to offering a superficial review of the CIA's involvement in research on
mind control, the documents Marks obtained gave the Agency's own officially
censored version of what had happened to Dr. Frank Olson.

102 W.H. Bowart

According to the CIA, at a "liaison conference" with Fort Detrick personnel at Deep
Creek Lake, Maryland, on the eighteenth and nineteenth of November, 1953, Dr.
Olson and seven other men were given LSD in glasses of Cointreau, an
orange-flavored liqueur. The unsuspecting "guinea pigs "were told twenty
minutes later that they had been given LSD.

Olson suffered "serious aftereffects," and later the same day, he was sent, at CIA
expense to New York City with an escort, Dr. Robert Lashbrook. There he was
taken to see a psychiatrist Dr. Harold A Abramson. After five days of observation
and treatment, Dr. Abramson decided that Olson had to be hospitalized.
Arrangements were made for his admittance to a private sanitarium near
Rockville, Maryland

Following that consultation with Abramson on November 22, Okon and
Lashbrook returned to their rooms at the Statler Hotel and retired for the evening.
At 2:30 a.m. the next morning, Lashbrook was awakened by a loud crash.
According to the "eyes only" investigation report, he went into Olson's bedroom
and found him missing. The window, "glass and all" and the blinds were also
missing. Lashbrook assumed that Olson had dived though them.

Before Lashbrook notified the hotel desk he called Dr. Sidney Gottlieb, the chief
medical officer of the CIA drug project, and informed him of Olson's fate.
Lashbrook then called the desk man who called the police.

When the police from the Fourteenth Precinct arrived, Lashbrook told them that
Olson was employed by the U.S. Army. He also told them that he, too, was a
government employee and a friend of Olson's, but nothing else. Police, however,
found Lashbrook in possession of government identification, including a CIA
badge, and made note of this identifying data. The CIA and the Department of
Defense quickly took over liaison with the police and succeeded in covering up the
cause of Olson's "suicide."

Three months later, CIA Director Allen W. Dulles wrote three notes of reprimand
and sent them to the chiefs of the Technical Services Staff, Technical Operations
and Chemical division. The "eyes only" reprimand to the Chief of the Chemical
Division said, "I have personally reviewed the files from your office concerning the
me of a drug on an unwitting group of individuals. In recommending the
unwitting application of the drug to your superior, you apparently did not give
sufficient emphasis to the necessity for medical collaboration and for proper
consideration of the rights of the individual to whom it was being administered.
This is to inform you that it is ray opinion that you exercised poor judgment in
this case." It was signed, "Sincerely Allen W. Dulles, Director."

In 1975, President Gerald Ford apologized to the Olson family on behalf of the
government and made a monetary settlement The Olson case was also the

Operation Mind Control 103

. subject of congressional investigations and a government-appointed commission,
which found that there was no evidence of homicide.

There was no change of operations. The research on mind control continued
unabated. The coverup continued. The official story was Olson fell, but the family
of Frank Olson always suspected that he was pushed because he had become a
security risk. According to his son, Eric Olson, the normally cheeful researcher
sank into a deep depression after the CIA slipped acid into his drink. He told his
wife he had made a "terrible mistake" and wanted to quit his job. Nine days later
he was dead.

Eric Olson, is now a psychologist who has access to any number of people
working within the cryptocracy. In 1994 Eric and his brother, Nils, had the
40-year-old remains of their father exhumed. The body was found in a
"mummified" condition. The CIA said that it had no reason to think that Olson's
death was a homicide, but the sons had the body sent to the nation's top forensic
pathologists who would try to determine if Frank Olson was dead before he hit the
New York City pavement It's been a pressing question for me all the time and
the questions certainly were not laid to rest with the CIA story in 1975," Eric said.

The remains are in exeedingly fine condition and that's attributable to the
embalming done in New York and to the container," said James E. Starrs,
professor of law and forensic sciences at George Washington University. "We have
remains that are in mummified condition. We even have the opportunity to get
fingerprints."

Forensic experts analyzed hair, brain tissue, fingernails and bones for injuries not
attributable to the fall, Starrs said. They looked for toxins and drugs, including
LSD and other hallucinogens. The chairman of the behavioral science department
at York College. Dr. John S. Levisky, examined the skeleton. 32

Starrs found new forensic evidence which suggested that Olson may have landed
on his feet shattering both legs and causing massive internal trauma that would
have led to death in minutes. 33 But, curiously, Starrs found "so many fractures in
the skull that it is not possible that he received this type of injury simply from
falling out of a window... It would not be possible unless he were on a trampoline.
You don't bounce around like that; when you hit pavement, you hit pavement"
Starrs also found no evidence of cuts from smashing through the glass window
which were reported in the original autopsy. Starrs characterized the new
evidence as "sinister," but decided (as of September 1994) to hold off his
concluding remarks pending toxicological results and a final inquiry.

Associated Pres. Los Angeks Tones' Body of Man in 1953 LSD Tot Exhumed*. June 10. 1994.
Terry Allen. CIA Disposal hoblem. Covert Action Quarterly, No. 50. Pall 1994.

104 W.H. Bowart

After toxicologicaJ results were turned in, in November, Starrs said, "I am
exceedingly skeptical of the view that Dr. Olson went through that window on his
own."

The CIA issued a hasty statement saying that it "wil cooperate fully'' if the case is

reopened, saying that if the private investigation has uncovered new evidence, it
should be brought to the attention of the authorities.

Starrs singled out the presence of several bruises on Olson's skull that suggested
he may have been smashed on the head before he plunged 173 feet at 65
miles-per-hour to his death on the sidewalk below.

The criminal and dishonorable ways of the CIA again surface. Despite
Congressional hearings, despite exposure in the press, despite Presidential
apologies, Operation Mind Control continued.

According to the documents, the CIA mind-control program was run under four
different project names. "In 1949 the Office of Scientific Intelligence (OSI)
undertook the analysis of foreign work on certain unconventional warfare
techniques, including behavioral drugs, with an initial objective of developing a
capability to resist or offset the effect of such drugs. Preliminary phases included
the review of drug related work at institutions such as Mount Sinai Hospital,
Boston Psychopathic Hospital, University of Minnesota, Valley Forge General
Hospital, Detroit Psychopathic Clinic, Mayo Clinic, and the National Institute of
Health.

This first project, code-named Project BLUEBIRD, was assigned the function of
discovering means of conditioning personnel to prevent unauthorized extraction
of information from them by known means. It was further assigned to investigate
the possibility of control of an individual by application of special interrogation
techniques, memory enhancement, and establishing defensive means for
preventing interrogation of agency personnel-"

(A number of the "survivors" of Operation Mind Control have been tattooed with
bluebirds. Several think that this was a mark of rank , that it meant they had
received special "Bluebird" programming and could be accessed with certain
triggers. This has not yet been sufficiently tested to my knowledge.)

In August, 1951, Project BLUEBIRD was renamed Project ARTICHOKE, and was
subsequently transferred from the Office of Scientific Intelligence (OSI) to the
Office of Security (OS). OSI, however, retained the responsibility for evaluating
foreign intelligence aspects of ARTICHOKE. In 1953, the OSI proposed that

. Records do not

Operation Mind Control 105

indicate however, whether or not such experiments were made. According to the
information released, OSIs involvement in Project ARTICHOKE ceased in 1956.

The emphasis originally given ARTICHOKE by the OS became focused on the use
of drugs such as sodium pentothal in connection with interrogation techniques
and with the polygraph. During this period there was an informal group known
as the Artichoke Committee which had representatives from OSI, OS, Medical
Services, and Technical Services. True to form, only brief records were kept, so
that the details of the exchanges of this committee are still secret

A CIA memo to the Director of Central intelligence dated July 14, 1952, cited a
successful application of narco-hypnotic interrogation undertaken by a team of
representatives from the CIA. This memo revealed that by that date two
successful interrogations had already been conducted using drugs and hypnosis.
The subjects were Russian agents suspected of being double agents. The cover
was called "psychiatric-medical" (they were admitted to a hospital). The control
methods were by narcosis, by hypnosis, and by a combination of both. The
subjects were regressed by hypnosis and made to relive past experiences. When
the interrogation was completed posthypnotic suggestion succeeded in giving the
subjects amnesia of the actual interrogations. The interrogations were regarded
by the CIA as being very successful

"In each case," the CIA memo read, "a psychiatric-medical cover was used to bring
the ARTICHOKE techniques into action. In the first case, light dosages of drugs
coupled with hypnosis were used to induce a complete hypnotic trance. This
trance was held for approximately one hour and forty minutes of interrogation
with a subsequent total amnesia produced by posthypnotic suggestion. In the
second case (an individual of much higher intelligence than the first), a deep
hypnotic trance was reached after light medication. This was followed by an
interrogation lasting for well over an hour. However, a partial amnesia only was
obtained at this time, although a total amnesia was obtained for a major part of
the test Since further interrogation was desired, a second test was made on this
individual in which the ARTICHOKE technique of using a straight medication was
employed. On this test highly successful results were obtained in that a full
interrogation lasting two hours and fifteen minutes was produced, part of which
included a remarkable regression During this regression, the subject actually
'relived' certain past activities of his life, some dating back fifteen years while, in
addition, the subject totally accepted Mr. (deleted) [the case officer and interpreter
at this timel as an old trusted, and beloved personal friend whom the subject had
known in years past in Georgia, USSR. Total amnesia was apparently achieved for
the entire second test on this case."

The memo revealed that sodium pentothal and the stimulant desoxyn were the
drugs used to aid the hypnotic trance. The memo continued: "For a matter of
record, the case officers involved in both cases expressed themselves to the effect

106 W.H. Bowart

that the ARTICHOKE operations were entirely successful and team members felt
that the tests demonstrated conclusively the effectiveness of the combined
chemical-hypnotic technique in such cases. In both cases the subjects talked
clearly and at great length and furnished information which the case officers
considered extremely valuable."

According to the Agency Inspector General Chamberlain, "There is reference in
papers in the records held by the Office of Security, of something referred to as an
ARTICHOKE Team traveling overseas in 1954, with indications of operational
applications to individuals representing a Communist Bloc country. There is no
recora ot tne operation or its results.

A summary of a conference on July 15, 1953, offered a clue to other kinds of
operations conducted under ARTICHOKE. The report, addressed to the Chief of
Security, CIA, said, "Mr. (deleted) then discussed the situation of a former Agency
official who had become a chronic alcoholic and who at the present time, was
undergoing operative treatment in (deleted) for a possible brain tumor. This
individual had called the Agency prior to the operation and warned that when
given certain types of anesthetics (sodium pentothal), previously he had been
known to talk coherently. The matter was taken care of by placing a
representative in the operating room and by bringing the various personnel
participating in the operation under the secrecy Agreement Mr. (deleted) stated
that the subject did talk extensively under the influence of sodium pentothal and
revealed internal problems of the Agency. Dr. (deleted) added that he was
acquainted with the details in the case.

"(Deleted) then commented that this type of thing had been a source of great
concern to himself and others in the operations work and stated that he hoped
that the ARTICHOKE efforts to produce some method that would perhaps
guarantee amnesia on the part of those knowing of Agency operations in vital
spots would be successful He stated mat some individuals in the Agency had to
know tremendous amounts of information and if any way could be found to
produce amnesias for this type of information - for instance, after the individual
had left the Agency - it would be a remarkable thing. Mr. (deleted) stated the
need for amnesia was particularly great in operations work. Mr. (deleted) and Mr.
(deleted) both explained that work was continually being done in an effort to
produce controlled amnesia by various means.

"Mr. (deleted) called attention to the fact that at the preceding conference. Colonel
(deleted) had advanced the idea of testing new methods, new chemicals, and new
techniques (and combinations thereof) on certain carefully selected employees of
the Agency, probably individuals in the training groups..."

One of the documents John Marks obtained was dated Jury 30, 1956. Under the
heading "Schizophrenic Agent" the memo stated that bulbocapnine, an alkaloid,

Operation Mind Control 107

could cause catatonia or stupor from its affects on the central nervous system and
the cerebral cortex. The report stated: "We desire to have certain psycho-chemical
properties tested on man, using the bulbocapnine which we were fortunate to
obtain from (deleted), a sample being enclosed herewith. More bulbocapnine is
available if needed"

Along with the sample was the request that subjects be tested for loss of speech,
loss of sensitivity to pain, loss of memory, and loss of will power."

Another memo in 1956 authorized psychiatrists in universities and state
penitentiaries (names were deleted) to test these drugs on unwitting subjects.

An even earlier memo said, "it was es sennal to find an area where large numbers
of bodies would be used for research and experimentation. Dr. (deleted) stated
that in connection with the testing of drugs, he was quite certain a number of
psychiatrists all over the United States would be willing to test new drugs,
especially drugs that affect the mind..."

ARTICHOKE evolved to become project MKULTRA which, according to CIA
documents, was "an umbrella project for funding sensitive projects... approved by
Allen Dulles on April 3, 1953. Cryptonym MKDELTA covered... policy and
procedure for use of biochemicals in clandestine operations..."

Besides drugs, MKDELTA and MKULTRA experimented with radiation,
electroshock, psychology, psychiatry, sociology, anthropology, harassment sub-
stances, and what were called "paramilitary devices and materials." Contacts were
made with individuals at prominent hospitals and drug "safe houses" under
Bureau of Drug Abuse control. Through the Bureau of Narcotics and Dangerous
Drugs (BNDD) and federal institutions such as prisons, drugs could be
administered to unsuspecting individuals.

One hundred thirty-nine different drugs, including various amnesia potions, were
first tested under laboratory conditions (See Appendix B), then beginning in 1955
the most promising drugs were given to unwitting subjects "in normal social
situations" through the informal arrangement made between the CIA and BNDD.
The CIA inspector General's report indicates that this part of the mind-control
program was terminated in 1963, but that a project to test various drugs "in an
inquiry into improvement of learning ability and memory retention" did continue
until 1972.

Document 32 in the MKULTRA file, sheds a more direct light on the CIA's
involvement in Mind-control research. The "Memorandum for the Record" was
written by an unidentified intelligence officer. It is reproduced below in its
entirety.

17 January 1975

108 W.H.Bowart

MEMORANDUM FOR THE RECORD
SUBJECT: MKULTRA

1. The following represents the best of my unaided recollection
regarding the MKULTRA program. I was first briefed on it in 1962. At
that time it was in the process of a significant decrease in activity and
funding. As Chief, Defense and Espionage (C/D&E). I continued to
decrease funds significantly each year until the program was phased out
in the late 1960s.

2. MKULTRA was a group of projects most of which dealt with drug or
counter-drug research and development. The Director Central
Intelligence (DCI) and the Deputy Director of Plans (DDP) were kept
informed on the program via annual briefings by Chief Technical Services
Division (C/TSD) or his Deputy. Most of the research and development
was externally contracted and dealt with various materials which were
purported to have characteristics appealing for their covert or
clandestine administration under operational conditions. The objectives
were behavioral control, behavior anomaly production and
counter-measures for opposition application of similar substances. Work
was performed at U.S. industrial, academic, and governmental research
facilities. Funding was often through cut-out arrangements. Testing
was usually done at such time as laboratory work was successfully
completed and was often carried out at such facilities as the (deleted)
and (deleted). In all cases that I am aware of, testing was done using
volunteer inmates who were witting of the nature of the test program
but not the ultimate sponsoring organization

3. As the Soviet drug use scare (and the amount of significant progress
in the MKULTRA program) decreased, the program activities were
curtailed significantly as budgetary pressure and alternate priorities
dictated.

4. Over my stated objections the MKULTRA files were destroyed by
order of the DCI (Mr. Helms) shortly before his departure from office.

CI OFFICER

By Authority of 102702

As for the unidentified intelligence officer's claim that the experiments "in all
cases that I am aware of were performed on "volunteer" and "witting" subjects,
one can only suggest that this man may not have had the "need to know" about
the unwitting subjects. Records of court proceedings indicate that many "guinea
pigs" in federal institutions were not fully informed of the long-range
consequences of drug-enhanced behavior modification-

Operation Mind Control 109

One such experiment on Human "guinea pigs," conducted at the California
Medical Facility at Vacaville, involved the use of the drug anectine, a strong
muscle relaxant which leaves the victim totally without involuntary muscle
control. The body lets loose its waste, breathing stops, and without proper
attendance, death can result

Whether or not the subject dies, he experiences the feeling that he is dying.
According to chief Vacaville psychiatrist Dr. Arthur Nugent, anectine induces
"sensations of suffocation and drowning. The subject experiences feelings of deep
horror and terror, as though he were on the brink of death." While in this
condition a self-styled therapist scolds him for his misdeeds and tells him to
reform or expect more of the same. Dr. Nugent told the San Francisco Chronicle,
"even the toughest inmates have come to fear and hate the drug. I don't blame
them. I wouldn't have one treatment myself for the world."

Writing about the anectine therapy program, Jessica Mitford noted that of those
given the drug, nearly all could be characterized as angry young men. "Yet some
seem to have been made even angrier by the experience. For the researchers said
that of sixty-four prisoners in the program nine persons not only did not decrease,
but actually exhibited an increase in their overall number of disciplinary
infractions." 34

Experimentation with drugs and behavior modification became so widespread in
prisons and mental institutions that in the middle and late 1960s court dockets
became crowded with lawsuits filed on behalf of the "human guinea pigs" who
were victims of such research. By 1971 the number of lawsuits had reached such
proportions that the Senate Subcommittee on Constitutional Rights began an
investigation. Three years later, the Senate Committee on the Judiciary, chaired
by Senator Sam Ervin, released a report entitled "Individual Rights and the
Federal Role in Behavior Modification." It was largely ignored by the press, yet it
revealed some interesting information.

Two years before the CIA and its subcontractors owned up to their mind dabbling,
a large number of behavior modification projects were already underway. The
report disclosed that thirteen projects were run by the Defense Department; the
Department of Labor had conducted "several experiments"; the National Science
Foundation conducted "a substantial amount of research dealing with
understanding human behavior"; even the Veterans' Administration participated
in psychosurgery experiments, which, in many cases, were nothing more than an
advanced form of lobotomy.

One of the largest supporters of "behavior research" was the Department of
Health, Education, and Welfare, and its subagency the National Institute of Mental
Health, the subcommitee said that HEW had participated in a "very large number

Jenca Mi Word. Kind and Unusual Pumhrm* |NM York. Knopf. 1974)

110 W.H. Bowart

of projects dealing with the control and alteration of human behavior." Largest of
all the supporters of behavior modification was the Law Enforcement Assistance
Administration (LEAA) which, under the Department of Justice, funded hundreds
of behavior modification experiments. All the above agencies were named in
secret CIA documents as those who provided research "cover" for MKULTRA.

The subcommittee found that controls and guidelines, where they existed, were at
best loose, the poorly organized and loosely accountable research operations
included not only traditional conditioning techniques, but also more advanced
modifiers such as chemotherapy, aversive therapy, neurosurgery, stress
assessment, electric shock, and the well known form of psychological
indoctrination popularly call "brainwashing."

1951 entitled "Defense Against Soviet Mental Interrogation and Espionage
Techniques." It began: "International treaties or other agreements have never
controlled the experimental development and actual use of unconventional
methods of warfare, such as devices for subversive activities, fiendish acts of
espionage, torture and murder of prisoners of war, and physical duress and other
unethical persuasive actions in the interrogation of prisoners."

According to this document, the Technical Services division of the CIA contracted
with officials of what was then known as the Bureau of Narcotics to have
mind-influencing drugs given to unwitting subjects. The CIA felt that the drugs
needed to be tested in "normal life settings," so that the full capabilities to produce
disabling or discrediting effects" of the drugs would be known.

With the full approval of Allen W. Dulles, and arrangement had been made with
the Bureau of Narcotics whereby the CIA financed and established "safe houses" in
which federal narcotics agents could dispense the drugs and record the reactions
of those who took them. No CIA men were present when the drugs were
administered. The report did not reveal the number of "unwitting" subjects given
drugs nor the identities of any but Olson. But it did acknowledge, for the first
time, the scope of the cryptocracy's interest in mind control.

The CIA Inspector General, Donald P. Chamberlain, was stimulated by Olson's
death to investigate the above cited drug program himself. In a summary dated
February 5, 1975, he wrote "Records do not permit a description of such
relationships as may have existed between these various activities; it is apparent
there was some sharing of information between these various components in the
Agency, and some overlap in time, but there also are indications of independent
approaches to the problem."

Naturally, the CIA allows itself to be questioned and examined only by loyal
employees. But even the in-house inspector general could not avoid reporting

Operation Mind Control 111

that the CIA had a recurring interest in behavioral drugs for more than
twenty-five years. The earliest record of this interest dated to the post- World War
D period, when the CIA, heir to the OSS mind control research and perhaps the
victim of its own motivating propaganda, thought that the Soviets were using
drugs and other behavior-influencing techniques.

In 1949, Irving L Janis of the Rand Corporation, wrote: "Defense against these
[mind control] actions will depend largely upon knowledge of enemy capabilities.
Reports of experimental and actual use of illegitimate interrogation techniques by
the Soviets to obtain intelligence and court confessions against the interrogatee's
will indicate clearly the need for medical investigation," the report claimed.

"The implications referred to above embrace several categories. The behavior of

the whole pattern of Soviet trial procedure, makes it essential for us to consider
Soviet use of drugs, hypnotism, hypno-narcoanalysis, electric and drug shock,
and possibly the use of ultrasonics."

The report continued, "There is documentary evidence to support the belief that
tile Soviets have been conducting medical research, have actually used various
techniques, and have made provision for large-scale productions of uncommon
drugs known for their speech-producing effects..." Only a few drugs with which
the Soviets were supposed to be experimenting are named. No hard evidence is
presented that they were in fact experimenting with such drugs. The report goes
on to point to the trial of Joseph Cardinal Mindszenty, who was accused of
collaborating with the enemy (the United States), as an example of the Russians'
use of drugs in obtaining forced confessions in court procedure. "Behavior
patterns, rapport, symptoms of residua] effects of treatments, and the physical
condition oi tne defendants ail indicate tne use oi drugs, several documents reier
to memorized testimony and departures from text, indicating forced false
confessions."

It was later learned that the elicited confessions were false. By Mindszenty's own
admission, they were not induced by drugs or sophisticated techniques of mind
control; they were simply forged, and rather poorly forged at that Mindszenty's
foggy mental state at the trial had resulted from psychological indoctrination,
isolation, and interrogation, and generally can be regarded as standard police
procedure, for most countries of the world.

The report clearly stated that "the use of these drugs does not usually result in
amnesia of past interrogations unless the victim's mental faculties have been
destroyed by their effects." Thus, even if drugs were used on Mindszenty, by the
CIA's own conclusion he would have remembered getting the drugs and
something about the subsequent interrogation sessions. The fact was he
remembered neither. It is surely not a coincidence that the CIA "eyes only" report

112 W.H. Bowari

which claimed Mindszenty was narco-hypnotized was issued the same year that
Edward Hunter, the CIA "propaganda specialist" released Brainwashing in Red
China. Most newspaper reporters would never go to press on the kind of
sourceless generalized information provided in the CIA report; yet are we to
believe the cryptocracy had launched a thirty-odd-year research and development
project case a on evidence wmcn amounted to nearsayr

Another CIA report uncovered by Marks, "Defense Against Soviet Medical
Interrogation," revealed the alarming statistics that "although susceptibility to

hypnotize about twenty-five (25) percent of a given group of average persons." It
added "at least eighty (80) percent, however, would be susceptible following the
use of certain drugs..."

This second document also discussed the plan of the CIA's organization of "a
Special Defense Interrogation Program." In addition to outlining the use of drugs
and hypnosis, the report brought up two other mind-bending possibilities:
electroshock and ultrasonic sound.

"Psychiatrists in many nations," the report said, "have used insulin and electric
shock as methods of choice under certain circumstances in their psychiatric work.
Electric shock is more rapid than any of the above techniques [drugs or
hypnosis]. It is instantaneous. It can be applied with or without the recipient's
knowledge. Amnesia of interrogations equals that of hypnosis. If the enemy uses
electric shock for interrogation purposes and the victim is available after recovery
from the shock, highly trained specialists should be able to reveal the past use of
electric shock by ekctroencephalographic analysis."

The report went on to recommend that groups within the CIA, the armed forces,
and the FBI be organized and coordinated to give high-level direction to this
project "Civilian capability for solution of some of the problems should be
utilized," the report said. "Close liaison between CIA and Armed Services has been
established, but it is not as effective as it should be.

Liaison within the Armed Services appears to be inadequate, and they do not seem
to be aware of some civilian sources of knowledge, liaison with the FBI on this
subject may be described as 'cooperative,' although somewhat mutually evasive.
A satisfactory guiding organization could be set up under high-level direction for
the development of an integrated program. If feasible, a committee to accomplish
this purpose should be appointed." the report concluded by recommending that
"a technical committee should include medical intelligence representatives from
the CIA, Navy, Army, Air Force, probably the FBI and ad hoc Government and
non-Government consultants."

Operation Mind Control 113

From the first days of Project BLUEBIRD, and throughout all the ensuing CIA
projects the goal was the same - find answers to the following questions:

"Can Agency personnel (or persons of interest to this Agency) be conditioned to
prevent any unauthorized source or enemy from obtaining information from
them by any known means?

"Can we obtain control of the future activities (physical and mental) of any
individual, willing or unwilling, by application of [mind control] techniques?"

Beyond the laboratory and operational research on unwitting subjects, the CIA set
up training teams which included polygraph operators, interrogation specialists,
hypnotists, and others in what was a long-range, all-out effort to develop reliable
mind-control and counter-mind-control techniques. In all, fifteen separate
research areas were defined by the CIA planners.

Most of the drug projects came under the operating authority of the U.S. Navy. At
Bethesda Naval Hospital, under the direction of a Dr. Gaefsky. The drug project,
begun in 1947, continued until 1972. the CIA reports defined the project as one
which sought to "isolate and synthesize pure drugs for use in effecting
psychological entry and control of the individuaT (italics added).

Also under the navy's direction was a project headed by a Dr. Elisor, at the
University of Indiana called "Detection of Deception." this project was aimed at
determining the physiological changes which occur when a person is engaged in
deception. Mechanical and electrical devices were developed to measure these
changes.

At the University of Rochester, again under navy direction, a Dr. Wendy
investigated motion sickness. The CIA report describes that study as one to
determine "the effect of drugs on the vestibular function of the ear and the
development of side effects which indicate the possibility of psychological entry
ana controL

Besides mind-control drugs and techniques, also investigated were tools which
might be effective in compromising individuals. One report stated that in spite of
the intensive research, as late as 1960, "no effective knock-out pill, truth serum,
aphrodisiac, or recruitment pill was known to exist" Towards that goal under the
auspices of the U.S. Army Surgeon General's Office, a Dr. Beecher at Harvard
University was given $150,000 to investigate, "the development and application of
drugs which will aid in the establishment of psychological controL"

And, under air force guidance, a Dr. Hastings at the University of Minnesota was
engaged to research the effects of LSD on animals. His research area, as defined

"Can accurate information be obtained from

114 W.H. Bowart

by CIA, also included the use of electric shock in interrogation, with particular
emphasis placed on the detection of prior use of electric shock and the
"guaranteed amnesia" it produced.

According to the documents, the investigation of hypnosis as a mind-control tool
was kept under the aegis of the CIA. Their prime research interest was the
"investigation of the possibilities of hypnotic and post-hypnotic control."

While MKULTRA was the code name for the research and development period of
mind control, MKDELTA was the code name for the operational phase, during
which all of the techniques of mind control were applied to individuals.

What followed next was the MKULTRANS, acting out their "mindless" roles at the
. behest of the cryptocracy.

Dr. Frank R. Olson, a former biochemist at Fort Detrick, Md. whose body was exhumed
in 1994. While the CIA alleged that Olson had committed suicide in 1953 when he
jumped or fell from the tenth floor of a New York building, the 1994 autopsy showed
that Olson was dead before his body hit the pavement

8

THE MATA HARI OF MIND CONTROL

Candy Jones was a sex symbol during World War H\ Bom Jessica Wilcox, with
her catchy stage name and shapely legs she rose to a standing second only to
Betty Grable as America's most popular pinup girl She was a favorite of the
troops at the front, and she felt it a duty to entertain them near the battlefields.
After her advertised beauty faded and she could no longer serve to raise the
morale of the troops with her appearance, she served her country in another way.
She served under MKULTRA as a hypno-programmed CIA courier for twelve years.

While on a USO tour in the Pacific in 1945 Candy contracted a case of undulant
fever and, shortly thereafter, malaria. On top of that, she caught the contagious
fungus known as "jungle Rot" Within a week, her hair had begun to fall out, and
her complexion had turned a sickly yellow.

The combination of these diseases sent her to a military hospital in Manila, where
she met a young medical officer whom she identifies only by the pseudonym
"Gilbert Jensen." Later, he would offer her the opportunity to become a CIA
courier.

In 1959 Candy started a modeling school in New York- She rented office space in
a modem skyscraper across the hall from an office occupied by the one-time
heavyweight boxing champion, Gene Tunney. One night Candy noticed a
"cleaning lady" fumbling for keys to open Tunney's door. The next day Tunney
reported that his office had been burglarized, but nothing important had been
stolen.

Later the same week Candy observed a young couple approaching Tunney's door.
She watched as the young man took out a set of keys and went through the same
trial-and-error process that the cleaning lady had performed a few nights earlier.
Candy went into the hallway and asked the young man what he was doing. He
told her that he was supposed to meet Tunney there. Candy informed him that
Tunney had left hours before and was not expected back that evening. The couple
hurriedly left

116 W.H. Bowart

The next day Candy told Tunney about the incident He was not alarmed nor did
he even seem to be interested that a second burglary of his office had been
attempted.

One day later, in the lobby of her building, Candy ran into a retired army general
she'd known in the South Pacific. The general had not known her well in the
past, but now he was more than courteous. He mentioned that he was on his way
to have lunch with Tunney so Candy invited him to her office first and showed
him around Then she brought him across the hall to Tunney. Tunney seemed
quite surprised that Candy had known the general, and, after a brief conversation,
the two men went to lunch and Candy continued with her business.

A few days later Candy was visited by a man who introduced himself as an FBI
agent he asked her about the burglary of Tunney's office, and Candy told him
what she had told both Tunney and the superintendent of the building. The FBI
man then unexpectedly went over to the window ledge and picked up a micro-
phone Candy had obtained from Allen Funt of "Candid Camera" fame. The agent
wanted to know what use Candy had for the microphone. She explained that she
used it to tape her models' voices to help them develop their speech. The agent
said that he'd been looking for just such a microphone to use in a surveillance job
on Fifty-seventh Street He asked Candy if she would mind if he borrowed it
Flattered that she'd been asked to help the FBI, Candy offered it for as long as it
was needed, the FBI man thanked her and left with the microphone.

When he returned a month later, he was accompanied by another agent After
making casual conversation for a few minutes, the FBI men asked Candy if she
would allow them to have some of their mail delivered to her office. There would
be letters addressed to fictitious names in care of her modeling schooL Some of
the letters, he said, might be mailed from Europe and addressed to her, or to a
specified fictitious man's name. If that happened she was supposed to call a
number and report the arrival of the maiL Candy, once again flattered, said she'd
be happy to help.

Two weeks after Candy took the job with the FBI, Gene Tunney moved out of his
office. The general, however kept in touch with her all during that year. He
invited her to several parties, and even sent her a Christmas card.

In the summer of 1960, Candy received a letter at her apartment from the first
FBI man, and the next day the general called her at her office. Somehow he knew
she was taking a trip to speak at the all-male Tuesday Night Supper Club in
Denver, and afterwards going on to San Francisco to attend a fashion show, the
general wondered if, since she was going to California anyway, she would mind
carrying a letter from a government agency. He told her the letter was to be
delivered to a man who would call at her hotel and identify himself.

Operation Mind Control 117

Again flattered to be called upon to serve her country. Candy agreed to act as a
courier. The important letter was hand-delivered to Candy's office a few days after
the general's phone call. There were two envelopes -- a large one inside of which
were her instructions and a smaller one which contained the actual letter. Candy
carried the letter with her to Denver, then on to San Francisco where she waited
for her contact.

Within a few days she received a call at her hotel from a man who identified
himself as Gil Jensen; it was the same man who had been Candy's doctor in the
rnuippines.

Jensen invited her to dinner that evening at the Mark Hopkins Hotel. During
dinner Candy Brought up the subject of the letter, but Jensen avoided the subject,
saying they could talk about it at his office the next day.

Candy protested she had to go back to New York the next day, but Jensen would
not take no for an answer. He told her it would be worth her while to stay on for
a few days. "There's some interesting work you could do for the Central
Intelligence Agency, Candy, without interfering with your business."

He told her that the work could be quite lucrative and since at that time she
needed money, she decided to stay and find out what the CIA was offering.

The next day a car picked Candy up at her hotel and drove her across the Bay
Bridge to the Oakland office of Dr. Jensen. That was the beginning of what
Candy's biographer Donald Bain (who told Candy's story in the book The Control
of Candy Jones* ) described as twelve years of adventure which would eventually
take her to the Far East as a covert operative of the CIA.

"She would be harassed, badgered and even tortured." Bain wrote. "Her role was
small, a carrier of messages, and the fact that she chose initially to perform such
duties, for pay, renders the misfortunes that befell her 'occupational hazards.'

"What Candy hadn't bargained for, however, was becoming a human guinea pig
in a secret CIA scientific project in which mind control was the goal

"She was an unwilling and unknowing laboratory subject for twelve years, and
only her chance marriage saved her from the final stage of her adventure - her
own suicide as choreographed by Dr. Gilbert Jensen."

In 1973 Candy Jones married an old friend, "Long John" Nebel, the host of a New
York all-night radio talk show. Candy had met John in 1941, at the height of her
career, when he was working as a free-lance photographer assigned by a magazine

118 W.H.Bowart

they accidentally renewed their acquaintance and were married twenty-eight days
later.

On their wedding night, John noticed his bride was suddenly acting out of
character. She had left the bed and gone into the bathroom to look in the mirror.
When she returned, John said, 1 saw somebody who only resembled the woman
I'd married." He stressed the word "resembled" because, although the body which
walked out of the bathroom belonged to Candy, the being inside it did not Her
voice was cold and distant, and her expression was cruel. Soon the strange bitter
mood passed and the warm and loving Candy returned.

The next evening Candy's strange "mood" returned. John naturally became
curious about his wife's psycho-history and began asking questions about her
past Candy told him about her contact with the FBI in 1959. She also told him
that from time to time she would still have to take little trips for the government

On June 3, 1973, John and Candy came home early in the morning after doing
one of his all-night talk shows. Candy tried to sleep, but found she could not
She tossed and turned and when she complained to John of her sleeplessness, she
was near tears.

John told Candy that he'd read that hypnosis could relax insomniacs, and
although he never had tried to put anyone into the trance state, he'd read a lot
about it and he suggested perhaps they ought to try it Candy laughed and said, 1
can't be hypnotized, John." but a short while after John began to hypnotize her,
Candy was deeply asleep.

Although John had no way of knowing it then, Candy was already a highly
suggestible subject since she had been hypnotized on many previous occasions by
the CIA. Because of this, whenever John sought to induce trance in Candy, she
rapidly became relaxed and was able to get a full nights' natural sleep.

One night while under John's hypnosis, Candy suddenly and spontaneously
began to relive her childhood. During these age regressions, she revealed many
terrible incidents in what had been, an obviously lonely and troubled past In
dreamlike monologues she related how her father had abused her. Once when she
was eleven he'd crushed her fingers, one by one, in a nutcracker because she
wouldn't cry when he was about to leave.

Candy's portrayal of her mother depicted a person only a little less cruel than her
father. A calculating woman, she often locked Candy inside a closet as a form of
punishment

In several hypnotic monologues Candy revealed how she had developed an alter
ego named Ariene to defend her from the blows of her formative years. Later,
John was to discover the despicable personality which he had observed taking over

Operation Mind Control 119

his wife's consciousness on their wedding night was the same alter-ego she'd
developed in her childhood. John Nebel began tape-recording his wife's hypnotic
monologues.

(Bain fails to say whether or not Candy's alter ego playmate was a manifestation
of what was then thought to be the rare illness known as Multiple Personality
Disorder (MPD). Since 1976 the psychiatric community has come awake to the
fact that there are tens of thousands of people suffering from what is today called
Dissociative Identity Disorder( DID), but then there were only a handful of cases

One day, while under hypnosis, Candy told John about working with Dr. Jensen in
California. She revealed that Jensen worked for the CIA and she did, too, but John
was not interested in the CIA story.

John became interested, however, when his wife described how Dr. Jensen had
tried to hypnotize her. According to Candy, when Jensen had suggested she
submit to hypnosis and she had told him with great certainty that she couldn't be
hypnotized, he had agreed with her that this was probably true, judging from
what he knew of her personality.

John had read that the best way to deal with a subject who believes he cannot be

hypnotized is first to agree with him, then to proceed to demonstrate how a
hypnotist might try to induce trance. John's subsequent hypnotic sessions with
Candy verified that was exactly what Jensen had done. But he'd gone one step
further.

According to the memories dredged up from Candy's subconscious, Jensen had
regularly given her injections of Vitamins." John thought these might actually
have been hypnotic drugs. Although Candy had probably always been a good
hypnotic subject, narco-hypnosis provided access to greater depths in her already
pliable personality.

When John began asking Candy about Jensen in her conscious state he found that
she could provide little information about him. She could only recall visiting
Jensen on that first trip for the CIA. She had no memory of what had happened in
his office, nor of the events of her life which immediately followed that visit John
began to fear that the CIA doctor still possessed a hold over his wife's mind.

Over the course of many hypnotic sessions with Candy, John Nebel gathered up
her fragments of memory and wove them into a picture of a satanic CIA doctor.
But reports Donald Bain, "the major difficulty in dredging up this material is that
Candy Jones was programmed by Jensen not to remember, and this programming
proved mgnteningiy enecuve.

120 W.H. Bowart

John later discovered that on that first visit, Jensen had obtained from Candy the
important piece of information about her imaginary playmate named Arlene. This
single fact provided the basis for the methodical splitting of her personality, for it
was Arlene that Jensen wished to cultivate as a courier, not Candy.

Candy's willingness to carry messages was the extent of her conscious
cooperation with the CIA. But from the first visit to Jensen's office she had
become an unwitting victim of Operation Mind Control. Jensen had her sign a
security oath which officially made her an employee of the government, and as
such she forfeited her right to legal compensation for the harm done her by the
ruthless mind-control operation.

Jensen also placed her against a large sheet of paper and traced her silhouette.
Then he photographed her and asked her to pick a pseudonym for a new passport
She suggested her actual middle name Arlene.

In answer to Jensen's questions she revealed that her imaginary playmate had
spelled her name A-r-l-e-n-e. Jensen said that he didn't care which way she
spelled it and asked her to pick a last name as well. Candy suggested the name
Grant, which was the last part of her grandmothers's name, Rosengrant and
"Arlene Grant" was agreed upon. It would be an easy name for Candy to
remember since that was the very name she had given her alter ego in childhood.

As time went on, John found that he was talking more to Arlene than to Candy.
In one session John asked Arlene if she thought Jensen had in any way crippled
her. Arlene scornfully replied that Candy had not wanted to be programmed, but
that "she didn't know what end was up."

John asked Arlene who had developed her, and she replied, "Mother Jensen. He
hatched me like a mother hen." Jensen had told her to come through Candy's
stomach, she said. He'd say, "A.G.! A.G.r and Candy would experience a severe
stomach pain before Arlene took over her personality. When she refused to come
when she was called, Jensen would give Candy an injection, and one day he
miscalculated and gave her three injections, which put Candy to sleep for fourteen
hours. Jensen had quite a scare because he had a difficult time reviving her.

Under John's hypnosis, Candy revealed that she had been given a number of
drugs by Jensen: possibly aminazin, reserpine, and sulfazin, as well as the "truth
drugs" sodium amytal and sodium pentothal. She was programmed not to allow
any doctor except Jensen to treat her, and never to allow anyone to give her
thorazine, the powerful tranquilizer.

The details of Candy's role as a mind-controlled CIA courier were pieced together
from hundreds of hours of tapes of her hypnotic monologues. She worked for the
CIA under her professional name Candy Jones, under the name Arlene Grant, and
under her given name, Jessica Wilcox. She was first ordered to lease a post-office

Operation Mind Control 121

box at Grand Central Station in the none of Jessica Wilcox in August of 1961. She
maintained this box until 1968 or 1969 and paid for it herself. Mail seldom arrived
at the box, but when it did Candy would take it to her office and hold it for an
unidentified man who always made the pickup, or sometimes, a phone call would
order Candy to deliver certain letters to various locations around the city.

Slowly it began to dawn on Candy that some of the people she was delivering mail
to might be just the kind of people who could kill her for reasons of their own. To
protect herself, she wrote a letter to her attorney and put two copies in safe
deposit Doxes at uinerent DanKs. i ne letter stated tnat tor reasons sne couiun t
disclose she often used the names Arlene Grant, Jessica Wilcox, and Candy Jones.
She wanted to put on record the fact that these different names all referred to her.
In the event of her death she wrote, whether it was due to accident or sudden
illness, whether it happened in the United States or outside the country, there
should be a thorough investigation. She wrote that although she was not at
liberty to divulge her sideline activities, she was not performing illegal, immoral,
or unpatriotic stcts*

Candy held that assumption to the end of her days, even after hearing her own
voice under hypnosis tell tales of physical torture, of illegal entries and exits from
the country, and of the most shocking kind of abuse at the hands of the CIA.
Candy probably still would do almost anything out of this hypno-cultivated sense
of patriotism.

Eventually John tried to get his wife to see a psychiatrist, but she refused, saying
that if she did so she would get very sick and might even have a convulsion.
Evidently Jensen had told her this. Even talking about possible therapy gave
Candy severe stomach cramps.

Candy had been programmed so that she would not only be protected from
foreign intelligence operations, but from everyone, the CIA included. Jensen
planned to use her for some evil design of his own.

Candy Jones was, in fact, not one, but two zombies, Candy and Arlene, sibling
rivals trapped inside the same skin.

They would talk to each other but never about each other to anyone but Jensen.
They traveled together on the CIA assignments, Candy Jones being the person
who acted within the United States, and Arlene Grant, the alter who took over
once the airplane left the country.

Usually when Candy arrived in San Francisco from New York she would
immediately go to Jensen's office. There she would change clothes, don a black
wig, and pick up her fake passport in the name of Arlene Grant Jensen would call
forth the Arlene personality and send her off to Southeast Asia to deliver her
messages. In his book, Donald Bain writes that Arlene often carried an envelope.

122 W.H. Bowart

but he wonders, wisely, if in fact there was any thing in the envelope. The
possibility is strong that Candy carried her secret messages within her mind,
locked behind posthypnotic blocks which could be released only by hearing the
proper cue.

In 1966 she was sent on several missions to Taiwan where three businessmen
were her contacts.

On her first mission to Taiwan, Arlene was met at the airport by one of them. She
immediately offered him the envelope, but he insisted that she accompany him to
his home, which turned out to be a large and institutional-like structure located
on an impressive estate twenty miles outside Taipei In front of the house a long
row of trees lined the driveway which circumscribed a lush green lawn. There
were other buildings on the property some distance from the main house.

As he escorted Arlene into the house she noticed two Chinese women dressed in
lab coats on the lawn. She asked him who these women were, and he explained
that they were only household help. During that first three-day visit the man
entertained Arlene royally, he took her to extravagant dinners and on an
extensive sightseeing tour of the island.

When she returned to San Francisco, Jensen met her at the airport and drove her
back to his office. There he gave her an intravenous injection of drugs and
restored her to the Candy Jones personality. She turned in her Arlene Grant
passport and put her black wig, dark makeup, and clothing in a closet in Jensen's
office. On that trip she also turned over to Jensen several rolls of exposed film
which she had taken on her sightseeing tour. On her return to New York, she
found her staff at the modeling agency very upset because she had forgotten to
tell anyone where she was going or how long she would be gone.

A month later, Candy was again summoned to San Francisco. Jensen put her
through the same procedure as before, having Arlene Grant emerge and travel to
Taiwan. Again, the same man met her at the airport and took her to his country
home. Again she stayed for three days. But this time she was not a guest but a
prisoner.

Candy recalled, through John's questioning under hypnosis, that she was hooked
up to an electric box of some kind and was shocked repeatedly on her shoulders,
arms and breasts. The Chinese grilled her about the contents of the envelope
she'd just delivered. She protested that she did not know anything about its
contents, but that answer did not satisfy her torturers.

When she wouldn't change her story, they turned to questions about Dr. Jensen.
Arlene maintained that she did not know Dr. Jensen. Obstinately, she stuck to her
programmed cover story, even though she was severely and repeatedly shocked.

Operation Mind Control 123

Although the real event had taken place almost ten years earlier, the physical
impressions revived by reliving these experiences under her husband's hypnosis
were so strong that her lymph system responded protectively and pumped fluid to
her shin producing blisters in the exact places where the electrodes had been
attached.

According to Candy's recollection, the torture stopped only after the Chinese man
talked with someone on the telephone. Following his conversation he unstrapped
her from the chair and seemed most friendly and apologetic. He told her the
electrodes had been used not to torture her but to try and jog her memory. After
lunch he drove her to the airport and put her on a plane for San Francisco. She
remembers that on the return flight she wore gloves in order to hide the blisters.
She also recalls that her hands smelled of sulfuric acid, although she has no
recollection of having been burned with it

At San Francisco, Jensen met her and gave her the customary injection after they
reached his office. He told her that the torture had been a mistake, the result of a
typographical error in the message she had carried.

In 1968 Candy was again sent to Taiwan. Normally an individual would not
knowingly and willingly place herself in a position to be tortured a second time,
but Jensen's control over Candy was so complete that she did his bidding without
the slightest hesitation.

The final trip to Taiwan brought her into contact with other Taiwanese. She
delivered her envelope, this time to a girl in an art gallery. She remembers that
after the girl took the envelope from her, she spit in her face. Under hypnosis
Candy could not recall any reason why the girl had done so.

After delivering the message, Arlene was picked up by the same man and driven to
his home. Again she was tortured with electrodes and questioned about the
contents of the message she'd delivered. When she would not or could not
answer, her torturers put her hand in a box which contained a scorpion. This
apparently was supposed to be a scare tactic, for when the scorpion bit her, the
torturers immediately stopped the shocks and gave her antibiotics and
administered other medical treatment

Candy told her husband that on another occasion her thumbnails had been cut to
the quick in an attempt to make her talk. She remembered that this had taken
place on January 24, 1968. On still another occasion, something had been put in
her ears to cause pain. But throughout all this torture, Jensen's programming
held. She said nothing.

In another hypnosis session Arlene told about getting dizzy in a Taiwan hotel after
having one drink. She began to sweat profusely and went to a bathroom which
had a little dressing room and a bed in it An attendant accompanied her and took

124 W.H. Bowart

her clothes and hung them up since they had become drenched with perspiration.
She was given a dressing gown and allowed to lie down. Eventually a doctor
came to see her. He gave her an injection and she drifted off to sleep.

After the doctor left the room, the female attendant came over and began to pinch
her on different parts of her body, asking her where "the papers" were. When the
attendant began to pinch Ariene's nipples, she fainted from the pain. The woman
persisted, repeatedly pulling her to a sitting position and severely pinching her
nipples.

When the woman finally left the room, Candy remembers, she tried to crawl
under the bed to hide. The doctor came back and gave her another injection. The
next day when she awoke and dressed, she was courteously escorted to the airport
by her torturers as if nothing had happened.

When she got back to Jensen's office, she reported the incident to him. He
seemed most concerned about it but when he asked to see her bruises, she
refused to show him her black and bhie nipples.

On a number of occasions Candy was sent to the Central Intelligence Agency's
training ground called "The Farm." Known to the outside world as Camp Peary, it
appeared to be an ordinary military installation. There Candy learned how to
searcn a room, ana various guerrilla wartare tactics including now to commit
undetectable arson. She was taught how to use a poison lipstick to take her own
life, and how to use the same lipstick to kill someone else by sticking a pin inside
it, then jabbing the intended victim. She learned how to use acid as a defensive
and offensive weapon. She learned how to fire various weapons, how to climb
ropes, and how to write coded messages on her fingernails and cover them with
polish. The training at The Farm" was known as 3-D: "Detect, Destroy, and
Demolish."

At one point Candy told her husband of an especially outrageous incident which
took place at CIA headquarters in Langley, Virginia. She had been taken to an
amphitheater where more than two dozen CIA men were gathered to witness a
performance of Dr. Jensen's stable of zombies. There were eight subjects
scheduled for the performance and Candy was the first

In a deep hypnotic trance, she was made to lie naked on a table. The table was
wheeled before the CIA audience and Candy was introduced to the group as Laura
Quidnick. She wore her Arlene wig during the entire performance.

Dr. Jensen demonstrated his complete control over the prone, disrobed figure of
Candy Jones. He lit a candle and told his nude subject that she would not feel a
thing. Then he shoved the burning candle deep into her vagina. Several of the
witnesses tried to break through Jensen's control, but they all failed. "Candy is

Operation Mind Control 125

break his control."

Piecing together such fragmented incidents of Candy's secret CIA past, John
Nebel discovered that his wife had been programmed to commit suicide once she
was no longer useful to the CIA. The self-destruct program was to be activated in
Nassau. She was to check into the Paradise Beach Hotel on December 31, 1972.
She'd stayed at the hotel many times before on normal business trips, so there
was nothing unusual about that But on this occasion Arlene was primed to
spontaneously take over Candy's body upon receiving a phone call from Jensen.
She was programmed to walk Candy's body to a steep cliff overlooking the sea and
there to make a high dive. This was to be the last dive of Candy Jones' life, for
from that location her body would certainly have crashed into the rocks on the
beach below.

It was extremely fortunate that Candy married John Nebel on the very day she was
supposed to check into the hotel. The marriage, by putting off the Nassau trip,
had short-circuited Jensen's program of suicide, which was scheduled for the
same month.

Even to the end of her life, despite John's help in countering much of Jensen's
programming, Candy was still not completely free of his control over her mind.
Still, whenever she looked into a mirror, she felt Arlene struggling to take over her

Although Candy told Jensen that she was through working for the Agency in the
middle of 1972, more than six months after she and John were married a strange
phone call was recorded on their answering machine. The message was: "Japan
Airlines calling on the 03 July at 4:10 p.m.... Please have Miss Grant call
759-9100... She is holding new reservation on Japan Airlines Flight 5, for the sixth
of July, Kennedy-Tokyo, with an open on to Taipei This is per Cynthia that we
are calling. Thank you."

A check with Japan Airlines disclosed that the number 759-9100 was indeed the
reservation number for the airline. There was, however, no record in the airline's
computer of the reservation or a record of who made it Neither was there a
reservation clerk named Cynthia, or anyone else at the airline by that name, the
"per Cynthia" phrase may have been a code which was supposed to trigger
Candy's automatic program, or it may have been a thin disguise for the Agency
represented by Cynthia's first and Last two letters.

Candy's controlled mind and John Nebel's sense of patriotism prevented the
whole truth of the story from emerging. For some reason John Nebel, Candy
Jones and Donald Bain conceal the real names of Candy's programmers. In
Bain's book the name Gilbert Jensen is said to be a pseudonym.

126 W.H. Bowart

Another doctor, who supposedly conditioned to hate and distrust people, is given
the name "Dr. Marshall Burger" in the book, though at one point there is a
footnote stating that Nebel wondered if Burger wasn't a cover name for the
California hypnotist Dr. William Jennings Bryan. (In a samisdat document
supposed to have come from a CIA briefing, ( see Chapter 37) it was noted that
Bryan had been one of the programmers of Sirhan Sirhan.)

Bryan, as noted in an earlier chapter, was the hypnotist and physician who offered
the long-distance, instant diagnosis that Gary Powers had been "Powerized" by
the Soviets. He was formerly a hypnotist for the air force and has been linked to
the CIA. He was also the technical consultant for the film 77k Manchurian
Candidate.

According to the April 22,1969, Los Angeles Times, the California State Board of
Medical Examiners found him guilty of "unprofessional conduct in four cases
involving sexual molesting of female patients." For this offense Bryan was only
placed on five years' probation - the lightness of the penalty might well have been
accomplished through his connections with the CIA.

Alan W. Scheflin, and attorney who spent five years researching the subject of
mind control for his book The Mind Manipulators, said he has evidence which
suggests that the Nebels and Donald Bain may be concealing the fact that the
"doctor" who programmed Candy is the same doctor who programmed Lee
Harvey Oswald, James Earl Ray and Sirhan Beshara Sirhan.

In early 1976 Candy Jones and I both spoke on a KSAN radio special on mind
control. I was interviewed via telephone and Candy was interviewed in the studio.
We did not meet face to face, but KSAN provided all the participants with
duplicate tapes of the program.

On the KSAN program Candy Jones and Donald Bain both insisted, despite my
own evidence and arguments, the testimony of Jessica Mitford, and the evidence
provided by two other investigative reporters that Candy had been only a human
guinea pig used for experimental purposes. The records of the CIA mind-control
project clearly show, however, that during the 1960s the crypt ocracy's mind
control had gone far beyond the experimental stage. On that radio show, Candy
herself revealed that Sir William Stephenson 04 Man Called Intrepid) believed that
she was no guinea pig. She reported that Stephenson wrote her that as far back
as the early days of World War II he had used zombie agents like her in the service
of British Intelligence.

Shortly after the program was aired I called Nebel's office to try and make contact
with Candy or John. They had ignored my previous letters and my calls were
taken by their producer, who tried to help me but finally had to report that the
Nebels were not interested in being interviewed. I subsequently learned that

Operation Mind Control 127

neither would they grant an interview to John Marks of the Center for National
Security Studies.

My Attempt to clarify the question of whether or not Dr. William Jennings Bryan
had anything to do with programming Candy Jones was also frustrated by his
avoidance of me. I persisted in trying to get an interview with him until March of
1977, when Dr. Bryan died prematurely at the age of fifty, allegedly of a heart
attack. He was a rather flamboyant man who toured the country holding
"conferences" where he would lecture on the uses of hypnosis in police
interrogation. He died at one such conference in Las Vegas, Nevada, only months
after his name was raised in connection with Candy Jones.

Both Long John and Candy are now moulding in their graves. Among the legacy
they left are questions which begged for their answers: What are the real names of
the men who programmed Candy? Why weren't they included in the book? What
are Candy's and John's personal political affiliations? Why were they not outraged
by Candy's manipulation? Why are they attempting to protect the guilty and
justify the rape of Candy's body and mind by the "national security" rationale?
Why wouldn't they sit still and let me interview them in detail?

In light of Candy's disclaimer, and the Nebels' refusal to clear up these questions,
I can only ask the reader to decide whether or not Candy Jones was a courier in a
fully operational sense, or only an experimental guinea pig, as she tried to make
us believe.

128 W.H. Bowart

The late Candy Jones, Powers model, CIA courier, Dissociative Identity
Disordered by the cryptocracy. ( Note her pupils are dilated in the strong light.
This could indicated that she was in a drugged state when this photo was
taken.) Today Candy is recognized as among the first "Presidential Models' by
the survivors of the so-called Monarch Project.

9

THE STORY OF 0

Due to the volatile nature of the information contained in her story, I am
withholding this victim's identity. The evidence is still being uncovered. Others
are coming forward with corroborating information. While details of her
testimony is still being checked, we do know, that what she describes in her story
is entirely possible, so, from the perspective of students of mind control this story
has great value as it is here presented. Future editions may contain more.

We'll call her 0. She was bom in 1957. Her first memories are of being suffocated
by her father's penis in what was to be a childhood of continual sexual abuse.
After six years of "deprogramming" with Mark Phillips, 0 has come to reintegrate
her fragmented personality and has gained access to most of the shocking
memories of her abuse by, among others, high government officials.

In her unpublished autobiography 0 writes: "I recall as a toddler being unable to
run ( I could barely walk) to my mother for help as my instincts demanded..."
describing one moment of the lurid details which drove her to a condition many
call Multiple Personality Disorder. Instead of helping, her mother abused her.

"Multiple Personality Disorder (MPD)," she explains, "is the mind's sane defense
to an insane situation — a way of dealing with trauma that is literally too horrible
to comprehend. By compartmentalizing the memory of such horrendous abuse as
incestuous rape, which violates primitive instincts and surpasses pain tolerance,
the rest of the mind can function "normally" as though nothing has happened.
This compartmentalization is created by the brain actually shutting down neuron
pathways to a specific part of the brain. These neuron pathways are triggered open
again when the abuse recurs, whereby the same part of the brain that is already
conditioned to the trauma deals with it again... and again... as needed..."

The results of this childhood abuse left little 0 unable to recall her father's sexual
assaults. Until she saw or felt his penis thrust at her in another attack she
remained innocent and open, amnesic of the previous abuses. "As quickly as I felt
the terror from conditioned response (to his sexual assault)," she writes, "my
neuron pathways opened up instantaneously to the part of my brain that had

130 W.H.Bowart

previously endured the trauma. This part of my mind developed into a personality
of its own which belonged to ray father... which he rented out and later sold to the
U.S. Government"

Her father (through her own investigations) was apparently a multigenerational
incest victim himself from a large, poor and "horribly dysfunctional family where
his mother earned a living as a prostitute to local lumbermen... My father's
brothers and sister," 0 says, "were all sexually and (occult) ritually abused just as
he was, and they grew up to be drug addicts, prostitutes, street derelicts and
pedophiles who also sexually abused me and my brothers and sisters." (By occult
ritually abused, 0 means such as in the black rites of Satanism.)

O's case duplicates the mind control effects described by the cases of David, Luis
Castillo and Candy Jones. But it goes further because 0 says she's regained her
memory and reintegrated her multiple personalities, remembering the process
that she was a courier (like David and Candy) who carried secret messages locked
behind posthypnotic blocks, and she muled drugs (mostly cocaine) for the CIA
and performed perverted sex acts for a number of leading politicians including
two Presidents of the United States while they were in office and one before he
came to office. Her father prostituted her to his friends, local mobsters, Masons,
relatives, Satanists, strangers and police officers before he entered her into service
of the cryptocracy.

Young 0 and her siblings were used in child pom films by her father and her
uncle. As a child she was forced to perform sex acts before the cameras with her
Uncle's boxer dog, Buster.

It was her uncle, she says, who informed her father of "the U.S. government
Defense Intelligence Agency's mind control operation that was recruiting
multigenerational incest abused children with Multiple Personality Disorder for
its... mind control studies. I was a prime candidate, a "chosen one" , and my
father seized the opportunity as it would provide him immunity from prosecution
(for the child porn charge he was facing)." Her father, she says was hurriedly
flown to Boston for a two week course on "how to raise me for this off-shoot of
the MRultra Project, Project Monarch."

When he returned from Boston, she says, he was smiling and pleased with his
knowledge of what he termed "reverse psychology." This she describes as puns
and "phrases that stuck in my mind like Tou earn your keep, and I'll keep what
you earn.'" Her description of her father's newly acquired linguistic techniques
include what David called "audio-reversals."

It is slowly coming into acceptance among the psychiatric community that people
suffering from Multiple Personality Disorders often exhibit unusual abilities in
their different personalities. While the "control" or day-to-day normal personality

Operation Mind Control 131

might be seriously nearsighted, another personality might have 20/20 vision.
Quite common is the hypermnesia David described, and the high tolerance to pain
we find in Candy Jones' story. 0 has her own version of these abilities.

"I learned to read at the young age of 4 due to my photographic memory which is
a result of MPD. Our government researchers," 0 says, "knew about the
photographic memory aspect of MPD, as well as the increased visual acuity which
is 44 times greater than that of the average person, the unusually high pain
tolerance, and the compartmentalization of memory, all of which were appealing
for military and covert operations development Additionally, my sexuality was
primitively twisted since infancy... which was appealing to perverse politicians
who could hide their actions deep within my memory compartments referred to
as personalities...

"I had personalities for pornography, a personality for bestiality, a personality for
incest, a personality for withstanding the horrendous psychological abuse of my
mother, a personality that witnessed my occult father ritually murdering a man, a
personality for prostitution, while the rest of 'me', functioned somewhat
'normally' at school. My 'normal' personality provided a cover for the abuse I was
enduring, but best of all it had hope — hope that there was somewhere in the
world where people did not hurt each other..."

O's young mind was scrambled with the "Project Monarch methodologies", she
says, which confused fantasy with reality. Disney stories, Cinderella and the
Wizard of Oz were placed at the base of her programming.

When she was 13, with her breasts beginning to swell, she was judged to be "too
old" for pedophile perversions. It was then that she was "sold" to U.S.
Congressman, Senator Robert C. Byrd (Democrat West Virginia). From that point
on, she says, "ray MPD existence became more regimented... I was kept physically
worn down to the point of exhaustion in order that I be sufficiently receptive to
ray father's limited hypnotic programming capabilities ...

"My television, books, and music became even more strictly controlled and
monitored than before, not only to infringe on my last minuscule freedom of
choice, but for total mind control conditioning purposes.

"For example, the annual television of Judy Garland's Wizard of Oz was celebrated
as a holiday around ray house to prepare my mind for future base programming
on the theme that I, like Dorothy, could 'spin' into another dimension 'over the
Rainbow.' After all, 'Birds (Byrds) fly over the Rainbow...*

"My father insisted I watch the Walt Disney movie 'Cinderella' with him,
paralleling my existence to Cinderella's — 'magically trance-forming from a dirty
little slave to a beautiful Princess' — and in typical 'reverse psychology' humor,

132 W.H.Bowart

he referred to pornographic photos when singing 'someday my prints (Prince) will
come', or by placing literal sexual emphasis on 'will come.'

"My brother, who was often featured in kiddie pom with me, was not a 'chosen
one' for Project Monarch (beyond supplying more children to be dedicated in later
years), yet my father figured what was good for me would be good for ray brother.
He took us to see Walt Disney's "Pinnochio", explaining that my brother and I
were his puppets still in the carving stage. The distortions of reality that these and
other Disney theme movies provided when coupled with my father's controlling
conscious and subconscious influence, began to further erode our ability to
discern fantasy from reality. My brother, now 37, remains psychologically locked
in to those traumatic childhood years and is obsessed with Disney to this day,
decorating his house in Disney memorabilia, wearing Disney clothes, listening to
my father's instructions on his Disney telephone, and maintains "When you wish
upon a star' as his favorite song, with no conscious idea as to why..."

Every other Project Monarch "slave" she met, had been programmed along
similar lines as she had. "I had to watch such programs as 'I Dream of Jeanie',
The Brady Bunch', 'Gumby and Pokey', and 'Bewitched'. I could relate to the
Genie pleasing her master, who was a Major in the Air Force in 'I Dream of
Jeanie.' This served to confuse the reality of my own experiences with the fantasy
of the TV production. I told all outsiders that my family was 'just like the Bradys'.
Through 'Gumby and Pokey' I was led to believe that I was as flexible as these clay
figures, capable of being physically maneuvered into any sexual position. In

than the witches, another reversal that applied to my bizarre existence..."

0 says her father took advantage of his new political connections and advanced
himself in his work. "Soon he was promoted... due to who he knew within the
Pentagon Procurement Office and General Services Administration, and what he
had learned about double bind hypnotic persuasion... In true pedophile fashion,
he surrounded himself with children by coaching little league sports, chaperoning
school and Catechism activities, and becoming involved with the Boy Scouts, all
of which made him appear to be a pillar of the community. The illusion was
forming..."

Abused by both government representatives and priests in the Catholic church, 0
says that there are strong "political ties between the Catholic Church and the U.S.
government" which was "evidenced by the much publicized relationship between
the President and the Pope during the Reagan Administration. But this political
relationship was evident to me years before through experiencing... direct
involvement in Project Monarch's physical and psychological conditioning" and
abuse.

Operation Mmd Control 133

Satanic rituals, she says, were often used to traumatize her in attempts to further
fragment her personality. But that, she says, "did not promote the helpless
attitude" that was desired. What they wanted, she says, was to make people
believe that there was "spiritual warfare" going on which was beyond mankind's
ability to stop.

"I knew it was my father, not Satan, that murdered the unsuspecting hunter in
the woods during a rituaL And I knew no spirits or demons were being appeased
by my Uncle Bob's slaughter of numerous pets, even when Bunny screamed like a
woman while being tortured to death. Regardless of my spiritual beliefs. I
experienced the 'results' just the same, being subjected to and witnessing trauma
so horrible it literally drove me out of my mind, while ray body was raped,
tortured, and ravaged by men.."

"Whether I was in a military, NASA, or government building, the procedure for
maintaining me under total mind control remained consistent with Project
Monarch requirements. This included physical and/or psychological trauma; sleep,
food, and water deprivation; high voltage electric shock; and hypnotic and/or
harmonic programming of specific memory compartments /personalities. The
high tech equipment and methods 1 endured from that time on gave our
government absolute control of my mind and life since I had been literally driven
out of my conscious mind, and I existed only through my programmed
subconscious. I lost my free will, ability to reason, and I could not think to
question anything that was happening to me. I could only do as I was told"

In the summer of 1975, O's family drove her from Michigan to the Teton
Mountains of Wyoming. There she was introduced to Dick Cheney, Wyoming's
Congressman who had become the White House Chief of Staff to President Ford
and eventually Secretary of Defense to George Bush.

0 says Cheney enjoyed a sadistic ritual called "A Most Dangerous Game."
Originally devised to train the military in survival and combat maneuvers, it was
used on 0 as a means of further conditioning her mind to believe that "there was
no place to hide," as well as to more deeply traumatize her for ensuing
programming.

"It was my experience over the years," 0 says, "that A Most Dangerous Game has
numerous variations of the primary theme of being stripped naked and turned
loose in the wilderness while being hunted by men. In reality, the 'wilderness'
area was enclosed in military fencing and it was only a matter of time until I was
caught, repeatedly raped and tortured.

"Dick Cheney has an apparent 'addiction' to the 'thrill of the sport', and appears
obsessed with playing A Most Dangerous Game as a means of traumatizing mind

134 W.H. Bowart

control victims, as well as for his own sexual kink. My introduction to t he game
occurred upon arrival, and it physically and psychologically devastated me..."

0 says she was so traumatized by the event that after it she stood trembling
"naked in his dark hunting lodge office after being hunted down and caught

"Cheney was talking as he paced around," she says. ' I could stuff you and
mount you like a jackalope and call you a two-legged dear. Or I could stuff you

throat, and then mount you. Which do you prefer?"

While 0 stood silently trembling, not knowing what to say, blood and sweat and
dirt slid down her legs and shoulders.

"Make up your mind, Cheney shouted," 0 says. "You don't get a choice anyway. I
make up your mind for you. That's why you're here. For me to make you a mind
and make you mine/mind. You lost your mind a long time ago. Now I'm going to
give you one. Just like the Wizard (of Oz) gave Scarecrow a brain, the Yellow Brick
Road led you here to me. You've come such a long long way for your brain, and I
will give you one."

When 0 asked to use the bathroom Cheney's face turned red with rage, she says,
and he was on her in an instant, slamming her back into the wall, growling, "If
you don't mind me, I will kill you. I could kill you... Kill you... with my bare
hands. You're not the first and you won't be the last TO kill you any time I
goddamn well please."

"He flung me on the cot that was behind me, and finished taking his rage out on
me sexually," 0 says. During that assault Cheney used an electric cattle prod on
the young woman.

The following year, 0 says, she was "dropped off* at the Kennedy Space Center in
Titusville, Florida where she was subjected to her first NASA programming. "From
then on, I was obsessed with following the Yellow Brick Road to Nashville,
Tennessee where she got involved with people in the country music business who
were working undercover for the cryptocracy.

"In the early 1980's, my base programming was instilled by US Army Lt CoL
Michael Aquino, who holds a Top Secret clearance in the Defense Intelligence
Agency's Psychological Warfare Division (Psyops ). Aquino is a professed
Neo-Nazi, the founder of the Himmler inspired occult Temple of Set and has
been charged with child ritual and sexual abuse at the Presidio Day Care in San
Francisco, Ca. But like my father, Aquino remains 'above the law' while he
continues to traumatize and program CIA destined young minds in a quest to
create the 'superior race' of Project Monarch mind controlled slaves. 1 quickly
learned that Aquino did not adhere to his profoundly professed occult superstition

Operation Mind Control 135

any more than I did, and that his "satanic power" was in the form of numerous
variations of high voltage stun guns, which he used on me regularly. Although
Aquino used occultism (blood trauma) as a trauma base, his programming was
high tech and "dean" — not muddled in a proverbial witches brew of ignorance.
He quickly dispelled the... influence (of her previous programmers), and began
programming me according to Byrd's specifications... as his 'own little witch' for
sadistic sex and covert CIA drug muling, blackmail and prostitution operations."

"Aquino provided the ancient instructions on how to mutilate me," 0 says. Silver
nitrite and hot exacto knives were used to carve the details of the "witch" on her
vagina without any form of anesthesia. The muscles were cut so that when she
flexed, they would protrude from her body showing the hideous face. This was
done, not only as a "curiosity" but because, according to 0, it made her vagina
"suited to Byrd's tiny, underdeveloped penis," and made her "Byrd's own little
witch" for "which witch is which" programming.

In 1981, Byrd joined Aquino at Huntsville, Alabama during one of the
programming sessions. 0 says, "NASA cooperates with Byrd since it is Byrd's
Appropriations Committee that determines how much and/or whether or not
NASA receives any government funding. I laid naked on the cold metal table,
tranced and photographically recording every word and detail of my programming
and every word that Byrd and Aquino exchanged. Byrd was providing Aquino with
specific details of certain perversions he wanted me equipped to fulfill or perform.
Additionally, they talked about scrambling my immediate memory with two
private pom films they were arranging to have produced locally... "How to Divide
a Personality" and "How to Create a Sex Slave." These films are the kind NASA
became involved in producing for the dual purpose of "scrambling" memory as
well as documenting their mind control procedures. The resident pomographers
were two local police, one of which was a Sergeant, and this serves NASA and CIA
well when cover-up is necessary. I photo-identified the Sergeant and his (jailer)
officer in 1990, and my life was threatened as a result of this revelation.

The 'How to Create a Sex Slave' film depicts the common 'spin' programming,
which in essence is the combination to unlocking or accessing a specific
programmed act For example, the compartment of the brain that holds memory
of incest is stimulated to open when the abuse occurs again. Seeing my father's
penis would 'trigger' specific responses, supposedly opening the neuron pathways
of my brain to allow the part of my brain that dealt with him before to deal with
him again. With 'spin' programming, the 'trigger of seeing my father's penis is
replaced with a combination of specific verbal commands and a specific number
of revolutions in turning my body so that anyone with the combination could
access that particular part of my brain. The part of my mind originally abused by
my father learned to 'like' sex... painful sex. Byrd wanted me programmed in such
a way that he could decide if he wanted me to scream and cry when he whipped
me, or if he wanted me to become sexually aroused and beg for more. After

136 W.H. Bowart

programming when I met with Byrd, I would 'dance' like a music box dancer,
twirling 'round and 'round until Byrd's fiddle 'music' stopped My brain knew
how many revolutions I had made whether I was capable of conscious counting or
not, and the desired results were produced (and the appropriate state) accessed.

This is but one simplified example of sex programming, and I was programmed
for more than sex. But this particular incident of programming at the US Army
Redstone Arsenal would change my existence entirely and set the stage for my
role in covert government operations as a 'Presidential Model' 0

The majority of my programming," 0 continues, "was Oz theme based, which
meant the combination of codes, keys and triggers to access me were related to L
Prank Baum's Wizard of Oz. CIA cryptic language is a manipulation of the English
language in such a way that words have double meaning, much the way people
familiar with each other have 'inside jokes.' Since a mind controlled slave exists
through their very literal subconscious, which has no way of discerning fantasy
from reality, or intended meaning from literal, cryptic language is especially
effective. Many CIA covert operations I was involved in occurred in public, and
anyone who might have overheard the conversation would have heard something
very ainerent man wnat actually trance-spireo. For example, ray escort unKed
arms with me like Dorothy's companions did with her when walking the Yellow
Brick Road in the Wizard of Oz, which must have appeared normal or even
romantic to outsiders, but signaled me that I had better follow 'directions.' He
read the sign on the door 'Service Entrance'... accentuating syllables ever so
slightly so that I heard him command 'Serve us. En-Trance.'

"After Aquino instilled my base sex programming, I was often taken... to
Youngstown, Ohio to attend the sex slave training camp referred to as 'Charm
School," 0 says. Often 0 was trained "with other CIA/Mob slaves." Whenever
'Charm School' was in session, 0 says, "there were several girls being tortured
and trained at once. I have seen and known numerous girls to go through 'Charm
School', but understandably very few are reported to have survived or recovered
their minds enough to talk about it"

This so-called 'Charm School', 0 says, was owned and operated by a member of a
prominent banking family, who took the name and role of 'Governor from the
movie 'My Pair Lady' in an attempt to confuse reality with movie fantasy." (In the
movie, "Governor" is the cockney title given Professor Dolittle who transforms a
female street urchin into a high society lady.) "Additionally, the title of 'Governor"
was intended to create a scramble for the real Governor who often frequented the
school as though it were a whore house." (The Governor of Pennsylvania at that
time was Richard Thomburgh.)

"Charm School" 0 says, "meant I would be charmed, mesmerized (hypnotized),
and programmed to be a high-class prostitute for politicians. I did leam their way

Operation Mind Control 137

to walk. I learned when to talk, how to dress, how to sit, stand, etc.. table
manners were not taught as they were not needed since slaves endured food and
water deprivation when working..." Noticeable in O's behavior is her conditioned
way of sitting, walking, talking, and smiling, in a quite charming if artificial
manner, not unlike the behavior of sorority girls in the South during the late '50's
or early '60*s.

A typical three-day course at "Charm School", 0 says, included the 'usual factors
of sleep, food and water deprivation, trauma and high voltage programming
(aversive conditioning with electric shocks.) "Often experimental drugs or
tried -and-proven CIA manufactured 'designer' drugs were administered which
produced specific brain wave activity to maximize and/or compartmentalize
programs. I usually spent the first day hanging in the dungeon.

cnarm ocnooi was nousea in a nistonc stone railroad magnet s former residence,
in the basement wine celler. "It is dark, damp and musty," 0 says, "and has been
decorated in classic torture chamber fashion complete with hanging chains,
stretching rack, whips, alter and animal altars.

"As I hung by my wrists, I could hear and smell the animals in the next cells... " A
raanagerie of animals were kept in the 'Charm School dungeons. According to 0
there was a black Nubian goat called "Satan", a small donkey named "Nester, and
a small white pony called "Trigger" and various dogs, and snakes.

The animals were trained to respond sexually to the smell of urine. As 0 describes
it, "when someone entered my cell and urinated on me, I knew I would soon be
released from my chains and led to the animal altar for bestiality lessons,
pornography, or to please a perverse onlooker. I was hung by my ankles, stretched
on the rack, burned and tortured repeatedly. My feet and hands were chained to a
wall for what was termed 'off the wall sex', and I was taught 'Silence!' in Oz
fashion since screaming did not produce results anyway. I was repeatedly filmed
pomographically, and always taken upstairs to 'the Master's Chambers' for
prostitution to various participants —

Other programming took place at Tinker Air Force Base Near Tulsa, Oklahoma.
"At Tinker, the Disney theme of Peter Pan's Never Never Land was cryptically
used to further convince ray child personalities that reality was fantasy, and that I
would 'Never grow up' due to the timeless ness of my existence. I was cryptically
labeled a "Tinker-Belle", which signaled 'those in the know' that I had endured
government military programming consistent with Tinker AFB mind control
research and development My Tinker-Belle' conditioning further enhanced my
photographic memory through direct control for receiving and delivering
government messages — a computerizatorVcomrjartmentalizaiton of my brain, so
to speak. I was also trained in covert criminal operations, such as international
drug transactions for funding the Pentagon's and CIA's Black Budgets," 0 says.

138 W.H. Bowart

She was led to a secret NASA installation at Maxwell Air Force Base in Nebraska.
There she experienced what she calls "the 'you can run, but you can't hide'
conditioning.

"I was taken underground to a secret circular room where the walls were covered
with numerous screens showing satellite pictures from around the world These
satellites are referred to as the 'Eye in the Sky', and an Air Force official explained
to me that my every move 'could be monitored via satellite'. On a separate
four-screen viewer, he demonstrated what in retrospect was a contrived
pre-recorded slide show, with the scenes changing as rapidly as he spoke and
typed it into the computer. 'Where will you run? To the Arctic? The Antarctic?
Brazil? The mountains? The desert? The prairies? The hills of Afghanistan? The
city of Kabul? Devils Tower (Wyoming)? Would you try to run to Cuba and live
among our enemies? We can find you there. There is truly no place to run and no
place to hide. The US Senate? (The picture was of Byrd) The White House? Or to
your own backyard? (My father was waving from his front door, cupping his
hands over his mouth saying 'come back' just like Aunt Em in the Wizard of Oz.)
The moon? We got you covered. You can run, but you can't hide.* '

i nis weu-proaucea ana tauor-maae muinmeaia presentation convinced u mat ner
every move could be monitored.

0 says that her "owner" Senator Byrd prostituted her routinely to other high
ranking politicians in Washington, D.C. And when Byrd used her for his own
pleasure it was usually with a whip and a pocket knife. 0 says he "picked up where
my mother left off to destroy any self esteem I might have had left... He often
threatened me ( and told me) mat I was considered 'disposable' because, after all,
The first Presidential Model, Marilyn Monroe, was killed right in front of the
public ... and no one knew what happened."'

"Byrd justified mind control atrocities,* 0 says," as a means of thrusting mankind
into accelerated evolution according to the Neo-Nazi principals he adheres to. He
justifies manipulating mankind's religion to bring about the prophesied biblical
'world peace' through the 'only means available' — total mind control in the New
World Order — because, after all, 'even the Pope and Mormon Prophet know this
is the only way to peace, (they) cooperate fully with the project-.

"Byrd justified our country's involvement in drug distribution, pornography and
white slavery as a means of 'gaining control of all illegal activities world wide' to
fund Black Budget covert activity that will bring about "world peace' through
world dominance and total control. 'Ninety-five percent of the people want to be
led by the five percenf is Byrd's justification for mass mind control world wide,
and he claims this can be proven because 'the ninety-five percent do not want to
know what really goes on it government'.-"

Operation Mind Control 139

Literally Byrd's captive audience, 0 absorbed and remembered information that
the "masterminds" behind the New World Order would never have revealed for
security reasons. Since Byrd regarded her as his object a game-piece that could
be moved through life as though he were playing chess, he felt it safe to make her
listen to his hidden political beliefs.

"Bryd likely would have talked to a post," she says, "and 1 filled the role as his
silent sounding board. To date, I apply much of what I absorbed from his
recitations to my survival and ultimately exposure of who is running our
government, and the mind control atrocities and crimes proliferating against
humanity for ushering in the New World Order..."

0 identifies several of the hidden mind control centers in the U.S. One she says is
at Mount Shasta California. It is used as a training and operations camp for a
variety of paramilitary projects. Among other things, robot soldiers are trained
there. Usually this training is done with the highest technology in invisible
weaponry even, what she calls, "Star Wars electromagnetic mind control
equipment"

She reveals that there is a CIA "Near Death Trauma Center" at Lampe, Missouri
and several more across the country. At these centers 'A Most Dangerous Game' is
played As her discipline and programming took over what was left of her, she was
forced to do strenuous exercise for two hours a day and was programmed to "eat
like a bird (Byrd)... (to keep a stunning figure.) My public image was a
programmed personality that always smiled, looked and talked like the proverbial
air-head blonde, and kept outsiders away by socializing only within my controlled
environment-" One of the most frequented centers for her programming was
MacDill Air Force Base in Tampa, Florida.

"Presidential Modeling" action, for 0, consisted in taking cruise ships from
Miami, Florida throughout the Caribbean and Mexico muling cocaine. "While I
was robotically carrying out transactions as ordered, I was also prostituted to
Central and South American drug lords and politicians and often times filmed

,,. . __.-f_ii._i_l" —-,11. a **

pomograpnically...

In the early 1980's her duties included passing messages to and from Senator
Byrd to Baby Doc Duvalier, and Puerto Rican drug lord Jose Busto. "The working
relationship between the CIA and Haiti was abruptly concluded with Baby Doc
being whisked away from an uprising in Haiti by our government., along with his
CIA drug profits.

"The only Drug Wars I ever witnessed in the US, Caribbean and Mexico were those
launched by the CIA against its competition-. The drug business was booming for
the CIA... I brought suitcases of cocaine into the Port of Miami.."

140 W.H. Bowart

According to 0, her mind-controlled existence became more complicated after
Byrd introduced her to President Ronald Reagan in 1983 at a White House party.
Byrri told her, she says, "When you meet the Chief, imagine him with his pants
down. He's most comfortable knowing you are imagining him with his pants
down. He doesn't want formality."

Apparently Reagan had seen the videos made at Huntsville: "How to Divide a
Personality" and "How to Create a Sex Slave." "He was very pleased with me as
though I had participated in them willingly," 0 says. "Within the first few
minutes of meeting Reagan, he was giving me acting tips to utilize in
pornography!!"

"When you become your part," 0 reports Reagan saying, "your performance
increases, which in turn increases your ability to do your part- for your
country-. 'Ask not what your country can do for you, Ask what you can do for
your country'-, your part" Here was Reagan using one of her trigger phrases.

"Reagan explained to me that the illegal CIA covert activities I was forced to
participate in were 'justified' as they funded covert activities in Afghanistan and
Nicaragua." 0 says Reagan said: "America's Freedom Train is spanning the globe
and sex is but a sidetrack to the ultimate course of freedom. Our job of procuring
and transporting arms is the most difficult part of all. But it can and must be done
How can a man with no arras fight?" She says he told her that covert activity was
"necessary as American people raise too much hell about violence, and it is better

0 says that Reagan twisted reality to fit his personal perceptions rather than
adhere to Byrd's philosophies of providing rationalizations for what he deemed

"In typical Reagan fashion," 0 says, " he did not perceive mind control as slavery,
but as an opportunity for those who otherwise would 'have been nothing in life."

"Multigenerational incest abused children like myself," she says, or previously
impoverished baseball players from 3rd world countries and slums are provided an
opportunity to 'be all they can be' through making a contra-bution to society, our
nation, and the world by utilizing their talents to maximum potential and
becoming programmed machines. With this attitude, Reagan was proud of the
role he played as The Wizard of Oz' to Project Monarch slaves like myself;" 0
says.

The night she met Reagan, she says, Byrd acted in the capacity of a pimp and
prostituted her to the President "He informed me that 'Uncle Ronnie doesn't
sleep with his mommy', preferring his LL Bean flannel sheets, nightshirt and
nightcap because 'they're warmer, softer, more comfortable and don't snore.'

Operation Mend Control 141

"Reagan accessed my sexual programming, and I became 'ray part' as a prostitute
to 'Uncle Ronnie'." 0 says he did not move during sex. "After all that was 'my
job.' And my job was to please him, whatever it takes... and it takes more time
than anything."

She says Reagan never hurt her, but "he made sure someone else did that". "He
used this as a bond to the little child personality he always accessed for sex." 0
says that Reagan's "biggest kink" was bestiality pornography, and his "passion for
pornography escalated its manufacture and distribution during his
administration. He wholeheartedly approved and encouraged pom for funding

Many pom films were manufactured solely for the president's pleasure,
sometimes according to his instructions, 0 says. These were referred to as "Uncle
Ronnie's Bedtime Stories."

After meeting President Reagan, 0 says, she endured additional base
programming by Lt Colonel Michael Aquino. She says this was done largely for
security reasons in order to override Byrd's control.

"Since Reagan had been shot," she says, "he took extra precautions to ensure his
safety which included directing Aquino as to how he wanted me programmed.
Much to Aquino's dismay and embarrassment, Reagan loved the occult role that
this Army Lt Colonel played for mind control traumatizauon purposes as it fit in
with the public promotion of religion Reagan had launched

The 'masterminds' behind the New World Order," 0 says, "wanted to project the
illusion that their mind control operatives were 'demon possessed' and that the
atrocities people were witnessing were 'biblical in proportion' in order that they
would feel helpless to oppose them. Without Christianity, Satanism loses its
effectiveness., but together Reagan, like Byrd, the Pope, Aquino and so many
others, believed world peace would be acquired by controlling the minds of the
masses through their religion. Aquino's role delighted Reagan, and he demanded
that Aquino wear his black robes to a White House party to influence the
superstitions of a few South American diplomats. Aquino appeared foolish in the
eyes of his peers who knew Aquino's image was only a guise for Psychological
Warfare, as it made Aquino look like he believed in his own facade. Aquino paid
Reagan back. Minutes before I was prostituted to Reagan that evening, Aquino
ordered me into a closed side room of the White House and very quickly had
intercourse with me, slapped me on the behind and disrespectfully said, Take that
to the Chief. -

Later, Reagan instructed Aquino to use 0 for various military and government
installations to provide "Hands on Mind Control Demonstrations of the latest
advancements in training." According to 0, Reagan said the 'hands on

142 W.H. Bowart

demonstrations' would 'educate our boys in the military to the wonders of the
mind control phenomena'. And, says 0, "Hands on meant sex... After all
'entertaining the troops is a long American tradition'."

0 goes on to describe her programming and use as a "pigeon", one who carries
secret messages locked behind post-hypnotic suggestions which must be
triggered to be released. O's pigeon act was much more sophisticated than Candy
Jones'.

After the Iran/Contra scandal had broken in the news, 0 says she was the one who
delivered secret instructions from the president to Manuel Noriega. She was
escorted aboard his yacht by Michael Aquino.

"I was helped onto the back of the yacht by Panamanian military guards who kept
me there at gunpoint until I was cleared... " 0 says. After she was escorted to
Noriega, he pressed a baby's ear shell into her hand which triggered the release of
the message which was, as she remembers it

"If you please, Sir, I have a message from the President of the United States of
America: The successes we have enjoyed in our shared endeavors are now history
in the making, who's (sic) course can not be altered — regardless of the
imminent lifting of the veil by well-intentioned do-gooders. As this veil is lifted, it
may shed light on you. So you must have your house in order, as does OUie
North, and cease any and all detectable activity. I will do my best to keep you
under shield and out of view if you comply with these orders and cease all
detectable activity at once.*

0 says Noriega acted insulted by this message and a moment of "ensuing chaos"
reigned during which "Aquino hypnotically waved his hands in front of Noriega
and dramatically spread out his satanic black cape which appeared to fill the
room." Noriega was apparently a superstitious believer in something like Santeria,
a Christian sect which mixes magic with practices which border on Voodoo.

"Aquino's manner was side-show-style rather man the usual somber tones used
on Military bases for the Hands On demonstrations," 0 writes. "General, for your
entertainment and in respect and appreciation of your successful enterprising
' Contra-bution', the Chief has sent his Presidential Model to demonstrate the
latest technology in mind control advancements. With the flip of a switch, this
pigeon becomes a kitten ( I began undressing). Quite a different animal."

0 says that because of Noriega's superstition, the personality switch frightened
him. "Noriega believed whole heartedry in mind control," she wrote, "but could
not grasp the concept of Multiple personalities (which he perceived as demonic
possession) and therefore did not adhere to the idea of one slave being trained for
business and pleasure. Aquino was manipulating these beliefs of Noriega's
masterfully, compounded by the notion of Aquino being a 'devil' working for

Operation Mind Control 143

Reagan. The impact of this demonstration... would prove to be psychological
warfare of the highest order administered to force Noriega to be more discrete."

Aquino then ordered her to lie on the bed and he invited Noriega to look closer at
what the "Wizard" — "his Chief* — (Reagan) could create, 0 said. "Noriga
stepped closer to see what Aquino was pointing out to him between my breasts. A
large, carved baphomet appeared. Aquino had hypnotically regressed me to the
time of its making which caused it to seemingly 'suddenly appear* right before
Noriega's eyes..."

Noriega jumped back, terrified. "I believe Noriega stayed in the room for the rest
of the demonstration simply because he was frozen in fear," 0 said, "Aquino hit
me with a cat-o- nine-tails and 1 shrieked in pain. Noriega jumped. Aquino hit me
with it again, mis time activating me to respond sexually as though pain were
pleasure — a mind control concept that Noriega more readily grasped. Then
Aquino pointed out that the baphomet had disappeared as he cut me with a knife
between my breasts using Byrd's hypnotic induction 'In like a knife, sharp and
clean. I'D carve out what I want'

"My trance had been deepened to the extent that my circulatory system was
slowed," 0 said, " and I did not bleed until Aquino hypnotically changed my
trance level. Aquino told Noriega that the baphomet carving had 'retreated to the
depths of my body and soul, possessing me and evoking the 'heat of hell' as he
commanded me to show my vaginal mutilation carving of the baphomet face. As I
did, Aquino offered Noriega my sex, which Noriega refused as predicted with his
eyes bulging in terror and revulsion. Aquino told him his 'rejection of me had
killed me', and 1 ceased breathing and moving as conditioned Noriega was
dumbfounded as Aquino laughed wickedly and threatened, 'Even death would not
permit me escape from the Wizard's (Reagan's) power'. He explained that I was
the 'Wizard's own' and 'under his spell' and would 're-energize myself and come
back to life.' He handed me the vaginal prod to masturbate myself, pushing the
button to electrically jolt myself internally upon command. Noriega's eyes were
enormous, he paled to a sickly gray, his mouth fell open and he ran out the door
as Aquino assured him that he had 'no where to run, no where to hide from
Reagan's powers."

According to 0, Noriega interpreted the demonstration as a "threat from the
depths of hell, which should have been enough to (make him) heed Reagan's
commands to break the drug trafficking ties immediately ..."

After Yd made the excerpts from her book I sent a draft to 0 for corrections. I
hope I made them all. She added a few points in her letters to me that I think are
worth sharing about the process of deprogramming she experienced with Mark
Phillips:

144 W.H. Bowart

Mark taught me the ins and outs of my own mind within the first 30
days of the process in order that I retrieve my memory myself... free
of outside influence. By trancing myself deeper (I was already
entranced), I was able to unlock various memory compartments with
bis knowledge of keys, codes, triggers, formulas, and accurately
retrieve memory. I had to logically learn to decipher scrambles from
reality. By common definition, MPD is the mind's sane defense to
trauma too horrible to comprehend...

Mark's greatest influence on my deprogramming process was to help
me deal with reality in order that the 'incomprehensible 1 become
comprehensible. Otherwise I would have fragmented further. He
accomplished this by teaching me the revivification memory recovery
method vs. the commonly used regression/ abreaction method. ( NIP
calls this "triple dissociation".) Rather than reliving the events, I
watched them on my mind's screen, deepening my trance as needed
far reality checks. I untangled scrambles by using common
sense(s)l.

etc... without having to :

I am now reintegrated and most everyone who is qualified to judge it
clinically speaking and who possesses common sense knows it..

My choice of terminology has been learned since childhood. You must
remember that I had a photographic memory and I recorded all
conversations going on around me. Like surgeons who don't give
thought to the fact that their anesthetized patient can subconsciously
hear them as they perform surgery, Aquino didnt give thought to my
overhearing him talking with his "understudies 1 during my
programming sessions and/or Hands on Demonstrations..

Mark went to extreme lengths to make sure that I reintegrated and
deprogrammed into ME... not him. I had to "follow some long, hard
roads" to learn certain things (seemingly) unnecessarily, just because
Mark was concerned with my individuality. He could have provided
me with "shortcuts' by sharing what he knows... including certain
language... but nol He put me through the paces of learning all on my
own, stumbling along the way... I respect him and love him all the
more for his precautions to ensure he not influence me... especially
>I

This is personal... but I felt compelled to tell you so that you will
better understand this aspect of my individuality and the import*
of the Love Factor in the deprogr ammin g process...

10

MEVDWAR

In 1981, Major Michael A. Aquino collaborated with Colonel Paul E. Vallely to
produce a paper entitled From PSYOP to MindWar: The Psychology of Victory.
The paper was submitted to Military Review and Parameter, the publication of
the U.S. Army War College. It was widely circulated among the psyop community
and among mind control researchers without a copyright notice. Finally it
appeared in its entirety in Milton William Cooper's Behold A Pale Horse* a 1991
work that deals largely with the question of Unidentified Flying Objects. In that
this paper has unquestionably been placed in the public domain, and due to its
Brevity, it is mciuaea nere in its entirety:

LTC John Alexander's hEhUij Rmvimrr article in support of •peycbotronics" -

. 17

Criticism of research in this axes, based as it is on 'existing frontiers of scientific
law, bangs to mind the laughter that giee t ed the Italian scientist Spallanzani in
1794 when he suggested that bats navigate in the dark by means of what we now
call sonar. If they see with their ears, then do they hear with their eyes?' went the
jok», but I suspect that the U.S. Navy is giad someone took the idea seriously

operational weapons system designed to do what LTC Alexander would litaa SSP to
do - except that this weapons system uses existing communications media. It

in accordance with U.S. national interests. It does this on a wide scale, embracing
military units, regions, nations, and blocs. In its pr e sent form it is celled

Does PSYOP work, or is it merely a «

Cooper, William. Behold A Pale Hone, Light Technology, P.O. Bent 1495. Sedona, Az. 86336, 1991
The Mowino footnotes to MmdWar art bu VaReiy and Agumo:

r

Alexander, Lieutenant Colonel John B.. The New Mental Battlefield:' Beam me up, Spock"* in

Military Mm, VoL IX No.12, December 1980.

146 W.H. Bowart

Had that question been asked in 1970, the answer would have bean that PSYOP
works vary well indeed. In 1967 and 1968 alone, a total of 29,276 armed Viet
Cong/NVA (the equivalent of 96 enemy infantry battalions) surrendered to ARVN or
MACV forces under the Chieu Hoi amnesty program - the major PSYOP effort of
the Vietnam War. At the time MACV estimated that the elimination of that same
mrmher of enemy troops in combat would have cost us 6,000 dead. 11

On the other hand, we lost the war - not because we were out-fought, but because
we were out-PSYOPed Our national will to victory was attacked more effectively
than we attacked that of the North Vietnamese and Viet Cong, and perception of
this fact encouraged the enemy to hang on until the United States finally broke and

So our PSYOP failed, it failed not because its |

i it was outmatched by the PSYOP of the enemy. The Army's efforts enjoyed
s. but MACV PSYOP did not really change the minds of the

i at home against the

propaganda of the enemy. Furthermore the enemy's PSYOP was so strong that it -
not bigger armies or better weapons - overcame all of the Cobras and Spookys and
ACAVs and B- 52s we fielded. The lesson is not to ignore our own PSYOP
capability, but rather to change it and strengthen it so that it can do precisely that
kind of thing to our enemy in the next war. Better hardware is nice, but by itself it

The first thing it is necessary to overcome is a view of PSYOP that limits it to
, predictable, over -obvious, and hence marginally effective leaflet and
applications. Battlefield devices of this sort have their place, but it

the company or division level; it must originate at the national level It must
strengthen our national will to victory and it must attack and ultimately destroy
that of the enemy. It both <
type of war which is fought on afar i
national populations involved

So let us begin with a simple name change. We shall rid ourselves of the

place we shall create Mod War. The term is harsh and iesx-inspiring. and so it
should be: It is a term of attack and victory - not one of ]
I conciliation. The <

Mindwax is the deliberate,
that we will win that

It is deliberate in that it is a planned, systematic, and <
involving all levels of activity from the strategic to the tac ti ca l It is <
because opinions and attitudes must be actively changed from those antagonistic
to us to those supportive of us if we are to achieve victory. We will not win if we
content ourselves with countering opinions and attitudes instilled by enemy
governments. We must reach the people be/are they resolve to support their i

i before our combat troops ever see 1

" "Chieu Hoi: The Winning Ticket". MACV Command Information Pamphlet 6-69, March 1969.

Operation Mind Control 147

Compare this definition with that of psychological warfare as first offered by
Oeneral William Donovan of the OSS in his World War II - era Base Estimate of
Psychological Warfare

"Psychological warfare is the coordination and use of all means, including moral
and physical, by which the end is attained - other than those of recognized
military operations, but including the psychological exploitation of the result of
, recognized military actions - which tend to destroy the will of the enemy to
i victory and to damage his political or economic capacity to do so; which
tend to deprive the enemy of the support, assistance, or sympathy of his allies or
associates or of neutrals, or to p r event his acquisition of such support, assistance,
or sympathy, or which tend to create, maintain, or increase the will to victory of our
own people and allies and to acquire, maintain or to increase the support,
assistance, and sympathy of neutrals. m

If the euphemism "psychological operations' resulted from, as one general officer
put it in e 1947 letter, 'a great need for a synonym which could be used in
peacetime that would not shock the sensibilities of a citizen of democracy,* then it
may have s ucc ee d e d domestically. 40 On the other hand it does not seem to have
reassured the sensibilities of the Soviets who in 1980 describe U.S. Army PSYOP as
jacjtoBnQ; *... «tr»p*Trir»naHU methods of ideological sabotage including not just
flagrant lies, slander, and disinformation, but also political blackmail, provocation.

Thei

component is well-documented in Colonel Alfred Paddock's brilliant treatise on the
history of the PSYOP establishment. Again and again efforts to targe this weapon
into its most effective configuration were frustrated by leaders who could not or
would not see that wars are fought and won or lost not on battlefields but in the
minds of men. As Colonel Paddock so aptly concludes:

In a real sense, the manner in which psyc h ological and unconventional warfare
evolved from 1941 until their union as a formal Army capability in 1952 suggests a
theme that runs throughout the history of special warfare: the story of a hesitant
and reluctant Army attempting to cope and concepts and organizations of an

'to thai

of winning battles and wars; the term generally used in force multiplier.' It is
certainly not considered a precondition to command decisions. Thus PSYOP cannot
predetermine the political or psychological effectiveness of a given military i

Roosts Kermit (Ed.) War Report of the OSS. New York Walker and Company. 1976. Volume I

page 99.

* Letter. Major Genera] W.C. Wyman to Major General Launs Norsrad, 22 Jury 1947. quoted in
Paddock. Colonel Alfred R, "Psychological and Uncomenrional Warfare. 1941-1952: Origins of a 'Special
Warfare' Capability for the United States Army." Carlisle Barracks: ILS. Army War College, November 1979.
page 77.

* BeJaihchenko, T., "Black Propaganda' from Fort Bragg" in SooetsJdp Votn. Moscow. June 1980,

Paddock, op. at., page 258.

148 WM.Bowart

MindWar cannot be so relegated. It is, in fact, the strategy to which tactical
warfare must conform if it is to achieve maximum effectiveness. The MindWar

principal factor in his every field decision. Otherwise he sacrifices measures which
actually contribute to winning the war to measures of immediate, tangible

Accordingly PSYOP 'combat support* units as we now know them must become a
thing of the past. MindWar teams must offer technical expertise to the commander
from the onset of the planning process, and at all levels down to that of the
batta lion Su ch te a mn cannot be composed — as they are now — of
branch-immaterial officers and NCOs who know simply the basics of tactical
propaganda op er a ti ons. They mus t be nirnnoned of full-time experts who strive to
translate the strategy of national MindWar into tactical goals which — dMtetl the
effective winning of the war and minimise loss of life. Such MindWar teams will
win commanders' respect only if they can deliver on their promises.

What the Army now considers to be its most effective PSY OP - tactical PSYOP - is
actually the most limited and primitive effort, due to the difficulties of fo rmul at in g
and delivering messages under battlefield constraints Such efforts must continue,
but they are pr op e rt y seen as a reinforcement of the main MindWar effort. If we do
not attack the enemy's will until he reaches the battlefield his nation will have
stre n gt hen ed it as best it can. We must attack that will he/ore it is thus locked in
place. We must instill in it a predisposition to inevitable defeat Strategic MindWar
must begin the moment war is considered to be inevitable It must seek out the
attention of the enemy nation through every available medium, and it must strike
at that nation's potential soldiers before they put on their uniforms. It is in then-
homes and their communities that they are most vulnerable to MindWar. Was the
United States defeated in the jungles of Vietnam, or was it defeated in the streets
of American cities?

To this end MindWar must be strategic in emphasis, with tactical applications
playing a reinforcing, supplementary role. In its strategic oi niteit, MindWar must
reach out to friends, enemies, and neutrals alike across the globe - neither through
the primitive *battlefield" leaflets and loudspeakers of PSYOP nor thorough the
media possessed by the Untied States which have the capabilities to reach
virtually all people on the face of the Earth. These madia are, of course, the
electronic media - television and radio. State of the art developments in satellite
communication, video recording techniques, and laser and optical tra nmn i Bm o n of
broadcasts make possible a penetration of the minds of the world such as would
have been inconceivable just a few years ago. Like the sword ExcaUbur, we have
but to reach out and seise this tool; and rt can transform the world for us if we have
but the courage and the integrity to guide civilization with it If we do not accept
Excalibur, then we relinquish our ability to inspire foreign cultures with our
morality. If they then devise moralities unsatisfactory to us, we have no choice but
to fight them on a more brutish level

MindWar must target ail participant? if it is to be effective. It must not only
weaken the enemy; it must strengthen the United States. It strengthens the United
States by denying enemy propa g a n da access to our people, and by exp la inin g and
TwpHaciTing to our people the rationale for our national interest in a specific war.
Under existing United States law, PSYOP units may not target American citizens.
That prohibition is based upon the presumption that 'propaganda' is necessarily a
lie or at least a misleading half-truth, and that the government has no right to lie to
the people. The Propaganda Ministry of Ooebbels must not be part of the American

Operation Mind Control 149

way of life. Quits light, and so it must be axiomatic of MindWar that it always
speaks the truth Its power lies in its ability to focus recipients' attention on the
truth ot the future as wall as that of the present MindWar thus involves the stated
promise of a truth that the United States has resolved to make real if it is not
already so.

MindWar is not new. Nations' greatest - and least costly - victories have resulted
from it. both in time of actual combat and in time of threatened combat. Consider
the atomic attacks on Hiroshima and Nagasaki The physical destruction of those
two dues did not destroy Japan's ability to continue fighting. Rather the
psychological shock of the weapons destroyed what remained of Japan's national

; al

I is a function of its skillful use of communications :
but no greater error could be made than to confuse MindWar with merely a greater
and more unprincipled propaganda effort "Propaganda' as defined by Harold
LassweH *is the expression of opinions or actions carried out deliberately by
individuals or groups with a view to Lnflneocdag the opinions or actions of <
individuals or groups for predetermined ends and through psychological

it is

unit is so recognized - is automatically assumed to be a lie or at least a distortion
of truth Therefore it works only to the extent that a militarily- pressed enemy is

cuuvujuvq ni m to boo xjjb \ i 1 w n * w© 000 iv

In his 'conclusions' chapter to the Army's exhaustive 1976 case-study of PSYOP
techniques. L. John Martin affirms this coldly and bluntly.

"What all this boils down to is that if our

i must attribute it to
propaganda may be even less
i persuasive

o ii iun i mi oanon
The i

to be liars and hypocntes. willing to
colors to dupe the gullible. As Jacques Ellul puts it

Correspondingly
paint anything in attractive

"The propagandist is not, and cannot be, a 'believer.' Moreover he cannot believe in
the ideology he must use in his propaganda He is merely a man at the service of a
party, a state, or some other organization, and his task is to insure the efficiency of
that organization... If the propagandist has any political conviction, he must put it
aside in order to be able to use some popular mass ideology. He cannot even share
that ideology, for he must use it as an object and manipulate it without the respect
that he would have for it if he believed in it He quickly acquires i

° Lasswell. haroW D. in EfluL

random House, 1965, pages xi-si.

** Martin. L Jon. "Efiecbvenss of International Propaganda" in Department of the Army Pamphlet
525-7-2 Urn Art and Science of Psychological Operations: Case Studies of MUHary Application, Volume

■ EUuL Jacques, Propaganda: The Formation of Men's Attitudes. New York Random House. 1965.
pages 196-197.

150 W.H. Bowart

Unlike PSYOP, MindWar has nothing to do with deception or even with 'selected' -
and therefore misleading - truth, rather it states a whole truth that, if it does not
now exist, will be /breed into existence by the will of the United States. The
example*; of Kennedy's ultimatum to Khrushchev during the Cuban Missile crisis
and Hitler's stance at Munich may be cited. A MindWar message does not have to
fit conditions of abstract credibility as do PSYOP themes, its source makes it
AsLivy<

The terror of the Roman name will be such that the world shall know that, once a
Roman army has laid siege to a city, nothing will move it - not the rigors of winter
nor the weariness of months and years - that it knows no end but victory and is
ready, if a swift and sudden stroke will not serve, to j

Unlike EDul's cynical propagandist, the MindWar operative must know that he
speaks the truth, and he must be personally committed to it What he says is only a
part of MindWar, the rest - and the test of its effectiveness -- lies in the cormcnoE
he project s to his audience, in the rapport he establishes with it And this is not
something which can be easily faked, if in fact it can be faked at all "Rapport 1

defines as "unconstrained relations of mutual confidence', approaches the
subliminal, some researchers have suggested that it is itself a subco n scious and

one believe one television newsman more than another, even though both may
report the same headlines? The answer is that there is rapport in the :
ana it is a rapport wmcn is recognized i

We have covered the statement of inevitable truth and the conviction behind that
statement, these are qualities of the MindWar operative himself The recipient of
the statement will judge such messages not only by his conscious understanding
of them, but also by the mental conditions under which be receives them. The
theory behind "brainwashing" was that physical torture and deprivati on would

W^tflJflBD tt^B XXUI^jd'S X^feff^StflJDO0 tO l^J^J^ET^j^?T7 1 ttXlfd ti^XS WAS ^XVtO tO ft ^301^2* F^ T i t fcfll

the long run brainwashing does not work, because intelligent minds later realize
their suggestibility under such conditions and therefore discount impressions and

i.iti

decisions without coercion. Coercive measures used by the MindWar operative,
consequently, must not be detectable by ordinary means. There is no need to resort
to mind-weakening drugs such as those explored by the CIA; in fact the exposure
of a single such method would do unacceptable damage to MindWar' s reputation
for truth." g™«*"g PSYOP identifies purely sociological factors which suggest
appropriate idioms for m essages. Doctrine in this area is highly developed, and the
task is basically one of assembling and msiatsaaiafl individuals and teams with
enough expertise and to apply the doctrine effectively. This, however is

1978.

Operation Mind Control 151

ideas, and MindWar should take full advantage of such phenomena as atmospheric
electromagnetic activity,' 8 air ionization 10 and extremely low frequency waves.* 1

At the root of any decision to institute MindWar in the U.S. defense establishment
is a very simple question: Do we wish to win the net war in which we choose to
Ymnorrm involved, and do we wish to do so with minimum loss of human life, at
minimum expense, and in the least amount of time? If the answer is yes, then
MindWar is a necessity. If we wish to trade that kind of victory for more American
lives, economic disaster, ana negotiated stalemates, then MindWar is
inappropriate, and if used superficially will actually contribute to our defeat In
MindWar there is no substitute for victory.

Within this article there looms layer upon layer of meaning. It's obvious that the
authors of MindWar are familiar with the techniques of N euro Linguistics
Prograrnrning and/or hypnosis. They argue that a clear future should be
suggested, which is a powerfuJ tool of communicating with the unconscious
called "future-pacing". They also suggest that the MindWar be waged covertly,

* Atmospheric electromagnetic (EM) activity. The human body communicates internally by EM and
electrochemical impulses. The EM field displayed in Kriian photographs, the effectiveness of acupuncture,
and the body's physical responses to various types of EM radiation (x-rays, infrared radiation, visible light
spectra, etc) are all examples of human sensitivity to EM forces and fields. Atmospheric EM activity is
regularly altered by such phenomena as sunspot eruptions and gravitational stresses which distort the
Earth's magnetic field. Under varying external EM conditions, humans are more or less disposed to the
consideration of new ideas. MindWar should be timed accordingly. Per Dr. U . Ravitr "Ekctrodynamic field
constructs add fuel to the assumption unifying Irving matter harmonously with the operations of nature,
postulating that each biologic thing is organized by a total dynamic pattern, the expression of an
electromagnetic field no less than non-living systems; and that as points on spectrums. these two entities
may at last take their positions in the organization of the universe in a way both expbcabk and rabonaL. A
tenable theory has been provided for emergence of the nervous system, developing not from functional
demands, but instead deriving as a result of dynamic forces imposed on cell groups by the total field pattern,
living matter now has a definition of state based on relativity field physics, through which it has been
possible to detect a measurable property of total state functions." (Ravitz, Leonard J.. MJJ., MD., FJLSJL,
"Electro- magnetic Field Monitoring of Changing State-Function, Including Hypnotic States" in Journal of
Amman Sooty of Psychosomatic Dentistry and Hediane, VoL 17. No. 4. 1970.)

w lonuation oftheatr: kr\ abundance of negative condensation nuclei fur ions") in ingested air
enhances alertness and exhilaration, while an excess of positive ions enhances drowsiness and depression.
Calculation of the ionic balance of a target audience's atmospheric environment will be correspondingly
userui. Again cms is a nauiraiiy-occurnng concuaon — em uy sucn varying agents as soar ultraviolet
light lightning, and rapidly-moving water - rather than one which must be artificially created. (Detonation
of nuclear weapons, however, will alter atmospheric ionization levels.) See for example Soyke, Fred and
Edmonds, Alan, The Ion Efkct. New York EJ>. Dutton, 1977.

■ Extremely Low Frequency ELF waves: ELF waves (up to 100 Hz) are once more naturally

occurring, but they can also be produced artificially (such as for the Navy's Project Sanguine for submarine
communication). ELF-waves are not normally noticed by the unaided senses, yet their resonant effect upon
the human body has been connected to both physiological disorders and emotional distortion. Infrasound
vibration (up to 20 Hz) can subimtinaDy influence brain activity to align itself to delta, theta, alpha, or beta
wave patterns, inclining an audience toward everything from alertness to passivity. Infrasound could be
used tactically, as ELF-waves endure for great distances; and it could be used in conjunction with media
broadcasts as weL See Raytair, Guy Land Hill Scott The Cycle of Heaven. New York: SL Martin's Press,
1978. pages 130-140.

End of Mind War Notes

152 W.H. Bowart

invisibly, which any NLP practitioner knows has more effect than addressing the
problem up front, to the conscious mind, which would only lock a state in,
bringing forth all sorts of defense responses and making change more difficult.

Aquino and Vallery's footnote referring to the first edition of Operation Mind
Control, methmks, protests too much, especially since this book does not single
out drugs as the main tool of mind control, and a successful psyop of that day was
"Just say No" to drugs. Most students of NLP know that negative phrases can be
used as effective embedded commands to produce the opposite effect Most
parents know, when dealing with a young child, to try a little reverse psychology.
The "just say no" slogan, and the billboards with a photo of a man with a gun up
his nose and the slogan "Say No to Cocaine" under it, may have been just part of a
successful psyop campaign which got Americans to take more drugs. It's
well-known by now that the "war on drugs" is a complete failure. The extent to
which the cryptocracy's black funds depends upon the drug trade is also widely
noted George Bush gave the game away, many believe, during one of his
televised debates with Clinton when he wiped his nose in an involuntary response
after he said the word "cocaine."

The Mind War article is quite revealing even though it is written to appeal to the
War College and the community which, it turns out, is the number one target of
mind control, the military. The authors of MindWar have a vested interest in
playing the old standby "War on Drugs" tune, in the "garbage in/ garbage out"
system which makes up not only the standard American education, but especially
the standard military education when it comes to the "soft" subjects.

The authors give their Nazi leanings away when they cite Goebbels and Nazi
examples, but mat fits right in with the large Nazi German contingency which
was incorporated into the cryptocracy under Operation Paperclip. 52 "Denying
enemy propaganda access to our people", the authors suggest is desirable without
so much as a glance at the Bill of Rights which guarantees freedom of speech etc.
Goebbels would be proud of them, yet they claim mat the "Propaganda Ministry of
Goebbels must not be part of the American way of life." Whatever that means -
perhaps an example of good MindWar deniability technique, first you say one
thing in a disguised fashion, then you deny that it means what it means. Does
this seem all too familiar? And as Paul Wilcher s letter to Janet Reno ( in the
chapter FIRES OF WACO) indicates PSYOP units have, at least on that occasion,
for 51 days, targeted American citizens within the U.S. The authors state that U.S.
law does not permit that But they cleverly deem no recognition of the existence
of a cryptocracy which operates above the law.

u Simpson. Christopher. BLOWBACK, America's Recruitment of Nam and Its Effects on the Cold
Wot, Weidenfeid & Nicolson, New York. 1988.

Operation Mind Control 153

One of the authors, Michael A. Aquino was a disciple of Anton Levey's Church of
Satan for ten years. The C of S was among a half dozen Satanist churches and
organizations which were influenced by the magical secrets of National Socialism
in Germany. A number of radical-right groups had tried to ally themselves with
The Church of Satan, including the American Nazi party and Robert Shehon's
United Wans of America. Publicly, LaVey had maintained his distance. Secretly,
there was reason to believe that a strong bond existed.

As author, Arthur Lyons notes in Satan Wants You, "... the historical affinity
between occultism and the radical right has been well documented. Both believe
and adhere to the conspiracy theory of history - that is, the events are shaped by
the workings of small, elite, but concealed groups — and both believe in the ability
of one man, whether it be a Magus or a Hitler, to alter global events through the
sheer force of his wilL

"Radical rightists saw an ally in LaVey presumably because of his Machiavellian,
power-oriented philosophy and because of public statements he'd made
advocating establishment of a "benign police state," not to mention the strong
Germanic flavor of some of his rituals„." s

A 1971 Newsweek article expressed concern about LaVey 's political intentions: "If
there is anything fundamentally diabolic about LaVey, it stems more from the
echoes of Nazism m his theories than from the horror comic trappings of his

That the cryptocracy hides within the radical-right goes without question.
Perhaps through outright rightist patriotism or insidious effects of mind control a
number of Nazi and Satanist organizations are funded, guided and controlled by
the cryptocracy.

The editor of the Church of Satan's newsletter, Michael Aquino, accused LaVey of
selling priesthood's and, in 1975 broke with him to found the Temple of Set (Set
being a lesser known name for the Devil himself.) According to one declassified
Army Intelligence file (#81-776) the Temple of Set "is a small group but
nonetheless has several hundred members and operates on a National level.
Aquino is the official head of the organization and rules the organization through
a council of nine, who are in fact his chief lieutenants." An 1981 check of files of
the FBI by Colonel Donald Press, concerning the Temple of Set "reflected no
record of such an organization."

u Lyons. Arthur, WAV WANTS YOU, The Cult of Devil Worship m America, Mysterious Press. 666

Fifth Avenue, New York. N.Y. 10103

Newsweek, "Evil. Anyone?", Aug. 16. 1971.

154 W.H. Bowart

While spokespersons for the Church of Set would deny that the Church is
politically aligned with Nazism, they admit to a fascination with Nazi black magic
In fact, following the footsteps of SS leader Heinrich Hirnmler, on October 19,
1992, Aquino held a magical "working" in the Hall of the Dead in the North tower
of Wewelsburg Castle. Wewelsburg was conceived by Hirnmler to be the focus of
the Hall of the Dead, and was frequently used in secret Nazi SS rituals to summon
the powers of darkness at this "their most powerful locus."

In a paper entitled The Wewelsburg Working, Aquino describes the results of his
black magic ritual:

First, the suction-like impression of the inflow of certain realizations and kinds of
knowledge (accompanied by an almost 'electrical' sort of exhilaration), which
s— mad to have 'remained dormant' pending an 'activating' Working of this sort
Second, an extended 'reverberation' or 'echoing' of the focus of this Working within
the Walhalla, culminating in its sending-forth into the material world

The central features of the various principal occultisms of the 19th and 20th
centuries CE ran through my consciousness almost as a pageant. I understood the

vast spiriting dialectic designed to clear away the debris of sectarianism and
superficiality in the search for the key principles of the true Powers of Darkness.

Concepts of 'win*, 'intelligence', 'self- consciousness', 'initiation', and 'magic'
appeared in turn and fall aside as well.. The intelligent mind cannot be 'escaped'
so easily. If it is argued, convinced, threatened, hypnotised, drugged, or rtisesnerl
into non-rational channels, then its self-consciousness will merely reassert itself in
some other form. This, I understood in the Wewelsburg, was the 'magical epitaph'
of Nazi Germany that, in fig ht i n g against certain featur es of the minri, it had
seemed at first to s ucc eed - but then had thus unleashed other, even less desirable
features of that same mind which had previously remained in some rough degree of

The chamber in which I stood. I now realized, was nothing less than an SS
laboratory for experiments in 'conscious evolution' - a sort of 'Krai machine' without

Here in the Hall of the Dead, Heinhch Hirnmler' b Sanctum Sanctorum and
"Mittelpunkt der Welt ' , was the Earthly focus of that which has been thus
symbolized by the Order of the Trapezoid The reality of this chamber rushed in
upon me. This was no Hollywood set, no ordinary room painted and decorated to
titillate the senses. 1.235 inmf* of the Niederhagen concentration comp died
during the reconstruction of the Wewelsburg for the SS. If the Marble Hall and the
Walhalla were memorials to a certain unique quality in m a nkind , they also serve as

Operation Mind Control 155

Lyons offers a chilling quote by Aquino, one which, in light of present
developments has the uncanny ring of the prophecy of a cryptocracy insider:

"We are fortunate that the Auschwitz taboo prevents people from looking too
closely at.. Nazi Germany, or from experimenting with any of its regular
governmental doctrines. Because they work. They are the essence of true political
power. Anti-Semitism is irrelevant to them... It is ironically true that a right-wing
backlash in the United States ~ which is what the neo-Nazis are hoping for -
would wipe them out first If an American Fuehrer does appear, he won't be
wearing a uniform with a swastika armband. He will wear a business suit, and he
will be calling popular attention to the patriotic virtues in 1776." 55

One has to wonder, is Aquino himself a victim of mind control? Could he simply
be mentally ill? Or both, for as you shall no doubt begin to ask, where does one
begin and the other leave off, for the victim izers as well as the victims?

An article in the National Enquirer* was headlined: 'Devil Worshiper Holds
Sensitive Army Post and Top Brass Say 'No Problem. ' Written by Chris Fuller the
article said: " A senior U.S. military intelligence officer with a secret security
clearance admits he's also the founder and high priest of a satanic church - and
amazingly the Army says "no problem"!

The article quoted Aquino saying: " My religion has been no secret in the Array." It
said CoL Aquino served as a psychological warfare specialist in Vietnam and "is
now a reserve officer working full-time on extended duty at the Army's reserve
personnel center in St Louis." He admitted satanic terminology is used in his
church's rituals, adding: "We are quite proud of that"

"CoL Aquino's satanic church is advertised in the yellow pages in San Francisco,
where he was stationed from 1981 to 1986," the article said. "He says most
members are in the UJS. and Canada although 'we have a sprinkling of members

"The Constitution's guarantee of freedom of religion protects CoL Aquino from
action by the Army," the article quoted Lieut CoL Greg Rixon, an Array public
affairs officer in Washington, D.C. saying. "'As long as an individual's religious
practice remains within the limit of the law, there is no problem."

The 1981 intelligence file previously cited reports: "Allegedly, Aquino has sexual
identity problems and is known to frequent prostitutes in San Francisco in order

tt Lyons. Op CiL. p. 174.

M Lest the reader ttidc hn'htrnost up m the air. 1 guotsd the N£- hrib pik Also arc Amtr J Otho-pjychntry

report on ehM-vktims, S.F. Chronicle story. San Pnncisco Exunmer story West magazine rrport ARMY OF THE SJCHT

156 W.H. Bowart

5. It iS

believed that Aquino is bi-sexuaL"

In the November 1987 issue of Newsweek magazine tabbed him "the second beast
of revelation" in the wake of a criminal investigation by the San Francisco Police
Department involving allegation of child molestation. A year earlier, a civilian

connection with the alleged molestation of as many as 60 children. The
allegations against the day-care worker, Gary Hambright were:

He had taken children to private homes, including two on army property,
where they had 1

Other children talked about a 'googoo' game in which they were urinated and
defecated on by 'Mr. Gary.'

Pencils were used to doodle on the skin and genitals of the children and were
also inserted in at least one child's anus.

A gun was pointed at the head of an adult in front of the children.

There were five confirmed cases among the children of damydia, a sexually
transmitted d i se a se.

All charges against Hambright were eventually dropped. The parents of the
children said it was because strong pressure was put on the federal investigators
and the San Francisco police.

Then, Aquino's face appeared much older in a 1988 article in the San Jose
Mercury News. Bylined Linda Goldston the article read: "Sac months after the U.S.
Attorney's Office closed the Presidio child sex abuse case, the Army has launched
a new investigation of one of the original suspects in the matter - a high-ranking
officer who founded a satanic church, according to those close to the probe.

"Lt Col. Michael Aquino, founder and high priest of the Temple of Set, has been
formally notified of the criminal investigation and had his top security clearance
suspended, according to sources. Most of the sources would speak only on the
condition that they not be named.

"Neither Army officials nor Aquino would discuss the investigation which revolves
around allegations that children were sexually abused at the day care center run
by the U.S. Army at the Presidio of San Francisco."

Operation Mind Control 157

Aquino, 42 at the time, was by then stationed in SL Louis. He had been branded,
he said, in the earlier probe by allegations against him and his wife. He called the
investigation a witch hunt, and vehemently denied any wrongdoing. No charges
were filed against Aquino in the earlier investigation and charges against another
man were dropped.

Lt CoL Greg Rixon, spokesman for the Department of the Array at the Pentagon,
said, "It's still a privacy matter until charges are brought.. I don't know what will
transpire next"

Others "close to the investigation" which was being conducted by the Army's
Criminal Investigation Division in Washington - said that parents involved in the
original sex abuse case were being re-interviewed and told about the new probe.

In our case, we've been told that he's (Aquino) under investigation for
kidnapping, sodomy and knowingly and maliciously making false charges against
another officer," said Michelle Adams-Thompson whose then-3-year-old daughter
nrst accuseo Aquino 01 raoiestaoon

Adams-Thompson and her husband, the Rev. Larry Adams-Thompson, the former
assistant chaplain at the Presidio, were informed of the new probe Nov. 23 by an

Adtajns -Thompson.

According to Mary Melanson, spokeswoman for the CID in Washington, being
titled under the uniform code of military justice means "we feel there is sufficient
eviaence to oeiieve a crime nas oeen committed, tne article said.

The closest thing in civilian terms would be a grand jury indictment,' Melanson
said.

The new investigation is the latest move in the case, which began when one boy
said he was molested in November 1986 at the day care center, and grew to
include allegations that as many as 60 children were involved.

"Charges were filed and withdrawn twice by U.S. Attorney Joseph Russoniello
against Gary Hambright, a Southern Baptist minister and former civilian worker
at the day care center. Russoniello's controversial decision to formally close the
case in June came after an 18-month investigation by the FBI and the Array," the
article said.

Russoniello had said he did "everything we could to build a case," but, he said, he
thought prosecution would not be successful In addition to the 60 alleged cases
of sexual abuse, investigators looked into two arson fires at die day care center.

158 W.H. Bowart

They confirmed that five children had contracted chlamydia, a sexually
transmitted disease.

"The seriousness of the new investigation is reflected in the suspension of
Aquino's top security clearance," sources told the San Jose Mercury News. His
security clearance had not been suspended during the previous investigation of
the same case.

Aquino said in November 1987 that, "I have consistently since 1969 held either a
secret or a top secret security clearance."

Aquino first was investigated in August 1987, after the Adams-Thompsons'
daughter recognized him and his wife, Lilith, at a store at the Presidio, according
to a San Francisco police report The little girl identified Hambright from a photo
lineup and said she had been driven to the Aquinos' San Francisco home by
Hambright

When she was driven to Leavenworth Street by investigators and asked to identify
any of the houses she had been to before, the girl identified the Aquinos' home.
The child also accurately described some features of the home, including a room
with black walls. To police she identified Aquino as "Mikey" and his wife, Lilith
Sinclair (aka Pat Wise) as "Shamby."

In statements to therapists and investigators, some children said they were
abused at the day care center; others said they were abused while on field trips to
private homes away from the center.

Twenty-two families filed $66 million in personal injury claims against the Army
in connection with the case. Parents alleged that the Army's negligent operation
of the day care center led to the abuse of their children. The Array refused to
comment.

Aquino began to fight a media campaign against his persecutors. On February 17,
1988, Oprah Winfrey invited the Aquinos to answer for themselves before a
national television audience.

On the show Aquino told Winfrey:" The Army has known about my religion for
the entire span of my Army career, which began in 1968, and there was a
resonable amount of curiosity, as there has been all the way along, with what
exactly is this strange and unusual thing. And I have talked about it much the
same way that I've talked here today on your show about it And other than that
the Army has paid very little attention to it the same as it would to anybody
who's, say, a follower of Hinduism or of Buddhism or any other slightly unusual
religion today?"

Operation Mind Control 159

Continuing from the transcript of the Orah Winfrey Show prepared by Journal
Graphics, Inc.:

WINFREY: So you just go about your Army duties and if s fine?
AQUINO: Uh-huh.

Following her usual format Windrey takes questions from the audience:

2ND AUDIENCE MEMBER: -How do you apply your fom of Nazi occultism within your brand of
satanism? When you review your material, youll see Nazi occultism reflected through it

AQUINO: How do we approach the Nazis' attitude towards —

2ND AUDIENCE MEMBER: How do you apply your form of Nazi occultism into your brand of
satanism?

AQUINO: We do not advocate any of the Nazis' political principles, whatever. There was a good
deal of occult study that went on during the Third Reich in Germany, and because the records of
that exist, we have studied that much the same as we have studied magical records from a great
many cultures throughout history. But I think if you have reviewed our literature at all, you will
also find that there is a very strong prohibition against the sort of political and social values.

WINFREY: What you're telling us, Dr. Aquino, is that you are a good satanist?

AQUINO: We are indeed.

AQUINO: No, I am not pro-Hitter.

2ND AUDIENCE MEMBER: Are you against Hitler?

AQUINO: I am against Hitter.

2ND AUDIENCE MEMBER: But when you look in the material that you have, which I have some
of it here, you can see the endorsement of Nazism

MRS. AQUINO: You don't see any endorsement of Nazism We're talking about occult practices of
the Third Reich. We're not talking about their political and their social behavior, their criminal
behavior. And that's very explicit in our literature, and it's pointed out in great detail, simply
because people will misinterpret it just as you have done.

2ND AUDIENCE MEMBER: I just read it

MRS. AQUINO: Read it again.

160 W.H. Bowari

And yet later Winfrey brings on the usual panel of experts, among whom is
Johanna Michaelsen, author of The Beautiful Side of Evil after one of the
audience has said they witnessed the murder of a man when they were a member
of the church, and another has brought up the alleged satanic practice of ritually
murdering children.

MS. MICHAKLSON Wall, I think that what's important to realize is that, in a sense,
Colonel Aquino has a point in that not necessarily every single satanist goup
would do that (murder infants). Certainly we can't i
here and say. "Yes, we can prove that Mr.
However, it is rather -

WINFREY: Because wouldn't it he hard for him to be a lieutenant colonel in the U.S.

MS. MICHAKLSON: Oh, not at all
WINDREY: No?

MS. MICHAELSON: And in fact I firmly believe that many in the U.S. Army are
d©©piy ixivolwd 4uxd p©rt*Aps lurw flPBM faw^ond vvj^iflt hft publicly is willing to
admit to going to. I mean, they're not going to sit here and say, 'Yes', we murder

children...

A short time after that Detective Larry Jones , an investigator of satanism, joins
in the discussion.

DET. JONES: .. We're hearing reports from survivors from
are documentations coming in. The police are educating their
or three years we've accepted the firefighters' philosophy

the country there
own. In the last two

•s

WINFREY: Of child
you not. Dr. Aquino?

AQUINO: And what he refers to is one of the cruelest examples of persecution that
extends not just to people who are acknowledged satanists but to a great many
innocent people around this co untry who are being accused wrongfully of ritual

I of children on virtually no evidence at aH And to dispute what he has said in
i after case after case for years and years, when these have been brought
i investigation, where they've been brought into indictments and trials, again
and again they've been thrown out because the so-called evidence -

WINFREY: They've
believes the children

out

the <*KiirfT*n nobody

MRS. AQUINO: There's no evidence.

MS. MICHAELSON: Well, that's exactly right Who's going to believe in a modem
civilized society that people are capable of such horrors? Few of us are willing to
deal with it. So that when a three-year-old and a four-year-old or a six-year-old or
t an adult survivor comes up and says, 1 have seen children murdered, I have
a part of slaughtering little animals I've been told my family will be killed if I
speak up. I was placed in a coffin. I was forced to drink things that are hideous
beyond belief,' who's going to believe them? Which of you would say. *Oh, yes. this

Operation Mind Control 161

indeed expert in brainwashing techniques, as I know you ( to Aquino) yourself a
a recognized expert in that, would count on that.

And a few moments later Winfrey is talking in the audience to a man identified
only as 3rd Audience Member.

coming up with the bodies. I'm a criminal investigator; I investigate court-related
crimes. And I've been now in vo l ved in a number of cases with the last, well, one
indiviual. of course, killing his mother and stepfather as well as a Circle
convenience store clerk, worshipping before his attar, before he went out to do this,
and offering them up in human sacrifice.

WINFREY: And Dr. Aquino would say, "Well, where is his card to prove that he is a

3RD AUDIENCE MEMBER: Weil, first of aQ. Dr. Aquino, he's in prison Okay, that's
number one. The second case, which the altar was brought into the courtroom and
tried; the body was never found, the legs was found, and he was very much a

:200.I

3RD AUDIENCE MEMBER: And I understand that there's traditional satanists, and
I focus mainly on the non-traditional or self-stylist satanist I understand that But
to say that there is no bodies and that these people are not committing crimes is

WINFREY: Yes, :

3RD AUDIENCE MEMBER: Yes. I am I'm a
as well as with the oomts in Logan County.

AQUINO: I

i their vicious
lie religion.

Earlier when Winfrey asked if human or animal sacrifices were performed at his
temple, Aquino became indignant He said that such talk "perverts" the idea of
Satan. Aquino said that Satanists work "for the good of humankind," and that
Satanism is a distinctive brand of human psychology.

Aquino brought suit against the Secretary of the Army in 1991 seeking to amend
the Army report of criminal investigation about him and to recover damages
caused by "inaccuracies in the report." Within two months Circuit Judge
Niemeyer found: " that the secretary's decision not to amend was not arbitrary or
capricious. Finding no reversible error, we affirm."

162 W.H. Bowart

Judge Niemeyer's judgment went on to reveal that the investigation against
Aquino was closed because "all further leads involved adults who refused to
cooperate, and the applicable three year statute of limitations had expired in June
1989-.

"... The <*hil H- jihnjfc fe rfm tfcc ro rn^ in ert . because tlic evidence of dlibi offered bv
LTC Aquino was not persuasive."

In The Book of Coming Forth by Night, written in 1985, Aquino describes a
number of peculiar dreams and visions, expressing a consistent interest in mind
control. Paraphrasing Crowley's Book of the Law, Aquino wrote:

The Equinox has succumbed to my Solstice, and I, Set, am revealed in my
Majesty... I am the ageless Intelligence of this Universe... and from my manifest
semblance, which alone is not of Earth. Known as the Habrmw Satan, I chose to
bring forth a Magus, according to the fashion of my word. He was charged to form
a Church of Satan, that I might mamUy touch tb» mindm ofmmn (emphasis added) in
this age they had cast for me.

Aquino is bright and "well educated." He graduated with honors from Santa
Barbara High School in 1964 and was the National Commander of the Eagle
Scout Honor Society of the Boy Scouts of America in 1965-66. He received a
Department of the Army scholarship to the University of California and after
graduation served his country as a Psyops officer in Vietnam where he received
the Army Commendation Medal, Air Medal, Bronze Star, Vietnamese Cross of
Gallantry from the Vietnamese Government, an Oak Leaf Cluster to the Army
Commendation Medal, and a second Oak Leaf Cluster in 1980.

Not only is Aquino a citizen in good standing with the U.S. military (now the
reserves), he's a member in good standing in academia. He is, in feet, a doctor,
having obtained his PruD. in Political Science from the University of California,
Santa Barbara in 1980. His dissertation was entitled 77a? Neutron Bomb. His
resume says he's qualified in International Relations, Comparative Politics,
American Government and Political Theory. For several years he was a consulting
faculty member of the U.S. Army Command and General Staff College at Fort
Leavenworth Kansas. He's a member of the National Advisory Board of the
American Security Council, a member of the World Future Society and the L5
Society and the Academy of Magical Arts, Inc. ( the "Magic Castle" of Hollywood.)

Michael Aquino speaks fluent German as did his mother, the late Betty Ford. His
interest in Nazism and intelligence may have been inherited from her. She was a
child prodigy who was the youngest writer for 77k San Francisco Chronicle, and
one of the youngest graduates of Stanford University. In the 1930's she lived in
Germany and became close to a high-ranking SS officer, whom, it is said, she
sculpted in the nude. It is not known whether Ms. Ford worked for Axis or Allied

Operation Mind Control 163

Intelligence agencies. She was certainly qualified for such spy duties during
WWII. But perhaps she did no more than pass on unfulfilled interests in
intelligence and Nazism to her son.

Other than his hard-core catechisms for the Temple of Set, one of Michael
Aquino's resumes cites three books he's written as future sequels to the film Star
Wars: Secret of the Sith, Pantechnikon, and Xronos. He has been reported as
having been identified standing outside the gate at Sky Walker Ranch forcing
copies of these manuscripts upon people employed by George Lucas. Since Lucas
does not received "unsolicited manuscripts" the manuscripts were returned
unopened upon several occasions. One was subsequently published in a monster

The bizarre theatrical nature of Michael Aquino would appear unbounded. At least
so says more than one eyewitness to some of his more ingenious mind control
work.

164 W.H. Bowart

Satanic U.S. Army Psyops Col. Michael Aquino's religion is protected under the
Constitution of The United States of America. Not only does he have the right to
worship any god he chooses, a recent Supreme Court ruling found that a
soldier in the army had the right to practice satanic rituals. At least one satanic
soldier has been buried in Arlington National Cemetary for many years. (Photo
courtesy of Linda Blood author of The New Satamsts.)

11

PROJECT MONARCH?

Project Monarch, according to Mark Phillips 57 , is a U.S. Defense Department
project begun in the 1960's. Its code name was assigned to a subsection of the
CIA's Operation Artichoke which later became Project MRultra. The Oxford
English Dictionary might shed some light on why this code name was chosen:

Monarch 1. In early use, a sole and absolute ruler of a title of king,
queen, emperor, or empress, or the equivalent of one of these...

3. A very large ted and black butterfly {Danais Piesippus)... The
Monarch... is one of the commonest species throughout a great part ol
North America.

Butterfly 1. An insect belonging to any of those diurnal species of
lepidoptera, or scaly-winged flies, which have knobbed antennae,
and carry their wings erect when at rest.

2.fifl. A vain gaudily attired person (e.g. a courtier who flutters about
the court); a lightheaded, inconstant person; a giddy trifler.

b. Applied to something flimsy, like a butterfly's wings. 4. The guide
for the reins on the front of a hansom cab, named from a fancied
resemblance to a butterfly with extended wings...

So-called "Presidential Models", the most highly prized products of the Project
Monarch mind control factories have a distinct (conditioned) habit of sitting very
erect with their legs daintily perched. They serve kings and presidents and high
ranking government officials as sex slaves. They are controlled by invisible reins.
The Presidential Models have "fluttered about the White House" and European
hideaways which, in another day, would have been the "courts." While they appear
to be "lighthearted" and "inconstant" sex slaves, they are trained at the art of
pillow talk and do, in fact, have memories like human tape-recorders.

166 W.H. Bowart

Phillips says Monarch was spawned from the collected research of top SS Nazi
Scientists over the years 1927-1941. The identified leader of this research was
Heinrich Himmler who was, as we have learned from Michael Aquino, a master of
the "black arts". Fascinated by both occultism and genetic theories, Himmler' s
team of scientists took a" genealogical approach to transgenerational behavior
modification". The idea was, apparently, in Phillips terms, to apply "trauma based"
mind control to children for three or more generations so that the psychological
aberrations which were conditioned would "breed true"

"The German government Top Secret ("BLACK ARTS") research was originally
considered to be a significant "bonus" by-product of the US Department of
Defense's Project 63 also known as Project National Interest Project 63 was
dedicated to the secret importation of a group of German Nazi and Italian fascists
scientist whose areas of expertise were primarily physics, psychiatry, microbiology
and pharmacology. Although Project Monarch has not been declassified... it
nevertheless has become a household word among a multitude of Intelligence
Community operatives."

Mark Phillips is a respected if controversial figure among researchers. Some think
he's telling the truth about his background. Others think that he is a former
cryptocrat who had a change of heart and is running great risk telling what he
knows. Still others believe that he's still working for the oyptocracy as a
disinformation agent Three of his clients I've talked to sing his praises. All say
that he helped them in ways in which the other psychologists or psychiatrists who
treated them could not Amid the swamp of name-calling and suspicion which
makes up the "conspiracy underground" one researcher said he thinks that
Phillips' most articulate client is a CIA agent and Phillips is under her control.
None, however, have come forth to refute the information he gives, or dispute his
credentials, so we can do no harm in repeating the information he offers,
especially since ifs been confirmed by others.

Phillips came by the Project Monarch information, piecemeal, when, as a young
man, he was hired by a government sub-contractor (which he does not want to
name as a precaution against lawsuits.) His job was in the sales and engineering
department of one branch of this firm which had developed through its
independent research an array of electronic devices which could be of great use in
the cryptocracy's burgeoning mind control research. Through his exposure to
some customers (military bases and State mental institutions) that were so
sensitive, the government required him to obtain a Top Secret" clearance from
the US Department of Defense.

"I was required to take battery after battery of psychological tests-, and when they
were through they knew I would keep my mouth shut before I saw or heard
anything," Phillips says.

Operation Mind Control 167

"Then, I saw sensory deprivation tanks, electric grid rooms, harmonics
generators, chairs wired for shock and sound, special "helmets" now known as
"virtual reality" helmets which allow the wearer to see in three dimensions.

aspirin. I personally met scientists who were traveling the world, gathering seeds,
leaves, roots and herbs from such places as the jungles of Zimbabwe. They were
even consulting witch doctors looking for drugs that could affect the human
brain and make predictable zombies.

Phillips said he talked to agents who studied with African witchdoctors like Credo
Vusa'mazulu Mutwa. The stories of tokoloshe's they told Phillips matched this
excerpt from Mutwa's story MY PEOPLE, Writings of a Zulu Witch- Doctor*

i is not a ghostly or supernatural phenomenon He is a physical human
being, and he operates along perfectly scientific lines. Mulundi had used a very
small pigmy whose weight he had drastically reduced with a severe diet. He had

his brain. A sharp awl can do the trick. He was posted up the marula tree and
along a branch that reached across to the roof of Kamhela's hut With a long thong
he lightly <

through the grass root He escaped the i

This weird practice has today b e e n pe rf ected into a fine art Cases are known to
me where wizards have arranged the fake death of a particular person whom they

the same night and revived. He is then turned into e zombie and many days or
weeks later heavily decorated with parts of other people's bodies, also exhumed

The victim simply dies of fright It is as simple as that. Any chance eye-witness
will relate a beautiful tokoloshe story to the police, and the police will dismiss it i

In

started br eeding toko lashes from childhood. As recently es 1922 there was a
tokoloshe farm kept by a gang of wizards in the Drakensberg in Basutoland.

With the arrival of the white man and Christianity, the killing of children who

humanity grew plentiful But an idiot is something no one misses should it
mysteriously disappear - the parents least of all - and many of these idiots,

and when they were adult, they meted with them and kept them in dark caves for
their children to be bom. Often in Basutoland - the land of ritual murder - the
babies were brought into the world the cesarean way with no concern over the life
of the mother. Perts of her body were used for medicines that were administered to
her own baby to make it grow up in an atmosphere of deep evil.

The baby was reared by other idiot women who fed it e mixture of the milk of dogs.

i cows, and the blood of raves and vultures At the age of six months it

Mutwa. Credo Vusa'mazulu, MY PEOPLE, Writings of A Zulu WUch-Dodor, Anthony Blonde.
London. 1969, Penguin, 1971.

168 W.H.Bowart

was subjected to specialized treatment for its particular task of the future, it was
made to develop a crooked or hunch back by strapping it to a curved piece of wood.
The legs too were strapped into attitudes that encouraged their growth into
grotesque shapes. At the age of twelve the tongue was damaged to destroy
speech. The child was taught to hate the world and idolize its wizard master.

It was then put through a course of queer tricks ranging from tree climbing with its
crooked limbs to burrowing underground. It was taught ways to commit murder
and to remove all its tracks afterwards. When it had reached the age of about
twelve, the wizard had in his hands a lean featherweight puppet-like creature, an
: that obeyed every command /emnhazu added/ - a creature worth

Genuine tokoloshes are today found only in Basutoland and I
: in the mountains can still be found for 1

With the difficulties in breeding, rearing and keeping this kind of tokoloshe these
days, the wizards have resorted to using babo o ns and monkeys. Their young are

There is currently a growing market for tokoloshes in South Africa. A trained
monkey or baboon tokoloshe fetches as much as twenty-eight pounds.

The tokoloshe is no

Cryptocrats on both sides of the "Iron Curtain" created modem tokoloshe's.
Phillips read the "pinks" (classified documents) which summarized the KGB's
progress in selective and mass mind control techniques. To his surprise he found
that the U.S. cryptocracy had cooperated with the Soviets and others in then-
mind control development.

There was even a Top Secret Soviet weapons system which incorporated yet
another "exotic" version of mind control - electromagnetic directed energy - the
Scalar Weapons System."

One variety of mind control he found to be "hideously simple. It did not require
any sophisticated electronics such as Ether Wave (Harmonics)," Phillips said.

This simple mind control technique involves only isolation (incarceration)
deprivation of stiraulace, docks, and sleep; controlled intake of food and water,
electroshock at precise intervals, high voltage for pain, lower voltage for the
induction of implanted suggestions, hypnotic suggestions (often drug induced) all
in combination.

"This," Phillips said, "was considered a 'secret weapon'.

Operation Mind Control 169

1 was told that we tested this 'secret weapon' on captured spies. We found out
everything they knew and made them forget how we found out Then we
reprograrnmed them to return to their mother country and spy for us, then
return when triggered to be reprograrnmed.

"It seemed humane enough for the espionage business, but then I heard of
'suicide agents' programmed to perform a task they could not possibly complete
without being captured by the enemy. I knew then that our spies no longer
needed to carry a cyanide capsule with them on their missions. The use of this
'secret weapon' made it possible that, if a spy was caught, there would be a
'natural' failure of one or more of their organs. Their subconscious mind had
been reprograrnmed right over the top of their genetically encoded mind to
facilitate this self-induced suicide. Better blue lips than loose lips! If they were
caught, this program would 'kick in' and they would 'die of natural causes,'"
Phillips said.

Prom the circle of cryptocrats with whom Phillips associated, he heard many
bizarre tales. One was that Idi Ami had learned from a book by an obscure Nazi
scientist how to somehow facilitate his sudden rise to power by cannibalism -
particularly eating the small walnut shaped pituitary gland and spinal cord of
human beings. He heard of "electronic possession" which is created by
transmitting voices into the minds of "expendable" individual test subjects via
compressed wicrowaves.

"I heard of hideous crimes being committed by members of 'brainwashed' cults,"
Phillips said. "Serial killings were on the increase 200 fold. Some of the killers
blamed Satan for their exploits and crimes, others could not legitimately
remember anything. I heard that the leader of one religious cult had been
'educated' at the cost of over 2 million US dollars by a Pakistani secret service
agent, who himself was educated by the same US Intelligence unit that President
Carter denied existed, the one which trained a Cuban spy, Manuel Noriega, who
later became a double agent, formerly of Panama, now a Florida 'resident'- of one

1 noticed how Rev. Jim Jones' former lawyer, Tim Stone, was apparently running
'containment' for the CIA in Marin County, California. And 1 personally knew of
this US Army Major promoted to Lt CoL, attached to the Psychological Warfare
Division and the Defense Intelligence Agency, who had ingeniously organized a
"church", legal under the First Amendment of the Constitution. I learned that this
LL Colonel, Michael Aquino, had, like Jim Jones, been supported by politicians
and the CIA.

"What I didn't know at the time," Phillips said, "was that this operation would
encompass every evil known to mankind. Sexual perversion, slavery, tortures of

170 W.H. Bowart

the mind and body, even ritual cannibalism. Age seemed to be no barrier -
children were being used in Satanic rituals, filmed pomographically, and beautiful
young women used for Project Monarch, trained to sexually service politicians,
bankers, law enforcement officials, and to mule drugs, and carry secret messages
locked behind post-hypnotic blocks. These people are now being bought and sold
— specifically programmed to tasks too disgusting to describe."

Phillips is talking about slaves of the cryptocracy, human "butterflies" created by
Project Monarch. Many were assassinated after they were no longer useful. They
were "thrown from the Freedom Train," Phillips says.

According to Phillips, Project Monarch has four distinct levels of behavior
modification named Alpha, Beta, Delta and Theta.

Alpha is considered "'regular programming.' This is actually what would be
considered the 'base control personality'. Originally the purpose of Alpha
programming was to condition the mind through torture so that Black Ops
mercenaries and espionage agents could perform certain difficult tasks. This
program also locks in photographic memory and improves physical strength.
Visual acuity is radically improved. It develops in the individual a number of
almost super-human traits.

"Alpha programming," Phillips says, "is accomplished through deliberately
subdividing the victim's personality, which in essence causes a left-brain-right-
brain division, which men allows for a triggerable reprogrammed union of left and
right through neuron pathway stimulations. Once this is accomplished you have a
person wno can utilize com sides ot tneir Drain at once tor any simple task.

"Beta programming deals with the primitive mind's reproductive system and sex
• programming. It eliminates teamed moral convictions and stimulates the
primitive sex instincts devoid of inhibitions. This training program is for
developing the ultimate prostitute - a sex machine. This is used most by the
abusers knowledgeable of the MKULTRA Project Monarch program," Phillips said.
(Apparently there are good guys and bad guys even within the cryptocracy?)
"Children of knowledgeable persons are being preconditioned through incest and
"sold" into the conspiracy for additional Beta conditioning to eventually satisfy the
bizarre perversions of politicians, bankers, drug lords, or anyone deemed
valuable."

Phillips says mat Delta programming, "was originally designed to train special
Black Ops and espionage agents' minds for becoming terrorists devoid of fear and
basic self preservation instincts capable of incredible feats of physical endurance
and murder. Delta eventually was used to train 'a new breed', one who kills and, if
caught, self -destructs. This program is now applied to some Beta prostitutes who

Operation Mind Control 171

double as drug mules - to protect the identity of their owners. If they are caught,
they die of 'natural causes' or suicide.

Theta programming is: "Psychic programming which evolved into bio-medical

electromagnetics, the results of which are referred to as 'electronic possession'.
It's the ultimate challenge for the 21st century exorcist, providing he works a day
job as a skilled CIA supported neurosurgeon."

Theta programming, Phillips said, "involved the surgical implantation of
sodium/lithium powered high frequency receiver/transducers coupled to a
multi-range discharge capacitor that , when signaled by remote control, would
electronically stimulate designated parts of the brain to signal the victim to
respond according to his or her hypnotic program.

These "Delgado" experiments were only partially successful," Phillips said, "with a
high mortality and paralysis rate. However, the technical mind control equipment
evolution has advanced to levels well beyond the grasp of most people.
Non-implanted, non-programmed victims will hold the largest majority since, in
the 1990's breakthroughs were made which allow mind control without either
implant or trauma base".

The new Theta programming, 1 ' Phillips said, "operates by computer driven satellite
directed energy. Now, anybody can become a target of the new technology.

i ne original pnysical apparatus lor mine control were, according to rniliips,
"rather complex and cumbersome. There were elaborate sound and light-proof
sensory deprivation isolation chambers using exotic suspension fluids that could
mimic weightlessness. Direct current high voltage and very low amperage
electroshock devices, plus designer drugs, were the most important tools of the
trade as tne Drain is electrically ana cnemicaiiy powered.

Voltages ranged from .072 volts to 200,000 depending on application and to what
part of the body it was to be administered. There were 'strap on' head and foot
devices that could deliver a mild altering shock of an exact duration according to
he subject's brainwave activity and/or heartbeat Other portable handheld stun
gun type devices can delivered shocks up to 200,000 volts for the instant control
of the human conscious mind.

"A great deal of successful research and development went into the effects of
harmonics or inaudible sound waves that affect the RNA covering of the neuron
pathways to the subconscious," Phillips said. "Harmonics generators, code named
ether-wave, are capable of subconscious mind embedding detailed messages -
commands linked to audible triggers. This is known as electronic programming

172 W.H. Bowart

and is a standard programming device in all forms of Project Monarch. Hence the
reason many Monarch survivors (drug mules and prostitutes) recall being taken
onto certain US military bases and "Freedom Ranches," that are trauma centers
for 'reprogramraing.'

"Mind altering drugs, both natural and synthetic compounds," Phillips said, "were
discovered and developed which can instantly alter certain brain/thought
functions. These were developed from modem medical technology and discovered
from ancient shamanic and witchcraft formulas.

"The components list is not immense. A sound proofed burial casket makes a
great sensory deprivation chamber similar to the one being used at a Kentucky
(CIA) conditioning camp in which Delta, Alpha, and Beta victims are regularly put
for 'reconditioning' and 'programming' for drug muling assignments. The only
other components needed are devices to hang victims upside down by their
ankles, cattle prods - the cylinder type - that are inserted deep into the vagina or
rectum for a simulated 'orgasm with the deviL'

"High voltage (up to 200,000 volts DC) hand-held law enforcement type stun guns
are a must tool for the victim's owner to erase certain memories," Phillips said.
They are used on the muscle area of the victims within two hours of the
'to-be-forgotten' event, and to control the victim's 'insane' fits of rage if they are
mistakenly triggered to perform a pre-conditioned task when they are at the
moment in the 'wrong personality.'

The only other component the Beta owner must posses," Phillips said, "are a
diary or a damn good memory of their programs, keys/triggers, and a working
knowledge of hypnosis. In other words, a small briefcase will contain everything a
Beta owner needs to control his slave... completely... forever...

The formula for Beta programming is the exact same as for Alpha. The only
difference is that through a series of specific tortures and commands the Beta
victim retreats deeper into their (71 % are female, 100% are MPD's most recently
called DID) primitive mind: The results are, you have a person with a child-like
insatiable sexual appetite. This re-tapped sexual appetite is 'developed' in the
formative years through constant incest with a father figure.

"What begins as unbearable pain to a child's mind," Phillips said, "quickly
switches to a sexual desire for the very person who was abusing her - daddy
and/or uncle. This mind-altering phenomena is known now as the Stockholm
Syndrome. This reversal is the key to all programming. Pain becomes pleasure, up
is down. Hence the reason Colonel Michael Aquino adopted the satanic philosophy
of reversing everything including bad is good."

Operation Mind Control 173

Phillips said the first victims of Project Monarch were captured spies and
dissidents from friendly and unfriendly nations. "Unfortunately for the second
group," Phillips said, " there weren't enough (victims) caught to properly study
the so-called Manchurian Candidate.

The second group, it is alleged," Phillips said, " were bright aggressive young
men who had applied to Officers Candidate School (OCS). These men took
entrance exams and psychological tests that revealed whether or not they would
become 'candidates' for Project Monarch. If their entrance psychological exams
revealed they were victims of child abuse they were most often chosen.

These eager young men were allegedly told that they couldn't go to OCS for
whatever reason but they could 'volunteer' for a career in intelligence and with
their Top Secret 'training' they could develop incredible super human physical
and psychological abilities. These human guinea pigs volunteered for the
destruction of their persona with a 'just sign here.'"

Phillips says he knows the identities of some of the main villains of Project
Monarch. They existed, he says, at the top of the U.S. Government They appear to
have focused, he said, "not on recreational sex, but on drugs - billions of dollars
annually in heroin and cocaine muled into the US via cruise ships and private and

■ ii * - I - „ 1 m _ fc nil.

COITLITi CT C13J aJiploXlcS CTC CLC. ClC

The sale of these drugs is allegedly supporting the CIA's illegal covert action
habits," Phillips says. The CIA doesn't have a "Black Budget' like the Pentagon
boys. They earn theirs the 'old fashioned way', by importing and selling drugs
through elaborate networks of distributors to users that the CIA has decided to
cultivate. They also consume a lot of their own product'

There are drug lords, politicians ( federal, state and local) corrupt law
enforcement personnel (federal, state and local) big name entertainers who
themselves usually own a Beta vicum or two wmcn tney trade among uiemserves
like livestock.

"When one of the Betas reach 30 years of age or so, they are often used in snuff
pom movies, or what is termed 'thrown from the Freedom Train.'" Phillips has
passed out a lengthy list of the abusers, many of whom are high on the
Washington, DC social register. He hopes the media will eventually wake up and
target them with a legitimate investigation.

"Psychological mind control techniques, formulas and equipment, unlike nuclear
weapon systems, can be reproduced without exotic and expensive component
systems," Phillips said. "In the privacy of one's own home, virtually anyone of

174 W.H.Bowart

average intelligence , a little information and no conscience can create their own
mind control slaves.

"Mind control is out of control. It's just as lethal as nuclear war byproducts,
however through genetic engineering psychology, the 'evil' seed is passed on
generation to generation," Phillips said. Trauma based mind control promises a
world of 'white slavery' for the Chosen Ones of the 21st Century. It could turn out
to be the largest 'cottage industry' in the world. Immense in terms of profits,
death and destruction of the innocent, unless the trend is stopped and those
responsible in government and the private sector are punished and the

— - I * -fc * ... i- , 1 t'l't i' t * » I w

survrvors/vicums given renaouitatxve psycniatnc care.

As has been pointed out, according to Phillips, the majority of Project Monarch
victims are female (71%) who have Multiple Personality Disorder aka Dissociative
Identity Disorder (100%). They have been or are used in commercially and
privately produced pornography (100% interviewed) which is often the
"underground" kind containing bestiality, child/adult, child/child, adult/infant,
sado-masochistic, satanic/occult films, videos and magazines.

"Older victims were frequently tattooed for easy identification with a so-called blue
monarch butterfly, a rose, or both." This practice became more or less abandoned
in the early 1970's and was replaced by the victim wearing butterfly hair barrettes,
large butterfly earrings, pins, necklaces, bracelets or embroidered insignias to
'advertise' their art of expertise to insiders. This rule applies to 100% of the
victims I've interviewed," Phillips said.

"All Monarch survivors were victims of brutal sexual child abuse, who have been
found to be mum-generational incest victims whose upbringing seems to cluster
around Jesuit Catholic, Mormon or Charismatic Christian believers, or U.S.
Intelligence families. Many victims have been adopted. Survivors, once in the
standard therapies are usually triggered to possess homicidal and/or suicidal

sophisticated trHixnid bttt cd psychological pro£r<iriiiuin£*

"Victims almost always possess multiple electric prod (stun gun) scars and/or the
resultant moles in the muscled areas of the back, arms, neck and thighs," Phillips
said. "Some victims are also vaginally mutilated through 'body piercing' (rings
placed in nipples, vaginal tips or clitoris) or through elaborate carving of the
vaginal area. Also they often possess branding scars from irons or hot knives over
various parts of their bodies."

■ The blue Monarch butterfly, which Phillips says was often tattooed on the 'models' bodies in the
early days of the project a extinct The last one was seen in the eariy put of this century, on the slopes of
the San Francisco Bay area not tar. he says, from where Michad Aquino made r« home.

Operation Mind Control 175

Monarch witnesses tell of pornographic sessions, tortures and "programming"
taking place at the following bases: Papillion, Nebraska; Ft Campbell, Ky.; MacGill
AFB, Tampa, Fla;, Kirkland AFB, Albuquerque, N.M.; Homestead AF; Langley
Research Center, Langley, Va;, Panama City, Panama; and Redstone, McClellan,
Patrick, Grissom and Maxwell Air Force Bases.

Seeing the use of brainwave frequency names to describe types of programming
brings us to a couple operating under the name Social Movements Recovery
Center (SMRC) out of Boulder, Colorado. Survivors have told me that SMRC may
be a "damage control" operation whose purposes are part of the oyptocracy's
effort to smudge the memories of the many recovering "Monarch" victims. The
two instructors who present SMRC "training to law enforcement personnel on
deviant social movements and ritual crime" according to information circulated at
their seminars, are Jim McCarthy, MA and Cynthia Byrtus. McCarthy holds
degrees, their hand-out says, in Philosophy of Religion, Systematic Theology and
Comparative Religion, and has "performed doctoral work in Social Psychology
through the University of Colorado."

According to the bio circulated, McCarthy has been a research assistant and
associate for a research team funded by the National Institute of Mental Health
and The Center for the Study of New Religious Movements at the Graduate
Theological Union at Berkeley. He was the co-founder and executive director of
the "Bethesda Psychealth Institute", a center for research and treatment of
"deviant ritual behavior and abuse," in Denver. According to the bio he is also a
member of the Institute of Police Technology and Management of the University
of North Florida, where he instructs courses for "law enforcement personnel on
deviant social movements and ritual crime." He is also an adjunct staff member of
the Adanta Group, Behavioral Health Services in Somerset, Kentucky and has
served as a consultant for "over two hundred agencies here in the U.S. and
abroad" He has defined an alleged "syndrome" which he calls "Marionette Abuse
Syndrome". He describes his work as "deprogramming".

McCarthy's partner in SMRC is Cynthia Byrtus, a self-described "survivor of
multigenerational intrafarailial ritual abuse (incest, sexual, physical and emotional
abuses)." According to the company bio she was diagnosed as having Multiple
Personality Disorder in 1980 and has been involved in intensive psychotherapy
since that time. In 1989 Cynthia developed an instructional program according to
the hand-out "for law-enforcement on MPD and ritualistic abuse. She teaches this
program to the expanded class of the Deviant Social Movements course at the
Institute of Police Technology and Management in Jacksonville, Florida, and
various other police agencies across the country."

At present, the hand-out says, both are "engaged in discussions with professionals
who are training and consulting on the treatment model, 'Eye Movement

176 W.H. Bowart

Desensitization and Reprocessing Procedure' EMDR (which sounds like the
source might be NLP) in order to better understand and work with clinicians
using this procedure and to possibly recommend applicable integrative aspects of
this procedure into our specific areas of expertise."

At first I tried to interview McCarthy who told me that he'd never heard of any
government or military programming from any of his clients. That statement
contradicted the information published in the SMRC hand-out A follow-up
interview with Byrtus under one of my pseudonyms found a seemingly overly
defensive woman who wanted to know my credentials. She said that she knew
nothing of Candy Jones, yet Candy's book is cited (the title is wrong) in their list
of resources. When I spoke of the mysterious mindcontroDer reported by the
"survivors", Dr. Green, Byrtus was adamant about his authenticity. She told me
that the Dr. Green, or Greenbaum myth was true, as the "survivors" are saying.
Byrtus indicated that she had proof that there was a Nazi mind control doctor by
that name. She also said that there was a "Project Monarch" and their literature
gives a comparative chart which lists Alpha, Beta, Delta, Omega, Theta and
Gamma/Epsflon with a different explanation than that supplied by Mark Phillips.

A survivor who has "been around the track of existing treatments", so to speak,
attended SMRC seminars, heard their tapes, and received the treatment of Byrtus.
The survivor told us that, while Cynthia Byrtus' material includes many of the
symbols and systems of programming which she knows are true, Byrtus "puts her
ego into the therapy. It doesn't work. It actually suppresses memories. It doesn't
unlock them, like Phillips' therapy does." This survivor suspects that SMRC is a
government affiliated "damage control" project aimed at keeping the survivors of
"Monarch" from remembering too much.

Maybe it's just one survivor's opinion, but this survivor took the trouble to
prepare her own paper several years ago on the so-called Marionette
Programming:

Dr. Green is allegedly a Nazi war crirninnl who was hired by the CIA
and was thus given access to children throughout the U.S. because
he traveled to military bases and appeared to have worldwide
resources. He is also known by other aliases including Hezr Doktor.
Faraday, and David. Dr. Green is also associated with Heinzich
Mutter, head of the Gestapo and Heinnch Mueller, a Nazi doctor who
did experiments on wniraoiw that were grotesque (survivors believe
there is a Nazi Dr. Green — they saw similar experiments).

We have other information on the possible identity of Dr. Green but will withhold
it from this edition pending further research.

Operation Mind Control 177

goals of the doctor appear to be to train a force to prepare for the
return of the antichrist... and overthrow the world in 1999. The
callback was to be for 1991 for cults to gain all possible manpower for
the final takeover. It also gives a year for re programming and
retraining for the antichrist's appearance-
There are significant internal names in these marionette systems and

Program Director, Master Programmer, Grandmother (with 3 faces),
Grand Wizard, Grand Master and others.

At least two parallel program systems which are first implanted in
the very young children by teaching them to sing nursery rhymes and
through fairy tales. These are built on year after year with hypnotic
suggestions so that when the client begins to remember one part of
the memo ry, it triggers many :

The following books and tales have been known to be used: Snow
White, Alice in Wonderland. Rose White and Rose Red, Lost Horizons,
Wizard of Oz, tall book of Make -Believe, Sleeping Beauty, and also the
game Candy Land. They are often programmed while very young, then
let go with a heavy call-back program to return approximately 18-21

Something like this is described in O's book.

There are usually computers within the system Sometimes there is
one in every level, or one in each section of the matrix (depending on
the form the matrix takes). The program often used the Greek
alphabet.

Split-brain programming is done with a specific kind of torture and/ or

to both sides simultaneously without amnesia. There are usually
bridges between the sides, and sometimes they are actually alters.

There are common internal images in these survivors. It includes
trees; i.e. tree of knowledge, green tree, kabala tree. Doll house
(which may hold the computer), vortexes or black holes which can
pull alters between levels (a little like booby-traps), hourglass (may
be a matrix), ribbons, cords, wires, mirrors, jewels, mazes, alters of
the ttm p with glasses, Dr., or Dr. Green, seeds, dots, waves, riptides
wind/ocean, daisies, birds, porcelain faces, pits, elevator shafts,
worms, glass balls, ships, shells (for silence), and cylinders.

The number of layers has to do with levels of power... The layers may
include names like external world, our world, Atlantis, Troy,
Heliopolis, Phoenix, the ship, Shangri-La, the computer, i

178 W.H. Bowart

names are often dependent upon the type of rituals that were used
(i.e. Satanic, Pagan, Etc.)

Alters can go back and forth between systems and can have no
hearts and no faces. There may be clones (robots)- that is artificial
alters that are made of plastic or metal that look like human alters,
but have switches or keys on their backs or necks. Some of the
programming is done with cricket noises (or a noisemaker that is a
clicker).

At the end of this report there is a disclaimer

observations as shared by survivors. There are probably variables
and differences within each marionette survivor, and the accuracy of
reporting what's inside is a subjective experience often changed by
time and/or severe torture. It is also possible that some of this

anyone else attempting to help them out of these many hypnotic and
torturous suggestions and images.

Another survivor described the coded programming of the "Rainbow" variety:

I am an intergene rational ritual abuse survivor who is struggling to
get to the bottom of cult-related behavior and programming, past and
present. At a recent conference on child abuse, with some emphasis
on ritual abuse, I heard Cory Hammond and Roberta Sachs speak of
Greek letter programming, a rather complex combination of using
Greek letters to stimulate certain pre- induced cult-related behavior,
in combination with an ima ginary computer keyboard in the
survivor's brain. The implication was that programming in the ritual
abuse survivor had become so complex as to be virtually
impenetrable by the therapist trained to deal with "feelings and
behaviors." What I left with was a feeling of helplessness and
hopelessness, that there was no way for a conventionally trained
therapist to deal with this maze of codes, and. therefore, one might as
well give up.

I was intrigued by the information, nonetheless, and determined to
find a way to manage this information in my own life. In discussing
the codes with other survivors, we began corning up with concurrent
information about access codes of a simpler nature. I presented the
information I had gleaned from these discussions to my therapist,
who has been my guide and helper in my painful journey. He has
been ever willing to learn from his clients and seemed undaunted by
the prospect laid before him, and was willing to listen, learn and
assist. In follow-up. I was able to. with his help, abreact situations

Operation Mind Control 179

where codes were induced, where codes were used, and where
codes were reintroduced due to destroying barriers between certain
feeling states in the process of therapy. I have verified this
information with other survivors, who have been able to see the use
of codes in eliciting behavior on their part, and uncovering memories
of code induction and code-related cult activity.

The following is a list of codes used in the life of this survivor (and apparently the
lives of other survivors) to obtain certain programmed behaviors:

1) CODE GREEN: Used to induce self-destructive or suicidal behavior.
Code green usually refers to code induced suicide or self-mutilation
Sometimes survivors associate this code with a Dr. Green. Generally,
this program is induced and in place for the event when the survivor
begins therapy or therapy has proceeded to such a state that much
memory is being recovered. It related directly to the "no talk* code of
secrecy. A survivor would rather "die than talk. 1 Sometimes it is
necessary to dismantle this code first so that a survivor feels free to
remember, and the possibility of self-destructive behavior is
eliminated or reduced.

2) CODE BLUE: Induces freeze mechanism where a victim is
essentially unable to move until another code is induced. Code blue
acts like a verbal 'stun gun.'

3) CODE RED: Used to induce anger and rage and elicits cult-related
murderous activity.

4) CODE YELLOW: Induces jealousy in combination with rage, and an
attitude of "get even"

5) CODE BLACK: Induces participation in rituals; i.e., "put on your
black."

6) CODE WHITE: protective code indicating unthouchability. I am not
certain as to its use other than to keep law enforcement at bay when
white cars are parked in the vicinity of cult-related activity. I have
suspected this to be in use when I see persons heading for a ritual
dressed in a "big white shirt.'

7) CODE 911 EMERGENCY: Used to induce superhuman strength or
behavior of a self-protective or emergency nature. When used it
induces trancing and then deliberate course of action minus any
feelings. Sometimes used as protection for cult members who, as they
are survivors themselves, have a tendency to freeze or panic or
otherwise are unable to act in self-protective manner in an
emergency situation, or when they need to "cover" for the group. This
code carries with it a resistance to calling the real 911 number when
a person is threatened or harassed.

180 W.H.Bowart

8) CALL YOUR OPERATOR, CODE 911: Used on an answering
machine when a survivor is screening calls or is otherwise unable to
answer a telephone call. The answering machine automatically
answers a phone call, at which time the following recording is

call again. If you need assistance, please dial your operator. Code
911." This message is sometimes repeated several times,
accompanied by the beep-beep-beep sound of a phone left off the
hook, and then by a dial tone. The survivor is pre-programmed to call

HOW CODES ARE INTRODUCED:

These codes are pre-programmed using the usual induction methods
of torture, drug-induced trances and accompanied by electroshock.
The coding itself requires little time to induce in a person already
dissociated, and may not even be seen as "lost time" in on ordinary
day's activities. The codes call upon feeling states currently in place,
although walled off, and usually are associated with one or two such
reeling states per code. They are also sometimes paired with a cult
alter with a name and a prescribed role attached to the name. In
other words, sometimes it is only necessary for a particular name to
be mentioned for the feelings to surface and the code related
behavior to be acted upon. Therapists frustrated with the task of
'getting at feelings' can use these codes as an indirect approach to
helping a survivor see how he/she is accessed (oftentimes currently),
and then approach from a feeling level.

EFFECTS OF CODE USAGE ON ADULT AND CHILD SURVIVORS:

I have seen a stepped-up approach to using these codes because of
the occult 'b 1999 (some therapists report the date a multiple of 666 X
3 = 1998, which, following occult numerology, would make the exact
day June 6, 1998 - WHB) timetable, and their frustration with so
many survivors remembering and attempting to heal themselves. The
coding is so often accompanied by current day harassment, reducing
the survivor to a child-like state of fear and panic, makin g them open
to further assaults by the group. It is a hideous way of reintroducing
trauma into the life of a person struggling to regain control of his/her
life.

In my own life, I have been able, with the help of my therapist and
my child, to uncover not only the original coded information, but to
access memories where the codes have been used not only to access
me, but to induce in my child the fear and helplessness necessary to

Operation Mind Control 181

control my child so as to give access to me. My child, who is not yet
18, was used to such a degree that we had to move into separate
residences, therefore, eliminating from my child's life the presence of
a caring, nurturing individual ready and willing to share with my
child the pain and suffering of that childhood. This divide-and-
conquer mechanism seems to be a last-ditch effort on the part of
occult groups to ensure animosity between survivors who would
otherwise be of great value in the nurturing, support, and validation
essential to the healing process.

RESPONSIBILITY. A TEAM EFFORT:

Understanding of the codes means knowledge that the behavior
induced by the codes is subconscious versus conscious. This does
not mean that the person induced to perform certain behaviors is not
accountable for that behavior. What it does mean. I believe, is that it
is incumbent upon each individual to uncover their own particular
codes and to make an effort to dismantle them as quickly as possible.
To do so does not mean just to know of their existence. It also
requires a conscious effort to really "see 1 the feelings behind the
coded material, to nurture the Inner children' and sometimes the
inner adults, and to replace the coded behavior with conscious
behavior aimed at reducing the code's effectiveness. To inculcate this
conscious behavior requires repetition of replacement behavior as the
coded behavior does not miraculously disappear once the codes are
made conscious. Until feelings are uncovered and dealt with, the
codes retain some of their power.

(Note: The above would not be recommended by many therapists. Getting in
touch with traumatic feelings can reinforce the trauma. Perhaps something along
the lines of the "Six Step Reframe" as explained in John Grinder and Richard
Sandler's book Re framing would be more effective - or a "triple dissociation
pattern," using the dissociated state to further dissociate from the trauma and,
shifting submodalities, to desensitize the survivor from it Also it is important to
communicate a full understanding that survivors are not their behavior, that they
can have choice in all future behaviors, once they're free of their programming.)

I would hope that therapists reading this would not dismiss this
material out of hand simply because it is not the work of a trained
therapist. I would hope that therapists would be open to the

work with survivors in uncovering previously unconscious coded
programs and behavior. Working with the codes does require a

182 W.H. Bowart

certain amount of caution, as sometimes just saying a particular
color will induce code related feelings. Therapists should also be
aware that these codes can also be introduced simply by wearing a
garment in the code-related color. This is not to introduce an

— * m Bmmma — _# _ X 1. ■ ■ ■■ j ■ mml ■ U..A — — 1 - mmm m M ■ _ S* — m mm mM mm n ■■ n ■ ■ ■■ *ka

element ox nystena, out an element oz caution ana concern ior tne
survivor and his/her particular triggers. This material can be
managed, and ft is a truly exciting process; to become aware of
other-directed control. It enables a survivor to regain a large
•mount of conscious control over situations and behaviors that
would otherwise put them at risk for current day access.

"We adult survivors," this survivor concludes, "need to be aware that much effort
was used in our childhood's to program participation in cult activities. As we
reach adulthood and uncover buried trauma, the cult has an even greater stake in
"helping" us forget We are lifelong members in their eyes, and every effort will be
made to keep us "in control" and "under control/ We have a choice as to whether
or not we allow this to continue. Remembering our own programs can help put
us on our own road to recovery and safety."

NOTE TO SURVIVORS: We would like to collect the codes, cues and triggers you
have remembered so that we can map the evolution of this programming over the
years in different situations and locations.

NOTE TO THE LAY READER: Until you've seen a survivor of Project Monarch
triggered, you may have no idea what all this means. Perhaps our video Operation
Mind Control will give you some reality on the subject

Operation Mind Control 183

Above are some examples of the visuals in Monarch Programming. These could
trigger a variety of survivors both Project Monarch and others.

184 W.H. Bowart

Survivor ' s drawings of four different types of diagrams used in programming. The one at lower left
is the Cabbala Tree, sometimes called the Green Tree, the use of which one of the doctor's describes
m Chapter 40.

12

THANKS FOR THE MEMORIES

I met Lois first in Palm Springs, when I was the editor of Palm Springs Life. She
was sitting, looking pretty, at one of the many events that bear Bob Hope's name,
the Bob Hope Classic golf tournament or the Hope Center which houses the Palm
Desert opera. Her real name was not Lois and I was not introduced to her, but
when I saw her again, several years later, she had come along with a Project
Monarch survivor just to watch the interview I was doing with their
deprogrammer. I knew I'd seen her before, but at first, couldn't remember where
or when.

When I saw her that first time, I knew nothing about her. She was just another of
the many "hostess" types that you find working the parties in the Coachella Valley.
I did not know she was a (so-called) Monarch survivor. I didn't even know there
was such a thing as Project Monarch which took DID'd children and made
"patriotic" sex slaves out of them. Now I was looking at her again, in an entirely
different context than the one in which I'd met her. A friend who is a psychiatric
registered nurse had come along to support me in the interview and she spent a
good deal of the time talking with Lois while I interviewed the deprogrammer. It
wasn't long before we learned that Lois was a case very similar to O's. When I
learned that I asked her if she'd grant me an interview. She gave me a novel she
had written which was a fictional account of her story.

Her deprogrammer said the novel was still "full of her programming" and that
Lois was not yet reintegrated/fused and therefore still had fiction mixed up with
fact in her mind. He suggested that we both wait for an interview until fusion was
complete - after her functional personalities were working together, and after she
had better recall of specific events which were now occluded by amnesia from
what amounts to classical, trauma-based, conditioning.

After several months I was contacted by Lois. She gave me an entirely new book,
"the truer story" she had remembered and written down over the past several
months of fusion/therapy. It was a readable account which I've excerpted and
edited for presentation here.

186 W.H. Bowart

Today Lois is 43 years old and recovering from her dissociative disorder. She
began to remember small, inconsequential things at first when she was
thirty-five. By 1988, six years before she finished her book, she thought she was
simply a survivor of ritual abuse. Then, as she began to heal and remember more
of her past, she realized that ritual abuse was "merely a mind control trauma base"
her paedophile father, among others, had used to condition her for future
participation in what she says is "the still active Central Intelligence Agency's
white slavery operation, Project Monarch."

".-From my earliest recollections, my father began the rigorous training and
torture required to splinter my base personality with the intention of creating
many separate and individual personalities for training and use by others as I
grew older-."

She was physically, psychologically and sexually abused continually, by her father,
his friends, and at Baptist Sunday school at which the Minister and Church
Secretary oversaw a planned program of torture and ritual abuse.

"In addition to Christianity," Lois said the church secretary "also practiced
witchcraft in her darkened home, isolated and protected from outside intrusion by
drape-covered windows. As a toddler, my father would get me up early on
Saturday or Sunday mornings and take me and a carrot down the street to 'feed
the horsies.' We always did feed the horses but the actual purpose of these outings
was to get me out of the house to go see Mrs. M. for what they called 'my
training'—"

Lois was raised in the affluent area of the San Femanco Valley in Southern
California. She was abused her entire childhood in many locations in and out of
California, including U.S. military bases, where she was subjected to 'high level'
use, abuse and programming. The results of many years of trauma intentionally
inflicted on her by her father and others, created within her many separate
personalities that were amnestic of each other.

"Over time, I became a totally programmed robotic slave that could not, due to
electronic programming and abuse, think to tell anyone what happened to me. I
was used frequently in child pornography and child prostitution."

By the age of 16, Lois had many separate personalities, several specially trained to
be the perfect sex slave. One was a "presidential model" with a photographic
memory used to deliver cryptic messages, most often during sexual encounters
with top government officials, entertainers, and other world leaders.

From 1988 to 1991, she was in daily therapy in California. She began
remembering a complex past that now has been validated, in part, through
intelligence community and FBI contacts (active and retired), as well as through
investigative journalists and knowledgeable mental health professionals. In her

Operation Mind Control 187

quest for understanding and self-knowledge, Lois also attended graduate school to
obtain her Master's Degree in Psychology. In April of 1991, she was forced to leave
her home and family in California, due to a threat on her life.

1 fled to Hawaii and began writing a book about my experiences. I began having
vivid, detailed memories of being used as a sex slave and/or human computer to
some of our nations highest level government officials in and out of the White
House - Lyndon Johnson, Richard Nixon, Ronald Reagan, Gerald Ford, Henry
Kissinger, George Bush and many others... including "top entertainment
professionals..." Prominent among them was her "owner", Bob Hope.

"My abusers made sure that I was instilled with very complex programming that
would insure my death should I begin to remember or tell."

But, despite the programs for her to have an accident, or self-mutilate or kill
herself should she begin to remember, today she is healthy, in control of her own
mind and has no intentions of hurting herself in any manner.

"I am taking extreme precautions," she says. "That's why I'm publicizing this
message. I expect it to encumber these criminals who would stop me from
recovering further memories and obtaining expert help."

"In conjunction with the traumas at church and school, my father reinforced ray
programming by the use of fairy tales. His favorites were from Disney themes and
The Wizard of Oz. Sometimes in the middle of the night, my father would
traumatize me in order to get me to dissociate, which created the perfect trance
state for mind programming. In this state, he would tell me that 'over the
rainbow' was a 'bridge to the other world' and that I would walk over the 'rainbow
bridge' into the 'other world' and it would remain separate from my everyday
world. He told me what happened over the rainbow would feel unreal, like a
dream."

Lois was conditioned to forget her most recent covert encounters when she heard
the word "home." The trigger phrase began with a phrase from the Wizard of Ozr.
"there's no place like home" and was associated with being back in bed, sleeping,
after a night of being used in child pornography, or as a child prostitute and later
after being prostituted to mobsters, celebrities, politicians or anyone else her
owner directed her to accomodate.

"These words functioned as a way to reorient me back into my everyday world,
without carrying the reality of what had happened back with me. I was instructed
to 'sleep and wake up at home in bed with the Land of Oz so very far away. That
place that felt like a fairy tale - that I must have made up-, was only a dream -
was now very far away.' 1 was now on the other side of the rainbow and I was
conditioned to forget that those experiences ever happened. If I remembered them
at alL I remembered them as merely a dream.

188 WMBowart

"Later, in ray teen years, all it took was for my mother or father to say, 'You can
sleep all the way home,' and I was conditioned, like Pavlov's dog, to respond to
the word home, with total and complete amnesia of what had happened to me
that evening."

Lois now remembers that she was taken to military bases around the country for
more sophisticated programming. She was hooked up to high tech electronics
that performed a variety of functions, interfacing mind and body responses.

"I was put in isolation chambers and left in isolation, sometimes spun, with
colored lights, always with only one color at a time. I was placed in sophisticated
chairs with electrodes attached to my head and shocked. Sophisticated audio
equipment was used. I don't know what exactly they were accomplishing, but I
felt tortured by it "Lois said.

By the age of five Lois was conditioned through torture and by the use of
hypnotic techniques to hurt herself in many ways should she ever begin to
remember her secret activities.

"Per programmed suggestion," she said, "if I began to remember anything, I
would stub my toe or bum myself on the stove, thus removing my focus from the
remembered secret experience and diverting my attention to my wound.

"I was instructed in successful ways to cut my wrist in order to take my own life,
should I begin to remember or tell. There were also accident programs instilled to
insure ray death if I remembered. Many programs were installed early in my life
that were available for use in suppressing the activities of my hidden personalities
for years.„"

uver years or torture Lois rememDerea n earing ner programmer say: 11 you
remember, you will kill yourself. If you tell, people will think you're crazy and lock
you up in a mental institution. If you don't obey us, we will kill your family and
your dog and cat If you tell, we will kill you."

Lois had witnessed killings for years therefore she believed they were not kidding.

"I was used in child pornography and child prostitution from the time I was two
years old, maybe even before. My father, who was a welder, sold me as a
prostitute to neighbors and business contacts-. My father had a group of
paedophile friends, with daughters ray own age. They traded us sexually and each
independently participated in filming us pornographicalry, sometimes including
bestiality. I had many personalities trained in both porn and prostitution.

"At age seven I was further trained by older women prostitutes. I was taught
'tricks of the trade,' most of which I already knew from years of sexual abuse and
training. The prostitution and pornography was a organized activity.

Operation Mind Control 189

"There were times when I was a child that I was used to entice and kidnap other
children off the street into a black car. The kidnapped children were initially kept
in cages in back rooms and then used in pornography and usually killed,
sometimes in snuff films. We were all shocked with cattle prods or stun guns for
different offenses. I was locked in a room and sold as a prostitute to lots of men.
The people in charge always left ropes, whips, and sex toys for use by the people
who were paying for sex with me. Pornography was filmed with other children,
women, men, and animals. They filmed me in many different secluded locations
around Turlock Lake, California, the Colorado River and places my family and

Lois tells of being filmed by friends of her fathers. One man filmed her and his
own daughter having sex. Another forced his daughter of the same age to have sex
with Lois and animals while they filmed it

To all outward appearances, all of these families appeared like normal upstanding
citizens of the community. No one would have ever suspected that in secret all of
this abuse was occurring. The mothers kept clean children and clean houses,
smiled and acted polite and caring in public, and the fathers acted charming and
were considered responsible businessmen in the community. What went on
behind closed doors - that no one wanted to believe or hear about not even my
elementary school principal - was the physical, psychological and emotional
devastation of many, many children

"By age ten-and-a-half, I had gone through puberty and was fully developed. This
was much sooner than any of the other girls in my class at schooL Despite the
abuse, I was a pretty good student with many "school" personalities who helped
me act like a 'normal kid...*"

Lois displayed behavior problems in school, often acting out what was secretly
going on at home, but her teachers merely passed off her joking and constant
disruption as typical miscmevous Denavior.

"I had personalities who were totally amnestic of any of ray abuse and able to
function perfectly normal in the school setting. I did the things that normal kids
do; I was a cheerleader, performed in the chorus, sang solos in junior high, and
won awards for the most beautiful smile and for being the class clown. I was Girl's
League President and a member of the Student Council and I received a number
of awards of merit And my mother had the cleanest house in the neighborhood.

"I started menstruating. This heralded abuse in rituals involving getting raped and
impregnated, sometimes twice a year. When the fetuses were two to three months
old, they were aborted at rituals and ingested to fulfill the beliefs of the group that
it made those participating more powerful. These were devastating, deeply
traumatizing and painful experiences that were repressed along with the other

190 W.H. Bowart

traumas. They served as mind control reinforcement, to insure amnesia of my use
in pornography and prostitution..."

Lois was taken to her grandfather's house in another state. Her grandfather, a
local politician, like her father, was a paedophile and a member of the same
organization which practiced ritual abuse. Lois was impregnated several months
before they arrived at her grandfather's house, where the first of several forced
abortions were performed, Lois said, in a "torturous fashion by a local doctor."

"Although I was raped and made pregnant at a ritual, I was humiliated and
shamed for becoming pregnant - everything was a double bind. I was blamed and
shamed for everything that happened, none of which I ever had any control over.
My baby, which was not yet old enough to be bom alive, was nevertheless, a
perfectly formed fetus. My grandfather and my father had a ceremony behind my
grandparent's house in which they convinced me that I had killed my own baby
(which was obviously bom dead), and they ate it and forced me to participate.

"During the rest of the time we were there, I was forced to entertain my
grandfather's business and political friends. I danced naked on the table at
meetings and performed sexual favors for many of his associates. To demonstrate
my programmed abilities, my father prompted the men to use a cigarette to bum
rae in my vagina as I kneeled down in front of them. My father wanted to
demonstrate that I would smile and show no signs of the bums due to (reinforced
dissociation) mind control... "

Lois attended junior high school and in the 8th grade (age 14) she met a young
man, Clarke, about whom her mother said," He's the boy you will marry."

About that time, President Kennedy was killed. Lois' programmers used the
gruesome murder to reinforce her belief in their power over her. They told her,
"We are so powerful we can kill the President without anyone knowing, so don't
think anyone will ever find out about you."

"Over the next several years Clarke and I were 'bonded' to each other through

mind control to serve as my 'handler.' A ritual at a Presbyterian church I attended
regulary, served to seal our bond, and soon other, more sophisticated means of
programming were utilized.

"Large vans with men in suits picked us up at a location in Ventura, California.
They had specialized equipment in briefcases and other large equipment in the
van. They routinely beat Clarke in front of rae to show rae what a weakling he
really was and how powerful and in control of me they were. They would slap rae
around in front of him to show him how powerless he was to help rae, and how
much in control they were.

Operation Mind Control 191

"Electroshock was used on both of us, first by inserting and activating an electric
prod in ray vagina and then delivering the same to Clarke on his penis. We each
had to watch roboucally as the other was tortured.

The bond that was formed by shared trauma was powerful. It created feelings of
being in this whole mess together and enforced the feelings that we would never
be able to get out After they had sufficiently worn us down, they would strap us
into sophisticated chairs and hook us up to the electrodes. Tones were combined
with the electroshock in order to create access cues that gave them quick and easy
access to us both later on. Hypnotic suggestions and love songs were presented to
us, in order to facilitate our 'falling madly in love...'

"All these conditioning experiences served to prepare Clarke to deliver and hand
me over to other men, then step aside while 1 serviced them sexually. It was
always his job to make sure I was delivered to the right place, at the right time, to
the right person. And for many years, that is exactly what he did.

"Bob Hope was one of the first 'high powered' men Clarke delivered me to. For
my 16th birthday present (1967), Clarke surprised me with a trip, by train, to the
San Diego Zoo for the day. We boarded the train, and after a while Clarke delivered
me to a private car where Bob Hope, U.S. Senator Alan Cranston, and a couple of
other men were waiting. Clarke left me with them and robotically went back to his
seat I had sex with each of them as the others watched They were all * old men',
even in those days..."

Lois' paedophile father went to UCLANeuropsychiatric Institute in Westwood,
when she was 16 years-of-age, for what everyone said was 'brain surgery." When
he returned home he kneeled on the floor next to his daughter's bed and wept
Lois describes her father saying, "Honey, big things are happening. I've lost
control over you." Lois says she didn't know how to react, since her father never
cried before. "I couldn't think to question him," Lois said, "or to wonder just what
it was he was trying to tell me. So I let it go along with hundreds of other
thoughts and questions that any normal, un programmed daughter would have
thought to ask."

If Lois' recollections are correct, her father sold her to the famous British bom
comedian, Bob Hope, who promptly began setting his new prize up with the likes
of Ronald Reagan. The story she tells about Hope makes you wonder about his
connections with British Intelligence in addition to the CIA.

Lois says she met Reagan for the first time at "the small theater that is part of the
Motion Picture Country Hospital (MPCH) located in Calabasas, California. The
hospital is owned and operated by the Screen Actors Guild.

"I was instructed to watch many movies that were for 'programming purposes' to
instill certain preferred attitudes within me. To name a few: My Fair Lady, The

192 W.H. Bowart

UnsinJcable Molly Brown and the Wizard of Oz. I was programmed to go to the
MPCH to watch some of the movies taht played in the small theater on the
hospital grounds. At other times, seeing a movie was just a cover for privately
meeting with Ronald Reagan.

".J was told beforehand that I would have 'an important guest' and that I was to
'make a good impression on him, to give him the full treatment'

"When Reagan and I were alone in the theater... the 'full treatment' consisted of
me singing and dancing on the small stage for him and ending with a striptease.
After my seductive act, I walked out to where he was sitting alone and climbed,
naked, into his lap to recite my program. Following my programmed instructions,
I told him that I could satisfy every desire he could imagine, that I came complete

"He seemed embarrassed (a reaction that would follow him over the years in
relation to me) and a bit overwhelmed, but his response to me was, 'I'm sold... tell
Bob I'm sold'

"Having carefully recorded his exact response within my photographic memory as
instructed, I slipped out of his lap, collected my clothes from the stage floor and
got dressed.

"I had several personalities that were specially created to please Reagan sexually.
One was created for total devotion to him over the years.

1 was used extensively on and around 1968 by then Governor Reagan and soon
after with United States President, Richard Milhouse Nixon. These top politicians
were guaranteed by the Central Intelligence agency that my training in Project
Monarch — insured the highest level of security. The level of mind control I
possessed guaranteed that I could be used with these leaders who were involved at
the highest levels of 'national security', without my own awareness.

"I overheard conversations where the President of the United States and other top
politicians were offered the services of 'escorts', the CIA's latest technology - top
secret Project Monarch trained sex slaves. They were encouraged to use them to
satisfy their sexual and emotional needs, instead of exposing themselves to
outside individuals, because these 'escorts' were guaranteed safe, had passed
many tests to insure their security, and were able to provide guaranteed secrecy.

"The presidents and others were highly discouraged from seeking other avenues
of sexual indiscretions for fear of public exposure. This fear of political

by the CIA), fear of adverse publicity, and other security risks created a heavy
demand for the use of this latest human technology."

Operation Mind Control 193

According to Lois and other survivors, Project Monarch "Beta-trained" sex slaves
were called "million dollar babies" referring to the large amont of money each
slave would bring in from a very early age.

Lois said, "My father had done his homework, insuring that 1 had been MPD'd
certifiably under complete mind control before I was ready for use by certain
individuals in top political and entertainment positions. I was sixteen years old...

"But what many of the CIA may or may not have been aware of was that a
powerful group of men, whom I will call The Council secretly ran the
government The Council was also able to access me and had programmed me to
subversively influence top government officials in ways that benefited them. The
CIA's latest technology was being used against our own government.

"Our family doctor, had me taking a continuous supply of the antibiotic
Tetracycline... to insure I did not infect the government leaders with any social
diseases. He also prescribed mood elevators and mild tranquilizers for me during
times when I was extremely depressed. These helped to keep me 'happy.' During
the times I was being used by others, they accessed personalities that were
cheerful and energetic, so my moods were never a problem.

"I was programmed," Lois said, "to stay thin, tan and silly - a typical dumb
blonde..."

"Clarke and I had been going steady since we were fourteen, and, except for a brief
one-year break-up in high school, I did not date any other boys. I was unaware
that secretly laced into my life was a whole array of discreetly hidden sexual
rendezvous with men in influential positions...

"I was filmed pomographically in many locations, including Woodland Hills,
Malibu, Hidden Hills, Bel Aire, and other places in the San Fernando Valley. At this
stage of my life, the level of pornographic filming was more professional. There
were themes, costumes, music, professional make-up, and lighting. Personalities
inside of me were taught how to work with the lighting to catch the best poses,
and how to move my body so the film crew could get the best shots. Upon
completion of the filming, I would go home to my mother and father in Woodland
Hills and later might even go out on a date with Clarke, believing that I was an
innocent loyal and loving girlfriend. Due to the mind control I was under, I had
no way of knowing that I was leading anything other than a normal life, as a
normal teenager, in a normal family in Woodland Hills.

"The extensive contact I had with Bob Hope as a teenager and in my early
twenties showed me that Bob was much more than an entertainer. Entertainment
was actually just a clever hobby of his. I witnessed his participation as a
strategically placed, influential and integrated part of an underworld group that
secretly sought to control the world. He maintained direct ties to the White

194 W.H.Bowart

House. Through ray affiliation with Bob Hope, I was to meet and interact with
many powerful businessmen, politicians and celebrities...

"I was often flown into a small airport in Palm Springs to be with Bob and his
cronies. I was picked up by a silver limo and taken to his house. The men in suits
would meet me and take me to Bob wherever he was - at home, on the golf
course, or in town. They would provide me with clothes, shoes, and jewelry in
wnicn to dress.

"One day, I accompanied Bob to the golf course in the (Palm?) Springs. He was
dressed casually, in light blue slacks, pastel yellow shirt, white belt and white
canvas shoes. There were several other men golfing with him. I was there just to
be with Bob. I was 17, thin, tan, blonde and dressed in a tiny white dress, like a
tennis outfit with spaghetti straps. 1 had on white sandals that came up from my
toe and met at a strap around my ankle. I wore a gold heart anklet (slave bracelet)
on my left ankle. I was not invited to play the golf game, but was instructed to
watch and SMILE.

"Bob enjoyed having people around. He would have parties attended by lots of
famous people. Usually they were held at his home in Palm Springs. Sometimes I
was given as a gift to one or more of his friends for the night, but was
programmed to return to his room to sleep. Dolores Hope was usually not
around.

"But when she was, it was strange to see Dolores at the parties, knowing that I
was having sex with Bob and had accompanied him to different places with his
friends and business associates. Dolores never appeared to know exactly WHAT he
did!

"Although my programming kept these activities hidden from my conscious
mind, I would wake up late in the mornings in my own bed in Woodland Hills,
with red eyes, feeling totally exhausted after what I thought was a full night's
sleep. I was not able to understand that the exhaustion was actually caused by
food, water, and sleep deprivation, coupled with electroshock tortures," Lois said.

"Dolores was already well-along in years when Bob was fooling around with me.
She seemed not to like it when I was around and unfortunately, Bob did not offer
much of an excuse for my presence, like Reagan did. He could not say I was his
secretary or aide, but he did tell her he was needing to spend lots of time with me
to 'groom me' for some of the USO Shows for the troops.

"I can remember hearing Dolores' voice, nagging at him one morning after a
party while I was still there. He lied and told her I was there with some other man
at the party. Not that 1 did not have sex frequently with many of this friends and
business associates, but this time I had not..

Operation Mind Control 195

"Bob referred to me in the earlier days (my teenage years) as his 'little bunny.'
Through his USO involement, he was friends with Hugh Hefner and he came to
the parties sometimes. Mr. Hefner always brought at least two women with him -
usually blondes. He never victimized me and I believe he and perhaps others that
met me may not have known I was a mind-controlled slave.

"Starlite was a name Bob gave me. Starlite was one of ray alter personalities. She
was to become his 'starlet". He told Starlite, and other people when I was 'on his
arm', that he was giving me a 'leg up' in the industry. At other times, he
introduced me to people as his 'favorite niece.' My instructions were that Starlite
always wore her hair parted on the side with it combed down over one eye to look
sexy. She was to be very sexy. When Bob took me to parties he would tell
everyone he was showing me the ropes, and that I had endless talent and great
potential in the industry...

"Bob took me to several of Hugh Hefner's penthouse parties in Los Angeles. There
were windows all around and at night you could see all the twinkling lights of the
city. Bob told me that when I was 'on his arm' for the evening that he was mine,
but at other times he was someone else's. Sometimes Bob prostituted me to
Sammy Davis Jr., Dean Martin, and others, while Frank Sinatra served as a
handler.

"Hefner had bazaar, exotic entertainment at his parties. Naked women who were
painted like zebras, appeared to walk through the livingroom fireplace without
being burned. Or he would have wild (tamed) animals, like a lion that was
'whipped into shape' by a Playboy Bunny. One time he even had a man dressed
like Tarzan whipping a girl dressed like Jane. Everyone said the girl was not really
being hurt, that it was just an illusion. I don't know if that was true. It was like
that a lot - a magic sex show..".

Bob Hope took Lois to Hefner's because he wanted her to be "Bunny trained." He
asked her to pay close attention to the way the Playboy Bunnies moved so that
she could move that way when she "entertained the troops," or Bob and his
friends privately.

Lois had been programmed much as David, 0, Candy Jones and the others - to
carry secret messages locked behind posthypnotic blocks. She said "the Council"
often programmed her to deliver a message to some entertainer, celebrity, or
politician at a party they knew she was going to attend. 1 don't think Bob even
knew some of the messages 1 was delivering," she said. "1 would be told to hold
the message until I had zeroed 'in' on the targeted person. Then, when I had
made eye contact and had their full attention, I was to carefully 'drop the
message,' while maintaining eye contact

196 WM. Bowart

"I was usually very quiet, and when I would deliver these messages, Bob was not
aware I was going to speak. He would be caught off guard and would make a joke
about loving to be with me because he never knew what would come out of my
mouth from one minute to the next

"He told people that I had natural wit, but I was really programmed by others to
deliver cryptic messages, cleverly made for certain select individuals," Lois said.

"It was during these early years that I began being heavily accessed and
programmed by The Council, for use with many influential men and women in
positions of power. In addition to my use with Bob Hope, and Ronald Reagan,
who was then Governor of California, I began being used with President Richard
Nixon as a sex slave, and Henry Kissinger utilized my "computerized mind files."
(I never had sex with Henry Kissinge or George Bush). My use within government
circles was seen as security proof. They felt my programming kept the
information I carried from my own awareness and from access by others who did
not know the keys to my system. But what those in government did not seem to
know was that The Council also had the ability to access me and that they were
secretly slipping in their own psychologically tested and carefully researched
messages for me to deliver to presidents, governors, senators, foreign leaders,
entertainers, and many other people who were in positions of power or public
influence.

"The Council studied people's psychological profiles and knew exactly what then-
likes and dislikes were, their sexual preferences, what perfumes they liked, and
any other information that could be used to influence individuals in ways of
which they were never even aware. The Council would pre-program me with
instructions (all based on careful research of the targeted person) of what to wear,
how to act, what type of sexual stance to take... specific words or phrases to say,
and the best time to deliver them. The Council always worked up a complete
strategy and never sent me to a person unprepared."

In these ways, Lois says, they influenced government leaders, to act in their own
favor to pass or veto laws or bills that benefited their corporate holdings, to bring
into office people who would be used as pawns, to influence judges and
government agencies, and to control people in all walks of life.

"My experience was that The Council's membership was publicly nameless and
unknown and their true power and ability to manipulate the masses came from
the fact that they were publicly unknown. From my perspective, these individuals
acting in the shadows, actually dictate the direction our government takes. They
were connected to people like Bob Hope through a secret liaison with me, of
which I was programmed not to even be aware. They felt they had their identities
and security locked up tight

Operation Mind Control 197

"Parties were given in New York at the Rockefeller mansion around Christmas
each year. My reliability had been tested for several years and at nineteen I seemed
to "graduate" to a higher level of use. What could be higher than the President of
the United States? In my experience The Council and certain international
individuals like the Rockefeller's were a higher level, standing head and shoulders
above the government and mere politicians.

Lois would be flown to New York by commercial airline and met at the airport-
She would be taken to get her hair and nails done, then brought back and dressed
to be used to 'entertain' top people from all over the world. At the parties, Lois
was dressed formally in expensive evening gowns, and often provided a diamond
broach or huge diamond necklace to wear. The evening would usually end in a
sexual encounter with the targeted individuals.

"Nelson Rockefeller was connected to Bob Hope and many presidents - Nixon,
Ford, Reagan, and Bush... otherwise known as The Republican Party... Yet is
wasn't only the Republican Party ~ Democrats were not exempt from
involvement There were both Democrats or Republicans involved with The
Council-

At these "bi-partisan" parties Lois observed a small group of men who usually met
in the back room after the party to discuss world strategies and business. It was
not unusual to see some of the guests spend the night from among the select few
who were invited to the party.

"I watched the men who literally ran the world. Men who decided when it was
profitable and/or strategically important and politically correct to start a war. They
even had it planned who would begin the fighting and where. It always added up
to big money, power, and controL.

"People in America think they elect their presidents but from what I witnessed,
they do not The process of putting someone into office is a controlled and
corrupt one. The media is also so controlled that the American people do not get
the full and accurate story. The presidents are selected long before they are voted
into office. It is no accident that Ronald Reagan or Pete Wilson won by a large
majority. It was all rigged through financial, business and political connections
from this group, right down to business and political factions and then on down
into the public," Lois said

"They own the press. They own key television stations and famous anchormen.
They have key members who own the newspaper companies. They buy magazine
companies and own many corporations that allow them to have the leading edge
on media exposure, thus allowing them to control the information people see on
the news, read in the newspaper, or hear on the radio. They are funded by some of
the richest men and corporations in the world who aid them in getting what they

198 W.H. Bowari

want, when they want it, by whatever means it takes to do so. They operate above
the law, above the Federal Government.

"I witnessed and recorded in my photographic memory many of these encounters
as I was bounced around the globe in the company of varied but influential
"people in the know." Lois' book chronicles all the details.

"In my late teens and early 20's, I was taken aboard U.S. Navy carriers when Bob
was doing a show on his USO tours. I had several personalities who were
specifically trained to sing and dance and several who were expertly trained to
dance and strip. Usually Bob and I would be flown into a base and then
helicoptered the rest of the way to the ship.

"On tour with Bob there were always large bands, with lots of music and lights set
up on the stage. Red, white and blue banners decorated the stage where we
performed The shows were very festive, high energy performances. Sailors would
be standing, packed together to watch the show.

"If the media was there. Bob totally controlled what they captured on camera,
what segments could be filmed, and when they had to leave.

"What the 'boys' didn't know was that Bob knew how to engage their emotions
with certain specific words and phrases and songs. He knew how to 'lighten them
up,' get them really 'emotional' and worked up and then he would slip them
suggestions, keyed to conditioning, that 'helped them with certain unwanted
attitudes.'

"I overheard The Council making jokes about the 'herds' (the troops) and how
stupid and easily led they were...

"After shows, I was usually taken to the Commanding Officer's quarters to further
'entertain' him in the privacy of his room. My perception was these officers had
big egos and felt inflated about all their medals and ribbons. The Council often
sliDoed' messages (embedded commands) to the officers, through me, possibly
without the officers' knowledge.

"After the show, some man would put a stun gun to my body and I would totally
collapse into his arms. He would carry me over and lay me down until it was time
to leave. The sensation inside was white hot, then very cold. This was my reaction
to the electroshock.

The man delivering the electricity also delivered prograrnming to me. Before and
after he zapped me he said: Tou are fat and ugly and no man could ever be
attracted to you.' I never would have believed I was attractive enough to perform
on stage, had I begun to remember it I was often in poor condition when I was
helicoptered away...

Operation Mind Control 199

1 felt like I was on every naval base in the United States at some time or another
to accompany Bob on some of his USO tours or for my own programming. The
programming at the bases was torturous. As a child in the late 50's, I was taken to
a base where I was put in total isolation. Bright lights were put in ray eyes and
bands were put around my wrists, ankles, and forehead and I was given
electroshock coupled with food and sleep deprivation and whatever other tortures
programmers decided to use including being hung upside down for extended
periods of time. As I got older, programmers on military bases repeatedly drugged
me and inflicted varied physical, sexual, emotional and/or psychological tortures
that assaulted all of my senses. I was put into a large cylindrical chamber, where I
was tied by the wrists and ankles ot the sides and left in isolation. There were red,
yellow or green lights flashing inside the chamber, but never two colors at once.
Other times I lwas left alone in total darkness and stark silence for what felt like an
eternity. Drugs, food and sleep deprivation always accompanied the programming
and afterwards I felt extremely tired, achy, and nauseated but mistakenly assumed
I just contracted the flu.

"With people Bob really wanted to own or use he would take pictures of a rape
with hidden cameras. He knew just how to get these people. He would show the
man a picture of the rape of a child and say, 'We sure don't want these pictures,
or any others like these, to get into the wrong hands and ruin your career, do we?'
Then he would simply tell the man what he wanted. It usually had to do with
getting another 'friend' of his into a 'key' position in the government, looking the
other way when a case came down, or getting a bill passed or vetoed. He knew
just how to control these men and they usually complied..."

From 1988-1991 Lois was in therapy seven-days-a-week, during which time, she
says, she "uncovered pages of programming from inside." Then, one day, she
received a dollar bill in her wallet and on top of it was written:" April 12 - 2042."
Lois knew these were programming numbers and since she had two serious
accidents on April 12, 1985 and 1987 she was convinced April was to be her next
programmed "accident date". At her next session with her deprogrammer, the
doctor told Lois she didn't think she was safe and had better leave Los Angeles.

"A friend came and offered me a place to stay in Hawaii, and I flew to her home
on April 13, 1991. She introduced me to a man who helped me deprogram myself.
I taught him what I knew and he read some books on MPD and ritual abuse and
applied it to the knowledge he already had. I ceased all contact with my husband,
Clarke, staying on the island for five weeks, but, then I came home when ray
attorney told me I would lose custody of ray children if I didn't

"Later," she said, " I discovered that I had been at a 'containment center' for
mind-controlled slaves." And Lois would eventually learn that her original lawyer
worked as a 'containment asset'.

200 W.H.Bowart

"I lost custody of my children anyway, and my financial support was very limited,
due to being a 'high level" model My children visited me summers and Christmas
on Hawaii. But, even after I thought I was free," Lois said, H I was still being
prostituted..."

While now, for the first time in her life, Lois says, she is free "thanks to some
unusual therapy with a deprogammer who had the expertise to really help me."

Sadly, Lois believes her children carry on the multigenerational custom, so
commonly found with Project Monarch. She believes they are programmed,
carrying out their robotic intelligence functions under the control of their father,
and the watchful eyes of his 'Council' -appointed handlers.

CALIFORNIA DRIVER LICENSE

'ASSS 1 OPERAjiNG A MOTOR VEHICLE AND WHEN APPLYING FOR RENEWAL
EXPIRES ON

• 06 .001

; i r

•r . »- oak - ox

A

BIRTHDAY IN

19/8

— » -i:
C-' Ac *

&.JIS6 Hl1 '

•04 J15 74

J AILt «40uSl C»» AND 4k. L .il l .!«', «... - -.
CtA * S * Mfftftl MOTOWCtClI «•»» 'O* Jl« JhO«« *' • «• ■'-

r— | mos t *• »»

SCC OWI» *0* AHV OW CO*Oi»IO*S 1 i CO*«l A •% • ">

L ••DO NO

T LAMINATE ••

Through innocent eyes Lois smiles at the camera. One of the many pieces of
identification provided by this real life survivor of the so-called Project Monarch. I
have eradicated the vital statistics on this driver license so that Lois cannot be
identified. Obviously her real name is not Lois. Should anyone care to come
forward with further corroboration of her story, contact the author.

13

MONARCH CORROBORATION

A number of friends and fellow researchers couldn't bring themselves to believe
the stories of "0" nor Lois. In the beginning, neither could I. Both dropped too
many famous names. Both had witnessed too many important events in history.
Both told hideous stories of abuse. How could our high government officials fall
to such low perversions? Would they violate the human spirit just for lust? Greed?

After a little thought once one has processed the horror, one realizes that in each
case, celebrities and high government officials were controlled by their vices
which were fed by the cryptocracy using one of Project Monarch's programmed
"presidential models." In each case it was the survivor's remarkable
"programmed" gifts, which were the invisible reins of control the cryptocracy held
over Senators, Presidents, and Kings. In fact, it looks as if our executive branch of
government is now controlled by new innovations in the usual Machiavellian
options: bribery, blackmail, threat of death, and/or ultimately assassination.

Then, again come the doubts. Here we are taking the word of a "reintegrated"
person who's suffered a lifetime of Multiple Personality Disorder (MPD) which is a
relatively new idea in itself. One doesn't want to believe this.

Sure, we'd all seen the films Three Faces of Eve and Sibyl, but MPD is new to
psychoscience. (And to confuse things more it was renamed DID for Dissociative
Identity Disorder in 1994.) In 1980 there were only 200 plus cases of MPD
reported to the American Psychiatric Association (APA). In 1990, however, there
were 24,000 cases. That doesn't mean they weren't there all the time, it only
means that the "mental health industry" has just caught on to how to diagnose it
Based on the testimony we've heard trauma-based programming has existed for
hundreds of years, which means there have been programmed people among us
with multiple personalities for hundreds of years.

While psychiatrists are still struggling with effective treatments, radical new
techniques are emerging such as those adapted from NeuroLinguistics
Programming and Ericksonian hypnosis. These and similar techniques can effect
quick and complete "reintegration" or "fusion" for people suffering from MPD. As
the treatments become more effective, more MPD sufferers are remembering their

202 W.H. Bowart

"core" selves and some are discovering that those "core" selves are stamped "made
by the U.S. Government."

A woman whose story is remarkably similar to O's is Victoria Vulpes (another nora
de plume.) With the help of therapists in Florida, Texas and Minnesota, Vulpes
recovered a harrowing assortment of memories, the first of which was of incest
with her father, which came out of a dream she had in 1989. Next she
remembered being abused by other relatives, dangled upside down over a cliff,
taken to Satanic rituals where a baby was killed and eaten, and subjected to
mind-control experiments by the military and CIA.

The owner of an elegant clothing shop, Vulpes sued her uncle (her father was
dead) based on the memories she recovered of incest she said occurred 34 years
ago. The uncle vigorously denied the charges, and the case was put on hold until
the Florida Supreme Court decided that the statute of limitations had expired on
this delayed-memory case, thus sidestepping a decision.

In an interview with a local paper, Vulpes would not discuss the lawsuit or her
uncle, but she spoke to a reporter for three hours about the other memories she'd
recovered. She said she wanted the government to admit its wrongdoing, and
release tne results oi tne Monarcn mina-controi rrojecr ana compensate its
victims. Vulpes said she wasn't interested in naming names or getting anyone in
trouble. "I'm looking for a negotiated peace settlement with the government" She
said she only wanted to know " the keys to my programming so that I may
complete my therapy and healing process."

According to the paper, a CIA spokesman said he wasn't familiar with the
mind-control experiment Vulpes described. "It's existence isn't likely," he said. "I
wouldn't deny her her memory of her experience, but I would be very surprised to
see the CIA involved in any way."

The article said Vulpes points to the fact that she has found three other women
who have recovered similar memories. All three women are members of a support
group run by a therapist who was a past president of a prominent society for the
Study of Multiple Personality and Dissociative Disorders. The therapist, the paper
said, "has diagnosed about 30 cases of multiple personality disorder, (and) does
not question the accuracy of the satanic-abuse and military mind-control
memories.

"1 don't think these folks are making it up," the therapist said. They're too
togetner.

Vulpes was separated from her husband and is the mother of two grown children.
She built a thriving business and developed a busy social life, the article said.
"She has too much going on to be inventing this kind of fantasy," the therapist
said. "Besides, people worldwide describe the same things. It couldn't be a
coincidence."

Operation Mind Control 203

"It's not a coincidence, "said FBI agent Kenneth Lanning, who studied allegations
of ritual child abuse by satanic cults and others. He said in a phone interview to
the paper that the Monarch Project was "just kind of a myth or legend that's being
spread by a small number of people at a variety of therapy conferences."

"Absurd urban legends about the corporate logos of Procter and Gamble and Liz
Claiborne being satanic symbols persist in spite of all efforts to refute them with
reality," Lanning told the paper. "Just because individuals who never met each
other tell the same story doesn't mean its true."

Another person who questions the accuracy of the memories was the attorney
who represented Vulpes's 70-year-old uncle.

"It's extremely unlikely for this woman to have suppressed the extraordinary
events she alleges occurred to her in her childhood and adolescence," the paper
quoted the attorney saying. This is not just Daddy sneaking into the bedroom.
This is torture. Murder."

According to the paper the attorney blames therapists for creating, or at least
perpetuating "mass hysteria" through the current fad for repressed-memory
therapy.

Vulpes said her father was a Cuban-American who went into the U.S. military and
was stationed in Panama, Germany and several U.S. bases, including MacDill in
Tampa. She was one of seven children.

In 1959, the paper said, Vulpes's father left the military and returned to Cuba for
about a year. Then he was asked by the Cuban government to leave. Vulpes
regards this as evidence that he was a CIA agent During that year in Cuba, her
alleged abuse at the hands of her uncle occurred, according to her lawsuit The
accusations included rape, sodomy and unusual sexual practices.

Memories of the abuse by her uncle, as well as others, remained beyond her
conscious mind until after her father's death in 1989, Vulpes said. At an intensive
four-day session of therapy in Minnesota, she got the idea she might have some
kind of sexual-abuse problem but she had no memory of any. Then she had a
dream in which her father was chasing her and laughing saying, "You can't get
away from me." She said that when she awoke, she knew what the dream meant
It shocked her, she said, "Because this was certainly not the image I had of my
father nor that anyone else had of my father."

Other memories came later through work Vulpes did with a number of therapists
and on her own working with pen and paper, letting her subconscious take over
and instruct her what to write.

Vulpes remembered her father taking her to a satanic ritual in Panama where
"Indians killed a small baby and ate it" Her father took her to the ceremony
purposely to traumatize her on instructions from his bosses in the CIA," Vulpes

204 W.H.Bowart

said. She said she "split" several times that night, depositing the painful memory
with several alter personalities.

"I don't know how many parts of me there are," Vulpes said

Memories of military mind control emerged during treatment at Charter Hospital
in Dallas, where she was sent by Dr. Colin Ross, well-known expert in the field of
multiple personality disorder. There she was given paper and told to draw. Her
memories of programming sessions by her 'controls" grew out of that time, the
article said. She was only one of many children who were traumatized and
programmed into total obedience, she said.

"I believe these were experiments to see how much you could control human
beings," Vulpes said.

Dr. Ross confirmed that Vulpes told him she was a military-programmed multiple
personality, the article said. "His take on it? It's a very complicated matter,
difficult to figure out how much is real and how much is not real. It warrants
serious study.'"

Vulpes told the paper "The Monarch Project experiments are still going on." But
she declined to discuss current activities because her 'controls' might harm her.
She offered a manuscript from a group called "Ritual CIA (Cult, Incest or Abuse)
Exposed" in Santa Rosa, Calif, that describes the project pretty much the way she
did.

The paper reported that FBI agent Lanning said if s important to note that people
who describe memories of Satanic abuse and military mind control often really
believe they took place and aren't knowingly lying. "It's possible that something
abused them - not a Satanic cult, not the CIA, but something - did happen to
Vulpes while she was growing up."

The trouble, though," Lanning told the paper, "is that once she starts talking
about her wilder 'memories', she loses credibility in the courtroom."

"That isn't lost on (the attorney)," the article reported. "I don't know which of her
personalities is suing," he said. "Due process requires that the real abusee stand
up... I'm looking forward to the cross-examination."

Are you laughing ? Mark Phillips isn't Phillips has been dealing with the victims
of Project Monarch for quite a while.

"Serial killings are on the increase 200 fold," Phillips said. "When caught, some of
the killers blamed Satan for their exploits and crimes, others could not
legitimately remember. I watched the FBI stand firm on their "no such thing"
philosophy..." Remind you of what the detective said on the Oprah Winfrey show?

When I managed to get Vulpes on the phone, she talked freely:

Operation Mind Control 205

"AIDS was known about in 1968, or earlier," she said. "I know three different
(Monarch survivors) people. We all got vaccinations -- inoculations against auto
immune deficiency. We got it in 1968. AIDS didn't come out until the 1970's. I
said then, I'm never going to talk about this. People would say that I'm crazy. So I
never talked about it Then when I did, in the group, three other people said, 'Oh
yeah, we were inoculated too.' (A 1953 Artichoke document references the CIA's
interest in a synthetic virus.)

"You know how many people died because of aids. I won't sign an affidavit to that
affect They'd kill me. But didn't you ever wonder why the politicians in D.C.
don't get AIDS? They had the cure for aids before they let it get out Now they're
going to release the cure because they hadn't anticipated that it was going to cost
this much money. They've developed a whole line of racially specific viruses -
they've got things so bad you can't imagine."

We talked about psychic phenomenon as it is seen in patients diagnosed as having
Dissociated Identity Disorder (MPD).

Vulpes told of her memories in the realm of the arcane: "I remember a room full
of men around a conference table. I was maybe five. They put the chair in the
middle of the conference table and had me demonstrate my psychic and intuitive
powers. They had me knock the glasses off of some man's nose without moving."

"I will deny I ever said this. I remember being in Area 51. 1 think that's where it
was. They had a room full of men around a conference table. They got a chair and
they were having me demonstrate my psychic and intuitive powers.

They had me pinpoint the person who was the least loyal. Everybody went
berserk. I had to tell them what I was doing. I had to get under the table
psychically and touch his private parts, so that he'd know he was going to be
touched. He jumped when I touched him.

"Did they did a lot of psychic stuff. Yes. It was not unusual"

I asked Vulpes if she'd taken part in any remote viewing experiments?

" 1 don't remember that I remember being told by somebody way up in the
government - very high that I was better than Jean Dixon - an elected official
who was not aware of the programming I'd had. I was told what to answer and
not to answer. I was only a German girL I was not allowed to be an American
citizen. I performed all sorts of things, read his mind, found hidden objects in the
room.

"It's one of the side affects of MPD," Vulpes said. "Then we were trained to use it
The one other female I have the most in common with has also had a lot of

"She told me she saw the results of genetic experiments -- a hybrid
hermorphadite. Somebody told her that was impossible."

206 W.H. Bowart

It has become clear that the cryptocracy developed aspects of the human mind of
which the psychiatric community would not become aware for many years.

In his book The Osiris Complex, Case-Studies in Multiple Personality Disorder™,
Dr. Ross writes: "Why should people who have been abused as children, and who
have complex dissociative disorders, also be psychic? In one sense, it doesn't
matter if the psychic experiences are real; real or not, this is an important
unanswered question in psychology. There is something about the human mind
we don't understand, an aspect of experience which has been banished from
mainstream psychology and psychiatry... Psychic and extrasensory experiences
are so characteristic of people with MPD that they statistically differentiate MPD
from other diagnostic groups such as schizophrenia, panic disorder, eating
disorders, and temporal-lobe epilepsy. I have met many people with experiences
similar to Martha's ( the pseudonym of Ross's patient who describes paranormal
phenomenon), and all of them have considered their experiences to be reaL

The ability to dissociate and the ability to have extrasensory experiences are
closely linked - 1 mean psychologically, not genetically, although they could also
be linked genetically. I think that the ability to have frequent complex dissociative
experiences can be latent in the absence of serious child abuse, and that it often
gets activated when there is childhood trauma. Being psychic is not so closely
related to having been abused as a child, but this range of human experience is
also prone to activation by trauma...

"The relationship between paranormal experience, dissociation, and child abuse is
something psychologists and psychiatrists should study. A whole dimension of
human experiences is simply left out of modem academic psychology, although it
is universally present in religion, folklore, mythology, and literature. Martha and
others like her have taught me to think clinically about the paranormal in a way
which is not skewed by the ideological biases of twentieth-century psychiatry..."

We know that the CIA funded J.B. Rhine's famous telepathy experiments at Duke
University and other explorations of the paranormal. We also can present evidence
that the CIA supports public debunking of the paranormal on a full time basis.
Adding the reports of the Monarch victims and others to the fifty-year-long body
of reports found in Ufology (activities of the Men In Black etc), you might
conclude that one of the cryptocracy's purposes is to dis em power human
potential through debunking anything that might be evidence of an evolutionary
development of human psychic ability, on the one hand, while working in secret
to develop that ability for its own dark purpose on the other.

Within the cryptocracy-controlled scientific community, Dr. Ross notes the
pattern in a less sinister way: "One of the key strategies of the mechanistic-
reductionist philosophy that dominates twentieth-century medicine is to define
the reductionist model of medicine as the medical model This is a clever, though

• Ro«»,CobiA.,MD. TheasmCompkrOi*-Shid*mMulti*Ptno^

hwss, Toronto. OnL Cinid*, 1994

Operation Mind Control 207

unconscious, strategy because it implies that all other models of medicine
are-medical: reductionism has claimed a monopoly, in effect, over medicine, and
has borrowed the prestige of science to cloak itself in an aura of power, sobriety,
and rationality.

"Galileo was put under house arrest by the Catholic church for saying that the
earth went around the sun. In the late twentieth century, the orthodox scientific
establishment ostracizes anyone who considers the existence of demons (or
extrasensory perception) to be a serious scientific problem, though it lacks the
totalitarian control to implement house arrest In both cases, what is going on is
orthodox dogma suppressing free intellectual inquiry," Ross said.( The deliberate
suppression of the belief (both in the scientific and general public) in the innate
human psychic ability by the cryptocracy could be the subject of an entire book.)

For some reason, recently the so-called Monarch survivors are recovering their
memories. Thousands of alter personalities are coming forth to tell on their
handlers. Many are beginning to walk away from their handlers, to drop out of the
mind control system. (We've heard professionals guestimate that there could be
millions of trauma-based individuals in the United States and probably an equal
number or more in Europe.)

"One day, a few years ago I just started to walk, and I didn't know I was walking."
Vulpes said. " I figured I was just leading the same life I'd always been leading, but
doing real good therapy. But meanwhile in my memories these guys are
screaming at me: "What are you doing?"

"It's a very crazy story. I ended up getting together with someone who told me he
was an ex-CIA agent When they're a CIA agent they want to be able to talk to
someone. That's why they told me he was 'ex.* We know that you can't stop
working for the CIA. There's no ex. It's like working for the Mafia, but that's what
he told me.

"He ended up coming very close to me and giving me a little bit of grief. But it
was interesting because 1 asked him, 'What did you do for the CIA''

"He said,' My job was to go after CIA agents who went bad.' It wasn't until a year
later that I realized that was probably the reason he was hanging around me. They
considered me an agent that went bad. And I'm saying, meanwhile, I don't even
know what's going on around here. Now I'm getting the memories and now I
know what they're talking about But when I started to walk I didn't know 1 was
walking.

"So, then there was a negotiating process. I think that more of us are involved
with that than we are aware. You know we all have reporters inside, don't you?
And who do you report to? You think you have people from 20 years ago to report
to? No.

208 W.H. Bowart

"And we all report on each other - unless we've been deprogrammed. And
personally I haven't met anyone who's been completely deprogrammed. I think
we still report to people. M

I asked her if she thought they were still programming people this way and Yulpes
said, "I don't think they do this anymore because it's not necessary. I hope we can
be reintegrated.

"At some point the codes, cues and triggers have got to come out I'm not going
to be the one to do it Let some of the other women do it I want to live. But
somebody's going to say it Somebody on their death bed. Somebody with a death
wish-."

Vulpes had no sexual mutilations like 0. Commenting on that she said: It
depends on how valuable your body was to them. It depends on where you were
in the hierarchy. 0 was used mainly as a body and as a parrot so this was
acceptable. She may not have had the training a lot of us had,

"I remember that there were rules having to do with the handling of me and ray
body. There could not be any mutilation. I had to be clean - immaculate. You
could not create any dent any wrinkle, any breaking of bones, any breaking of the
skin, nothing that could damage the goods.

I asked if she'd experienced any bestiality like 0 had?

That's Satanic stuff. Everybody goes into that I don't have any specific
memories of that but I wouldn't doubt it I haven't done much of my satanic
work, but I know, I remember when I was very young those being the rules, and I
told my therapist before I knew what was going on, when I just thought it was
only my rather abusing me. I said, "these are the rules." 1 remember them.

I wondered if she had any tattoos or scars or unusually shaped or place moles,
since stungun shock points can bring the melanin to the surface and cause
unusually shaped moles?

"I have a mole on my right cheek which I do not have in photographs of me as a
child. I don't know when it came," She said.

"My service was all in the line of espionage. When I read The Control of Candy
Jones, 1 almost collapsed. It was the same story as mine.

"People I've spoken to who've had training similar to mine - we can hypnotize
people. That was one of the things we were trained to do. And it's interesting, I've
always known, before I knew I was MPD, if I got into a certain mode I could get
anything I wanted from anybody, even if they had just said no to somebody
previously.

"Mark Phillips talks about people who've had the military programming - how
they carry themselves erect Well, that's the way I carry myself, and that's the way

Operation Mind Control 209

I speak I don't look that way. I'm feminine. I'm not bad looking, but I carry
myself and handle myself in very much of a military fashion. Though I'm not a
winsome personality at all But somebody else can be told ,"no" and I'll walk up,
with no charm and get what I want, and not through intimidation, though I know
how to intimidate also. That was also a part of my training.

1 must have done good with the language of the unconscious.

"We do all understand that if we talk about these things people won't believe it, so
that's why we don't talk about these things. They also spend a good deal of time
debunking ESP and things because they don't want people to believe in their own
abilities. They don't want everybody to discover that they have strong psychic
abilities which could ( through remote viewing?) make all their secrets public

"This is not an integral part of the story - the psychic phenomena part - so, if
that part of the story is told later on down the line, that's okay.

They're using us as workers, workers, workers," she said.

"Didn't you volunteer," I asked facetiously.

"I was three years old," she said. "Hello?

"I turned in my letter of resignation four years ago," she said. They have yet to
accept it"

Stating the obvious I said, " So all this happened to you without your consent"
"I never knew a thing. I never had any beliefs in my regular life.

I asked a burning question: "Are you telling your handler what you're telling me?"

"My control has my phone tapped. Everything I've told you they know," she said.
"I think they told me not to read your book. I have a mental block about reading
your book ( a photocopy of the 1978 edition.). When I got it today I just dove into
it I didn't think about it 1 got the book and I read it I have not been able to make
myself read it

"I have a mental block. Normally, when I'm excited about something I rush right
through it But I'm having trouble getting through it I haven't got past three
chapters. I can feel a walL I know there's something preventing me and it's not
me.

"Basically I assume that everything I say gets back to them. I have an agreement
with them - whichever part of me still meets with them and deals with them - 1
don't say names, I don't say dates. I'm a real team player. 1 will never sell anybody
down the river. I tell people where I'm coming from. I don't want anybody to die.
1 just got a life, I don't want to die.

They already agreed on this two years ago that they would not get prosecuted."

210 W.H. Bowart

I couldn't believe ray ears. "You're telling rae the handlers have been given a deal

- a pardon of some kind? What are they trying to do, straighten you guys out and
put you on your feet again?"

"I think they're trying to keep it from being a royal mess and ending up in the
court system across the land and destroying the country," Vulpes said. "The
settlement is not the issue. It's not what they did to us, it's what we did for mem

- for the country. They cannot afford to have it land in court They can't afford to

have it land in a mode of anger in the press. I think - I know they're ready to

They couldn't get any of us to lift our heads up. Everybody was too frightened. I
know there's negotiating going on. I know the people who were in control and the
people who could have gotten hurt have been told that they were - from what I
understand - given a presidential pardon by George Bush before he left office.
That* s what I understand, but there's no proof. But, it doesn't make sense any
other way.

"When they started this in the beginning, they never thought it'd come unraveled.
They never thought they'd get caught Never. They thought you could erase a
person's mind forever. Now, they know we come unraveled, but they could still

"I was given electroshock as recently as six months ago. They have a little travel
kit that looks like electric rollers. That's the size of the thing. You plug it in to a
regular socket

"Next time you see it, steal it so we can figure out the amps and volts," 1 said,
thinking that if one could spend time with one of those who were active, one
might be able to stick in enough programming to gather a lot of information and
begin to effectively empower these "Monarch" survivors to uncover the whole
system. But it'll probably wait for someone who was a former programmer to
begin the deprogramming. Inevitably, I believe, this is what will happen. The
robots will turn on their masters.

Vulpes continued talking about the shock equipment "Whenever I'm near one of
those things, I'm never in a good position to do anything. I'm not negotiating
when that thing is around. I'm totally a victim when that thing's around. But I
have two memories within the last year and one half, and I know it's something
everybody's not that familiar with. When it was used on rae the first time, the

"There needs to be some knowledge behind it Am 1 right?" she asked me, as if I
was expert with shock techniques. Since this interview I've learned a lot more
about the process, but we all still have a lot to learn.

fix it

apparatus.

Operation Mind Control 211

"All of us have so much missing time, we don't know what missing time is. When
I was first diagnosed they asked, "do you miss time." I said no. It wasn't until a
year later that I knew what they were talking about I never understood what a
normal person's concept of time was. I never had a normal person's memory. I
never missed any time, because I never had a continuous run.

Vulpes said some things about her background. She was part Cuban, part German
she said. Himmler's Lebensbom project came to mind. "Was your dad your real
father?" I asked.

"He was my genetic father. I have six siblings who are half brothers and sisters
with the woman who raised me. I was the only one who was an illegitimate birth
from a German woman," Vulpes said. 1 was the only one who was not an
American citizen. I got thrown out of Cuba on 24 hours notice. All of a sudden
there was an emergency in 1960 and 1 had to leave the island at age 12. My Dad
was Cuban but he was in the U.S. Air Force.

The story was that he came to New York, got caught in Communist activities and
got put on Ellis Island. And I always thought thaf s where he got recruited there.
He ended up in Germany at the end of the Second World War in the Air Force
which was his cover for being in the O.S.S. Then I was bom and got put in that
program. There is no doubt but that I was in a program.

"One of the girls in my group and I talked because she had to go to the dentist So
we talked and compared notes and discovered that we had been sent to the dentist
almost every week as kids. I think that was the time they did a lot of the training.
My kids today have perfect teeth. We have good genes for teeth.

"I don't think they put us under, I don't remember drugs. I think they
traumatized us there. But all we agreed upon was we had too many trips to the
dentist," Vulpes said.

Another survivor of the "Monarch" program told me about her vivid memories of
having her baby teeth removed so that she could transform secret information in
the little tooth cavities ~ one at a time. Some tooth fairytale.

"My friend, this girl in my group I'm talking about did not to her knowledge have
military training or military service. She was programmed by her father in the
basement But because her programming is so similar to mine, I believe that her
father was trained by the same people who trained the people who programmed
me. Mine was done under military circumstances, even though my father had
homework that was not done on the base, but these people's parents had nothing
to do apparently with the military but they were getting the same kind of
training," Vulpes sakL

"One of the reasons we have not gone full steam ahead with ray deprogramming
is that I am still too tightly knit into this. If these guys want to talk to me, I think I
want to talk to them. I don't want to make it so difficult so that I end up getting

212 W.H. Boivart

run over. If I happen to get a little off track, I want to know. 1 hope they give me
some warning," Vulpes said.

Tm totally aware that they have ways of dealing with me without my ever
knowing about it You may know a lot, but I lived it You're doing a good job, and
if you didn't remain once-removed you wouldn't be doing such a good job.

"You have things in this edition of the book that you talk about, some of the Air
Force programming of David that made me real uncomfortable when I read it It
triggered me.

"I have accepted the fact that they probably have a camera in every room I have
ever been in - inside my head, inside my car. I have something in my car that
buzzes. It's not from the car. It goes on for a minute or so. It used to come from
the back, now it comes from under the dash. They had my old car wired, I just
can't believe they've wired my new car already.

"I wake up every night in the middle of the night Do others tell you they wake up
at 2:30 in the morning? Why do they do that-?"

"Yes. I've heard that People say 2:30 - 3:00 in the morning. Maybe they're
turning on the brain washing machine? I've heard people say that certain cities
have signals that go on at night People say there's an attempt to manipulate and
program a large number of people. What content do the signals carry? I don't
know. Work harder, longer, faster?" I said.

"I was told it was going to go down quietly. Everybody knew what they were going
to do. I heard that Dan Rostenkowski was one of the mind controllers and they're
getting him. (He since was defeated at the polls.) I've noticed a lot of others whose
names have come up from survivors are being driven from office," Vulpes said. "I
think there were a lot of people who weren't into agreement with this mind
control thing. I think there are a lot of people inside the government who were,
say, handlers, that didn't know how big this thing got They didn't know how
many others were doing it Because of the compartmentalization, because of the
need to know, the individuals didn't realize they were part of this insidious, all
pervading system of mind rape...

"I was a victim of the Cold War. I was victimized in the name of the Cold War.
Now we know what a sham it was. There was no war. The Communists had
nothing. What's their excuse now?"

"Do we have a Constituuon in the United States or don't we?" I asked.

"We have a set of rules that we are supposed to follow and then we have a separate
group of people who are doing damned well what they please. I never had a Bill of
Rights. I was a U.S. resident who was not a citizen of the U.S. My father was
military personnel. I had every right to be a U.S. dozen. I was not allowed to be a
citizen. Five years ago I got to be a U.S. citizen and I got the right to vote, but I

Operation Mind Control 213
still don't have the freedom to think for myself. So how the hell can I have free

The National Security Act, obviously, takes precedent over the Bill of Rights,"
Vulpes said. "It's main purpose today is to keep secret the criminal activities that
first started taking place during the so-called Cold War.

"Now that they've cut the electorate out of the process, they've laid the foundation
for the failure of this republic.

"But we're networking now. Things are going well. I'm talking to you and
tomorrow I can go to the beach and not get killed. A few years ago, I couldn't have
said that

"I have all the names filed away, so that if anything happens to me, the names get
released. I'm taking precautions to protect my life. I was once in real danger, but
now, they've settled, and they've gotten a pardon. They were murdering, selling
children, white slaving, drug smuggling - doing whatever the hell they wanted
and hiding it all behind mind control. Everybody had their side deals going. None
of their wives knew about this. Now they've all gotten a pardon."

"We've found a lot of sergeants, a lot of menial government employees involved in
doing the trauma-abused programming," I said.

"Yes," Vulpes said, There was a guy in Miami who was nobody. He had nothing to
say. A Post Office guy, but behind the scenes he was a heavy hitter. He wasn't
happy that I began to remember what he'd done. Nothing he did would have been
tolerated by his social group. If it was exposed he would have lost his social
standing. He would have lost his intelligence capability because he was working
under deep cover, and half of the politicians in Miami would have killed him.

"Everybody was playing both sides of the street They were all double agents,
selling to both sides, any sides, people who were on no side. People just feeding
their own habits, doing deals with the declared enemy and everybody up the line
knows it and doesn't care because they're getting theirs.

They all knew what they were doing. The stupid people were the American
Public. A lot of their stuff is still going on extracurriculariy. People who were in
the Monarch Project and were supposed to be eliminated and weren't I think, are
now being accessed by the former handlers who have retired from government
service and are still doing what they were doing when they were in government
service. They're no longer smuggling drugs for the CIA's black ops fund, their
smuggling drugs for their own fund, and selling sex slaves and trauma-
programming children so that they can have little MPD's to sell as sex slaves to
paedophiles and so on... It happened across the board...

That's how this king and that king was controlled, how this Senator and that
Congressman was controlled, how Prince Charles was controlled and interfered

214 W.H. Bowart

with, and manipulated so that he'll never be King of England... It was done with
so-called Presidential Models...

"Now, they're getting their curauppins, I think. There's momentum here..."

Now, we have to remember we're talking with a person suffering from MPD or
DID here. And, while they believe what they are saying, it is all accurate and true?
Perhaps we should look at what's known about this disorder. In his landmark
book, Multiple Personality Disorder Diagnosis, Clinical Features, and Treatment
Colin Ross tell us 61 :

...multiple personality disorder is a little girl imagining that the abuse
is happening to someone else. The imagining is so intense and
subjectively compelling, and is reinforced so many times by the
ongoing trauma, that the created identities seem to take on a life of

Two basic psychological maneuvers form the foundation of multiple
personality disorder. First, the little girl who is being repeatedly
sexually abused has an out- of body experience: detached from her
body and what is going on, she may float up to the ceiling and
imagine that she is watching another little girl being abused. Since

ii _ « , _„ j I 1***1 ... ; ., i . - . * * »- - • \_ _ i » A

uufiX UXuOIXuZlHtc IIVUjB ylXl OLl Xil© DOG DQiOW IHHV rlflVfi & fl \ ri ft Tft Til

name and a different physical appearance, the abuse is not so
terrifying and overwhelming because it is happening to someone
else, and the child is buffered from the direct impact of the trauma.
Second, an amnesia barrier is erected between the original child and
the newly created identity. Now not only is the abuse not happening
to the original little girl, she doesn't even remember it: this process is
reinforced over and over as the abuse continues. Various identities
may be created to deal with different aspects of the trauma, resulting
in an eventual total of ten, twenty, or more alter personalities. Once
the mind is in the habit of creating new identities in this way, alter
personalities may be generated to cope with many non-trauma
events, tasks, or functions in life, including going to school and
dealing with peers.

Adult patients with MPD experience a number of core symptoms that
should be inquired about in psychiatric assessments. These include
voices in the head and ongoing blank spells or periods of missing
time The voices are the different personalities talking to each other
and to the tp*"", presenting part of the person who first comes for
treatment. The periods of missing time occur when different

■ Dr. Cofa E. Rou.Mvlbpie PmonoMf Daonltr Dtagnxa, Oncol Ftaturts. and Trratmrvi . Uravo-sty of

Toronto Proj, 1989

Operation Mind Control 215

personalities take turns being in control of the body,

MPD patients also experience numerous other symptoms such as
those associated with depression, anxiety, eating disorders,
substance abuse, sleep disorders, sexual dysfunctions, and
psychosomatic disorders, and symptoms that mimic those of

disorder must take this large array of trauma-related symptoms and
problems into account. The complexity of the patients' symptoms
often results in misdiagnosis and the institution of treatments that
are not effective. In fact, in two different published research studies,
MPD patients were found to spend an average of just under seven
years in the mental health system before being correctly diagnosed
(Putnam 1989; Ross 1989). During this time, they received many
different diagnoses and treatments, none of which took the trauma
into account.

Although MPD patients are, by definition, diagnosed as having more
than one personality, they in fact dont. The different 'personalities'
are fragmented components of a single personality that are
abnormally personified, dissociated from each other, and amnesic for
each other. We call these fragmented components 'personalities' by
historical convention: much of the skepticism about MPD is based on

4- V> <~i A»OT\»vrM1/< nnm ——J I j _wl 4-t-kn + *w , —L j. j 1 — i, \- - — KiMM -4-1— — _~ _ _

LLjjt* SiiOIlSOUS flS Si.j [ i ip lj Oil LOfil SuOll TjQ, uIQlTLS nfl vR mole T mhT i OilG

The programmed MPD's such as Vulpes, are a different thing than MPD's who
have dissociated from less systematic occurring traumas than those imposed
during the trauma-based programming. The education of the mental health
profession has just begun. Within the year they will have the tools they need to
begin the adventure of deprogramming the survivors of Operation Mind Control.

and treatment of multiple

personality

215a W.H. Bowart

Victoria Vulpes is a pseudonym for the child
shown at right and below. At right is her
passport photo as it appeared actual size
in the newspaper. When the photo
was blown up the butterfly and
rose appeared on young Vulpes'
blouse much to her surprise. A lot
has been written about the butterfly,
but Vulpes, at this time is afraid to
learn what programming the
rose could mean. Her therapy
continues.

Military controls my
mind, woman says

.,— When vou
start dabbling in ~;v ^ed nr=

rent fid for repressed-memory
therapy.

. said her father was a Cu-
i en can who went into the
titary and was stationed in
, Germany and several
hes including MacDill in
'She was

1*]

159, .said, her father
nilitary and returned to
about a year, when he
•d by the Cuban govern-
leave. She regards this as
; that be was a CIA agent ',
.' wnortea alleged abuse at the hands'
^"lOJ^InOiai. »de occurred during that |
.rf4^mituali. according to her law*
inuu i ue accusations include rape 1 '

The name of this survivor
the paper and the
reporter has been
obliterated.
This survivor
has not yet
been re-
integrated.

14

HIMMLER'S GUINEA KIDS

Heinrich HiraraJer's Lebensbom program may have been the grandparent of
Project Monarch. Monarch sought to create junior Manchurian Candidates with
multiple personalities, each trained to perform a specific specialty. The kids were
programmed to respond to codes, mnemonic cues, and audio-reversed triggers
and tones. They were trained in killing techniques and the rapid assembly and
de-assembly of exotic weapons. They were educated about poisons, explosives,
languages and computers, then programmed to forget it all or remember only
selected areas upon command.

Monarch produced a cadre of child spies who were directed to prey upon high
placed military, government and high society paedophiles, sometimes hauling
them into blackmail situations. As in the Nazi Lebensbom program there is
evidence of selected breeding, adoption of the children, and a peculiarly large
number of twins among them. There is mounting evidence that the directors of
Project Monarch were former Nazis, and that, like Nazism, the Monarch program
was interlaced with satanisra.

Did this pet project of Heinrich Himmler rear it's head 50 years after the demise of
the Third Reich in the cornfields of Nebraska? While the last gavel has yet to fall in
the on-going litigation, and the major vein of the criminal conspiracy has yet to
be opened in court, it appears that Himmler's dream came home to roost on the
Great Plains in the good old U.SA

John DeCarap was a Nebraska state Senator for 16 years, during which time he
was one of the most effective legislators in Nebraska history. A highly decorated
Vietnam War veteran, a practicing lawyer, he's taken time from his demanding
practice to write a book, self-publish it and sell it at lectures around the country.
The Franklin Cover-up, Child Abuse, Satanism and Murder in Nebraska, 0 is a
no-holds-barred exegesis of Omaha Nebraska's Franklin Community Federal
Credit Union which was raided by federal agents in November 1988. The raid sent
shock waves all the way to Washington, D.C. when it was learned that $40 million
was missing. The credit union's manager was Republican Party activist Lawrence

° Decamp. John. The Fran/dm Cover-up, Child Abuse, Satanism, and Murder m Nebraska, AWT.
Inc. Box 85461. Lincoln. Nebraska 68501, 1992.

217 W.H. Bowart

E. Larry King. Jr. Behind him stood George Bush and other powerful figures in
local politics and business, and in the nation's capital.

DeCarap used public records to tefl the story. In the face of opposition from local
and state law enforcement, from the FBI and powerful Omaha World-Herald
newspaper, a special Franklin committee of the Nebraska Legislature launched its
own probe. "What at first looked like just another savings and loan swindle, soon
exploded into a tale of drugs, Iran-Contra money-laundering, a nationwide child
abuse ring, and ritual murder", DeCamp said. The Franklin cover-up followed the
ugly precedent of the Warren Commission."

"On June 21, 1991, 21-year-old Alisha Jahn Owen was pronounced guilty by a jury
in Douglas County, Nebraska, on eight counts of felony perjury. On August 8,
1991, she was sentenced to serve nine to twenty-seven years in prison," begins
Decamp s book. "Owen was indicted for telling a grand jury, before which she
testified in 1990, that she was sexually abused as a juvenile, by a Nebraska district
court judge, by the Chief of Police of the City of Omaha, by the manager of the
Franklin Community Federal Credit Union, and others. Alisha Owen also
witnessed, she said, the abuse of other children by figures in Nebraska's political
and financial establishment whom she named, among them the publisher of the
state's largest newspaper, the Omaha World-Herald. She testified that she was in
a group of Nebraska children who functioned for years as illegal drug couriers,
traveling nationwide, for some of Nebraska's wealthiest, most powerful and
prominent businessmen...

"If King was involved with CIA money laundering," DeCamp wrote, " that jibes
with a report from a member of Concerned Parents: 'I heard from two different
black people in North Omaha that King used to send limousines down to Offutt
Air Base { home of the Strategic Air Command) to pick up CIA personnel for

The sometimes expansive Larry King used to talk fondly about his friends. In a
Sept. 7, 1988, interview with the Metropolitan King said, "I know some of the
people I admire aren't very popular. Ed Meese. The late Bill Casey of the CIA. And
I love former Chief Justice Burger. Those are the people I really like to talk to. Bill
Casey... I just thought so very highly of him...

"Larry King adored Bill Casey," Decamp said, "but what about one of Casey's
predecessors at Central Intelligence - George Bush? Ever since July 23, 1989,
when the lead editorial in the World-Herald said that "one child... is said to
believe that she saw George Bush at one of King's parties." King's connection
with Bush has been a frequently asked question about the Franklin case. Anxiety
on this account has run especially high in Omaha's black community, where in
December 1990, one young lady stood up at the public meeting and proclaimed, 'I

Operation Mind Control 218

think George Bush is involved in this child abuse case, and that is why all these
people have been dying.'

Inside investigators of Franklin, and the Webb case before it, know that Bush's
name came up at the very beginning and it came up more than once. The July
1989 World- Herald column, in an attempt to discredit this and other
victim-witness testimony, attributed the mention of Bush to a person 'under
psychiatric care,' meaning Loretta Smith. In reality, the report was from Nelly
Patterson Webb.

"Nelly first brought up Bush in 1986," Decamp said," when she told Julie Walters
about the sex parties she was flown to in Washington and Chicago. She saw Bush
at two of these parties, she said, one in each city...

"Bush's name surfaced again in Lowe's May 1989 review of reports by Thomas
Vlahoulis from the state attorney general's office:

Sorenson told Vlahoulis that both Kimberly and Nelly brought up the
name of George Bush and indicated that they had both met him...

On June 10, 1989, Lowe received a letter from a citizen:

There is a psychologist in Omaha who used to work for the CIA. In
response to a direct question by an Omaha psychiatrist regardsing
George Bush's private life, this psychologist reported hearing rumors
when Bush was head of the CIA, that correspond directly with one of
the inferences made by Nelly Webb, and

"...In August 1990," Decamp said, "Bush appointed Ronald Roskens of Nebraska,
to head the Agency for International Development (AID). Roskens had been fired
the previous year as chancellor of the University of Nebraska, where Larry King
was a member of his 'chancellor's advisory committee.'

"Gary Caradori's daily notes from Feb. 19. 1989 record:

I was informed that Roskins (sic) was terminated by the state
oe cause oi sexual activities reported to trie Ke gents ana vennea Dy
them. Mr. Roskins was reported to have had young men at his
residence for sexual encounters, As part of the separation from the
state, he had to move out of the state-owned house because of the
liability to the state if some of this sexual behavior was 'illegal.' Upon
Roskins vacating the house, he was provided a house by Joe Secrist
(sic) of the Lincoln Journal-Star.

"The leadership of AID is the kind of sensitive job - AID assignments have been
used as a 'cover' by CIA agents, for instance - for which appointees undergo a

219 W.H.Bowart

background check that would have to turn up what Caradori also heard.
Nevertheless, George Bush appointed Roskens...

•"What do Ronald Reagan, President George Bush, former CIA Director William E.
Colby, Democratic presidential candidate Bob Kerry, billionaire and second richest
man in America and now head of Salomon Brothers - Warren Buffer!, and Ronald
Roskens, the current ('93) administrator of the Agency for International
Development, all have in common?' I asked my close friend and adviser William
Colby," DeCamp wrote."'I give up,' former head of the Central Intelligence Agency
Colby said. 'What could that group have in common?'

"Three things,' I replied,' all of them a burden at times for those who have to
carry them. The three things are me (John Decamp), a case called Franklin and a
man named Larry King.

"'Are you serious?' Colby asked.

"'Dead serious,' I responded. 'And I hope that word 'dead' does not turn out to be
a prophetic pronouncement as it has for at least fifteen other Franklin-related
personalities.'

"My statement to Bill Colby was not made lightly," Decamp said. "Colby and his
wife, Sally Shelton Colby, a United States ambassador under President Jimmy
Carter, were at that very moment warning me to get away from the Franklin child
abuse investigation, Larry King, and anybody else linked with Franklin, as quickly
as possible for the sake of my own life and safety.

"Salhy and Bill had never talked to me like this before. They sat me down, made it
clear that this was not one of our routine discussions about life and health and
happiness, and emphasized to me the serious nature of what and whom I was
dealing with.

"'What you have to understand, John, is that sometimes there are forces and
events too big, too powerful, with so much at stake for other people or
institutions, that you cannot do anything about them, no matter how evil or
wrong they are and no matter how dedicated or sincere you are or how much
evidence you have. That is simply one of the hard facts of life you have to face.
You have done your part You have tried to expose the evil and wrongdoing. It has
hurt you terribly. But it has not killed you to this point I am telling you, get out
of this before it does. Sometimes things are just too big for us to deal with, and
we have to step aside and let history take its course. For you, John, this is one of
those times,' Bill warned, with Sally nodding her head in affirmation.'

"When a caution of this nature comes from someone of the stature and
experience of Bill or Sally Colby, you have to take it seriously, even if you do not
want to. I had already had warnings enough, that unless I backed off from the

Operation Mind Control 220

Franklin situation, I might be looking at life from a pine box six feet
underground."

John Decamp couldn't see how he could just lay the issue down and walk away
from it He couldn't see how anybody would want to live in a country where
children were being sexually abused and killed by the nation's most respected
citizens and business leaders who were also involved in drug dealing and official
corruption.

"...Every bone in ray body tells rae that evil is triumphing and everybody who is
anybody is scared beanless to do something about it, for fear of one thing or
another?" Decamp said. "If I, or someone like me, do not keep pursuing this, then
who will? And if we quit now, then when, if ever, will the truth come out and
something be done about this evil and this corruption?"

So, Decamp kept on keeping on. He is a capable attorney and a fearless man who
was largely instrumental in bringing the eyes of the world to focus on Larry King
and the Lincoln S&L cabaL He gathered the evidence that brought the criminal
conspiracy before two grand juries. Without knowing it, he stepped right into the
middle of a Project Monarch operation. Happily he's still with us. Here's what
happened. In his own words:

Two grand juries, one local and one federaL had a mandate to consider these and
other charges of child abuse connected with the Franklin Credit Union They
indicted the victim-witnesses lor perjury instead' [Emphasis is Decamp's.l

This is unprecedented, probably in the history of the United States," commented
Dr. Judianne Densen-Gerber, a lawyer, psychiatrist and nationally prominent
specialist on child abuse. ( Denson-Gerber is an MD who is thought to be a CIA
asset Her husband was on the Warren Commission.) During her visit to Nebraska
in December 1990 she said: 'If the children are not telling the truth, particularly if
they have been abused, they need help, medical attention. You don't throw them
in jail!'

"Both grand juries," Decamp continued, "admitted that Alisha Owen and Paul
Bonacci, whose testimony extensively corroborated Owen's, had been badly
abused. But this was done, they concluded, by persons other than those the
young people named. Bonacci, too, was indicted for perjury. Two other
victim-witnesses, whose stories buttressed those of Owen and Bonacci, recanted
under immense pressure. Alisha Owen and Paul Bonacci refused to recant.."

This was the first time the tip of the Monarch iceberg surfaced in public It is a
story which matched with others in all its lurid details - perverted sexuality,
bestiality, ritual abuse, trauma and mind controL

221 W.HBowart

In late 1993 a key Franklin S&L witness, Troy Boner, admitted that the Federal
Bureau of Investigation terrorized and forced him to lie for the protection of
criminal perpetrators. Boner's coerced testimony was used to discredit the case
against the powerful political figures, and to falsely convict for perjury Alisha
Owen.

Attorney John DeCamp filed for a new trial for Miss Owen. He also pressed an
explosive civil rights suit on behalf of Paul Bonacci who continued to give
evidence, against armed forces and intelligence community personnel-and
political leaders including former President George Bush.

The existence of Troy Boner's sworn statement, and the application for a new
trial for Alisha Owen, were covered in a small detail-poor article Oct 30, 1993 in
The Omaha World-Herald, a newspaper which is a central party in the Franklin
case. Otherwise, aside from a Nov. 1, 1993 Omaha radio interview with Boner
and his attorney Decamp, the new evidence was subjected to a tight press

After the Nebraska Senate investigating committee found that over 100 children
could testify to an international child abuse ring, related to black Republican
Party activist Larry King, Franklin's chief executive, the FBI Nebraska officials,
and the news media attacked the legislative committee and its witnesses in an
atmosphere of rising violence and intimidation. In the course of this terror, the
committee's chief investigator, Gary Caradori, was killed when his airplane
unexplainably disintegrated. Troy Boner's brother was found shot to death at
Offut Air Force Base. Alisha Owen's brother was found hanged in jaO.

In a separate Oct 27, 1993 affidavit, Troy Boner's mother said "Troy had
promised me right after Gary Caradori was killed that he was going to quit lying
for the FBI and [attorney Mark] Delman.... He did go and see Senator Schmit„.
Sometime after that, my son, Troy's brother, Shawn was killed ... and I am quite
certain was executed as a message to Troy that he had better stick with his lies at
the upcoming Alisha Owen trial or else."

In his affidavit, Troy Boner said that after Caradori's death he spoke to Caradori's
widow "Sandy and told her I had in fact lied to the Grand Jury and that what I
told Gary Caradori was the truth and that I only lied out of fear that the FBI and

In a Nov. 1, 1993 KKAR-radio interview, Troy Boner claimed that he had also met
with Omaha World-Herald reporter Gabriella Stem out of fear for his life. He had
sought the reporter's protection so he could "do what was right" by Caradori, to
whom he had told the truth. He said he had asked her to get the story out but not
to use his name. He was then 23 years old.

blackout

Operation Mind Control 222

The World-Herald in fact had carried an article on July 12, 1990 by Robert Dorr
and Gabriella Stem, headlined "Caradori's Airplane Broke Up in Flight" The
article quoted state Senator Loran Schmit saying the people who wanted to see
Caradori dead "got their wish"; and that "Schmit told AP that Caradori recently
had been trying to obtain pictures that some alleged victims said were taken of
them during the time they were abused."

The article further included the following three paragraphs:

A 23 year-old man-who last November gave Caradori a videotaped
statement saying be bad been sexually abused, but later recanted
part of his account-said the investigator's death frightens him.

investigation could be in danger. The 23-year-old man, who hasnt
been publicly identified, said he fears someone might try to harm

\\\TX\

The 23-year-old, who said he had flown with Caradori several times
during the investigation, said the investigator was meticulous about
che ckin g the plane before taking off.

Decamp filed suit in the United States court in Nebraska, on behalf of Paul
Bonacci, the courageous survivor of nearly two decades of torture. The suit asked
damages from:

—the Catholic archdiocese of Omaha, relating inclusively to sex
abuse at the Boys Town orphanage ;

— Lawrence King, Peter Citron, Alan Baer, Harold Anderson, and
Robert W adman for sex crimes, slavery, beatings, and burnings;
— Omaha police officers for harassment in an attempt to prevent
Bonacci from testifying;

— and the corrupt Douglas County Grand Jury, its foreman Michael
Flanagan, and its special prosecutor Samuel Van Pelt.

During raids on Peter Citron's home, police seized a large number of videotapes,
on which were recorded the degraded criminal acts committed by many elite
citizens against Paul Bonacci, Alisha Owen, Troy Boner and other children. These
tapes were prized by the perpetrators as pomography-and had great value as well
for blackmail.

Paul Bonacci filed an affidavit, detailing the individuals and the crimes on the
tapes, and asking for release of the tapes to his attorney John Decamp. Although
former World-Herald society columnist Peter Citron had been classified as a
"mentally disordered sex offender," Citron's attorney Lyle Koenig opposed the

release of the tapes to the young man his client victimized, because of the

223 W.H. Bowart

likelihood of "injury to otherwise innocent people.... There will be people in this
State whose lives will be in a hopeless shambles as a result of these disclosures."

Since the 1992 publication of DeCarap's book, Paul Bonacci has filed new
anidavits and nas given extensive interviews to investigators including reporters
for Executive Intelligence Review and The New Federalist. Bonacci 's disclosures
correlated with evidence supplied by authorities in law enforcement, psychiatry
and the intelligence community. The results go a long way to explain the high
stakes involved, and the frantic nature of the Franklin cover-up.

The tight little circle of Nebraska corporate and financial interests," wrote Anton
Chaitkm, 64 " intertwined with the Franklin Credit Union defines the first level of
national power that is threatened with exposure in the case.

"A clique of freemasons-the chief executives of Union Pacific Railroad, Con Agra,
Peter Kiewit and Sons, Mutual of Omaha and the Omaha World Herald - served
on Franklin's Advisory Board and conduited funds from their own firms and from
the Boys Town orphanage into Franklin's accounts.

Union Pacific boss Michael Walsh, for example, was chairman of finance for Boys
Town. The Union Pacific headquarters office in Omaha is reportedly completely
gripped by homosexuality at the executive level."

Chaitkin pointed out that the foreman of the grand jury which indicted the
sex-crime victims, Michael Flanagan, was himself employed in the legal
department of Union Pacific-a company deeply involved in the Franklin case.
The Bonacci suit charged that Flanagan "violated his Grand Jury duties by sharing
Grand Jury information with ... lawyers and others he met with on a regular basis
almost every day following Grand Jury proceedings at Union Pacific headquarters
receiving advice and guidance from them on how to proceed in the Grand Jury
proceedings and providing them information on the supposedly secret Grand
Jury proceedings themselves."

"Flanagan had," Chaitkm wrote, "not long prior to the grand jury sessions, himself
been accused of homosexual pandering directed at a young Union Pacific
employee, and the company on his behalf had reached a settlement to silence the
complaining young man.

In his Oct 28, 1993 affidavit, Paul Bonacci stated: "The real activity I and Alisha
and on occasion Troy Boner ... were engaged in was functioning as drug couriers
and recruiters [of children] for Alan Baer and Larry King.... [They] were ... buying
and selling large quantities of cocaine into the mid-west and using us as 'mules'
(drug couriers) to obtain the goods from the various airports and get the drugs

■ Anton Chaitkin, FRANKLIN WITNESSES IMPLICATE FBI AND U.S. ELITES IN TORTURE AND
MURDER OF CHILDREN, The New Federalist 1993.

Operation Mind Control 224

delivered back to Omaha. Other prominent and wealthy Omaha citizens were also
involved in this.

"... [TJhe sex activities we did and were paid so well for were just tools to
blackmail or compromise or pay off some judge or businessman or policeman or
politicians generally ... here in Omaha or at Larry King's place in Washington or
other places we went"

Now-imprisoned Franklin Credit Union manager Larry King became infamous as
the host of child-sex parties held in the seats of power, such as at Republican
national conventions. DeCamp's book placed King in the middle of a "national
and international organized crime syndicate, engaged in paedophilia,
pornography, satanism, drugs, and money-laundering."

Chaitkin wrote: The use of these crimes to 'blackmail or compromise or pay off
powerful men leads to extremely serious questions of national security."

Larry King's prime Nebraska sponsor and accused sex crime associate, former
World-Herald publisher Harold Andersen, was chairman of the World Press
Freedom Committee which Chaitkin called "a front for the Oliver North 'Project
Democracy' faction of the intelligence services, managing political power relations
within Eastern Europe."

Harold Andersen's reported best friend in Washington, D.C.was Nebraskan Robert
Keith Gray, a shadowy power broker at the Hill and Knowlton political
management firm. "Over many years, Gray and his associates in the intelligence
community are said to have managed homosexual compromising operations to
keep congressmen, judges, military officers, diplomats, and foreign leaders 'in
line'," Chaitkin said.

The Franklin Credit Union was (from all the evidence) among the savings
institutions used for money-laundering by the CIA and others for Iran-Contra
adventures.

"This precisely defines where," Chaitkin said,"Omaha's Larry King showed up in
Washington, D.C.-in the bizarre homosexual wing of the Republican Party, which
managed financing and public relations for the Iran-Contra guns for drugs
trading games."

Paul Bonacci described in detail being dragged to Washington for use as a sex toy
for Larry King's clients. Bonacci told investigators he was in one of the private
White House tours for young male prostitutes conducted by lobbyist Craig
S pence, a close political associate of Larry King in the cloak and dagger Contras
enterprise. Spence turned up dead in a Boston hotel room in 1989, soon after his
and King's "compromising" business was exposed in a Washington Times June

225 W.H. Bowari

29, 1989 story, headlined: "Homosexual Prostitution Inquiry Ensnares VIPs with
Reagan, Bush."

In one instance detailed in The Franklin Cover-Up, Paul was taken by Larry King
and others to a wooded area in California-identified after publication as the
Bohemian Grove. There Paul and another boy were forced to perform unusual sex
acts with and to consume parts of a child whom they had watched being
murdered by the cultists. The body was to be disposed of by "the men with the
hoods." A "snuff pornography film was made of these events; it was directed by a
man the party had picked up in Las Vegas whom Paul identified as "Hunter
Thompson"- the same name as a well-known author.

At Offutt, and later at other military installations, Bonacci said this ring
programmed him through torture, heavy drugging, and sexual degradation,
instructing him in military arts of assassination. Bonacci's "personal knowledge in
these realms," Chaitkin said, "can scarcely be accounted for other than by
crediting the indictments he has made."

Larry King, FBI agent Gerry WalL Alan Baer, Harold Andersen, and former Omaha
Police Chief Robert Wadman have all been reported as collaborators with this
Satanic military-based ring. King reportedly told Paul's captors at Offutt, "He's
young-but you trained him good." A member of Nebraska's Concerned Parents
group reported hearing from two North Omaha witnesses that "King used to send
limousines down to Offutt Air Base to pick up CIA agents for parties."

"Psychiatrists who have treated a growing number of MPD cases, victims of
Satanic ritual abuse, report an alarming pattern of findings in many of their child
patients," Chaitkin wrote. There is a structure to the personalities, conforming to

This phenomenon was identified to Paul Bonacci by his torm enters, and to other
victims and witnesses, as the 'Monarch' project At Offutt Airbase, Bonacci was
told that what he and other children were being subjected to was in the interests
of national security.

"The use of mind-altering drugs, sensory deprivation, and other brainwashing
techniques on U.S. citizens as subjects was the admitted practice of the CIA,
certain military arms and private institutions joined in the MK-ULTRA, Artichoke,
and Bluebird projects beginning in the early 1950s. A national security pretext
often cited was the need to keep up with the Soviets in the race to develop a
workable Manchurian Candidate human robot," Chaitkin wrote. "With the
'Monarch' project, the idea is extended to the production of a horde of children in
whom the soul is crushed, who would spy, whore, kill, and commit suicide.

"Professionals probing the child victims of "Monarch" say there are clearly two
responsible elements at work: the government/military, and cooperating satanic

Operation Mind Control 226

(or more exactly pagan) cults. These are multi-generation groups, where parents

donate their own children--who are proudly called "bloodline" or simply "blood"
cultists-to be smashed with drugs and electric shock, and shaped.," Chaitkin
wrote. "Other children are kidnapped and sold into this hell, or are brought in
gradually through day-care situations.

"Paul Bonacci and other child victims have given evidence in great depth on the
central role of LL Col. Michael Aquino in this depravity," Chaitkin wrote. "Aquino,
alleged to have recently retired from an active military role, was long the leader of
an Army psychological warfare section which drew on his "expertise" and
personal practices in brainwashing, Satanism, Nazism, homosexual paedophilia
and murder."

"A former director of the CIA (one assumes this was William Colby) was asked
directly, 'what about Monarch?' He replied angrily, and ambiguously, *We
stopped that between the late 1960s and the early 1970s.' If a statement of fact,
this would presumably relate to official participation of the CIA," Chaitkin said.

The disclosures of Paul Bonacci, which jibe with reports of MPD professionals in
other cases, point to several peculiar artificially induced memories common to
many Monarch victimized children. Chaitkin said that a number of the victims
were recovering "memories of torm enters dressed as space aliens or Mickey
Mouse or in Wizard of Oz costumes.

"There are said to be such other personality levels as Master Programmer, Black
Master, and different mental levels of backup programs," Chaitkin said. "There are
reported to be personnel who have large numbers of child-victims' assignments
and triggers neatly filed in their little computers. "

Paul Bonacci reported the following "Monarch'-related activities, often involving
his "Commander" at Offutt AFB, Bill Plemmons, and LL Col. Michael Aquino:

—Picking up cash in exchange for drugs at various Tennessee
locations identifying several country music personalities as his

— Trips on behalf of the North American Man-Boy Love Association
(NAMBLA), the paedophile group now given semi-official status by
the United Nations. Bonacci cited travel to Netherlands and Germany
carrying child pornography for subsequent "import" to the U.S.A. to
avoid prosecution In Amsterdam, he named "Charles Hester," and the
British Tommie Carter,' who had on computer a global list of child
pornography users. NAMBLA was also cited for organizing auctions
of children.

227 W.H. Bowart

— Travel to Hawaii, New York, Washington (in connection with Craig
S pence) to compromise public figures by performing homosexual
pedophile sex with them

— The trip to California where the boy was ritually murdered,
accompanied by "Monarch" contact, Mark Johnson of Denver,
Colorado.

— 1 ravel to Mexico tor tne transportation 01 drugs, guns, ana cnuaren.
Paul was accompanied by the gangster-figure "Emilio," who
otherwise directed the kidnapping of Johnny Gosch of Des Moines,
Iowa. Johnny Gosch' s parents commend Paul Bonacci as an accurate
witness relative to that crime.

— Training under 'Captain Foster" (survival skills) at Fort Riley
Kansas, under "Lt. Dave Bannister" (intelligence) at Fort Bragg, North
Carolina, under "Col. Harris Livik" at Fort Defiance, Virginia, who is
said to run a military school and to have housed ■Monarch' boys.
"Col. Bill Pusher" of Bamberg, South Carolina is said to have supplied
children for Michael Aquino.

— Travel to Dresden in communist East Germany, where weapons
were inspected. There and in the Federal Republic of Germany, the
"Monarch' personnel were frequently neo-Nazis. This area, Bonnaci
said, was a special project of Lt. Col. Aquino, who was a West
European adviser to the U.S. Chiefs of Staff. Bonacci had extensive
experience in the Aryan Nation and other White Supremacist cults.

Bonacci told the story of the teenaged concentration camp inmate allegedly
named Greenbaum, who had participated with the Nazis, to save himself, came to
the United States under Project Paperclip, the secret and illegal importation of
Nazi war criminals by the ILS. intelligence agencies. Known later as "Dr. Green,"
Bonacci said he became a high-level mind controller, and, according to Bonacci is
widely represented today in mind control programs which have a distinctive
magic theme.

Precise details of all these horrors lie deeply buried in national security archives,
perhaps. But this history, as told to psychiatrists, dovetails with what is
definitively known about Anglo-American intelligence operations and the German
Nazis.

The killers in the Nazi camps were themselves trained and organized by
psychiatrists and eugenicists, operating from the T4" bureau. These psychiatrists

Operation Mind Control 228

had long been the pets of white supremacist British and American financier
networks.

"At least some of these Nazi doctors were spirited out of Germany under the
supervision of former Bank of England Governor Montagu Norman and Tavistock
Institute Director John R. Rees on behalf of the British government," Chaitkin
wrote. "Norman, had been chief of a prewar pro-Nazi faction within England, and
Rees, organized postwar propaganda and continuing psychological warfare
activities, and created 'Orwellian' groupings within U.S. psychiatry and mental
health fields."

Much of this criminal history comes together in the person of Robert A. Lovett
(1895-1986). Robert Lovett and his closest associates have run the state of
Nebraska during much of this century.

Lovett was the chief executive of the Harriman-owned and Omaha-based Union
Pacific railroad, as his father had been. Robert Lovett was a partner in the Brown
Brothers Harriman international banking firm, with Averell Harriman and
Prescott Bush, father of President George Bush. Chaitkin wrote: "Montagu
Norman arranged many of the intrigues on behalf of Hitler and the Nazi Party
through the Harriman, Lovett, Bush firm, in which Norman himself had been a
hereditary partner."

Under President Truman, Robert Lovett chaired the Lovett Committee, which
made the decision that the UJ>. should have a central intelligence agency modeled
on the British Intelligence Service. Lovett was Secretary of Defense in 1951-53;
his attorney, Allen Dulles, then took over the CIA.

"Lovett, Harriman, the Bush family, and a very select group of their
associates-owners of drug and defense multinationals, many from Yale's Skull &
Bones Society-maintained homes on Jupiter Island, off Hobe Sound north of
Palm Beach, Florida. Jupiter Island is the headquarters for the so-called Utopian
faction in military strategy, the heavy Anglophiles, as opposed to the
Traditionalists typified by Douglas MacArthur," Chaitkin wrote.

Troy Boner, a witness in the Franklin Credit Union case, swore out a new affidavit
on October 27, 1993. In that affidavit Boner said:

... I, my mother and family, are exhausted from living in fear of death
or injury as a result of ... the Franklin matters.... I lied at the Grand
Jury healings and I lied at the Alisha Owen trial.... I lied because I
truly believed and still do believe that it was a situation where I must
either "lie or die," and at the insistence primarily of the Federal
Bureau of Investigation officials ... Mr. [Mickey] Mott and Mr. IRick]
Culver. ...What I told Gary Caradori in the original taped interviews

229 W.H. Bowart

In my first contact with the F.B.I.. (theyl ... made it clear to me that ...
| they] were only interested in disproving everything I had told them.
They (took] the position that ... "if you will tell us you are lying then
we will let you off the hook but if you insist on sticking with the story
you told Caradori then we will stick you in prison ... for twenty years
each on a lot of different charges of perjury. If you insist on sticking
with your story, you will go down."

... The F.B.I, in conjunction with my new attorney, Marc Delman ...
(made me] say that the truth was a lie and the lies they wanted to
tell me were the truth... I told the Grand Jury what the F.B.I, and
Delman wanted me to tell the Grand Jury which is that the story to
Gary Caradori was a "hoax. 1 But, as stated, the exact opposite is true.

[Then] ... Gary Caradori was killed. I have no proof but [since] I ...
believe] d] he was deliberately killed ... as part of a cover-up and as a
result of my lies to the Grand Jury, I immediately called his home ...
[and] spoke to his wife Sandy [. I] ... told her ... that what I told Gary
was the truth and that I only lied [to the Grand Jury] out of fear that
the F.B.I, and others., would hurt me or my family and [had]
promised me they would put me in jail if I did not say what [they] ...
wanted me to say ....

I also met Senator Bemiece Labedz at the Caradori funeral and
agreed I would meet her and Senator Schmit for lunch immediately
following the funeral [to] ... go over my alleged "recantation 1 and ...
tell her and the Committee all the facts. At the funeral, however, the
F.B.I, agents ... made it clear to me thru their actions that they knew
what I was up to and gave me the clear impression that I was in
"great danger" if I went ahead and met with the Legislative
Committee and tried to tell them the truth. So ... I told my mother ...
that ... I was going to stick with my lies to the Grand Jury....

[Later,] Marc Delman and Mickey Matt saw Senator Schmit say on
T.V. that I had been in his, Schmit's office, and my "recantation" had
been false.... Even though Marc Delman knew I had been at Schmit's
office and that what Schmit was saying was the truth, he ... asked me
whether the conversation had been taped or whether there was any
other record of my having been in Schmit's office to talk to Schmit. I
told Delman there was no tape or any other record....

|0]n Delman's instructions I publicly lied and denied any meeting or
discussion with Senator Schmit and Delman [did too].... Delman's
exact words to me were, "It's your word against his ... as long as
there are no tapes."

Operation Mind Control 230

Mickey Mott the F.B.I, man ... (then) ... said something I interpreted
... to have been a direct and personal threat that later came to pass.
When I told ... the F.B.I, people ... that Alan Baer and others "could
not afford' to do anything to hurt me now because too much publicity
was focused on me ... Mott ... told me that they probably would not
do anything directly to me, that instead "they will do something to a
family member." And ... that is what happened shortly thereafter ...
when the F.B.I, and ... Baer and others thought I might break away

I am completely certain ... that my brother Shawn was killed as a
message to me ... not to ... tell the truth at the Alisha Owen trial.
After Shawn got killed, I had no doubt at all ... that they would do
anything and kill anybody to keep the truth contained and to keep me
lying for them and I complied with [their] every request....
Before the Alisha Owen trial I was carefully rehearsed by the F.B.I, as
to what I would say....

[T]he F.B.I. ... had actual pictures ... in their possession including ...
Alan Baer (1983 picture of he and me [at age 15 or 16) in very
pornographic sexual acts) as well as checks from Alan Baer to me. So,
they had to absolutely know I had a relationship with him and that
they were forcing me to lie when I denied such relationships (in
court] ... [T]he F.B.I. had seized photos and tapes involving among
others myself and ... and Larry King.... I know from having seen tapes
at Peter Citron's house that the F.B.I. had access to tapes which
clearly documented [what] I and the other kids had identified....
I know the ... F.BJ. and ... others ... will say (in reply]: *You cant
believe ... Troy Boner now. If he lied once, he will lie again. He's a
drug addict. He's a sex pervert.... Besides, these kids were ... using
the drugs and ... selling their bodies and ... getting paid well for it
and they did it all voluntarily."

... Yes, we kids, from early age, sold our bodies. We became drug
addicts. We got lots and lots of money from these people. But today
we are ruined because of that. And we were turned into sex perverts
and drug addicts by these people.... Alan Baer ... was the one who
first taught me to mainline and who first ... injected heroin directly
into my veins— same as he did to a lot of other boys. He ... made me a
prisoner of drug addiction to ... completely control me and use me to
deliver drugs or deliver sex or anything else.... Alan Baer ... fust
injected me with a "speed ball, M ... a heroin/ cocaine mix that zips you
up ... but brings you down mellow....

231 W.H.Bowart

Marc Delman ... claimed that I had not met with Senator Schmit to tell
the truth and I followed his instructions in denying it.... This ... can
be checked out. There were people who saw me with Schmit (and]
with Senator Labedz.

... I saw the picture the F.B.I, had of me and Alan Baer. Some official
sure ought to be able to get this picture to prove who is lying-me or
the F.B.I.

... Lots of kids ... knew about Alan Baer, Larry King and the major
drug dealing activity they and other prominent people were involved
in. But, as long as they are scared for their lives because of what
happened to Alisha and me, they are not going to say anything....
[An] honest prosecutor [should] step in and offer immunity and
protection to these kids....

... |A]sk me ... or any of the other kids ... to take ... lie detector ... tests
side by side on the same questions with the people we are accusing of
these things....

Researcher, writer, producer, Andy Boehm interviewed Paul Bonacci with
Decamp s assistant Denise Meyer in 1993 65 . He corroborates the stories of the
other Project Monarch victims. (Please note that Boehm as well as Chaitkin
question whether "Monarch" is the true code name of the project)

Paul Bonacci encountered Michael Aquino at Offutt Air Force Base several times
wearing an array uniform. "Mainly it was on his trips to_. I think it was St
Louis," Bonacci said, "And cause he came here for a couple of different Satanic
holidays." Bonacci said Aquino and other members of the Temple of Set dedicated
a part of the Old Market in downtown St Louis to Satan, walking around the area
in street clothes, performing the ritual

"I encountered a lot of things that were with Monarch that were somewhere else,"
Bonacci said. "We went to different military bases. I went to Ft Riley, Kansas. I
went to the Prisidio out in California for some training... a base in Colorado which
is where they did a lot of the 'alien' training. What they would do is have a couple
of ships that would look like alien ships, and they would drug you up. Cause I
remember doing this to other kids. And they'd use some of the other kids and
they would put them in uniforms and they would use LSD which would make you
feel like you were already out of it anyway...

would^ctually take little metal - they looked like implants - and they would let

* Boehm. Andy, letter to the author dated February 6, 1994, with attached rough transcript
numbered pages 17-45 entitled: Bonacci on Monarch and Satanism, 61993 Andy Boehm. Excerpted with
permission

Operation Mind Control 232

you see what they were doing. Some people would implant them, and then take
them out., later on. I know some of them were locators. Because they wanted to
know where the person was at all times. I mean they had this little thing, it was
on the satellite and they could find that person. The reason they were doing that
- 1 overheard some of them talking about it - this sounds weird - as they had
soldiers in action or something in different countries, that they would know
where all their men were and they would know what the status of them was,
whether they were living or dead, and they would be able, if they were dead, to
find their body. So, that/s why they were testing them. But on the kids they were
using it to make sure they knew where they were-."

Boehm to Bonacci: "So aside from Aquino... did you see some ... wherever you
were with these Monarch activities— (did you see) some of those people (who
were) at the Satanic activities too?"

"Some of them yes," Bonacci said. "The adults were wearing military uniforms
when they were training us and so were we... They kept everything at the base...
but during most of the training we wore regular street clothes... When we went
through the 'alien' programming (we wore street clothes)... The reason that
anybody could come out of Monarch (alive) was because they all would be talking
about little green men."

Giving some insight into the difficulties all Monarch victims have, Bonacci said," I
remember when I first started talking . Everything was so jumbled up and that
was their programming. Because people would try and get information out of me
and the codes that they would use to scramble everything was the very same
thing people were asking me. They were asking me a question, (but) what they
were doing is getting everything scrambled up."

When Bohem asked Bonacci where he got the name Monarch, the young man
said: "I got the name Monarch because Monarch was the name that was part of a
code that was supposed to destroy all my memories of the Monarch activities...'
(Another more fully recovered "Monarch" victim says that she doubts if Bonacci
ever heard the word Monarch.)

Bonacci explained that when the word Monarch was heard, it "almost started to
erase everything I knew..." But, that must not have been the entire code, just the
name, because it would trigger enough of his (sic) multiple personalities so they'd
start coming out in random order, telling everything— " they thought this was
deprogramming time, so it's time to start telling everything." But then, Bonacci
said, the programmers weren't there to "pull them (the personalities) out one at a
time , so it's like each one of them came out, as you know, in different orders..."

Bonacci said that there were two groups of Project Monarch slaves. "Some were
put into society," Bonacci said. They were the ones that went into entertainment,

233 W.H. Bowart

and a lot of them were used for transporting drugs, which is the way they paid for
the programming." They used the entertainment industry because they could
input their messages for the future. "If they wanted to start a revolution," Bonacci
said," they'd put it right in the music and it would go out over the airwaves..."

It was not easy for Paul Bonacci to remember certain things. At the time of
Boehm's interview with him he was still in intensive therapy and had not
completely reintegrated his multiple personalities.

Boehm asked how they went about planting things in his mind, things which he
said would make him sound absurd if he told anyone about them.

"They would play things - show things on a screen," Bonacci said. "They would
have that person sitting there and saying something, but you couldn't really tell
what he was saying, yet you'd hear the words real plain, but it might not have
been in his voice. Like, he was talking, you could see that he was talking, but the
words and the mouth didn't match, but you would put it together" like an actor
speaking in a poorly dubbed foreign film.

Bonacci said one part of the training was trying to get him to read other people's
minds. "Everybody says I basically read their mind. They'd ask and I'd answer it
for them before they got it out The ones they used for that (extrasensory
perception) were the ones they trained in satanism. They trained them as
magicians because - this is going to sound even crazier - when they trained us
we could actually do it, because there are spiritual forces and they do teach you to
control - how to get demons to do stuff for you. I can't say control, because those
demons are going to turn on you someday. But having your own demons mat
would do it They would be the ones that would do it_."

"So," Boehm said, "You were instructed in that sort of context., not that it was a
physical force from ah_. H

"Yourself," Bonacci said.

"But it's actually like a little spiritual," Boehm said. "It's spiritual rather than
"Yes."

"Was it always on the negative side," Boehm asked. "Was it a demon rather than
God or an angel or a fairy?"

"It was always on the demonic side," Bonacci said, "because that's the only ones
that you could work with. And if somebody asked you, you never told them about
the demonic stuff... It was always: "You're in control. You can do if"

Operation Mind Control 234

Bonacci went on describing what sounded like a bad acid trip. "I was able to do a
lot of things... Such as, at the time, which I can't do now because 1 don't have
demons under my control. I don't want them. But turning on TVs, turning off
lights, blowing things up, like light bulbs or something... We could make tires go
flat on people's cars, and we could make them so they couldn't start., this is stuff
that I did after I was away from them."

So, far it sounds like there's an army of zombies being trained from a very early
age in Satanism, magic and certain skills of psychoscience. That was surprising
enough, but it was infuriating to hear that at a very early age Bonacci was trained
to hate black people.

"They trained me to hate black people," Bonacci said.
The Aryan Nations did?" Boehm asked

"No. The government program. That's why I didn't like Larry King at all. I mean it
was kind of like, to me, I hated him from the time I met him."

Andy Boehm said, "Paul says a lot of outlandish things, but despite initial doubts,
I now believe that everything he told me is either true, or he sincerely believes it
to be true.

"I've seen people like (former FBI bigwig) Ted Gunderson try to lead him into
lying and try to test his tales with uncaptioned photos. Paul never comes out
having uttered an intentional falsehood.

"CBS lambasted him for having said that years earlier he had seen
now-Omaha-Mayor P J. Morgan engaging in sex with little boys - or more
accurately, he said they were told he was PJ. Morgan. The Mayor heatedly denied
this in a CBS special about innocent folks wrongly accused of child abuse, "
Boehm said.

"Had CBS bothered to look more deeply into the case, they'd have noted that
Mayor P J. Morgan used to have a son named P J. Morgan Junior. I say "used to
have a son" because Morgan Jr. — a well known Omaha pederast - killed himself
the day after the kiddie-sex aspects of the Franklin Scandal became public Right
name, right family, wrong guy (or maybe not; some say the Mayor himself has
some unusual appetites)."

Bonacci said his Monarch programming started when he was five and continued
until he was 22. "Most of the people that they train were probably fairly young,
probably 4 or 5... up until the time they were out of high school because as soon

235 W.H. Bowart

One is advised to take Bonacci's testimony as that of a non-integrated MPD. Much
of Bonacci's state of confusion might be an example of the adverse affects of
"Christian' 1 counseling. The guilt trip laid on survivors by a belief system that
places the blame for a mind control victim's behavior on themselves is not
helpful. One should not be asked to identify with one's own behavior, unless one
has made free choice of that behavior. Apparently the U.S. legal system would not

agree. Such is the legal and judicial ignorance of the capability of mind control.

Operation Mind Control 236

15

FINDERS, KIDNAPPERS, NAZIS

According to a Customs Service memorandum 66 , the CIA and FCIA (Foreign
Counter Intelligence Agency a distinct and autonomous organization within the
FBI ) were both involved in a mysterious group with behaviors similar to the one
in Nebraska. Known as the Finders, CIA ownership of this organization was kept
secret for seven years after local law enforcement uncovered its practice of child
abduction, kiddie-pom, ritual abuse, and slavery.

In early February 1987, an anonymous tip to the Tallahassee, Florida police
brought cops out like bloodhounds. The caller said two 'Swell dressed men"
seemed to be "supervising" six disheveled and hungry children in a local park. The
two men were identified as members of the Finders. They were charged with child
abuse in Florida. In Washington, D.C., police and U.S. Customs Service agents
raided a duplex apartment building and a warehouse connected to the group.
Among the evidence seized were detailed instructions on obtaining children for
unknown purposes. Several photos of nude children were found, one of which
appeared "to accent the child's genitals." 67

The Customs agents determined that the children may have been enroute to
Mexico from Washington, D.C. Customs had been contacted because police
officers suspected the adults of being involved in Child pornography and they
knew the Customs Service had a network of child pornography investigators in
their Child Pornography and Protections Unit

When the Customs agents came on the scene, police had two well dressed white
males, Douglas Edward Ammerman and James Michael Howell. The six children
were identified with full names, but we shall use only first names since they are
defintely innocent The children were Mary, age 7; Max, age 6; Benjamin, age 4;
HoneyBee, age 3; B.B., age 2 and John Paul, age 2. All were taken into custody.

" Customs Service memorandum. February 7. 1987, Customs cooperationAnterest in
Tallatossee/Was/rngton MPD child abuse avestigation, 12 pages.

■ WitJdn, Gordon; Cary. Peter; Martinez. Ancel; Through a Glass, Very Darkly - Cops, Spies And A
Very Odd Investigation, December 27. 1993/January 3. 1994. U.S. News and World Report, page 30.

237 W.H. Bowart

According to the Customs Memorandum: The children were poorly dressed,
bruised, dirty, and behaving like animals in a public park in Tallahassee" when
they were taken into custody. The subjects were living in a white 1979 Dodge van
with Virginia plates. "When taken into custody, the adult white males refused to
cooperate." One of them produced a 'business' card with a name on one side and
a statement on the other. The statement indicated that the bearer knew his
constitutional rights to remain silent and that he intended to do so.

Upon interviewing the children," the memorandum said, "the police officers
found that they could not adequately identify themselves or their custodians.
Further, they stated they were enroute to Mexico to attend a school for 'smart
kids.*" The children were unaware of the function and purpose of telephones,
televisions and toilets, the memorandum said, "...the children stated they were
not allowed to live indoors and were only given food as a reward." One wonders
for what'

In the van, the Tallahassee police discovered large quantities of records, computer
discs and a U.S. passport Prom some of the records the police obtained
identification of the two adults, and partial identification of the children. This led
to search warrants of two Washington D.C. addresses owned by the Finders
group.

An informant gave the police information regarding a "cult" by that name,
operating at various businesses, one of which was a "warehouse" for the children.
The information was specific in describing 'blood rituals' and sexual orgies
involving children, and an as yet unsolved murder in which the Finders may be
involved," the memorandum said. "With the information provided by the
informant, Detectives were able to match some of the children in Tallahassee with
the names of children alleged to be in the custody of the Finders," the
memorandum said.

"During the execution of the warrant at 3918/20 W. St, " the memorandum said, "
I was able to observe and access the entire building. I saw large quantities of
children's clothing and toys. The clothing consisting of diapers and clothes in the
toddler to pre-school range. No children were found on the premises. There were
several subjects on the premises. Only one was deemed to be connected with the
Finders. Stuart Miles Silverstone was renting space to other tenants. He was
located in a room equipped with several computers, printers, and numerous
documents.

"Cursory examination of the documents revealed detailed instructions for
obtaining children for unspecified purposes. The instructions included the
impregnation of female members of the community known as Finders,
purchasing children, trading, and kidnapping.

Operation Mind Control 238

"There were telex messages using MCI account numbers between a computer
terminal believed to be located in the same room, and others located across the
country and in foreign locations. One such telex specifically ordered the purchase
of two children in Hong Kong to be arranged through a contact in the Chinese
Embassy there. Another telex expressed an interest in "bank secrecy" situations.

"Other documents identified interests in high-tech transfers to the United
Kingdom, numerous properties under the control of the Finders, a keen interest
in terrorism, explosives, and the evasion of law enforcement Also found in the
'computer room' was a detailed summary of the events surrounding the arrest
and taking into custody of the two adults and six children in Tallahassee, Florida
on the previous night There were also a set of instructions which appeared to be
broadcast via a computer network which advised participants to move 'the
children' and keep them moving through different jurisdictions and instructions
on how to avoid police attention-."

At the other Washington address, the customs agent writing the memo was again
granted unlimited access to the premises. "I was able to observe numerous
documents which described explicit sexual conduct between the members of the
community known as Finders.

" I also saw a large collection of photographs of unidentified persons. Some of the
photographs were nudes, believed to be of members of Finders. There were
numerous photos of children, some nude, at least one of which was a photo of a
child 'on display' and appearing to accent the child's genitals. I was only able to
examine a very small amount of the photos at this time, however, one of the
officers presented me with a photo album for ray review.

"The album contained a series of photos of adults and children dressed in white
sheets participating in a 'blood rituaL' The ritual centered around the execution of
at least two goats. The photos portrayed the execution, disembowelraent
skinning and dismemberment of the goats at the hands of the children. This
included the removal of the testes of a male goat the discovery of a female goat's
'womb' and the 'baby goats' inside the womb, and the presentation of a goats
head to one of the children." the memo said.

"Further inspection of the premises disclosed numerous files relating to activities
of the organization in different parts of the world. Locations I observed are as
follows: London, Germany, the Bahamas, Japan, Hong Kong, Malaysia, Africa,
Costa Rica and 'Europe. There was also a file identified as 'Palestinian.'

"Other files were identified by member name or 'project' name. The projects
appearing to be operated for commercial purposes under front names for the
Finders. There was one file entitled 'Pentagon Break-In,' and others which
referred to members operating in foreign countries.

239 W.H. Bowart

"Not observed by me but related by an officer, were intelligence files on private
families not related to the Finders. The process undertaken appears to have been a
systematic response to local newspaper advertisements for baby-sitters, tutors,
etc A member of the Finders would respond and gather as much information as
possible about the habits, identity, occupation, etc, of the family. The use to
which this information was to be put is still unknown. There was also a large
amount of data collected on various child care organizations.

"The warehouse contained a large library, two kitchens, a sauna, hot-tub, and a
'video room.' The video room seemed to be set up as an indoctrination center. It
also appeared that the organization had the capability to produce its own videos.
There were what appeared to be training areas for children and what appeared to
be an altar set up in a residential area of the warehouse. Many jars of urine and
feces were located in this area.

"I should also mention that both premises were equipped with satellite dish
antennas."

"U.S. Customs interests," the memo concludes, " now lie in the purpose behind
the inquiries into bank secrecy laws, the type and purpose of high-tech transfers
outside of the U.S., and the purpose of the organized procurement and smuggling
of children across the U.S. international borders. The possibility still exists that
the children are being smuggled for a primary or secondary purpose of producing
child pornography.

"Other agencies with interest may be the Internal Revenue Service, the
Immigration and Naturalization Service, the Department of Commerce, the
Department of Defense, and the FBI. The FBI is already involved in the
investigation of the transportation of the children already discovered across state
lines as it pertains to the Mann Act"

In an attached memo dated April 13, 1987 the oyptocracy's secret unraveled.
Referring to the previous memo by date and description, Subject "Finders",
From: Special Agent, this memo reads: " I spoke to a third party who was willing
to discuss the case with me on a strictly 'off the record' basis. I was advised that
all the passport data had been turned over to the State Department for their
investigation. The State Department in turn, advised Metropolitan Police
Department that all travel and use of the passports by the holders of the passports
was within the law and no action would be taken. This included travel to Moscow,
North Korea, and North Vietnam from the late 1950's to mid 1970s.

"The individual further advised me of circumstances which indicated that the
investigation into the activity of the Finders had become a CIA internal matter.
The Police report has been classified Secret and was not available for review. I was
advised that the FBI had withdrawn from the investigation several weeks prior and

Operation Mind Control 240

that the FBI Foreign Counter Intelligence Division had directed the police not to
advise the FBI Washington Field Office of anything that had transpired. No further
information will be available. No further action will be taken."

to owning the Finders organization as a front for a domestic computer training
operation, but that it had 'gone bad.' CIA defers all further contacts to FCIA (
Foreign Counter Intelligence Agency). FCIA is distinct and autonomous
organization within the FBI."

The conclusion of the Chronology reads: "Children discovered in Tallahassee were
eventually turned over to individuals claiming to be parents or guardians. No
further MPD, FBI or Customs involvement

"As far as is known, no details of CIA or FCIA involvement ever became public,"
was the final line of the Customs report

magazine and ABC News correspondent Civia Tamarkin by a patriotic person or
persons she will not name. Tamarkin is a long term investigator of the ritual
abuse phenomenon. We telephoned her in Chicago and asked for her opinion on
the documents.

"The problem is the whole ritual abuse network is corrupted," Tamarkin said. The
survivors even have a forum on Prodigy. They're cross-pollinating and corrupting
the information - maybe it's on purpose."

"A lot of people in the mental health community would like to fit this all into a
neat little package, and it doesn't

"If I get one more call from therapist who says "I have a Monarch patient"
Tamarkin said. "There's no official evidence that Project Monarch exists. So,then
you start pushing, 'How did you know it's called this. How do you know this
term? You find out someone else gave them the term, and one told another and
pretty soon it's the all-encompassing term for mind controL.'.

"You gotta be real careful with this stuff. See, the minute any survivor has recall
of torture of electroshock, sensory deprivation etcetera there's a tendency to leap
on it and say, 'It's mind control, it's MKultra, Monarch and whatever.' The fact is
that a lot of it is torture, as simple as that It's used in the Greek military, the
Latin American military... across the board, you name it There's this tendency -
the minute there's a disclosure about electroshock -- for therapists who say,' Ah
ha! Mind control.-'

241 W.H.Bowart

There were documents about a camp in New Hampshire, six documents. The CIA
went out and looked for people who were doing the research that played into what
they were looking into, and they funded it

"There is a perponderance of survivors who claim to have a military background -
their parents do or whatever. I do not believe that all of them were victims of
MKultra or some CIA program.

"There was a recent study that came out showing the high rate of domestic abuse
among military families. I think that's consistent"

I said," Yeah, that's the fertile field that they farmed, I guess."

"Exactly," Tamarkin said. That's the fertile field. Along the same lines that there
were quid pro quos with known molesters, known perpetrators. There was an
attempt to deal with a subject group that had a trauma base...

"Hysteria factors into this," Tamarikin said There's the tendency to generalize,
and, of course, I've been fighting for years this cult stuff. I've heard
well-recognized, reputable therapists talk about the cult personality, the cult
trying to get the survivor back, the cult..cult cult when they should be talking
about the perpetrators, offenders, sex rings whatever. It has become a catch-all.

"I gave a speech in February (1994) and looked at this group and I asked them
'what's a cult?' Let's count how many we can. You talking about Moonies, Hari
Krishnas, what..?

The point is they use the cult term as a catch-all term.
"Now, what about the Finder's documents?" I asked

"I had the finders documents for years," Tamarkin says. "I had them back in the
1980's. Everyone jumps at this.

They don't say the CIA's involved," she said"What they say is.'What we do know
is that the Finders group was a CIA front as an information gathering
organization.'

The fact that some of these kids may have been molested by members of the
group who are living a communal lifestyle, and the feet that the investigation was
scuttled and turned over to FBI counter-intelligence, does not mean anything.
People who don't know how this operates have a tendency to lump it together and
say, This is proof!'

"All it means is that an intelligence operation became vulnerable because
members of this group may or may not have been acting irresponsibly and
criminally with children. To whit - there was never any proof by the way.

Operation Mind Control 242

"They covered it up to protect the intelligence end of it, which is not conclusive in
any way. Intelligence communities law enforcement at any level use
informants, have operatives... and if those operatives go out on a limb, whether
it's money laundering, whether it's pornography, whether its drug use ~ you
name it — you cover that up because you're protecting your sources. And that's
what happened here."

"But if we repeal the National Security Act the way we repealed the Volstead Act,
then all of these secrets will come out, huh?" I said.

"Yeah," Tamarkin said. "And all the informants will be known and there will be no
plea bargaining any more and people are gonna get fair trials and there's going to
have to be a 12 man jury system and the Bill of Rights will be in effect once
again...

"How do you feel about that?" I ask her.

(Laughs, as if you say, you must be kidding.) "You know what' They should have
done that years ago. This is a shadow government it's not surprising. And that's
how this Finders thing has gotten so distorted.

"If you look at the customs agent report, it's not conclusive. I've studied it for
years, I've dealt with the agent involved..."

"There was no follow up on it?" I asked.

"Well, they began looking at it again, back in January, 1993, because some of the
legislators were making a big stink about it But nothing ever came of it"

"Was the Finders a computer whiz kid kind of thing?' I asked.

"Sure," she said. " They were involved in transferring money. Yes, but that doesn't
mean they were involved in sa tan ism..."

"Certainly looks like they were transporting little kids to Mexico," I said.

"Well," Tamarkin said, "the group that was caught in Florida alleged they were
taking these kids on a field trip to Mexico. The two adults were members of the
Finders group and they had CIA connections. But, again... given the fact., if one
assumes that all that is factual and that they were in fact prostituting kids, or
molesting them, it doesn't mean it was a CIA operation-."

I began to get the impression that Tamarkin was stretching things a long way in
favor of the cryptocracy. Maybe she somehow believed the National Security Act
was a good thing?

243 W.H. Bowart

"Let me ask you this the," I said. "Back in the 70's during the Vietnam war, there
was a big ring smuggling heroin sewn up in the dead bodies of soldiers killed in
the war. Three guys were brought to trial. A DOD guy showed up, flashed his ID,
took the judge into chambers and said, 'In the interest of National Security you
can't prosecute these guys.' The case was dismissed. Who was smuggling the
heroin? The three guys or the cryptocracy?"

"We do know," Tamarkin said, sticking to the official records, the crimes that had
been uncovered and officially acknowledged, H offshore activities that Congress
had prohibited were being funded through heroin trafficking. We know that Now
we know that

"See, there's a whole lot of percs going down in the intelligence biz," she said.

"Doesn't it look like the same black ops thing hanging over the Finders?" I asked.

"No." she said, because we don't know if it was sanctioned by the CIA. We know
the heroin trafficking was."

Is this why nobody relies on the newsmedia to keep them up to date - by the time
the cryptocracy confesses, the crime has been over for twenty years? Is this an
example of "playing it safe journalism' or is Tamarkin an asset of the Mossad, as
the conspiracy underground whispers? (Why the Mossad? Why not Turkish
intelligence?) Or is Tamarkin trying to stay in good with the cryptocrats so they'll
throw her a bone now and then? Or was she merely conditioned by media peer
pressure -pressure from her peers to not dare use common sense? Pressure from
peers in a profession that is, by a former CIA Director's candid admission,
thoroughly co-opted?

What kind of country has this one become? What kind of world? What evil infests
the land which allows innocents to be corrupted in the cradle? What evil seeks
children to torture? What civilization abandons its children, gives them drugs,
shocks them, hypnotizes them and harbors sexual assault upon them by their
family, their clergy and representatives of their government?

And what kind of people in what kind of institutions are these which encourage
such perversions, as if the success of the system depends on providing for sexual
deviates? What agency protects the paedophiles, the small-dicked sadists, the
satanists, and blood sacrificers who can then be controlled through their carnal
desires by the invisible hand of blackmail?

It is a world in which the most decadent and barbaric Romans would feel at
home? It is a world in which the Nazis are at home? It is the Fourth Reich by
design of the conquering heroes of World War Two? Did the victors, the Allies,
become the enemy they fought? Breeding children in a Lebensbom program, or
simply to sell as child slaves to paedophiles?

Operation Mind Control 244

It didn't take long to discover more about Silverstone:

Silverstone turned out to be a recognized expert on desktop publishing and
graphics, who had written for leading computer magazines on a regular basis. He
also worked as a writer for one of the national news services and in his capacity as
a computer whiz, he worked for both the White House and the Pentagon. His
main area of expertise was war rooms, which is what the Pentagon hired him to
consult on. He traveled to Russia and wrote articles about that country's use of
computer technology.

Silverstone was a colleague of Nicholas Negroponte, who runs the ARPA-funded
Media Lab at MIT. He studied architecture at MIT and taught there for a while. He
had bis own key to the most secure areas of the Media Lab and he would take
friends there at night He is a student of futurism, practices meditation, and uses
one of the more expensive online services to access Internet Once he confessed ,
jokingly, that he worked for the "DIA". which he said was a ludicrous organization
called "Dim Idiots Association." Still he did know war rooms and he did have the
keys to this defense contractors's most secure areas.

The Finders had communal houses in Los Angeles, San Francisco, Albany and a
number of other U.S. cities. In Washington, D.C. they kept two houses. The
Finders travel internationally to hot spots around the globe. The profile of their
leading members fits well the silhouette of an intelligence asset

A person once close to the organization told us that the Finders have several
people "affiliated" with them who are writers who "function like a loose-knit
intelligence agency." They travel to such "hot spots" as Japan, China and Russia.

The Finders are allegedly funded by the earnings of their members and by
"donations". Members can often be found working in "service" jobs. They work as
carpenters, clerks, resarchers, and in Washington a number of them worked for
tne LiDrary oi congress, congressional onices, ana in corporate omces.

Their leader, Marion Pettie, was thought of as a guru by devoted members who
called him The Student," "The Stroller," The Game Caller" or The Pathfiner" and

A series of interviews conducted by John Mintz and Marc Fisher of The
Washington Post revealed that the origanization was completely dominated 1
(then) 66-year-old Pettie who lives on a large farm in Virginia.

Pettie was an Air Force master sergeant who retired in 1956 and bought extensive
woodland property in rural Madison County, Va. He started the Finders in the late
1960s as a communal experiment which was supposed to look " characteristic of

245 W.H. Bowart

the period." The Washington Post said "he sought intelligent, well-educated people
who could discuss the latest thought in philosophy, psychology and human
development"

oince 1 wrote uus I obtained a complete set oi tne rinaers aocuments, just as
they appeared in the original, with all the names included- Publishing the names
of the investigating officers might bring harm to them, or some other innocent
parties. If you are an avid researcher, your own samisdat network will turn up
photocopies of the originals, then you too will know all the names.

With the complete set of documents was the following introduction, which I will

For many years there has been rumors and hearsay comments by
individual law enforcement officers that a certain U.S. government
intelligence agency was kidnapping children and using them as sex
toys to entrap, blackmail and manipulate politicians, diplomats and
other officials. Up until now there has been no clearcut, irrefutable
evidence available to the public. But now, finally the public has
'smoking gun* evidence of paedophile kidnapping /abuse rings
operated by a U.S. government intelligence agency.

These official U.S. customs investigation reports are irrefutable
evidence of

1. A case of obvious child neglect/abuse involving child paedophile
sexual abuse/child pomogzapby/satanic cult ritualistic abuse
wherein the perpetrators were caught directly in the act by law
enforcement, arrested on the basis of irrefutable evidence at the
scene, and faced serious charges which typically bring sentences
of decades in prison.

2. Whereas, search warrants were obtained for the "Finders" cult
office in Washington, D.C. and a complete search was enacted by
law enforcement which provided irrefutable pictures, movies and
documents of such above abuse/neglect and evidence of access to
the confidential arrest reports on the "Finders" cult from the
arrests in Tail aha see which occurred only a day earlier
(suggesting very high level connections to U.S. intelligence
agencies in and of itself).

3. Whereas, all investigation of the "finders' cult by the FBI, U.S.
Customs and local law enforcement was ordered stopped by the
U.S. Justice Department on grounds of "National Security" and the
matter of the "Finders" cult was turned over to the Central
Intelligence Agency as an "Internal Security Matter," since the
"Finders' is and has been a domestic and international covert

Operation Mind Control 246

4. Whereas any and all investigation of the "Finders" cult was
immediately stopped, all evidence was suppressed and denied,
the abused child victims were released back to the adult
perpetrators who had been arrested "in the act" and the CIA
resumed its ongoing covert operation of the "Finders" cult which is
used to procure and produce:

The development of child/assets to be used to entrap
politicians, diplomats; and corporate, and law enforcement
officials; to sell such child/ victims to wealthy perverts to raise
money for covert operations, to train some of the child/victims
to be professional operatives and assassins of a totally cold,
multiple personality, mind-controlled nature.

This most disgusting perversion perpetrated by our government
needs to be exposed. To date only one media outlet has dared
publish anything about this (U.S. News).

Please, make copies of this packet, give it to all your friends,
associates and neighbors. Send it to your local media and demand
investigation and coverage. Send it to all your congressmen, senators
and state and local politicians and demand investigation. Give a copy
to your local police chief and any police officers or government
officials you know. Make a minimum of five copies and much more if
you can afford it. This information can be distributed as a "chain
letter* and can create massive exposure, thus posing a major force to
manipulate the CIA to stop the perpetration of these major felony and
capitol criminal acts of the most disgusting variety.

In the last few years there have been other "smoking guns" proving
that U.S. Intelligence agencies traffic in Children, sell them and
abuse them Some of these covert operations have been tied to long
term and massive importation, distribution of narcotics into the USA
by the same intelligence agencies.

Write and demand that your Congressman and Senators repeal the
National Security Act and destroy the use of the false cloak of
"national security", which is frequently and habitually used as a
means of covering up the most serious Rico type criminal acts
imaginable by U.S. Intelligence agencies and our U.S. Justice
Department.

Kins

REPORT OF INVESTIGATION .

i on.

C-3

OF 2

1 CAS< «w-«tA

4. fiKI

FINDERS

•

i GASC STATUS

~| o.« -».-«—,

— -

4 MfrONTOATI

04/13/87

>. oa 'l aSSiGmCO

02/05/87

i cums
• 1

». »«OCMAM coot

700

1 '

1>. M(LATtO CAM Nil WIIM

u. u«ofvti.o*tD liaos ro

None

•

•

lib rr»t o* «iw

p—

—

□-—
o-

Q, s_

□ssr-

On Thursday, February 5, 1987, Senior Special Agent Harrold and I
assisted the Washington, D-C. Metropolitan Police Department
(MPD) with two search warrants involving the possible sexual
exploitation of children. During the course of the search
warrants, numerous documents were discovered which appeared to be
concerned with international trafficking in children, high tech
transfer to the United Kingdom, and international transfer of
currency .

IS DlSTMiauTIOM

SAC/VA Beach
RAC/Tallahassee

MO OlV

E:E0:5D:G

■OIMT

.:I:S

A-Clll

SE

Hit

SE

RAC/OC

Ramon J. Martinez, Sf>eci

■ ®5

al Agent

LmWOOO R0UNTREE. Resident Agent in Charge

o««j

Resident Aoent in Charge

447-0554

16

MAY THE FORCE BE WITH US!

The first evidence of the use of hypnosis as a reliable operational tool of the
oyptocracy, according to John Marks, 68 can be found in the work of Morse Allen
in 1954. Of course hypnosis itself had been used by shamans and fakirs to
manipulate and control people for centuries. Marks explains that Allen's work
came at the height of the Project ARTICHOKE explorations in which the spooks
attempted to use hypnosis to "programme" an assassin. CIA documents also
reveal that in 1959 John Gittinger recommended the use of hypnosis in
operational experiments. ( Of course our latest evidence shows that Navy
Intelligence had been using mind control in the 1940's, at least)

The CIA files contain a translation of a Soviet research project entitled
Unperceived Manifestations of Mental Processes in Deep Hypnosis 10 which
described the success of their psychoscientists: "We succeeded in programming
not only the subject of dreams ( I would like to visit Africa in my dream-.), but to
program color perception Get my dream be blue...), as well as inducing a specific
mood after sleeping,"

The CIA's active interest in the use of posthypnotic suggestions is further
evidenced in their October 1966 - confidential Technical Report - Hypnosis m
Intelligence™. The report states: "Most of the proposed uses of hypnosis in
intelligence work, particularly the defensive applications, involve posthypnotic
suggestions." They discovered that; "conservatively, a posthypnotic suggestion is
believed to remain effective for several months, and beyond this, for years, if
periodically reinforced. 75 " The CIA paid equal attention to self-hypnosis and
autosuggestion. Of course, one can suspect anything found in any CIA document
obtained under the FOIA. The emphasis on these relatively harmless forms of
hypnosis is probably just part of the "cover story" planted in the files for persistent
researchers to discover. We know from the scientific literature that hypnosis can

* Marks. John, The Search for the Manchurian Candidate, Times Books, 1 979.

w V±. Raykov, Unperceived Manifestations of Mental Processes m Deep Hypnosis, Moscow Voprosy

Filosofii in Russian No. 4. 1978 pp 107-114. (Article by V.L. Raykov) Translated for the CIA's "Official Use

Only"

n HYPNOSIS IN INTELLIGENCE ■ TECHNICAL REPORT (Confidential - CIA), October 1966.
ibid

249 W.H. Bowart

be used to cause "spontaneous" death, through manipulation of the histamines in
the body, control of the respiration (induction of severe asthmatic attacks), and
the control of other involuntary functions by post-hypnotic suggestion.

Of course any technology can be applied to harm a person as well as help a
person. Whatever can kill can also cure.

In the 1970's, John Grinder stood on one side of the stage and said, "There is no
such thing as hypnosis."

Richard Bandler stood on the other side of the stage and said, "Everything is
hypnosis."

Grinder and Bandler, the creators of NeuroLinguistics Programming, were both
correct in what they said.

Hypnosis is a normal, everyday process. We all go in and out of "trance" several
times every day. It's so ordinary, so much a normal part of our life, it doesn't
deserve to be isolated from the rest of our everyday mental processes and given a
special name. Hypnosis is not sleep, but hypnosis has something in common with
sleep - in both states one accesses one's "unconscious" or "subconscious" mind.
If hypnosis (and NLP) is anything it is the art of addressing the unconscious
mind.

Go along with me for a moment

Remember a time when you wore a costume. It could have been to a Halloween
party or some costume ball or in a play. See yourself in that costume? Now, what
would you do, if you were going to wear the same costume today? How would
you improve it? See yourself in the new improved costume.

If you were really letting my words guide, you were looking into your mind's eye
imagining what you must have looked like in the past in some particular costume.
Maybe you remember a photograph of yourself in the costume and you were
looking at that in your mind's eye. At first you were accessing the remember part
of your visual filing system. Then, when you decided you'd improve it for today,
you were accessing a different part of your mind's eye, where you keep the
creative visual department In any event what you were doing is the same thing
people have done since the days of Anton Mesmer ( the inventor of mesmerism),
or way back, in the days of the prehistoric shamans. You were enjoying the use of
your "trance" state.

You were dissociated from your surroundings momentarily and looking within -
seeing with your "minds eye." You had put yourself into a "hypnotic trance." You
might just as well call it "creative visualization." It's a very useful tool, well known
to actors and athletes.

Go along with me again

Operation Mind Control 250

Stand up where you are. ( I'm assuming you have enough room to swivel your
body from the hips.) Turn around ( to your right or to your left, it matters not)
and go as far around as you can with your arm extended and your finger
pointing. When you've gone as far around as you can go, site down your arm
and make a note og something which your finger is pointing at as a marker.

Now come back around to the front. Take a deep breath, then exhale. Close your
eyes after you've finished reading this, and m your minds eye, without moving
your body, imagine yourself turning around again, the same way you did before,
only this time you go far, far beyond where you'd gone before. Now see yourself
coming back to the front. Open your eyes. Take another deep breath. Now, when
you feel like it, turn around again and see how far you can go.

Your results prove the value of the trance state. And if that doesn't do it, read
Inner Tennis and Irmer Skiing and anything about the Feldenkreis technique.

I learned about the power of "creative visualization" in Anthony Robbin's NLP
class, and had it reinforced when I interviewed a skyscraper climber, 22-year-old
Dan Goodwin 73 who climbed the 102-story John Hancock building in Chicago.

Goodwin told me that he sat down beneath the building a few days before he
climbed it, visualizing every inch of the climb. "When I planned the climb, long
before, whenever I visualized the building in my mind's eye, I saw water coming
down it," Goodwin said.

The day of the climb Goodwin wore a wet suit instead of the Spiderman suit he
usually wore. On the 37th floor he found out why he'd worn the wetsuit when an
ax shattered the window near him and overzealous firemen tried to knock him off
the building by spraying him with a powerful jet of water from a firehose high
above.

They were trying to kill me," Goodwin said. "The Chicago Fire Department
wanted to knock me off the building!

"As if a torch had been lit beneath me, I burst into a ball of determined energy,
climbing at a rate that would surely have broken the speed records," Goodwin
said. "The higher I rose, the stronger the water pressure grew. The frequency of
trie broken glass ana tlying axes increased...

In the end Goodwin negotiated a settlement with the City of Chicago. Charges
were dropped in exchange for some autographed photos of the mayor shaking
hands with Goodwin.

"I don't think I'd have made it if I wasn't wearing the wet suit And I wouldn't
have been wearing the wetsuit unless I'd seen myself climbing that building
soaking wet"

Palm Springs Life, July 1985.

251 W.H.Bowart

Such is the power of the human unconscious, and the usefulness of
"visualizations".

Here are a couple of exercises that will prove that 1. people are accessible to you
and 2. you too can be a "hypnotist," and use the "language of the unconscious" to
get what you want, no matter what it is.

Tony Robbins told me this one, and you might want to adapt it to your own

Tony went to lunch with a couple of men he wanted to invest in one of his
businesses. He was explaining to them that NLP worked and that it was a tool of
communication that would eventually be included in our culture from
kindergarten, through family upbringing, military training and so on.

At some point he realized that no amount of logical explanation would get these
guys to understand and believe in what he was trying to tell them. Both his
companion's attention had been captured by an attractive brunette who entered
the restaurant Following her lunch date, the woman walked past their table to be
seated against the opposite wall of the dining room. She sat facing away from
Tony but still within his view, and behind his two prospective investors.

After Tony realized it would take too much time to educate his prospective
investors, he remembered the language of the unconconscious and decided to
apply it to achieve his outcome.

"See that attractive brunette over there?" he said, gesturing toward the woman.
Both men turned around and looked at her.

"If, without saying a word to her, or leaving my chair," Tony said, " I get her to
come over here and introduce herself to me, will you invest in the business?"

Both men agreed that it would be impossible for him to do that, but reluctantly
they agreed they would invest if in fact he could make that happen.

So Tony went to work. He matched the woman's physiology - sat the way she
was sitting, gestured the way she was gesturing and most importantly he matched
her breathing pattern. He could do this easily because she was in his line of sight
The two prospective investors couldn't see the woman and didn't know what
Tony was doing.

At one point when Tony had established a perfect match of the brunette's
physiology and breathing, she did as most people do, unconsciously (or
otherwise), she "felt" something that made her turn around and look at Tony,
whereupon he gave a wave of his hand, the familiar gesture that says "come on
over."

Operation Mind Control 252

All this time, Tony was making small talk with the two prospective investors and
enjoying his lunch. They did not notice anything unusual about his behavior. He
kept talking about NLP, his business idea, and their investing in the company.

When the brunette's date got up to pay the check, and she was following him out
of the restaurant, she passed Robbins' table, stopped and said to him, "My name is
Sue Smith. Don't I know you?"

Tony and Sue had an instant rapport. They exchanged phone numbers ( Tony was
single at the time), and the two men invested in his company.

Vary this story any way you want, but try it yourself. And if you don't understand
what I've written here, since it's easier to see it and try it than it is to talk about it,
take Tony's class or my class or any NLP class and you'll learn how to "mirror and
match."

Or, perhaps you'd prefer to prove the power of your ability to communicate with
others through the "language of the unconscious" this way.

How to get a table m a crowded restaurant without having to wait (without
bribery):

Approach the person in charge of the waiting list Notice some attractive visual to
which the list keeper is insensitive, something he or she has been looking at for
days or weeks and doesn't notice anymore, something which, when it was new,
he or she liked to look at - maybe a grouping of artificial flowers, a new wallpaper,
a tablecloth, the cover of a menu. Say," My, that's a good looking

Follow this by noticing some sound, like the high pitched whine of a bearing
going out on the ventilation system. Say, "You know that bearing sounds like it
needs oil."

And then immediately take notice of an aroma, say - ribs being bar-b-qued over
a mesquite grill. The list taker smells it night after night and so has become
consciously desensitized to it, as he or she has become desensitized to the sound
of the bearing and the sight of the tablecloth. (The subconscious is alert even
when the conscious mind is asleep.) Say," That bar-b-que sure smells good."

Follow these validations (feedback to the sensory awareness of a sight, a sound
and a smell) of unconscious input with a positively worded suggestions," and,
since I have to get back to the hospital as there are patients depending upon me,
you will put my name at the head of your list and call out (insert your name)."

Then follow up with a totally irrelevant question such as, "Did it rain here last
night?"

The listkeeper's subconscious reacts this way: "Yeah that tablecloth is pretty. He
was right about that I was aware of that all the time... And, yeah, I did hear that
squeaking bearing and know it needed oiL- And, he's right again. I do think the

253 W.H. Bowart

ribs smelled delicious on the bar-b-que... This guy's right about all three of these
sensory inputs of mine, so he must be right when he tells me that I will put his
name at the head of the list.'

But he or she doesn't remember thinking that He or she doesn't remember your
saying anything because he or she is trying to remember if it rained last night In
effect he or she has amnesia to the embedded command (you will put my name
at the head of the list and call out ( your name.))

The unconscious mind is like a big dumb machine. It goes where you direct it to
go and once it gets going it keeps going off in the direction you've pointed it

Then you've walked away from the listkeeper. A moment goes by until the
listkeeper sees an open table which can accommodate your party and, even
though it's against the boss' orders to put anybody at the head of the list the

unconsciously did it

These are simple and safe forms of "hypnosis" you can try just for fun. They
should prove to you, beyond doubt that there's untapped power in learning the
"language of the unconscious."

The CIA has a school for training its agents in these techniques of
communication. And so does the DIA. It's time everybody learned the language of
the unconscious.

What follows are categories of behavior that occur in trance 74 :

Dissociation - Known in waking states as "reverie" or "daydreaming".

Catalepsy - A state characterized by uncommon muscular rigidity.

Amnesia - A common phenomenon in everyday life. Like the times when you've
had a word on the "tip of your tongue" but can't remember it

Anesthesia - Related to amnesia, the subject dissociates from feeling in parts of
the body.

Age Regression - Reliving or revivifying the past in a present context is yet
another form of dissociation.

Negative and Positive Hallucinations - Negative Hallucination refers to the
trance subject's ability to delete sensory information at the hypnotist's
suggestion. Positive Hallucination is the experience of stimuli that are not
present

" Lankton, Steve, Practical Magic, A Translation of Basic NeurxhLmguisticProgranvningmto
COnical Psychotherapy, Meta Publications. Box 565. Cupertino, Ca. 95015. 1980.

Operation Mind Control 254

le involuntary capacity of the muscles and
nervous system to respond to external stimuli. This is useful in enhancing
suggestibility.

Hypermnesia or Memory Recall - In deep trance people can recall events from
their past in much greater detail than while in a "normal" waking state.

Time Disorientation or Pseudo-Orientation m Time - A person absorbed in a
good concert will experience the passage of time much differently from someone
taking a difficult test

Post Hypnotic Design — A special kind of Pseudo-Orientation in Time.
Programming a subject to respond to some future stimulus in a given way.

According to U.S. Army Psyops Colonel, John B. Alexander 75 "In 1983, the Jedi
master (from George Lucas' Star Wars) provided an image and a name for the
Jedi Project, a human-performance modeling experiment based on
neuro-linguistic programming (NLP) skills. Sponsored by a U.S government
interagency task force, Jedi used advanced influence technologies to model
excellence in human performance. The subjects involved in Jedi were willing to be
influenced to acquire desirable skills.

The Jedi Project grew out of the New Patterns of Influence Program, developed
during the early eighties to disseminate NLP skills throughout the U.S. Army,
under the auspices of the U.S. Army Intelligence and Security Command and,
until 1984, the Organizational Effectiveness School...

Col. Alexander told us: "Under the auspices of Major General Stubblebine, a small
interagency team ( with the U.S. Array as the lead member) was formed to see if

problems. Since the U.S. military is the largest training institution in the world,
much time and money could be saved by improving techniques for teaching
common skills. This team was a part of a large-scale organizational look at
training technologies.

"As team members became familiar with NLP capabilities, they started wondering
where its boundaries might be. They came to the conclusion that such boundaries

complex skills will be required of our warriors in the future, and the project was
an attempt to adapt training skills to meet these future needs," Alexander wrote.

I had less luck when I was seated next to Brig. General Russ Sutton of the U.S.
Marine Corps at a Bob Hope Classic banquet in Palm Springs. I tried to convince
the General to get the entire U.S. Marine Corps to walk on fire so that they would
have a "winning" resource state to use when they had to go into combat
Alexander named Wyatt Woodsmall as one of the Army's NLP instructors, and
since I too received instruction from Woodsmall I can i

r, John B., The Warriors Edge. William Morrow & Co.. New York. 1990.

255 W.H. Bowart

efficiency and integrity, as 1 can to that of Anthony Robbins, whom Alexander did
not name, but who told us about his involvement in Jedi. ( Their politics, of
course, might be a difficult thing to attest to.)

Alexander makes several mistakes in his book The Warrior's Edge. If I had made
such mistakes in the first edition of this book, I would never have heard the end of
it He demonstrated a philosophical incongruence, applying the highest ideals to
the lowest purposes - the art of war. He also omitted from his book some of the
most important premises of NLP - premises without which it doesn't really work.
He unforgivably misidentified the great hypnotist/psychiatrist Milton Erickson as
Erick Erickson, and so on. To say the least, the book is fragmentary, incomplete
and error ridden. Still, let's give Alexander and his collaborators Janet Morris
(co-promoter of Non Lethal Weaponry) and Major Richard Groller, U.SAR, high
scores for Jeffersonian effort in making the attempt to enlighten the military
industrial complex through education.

One of the Army's students, former Intelligence Officer Julianne McKinney
experienced the Army's NLP training: "It was a superficial thing," she said. "Like
most of the military education one got it, was geared to the slowest learners. And
you usually don't get people that swift in the military, even in the 'intelligence'
branches. Military training is second rate education at best I can't use a bit of it
(NLP) today."

Of course, McKinney was trained by the people who trained the people who
trained the people... Things do have a tendency to get watered down.

The military as well as major corporations have been very interested in putting
NLP to use. The Ford Motor Company, Westinghouse, and the Calvin Klein
Fashion House are among scores of major companies that have sent employees
for training, according to The New York Times: 16 "Kevin Garby, an author and
researcher on "New Age" topics in Cariyle, Pennsylvania, cites an army recruiting
slogan "Be All that You Can Be" as evidence of what he contends has been the
significant influence" of NLP-like disciplines. In the early 1980's, Garby said,
"officers at the Army War College in Cariyle, some of whom were graduates of
EST, and were former members of The Radical Students For A Democratic
Society, conducted a study aimed at creating a 'New Age Army.' The slogan, a
derivative of the 'You Create Your Own Reality' orthodoxy of New Age groups,
grew out of this work."

The study, the Times reported, " according to participants, also envisaged training
soldiers in meditation, developing skills in extrasensory perception, magic, and in
'neurolinguistic training,' a hypnosis technique..."

A number of former students of NLP founder, Richard Bandler remember him
boasting in class that he could commit murder and use NLP to convince a jury

Operation Mind Control 256

that he was innocent Some think that's what he may have done in 1987 when he
was tried for murder and acquitted.

A lengthy article in the San Jose Mercury News 77 began with a quote from
Bandler "I'm going to play some mind-games with you in this seminar, because
the brain is my favorite toy."

He seemed to be at the peak of bis form that day, although later
people would start to wonder. The room was full of psychotherapists,
all laughing at bis jokes. It was 1983. four years before the murder.

Richard Bandler was talking about motivation, and how people's
attitudes could be changed through therapy. This went to the heart of
Neuro- Linguistics Programming, the controversial discipline he'd
co-founded 10 years before. NLP, a mixture of hypnosis and
linguistics, studied how people influence each other in subconscious
ways.

The idea was that covert manipulation could be learned and applied,
with beneficial results. Psychotherapists had called it a dangerous
form of mind control, but they couldn't get to the seminars fast
enough Neither could doctors, lawyers, corporate executives,
salespeople - anyone who thought a little manipulation could go a

So on this day in 1983, about 15 therapists were sitting in their rented
chairs, and Bandler was observing that many attitudes are thought to
be hard to change. Most of us, for example, avoid doing certain tasks
because we associate them with anxiety or discomfort, and we can't

He asked for personal examples from the group. A male therapist
offered one.

imagine feeling any other way.

■Absolutely nothing,' the man said.

257 W.H.Bowart
Was he sure?

The man looked sure. "Well, a small-caliber hand gun might do the
job," he offered flippantly.

Bandler reached into a pocket and whipped out a deninger.

•Would this do?" He waved the gun in the man's face. "Do you want to
change now?"

When he saw the gun, the therapist went into 'deep panic' The
incident was so embarrassing that even now, four years later, he
agrees to discuss it only on condition of anonymity. So well call him
Dave.

"When I saw the gun," Dave says, 1 knew he wasn't going to use it,
but I did not know for sure that absolutely he wouldn't.'

Bandler stared at him "You don't think I'm going to use this, do your
he said. He jacked up the gun and walked closer. 'Are you sure I
won't use it?" Then he walked away.

Bandler kept this up for perhaps 10 minutes, walking back and forth.
Every time he walked away, Dave would "intellectualize and
dissociate."

Every time Bandler came closer, Dave almost 'crapped in my pants
and ran out of the room' Dave swung back and forth between the
two states of mind, helpless under BancQer's spell.

Others in the room were terrified. There was no one taking a breath,'
says one observer.

When it was over, Dave says, he vowed never to use such a
technique on his own patients; it was far too aggressive. But a few

Operation Mind Control 258

months later, his attitude toward the task he'd mentioned to Bandler
underwent a dramatic and positive shift.

To this day, NLP trainers call the incident one of Sandler's most
delicate and brilliant pieces of work.

"What was so funny,' Dave says. "Is that I made the suggestion
myself. I gave him the ammunition. I guess there was a part of me
that said, It's time to work on this.' But I never in God's world
expected him to have a gun in his pocket..."

NLP sessions don't usually involve guns, but the "confusion" technique described
above, put Dave into a state something like a trance, in which he was flipping
between two states. In the opening Bandler, no doubt, implanted some positive
suggestions for change which the article does not describe. Milton Erickson was a
master at this very useful technique. What was happening was Bandler was
having a conversation with Dave's unconscious mind, which most of the audience
and certainly the reporter were not trained to notice.

The article goes on with Bandler's history, telling how he cured people from
addictions to alcohol, cigarettes, food, drugs, any craving one could imagine.

But if Bandler ever tried them on himself, he never mentioned it.

He found new thrills elsewhere. He started working with the U.S.
Army and the Central Intelligence Agency, doing projects on
post- Vietnam stress syndrome, marksmanship, removing foreign
accents from speech. He did some highly sensitive work for the CIA
on training potential hostages to withstand torture and interrogation.
Kate Wells, a local attorney, remembers sitting in his apartment one
day "with the three top CIA agents in the country. They were like this
with Richard." She makes a goggling face. They were in awe of him.
The would've done anything to please him Sitting in this cruddy little
living room in Capitol. It was surreal...

Then, could it have been possible for the cryptocracy to frame Richard Bandler for
murder?

All we know is that on Nov. 3, 1986, Richard Bandler was charged with killing a
woman with a single shot to the head. The victim was Corine Christensen, 31, an
alleged prostitute and cocaine dealer. She died in her townhouse in Santa Cruz, a
block from Bandler's.

Bandler declared his innocence, hired a lawyer, went to court and was acquitted of
me crime. A friend of Bandler's named James Marino, alleged to be a cocaine
dealer, who was in the room at the time of the shooting failed to appear in court.
He said he "feared for his own safety." After a lengthy discussion with his attorney,
Marino was persuaded to surrender.

259 W.H.Bou>art

Marino was the only witness against Bandler. He gave a lengthy, rambling
testimony which described how Bandler had shot Christensen through the face
with a 357 magnum, which had been found in the waters off the Capitola pier,
just where Marino had said it would be.

When the hearing was over, Municipal Court Judge Tom Kelly spoke
frankly. "My mind went back and forth all week, 1 he said, "about
which man was guilty. He would order the case to trial, he said, but

The only thing I know for sure, beyond a reasonable doubt, is we had
a murderer in this courtroom the last week and a half, 1 the judge
declared. "Beyond a reasonable doubt I cannot tell you who that
person was."

A caption under a photo in the report reads:

Bandler and UC-Santa Cruz linguistics professor John Grinder divided
people into three broad categories depending on the sensory mode
they preferred. Some people are predominantly 'visual,' some
'auditory' and others 'kinesthetic. ' NLP was soon being sold as an aid
to therapy, business, sales, even law, where it was promoted as a
boon to trial work. When critics attacked it as a form of dark magic,
Bandler and Grinder retorted that people have been manipulating
each other for centuries and they might as well understand what's
going on.

The only thing the reader needs to know about this case, for the purposes of our
report, is Richard Bandler was tried for murder and found not-guilty by a jury of

L _ -

rus peers.

But, a tinge of guns and drugs and the Jedi fantasies of the cryptocracy surround
NLP, like a foul-smelling smog. Its name has been so tainted that Anthony
Robbins no longer calls it by that name nor do many other masters of the
Ericksonian art

Another U.S. Army Psyops Col, Michael Aquino had an equal if opposite
fascination with Lucas' Star Wars trilogy. Aquino's affinity was for the "dark side"
of the "force", the Jedi gone wrong - Darth Vader.

In the diaries and notes of the "Presidential Model" 0, Aquino is witnessed
wearing his Darth Vader cape to the White House:

Much to Aquino's dismay and embarrassment, Reagan admired the
occult role that this Army Lt. Colonel played for mind control
traumatization purposes, as it fit in with the public promotion of

masses were easiest to manipulate through their religion, a
mind controlled slaves like myself.

Operation Mind Control 260

While Reagan had Aquino in D.C., he demanded that he wear his
black ritual robes to a White House party to reinforce the controlling
superstitions of a few South/Central American diplomats. Aquino
appeared foolish in the eyes of his peers. They knew Aquino's image
was only a guise for Psychological Warfare, but his appearance at the
White House in costume made Aquino look like he believed his own
facad e ...

We've already heard a lot about CoL Aquino, but now, let's see if we can find out
anything about his personal philosophy. What did this U.S. Army Intelligence
Colonel do for relaxation? He wrote fiction. Specifically he used George Lucas*
story Star Wars to explicate his dark philosophy.

In A DARTH VADER FANTASY, 'The Secret of the Sith" published in Famous
Monsters magazine 78 , Aquino's Darth asks Aquino's Princess Leia: "Who are you
to pursue selfish policies of regional prosperity in callous disregard for the damage
they may cause thruout (sic) the rest of the galaxy"

A little while later Darth says: ". Jt would be far more efficient than the Senate but
neither my attention span nor my reasoning processes are optimum for the task.
Nor is any other organic mind capable of such performance, particularly over an
extended period of time on a continuous basis. No, the only solution is to place
imperial sovereignty in the hands of a positronicomputer. (Sound like Delgao's
psychocivilization?) At lower levels there will be increasing latitude for aesthetic
opinions, of course, and planetary governments can squabble to their hearts'
content but no individual -- or group of individuals.- should have the power to
mane — or nor io maKe Decisions compieiery Deyono tneir competence...

Aquino's Princess Leia tells Aquino's Darth later "..J find it hard to believe that
you have their best interests at heart You are too far removed from them. Darth
Vaden to you they are little more than cosmic gaming pieces which you
manipulate not out of affection for them, but out of curiosity to see what you can

do with them. Perhaps you are content in such a god-like posture. I would not
be,-"

Aquino's Han Solo says: "-.What point is there to civilization, as you call it if no
one can move on impulse without causing chain-reactions of these dire

And Darth responds "..As for the constriction of free will, I of all individuals, am
opposed to that I have spent ray lifetime strengthening my own will in an
absolute sense - not just as opposed to others. As for impulsive decisions, they
were tolerable when they affected only a few words at a time - altho (sic) you'd
find it di fficult to argue that they were beneficial even then. The price we pay for

Aquino. Michael A.. A DARTH VADER FANTASY, 'The Secret of the Stiff, Famous Monsters

261 W.H.Bowart

commerce and communications across an entire galaxy is the loss of impulse in
favor of reason. Bear in mind that the benefits are reciprocal. The decision you
make may mean happiness and prosperity for worlds far beyond yours and their
decisions may have a corresponding effect upon your home. If you can exist in an
environment free from unnecessary misery you will have the freedom to exercise
your will in ways that are truly creative. That is what I would prefer-.."

Later in Aquino's story, Darth is apparently killed: " Amidst the wreckage
Darth Vader staggered to his feet, then stiffened in shock as a laser-bolt from
Leia Org ana's blaster struck him full in the back. The force of its impact tore
the mask from his head and the protective plates from his chest and Leia and
Solo saw with a thrill of horror [emphasis added] that the humanoid features
beneath were hideously decomposed and disfigured. Exposed to the air, they
began to dissolve and gradually Darth Vader's entire body boiled away to

One notes "a thrill of horror" and the body disappearing when exposed to the air -
a metaphor for the cryptocracy perhaps?

Here's a chunk of O's journal I did not previously include. It might shed some
light on the Psyops hypnotic techniques and the official government operations
with 1

Death's Door programming, though simplistic in its application, is as
complex as the mind of a multiple personality disordered, mind-
controlled slave.

As a mind-controlled slave, I had no conscious awareness of my
personalities being switched... either from within, or through the
deliberate triggering of others. Since I had no ability to logically
reason, I had no actual appreciation of time whereby I could not think
to notice time had passed "unaccounted for" while in another
personality. I existed only in the moment, doing exactly what I was
told...

Switching personalities was so absolute that the experiences of a
particular personality resulted in particular perceptions. Ocular (eye)

changed. Senses and sensations changed according to exactly which
part of the brain was being accessed to function. Dissociation
equated to removing myself psychologically from my experience,
whereby I 'dis-assodated' from my body and the tortures it i

Prior-conditioning necessary for survival had taught me to retreat so
deep into my mind that sensations of torture seemed to be far away
as though it were through a long, dark tunnel. Compared to a
personality who's non-threatened down-to-earth daily routine

Operation Mind Control 262

required no such survival skills, the perceptual shift becomes more
clearly understood. Therefore, switching personalities actually 'felt'
(in retrospect) like a dimensional shift... which is the perceptual,
psychological target of Death's Door programmers.

The CIA has numerous 'Near Death Trauma Centers' (NDTCs) for
creating seemingly indestructible human slaves much the same way
the military creates Delta Force soldiers. Mind-controlled slaves such
as myself were programmed at such installations since the same high
technology, equipment and methods were required, by attaching
certain programming to 'natural' MPD survival phenomena, the skills
could be enhanced. Slowed blood flow through deep, dissociative
trance increased chances of survival ( See Laird Gutterson earlier).

Pain could be perceived as pleasure, which furthered the benefits of
dissociative 'mind over matter' trance. Accelerated tissue healing
could be hypnotically induced and further enhance by switching my
personalities whereby I no longer was aware of the tortures the other
personality(s) had endured. As a programmed mind controlled slave,
I was led to believe that this shifting of personalities was a shifting of

U.S. Army Lt. Colonel (then) Michael Aquino of the U.S. Defense
Intelligence Agency's Psychological Warfare Section instilled Death's
Door programming on me at a mind control research facility located
on the Presidio Army Base in San Francisco, California. While I was
being prepared for programming, I overheard Aquino talking with an
understudy pertaining to Death's Door. Aquino's personal belief

He claimed to believe that death is in itself a changing of dimensions,
whereby "Near Death' experiences would open doors to even more
dimensions. Aquino told his associate that I had been so close to
death on numerous occasions that 'a wide path" had been worn in my

Therefore,' he explained, 'she has increased her ability to enter other

These 'dimensions' Aquino used as a means of hypnotically
scrambling ana compartmentalizing my memory oi Key <
government secrets, and identities. Anchored into the natural
timelessness of MPD, I had been repeatedly conditioned to the idea
of timeless' mterdimensional ' travel. Aquino claimed to believe that
time existed only in the mind of man and could therefore be
manipulated as easily as the mind. He told his colleague, "whether in
principal or in theory, the results are the same since the concept of
timp is in itself abstract' This program anchored in timelessness

263 W.H. Bowart

my inability to comprehend that time had indeed

My scrambled memory of 'interdimensional' experiences would have
remained unrecoverable had I not been deprogrammed to realize that
my memories were experienced and photographically recorded right
here in this dimension. My memory was simply compartmentalized in
my own brain, therefore, logically it was accessible...

. ..At the Presidio mind control research facility, I was placed in a
sensory deprivation chamber. Aquino programmed me with what I
suspect were harmonics through the chamber's imbedded sound
system This produced a physical sensation of floating weightlessly
through space while the sound seemed to be heard from within my
head rather than through my ears. Aquino's suggestion that I was in

Aquino played the role of my 'savior* by leading me 'safely' and
'painlessly' through death's door. I had no alternative but to follow
bis programming commands, and later carry out the ensuing orders
he would embed deep within my autogenic/primitive mind. He
hypnotically induced the sensation of my burning alive through
affecting my histamine production, then 'shifted dimensions' in my
mind in preparation for the orders that I would carry out 'as though
my life depended upon it..'

Aquino slowly and hypnotically led me, '...You have deep within you
the ability to slip through death's door... an ability encoded in you
since the inception of time... since your inception and birth into this
world of ti me ... this physical world of matter... the only world where
time matters. Only a visitor in this dimension, you have harnessed
your ability to come and go as you please once you access the door
encoded in your mind. Follow me now while I lead you on a journey
through your mind right to the door that will set you free...

I must break the description of the "Death's Door" hypnotic process off at its
beginning. This is a particularly dangerous process which could be harmful to
those who have been similarly programmed, or adapted by experimenters to their
own uses with destructive results. Suffice it to say this hypnotic metaphor fits well
into Aquino's fiction, The Secret ofSith.

One grows curious about the connection between Aquino, Alexander and Bandler,
two U.S. Army Psyops Colonels who say they don't know each other, and a CIA
asset who have mastered the art of the metaphor - Star Wars and others.

17

THE SLAVES WHO BURIED THE PHARAOH

The CIA uses thought reform, programming, and indoctrination on its own
employees. Patrick J. McGarvey, a veteran of fourteen years in U.S. intelligence
service, described the cryptocracy's more ordinary indoctrination procedures in
his book CIA: The Myth and the Madness. McGarvey said that his indoctrination
was carried out in a classroom which was "right out of The Manchurian
Candidate. It was a cavernous room not unlike a nineteenth century surgical
exhibition pit"

That training, he said, consisted of "an admixture of common sense, insanity,
old-time religion, and some of the weirdest lectures you can imagine." The most
important result of this early training, as far as the CIA was concerned, McGarvey
said, "was the attitudes they managed to inculcate" among the recruits.

"Many among us believed in the intelligence establishment simply because we
were part of it This attitude lingered for years among us, and today, in middle
age, most of us still talk about the raind-bending job they did on us during the
training period. I am convinced that this manipulation of attitudes had been
responsible for keeping silent the many men who have since left the craft of
intelligence. Because of my indoctrination, I still get a visceral twinge and have
qualms of conscience about writing this."

McGarvey was referring to behavior modification when he said, "CIA has a
wonderful informal system of rewards and punishments for the faithful and
unfaithful."

Other fragments of information have leaked through the memory blocks and
security oaths of former CIA employees. They can be found scattered throughout
the "true confessions" literature of former spooks. They offer further glimpses of
the CIA's interest in mind control - but they are only glimpses.

"The most impressive part of this initial CIA indoctrination," writes Miles
Copeland, "is the attitude toward loyalty, security, precision, attention to detail,
and healthy suspicion that it manages to implant in the minds of the trainees...
The fact is that this aspect of the indoctrination had been designed by some of the

265 W.H. Bowart

nation's best psychologists, employing the most modem techniques of
'motivational research.' Certainly it achieves its purpose. The psychologists
resent the insinuation that they are engaged in 'brainwashing,' arguing that the
effect of what they have contributed to the training is exactly the opposite of
brainwashing as practiced by the Chinese. Instead of conditioning a person so
that he can accept only 'approved' ideas, it sharpens his instincts and critical
faculties so that he can recognize specious political reasoning when he
encounters it Also the psychologists believe their course imparts a strong sense
of mission, which is lacking in other branches of government" 78

Despite the CIA psychologists' defense of their reverse "brainwashing," terrible
damage has been suffered by the people who have matriculated from the CIA's
mind- control projects. Those techniques employed for indoctrination and "loyalty
training" of CIA personnel are but the beginning of a mind-control operation
which is the most effective security device short of assassination.

Institutionalized secrecy came to America on the eve of World War II. From the
beginning, psychology was both the most important external weapon against the
Nazis and Japanese and the internal control mechanism for the war time
government

Psychological warfare was used in World War L but by the beginning of World
War II it had taken on a new dimension. Previously tile inspiring, depressing,
persuasive or misleading messages of propaganda had been delivered to target
populations via the printed page or by word of mouth. In World War n, for the
first time it became possible through radio to address the entire population of a
country at the same time. The effects of propaganda, so magnified, became an
important tool in warfare.

After the war, electronic propaganda became the staple weapon for waging the
Cold War. Persuasion, argument propaganda, and indoctrination went out over
the airwaves not only to "enemy" populations but to our own civilian populations
as welL

The full story of the OSS and the beginnings of the CIA was not known until 1976
when a government report The War Report of Strategic Services, was
declassified. In 1940 Gen. William J. Donovan was appointed President Franklin
D Roosevelt's special emissary. Upon his return from a Mediterranean tour he
reported that "neither America nor Britain is fighting the new and important type
of war on more than the smallest scale. Our defenses against political and
psychological warfare are feeble, and even such gestures as have been made
toward carrying the fight to the enemy are pitifully inadequate." Donovan urged
the President to prepare for combat in the field of irregular and unorthodox
warfare, as well as in the orthodox military areas." 80

Operation Mind Control 266

Five months before the Japanese attacked Pearl Harbor, President Roosevelt
added one more new bureau to the New Deal Bureaucracy. It was tagged COI,
perhaps a fitting acronym for the publicity-shy office of the Coordinator of
Information. Its leader was, of course, William J. Donovan.

Donovan has been called "a queer figure who comes off three-quarters MachiaveUi
and one-quarter boy." According to Anthony Cave Brown, he recruited
"Communists to kill Krauts. He feared and distrusted Communists in places
where they counted. In Italy and France, he could never quite make up his mind
what to do politically; and, since political belief was the clandestine'* primary
motive, his policies often failed and, even when they succeeded, led to
interminable muddles. Likeable, even admirable on occasions, he was in fact an
Elizabethan man, swaggering about capitals in beautiful cord, displaying a fine
calf for a riding boot, but forever dependent really upon the British for the finesse
which that secret struggle demanded." 81

The British Secret Intelligence Service had developed espionage and intelligence
to a fine art during World War L They were already masters of sabotage, guerrilla
warfare, political warfare, deception, crypto- analysis, irregular maritime warfare,
technical intelligence, and secret intelligence when World War II began. During
that war they took intelligence into the vanguard of psychology, using drugs and
hypnosis to program couriers to carry secret messages locked behind
posthypnotic blocks.

The British were the first to employ a financing device known as the "Secret
Vote," or unvouchered funds. This was money made available without recourse to
legislation and accounted for only by personal signature. As Anthony Cave Brown
observed, "plainly, almost unlimited opportunity for fraud existed in this
arrangement" 82

Donovan's COI copied the unvouchered funds financing idea, as well as many
others, from the British. He put great emphasis on the psychological warfare arm
of intelligence. The British had also emphasized "psy-war," but Donovan
promoted it to the degree that he made the psychological warfare division the
central control organ of the entire espionage agency.

In 1941, after the birth of COI, President Roosevelt asked Donovan to make
specific proposals for the implementation of his ideas for psychological warfare
and the development of an intelligence plan. Donovan submitted to the White
House a paper entitled "Memorandum of Establishment of Services of Strategic
Information." In it he clarified his idea of the relationship of information to

267 WJlBourart

Pointing out the diplomatic and defense inadequacies of the then existing
intelligence organization, Donovan said, "It is essential that we set up a central
enemy intelligence organization which would itself collect either directly or
through existing departments of government, at home and abroad, pertinent
information." Such information and data should be analyzed and interpreted by
applying the experience of "specialized, trained research officials in the related
scientific fields (including technological, economic, financial and psychological
scholars)." He emphasized that "there is another element in modem warfare, and
that is the psychological attack against the moral and spiritual defenses of a
nation-" 0

In June, 1942, the office of Strategic Service (OSS) was created to replace COI.
Some time passed between the formation of the OSS and the issuance of its
charter. The delay was created by Donovan's controversial idea that the
psychological warfare unit should be in charge of the entire intelligence operation.
The intellectuals hovering around OSS argued with the Joint War Plans
Committee about what exactly psychological warfare was, and who should direct

^in the name of the United States of America.

Finally a definition was agreed upon. The official definition of psychological
warfare read: "~.it is the coordination and use of all means, including moral and
physical by which the end is to be attained - other than those of recognized
military operations, but including the psychological exploitation of the result of
those recognized military actions - which tend to destroy the will of the enemy to
achieve victory and to damage his political or economic capacity to do so; which
tend to deprive the enemy of the support, assistance, or sympathy of his allies or
associates or of neutrals, or to prevent his acquisition of such support, assistance,
or sympathy; or which tend to create, maintain or increase the will to victory of
our own people and allies and to acquire, maintain, or increase the support,
assistance and sympathy of neutrals."

And, as Donovan had wished, the Joint Chiefs of Staff decreed that "All plans for
projects to be undertaken by the office of Strategic Services will be submitted to
the Joint U.S. Chiefs of Staff through the Joint Psychological Warfare Committee
for approvaL The Joint Psychological Warfare Committee will refer such papers as
it deems necessary to the Joint Staff Planners (JSP) prior to submission to the
Joint U.S. Chiefs of Staff. The Joint Psychological Warfare Committee will take
final action on all internal administrative plans pertaining to the Office of
Strategic Services." 84

The lifespan of OSS was less than three years. During that short period of time it
developed psychological warfare into an effective weapon against the minds of
civilian and military populations foreign and domestic alike. To wage effective

Operation Mind Control 268

psychological war the OSS needed background information on United States
citizens. Thus the burglary of private files was sanctioned. The pattern of
extra-constitutional clandestine activities within the United States, which came to
the public's attention with Watergate, the Iran/Contra Affair and so on, began in
1945 when the OSS broke into the office of Amerasia magazine, an alleged
Communist publication. The OSS illegal entry was followed by a legal FBI search
three months later, but no evidence that Amerasia was engaged in subversive
activity was ever found.

Throughout the war Donovan never lost sight of the fact that while OSS was a
wartime expedient, it was also an experiment to determine the nature of a
peacetime U.S. intelligence structure in the postwar period. Eventually OSS did
provide the framework for the peacetime intelligence service through which the
United States supposedly continued the bitter moral and territorial struggle
against the Communists.

By a small, humorous twist of fate, it was on October 31, 1944 - Halloween the
traditional day for spooks and dirty tricks - when President Roosevelt once again
turned to Donovan for his views. According to the official story, the president
asKeo Donovan to aeveiop a plan lor me organization ot an intelligence service
which would function after the cessation of hostilities. In November, Donovan
submitted to the President his proposal for the creation of a "central intelligence
service." In his memorandum, Donovan proposed liquidation of OSS once the
wartime necessity had ceased- He was anxious, however, to preserve the
intelligence functions developed by OSS, so he repeated his original COI concept
of a central authority, reporting directly to the President, which would collect and
analyze intelligence material required for planning and implementation of
national policy and strategy.

"Though in the midst of war," Donovan wrote, "we are also in a period of
transition which, before we are aware, will take us into the tumult of
rehabilitation. An adequate and orderly intelligence system will contribute to
informed decisions. We have now in the Government the trained and specialized
personnel needed for the task. This talent should not be dispersed." 85

On September 20, 1945, OSS was officially terminated by Executive Order 9620.
"Research and Analysis" functions and "Foreign Nationals Recruiting" were
transferred to the Department of State. The remainder of the OSS functions were
transferred to the Department of War. That same day, the new President Harry S.
Truman sent a letter to Donovan informing him of the executive order to close
OSS, and thanking him for his outstanding service.

The President wrote, in part, "You may well find satisfaction in the achievements
of the Office and take pride in your own contribution to them. These are in

269 W.H. Bowart

themselves large rewards. Great additional reward for your efforts should lie in
the knowledge that the peacetime intelligence services of the Government are
being erected on the foundation of the facilities and resources mobilized through
the Office of Strategic Services during the war."

Hidden behind the President's compliment was the fact that Donovan was shut
out from the formation of the CIA because of a major character flaw, he had a
strong dislike of organization. Whether Donovan was really the right man for the
job of chief of America's first intelligence service is debatable. Success in covert
operations depends upon an efficient bureaucracy and good judgment in
authority. In many cases Donovan displayed neither. At the heart he was an
activist who did not even like the personalities of conventional administrators.
Stewart Alsop said that he ran OSS "like a country editor."

"In every respect, OSS was Donovan's child," OSS historian R. Harris Smith
wrote. "He nourished the agency in its infancy, and it bore the stamp of his
personality." 86 That stamp carried over into the new peacetime intelligence
agency, the CIA, the first in American history.

But while Donovan was the grandfather of the cryptocracy, its techniques and
much of the rationale behind them were the work of the Dulles brothers. The
following review of the Dulles' rise to prominence shows the manner in which
crypto era ts form their liaisons.

On the evening of the day South Korea was invaded, President Truman had
hastily returned to Washington from his home in Independence, Missouri. He
gathered his principal advisors together at the White House to discuss the
emergency. Unanimously, his advisors recognized the gravity of the situation and
agreed with Gen. Omar Bradley, then the head of the Chiefs of Staff, who said the
intelligence reports indicated Russia was "not yet ready for war, but in Korea they
are obviously testing us, and the line ought to be drawn now."

Quickly, Truman ordered Gen. Douglas MacArthur to provide military protection
for the delivery of arms to the South Koreans and to evacuate American
dependents. He instructed the military chiefs "to prepare the necessary orders for
the eventual use of American units." On the following day he said he was
convinced that "the Republic of Korea needed help at once if it was not to be

— tt

overrun.

Truman was given CIA reports which indicated that Korea was a repetition, on a
larger scale, of the Berlin blockade. The intelligence reports further indicated that
North Korean Communists would eventually prove to be a threat to Japan,
Formosa, and the American base on Okinawa. It was the first time the "domino
theory" was used.

■ R. Harris Smith. OSS:The Stent History of America's Fast Central fau&gmrr Agmcf (Bvkeley. Unhmity of

C*BfarnuPreu,1972)

Operation Mind Control 270

The President, acting on the advice of the CIA, ordered MacArthur to give
immediate naval and air support to the South Korean array, without allowing him
to order his troops to cross the Thirty-eighth ParalleL (This act of drawing a
political rather than a strategic boundary set the precedent in Asia for the use of
the same tactic later in the Vietnam campaign.)

MacArthur's zeal and military instinct disposed him to blindness concerning such
arbitrary boundaries. His expressed urge to attack China with nuclear weapons
eventually led to his unprecedented dismissal by Truman. MacArthur may have
had the knowledge and the skill to win the Korean conflict unconditionally, but
such a military victory in the light of history did not fit into the long-range war of
attrition the cryptocracy supported as a tool of the military-industrial complex,
against the Communists.

Domestic politics also served to compound the power of the new cryptocracy,
which was then cutting its teeth in Southeast Asia. In 1952, when Dwight D.
Eisenhower was elected President of the United States, he appointed John Foster
Dulles as Secretary of State, and allowed Poster's brother Allen, who was then the
CIA's "deputy director for plans" - the clandestine operations branch of CIA - to
take over directorship of the CIA one year later.

According to Towns end Hoopes, who served in both the Truman and Johnson
administrations, though the seeds were sown by Truman, it was under the
Eisenhower administration that the Cold War was "pervasively institutionaUzed in
the United States." He described the Cold War's chief manifestations as "...a
strident moralism, a self-righteous and often apocalyptic rhetoric, a determined
effort to ring the Soviet Union and China with anti-Communist military alliances,
a dramatic proliferation of American overseas military bases, and a rising flow of
the American military equipment for foreign armies accompanied by American
officers and men to provide training and advice. The posture of imperative, total
confrontation," he said "thus came to full development during the Eisenhower
period. By 1960, the United States government was not only positioned and
determined to restrain the major Communist powers, but also determined -
through an implicit extension of logic and the inertial momentum generated by a
large and powerful military/foreign affairs bureaucracy - to control the pace and
character of political change everywhere." "

In the chill of the Cold War, few Americans remembered that John Foster Dulles
had been pro-Nazi before Hitler invaded Poland. No one thought, either, to
question the fact that while John Foster Dulles was running the State
Department, and therefore dealing with friendly governments, his brother Allen
was running the CIA, which he once described as a State Department for dealing
with unfriendly governments. No one seemed at all disturbed by the Dulles

271 W.H. Bowart

Dynasty, and only a handful of people realized to what extent the Dulles brothers
held power in the Eisenhower administration.

Lieutenant Colonel L Fletcher Prouty (USAF) was the Pentagon's chief briefing
officer assigned to the White House during the Eisenhower administration. He
worked closely with Allen Dulles in Coordinating military support for the various
clandestine political operations undertaken by the CIA. He knew the intimate
working arrangements of the Dulles brothers and of the cryptocracy they were
building.

In his book The Secret Team, Colonel Prouty gave a glimpse of how the Dulles
brothers "worked" the President "That evening, before his usual tennis game on
his backyard court, Allen Dulles dropped by his brother's secluded house just off
Massachusetts Avenue and discussed the operation [which involved an
amphibious plane and Polish pilot to be run under a CIA business cover). Foster
agreed that Eisenhower would go along with it He walked over to the wall lined
with bookshelves and picked up the White House telephone which connected
directly with the White House operator. All he said was Is the man busy?'

Foster Dulles opened with, 'Boss, how did you do at Burning Tree today?-. Well,
six holes is better than nothing— Yes, I've been talking here with Allen. He has a
proposal he wants to clear with you. He feels it is very important and it will lift
the morale of Frank's boys. [Frank Wisner was then Director of Intelligence
Clandestine Operations). You know, since Korea and Guatemala you haven't had
them doing much. Will you see him tomorrow morning? Fine. How's Mamie?
OX boss, I'll speak to Allen-. 9:30... Thank you - goodnight''

There was not much left to do," Prouty said, "the flight would be scheduled."

A relevant analysis of "the brother act" is provided by David Wise and Thomas
Ross. "[The Dulles brothers] embodied the dualism - and indeed the moral
dilemma - of United States foreign policy since World War II... Foster Dulles
reflected the American ethic; the world as we should like it to be. While he took
this public position, his brother was free to deal with nastier realities, to overturn
governments and to engage in backstage political maneuvers all over the globe
with the CIA's almost unlimited funds.-

This is not to say that the same two-sided foreign policy would never have
evolved had the director of the CIA and the Secretary of State not been brothers.
It very likely would have. But the natural friction between the objective and
methods of the diplomats and the 'spooks,' between the State Department and the
CIA, was to an extent reduced because of the Dulles brothers. There was
consequently less of a check and balance." 88

Operation Mind Control 272

John Foster and Allen Dulles had worked together before coming to government
Foster was the star attorney of the international law firm of Sullivan and
Cromwell. He persuaded his partners to take Allen in "to soften up customers,"
which Allen had a great gift for. Eventually, Sullivan and Cromwell sent Allen to
Berlin to negotiate private affairs with the German industrial barons before the
war. After the war broke out, he was sent to Switzerland with OSS, where, under
cover, he used his former business contacts inside Germany to supply
information for his many spectacular single-handed intelligence coups against the
Axis.

Though Allen Dulles was more gifted as a diplomat than his elder brother Foster,
it was Foster who can be considered the mastermind of the Cold War Aberration.
Foster played upon the fear of Communists and implemented the world-policing
foreign policy of the Pax Americana which eventually led to our involvement in
Vietnam. It was his Cold War Campaign at home that made citizens tremble in
fear of Communist attack and their children crouch under school desks in atomic
air-raid drills. It was John Foster Dulles, in the company of men like Senator Joe
McCarthy and Richard Nixon, who presented the specter of the Communist
menace to the American public They convinced the nation that the communists
were about to unleash a global war and even a direct nuclear attack upon the
United States.

During Eisenhower's 1952 campaign for the presidency he promised to
"peacefully bring about freedom for the captive nations." John Foster Dulles later
repeated Eisenhower's promise, omitting, however, the word "peacefully."

Lest we judge John Foster Dulles unfairly by the standards of our own time, it
must be said that, to his mind, there must have seemed to have been good
reasons for invoking the Communist threat As Senator Frank Church's (1976)
Senate Committee to Study Governmental Operations said: "the extent to which
the urgency of the Communist threat had become a shared perception is difficult
to appreciate."

More likely, there was another, more insidious reason for the Cold War the
economy. A glance at a historical graph of the American business cycle will show
that since the Civil War, economic depressions tend to precede and follow U.S.
wars. Dulles' generation came to power in World War II after having suffered the
longest and deepest depression in American history. It could be considered
natural for them to overreact to the recessions of 1945-46 and 1949-50 by
fomenting war - hot or cold - to feed the military-industrial base of the
economy. The research and development of death-dealing technology created the
need for unprecedented secrecy. The instrument of keeping those secrets was the
cryptocracy.

273 W.H. Bowart

The Cold War Strategy proved to be economically successful. Without having to
risk a full-scale nuclear war and simply by arming the world against communism
through weapons marketing, propaganda, and the psychological warfare of the
Cold War scheme, the United States achieved a capital goods boom unequaled in
modem history. In the most simple terms, arms constituted the bulk of United
States exports from World War Two to the present and figured as the single most
important industry which maintained the United States trade balance.

The central core of the Dulles brothers' American containment policy grew from
the CIA's covert operations and propaganda efforts. The mood of those times is
reflected in a top-secret report submitted by the second Hoover Commission to
President Eisenhower is September, 1954, and made public by former CIA man
Harry Rositzke. The report urged the United States to make its "...aggressive
covert psychological, political, and paramilitary organization more effective, more
unique, and if necessary, more ruthless than mat employed by the enemy... We
are facing an implacable enemy whose avowed objective is world domination by
whatever means and at whatever cost There are no rules in such a game... We„.
must learn to subvert, sabotage, and destroy our enemies by more clever, more
sophisticated, and more effective methods than those used against us..."

According to Rositzke The next year a National Security Council directive
reaffirmed the Executive's commitment to covert operations. It instructed the
CIA to continue creating problems for International Communism,' to reduce its
strength and its control worldwide, and to 'increase the capacity and the will of
peoples and nations to resist International Communism. It specifically reaffirmed
CIA's authority to develop underground resistance and facilitate covert and

Although the Cold War is generally said to date from 1948, with the Berlin
Blockade and the Greek civil war, John Foster Dulles contributed to its
architecture before he came to office in 1953. He epitomized the fearful gestalt of
his generation, took hold of the floundering Cold War strategy, and molded it with
his personality. He was fond of quoting Alexander Hamilton, who wrote in the
Federalist Papers, "safety from external danger is the most powerful director of
national conduct" Hamilton's statement when taken at face value, seems quite
innocent But in the context of John Poster Dulles' materialistic and puritan
upbringing, it is not difficult to see how he construed it to mean something quite
different than Hamilton intended. Hamilton's thoughts gave Dulles the moral
rationale to try to motivate national political, industrial, and economic conduct by
posing an overwhelming external danger - the threat of a nuclear war initiated by
the "international Communist conspiracy."

If, at the end of World War II, the growth of our economy, still the strongest and
richest in the world, did depend upon the military-industrial complex for

• Harry Ros.txkr.CWi S*er« Oper^bons (New York. Rod^s Digest Press, 1977)

Operation Mind Control 274

then Dulles' Cold War saved the U.S. from certain recession. Without
the threat of communism, what could the free world have armed against? And if
the health of the U.S. economy continues to depend on that merger of military
and industrial interests, then what threat will come to replace the cold war?

In his farewell address to the nation in I960, President Eisenhower issued his
famous warning about the military-industrial complex:

Our military organization today bears little relation to that known of
any of my predecessors in peacetime - or, indeed, by fighting men of
World War II or Korea. Until the latest of our world conflicts, the
United States had no armaments industry. We annually spend on
military security alone more than the net income of all United States

"Now this conjunction of an immense military establishment and a
large arms industry is new in the American experience. The total
influence — economic, political, even spiritual — is felt in every city,
every state house, every office of the federal government. We
recognize the imperative need for this development. Yet we must fail
to comprehend its grave implications. In the councils of government
we must guard against the acquisition of unwarranted influence,
whether sought or unsought, by the military-industrial complex. The
potential for the disastrous rise of misplaced power exists and will

We must never let the weight of this combination endanger our
liberties or democratic processes. We should take nothing for
granted.

And Eisenhower accurately predicted the course of the history of mind control
research:

The prospect of domination of the nation's scholars by federal
employment, project allocations, and the power of money is ever
present and is gravely to be regarded.

Yet, in holding scientific research and discovery in respect, as we

public policy could itself become the captive of a scientific-
technological elite."

The Cold War was World War ID - a war waged, largely, against the human mind.
A war waged largely with words - the most powerful tool of behavior
modification.

In the beginning, the men who had won World War n with advanced weaponry
were less artful in the use of the new psychological warfare. As the Cold War

275 W.H. Bowart

escalated propaganda was followed by sabotage, assassinations, "paramilitary"

covert operations, and limited "police actions" before the arsenal for waging
invisible war (IW) was developed

America had traditionally been a free and open society. But after the war, U.S.
leaders held in their hands an awesome technological superiority. While being the
love object of government, the new technologies, especially nuclear energy, made
the leaders fearful of losing their monopoly. That fear gave rise to the belief that
new secret agencies and operations were needed to guard against technological
thefts by foreign governments, the Cold War was a "secret" war in more ways
than one.

Psychological warfare, originally waged only against "enemy" countries,
eventually came home. Nazi war criminals, experts in the black crafts of mind
control, were allowed to immigrate to the U.S. under Project Paperclip. Most were
employed by the U.S. cryptocracy. With the Nazi's in place, the psychological war
began against the American people. It was waged against beliefs and free thought,
by a cryptocracy which is still supported by all the power of the federal
government, but which operates outside the chain of governmental command.
Often it takes the form of "privatized" government, with the controls appearing to
be vested in the ordinary business community. In any event, behind it is a secret
bureaucracy become paranoid - a cryptocracy mad with world power whose most
powerful weapons are aimed at the human mind

Although the Central Intelligence Agency has long been the convenient symbol for
all those who have committed atrocities in the name of national security, the
secret bureaucracy, the cryptocracy, does not consist solely of the CIA. It is as
well a vast network of alliances between individuals in a number of government
agencies normally thought to be outside the intelligence field

Since the cryptocracy violates every constitutional principle as a matter of course,
and commits every crime known to man in the interest of "national security," it
cannot entirely rely on the patriotism of its agents to keep its secrets. Therefore,
no single individual is told more than he has a "need to know."

The cryptocracy is a brotherhood reminiscent of the ancient secret societies, with
rites of initiation and indoctrination programs to develop in its loyal membership
the special understanding of its mysteries. It has secret codes and oaths of silence
which reinforce the sense of elitism necessary for the maintenance of its strict
loyalty. It is automated organized in the mode of a computer, where all have
access to general knowledge and the most obvious aims and goals, but where the
individual is isolated by tribal rituals and compartmentalization.

It is a technocratic organization without ideology, loyal only to an unspoken,
expedient, and undefined patriotism. Its recruits are schooled in the writings of

Operation Mind Control 276

Niccolo MachiavellL Its members are anonymous. Its funds are secret Its
operational history is a secret Even its goals are secret It is a degenerative
disease of the body politic which has grown rampant spreading so invisibly that
after nearly four decades its existence is known only to a handful of "decision
makers. "

The cryptocracy is designed to function like a machine. It also has the feelings of
a machine - none at all. but unlike a machine, it does have ambition. To it
human beings are so much cheap hardware who perform certain set functions
which produce certain predetermined results. They are valued relative to cost and
efficiency. The cryptocracy is the perfect cybernetic organism - pure logic at the
planning level - nothing but automatic response in the field.

If a prospective agent cannot be recruited by an appeal to patriotism, he is bribed.
If he cannot be bribed, he is blackmailed If he refuses to be blackmailed, he is
"programmed." If all these fail, he is killed, for it must not be known that he had
ever been approached - so important is "national security."

It is sometimes hard to determine whether the cryptocracy is working for or
against the interests of the U.S. President to whom its constituent agencies are
supposed to be accountable. Many of its crimes, now a matter of public record,
would indicate that it has often worked against the President It has, we know,
worked against the U.S. Constitution and the American people. It has needlessly

tortured and murdered those who have stood in its way. Documented atrocities
and criminal blunders have been revealed by congressional investigations. Pew
have been brought to trial Of those convicted only a paltry amount of time has
been served. Little congressional, judicial, or executive action has been taken to
limit its power or ferret out its leaders. Figureheads have been changed, but the
organization and the National Security Act which has bred this cancer remains in
essence unchanged - unchallenged by the press, unnoticed by the people.

The cryptocracy serves big business and spends a good deal of time and energy
supplying American corporations with industrial intelligence. These favors,
offered only to those companies friendly to the cryptocracy, may be repaid by
such things as political campaign contributions to candidates who are either
sympathetic to or compromised by favors from the cryptocracy. In the past the
cryptocracy has supported both foreign and domestic politicians with such
campaign contributions.

The "old boy network" of retired cryptocrats working within major corporations
plays an important role in the cryptocracy's international influence. Secret funds
are shunted not only from one agency of government to another, but also from
agency to corporation and then, under cover of the corporation's legal business
activities, throughout the world, wherever expediency dictates.

277 W.H. Bowart

Through its authorized functions, the cryptocracy controls the United States
government It feeds the executive branch "intelligence reports" which are often
slanted and sometimes falsified, so that the policy decisions which result will be
those which fit the cryptocracy's game plan.

Like a fifteenth century Machiavellian princedom that has been computerized and
automated, the cryptocracy has systematically manipulated the American
consciousness. By justifying its existence by citing an exaggerated danger from
communism, it has justified its own totalitarianism by convincing key politicians
that fire must be fought with fire. The practices of the cryptocracy, once officially
SdiicnoncQ oiuy in opciaLioiis oulsiqc mc u.o., ikivc Dccoiric inicrnaiizcu. i nose
practices have included spying, stealing blackmail, and murder, even within the
borders of the country it is supposed to protect and defend.

There was nothing hypocritical about the KGB's employment of totalitarian,
police-state tactics. The Soviet equivalent of the CIA, the KGB,was an extension
of the Soviet political system, which was totalitarian. Neither was there anything
hypocritical about the Chinese use of "brainwashing" on American POWs in
Korea. The Chinese have "brainwashed" three and a half million of their own
people though generally they used techniques less sophisticated than mind
control but no less drastic than starvation, sleep interruption, and isolation. But
the U.S. cryptocracy is the ultimate hypocrisy, subversive to its own government's
democratic structure. It operates with methods which are not permitted in most
democracies and certainly not permitted by the Constitution of the United States.

In war, a successful campaign greatly depends upon the element of surprise.
Since the beginning of human disputes warriors have found it desirable to keep
their strengths and weaknesses concealed

The use of new technology has been both the strength and the surprise which so
often has determined the outcome of war. The first elephant to be outfitted with
spikes and used in battle was as great a terror to the bow-and-arrow warrior as the
atomic bomb was to the Japanese.

The cryptocracy has long known the only way it can maintain the upper hand in
the global power game is to stay in the vanguard of technology. To that end it has
employed all the research and development the federal government can buy.

Since World War B the cryptocracy has used electronic technology to manipulate
foreign peoples as well as the American people through a campaign of carefully
planned misinformation, disinformation, and propaganda. The cryptocracy's
existence depends upon such manipulation of public belief. Since it cannot
openly argue its cause, it relies upon persuasion and indoc- trination to
accomplish its goals and win support for its ends.

Operation Mind Control 278

The existence of the cryptoaracy also depends upon absolute secrecy. Without it,
it is powerless. At present the cryptocracy is trying to control the encryption of
data on the proposed "information highway." The cryptocracy is trying to arrange
things ( supposedly in the interest of national security) so that it will make it easy
to wiretap the electronic mail and computer communications between private
citizens and businesses alike. The scheme is to ramrod a system which allows no
other encryption than the version developed in secret by the National Security
Agency. The adoption of this plan would also make it impossible for private
citizens to encrypt their own communications and thus not be able to protect
themselves against eavesdropping. What appears to be only an attempt to control
information at its source — is actually an attempt to curb freedom of speech. The
ultimate target, of course, is the human mind.

It was the CIA which instigated and directed the initial mind control research, and
witn an invisiDie nana, Kept eacn group 01 scientists isolated trom me otner. cacn
group researching mind control was kept apart from other groups conducting
simultaneous interfacing experiments, so that no one except the Agency would be
able to put all the pieces of the puzzle together.

The basis for mind-control techniques already existed in scientific literature, but
in a fragmented, incomplete, and unassimilated state. The cryptocracy enlisted
the aid of scientists who then developed these fragments into usable techniques.
These scientists worked independently, each on only one small part of the overall
plan. And, by and large they were ignorant of the intended use of the final

■ i { j K — ii n ii n null

product oi tneir res ear cn.

Operation Mind Control was not the plan of a mere cult of intelligence; it did not
stop at intelligence gathering, but went on to instigate active operations on its
own. Those conspiracies against freedom which were revealed by the
investigations into Watergate, the intelligence community and multinational
corporations are minor compared to the conspiracy of mind control which has
developed in this country. Although the first victims of Operation Mind Control
were, perhaps, especially suitable personality types for such use, with the
advances being made in the psycho-sciences all but a few of us may eventually be
victimized.

The power of mind control resides in its use as a superior security technique; as
such it is almost as foolproof as that employed by the great Pharaoh of Egypt,
who, carried to his final resting place by loyal slaves, had those same slaves killed
and buried along with him so that all knowledge of access to the tomb would
remain secure for centuries. Mind control arranges that "slaves" of the
intelligence community - witnesses, couriers, and assassins - are "protected"
from their own memories and guilt by amnesia. These "slaves" may be left alive,
but the knowledge they possess is buried deep within the tomb of their own mind
by techniques which can keep the truth hidden even from those who have

279 W.H.Bowart

witnessed it . It is the ultimate debriefing, the final security measure short of
assassination.

The conspiracy of mind control veils the secret of all secrets. It hides the cabal
which possesses its power, so even if the CIA and the other intelligence agencies
were closed down tomorrow, the cryptocracy would continue to function. For as
with the Mafia, "once you are a member, you're a member for life." The power of
mind control, and ultimately of the Cryptocracy that uses it, resides with those
who have culled the fruits of psycho-science since the late 1930s; they now
possess the mature body of knowledge upon which the coercive art is built

To review the Labyrinth of events: Out of the natural fear of technology grew an
unnatural reliance on secrecy. Secrecy led to covert control and produced a
well-organized institution of national security. Institutionalized secrecy directed
covert research and produced Operation Mind Control, the ultimate technology of
secrecy and control.

279a W.H. Bowart

r

18

The cryptocracy's search for reliable mind control methods was one of the most
far-reaching secret projects ever undertaken. In addition to research and
development in drugs and hypnosis, CIA funds and cryptocracy guidance gave
impetus to a number of behavior modification projects carried out in federal
prisons and mental institutions. Most of the projects were arranged secretly so
recipients of the funds would have no way of knowing that the CIA was backing
the research.

Even if they had known of the CIA's involvement, their interest in behavior
modification probably would not have been dampened. Previously called
conditioned reflex therapy, behavior modification, in the sixties and seventies, was
becoming the most popular tool of psycho science since Sigmund Freud asked his
first patient to lie down on the couch.

Behavior modification is based on conditioning, but conditioning is a big word for
a simple form of learning in which a reaction is evoked by an outside action. The
reaction is called a response; the outside action is called a stimulus.

In 1927 Pavlov won the Nobel Prize for his discovery of a method of making dogs
salivate at the ringing of a belL Salivating dogs were not much good to anyone,
and it was not for making dogs drool that Pavlov was so honored. He was
honored with the world's most prestigious award for making dogs drool on cue.
He called his process "conditioning". The dogs' involuntary response, he called a
"reflex." Pavlov's discoveries provided the breakthrough which behavioral science
needed to begin to control the human mind.

Pavlov had begun in 1906 by seeking a simple model of the activity of the brain.
He decided the salivary reflex in dogs could be just such a model, so he raided the
dog pound and cut holes in the animals' cheeks to implant measuring devices for
the flow of saliva.

By regularly ringing a bell just before feeding the dogs he found that the stimulus
- the sound of the bell -- intrinsically unrelated to food, began to evoke the

281 W.H.Bowart

salivation initially observed when the dogs were eating. His patient studies
revealed that the quality, rate, and frequency of salivation changed depending
upon the quality, rate, and frequency of the stimuli

Pavlov's experiments with dogs have been repeated numerous times by different
scientists with the same results. Science now agrees that when a hungry dog is
given a piece of meat immediately after a bell rings, and when this procedure is
repeated a number of times the bell alone will produce the flow of saliva almost as
if the bell and not the meat were activating the glands. When the bell rings, not
only will a properly conditioned dog salivate but his ears will stand up, he'll turn
towards the food source, and even make anticipatory chewing movements.
Conditioned reflexes in dogs, however, are a long way from the conditioning of
volitional thinking in humans.

But Pavlov established the groundwork by which anyone's emotional stability
(Pavlov called it "perpetual equilibration") and sanity could be reliably balanced or
unbalanced. To that end the Soviets and later the People's Republic of China,
employed Pavlov's new science for the creation of the totalitarian state.

Marshall McLuhan, writing in War and Peace in The Global Village, in 1968
called our attention to an important element of Pavlov's experiment which has
been largely overlooked:

■

\_The work of Pavlov, in revealing the fact of conditioned reflexes, had a totally
different meaning for the Russian and the European. Pavlov had been unable to
condition his dogs in his experiments until he had completely conditioned the
laboratory environments in which they lived Until precise thermal and auditory
controls were introduced into the laboratories the conditioning did not occur. The
bell did not elicit salivation. To the European it was not the conditioning of the
laboratories but the fact of automatic salivation that created the excitement
Indeed, the ordinary psychological effect makes no mention of the laboratory
conditioning. The Westerner lives in a man-made environment, mechanically
conaiuoneo ana time structurea —

Tn the new electronic environment," McLuhan said, "we end the Pavlovian
laboratory of mechanical civilization and are primitive once more. Living in a
man-made environment, extremely specialized and fragmented, the Westerner
was as oblivious of his environment as the Russian is oblivious of his tribal
environment, which is neither mechanical nor man-made. Western mechanism
has not penetrated the Russian psyche, any more than it has the Japanese psyche.
Therefore, to the Russian, the exciting event in Pavlov's experiment was not the
conditioning of the dogs but of the laboratories. But to the Westerner, the
revelation that he was a preconditioned robot, thanks to his own ingenuity and
machinations, was a most disagreeable discovery...

Operation Mind Control 282

"...Pavlov was the man who tipped us off that our old mechanical environment
and its consequenes were yielding to a totally new environment created by an
antithetic technology," McLuhan said. 'The portentous discovery he made was
that any controlled environment, any man-made environment, is a conditioner
that creates non-perceptive somnambulists..." 90

While the general public in the West may continue to associate behavior
modification with Pavlov's conditioning of dogs, the science is actually an ancient
one. In its modem form it has its roots in the works of Descartes who, in 1664,
put forward the idea that every activity of an organism is the reaction to an
external stimulus. Experimental studies to test Descartes' idea did not begin until
several centuries later. Then, simultaneously experimentation began in a number
of different countries.

At the same time Pavlov was experimenting with dogs in Russia, John B. Watson
was experimenting with humans in the United States. Watson was the founder of
the behaviorist school of psychology in the 1920s. His most notorious
accomplishment was his series of experiments on an eleven-month-old infant
known to history as Little Albert (Little Albert was Watson's own child, who
committed suicide as a young adult)

Watson showed Little Albert a white rat and the child reacted naturally and tried
to pet and cuddle the animal. After Albert had established a playful rapport with
the rat Watson began to adversely condition the lad. Each time the rat would
come into Albert's view, Watson would beat the floor with a steel bar and produce
a deafening sound. Quite naturally, whenever Albert heard the sound he would
jump with fright Eventually Albert associated the loud sound with the white rat
and became frightened of it Every time the rat came into his view he would
begin to cry.

Albert became so adversely conditioned to the rat that he would exhibit fear
whenever any small animal came into his view. He became so conditioned that
he reacted with equal fear to rabbits, dogs, and a sealskin coat - in short, to
anything with fur.

Quite proudly Dr. Watson exclaimed, "Give me the baby, and I'll make it climb
and use its hands in constructing buildings of stone or wood... I'll make it a thief,
a gunman or a dope fiend. The possibilities of shaping in any direction are almost
endless. Even gross differences in anatomical structure limits are far less than
you may think... Make him a deaf mute, and I will still build you a Helen Keller...
Men are built not bom." 91

■ Hmh»H McUihin. War and Pkkv h The dotal Mage. B^tom Boob. New York. 1 968, p. 66-€7.

■

283 W.H. Bowart

Picking up where Watson left off new evidence suggests that the cryptocracy
began recruiting abused and abandoned children to develop as programmed
somnambulists.

Watson saw things, as Pavlov did, in physical and chemical terms. He was not
interested in anything beyond overt and observable behavior. And Watson was
only the first in a long line of American psycho-scientists who were to take the
mechanistic path to control of the mind.

Pavlov and Watson's classical conditioning did not, however, go far in producing
a reliable science of mind-controL In the late thirties Harvard psychologist
Burrhus Frederick Skinner discovered new principles of conditioning which
allowed more complete control.

Skinner came up with what he called operant conditioning. It was based on the
idea that reinforcement (the Repetition of either a positive or a negative response
to an action) was at the root of all learned behavior. The distinction between
c l a ss i cal and operant conditioning was made only because different techniques
were used to elicit the responses. In essence, the effects of either kind of
conditioning were the same.

The three most common methods of modem behavior therapy are operant
conditioning, aversion therapy, and desensitization.

Operant conditioning is the reinforcement of certain behavior by reward (usually
food), often accompanied by simultaneous sound or light stimulation.
Reinforcement is contingent upon the occurrence of the response, and the
reinforcing mechanisms are often built into the environment When rats are used
as subjects, the device to be operated is a bar which, when depressed, delivers the
reward of food or water. In this situation the behavior which is reinforced is the
pressing of the bar. It makes no difference how the bar is pressed, whether the rat
presses the bar with its paw, nose, or tail. Once the bar is pressed, the operation
has been performed and the animal is rewarded. The dependent variable in
operant conditioning is the response rate - the number of times the bar is
pressed. Response rate, or the frequency of the response, is an important factor
in judging the success of the operant conditioning.

Aversion therapy is a technique in which an undesirable response is inhibited by a
painful or unpleasant reinforcement such as electric shock, noxious odors, or any
technique which produces fear and avoidance. It is an ancient form of
counter-conditioning, or punishment, which has been widely used in the
treatment of homosexuality, stuttering, and alcoholism.

In desensitization the subject is first trained to relax beyond his normal state. He
is then presented with images which evoke mild anxiety. At first the images are
very mild, and they are repeated until the subject shows no anxiety. Then a

Operation Mind Control 284

stronger image is introduced and the process is repeated. Finally the subject
becomes desensitized to even the strongest image. Desensitization has been used
to relieve people of phobic fears, anxieties, and in deprogramming conditioned
responses.

Skinner began his experiments by building a number of boxes in which pigeons
were required to run mazes and press levers to receive the rewards of birdseed
By manipulating the way the reward was given, Skinner found he could control
the rate and the style of the lever pressing.

Eventually Skinner was able to get pigeons to bob and weave in prescribed ways.
He was even able to get birds to distinguish colors by having them peck only at
levers of specific colors for food. He soon learned to obtain just about any kind of
behavior he desired from a number of different animals.

Skinner concluded that every action is determined by the environment and that
all behavior is "shaped and maintained by its consequences." the behaviorists'
mechanistic view of man was summed up by Skinner when he said, "If by
'machine' you simply mean any system which behaves in an orderly way, then
man and all other animals are machines."

Skinner's subsequent research, however, showed that behavior which is
supported Dy continuous rewards stops when trie rewards are witnneid. runner
experimentation showed that by shifting from continuous to intermittent
rewards, the behavior could be kept going even though the rewards became less
frequent This discovery made behaviorism a practical science, for now it could
explain how behavior was maintained in the real world.

With unshakable faith in his own science, Dr. Skinner built a large box with a
glass window on one side. It was a soundproof cage, much like the ones he'd
used in experiments with pigeons and monkeys. But this box was for children,
and into it Skinner put his own child.

This "Skinner box" was about as large as a spacious crib. The temperature of the
box was carefully controlled, and Skinner testified proudly that "crying and
hissing could always be stopped by slightly lowering the temperature." With the
sound proof box, Skinner was "never concerned lest the doorbell, telephone,
piano, or children at play wake the baby..." And, he added, "soundproofing also
protects the family from the baby." 92

Apparently Skinner's scheme to produce "socialized" children was not so
successful. In the opinion of the kindergarten teacher of Skinner's youngest
daughter, who had received the "benefits" of spending her early childhood in her
daddy's box, she was not an obedient automaton, but a rather independent and

285 W.H. Bowart

even rebellious child. 93 Somehow Skinner's programming of his offspring must
have failed in his own terms, for it would appear from his writings that Skinner's
ideas are quite in line with the dreams of the cryptocrats who would seek to
control us all.

In his popular work Beyond Freedom and Dignity, Skinner wrote: The problem
is to free men, not from control, but from certain kinds of control, and it can be
solved only if our analysis takes all consequences into account How people feel
about control... does not lead to useful distinctions."

Skinner is not only concerned with controlling individuals, he desires to build a
controlled society, ruled from crib to coffin by behavior modification. "The
intentional design of a culture and the control of human behavior it implies are
essential if the human species is to continue to develop," he said.

In the 70's and '80's B.F. Skinner was the center of a personality cult He was
the guru and founder of the modem psycho-philosophy which holds that it is
morally and ethically permissible to change the behavior of others as well as to
modify others' belief. About belief Skinner wrote, "People must believe that what
they are doing has some chance of obtaining what they want or avoiding
something to which they are averse. But the chances are in the contingencies.
The relation of beliefs to other conditions, such as wants and needs, can be easily
stated: to say that desires enter into the causation of beliefs is simply to say that
the probability of behavior with which a belief is associated depends not only upon
reinforcement but upon a state of deprivation or aversive stimulation.*

Aversion stimulation was the process upon which the Cold War faith was built

maim, or rape the minds of any who posed a real threat to its goals of "defending
the free world from communism."

In the words of Lewis Andrews and Marvin Karlins, "The world is, in a sense, one
large 'Skinner box'.-."* 5 And if this is not already true, it soon may be, because
there are behaviorists at work in practically every federal and state institution, as
well as in the private sector.

Using federal and state institutions for testing purposes provided many benefits to
the cryptocracy. They functioned as recruitment centers, where selected crimin-
als were released to the custody of career spooks who could apply their skills in
undercover work. Prisons were also valuable testing grounds.

Philip Hilts, describing the attitude prevalent in both the cryptocracy and prison
bureaucracies, wrote: There are three possibilities for criminals. The first is

I

Operation Mind Control 286

deterrent Keep them from doing it again. The second is punishment Knock the
hell out of the bastards; they deserve it The third is treatment They're defective;
let's fix them." 96 Behaviorists who work the prison circuit hold that the last is the
only humane way of reducing recidivism. Perhaps. But one also begins to sense
in such theorizing a preview of what is to come for the whole society.

These behavioral engineers are growing mightily in numbers and influence,
nourished by a law-and-order administration that though riddled by corruption
itself, can still deliver the material goods," wrote David Rorvich. "They are not out
to change the world but to make man adjust to it they seek results, not
understanding. A thick-skinned lot they are, not loath to admit the crudity of
some of their techniques, claiming results that would take the more elegant
psychotherapies and social reforms years to attain... What the world needs now in
the service of 'curing' its deviant and miserable masses, proclaim the new
psycho-technologists, is no more prison reform, urban renewal and nude group
gropes but a few well- placed corrective kilovolts in the collective brain." 97

The California Medical Facility at Vacaville was the center of a number of
behavioral research projects funded by various agencies, including the Veterans
Administration, HEW, the Bureau of Prisons, private drug companies, and others.
Many of these agencies were fronting for the CIA

In 1973, there was a "flap" in the press over the testing of drugs by these agencies
under the guise of behavior modification. It was revealed that tranquilizers,
depressants, sedatives, narcotic antagonists, and hypnotics were being tested in
the hospitals and prisons (see Appendix B).

Dr. Leo E. Hollister, a medical investigator for the Veterans Administration,
defended the practice: The exemplary Medical Facility at Vacaville is one of the
few places in the country where such [drug] studies are possible... at a time when
the demands for such facilities are increasing, in response to an urgent public
health problem, it would be sad to see them denied to responsible and highly
reputable clinical investigators."* 8

It is debatable whether you can characterize the scientists who participated in all
the projects as "responsible and highly reputable." It appears from the evidence
that some may rather have been, as Philip Hilts playfully suggests, "hunchbacked
wart-infested evil scientists..." 99

Perhaps the greatest danger to freedom of thought and behavior is posed by the
breed of Psycho-scientists who call themselves "behaviorists." While most
psychologists once concerned themselves with the study of human thought and

Pmp l Hito, Behavior Mod (Hew York. Harper, 1976)

David Rorvich. Behavior Control- Big Brodier Comes, InteDectural Digest Jan. 1974.
Leo Hoffister. letter to thoraas Chuson. Jury 3, 1973.
Hilts, op. at

287 W.H. Bowart

the rich life of the mind, the behaviorists believe that man's problems can best be
understood by studying his actions. What a man thinks, sees, feels, wants and
knows - everything that a man is, behaviorists believe, can be most easily
understood in terms of what he does.

Behaviorism would appear to be a predictable expression of materialistic cultures,
East and West, which value externals above all else. You will seldom hear a
behaviorist speak of "will" or even "mind." These are considered unscientific,
subjective terms. Instead, the behaviorists speak only of "reflexes" which are
reinforced by conditioning from the environment They look forward to the day
when they can conclusively prove that conditioning begins at the moment of
conception, and that reflexes are ultimately the very stuff of what was once called
the soul! The science of behaviorism portrays the human being as mechanistic
protoplasm. The most avant-garde behaviorists have developed an unholy alliance
with biochemists who together are exploring genetics, hoping to find the key for
breeding selected behavioral characteristics. Certainly a person bom with all his
limbs will behave differently from a person who is bom with genetic damage and
without limbs. But beyond that, what some behaviorists are looking for is a
genetic factor which controls anger, docility, and other personality tendencies.
While many new scientific insights have come from behaviorism, so have many
new dangers - especially to the freedom of choice.

The day has come," said Professor James V. McConnel, head of the Department of
Mental Health Research at the University of Michigan, "when we can combine
sensory deprivation with the use of drugs, hypnosis, and the astute manipulation
of reward and punishment to gain almost absolute control over an individual's
behavior." Did Dr. McConnel expressed the sentiments of behavior modifiers who,
like cryptocrats, believe that mankind's salvation resides in the control of
individual behavior in an engineered society? And engineered by whom?

"...We want to reshape our society drastically," McConnel said, "so that all of us
will be trained from birth to want to do what society wants us to do. Today's
behavioral psychologists are the architects and engineers who are shaping the
Brave New World of Tomorrow." 100

In the practical American way - stripped for action - the psychology profession
appears to be turning away from psychotherapy and is becoming dependent upon
the time and labor saving practical mechanics of behavior modification depending
upon principles developed largely through laboratory experimentation. Voluntary
as well as involuntary actions can be conditioned. Once a reflex is trained into a
subject, he becomes an automaton, responding to the artificial stimulus to which
he has been programmed.

Operation Mind Control 288

When light shines into the pupil of the eye, it contracts, and when the light is
removed, it dilates. This pupillary reflex is involuntary; the individual has no
conscious control over it, but it can be conditioned.

C.V. Hudgins demonstrated this by conditioning the pupil to a bell using a light as
the unconditioned stimulus. He would turn on the light, which shone directly
into the subject's eyes at the same instant he rang a bell. The light made the
pupil contract every time just as meat made Pavlov's dog drool.

Hudgins then taught his subjects to use their own hands to operate the bell and
light mechanisms. Then he would say "contract" and the subject would press the
switch. When he said "relax" the subject would relax and turn off both bell and
light After only a few hours' training, Hudgins found that he could do away with
the bell, the hand switch, and the light He had only to say the word "contract''
and the pupil would contract

A modern apologist of conditioning, Andrew Salter, asserts that hypnosis in
essence is the same as conditioning. Salter said that after he had conditioned the

"Doctor," Salter would declare, "here is a splendid hypnotic subject I control this
person so thoroughly that at my command his pupil will contract and
perceptibly."

"Come now," the doctor would say, "you know very well that pupillary contraction
is involuntary. You need light for that"

Salter would then tell his conditioned reader "contract," and the reader's pupil
would obey every time, and the doctor would be perplexed.

"How do you like hypnotism?" Salter would ask the doctor.

"It's amazing," he would answer, but his interest would diminish after Salter
explained how, paralleling Pavlov and Hudgins, the reader's pupil had been
conditioned. "Well," he would say, "come back next time when you have real
hypnotism."

"Our doctor is wrong," Salter said. There, in the conditioned reflex, he had seen
the essence of hypnosis. (And parenthetically, when we see that the essence of
hypnotism is conditioning - or quite loosely, that the essence of the 'unconscious
mind' is conditioning - we are in a strategic position to develop a sound
understanding of the deepest wellsprings of human behavior.) " m

289 W.H.Bowart

The cryptocracy, having discovered the wonders of hypnosis, drugs, behavior
modification, and even more revolutionary electronic and sonic manipulations of
the brain, learned how to reliably control individual behavior. Whether or not the
Constitution protects the individual's free thought and speech, and whether one
regards mind control as bondage or a necessary tool for social engineering, one
must recognize that the power to control the mind exists - and is being used.

Did Philip Hilts know how close he'd come when he offered his chilling
description of the crypto-behaviorists? He wrote: "Suppose a dozen controllers
with that incurable twitch for power are meeting, now, in some secret mountain
cabin. There, amid piles of rat-behavior charts, rows of cumulative recorders, and
reams of human-foibles data, they are designing an environment They are
creating blueprints for a system that would produce the most terrible, violent, and
antisocial people possible. " ,<E

■ *"5»!' ■ •-. • •■ •>,-.;• *■

Debbie Skinner in the "Skinner Box" dad designed for her. On the right is Dr.
B.F. Skinner. On the left is Mrs. Skinner who is touching both little Debbie and
the box with apparent equal affection. Like some other offspring of famous
masters of behavior modification, Debbie committed suicide in her twenties.

Hilts, op at

19

A SCHOOL FOR ASSASSINS

The cryptocracy recruited their assassins from among people who had already
demonstrated a violent nature, people who had few reservations about taking
human life. No homicidal maniacs were recruited because they could not be
controlled The cryptocracy needed killers who would not murder on impulse,
but only upon command.

Once selected, the assassin candidates were turned over to the military, where,
under the guise of "combat readiness" training, they underwent a complete
program of conditioning. Graduates of the program would forever after act with
ruthless efficiency. They would eliminate local political leaders in a foreign
country, or undertake "search and destroy" missions in violation of national and
international laws. They would be given a cover allowing them to enter the
Foreign Service; or they would pose as embassy marine guards.

In July, 1975, the Sunday Times 1 '* 3 in London quoted a U.S. Navy psychologist
who admitted that U.S. Naval Intelligence had taken convicted murderers from
military prisons, conditioned them as political assassins, and then placed them in
American embassies around the world This admission came shortly after the
Senate Intelligence Committee had scolded the CIA for plotting a number of
political assassinations around the world. Prom the congressional reports,
however, one got the feeling the cryptocracy was being chastised not for the
assassinations it had successfully accomplished but for those which it had
attempted but failed. The attempts on the life of Fidel Castro drew the greatest
notice from the congressional committees and the press.

According to the Sunday Times story, naval psychologist Lt Coradr. Thomas
Narut was assigned to the U.S. Regional Medical Center at Naples, Italy. When he
first made public the navy's part in programming assassins, he was attending a
NATO conference in Oslo on "Dimensions of Stress and Anxiety." In attendance at
that conference were 120 psychologists of all descriptions and from many

'* The full itory of Narut and related events can be found in Peter Watson's book War on the Mmd: The Mthtarg Uses

aid Abuses ofPsgthologe (Banc Books, 1978). Watson was the source of the Sundag Ttmei articles. According to my notes,
when 1 met Watson in London in 1978 .he argued in a conservative fashion that these experiments were fainted . He believed

291 W.H.Bowart

countries. Many of them were involved in research on how to improve man's
ability to cope with stress, but none of them felt compelled, as Narut did, to
discuss their work so fully or so frankly.

The stated objective of the conference was to exchange information on how
soldiers and people in difficult jobs could cope with stress. Dr. Narut 's talk was on
The Use of a Symbolic Model and Verbal Intervention in Inducing and Reducing
Stress." His speech began with a plug for the navy. He knew, he said, that many
of the scientists present had often encountered problems in their purely scientific
research because of the military's inclination to research that would yield quick
and useful results. He sympathized with those who had trouble getting subjects,
funds, or both out of the military for their purely scientific research. But things
were different in the navy he said.

In the navy, Narut bragged, there were plenty of captive personnel who could be
used as guinea pigs. In the navy there was a computerized record of each man's
background and psychological profile, so a quick selection of men with suitable
psychological inclinations for experiments could be made. Navy psychologists not
only had access to computerized records, but also to psychological tests and
background data on a large number of people. In the navy, Narut said, funds were
plentiful, and there were no problems with transporting subjects for study to
nearly any place in the world. Narut stated proudly that the U.S. Navy provided
scientists with the most advanced research facilities in the world.

A Canadian psychologist at the conference later remarked, "Narut's message was
loud and clear - 'Join the navy and study the world.'"

In his brief discourse, Dr. Narut did no more than hint at the work he had been
doing in teaching "combat readiness units" to cope with the stress of killing.
Later, however, during private questioning with a small group of listeners
(reporter Peter Watson of the Sunday Times, a former psychologist, among
them), Narut unfolded the amazing story of the navy's programming of assassins
on an assembly line basis. In his mid-thirties, Dr. Narut had just completed his
doctoral dissertation on the question of whether certain films provoke anxiety,
and whether forcing a man to do irrelevant tasks while watching violent films
would help him cope with the anxiety they produced.

When pressed by Watson to explain the details of this kind of conditioning, Narut
said he had worked with "combat readiness units" which included men being
programmed for commando-type operations and for undercover placement at
U.S. embassies. These, Narut said were "hit men and assassins" (Narut's words)
made ready to kill in selected countries should the need arise. Dr. Alfred Zitani,
an American delegate to the conference, was very surprised by Narut's disclosure.
"Do you think Dr. Narut realizes what he has just said?" Zitani asked. That kind
of information must be classified."

Operation Mind Control 292

The conditioning of Narut's assassins was accomplished by audio-visual
desensitization, a standard behavior modification process. These men were
"desensitized" to mayhem by being shown films of people being killed or injured
in a number of different ways. At first the films would show only mild forms of
bloodshed. As the men became acclimated to the scenes of carnage, they would
see progressively more violent scenes. The assassin i
would eventually be able to i
goriest scenes they viewed.

Narut said that of course 1
candidates for training by their psychological makeup. Those selected for
assassination assignments were often from submarine crews and paratroops.
Others were convicted murderers from military prisons who had already shown a
proclivity for violence.

Still others were men who had been given awards for valor. World War D Medal of
Honor winner Audie Murphy was a subject of extensive research.

The best killers, according to Narut, were men whom psychologists would classify
as "passive-aggressive" personalities. These were people with strong drives,
usually kept under tight control Such types were usually calm, but from time to
time would exhibit outbursts of temper during which they could literally kill
without remorse. Narut said that through psychological testing, he and his
colleagues were looking for more such men, for further conditioning.

Among the tests used by the navy to determine violent natures was the Minnesota
Multiphasic Personality Inventory, which is used widely by educators and
businessmen to determine psychological qualities of students and employees.
The tests consist of hundreds of questions designed to measure :
traits as hostility, depression, and psychopathy.

were taken for programming to the navy's neuropsychiatric laboratory in San
Diego, California, or to the Naples medical center which employed Dr. Narut

Audio-visual desensitization
assassins. Psychological
the desired prejudicial attitudes.

programming by instilling

The audio-visual desensitization began with the subject strapped into a chair with
his head clamped so he could not look away from the screen. A special
mechanism prevented the subject's eyelids from closing, as depicted in the film ,4
Clockwork Orange.

The candidate was then shown a film of an African youth being crudely
circumcised by fellow members of his tribe. The youth was circumcised with a

293 W.H. Bowart

blunt knife, painfully and without anesthetic This well known film is used widely
in psychological experiments to create stress. Afterwards the candidate was asked
about details of what he had seen. He was asked, for example, to describe the
color of the belt on the doctor's trousers, or the motif on the handle of the knife
which cut off the foreskin.

The next film showed a man in a sawmill, where planks were sliced from huge
logs. In the operation of the saw the man slipped and cut off his fingers.

As the films progressed in gruesomeness, the reactions of the candidate were
measured by sensing devices. Heartbeat, breathing rate, and brain waves were
recorded, very much as on a polygraph. If the physiological responses, which
might have been great in the beginning, slowed down and resumed normal
patterns as the more bloodthirsty scenes were viewed, the candidates were judged
to have completed this stage of conditioning.

The last phase of conditioning, Narut said, was to indoctrinate the candidates to
think of their potential enemies as inferior forms of life. By this stage, the
candidates would have already been selected for assignment to particular
countries. They would be shown films and given lectures which portrayed the
customs and cultural habits of the foreign countries in a biased fashion. The
people of those countries would be portrayed as enemies of the United States and
were always spoken of in demeaning terms. They were often presented as if they
were "less than human." Their customs were ridiculed, and local leaders were
presented as evil demagogues, even if they were legitimate political figures.

According to Dr. Narut it took only a few weeks to indoctrinate susceptible
candidates by this process. Those who were not susceptible to the conditioning
were dropped earlier in the program and returned to other assignments. Narut
admitted he did not have the necessary "need to know" as to where all the
programmed men were sent, although at one point in his conversation with Peter
Watson, Narut specified that programmed assassins have been installed in the
Athens embassy. He said his busiest time was when a large group of men went
through such training towards the end of 1973 at the time of the Yom Kippur
War.

After the Oslo conference interview, Watson returned to London to file his story.
Writing up the details, he found a few points which needed clarification but he
could not reach Narut either at his home or in his laboratory in Naples. Watson
then asked the U.S. embassy in London to comment on the information Narut
had volunteered. The embassy passed the buck to the U.S. Navy.

Within a few days the Pentagon issued a categorical denial that the U.S. Navy had
ever "engaged in psychological training or other types of training of personnel as
assassins." They also denied any such training had ever taken place either in San

Operation Mind Control 294

Diego or in Naples. The said they too had been unable to contact Lieutenant
Commander Narut but they did confirm he was on the staff of the U.S. Regional
Medical Center in Naples as a psychologist But Dr. Zitani later offered to testify
about what Narut had told him to "appropriate authorities." Watson was also
approached later by a psychologist in Los Angeles who said he had seen the
Pentagon denials so thought Watson would like to know that he had lent the San

desensitization conditioning.

A few days later Narut was located. He flew to London to discuss the matter
ostensibly with Watson's paper, the Sunday Times, but instead he held a press
conference saying only that he had been talking in "theoretical and not practical
terms." He then flew back to the Naples base.

explanation for Narut's statement Narut had "personal problems." A few days
later Watson was able to contact Narut at the U.S. hospital in Naples, but he
refused to elaborate on his disclosure.

During the Oslo conference interview, Narut had said several times that what he
was saying about the assassins was "coming out anyway." He was referring to the
congressional disclosures about CIA assassination plots. But the fact that the
navy had been operating along lines similar to the CIA was not known to the
public nor has it subsequently been admitted. The details of the story that
Lieutenant Commander Narut related have been strongly and categorically denied
in all subsequent queries of the navy.

It came as no surprise to many that the navy had been interested in psychological
research to help its men cope with "stress." Several years before, one of the
organizers of the Oslo conference, Dr. Irwin Sarason, had been approached by the
navy to work on projects similar to Narut's. At the time, the navy had said
nothing to him about programming assassins; it said it wanted him to adapt his
work for applications to "spies."

In response to that request Sarason devised a film which showed how successful
students asked questions in school The film was shown to a group of juvenile
delinquents for a period of time until they too learned how to pose the right
questions. As a result over the next two years they did much better in their
studies and got in trouble less. The control group who had not seen the films did
just as poorly in school as they'd always done and were just as delinquent

Since his "symbolic modeling" study had been successful, Sarason wanted to
continue research and applied to the Office of Naval Research for more funding. A
few weeks after his application was received, Sarason was called by a navy official
who asked him if he would object to having his work classified Sarason

295 W.H. Bowart

wondered why, and the navy official told him his research would be most valuable
to the navy's neuropsychiatric laboratory in California as spies were being trained
there to resist interrogation. The naval official said that if Sarason would allow his
work to be classified, he'd get all the funds he needed.

But Sarason was interested in the peaceful scientific nature of his work, not its
military applications, so he refused to have the project classified. His goal was the
exception rather than the rule.

The federal government supports most scientific research in the United States.
Enough psychologists and other social scientists haven't asked questions about
what their research is to be used for; their main objective has been to get the
grant, so they could support themselves and their scientific curiosity. Since too
many of them have been politically disinterested or naive, they have been easy
prey for the cryptocracy. Lieutenant Commander Narut was therefore but one in
a long line of psychologists being employed for psychological warfare and illegal
clandestine operations.

Another such operation was the training of security officers at the Washington
based International Police Academy by psychologists and sociologists. The
officers were supposedly being taught interrogation techniques for Third World
countries; actually it was a highly sensitive clandestine operation organized for
the training of U.S. spies. Congress closed the Academy on January 1, 1974, after
its real purpose was disclosed to the press.

Another, uncovered in the late 1960's, was "Project CAMELOT," purportedly a
sociopolitical analysis of Chile, but actually designed to keep Chile free of
Communist leaders by discrediting them. Project CAMELOT played an important
role in the overthrow of Salvador Allende and his democratically elected leftist
government

In 1975, Congress questioned the navy about its development of a questionnaire
to survey attitudes toward death. Congressmen had learned that psychologists
were eagerly working on such a questionnaire, known as the "Value of Life" study,
that would allow the navy to assess a recruit's willingness and ability to kill from
the very first day he entered the service.

In still another government funded experiment, psychologists working for the
Human Resources Research Organization in Alexandria, Virginia, had conducted a
brutal series of "stress training " experiments in the early 1960's

In one experiment army "volunteers" were taken on an airplane flight Suddenly,
the airplane's engines failed and the plane was forced to land abruptly on a rough
airstrip. The soldiers were later tested to see if this incident had caused a fear of
flying. In another experiment soldiers were taken out and lost" in a forest
Suddenly, a huge forest fire engulfed them, so that the men found themselves "off

Operation Mind Control 296

course" and surrounded by fire. These men were tested to see if the experience
had given them a fear of fire.

In yet another experiment, soldiers were allowed to "stray" into an artillery target
area. Shells were exploding all around them, and they had to get out of the area
by keeping cool and following orders. Since artillery shells fired from a distance of
twenty five miles away are hard to control, the explosions were created by
detonating underground charges triggered by remote control from a lookout
point After the realistic shelling was over the men were tested to see if they
suffered any discernible "shell shock."

During all these experiments the men were under visual observation. In some,
they also wore telemetry devices which allowed scientists to measure their pulse

rate, respiration, and other vital signs to determine the level of stress they were
experiencing at the time they were exposed to the dangers.

As this battery of experiments became known to the outside world, public opinion
and congressional pressure supposedly brought a stop to them. The military was
not deterred, however, from other kinds of cruel and dangerous experimentation;
it continued its stress research in spite of the bad publicity.

While military "stress testing" may have developed useful insights into the
psychology of warriors, its primary goal, as Lieutenant Commander Narut pointed
out, was the programming of assassins. These experiments were most useful in
programming those men who were already inclined to kill Hypnosis was still the
only effective tool for motivating those who were not inclined to kill, then for
erasing the memory of their crimes or eliciting false confessions.

Alarmed by evidence found in the assassinations of John and Robert Kennedy and
Martin Luther King, Dr. Joseph L. Bemd of the Virginia Polytechnic Institute in
1968 questioned leading authorities on hypnosis about the possible use of
nypnosis to motivate assassins.

Bemd wanted to know if political influences could be induced by hypnosis; could
people be hypno-programmed to operate unconsciously and take what seemed to
Dc lriucpdiucnt aCuoiir vOuiu people dc iniiuenccu to corn rn it pouiicjii

In his query Bemd asked authorities to assume that a skilled hypnotist found a
subject who was both a good hypnotic subject and highly capable in the use of
weapons. They were to assume that the subject also had a deep hatred for some
political personality prominent in the news. Bemd's first question to the
authorities was: "Could the hypnotist use hypnotic suggestion to persuade the
weapons expert to kill the hated political personality at a time and under
conditions suggested by the hypnotist?"

as a consequence of hypnotic

297 W.H. Bowart

His second question was: "Could the hypnotic suggestion of this action be
achieved in a way which could leave the subject assassin unconscious of and
unable to recall to consciousness the fact that his violent act was made as a
consequence of hypnotic suggestion?"

The authorities who responded to Bemd's questions stated they did think it
possible to induce a subject to kill. One expert said, "..J would say that a highly
skilled hypnotist, working with a highly susceptible subject, could possibly
persuade the subject to kill another human..." Another expert went further,
saying it was possible through posthypnotic suggestion to make a subject unable
to recall his act There could be a conspiracy," one expert wrote, "but a
conspiracy of which the principal was unaware."

It may well be that Bemd hit a nerve in the cryptocracy. His report,
"Assassination and Hypnosis: Political Influence or Conspiracy," was never
published.

But despite all the efforts of the cryptocracy, slowly, the secrets of mind control
began to emerge. Soon there surfaced other evidence that there were indeed such
things as programmed assassins. One such assassin made bold headlines on the
front page of a newspaper in the Philippines.

in

^r*~ —

*■• \ •

American Institute of Hypnosis Director, Dr. William Jennings Bryan III, sits
before a panel through which he could program three subjects at one time.

20

THE FOUR FACES OF A ZOMBIE

On March 2, 1967, Luis Angel Castillo, age twenty-four, was arrested by the
Philippine National Bureau of Investigation (NBI) on suspicion of conspiring to
assassinate President Ferdinand Marcos in Manilla. In a series of interrogation
sessions, the NBI and Philippine Army investigators gave him truth serum (at his
request) and put him under hypnosis. During one of these sessions, Castillo
revealed he had been involved in an assassination four years earlier.

Castillo told the NBI, both under hypnosis and truth serum and also in a normal
state, that he had been hypnoprograramed to kill a man riding in an open car.
Although Castillo did not know the identity of his target the scene of his
supposed "hit" was Dallas, Texas. The date was November 22, 1963.

After revealing this information, Castillo asked for political asylum in Manila. He
was quoted in the Manila Times as saying, "I am afraid to go anywhere anyway. I
am as good as dead now."

"I don't know how I got into Dallas or how I got out," Castillo told reporters, "but I
am sure I did not carry a gun."

The Manilla Times story reported that Castillo had arrived in Manila carrying a
Philippine passport which identified him as Antonio Reyes Eloriaga, a returning
resident who had been expelled from America for overstaying his visa and stealing
a car. While in the U.S., Castillo had traveled under the aliases Angelo Rodriguiz,
Razo Hernandez, Mario Rodriguez, Ignacio Gonzales Gradjeda, and Antonio
Eloriaga.

Castillo told investigators that a woman with a German accent, a Mrs. Kreps, had
given him his initial instructions in Dallas. According to Castillo, she was just one
of many individuals who worked on him to place him in a deep hypnotic trance
for the Kennedy job. Castillo said he had been a private in the Cuban militia, the
Segunda Organization Defensiva in Santiago, Cuba, when he was initially chosen
for training in espionage work. He was subsequently trained by the Defensiva
under a Colonel Calma, at a camp located about fifteen miles from the Bay of

299 W.H.Bowart

Pigs. Among the members of the training cadre, Castillo said, were a
communications expert named Karnovsky, along with some other Cubans and a
handful of Americans. One American he identified was James Smith, who
attended to Castillo's needs both as a civilian in Cuba and later in the United
States.

Three years later, on October 2, 1966, Castillo was arrested in New Mexico and
charged with driving without a proper auto registration. His arrest was made
under the Eloriaga identity. Castillo was brought before New Mexico Justice of
the Peace Elmer Bassett and sentenced to four days in jaiL "The reason I gave
him a jail sentence," Bassett said, "was I figured when a fellow has a hard time
remembering what his name is, there's something wrong with him." After
serving his sentence Castillo was turned over to U.S. irnmigration authorities
because he had no proof of U.S. citizenship.

Bassett reported that "Castillo said he was from Madison, Wisconsin, but was bom
in the Philippines. He couldn't show that he was from the Philippines or that he
wasn't:

Bassett also revealed that someone had called him a few hours after Castillo had
appeared before him and asked that the man be released." I don't know who it
was," Bassett said, "I just told them I couldn't do that"

According to the NBI, Castillo had Antonio Eloriaga's Philippine passport on his
person when he was arrested in Manila. Based on information provided by the
intelligence service of the Philippine armed forces, the NBI had been searching for
him since February. They had evidence that Castillo, in the guise of Eloriaga, had
made contact with a guerrilla group which was constantly plotting to assassinate
Marcos and overthrow the Philippine government

The NBI set to work grilling their captured suspect They knew something of his
criminal past They knew, for example, he had been arrested in 1962 for carrying
a concealed weapon; they also knew that two years later he had been sentenced to
a state reformatory in Bordentown, New Jersey, for larceny. But nothing prepared
them for the shocking story implicating him in the events in Dallas.

They asked Castillo to submit to a lie detector test and were surprised when he
said he preferred truth serum. Suspicious of both his strange story and his
behavior, NBI officials called in a psychiatrist to examine him. But even after the
psychiatrist judged Castillo normal, the NBI investigators still refused to take
Castillo's bizarre and contradictory story at face value.

Later, reporters connected with the Manila Times were equally dumbfounded by
Castillo's strange behavior.

Operation Mind Control 300

One reporter described him as a "now talkative, now reticent cloak-and-dagger
man." He clammed up when he was asked whether he was in the Philippines to
help implement an assassination plot against President Marcos. In his truth
serum statement, he claimed he had worked with a "cell of Reds" to end
someone's life. But during his interview with the press he said, "neither do I
admit or deny it" When quizzed about Lee Harvey Oswald, he drew a blank.

As a member of the Warren Commission, Gerald Ford was queried by the
Philippine authorities about Castillo's revelations concerning the JFK
assassination. Ford said he would not comment on the Castillo story until he had
more information. A spokesman for the Dallas Police Department said they had
no record on Castillo.

Nevertheless, the U.S. embassy did agree to a closed door meeting between
embassy officials and NBI Director Serafin Fausto on the subject of Castillo. After
the meeting Fausto refused to comment further on the story, but he did tell
reporters that, "although publication of the story had prejudiced investigation of
the case, one good thing has come out of it; needed information is coming in
from the United States to shed light on the case."

Fausto also made it clear that leads obtained from the U.S. embassy justified
continuing the investigation of Castillo's link to the assassination of President
Kennedy.

After making an official request for assistance from the FBI, the NBI clamped a
news blackout on the story, and nothing further was published in the press.
Private investigations later revealed that Castillo was spirited out of the
Philippines, but not before a series of hypnotic sessions had taken place, at the
request of the FBI.

The FBI wanted to have Castillo, while under hypnosis, place the time of the
Kennedy assassination. They wanted to know when Castillo had come to Dallas,
what time he arrived at the building, and from what location he was supposed to
shoot They wanted to know the time he left the building, the names of any
people involved, and any information which might indicate how the plot was
hatched, and by whom.

It came as a surprise to the NBI that the FBI also wanted Castillo questioned
about the Boyeros airport, eight miles south of Havana, Cuba. The FBI requested
the tightest possible security be kept on any testimony obtained from the
hypnotic sessions.

In the last of three sessions requested by the FBI, Castillo was induced into a deep
hypnotic trance by the ordinary talking method in an NBI interrogation room in
Manila. While in that trance state he was questioned for more than three and one
half hours. The hypnotist's report stated, "Initially, the subject indicated an

301 W.H. Bowart

admixture of desired susceptibility to hypnosynthesis but deep seated resistance
due to the presence of a posthypnotic block This block appeared to have been
connected with the presence - nightmarish - of a Mrs. Kreps. The total removal
of this block may pave the way for maximum results."

•

The hypnotist reported that during the pretrance warm up, he examined Castillo
and found little scars on his forehead, chest, stomach, and fingers. Castillo told
him the scars were the result of a car accident in the U.S., which happened when
some men were chasing him while he was trying to deliver "an envelope of some
kind." Castillo mentioned that after the crash he'd awakened in bandages in a
hospital bed

Names which were presented to Castillo in the pretrance interview were repeated
while he was under hypnosis. He recognized the names of several individuals
who were then gaining notoriety in connection with New Orleans District
Attorney Jim Garrison's JFK assassination investigation- But Castillo revealed
that he knew some of the people by other names.

Throughout his recollections, Castillo suffered stomach cramps, said he felt a
"weight on his legs," and cried out in pain a number of times. Through the
manipulations of the hypnotist, he was able to recall that on many different
occasions he had been taken to a factory. Mrs. Kreps and Castillo had always
driven to the factory in her car, and they had always entered through the front
door. Castillo could not remember the exact location of the factory, other than it
was located "way outside Chicago." He spoke of a romantic relationship with Mrs.
Kreps. But while one moment he spoke of her as "nice" and "kind," in the next
breath he said he hated her.

According to the hypnotist's report, one thing was certain. Whoever Mrs. Kreps
was. she "controlled the subject's activities and consciousness like a nightmare."

Eliciting information from Castillo was no easy task. Over the course of many
interrogations, the hypnotist discovered that Castillo could be taken to four
different hypnotic levels. It appeared to the hypnotist that each level came closer
to the truth. He labeled these states "Zombie L Zombie II, Zombie m, and Zombie
IV." Depending upon which "Zombie" state Castillo was in, his mannerism and
identity changed.

In the first state, "Zombie 1/ Castillo believed he was Eloriaga, and he told tales of
anti-American espionage. During "Zombie n," he took on the identity of a tough
talking CIA agent in trouble. While in "Zombie m," again Castillo emerged as an
agent whose cover had been blown. At this level, however, he experienced a
compulsion to kill himself. On the day he was to have assassinated Marcos,
Castillo responded to a program he had revealed in an earlier interrogation. He
attempted suicide in his jail cell by swallowing a bottle of epoxy.

Operation Mind Control 302

The "Zombie IV" state revealed that "Castillo's" true name was Manuel Angel
Ramirez, a twenty-nine-year-old native of the Bronx, New York. In this state he
had no recollection of his youth, except for a hazy memory of his father, who
"Ramirez" believed was a highly placed official at "the Agency."

As "Ramiriz," Castillo said that most of his life had been spent in training with or
on missions for the Special Operations Group of the CIA. He remembered one
training camp where he learned clandestine and martial arts. Throughout the
interrogations the theme of "programmed agent" emerged. Castillo's testimony
under hypnosis was that of an individual whose identity had been completely
erased and reconstructed several times over.

On May 30, 1967, Castillo spontaneously went from his normal state into a
"Zombie" state. In answering Castillo's question about transfer from the hospital
to jail, the hypnotist unknowingly said, That depends entirely on the big chief,
you know." Upon hearing these words, a blank look came over Castillo's eyes and
all efforts to wake him were at first unsuccessful The hypnotist then called out a
series of phrases from Castillo's notebooks and found the phrases "I will win if I
don't lose my nerve" and "I must believe myself or no one else will believe me"
awakened him.

The next day was Castillo's birthday. The NBI planned to give him a birthday
party as an excuse to get him drunk to see if his behavior changed. Castillo, it
seemed, had a huge capacity for liquor. Drunk to the eyeballs, he saluted one of
the NBI agents and called him "ColoneL" "Where do we fly tonight, Colonel?" he

The agent quickly told him he was to fly the same mission as the last one.
Castillo said, "Haiphong," then drunkenly fell into bed. He dug his fingers into his
throat and vomited, he cried out for a doctor and between vomit spasms, rattled
out his mission to the hypnotist

He said his real name was Manuel Angel Ramirez, his rank was sergeant, and he
was assigned to the Strategic Air Tactical Command in South Vietnam, he said
his immediate superior was Colonel Summers.

He was in Saigon in January, 1966, he related, and had flown B-26 missions over
Haiphong and Hanoi. He came to Manila, he said, to kill President Marcos in
June, when the president would make a public speech. If his assassination
attempt failed someone else would get Marcos before the end of 1968, Castillo
added.

"I am dying," he groaned, and pleaded again for a doctor. He thought he was
dying from a heart attack. "If I die today," he warned, "my secrets die with me."

303 W.H. Bowart

When the NBI doctor arrived, he examined Castillo and pronounced him fit,
except for his obviously drunken state. He tried to give him a shot to calm him
down, but Castillo protested violently. The doctor then asked him to take a pill,
which he did without resistance.

Two days later, Castillo was given another medical examination by Dr. Alexis
Guerrero of the NBI. A series of tests were given to measure his breathing rate,
pulse rate, perspiration and other functions. All of these tests were performed in
"Zombie" states I, n, and JSL The doctor noted that in each state there was a vast
difference in pulse rate, and assumed, because of what Castillo said, and the
reactions of his heart and respiration, that he was experiencing some emotional
agitation.

Sodium amytal was administered while he was in the "Zombie HI" state.
According to the Hypnotist, Castillo did not even notice he'd been given the
injection. Soon he began to talk as he'd done previously while in the drunken
state. "I'm Sergeant Manuel Ramirez of the Tactical Air Command," he said.
When asked to reveal his base he said, "You'll never know," adding, "I am a pilot
I've flown a B-26."

"The NBI are suckers," he said a little while later. They thought they arrested me.
But there I was, waiting for them to get me. I know of a great plot lam
supposed to expose it after I'm arrested. I know I will eventually return to my
country [the U.S.]. I'll go through the motions of a trial, conviction, and jail as a
criminal. After a couple of months I will be released for my next assignment"

Awakened from the "Zombie" state, Castillo was told all about these various states
and his strange behavior while in them, the hypnotist explained how he thought
Castillo had been programmed. Castillo seemed baffled by this news. He said he
was not told by anybody about being programmed. He said that "Papa" didn't
even know about the "Zombie" state. He grew agitated, saying that if he were in
the "Zombie" state he might even kill "Papa," and then "the Agency would go to
blazes. Hell will break loose on the guy responsible for the Zombie."

Asked in trance to identify "Papa," Castillo said that he was not just a "guy," but
was his real father. He described him as having a mustache and smoking a pipe.
He said he was the only one who could send the Agency to "blazes" if he, Castillo,
was killed on this mission. He said "Papa's" initials were A.D. and that his first
name was "Allen." He said he would personally tell "Papa" about the "Zombie"
when he got back.

After more than forty hypnotic sessions lasting from one to five hours each,
covering the period from April 3 to June 25, 1967, the hypnotist reviewed the data
and summarized it for the Chief of the Defense Intelligence Division of the
National Bureau of Investigation. The summary report not only involved Castillo

Operation Mind Control 304

in the assassination of John F. Kennedy; it disclosed Castillo was a hypno-
programmed "Zombie" who would kill on cue.

The summary report stated: The Zombie phenomenon referred to here is a
somnambulistic behavior displayed by the subject in a conditioned response to a
series of words, phrases, and statements, apparently unknown to the subject
during his normal waking state. While under the influence of such a Zombie
state, the subject closed his eyes, rose bodily, walked, triggered a pistol, stared
blankly, and fell to the floor with no apparent sense of physical pain. As far as
could be determined experimentally, the Zombie behavior had for its objective the
assassination 01 rresident Ferdinand Marcos 01 tne Kepublic 01 tne rnmppines.

The report also added: "Neither the presence nor the discovery of the Zombie
states in our subject should be regarded as noble or unique. If anything, the only
remarkable character of the Zombie state in our subject is its deeply ingrained and
systematic presentation, indicating a certain disturbing degree 01 conditioning.

In a lengthy summary, the NBI hypnotist and deprogrammer of Castillo
recounted the details of exactly how he had uncovered the key that unlocked the
programmed assassin's mind.

The letters "XBGUMTDUTYBX" were found scribbled on the white surface of a
cigarette package which was in Castillo's possession at the time of his arrest The
paper had been folded carefully and tucked into the back of his watch. Castillo
had told investigators that this piece of paper was given him by a man named Luis
Mauricio. Castillo said Mauricio also gave him money. Mauricio was known to
the NBI as a member of the Huk guerrillas.

Placing Castillo in a trance, the hypnotist called the series of letters on the
cigarette package. Castillo did not react He men tried calling out the letters,
pausing at different places. He found that when he paused between the C and the
U, saying "XBG.UMIDUTYBX," Castillo would reply with "I am myself to kilL"

The hypnotist then tried the letters one at a time, and then in different
combinations. While many of the combinations produced no response, the
following were significant

When the hypnotist said "X," Castillo quickly answered "Mauricio."

When the hypnotist said "BGU," Castillo slowly said, "I am myself."

When the hypnotist said, "MI," Castillo answered, "to kill."

In another session the hypnotist experimented with saying "Luis Castillo" as a
command. The hypnotist reported, "A pathetic sight takes place after this. The

305 W.H. Bowart

subject turns his pistol to his own temple and squeezes the trigger, as many times
as his name is repeated."

Whenever the hypnotist would say, "June 12, 1967, 12 o'clock," " June 22, 1967,"
"July 4,1967," or "January 1, 1968," Castillo would invariably aim the pistol and
squeeze the trigger.

The hypnotist found that after the preparatory command to put him in a trance, if
Castillo's eyes were open and he saw a photograph of President Marcos, he would,
with no verbal instructions, aim and repeatedly squeeze the trigger of his pistol,
following the photo wherever it was taken around the room. If the hypnotist said
the word "kill" while Castillo was following this program, he would drop heavily to
the floor and remain motionless.

The hypnotist's report also includes Castillo's amazing story about his
participation in yet another organized assassination attempt Under hypnosis,
Castillo said the assassination happened "before noon." He remembered being
with a man called "Lake," whom he described as a tall man, weighing about 190
lbs., with a hawklike nose, black hair, and Oriental eyes set in a long face. Lake
spoke with a foreign accent which Castillo could not identify. He said he
remembered meeting Lake along with four or five other men in an airport They
then drove together in a black car to a building. Castillo said he thought the
group included both Americans and foreigners, and he thought one man was
Spanish.

When the group arrived at the building, Castillo said they climbed to a second
floor room which he described after some uncertainty as brown. The room
contained packing crates, a short brown table, a typewriter, and two "lift-up glass
windows overlooking a street "Lake opened a black suitcase, which Castillo
described as a bowling bag with a zipper and lock. It contained a scope and pieces
of a rifle, which Lake assembled. He set the scope at 500 yards and gave the rifle
to Castillo. Castillo did not seem certain about the make or caliber of the rifle, but
finally said he thought it was Russian.

Lake told him to shoot a man in the back seat of an open car in the middle of the
caravan. He said the man would be seated with a lady or another man. A mirror
was to be flashed twice from a building across the street so Castillo would know
when he was to shoot When he saw the two flashes he was supposed to shoot at
the next car coming into view. When he was questioned about the identity of the
man riding in the open car, Castillo said he did not know who the victim was.

After Lake had assembled the rifle and had given Castillo his instructions, he went
downstairs. Later Lake rushed into the room. "They got him already," Lake told
him. "Let's get out of here." He then grabbed the rifle away from Castillo,
Dismantled it and stuffed it and the scope into the black bag.

Operation Mind Control 306

Castillo and Lake rushed downstairs, got into a car with two other men, and drove
away from the building. They picked up a bald-headed, skinny man after they
turned the first comer. Three or four blocks later the car stopped and picked up
another man.

Castillo said he was riding in the back seat between Lake and the man who had
joined them at the second stop. As the car drove away from the scene of the
crime, the unidentified man gave Castillo an injection while he wasn't looking.
He went immediately to sleep and woke up in a Chicago hotel room with Mrs.
Kreps.

He and Mrs. Kreps got into a blue car and drove to Milwaukee, Castillo said.
While driving there, they heard the news of the assassination of John F. Kennedy
on the car radio.

Within a few days after the hypnotist submitted his final report, Castillo was out
of the NBI jail and had left the Philippines for parts unknown. It was later
uncovered that Castillo was returned to the United States in 1967 and questioned
by the FBL whose spokesman said, "We talked to Castillo and he told us that he'd
fabricated his story about the Kennedy assassination. Said he'd made it up in
Manila.

The official record says Castillo was sentenced to six years in the Missouri
Penitentiary for robbery in June, 1971. On August 1, 1974, he was released after
serving thirty-seven months. Castillo's last known contact was with his mother
shortly after his release from prison. Since then he has disappeared, from both
his family and those researchers who would like to question him further.

If Castillo had indeed "made it up in Manila," as the FBI spokesman claimed, then
he must have had a phenomenal memory, an incredibly high tolerance to sodium
amytal and alcohoL and virtuoso acting ability. Neither the psychological profile
nor the life history of Luis Angel Castillo supports the conclusion that he

307 W.H. Bowart

Whenever I've projected the image on the right on a screen and asked the
audience to identify the person in it, they've shouted back with confidence:
"Sirhan Sirhan." I then showed them the image on the left. That is the image of
Sirhan Sirhan takend shortly after his arrest. The image on the right is the
image of Luis Angel Castillo. Their appearance is similar. They were about the
same size, same color. They dressed similarly and some of their peculiar habits
were similar .They each kept a diary which strongly suggested that they were
both programmed in a similar way

21

THE LONE NUTS

MKULTRA was fully operational when Luis Castillo was programmed It was
active that same decade when events blamed on three "lone assassins" changed
the course of history.

In a well executed, mass indoctrination campaign employing all the honor,
prestige, and power of the U.S. government, Americans were told over and over
again the lives of John Kennedy, Martin Luther King, and Robert Kennedy were
all taken by lone assassins - men operating without political motivation. These
three assassins - Lee Harvey Oswald, James Earl Ray, and Sirhan Sirhan-
conveniently left diaries, underlinings in various books, and other
self-incriminating clues to establish their guilt

The evidence gathered on the assassinations remains fragmented and incomplete.
Any event of such magnitude as political assassination is bound to invite a large
number of interpretations. While in 1978 when the first edition of this book
appeared there was not any conclusive proof of a conspiracy, more than eighty
percent of the American public then believed there was a conspiracy. Today, after
Oliver Stone's masterful film JFK, more than ninety percent of the public believe
that John F. Kennedy was murdered by conspirators working with the U.S.
intelligence agencies. While Congress did cite Richard Helms for contempt, and
declared that the FBI and the CIA did not cooperate with the Warren Commission,
the murders of Kennedy, Kennedy and King remain unsolved mysteries in the
public's opinion. A string of circumstantial evidence, and a knowledge of the
runaamentals oi mind control invites runner speculation.

In each case the method was the same - death by the bullet In each case the
circumstances were the same - murder in a public place in view of many
witnesses. All three assassins were men whose personal histories can be
interpreted to indicate they were mentally unstable. Evidence suggests all three
had been hypnotized at one time or another.

But the similarity in their psychological profiles, and the "coincidence" of each
having left a trail of evidence, did not seem suspicious to the government
investigators of the assassination. That three assassins, from three different parts

309 W.H. Bowart

of the country, with three different ethnic backgrounds (and three different
victims in three different cities), could all have had the same modus operandi did
not seem improbable to the investigators. Those "coincidences" did not even
warrant their notice.

A good detective would immediately have suspected the M.O. of each assassin was
a cover laid down by a professional hit team.

The cryptocracy which grew up after World War n was composed of a cadre of
professionals, trained during the war. Professional intelligence agents in both the
KGB and the CIA are trained to stick to the cover story that works, and use it as
long as it does work. Even if the cover story is blown, the agent is supposed to
stick to it and, if necessary, die with sealed lips. The "lone nut" theory - that the
assassins of King and the Kennedys acted alone - and the evidence planted to
support that theory, stand out as a typical professional intelligence "cover."

The modus operandi or method of a murder is the first of two major clues
detectives use to solve crimes. The second clue is the motive.

Those who support the "lone nut" theory point to the fact that no clear political
motive could be attributed to any of the three assassins. Yet even to a casual
student of history each of the three murders was of obvious political benefit to the
extreme right John and Robert Kennedy and Martin Luther King were all
independent thinkers who could not be bought off. They worked for expanded
civil rights in a manner the right wing interpreted as being Communist, e.g., it
involved government legislation of civil rights.

The Church Committee investigation clearly showed that J. Edgar Hoover had a
personal vendetta against Dr. King, and it has been reported he lost no love for
the Kennedy brothers. The Kennedys were not only on the wrong side of
Hoover's FBI they were on the wrong side of the CIA as welL JFK fired several
top intelligence officers (he asked for Allen Dulles' resignation) and at the time of
his death he was privately talking about reorganizing the entire U.S. intelligence
service.

Robert Kennedy, as attorney general, was waging a tireless campaign against
organized crime. His campaign cut across the alliance the CIA had formed with
gangsters who had lost their gambling and drug concessions in Cuba. Robert
Kennedy was a close friend of Dr. King, and one rumor persists that the assassins
had issued a dire warning to RFK not to run for president, and that King was
sacrificed to show that the group meant business. A similar threat was issued
against Ted Kennedy when he was entertaining presidential thoughts. Robert
Kennedy's knowledge of the CIA-Mafia link and the CIA assassination teams might
have been a motive behind the motive, assuming fanatical right-wing operators
were "contracted" for the "Executive actions" against the three.

Operation Mind Control 310

The obvious results of all three assassinations would indicate the extreme right
wing, known to be widespread in the cryptocracy, had the most to gain. By their
deaths, the civil rights movement was severely crippled, the conflict in Vietnam
escalated, and the corrupt leaders of the cryptocracy stayed in power.

In the late 70 s a rumor was put forth by CBS News and others that Castro and/or
the KGB were behind the assassinations. That theory smells like more
disinformation from the cryptocracy. The motives of the Communists seem
much less clear than the motives of misguided patriotic white, right-thinking
Americans. The cryptocracy was in a better position to benefit from the deaths of
the three charismatic and humanitarian leaders than were the Communists.

Following the assassination of President Kennedy, his successor appointed a now
notorious commission to investigate the crime. Headed by Chief Justice Earl
Warren, it included Sen. John Sherman Cooper (R., Kentucky), Sen. Richard B.
Russell (D., Georgia), Rep. Hale Boggs (D., Louisiana), Rep. Gerald R. Ford (R.,
Michigan), former CIA director Allen Dulles, and John J. McCloy.

After nine months of deliberation, the Warren Commission concluded Lee Harvey
Oswald acting alone, had shot President Kennedy. Although Oswald was in turn
assassinated by Dallas thug Jack Ruby, and although Ruby's connections with
organized crime and the anti-Castro movement were well known, the
Commission found no evidence of a conspiracy.

The twenty-six volumes of evidence which made up the commission's final report
left so many questions unasked that by December, 1976, a Harris Survey
concluded 80 percent of the U.S. population did not believe the commission's
conclusion.

From the beginning, the investigation was slanted towards proving Oswald was
guilty and had acted alone. The commission had proceeded with haste to put to
rest forever the question: Was there a conspiracy behind the Kennedy
assassination? In its haste it had overlooked key facts and ignored witnesses who
did not support the foregone conclusion that there was no conspiracy - that
Oswald was just a "lone nut"

Throughout the Warren Commission hearings there was conflicting testimony
about Oswald. There was testimony that Oswald did not drive a car. There was
other testimony that he did drive, and very welL Some of his acquaintances said
he was a poor shot, too poor to have accomplished the feat of marksmanship in
Dealy Plaza, others said he was a fine marksman. Some said, by turns, he was a
Communist, a pro-Castro and an anti-Castro sympathizer. His own mother said
he performed undercover work for the U.S. government. Out of this mass of
conflicting evidence, the Warren Commission simply took what was needed to

311 W.H. Bowart

support its foregone conclusion, and relegated the rest to published transcripts or
to top-secret files in the National Archives.

There were so many conflicting descriptions of Oswald that many independent
assassination investigators subsequently concluded there must have been at least
two Oswalds - the "real" one and an intelligence double. If, however, one
considers that Oswald might have been controlled in the same way as Candy
Jones or Luis Castillo - split into multiple personalities - another explanation for
some of the conflicting descriptions of the assassin becomes credible. He might
have been an excellent shot in one zombie state, and in another he might have
been blocked so he could not even aim a rifle. In one state he might have had the
ability to drive a car, while in another state he might have had a posthypnotic
block so that he could not drive.

Oswald said he didn't kill anybody. His statement was recorded in the basement
of the Dallas Police Station on the day after the assassination. Captured on film
by a local CBS film crew, Oswald told reporters, "I positively know nothing about
this situation here. I would like to have legal representation." In answer to an
inaudible question from one reporter Oswald said, "Well, I was questioned by a
judge. However, I protested at that time that I was not allowed legal
representation during that very short and sweet hearing. I really don't know what
this situation is about Nobody has told me anything, except that I'm accused of
murdering a policemen. I know nothing more than that I do request someone
to come forward to give me legal assistance."

"Did you kill the President'" another reporter asked.

"No," Oswald answered, "I have not been charged with that In fact nobody has
said that to me yet The first thing I heard about it was when the newspaper
reporters in the hall asked me that question."

Ten years after Oswald made that statement George OToole applied a newly
developed "truth detector," the Psychological Stress Evaluator (PSE), to the
soundtrack of the film which recorded Oswald's protestation of innocence. The
PSE, unlike the polygraph, does not have to be connected to the body to measure
stress. It measures subaudible micro-tremors in the human voice which occur
whenever an individual experiences even mild anxiety or stress. The
micro-tremors form a distinct pattern on the PSE chart and can then be
compared to stress patterns in other parts of the statement A deliberate lie,
especially one which involves personal jeopardy, stands out clearly from the other
stress patterns that might represent situational stress or vague anxiety. Oswald
was in a situation of high stress that day. He had been grilled for hours by the
police. He had been manhandled and accused of killing not only a police officer
but also the President of the United States.

Operation Mind Control 312

Yet the PSE analysis of Oswald's statement showed he exhibited far more stress
when he was talking about not being represented by a lawyer than he did when he
denied murdering the President or the police officer. George O'Toole concluded,
as have many other investigators, that Oswald was innocent He could not have
been consciously involved in the assassination as a fall guy ~ a patsy - or he
would have shown stress in his answers to these key questions on PSE.

Posing as a Look reporter, former CIA employee O'Toole conducted and recorded
interviews with local police officials and FBI men who were the original
investigators in the Kennedy case. Too many of their PSE patterns showed levels
of stress which could only be interpreted as having been the result of willful
deception. In his book The Assassination Tapes, O'Toole offers the details of his
PSE analysis, and concludes, not surprisingly, there was a conspiracy behind the
assassination of John F. Kennedy.

But what if he had been hypo-programmed so he could remember nothing of his
involvement in the assassination plot? Then every lie-detector test in the world
would prove him innocent, since consciously he would believe he was innocent
Classical conditioning or deep hypnosis is the only reliable way to defeat a lie
detector, whether it be a polygraph or the more advanced PSE.

Among the evidence concealed from the commission was a CIA document
obtained under the Freedom of Information Act in 1976, which quoted an
unidentified CIA officer reporting to his superiors on Oswald. According to that
memo, which had been written only three days after JFK's assassination, Agency
officials had discussed interviewing Oswald for intelligence purposes in the early
1960's. The same document revealed that Allen Dulles had secretly coached the
CIA on how the Agency should deny having any connection with Oswald.
According to one of the memos, Dulles strongly recommended CIA Director
Helms deny under oath that the CIA had any material in its files which suggested
an Agency relationship with Oswald. Later disclosures revealed Oswald did indeed
have a CIA "201 file."

In swom testimony before the Warren Commission in 1964, Richard Helms
applied the artful deception which came from a lifetime of CIA training; he
testified the Agency had "never even contemplated" making any contact with
Oswald prior to the assassination. That the CIA did make contact with him was
never disclosed to the commission.

Despite the attempts of Allen Dulles to steer commission investigators away from
other information which linked Oswald to both the FBI and CIA, the rumor that
Oswald had been sent to Russia as an intelligence agent persisted.

313 W.H. Bowart

In an attempt to scotch that rumor, Dulles told the commission it would be
impossible for anyone to prove or disprove that Oswald had or had not been an
agent or informer. He said, astonishingly, that Oswald could have been a CIA
agent without anyone knowing about it!

During one meeting of the commission, Senator Russell asked Dulles, "If Oswald
never had assassinated the president, and had been in the employ of the FBI, and
somebody had gone to the FBI, would they have denied he was an agent?"

"Oh yes," the ex-CIA chief replied "They would be the first to deny it-
Tour agents would have done the same thing?" Senator Russell asked
incredulously.

"Exactly," Dulles answered.

At another juncture, John J. McCloy said he had received several inquiries about
the Oswald-agent rumor. He asked Dulles point blank, "What is there to this
story?"

Dulles went in circles: "This is a terribly hard thing to disprove, you know. How
do you disprove a fellow was not your agent?"

"You could disprove it, couldn't you?" Congressman Boggs asked

Dulles replied, simply, "No."

"So 1 will ask you," Boggs continued "did you have agents about whom you had
no record whatsoever?"

The record might not be on paper," Dulles said. "But on paper would have been
hieroglyphics that only two people knew what they meant, and anybody outside
the agency would not know and you could say this meant the agent and
somebody else could say it meant another agent"

The discussion then turned to U-2 pilot Francis Gary Powers. Dulles explained
Powers was a different kind of agent He had signed a contract with the CIA.

Alluding to the Oswald-CIA relationship, Boggs asked Dulles, "Let's say Powers did
not have a signed contract but was recruited by someone in the CIA. The man
who recruited him would know, wouldn't he?"

"Yes," Dulles replied, "but he wouldn't tell."

"Would he tell it under oath?" Chief Justice Warren wondered.

"I wouldn't think he would tell it under oath, no," Dulles replied matter of facuy.

Operation Mind Control 314

"Why?" asked Warren.

"He ought not to tell it under oath," Dulles said, offering Warren a lesson which
years of legal training made him incapable of learning: the cryptocracy operates
completely outside of the law and, because of the power of the "national security"
rationale, it operates completely above the law.

Dulles admitted later, while responding to a question from McCloy, that a CIA
operative might not tell the truth even to his own superior.

"What you do," Boggs indignantly said, "is you make our problem, if this be true,
utterly impossible because you say this rumor [that Oswald was a CIA agent] can't
be dissipated under any circumstances."

"I don't think it can, Dulles admitted, "unless you believe Mr. Hoover, and so forth
and so on, which probably most of the people wilL"

Hoover, of course, had written a carefully worded response to a Commission
inquiry about Oswald's FBI connections. He denied all association between
Oswald and the FBI.

Also ignored by the Warren Commission was information about the cryptocracy's
attempts to assassinate Fidel Castro. Dulles presumably knew about the plots
which took place during his tenure with the Agency, but he remained mute.
Richard Helms was the only CIA official on active duty to have direct contact with
the Warren Commission, and although he provided them with information on a
number of things, he volunteered nothing about the unsuccessful plots against
Castro — plots which would have been within the commission's "need to know"
since they showed that the cryptocracy had practical experience in assassination
planning.

Testifying before the Senate select Committee to Study Governmental Operations
with Respect to Intelligence Activities, Helms revealed how the cryptocracy evaded
and withheld information from the Warren Commission. His testimony
illustrated the cryptocracy's contempt for the helpless commission, the American
people, and above all the truth.

During the Church Committee's investigation of the CIA's involvement in
assassinations, Senator Church asked helms: "Since you had knowledge of the CIA
involvement in these assassination plots against Castro, and knew it at the time...
I would have thought., that ought to have been related to the Commission,
because it does bear on the motives, whatever else."

Helms: "..Mr. Allen Dulles was a member of the Warren Commission. And the
first assassination plot happened during his time as director. What he said to the
Warren Commission about this... I don't know. But at least he was sitting right

315 W.H. Bowart

there in [the commission's] deliberations and knew about this, and I am sure the
same thought that occurred to you must have occurred to him."

Senator Morgan: "You were charged with furnishing the Warren Commission
information from the CIA. Information that you thought was relevant?"

Helms: "No sir, I was instructed to reply to inquiries from the Warren
Commission for information from the Agency. I was not asked to initiate any
particular thing."

Morgan: "..in other words if you weren't asked for it, you didn't give it'"
Helms: "That's right sir."

Nevertheless, despite the denials of Dulles and Hoover, the rumor persisted that
Oswald had defected to Russia on a clandestine mission for the CIA. Some
believed he had been uncovered by the KGB and subsequently programmed like
the Manchurian Candidate to return to the U.S. and act as an unconscious
"sleeper agent," a programmed assassin.

Following up on this rumor, J. Lee Rankin, General Counsel to the Warren
Commission, wrote a letter to CIA Director Helms requesting all information the
CIA had on Russian "brainwashing" capabilities.

In response, Helms claimed there were " major methods of altering or controlling
behavior," and the Soviets were interested in both. He said the first was
psychological and the second was pharmacological. "The two may be used as
individual methods or for mutual reinforcement," Helms wrote. "For long term
control of large numbers of people the former method is more promising than the
latter.

"In dealing with individuals, the U.S. experience suggests the pharmacological
approach (assisted by psychological techniques) would be the only effective
method."

Helms told the Warren Commission that while the Soviet drug research was
extensive, it had consistently lagged about five years behind Western research.
That was an interesting admission, for in the MKULTRA files which were
declassified over a decade later the CIA was using the Soviet success in mind
control to motivate our own scientific program.

Helms' memorandum told the commission the Soviets had adopted a
multidisciplinary approach to mind control, integrating biological, social, and
what he called "physical-mathematical research" in attempts to control human
behavior in a "manner consonant with national plans."

Operation Mind Control 316

But while attempting to tell the Warren Commission what the Soviets were up to,
Helms was, at the same time, revealing the cryptocracy's own intentions. His
conclusions stated "there is no evidence the Soviets have any techniques or
agents capable of producing particular behavioral patterns which are not available
in the West" Appended to the memorandum (Commission Document 1113,
reproduced here as Appendix A) were several hundred pages of reports on Soviet
mind-control techniques and an extensive bibliography on brainwashing, which
for some reason remained classified even after the main body of the
memorandum was declassified.

The question of whether Oswald had been hypno-programmed was raised in
another context when New Orleans district Attorney Jim Garrison began his inde-
pendent investigations of the Kennedy assassination.

Garrison told an anxious press he was going to crack the Kennedy case wide open:
The plain fact is that our federal intelligence agencies are implacably determined
to do whatever is necessary to block any further inquiry into the facts of the
assassination.

The arrogant totalitarian efforts of these federal agencies to obstruct the
discovery of the truth is a matter which I intend to bring to light when we have
finished doing the job they should have done."

One of the central targets of Garrison's investigation was David William Ferrie,
who was both a hypnotist and a CIA operative. Coincidentally, Ferrie had been in
a New Orleans Civil Air Patrol group in the fifties with Lee Harvey Oswald. One
witness said Ferrie had been the man who had instructed Oswald in
marksmanship.

When New Orleans police raided Feme's apartment, they confiscated a number of
weapons, various drugs, and three blank U.S. passports - things that any good
CIA operative would keep at his elbow, much later researchers realized the
importance of some of the evidence obtained in the raid several voluminous
abstracts on posthypnotic suggestion and a library on hypnotism.

A salesman for the Equitable Life Insurance Company, Perry Raymond Russo, told
a New Orleans grand jury that Feme's apartment had been the scene of many
"parties" where hypnosis had been used as "entertainment" One evening, Russo
said, Ferrie hypnotized a young man to whom he apparently had a strong
homosexual attraction. Another evening, Russo said, he himself hypnotized a
young woman and made her immobile. He stuck pins in her hand and burned
her arms just to demonstrate the extent of the control he had over her.

At Russo's request, his story was tested by Garrison's investigators. Under both
sodium pentothal and hypnosis, Russo told the identical story he had told to the
grand jury. He testified that he had been with Ferrie, a man named Leon Oswald,

317 WM.Bowart

and a third man named Clem Bertrand in Feme's apartment during the summer
of 1963. The three had discussed an assassination attempt in which diversionary
tactics were to be used.

Russo quoted Ferrie as saying "there would have to be a minimum of three people
involved. Two of the persons would shoot diversionary shots and the third-
shoot the 'good' shot" Ferrie said one of the three would have to be the
"scapegoat" He also said Ferrie discoursed on the "availability of exit," saying the
sacrificed man would give the other two time to escape.

On February 23, 1967, a few days before Luis Castillo was arrested by the NBI in
the Philippines, Garrison subpoenaed David Ferrie. That evening George Lardner
of the Washington Post went to Feme's for an interview. Ferrie, in remarkably
good spirits, told Lardner, "A President is no better than anyone else... If I were
killed, I'd expect my death to be investigated just as thoroughly.

Lardner Left Ferrie at 4:00 ajn. Seven hours and forty minutes later Ferrie was
found in bed with a sheet pulled over his head. He had been dead for several

L. ,

nours.

On the dining room table was a note which read in part To leave this life is for
me a sweet prospect I find nothing in it that is desirable and on the other hand,
everything that is loathsome."

Fifteen empty medicine bottles littered the apartment The medicine bottles had
contained a prescription drug for a vascular disorder.

Garrison immediately jumped to the conclusion that Ferrie had committed
suicide because of the subpoena. The autopsy, however, revealed Feme had not
died from an overdose of drugs, but from a ruptured blood vessel at the base of
his brain.

Dr. Ronald A. Walsh, Louisiana State University School of Medicine pathologist
stated in his autopsy report that David Ferrie Died of an aneurysm. Several
forensic pathologists later concluded such an aneurysm could have been caused
by a karate expert inflicting a blow to the back of the head in such a manner that
no external damage would be discernible.

A number of Feme's friends began to fear for their lives. One, Jack Martin, came
out of hiding long enough to suggest that Oswald had been programmed by Ferrie
to go to Dallas and Kill the president Immediately following the assassination,
Martin had reported to the Assistant District Attorney Herman S. Kohlman that
Ferrie and Oswald had been friends, and that Ferrie had instructed Oswald in the
use of a telescope sight on a rifle. But in 1963 no one followed up on Martin's
story.

Operation Mind Control 318

Another of Feme's friends was a Reverend Raymond Broshears, who had roomed
with Feme three years before Feme's death. Broshears stated in a television
interview: "David admitted being involved with the assassins. There's no question
about that"

The Warren Commission must have had some suspicions about Feme, for in
Volume 24, Exhibit 2038, of the Warren Commission Report, NBC cameraman
Gene Barnes is quoted as saying, "Bob Mulholland, NBC news, Chicago, talked in
Dallas to one Fairy [sic)... Fairy said Oswald had been under hypnosis from a man
doing a mind reading act at Ruby's 'Carousel.' Fairy was said to be a private

Feme did own an airplane, and he did work for Guy Bannister, the New Orleans
private eye and CIA contract agent

Bob Mulholland later came forward to say he had been misquoted by the Warren
Report What he had actually overheard were FBI agents saying Feme might have
been involved in the assassination with Oswald: he had merely relayed that
information to his reporters in Dallas.

In any event there was enough substance to the David Feme angle to cause both
the FBI and the Secret Service to have interviewed him immediately following the
assassination. Yet there were no reports, official or otherwise, as to the outcome
of that interview.

Those not disposed to believe in conspiracies against the American people by its
own government might well ask, "If there is a conspiracy by a cryptocracy, why
wouldn't we, by now, have proof of it? Why wouldn't there have been at least one
deathbed confession by one of the conspirators?"

Two such confessions to the JFK assassination conspiracy were made and
ignored.

kicks'..."

319 W.H.Bowart

David W. Ferrie, 48, a figure In the New Orleans district attorney's
investigation of a conspiracy to assassinate President Kennedy, was found
dead in bed at his New Orleans apartment. District Attorney jim Garrison
said he planned to arrest Ferrie in connection with the case. Ferrie was
known to be adept at hypnosis and was an old acquaintace of Lee Harvey
Oswald. Ferrie also used to fly covert missions for the CIA.

22

THE IGNORED CONFESSIONS

Only an understanding of the techniques and applications of mind control could
begin to bring meaning to the fragmented ramblings of Jack Ruby.

On June 7, 1964, Jack Ruby was questioned in jail in Dallas, Texas, by Earl Warren
and Gerald Ford. In that session Ruby continually pleaded for a lie-detector test
or for sodium pentothal. He desperately wanted to prove his honesty so Warren
and the commission would know he was telling the truth.

Said Ruby: "I would like to be able to get a lie-detector test or truth serum of what
motivated me to do what I did at that particular time, and it seems as you get
further into something, even though you know what you did, it operates against
you somehow, brainwashes you, that you are weak in what you want to tell the
truth about, and what you want to say which is the truth."

"As I started to trial," Ruby continued, "I don't know if you realize my reasoning,
how I happened to be involved - I was carried away tremendously emotionally,
and all the time I tried to ask Mr. Belli [Melvin Belli, Ruby's first lawyer), I wanted
to get up and say the truth regarding the steps that led me to do what I have got
involved in, But since I have a spotty background in the nightclub business, I
should have been the last person to ever want to do something that I had been
involved in. In other words I was carried away tremendously. You want to ask
me questions?"

Warren asked Ruby to just "tell us what you want, and then we will ask you some
questions."

"Am 1 boring you?" Ruby replied.

He pleaded with Warren to be taken to Washington where he could be questioned
in safety. Possibly either his control agent was in the room, or Ruby felt that he

321 W.H.Bowart

important to say but could not say it at that moment in Dallas.

"Gentlemen, unless you get me to Washington, you can't get a fair shake out of
me. If you understand my way of talking, you have to bring me to Washington to
get the tests. Do I sound dramatic? Off the beam?"

"No, you are speaking very, very rationally," Warren replied, " and 1 am really
surprised you can remember as much as you have remembered up to the present
time. You have given it to us in great detaiL"

Again Ruby pleaded with Warren: "Unless you can get me to Washington, and I
am not a crackpot, I have all my senses - 1 don't want to evade any crime I am
guilty of." Then Ruby asked that the sheriff and the law enforcement officers
leave the room, and after they were gone he said, "Gentlemen, if you want to hear
any further testimony, you will have to get me to Washington soon, because it
has something to do with you, Chief Warren. Do I sound sober enough to tell you
this?"

"Yes, go right ahead," Warren said.

"I would like to talk to you in private," Ruby told him.

Warren seemed to miss the import of Ruby's statement "You may do that when
you finish your story. You may tell me that phase of it"

"I bet you haven't had a witness like me in your whole investigation, is that
correct?" Ruby asked.

"There are many witnesses whose memory has not been as good as yours. I tell
you that honestly," Warren replied.

"My reluctance to talk," Ruby went on, "you haven't had any witnesses in telling
the story, in finding so many problems."

"You have a greater problem than any witness we have had," Warren retorted.

"I have a lot of reasons for having those problems," Ruby explained. Then after
another exchange about going immediately to Washington, Ruby said,
"Gentlemen, my life is in danger here. Not with my guilty plea of execution. Do I
sound sober enough to you as I say this?"

Warren assured him he did sound sober. "From the moment I started my
testimony, haven't I sounded as though, with the exception of becoming
emotional, haven't I sounded as though I made sense, what I was speaking
about?" Ruby asked.

Operation Mind Control 322

"You have indeed," Warren again assured him. "I understand everything you have

said. If I haven't it is ray fault"

Then I follow this up," Ruby blurted out "I may not live tomorrow to give any
further testimony. The reason why I add this to this, since you assure me that I
have been speaking sense, then I might be speaking sense by following what I
have said, and the only thing I want to get out to the public, and I can't say it
here, is, with authenticity, with sincerity of the truth, of everything, and why my
act was committed, but it can't be said here.

"It can be said, it's got to be said amongst people of the highest authority that
would give me the benefit of the doubt And following that immediately give me
the lie-detector test after I do make the statement

"Chairman Warren, if you felt that your life was in danger at the moment how
would you feel? Wouldn't you be reluctant to go on speaking, even though you
request me to do so?"

Warren again reassured Ruby that he was making perfect sense. "I wish that our
beloved President Lyndon Johnson, would have delved deeper into the situation,
hear me, not to accept just circumstantial facts about my guilt or innocence, and
would have questioned to find out the truth about me before he relinquished
certain powers to these certain people... Consequently, a whole new form of
government is going to take over our country (emphasis added], and I know I
won't live to see you another time. Do 1 sound sort of screwy in telling you these
things?"

oath."

"But it is a very serious situation," Ruby said, "I guess it is too late to stop it isn't
it? Now maybe something can be saved. It may not be too late, whatever
happens, if our President Lyndon Johnson, knew the truth from me... But if I am
eliminated, there won't be any way of knowing.

"Right now, when I leave your presence now, I am the only one that can bring ou

the truth to our President who believes in righteousness and justice. But he has
been told I am certain, that I was part of a plot to assassinate the President I
know your hands are tied; you are helpless."

Earl Warren said, "Mr. Ruby, I think I can say this to you, that if he has been told
any such thing, there is no indication of any kind that he believes it"

confess to being a part of the plot to kill President Kennedy, Ruby exploded. "I am
sorry, Chief Justice Warren, I thought I would be very effective in telling you what

323 W.H.Bowart

I have said here. But in all fairness to everyone, maybe all I want to do is beg that
if they found out I was telling the truth, maybe they can succeed in what their
motives are, but maybe my people won't be tortured and mutilated..."

Warren could find no meaning in Ruby's testimony. He merely assured him that
neither he nor his family would be tortured or mutilated by anyone. "You may be
sure of that," the Chief Justice added.

"No," Ruby answered. "The only way you can do it is if he knows the truth, that I
am telling the truth, and why I was down in that basement Sunday morning, and
maybe some sense of decency will come out and they can still fulfill their plan, as
I stated before, without my people going through torture and mutilation."

Warren assured Ruby that the President would know everything he had said. "But
I won't be around, Chief Justice," Ruby said. "I won't be around, Chief Justice,"
Ruby said. "I won't be around to tell the President"

Then one of the aides asked the first intelligent question of the day, "Who do you
think is going to eliminate you, Jack?"

Ruby replied, "I have been used for a purpose, and there will be a certain tragic
occurrence happening if you don't take my testimony and somehow vindicate me
so my people don't suffer because of what I have done..."

Jack Ruby was subsequently given a polygraph test which proved to be
inconclusive due to high levels of stress.

In 1965 syndicated columnist Dorothy Kilgallen interviewed Ruby in his Dallas
cell. She was the only major journalist allowed to interview him. She told a few
friends that from what Ruby had told her, she was able to obtain evidence which
would 'blow the JFK case sky high." Within a few days, Dorothy Killgallen died of
a massive overdose of barbiturates combined with alcohol Her apartment was
found in shambles. The transcripts of her interview with Ruby were missing. Her
death was ruled a suicide.

In early 1967 Ruby complained he was being poisoned. He was diagnosed as
having cancer, but a few weeks after complaining of being poisoned, he died not
of the cancer, but of a "stroke" similar to the one that had killed David Ferrie.

Warren Commission. That confession was made by Professor George de
Mohrenschildt, a former intelligence agent who was also a friend or Lee Harvey
Oswald.

Operation Mind Control 324

De Mohrenschildt was bom in 1911 in the Ukraine, following the revolution, in
1921 he and his parents fled Russia for Poland. He attended a Polish military
academy for a year, and later, in 1938, received a doctorate in international
commerce. He emigrated to the United States soon thereafter and, in 1949,
became a citizen.

After becoming interested in the exploration and generation of oil, de
Mohrenschildt received his master's degree in petroleum engineering. Sometime
thereafter he became acquainted with right-wing oil magnate H.L Hunt
Although the basis of their relationship is unknown, de Mohrenschildt, in an
interview with Dutch journalist Willem Oltmans, stated, "I knew Hunt, now the
late Mr. Hunt, intimately. For some twenty years I was invited to his parties."

FBI disclosure in 1976 suggested Lee Harvey Oswald was also acquainted with
Hunt And de Mohreschildt knew Oswald. Apparently he had introduced himself
to Oswald after hearing about him through a Russian speaking group in the
Dallas-Fort Worth area.

Marina Oswald told the Warren Commission: "Lee did not have any close friends,
but at least he had - here in America - he had a great deal of respect for de
Mohrenschildt.. He considered him to be smart to be full of joy of living, a very
sympathetic person..."

It was the conclusion of the Warren Commission, after extensive investigation,
that de Mohrenschildt had exhibited no signs of subversive or disloyal conduct
The Warren Report stated: "Neither the FBI, CIA, nor any witness contacted by the
Commission has provided any information linking de Mohrenschildt to subversive
or extremist organizations. Nor has there been any evidence linking them in any
way with the assassination of President Kennedy."

It was subsequently revealed, however, that de Mohrenschildt had indeed been
associated with various intelligence operations over the years. He was connected
with French intelligence during World War D and was also linked to the CIA Bay
of Pigs operation.

In late March, 1977, de Mohrenschildt's name was brought before the newly
formed House Select Committee on Assassinations. Willem Oltmans told the
committee that de Mohrenschildt held the key to the Kennedy assassination; that
de Mohrenschildt had privately confessed to him that prior to the assassination he
was aware of a conspiracy to murder the President in Dallas. According to
Oltmans, de Mohrenschildt was about to have a book published which would
reveal the details of his knowledge of the assassination.

After Oltmans' testimony, a spokesman for the House Committee on
Assassinations said the committee would investigate his claims and would, if
warranted, track down de Mohrenschildt for questioning. He was located a week

325 W.H. Bowart

later in Palm Beach, Florida, but he could not be called to testify. George de
Mohrenschildt was found dead the victim of a gunshot would in the head. Local
officials termed his death a suicide.

Following de Mohrenschildt's death, his Dallas attorney Pat Russell, supported
Oltmans' claims to the Commission. He verified the fact that before his death, de
Mohrenschildt had insisted that persons other than Lee Harvey Oswald had
participated in the slaying of President Kennedy. The attorney revealed that he
had in his possession tapes, a book length manuscript and a photograph which de
Mohrenschildt had turned over to him earlier. He said the tapes consisted of ten
reels of interviews with de Mohrenschildt about the Kennedy assassination,
which, he claimed, were firsthand accounts of the late professor's recollections of
Oswald.

Russell said although he did not know if the tapes or the book contained any new
evidence, the photograph should be of particular interest to assassination
investigators. He claimed that although the photo was similar to a well-known
picture obtained by the Dallas police which showed Lee Harvey Oswald holding a
rifle and wearing a pistol, what made the photo interesting was it was
autographed on the back by Oswald and dated May 4, 1963, approximately six
months prior to the assassination.

After de Mohrenschildt's death Willem Oltmans released a portion of his interview
with the deceased Oltmans described him as "Oswald's most intimate friend,"
and, without offering an explanation, said he had been intimate with Oswald
during "the years when Oswald's brain was being programmed toward the murder
or the century."

In the interview dated February 23, 1977, de Mohrenschildt told Oltmans "In
June, 1976, 1 completed a manuscript That's when disaster struck. You see, in
that book I played the devil's advocate. Without directly implicating myself as an
accomplice in the JFK assassination, I still mentioned a number of names,
particularly of FBI and CIA officials who apparently may not be exposed under any
circumstances. I was drugged surreptitiously. As a result I was committed to a
mental hospital. I was there eight weeks and was given electric shocks and as a
consequence I sometimes forget certain details temporarily..."

De Mohrenschildt went on to say that as a result of the drugs and shocks, he
could take no more. "I tried to commit suicide five times... One of these days I
will put a revolver to my head..."

According to Oltmans, de Mohrenschildt left Dallas in the middle of the night on
March 3, 1977, telling him, "I don't want anybody to see me." Oltmans reported
that at that time de Mohrenschildt was in a state of panic, constantly worried
whether "they" would let him leave the country. "He always felt watched and

Operation Mind Control 326

followed," Oltmans said. M I really cannot see how somebody who does not have
anything to his would develop such behavior." 104

On the day he died, George de Mohrenschildt was being interviewed by author
Edward Jay Epstein for his book, The Legend of Lee Harvey Oswald. They broke
for lunch at one o'clock and Epstein walked de Mohrenschildt to his car. They
were supposed to resume the interview at three p.m., and when de Mohrenschildt
didn't return, Epstein called his room and heard a distraught maid tell him de
Mohrenschildt had taken his own life. De Mohrenschildt's daughter, Alexandra,
told Epstein she believes her father took his own life after having had a post-
hypnotic suggestion triggered by a voice over the telephone in his room.

The last days of George de Mohrenschildt sound strikingly similar to those of the
victims of mind control. Could it have been that when drugs and "electric shock"
failed to erase his memory, the final solution was prescribed? Or was he
prognirTirncu to seu-QCSuUCtr

327 W.H. Bowart

Ukraine born George De Mohrenschildt, oilman, friend of right-wing
billionaire H.L. Hunt, took a phone call at his hotel room, put the phone
down and fatally shot himself. De Mohrenschildt told a reporter that he had
been drugged, committed to a mental hospital and given electric shocks
by CIA and FBI officials he knew who were involved in the assassination of
President John F. Kennedy. His daughter believes that he took his life
acting upon a post-hypnotic suggestion implanated by the cryptocracy.

23

ANOTHER HYPNO-PATSY?

On April 4, 1968, Nobel laureate Dr. Martin Luther King was murdered on a
second floor balcony of the Lorraine Motel in Memphis Tennessee. Half of the six
thousand man FBI force was assigned to the task of bringing the killer to justice.

The FBI should have had an easy job. There was an abundance of evidence left
behind on the second floor of a rooming house a block from the Lorraine Motel
There were fingerprints on the window ledge of a bathroom next to a room which
had been rented to an "Eric S. Gait" On the sidewalk in front of the house was a
weapon, a high powered assault rifle with telescopic sight Neighbors said they
had seen a white Mustang roar away moments after the shooting.

Nevertheless, the killer got away.

A ham radio operator broadcasting from a fixed station posed as a CB operator in
a Mobile unit He broadcast a convincing account of a high speed chase between
a white mustang and a blue Pontiac. He reported that the two cars were shooting
at each other. While police concentrated their search in the area described by the
ham operator, the white Mustang they were seeking sped away from Memphis in
the other direction. The ham operator's actions were explained away by
authorities as a hoax. Within a few days local police and federal authorities forgot
the incident While the use of a high powered ham radio on the eleven meter CB
band and the broadcasting of false emergency information are two clear violations
of the Federal Communications Code, the identity and fate of the Ham "prankster"
are not known.

The FBI soon discovered the fingerprints left at the scene of the crime belonged to
the man who had rented the room, Eric S. Gait Through a computer search they
later found Gait's real name was James Earl Ray.

329 W.H. Bowart

The day after Robert F. Kennedy was assassinated in Los Angeles, James Earl Ray
was captured in London. He was apprehended by British customs inspectors
while attempting to leave the country on a passport issued to a Canadian
constable.

Ray was quickly extradited to Tennessee for trial. The lengthy search and
investigation, billed as "the most complete manhunt in history," was followed by
one of the shortest trials in history. On March 10, 1969, less than one year after
the assassination, Ray had his day in court, literally. By most standards his was
not a trial but a deal. The deal had been arranged by Ray's attorneys, who had
urged him to plead guilty so he would get ninety-nine years instead of the death
penalty.

Under Tennessee law, even if a defendant enters a guilty plea, a jury is required to
attend the plea and to "ratify" the plea and the sentence. In a courtroom sealed by
the tightest possible security, twelve jurors heard prosecutor Canale say he would,
as required by law, outline the evidence which would have been presented had the
case gone to formal trial. Canale then asked the jury if they each could sit as
jurors and accept the guilty plea from the defendant They nodded in unison.

Canale told the jury: "...There have been rumors going all around - perhaps some
of you have heard them - that Mr. James Earl Ray was a dupe in this thing, or a
fall guy or a member of a conspiracy to kill Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr.

T want to state to you, as your Attorney General, we have no proof other than that
Dr. Martin Luther King Jr., was killed by James Earl Ray, and James Earl Ray
alone, not in concert with anyone else. Our office has examined over five
thousand printed pages of investigation work done by local police, by national
police organizations, and by international law enforcement agencies. We have
examined over three hundred physical bits of evidence, physical exhibits. Three
men in my office, Mr. Dwyer, Mr. Beasry, and Mr. John Carlisle, the Chief
Investigator of the Attorney General's Office... have traveled thousands of miles all
over this country and to many cities in foreign countries on this investigation,
our own independent investigation, and I just state to you frankly we have no
evidence there was any conspiracy involved in this..."

The state had not charged Ray with conspiracy; it had charged him with murder
in the first degree. Nevertheless the prosecutor felt compelled to deny that Ray
had collaborators.

Though it was not presented at the "trial," Ray's version of the story had already
been published. In a series of magazine articles written by William Bradford Huie,
Ray had confessed he had been the unwitting pawn in a conspiracy to kill Dr.
King.

Operation Mind Control 330

Stranger still was the reaction of defense attorney Percy Foremen, a man who had
never lost a case, to the remarks of the prosecuting attorney. As soon as Canale
had finished issuing his disclaimer of conspiracy, Foremen rose and faced the
jury. "It is an honor to appear in this Court for this Case. 1 never expected or had
any idea when I entered this case that I would be able to accomplish anything
except perhaps save the defendant's life... It took me a month to convince myself
of that fact which the Attorney General of these United States, and J. Edgar
Hoover of the Federal Bureau of Investigation announced last July, that is, what
Mr. Canale has told you -- that there was not a conspiracy."

Just as the jury was about to rubber stamp "the deal," Ray rose to his feet "Your
Honor," he said, "I would like to say something... I don't want to change anything
I have said, but I just want to enter one other thing. The only thing I have to say
is that I can't agree with Mr. Clark."

'Ramsey Clark?" Foremen asked.

The Judge said, "Mr. who?"

Mr. J. Edgar Hoover," Ray said. "I agree with all these stipulations, and I am not
trying to change anything."

The judge said, "You don't agree with whose theories?"

"...Mr. Canale's, Mr. Clark's, and Mr. J. Edgar Hoover's about the conspiracy. I
don't want to add something that I haven't agreed to in the past," Ray answered,
making sure he didn't blow the deal.

Foremen tried to explain. "I think what he said is he doesn't agree that Ramsey
Clark is right, or that J. Edgar Hoover is right I didn't argue that as evidence in
this case, I simply stated, underwriting the statement of General Canale [sic] that
they had made the same statement You are not required to agree with it all"

The judge wanted nothing to sidetrack the smooth proceedings. "You still... your
answers to these questions I asked you would still be the same? Is that correct?"

"Yes, sir," Ray answered.

And so the proceedings continued with Canale's presentation of a report of what
would have been the evidence had this been a real trial.

After hearing from eyewitnesses that Dr. King had been killed on the balcony of
the Lorraine Motel, Canale called experts from the Memphis Police Department
and the FBI to testify on how they accumulated physical evidence linking Ray to
the scene of the crime.

331 W.H.Bowart

rented, the

FBI and police found a green bedspread, a pair of pliers and a hammer, some
shaving articles, binoculars, beer cans, a newspaper, a T-shirt, shorts, a transistor
radio, and two leather straps for binoculars. The testimony established that the
white Mustang was found in Atlanta, Georgia. It had a sticker on it that indicated
it had been obtained in Los Angeles, California, as had the T-shirt and shorts. In
the bathroom from where the shot was supposed to have been fired, the
investigators found scuff marks in the bottom of the tub. They found the
window of the bathroom opened and the screen forced off.

"This [window! sill was ordered removed, was cut away and was subsequently
sent to the FBI for comparison," Canale said, "and the proof would show through
expert testimony that the markings on this sill were consistent with the machine
markings as reflected on the barrel of the 30-06 rifle which had heretofore been
introduced to you."

If this were a tria,l Canale said, eyewitnesses would be called to testify that Ray
had purchased the rifle in Birmingham, Alabama, that he'd stayed at a motel in
that city and had checked out on the nineteenth of December and had returned to
Los Angeles. Also Dr. Russell C. Hadley of Hollywood, California, would be called
by the state to testify that "in his capacity as a plastic surgeon, he did perform an
operation on the nose of the defendant under the name of Eric Gait on March 5,

Canale placed in evidence a photo he said was of James Earl Ray, a photo of a
graduating class from the International School of Bartending.

Other evidence Canale said would have been presented in a trial was the expert
testimony of FBI fingerprint analyst George Bomebreke. The fingerprint expert
would testify that he found a "print of sufficient clarity on the rifle... another print
of sufficient clarity for identification of the scope mounted on the rifle... a print on
the binoculars... a print on the front page of the April 4th issue of the Memphis
Commercial Appeal... and prints or sufficient clarity on maps or Atlanta,
Birmingham, Texas, Oklahoma, Louisiana, California, Arizona, New Mexico, and
Mexico, all of which, it could be proved, were the fingerprints of James Earl Ray.

The entire presentation of the case took just under three hours. There was a

recess for lunch, after which Ray was ordered jailed for ninety-nine years.

As soon as Ray began to serve his sentence he renewed his protestations of
innocence and began working for a new trial. He fired attorneys Percy Foremen
and Arthur Hanes, alleging he had not had a fair trial. He said he'd been "set up
to take the rap" for a crime he didn't commit At Ray's hearing on a new trial, he
stated, under oath, "I personally did not shoot Dr. king, but I may have been
partly responsible without knowing it"

1968."

Operation Mind Control 332

If Ray's psychological profile made him a likely victim for anyone who might need
a fall guy in a murder, he was equally well suited to be a victim of mind control.
The crimes for which he had previously been tried and convicted were all
robberies in which no one was harmed. They were all remarkable for one thing -
the chase that followed.

Each time Ray committed a crime, he left a trail of evidence. Each time he left
the scene in either a footrace or a hair raising car chase, with outraged citizens or
police or both in hot pursuit In each crime, Ray behaved like a little boy who'd
just stolen money from his father's pockets and was then daring him to catch and
punish him. He was from a deprived family, the eldest of eight children. Many
individuals who were once emotionally deprived children learn to seek negative
attention since positive attention was unavailable to them in their formative years.
James Earl Ray fit that pattern. In the opinion of a psychologist he may have
committed his daring daylight robberies not out of a need for money, but out of a
subconscious desire to receive love.

The only evidence which cast light on Ray's possible motive for the assassination
was an eyewitness report that he had spoken passionately of his hatred of blacks
in a Los Angeles bar.

A few days after Ray's sentencing, other evidence came to light which suggested
the FBI had a stronger motivation than James Earl Ray to kill Martin Luther King.
On November 19, 1975, the Senate Select Committee on Intelligence made public
the fact that the FBI had sent a compromising tape recording with an anonymous
letter to Dr. King in late 1964 in a crude attempt to blackmail him into silence.
Dr. King had thought the tape and letter were an effort to drive him to suicide.

King received the package thirty-four days before he was to receive the Nobel
Peace Prize. The tape was allegedly of a sexual encounter of Dr. King and a young
woman. It was accompanied by an unsigned note that read, "King there is only
one thing left for you to do. You know what it is. You have just thirty-four days
in which to do it (This exact number has been selected for a specific reason.) It
has definite practical significance. You are done. There is but one way out for
you."

A month after Dr. King received his copy of the tape, a duplicate was sent to his
wife. Mrs. King said publicly she and her husband had listened to the tape
together and had concluded it had nothing on it that would discredit King.

The Senate subcommittee said that at about the same time Mrs. King had
received her copy of the tape, a copy was submitted to FBI Director J. Edgar
Hoover. Accompanying that tape was a memorandum written by the FBI Chief of
Counter-intelligence William Sullivan. The memo suggested the FBI discredit
King by "knocking him off his pedestal."

333 W.H.Bowart

The Senate committee disclosed further that the FBI had kept tabs on Dr. King for
six years prior to his death. It had instituted sixteen different wiretap operations
and had planted eight room bugs in its attempts to catch him in some
compromising situation which could be used for blackmail or public
discreditation. The shocked Senate select committee members discovered the
taps and bugs had produced "thousands of hours of tapes."

In addition, it was discovered that Hoover had ordered some of his men to rewrite
reports which had originally indicated King was not a threat to the country.
Those officials who were ordered to change their reports readily did so, the
committee said, because they feared for their jobs.

After the Senate Select Committee on Intelligence made these facts known, Mrs.
Corretta King said what she had feared to say before. She said she believed her
husband had been killed by a government conspiracy.

"The way he was documented and followed around by Hoover and the CIA, when
he was abroad, it [his assassination] would have to have been attached to the
forces of our government that felt he was a threat to the system as it existed," said
Mrs. King.

A few days after Mrs. King issued that statement, Maryland private investigator
Harold Weisberg used the Freedom of Information Act to obtain previously
classified FBI reports. These reports revealed that directly contrary to claims
made by Canale at Ray's "trial," the FBI had been unable to find any physical
evidence that a rifle had been fired from the window in Ray's rooming house,
either on the weapon or in the room from which the assassin had allegedly fired.
This was a crucial discovery, in that it was the rifle alone which linked Ray to the
killing.

If the rifle was not fired from the second story room, then, no matter how Ray's
fingerprints got on the weapon, reasonable doubt existed that Ray was the
assassin. No ballistics evidence links the rifle to the bullets in King's body. The
FBI's evidence, which was kept secret, had all the while pointed to the conclusion
that the rifle could have been planted in front of the rooming house to implicate
Ray while the real assassin had fired from a location outside the rooming house.

A few months after Weisberg's find, Newsday published a copyrighted story
reporting that a top law enforcement official in Memphis had removed one
particular black detective who had been assigned to protect Dr. King just hours
before he was assassinated. The Newsday article suggested that Detective Ed
Redditt had been pulled from his post because he had developed a contingency
plan to apprehend any assassin who might make an attempt on King's life.
Redditt's plan was to seal off a four block area in the event a shot was fired.

Operation Mind Control 334

Earlier the same week, Newsday had revealed that the Memphis Police
Department had assigned "provocateurs" to protect King. The paper charged that
men who had previously participated in anti-King riots were "protecting" the civil
rights leader at the moment he was shot

The activities of James Earl Ray during the year preceding the assassination could
be interpreted to suggest the possibility that Ray was a patsy in the mold of
Oswald. Ray had been to Mexico, New Orleans, and Los Angeles, places which had
figured prominently in the activities of Oswald and the others who were indicted
by Jim Garrison.

Facts which were not presented at Ray's quick "trial" included the following: Ray
had escaped from prison one year before the King assassination. Evidence
indicated that he had been helped by someone in his escape. During the year he
was "on the lam," he received an estimated $12,000 from a source he identified
only as "RaouL" He had no difficulty in obtaining a car and several complete sets
of identification. Each set belonged to a living individual, something an
intelligence agent would prefer if he were to set up a false identity. Ray had no
difficulty traveling all over the United States, Canada and Mexico with his fake
papers.

The contradictory history of Ray's activities in Los Angeles led private
investigators to consider, as they had in the Oswald case, that there may have
been two James Earl Rays. One, the James Earl Ray who had been in prison was a
painfully shy fellow who seldom opened his mouth and hardly ever raised his
voice. Fellow inmates found they had a hard time describing him, since he
maintained such a low profile. He had been raised dirt poor, had never graduated
from a school of any kind, and there is no record of his ever having expressed a
political idea about anyone. In Los Angeles, the "other" James Earl Ray was
described as an outgoing fellow. He enrolled in and graduated from bartending
school; he became involved in an altercation with a girl in a bar who objected to
his making slurs about the black race; he was very conscientious about his
appearance and was an impeccable dresser, who even wore expensive alligator
shoes; and he was a right-wing politician who conspicuously campaigned for
George Wallace.

.One other bit of evidence gives unity to the contradictions - Ray had been
hypnotized while in Los Angeles.

It was not mentioned in Ray's "trial," but at the time of his arrest in London, he
had in his possession three books on hypnotism: Self-Hypnotism: The technique
and Its use m Daily Living by Leslie M. LeCron, How to Cash In on Your Hidden
Memory Power by William D. Hersey, and Psychocybemetics by Dr. Maxwell
Maltz. Ray had told William Bradford Huie, "I took a course in Hypnosis while in

335 W.H. Bowart

LA I had read a lot about in prison on how it was used in dentistry and
medicine."

On November 27, 1967, Ray appeared in the office of Dr. Mark Freeman, a
psychologist who practiced in Beverly Hills. Dr. Freeman remembered that Ray,
who'd given his real name, asked to be hypnotized because he wanted to sleep
better and remember things better.

"This fellow really wanted to improve his mind," Dr. Freeman said. "He had an
awe of learning. He had a bent for reading. He didn't fight hypnosis. He learned
something."

Dr. Freeman told George McMillan, author of The Making of an Assassin, "You've
got to keep in mind that I get a lot of angry people around here. A lot of people
who come to me want to teach me how to do it I get a lot of rough stuff around
here. I mean psychotic, that stuff. But I couldn't pick up on any of that with Ray.
He made a favorable impression on me. He was a good pupiL I'd show him how
to go under, and pretty soon he'd be lying on the couch on his back and start
talking. I taught him eye fixation, bodily relaxation, how to open himself to
suggestion. I gave him lots of positive feelings of confidence."

It may have been that Freeman found Ray so suggestible because he had been
hypnotized before. His contact with Freeman and other hypnotists (he told Huie
he'd been to as many as eight) may have been prompted by an unconscious urge
to undo what had already been done to him - hypnotically induced multiple
personalities, one which was programmed to kill upon command, or merely one
which was programmed to run away, following his normal pattern, but this time
on command It's easy to program someone to do under posthypnotic cue what
he normally does. And it's a lot easier to program a patsy than it is to program a
hit man.

Operation Mind Control 336

(HY2-Aprll 20) -COULD BE THE SAME MAK-Srlc Starro 0*1 t, sought 1a the slaying of Dr. Martin Luther /
King Jr., la shown at right la picture released by the FBI Wednesday with the eyes painted in by an
artist. James Earl Ray, a prison escapee, is shown in the other pictures. The FBI said yesterday that
Gait and Ray were the same Ban. Ray is shown at left in e 1959 St. Louis police photo. second froa
left in a photo released by the FBI and dated 1960 and second from right in a 1966 Missouri pan-
ltentary picture. ^tUtfMMlP > l 8 *' AP « *• Btoriw-)(eds70600fl»>19<8

This strip of photos was cirulated when James Earl Ray was a fugitive/
suspect in the King assassination. One employee of a psychiatrist who
specializes in treating DID patients looked at the strip without knowing who

it was and said, This obviously must be a Multiple Personality Disorder

— -» ■
patient.

24

The circumstances of Robert Kennedy's death are well known. On June 5, 1968,
at 12:15 ajn., Sen. Robert Kennedy was shot in the pantry of the Ambassador
Hotel in Los Angeles. Karl Uecker grabbed the gun, a 22 caliber Iver-Johnson
revolver. It was smoking in the hand of Sirhan Beshara Sirhan, a Palestinian
refugee.

The Los Angeles police immediately took Sirhan into custody. At first they
appeared to be taking every precaution so they wouldn't make the same mistakes
the Dallas police had made. They taped every interrogation session with the
suspect and kept him under surveillance through a closed-circuit TV camera in
his cell. They took every measure to protect the life of this man, the second "lone
nut" to gun down a Kennedy.

Trying to avoid anything which would be an infringement on the rights of the
alleged assassin, the police carefully informed Sirhan of his legal rights before
trying to interrogate him.

Through the first hours of questioning, Sirhan chose to remain silent For some
time, no one knew who the curly-haired, swarthy man in custody was.

It wasn't until the police found a truck in the parking lot of the hotel, and traced it
to Sirhan Beshara Sirhan, that they were certain of his identity. Police
immediately went to his house and searched his bedroom. On the floor next to
Sirhan's bed was a large spiral notebook. On the desk was another notebook.
There was a third small notebook, a good deal of occult literature, a brochure
advertising a book on mental projection, and a large brown envelope from the
Internal Revenue Service on which someone had written, "RFK must be disposed

338 W.H.Bowart

of like his brother was." At the bottom of the envelope was scrawled
"Reactionary."

In one of the notebooks there was a page which was used later in the trial to prove
premeditation: "May 18, 9:45 ajn. - 68. My determination to eliminate RFK is
becoming more the more of an unshakable obsession... RFK must die -- RFK
must be killed Robert F. Kennedy must be assassinated... Robert F. Kennedy must
be assassinated before 5 June 68 Robert F. Kennedy must be assassinated I have
never heard please pay to the order of of of of of of of of of this or that pleas pay to
the order of..." Also drawn on the page were spirals, diamonds, and doodles.

While Los Angeles mayor Sam Yorty ignorantly told the press Sirhan was a
"member of numerous Communist organizations, including the Rosicrucians,"
Sirhan's neighbors told a different story. One said he was "very religious."
Another reported that he was "just a normal kid." He took cars and bikes apart
and put them back together again." Neighborhood kids said he was "nice." When
asked if Sirhan was the angry type, a black girl in his Neighborhood said, "He
didn't show it" Arthur Bean, another neighbor said, "Someone talked that kid
into gunning down Kennedy."

When Irwin Garfinkel, a deputy attorney in the public defender's office, asked
Sirhan about the shooting, he said, "1 don't remember much about the shooting,
Sir. Did I do it? Well, yes, I am told I did it I remember being at the
Ambassador. I was drinking torn Collinses. I got dizzy. I went back to my car so I
could go home. But I was too drunk to drive. I thought I'd better find some
coffee. The next thing I remember I was being choked and a guy was twisting my
knee."

George Plimpton, editor of the Paris Review, was in the hotel pantry when
Kennedy was shot He was one of the men who wrestled Sirhan down. According
to Newsweek, Plimpton "offered some eloquent testimony that appeared to some
to support the defense's contention that Sirhan Beshara Sirhan had, in fact been
in a 'trance' during the shooting. 'He was enormously composed,' recalled
Plimpton. 'Right in the midst of this hurricane of sound and feeling, he seemed
to be almost the eye of the hurricane. He seemed purged.'"

The chief counsel for the Los Angeles chapter of the American Civil Liberties
union, A.L Wirin, went to Sirhan's defense within hours of his arrest On his
second meeting with the accused, Wirin brought the local papers with him.
Sirhan read the headline "KENNEDY'S DEAD," then he dropped his head in grief.
After fighting to control his emotions, he looked at Wirin through tear-filled eyes
and said, "Mr. Wirin, I'm a failure. I believe in love and instead of showing love..."
Then, Wirin recalled, "he muttered something about having betrayed his own
primary beliefs."

Operation Mind Control 339

That night, Sirhan complained of being sick. He became very dizzy and had
severe stomach cramps, just as had Castillo and Candy Jones. For several weeks
Sirhan was given a half grain of phenobarbital at night to help him sleep.

The Los Angeles police went through the motions of looking into the possibility
that a conspiracy was behind the RFK assassination. They looked for the girl in
the polka-dot dress who witnesses said had been standing next to Sirhan, smiling
and talking to him just before he began shooting in the pantry. Sirhan also said
he'd been talking to the girl after he'd drunk several torn Collinses. The girl in the
polka-dot dress was not found, and conflicting statements cast doubt on whether
there had ever been such a girl. Forty-five "top men" from the Los Angeles Police
Department (LAPD) were assigned the job of tracking down all leads to a
conspiracy, but incredibly, they came up empty handed.

A bag of women's clothing, which included a polka-dot dress and new
undergarments, was found by the LAPD in an alley, but police could not find out
who'd bought them or who'd worn them. According to Sirhan's biographer
Robert Blair Kaiser, "...The police and FBI hardly did all they could [to find the
owner of the polka-dot dress]. They used faulty logic and browbeat witnesses to
eliminate the girl in the polka-dot dress." 105

To penetrate Sirhan's amnesia, the defense decided to call in an expert hypnotist,
Dr. Bernard L Diamond of the University of California. Diamond was the
associate dean of UCLA's School of Criminology and a professor of both law and
psychiatry. No one knew more about law, psychiatry, and hypnosis than
Diamond in those days.

In a prehypnosis interview, Diamond asked Sirhan to tell him about his
notebooks, and Sirhan said he couldn't recall writing them.

Diamond asked if he thought what he had done helped things, and Sirhan said,
"I'm not proud of what 1 did."

"What do you mean, you're not proud of it'" Diamond asked him. "You believe in
your cause, don't you?" (Sirhan had been contacted by Arab sympathizers and
others who insisted the reason he'd killed Kennedy was out of sympathy for the
PLO.)

"I have no exact knowledge, sir, that this happened yet I'm all it's in my mind,
but goddamn it when my body played with it.. I couldn't understand it I still
don't believe it My body outsmarted my brain, I guess."

"What did your body do?" Diamond asked.

Robert Blair Kaiser, HFJC Must Die, 2nd ed. (New York. Dutton. 1970)

340 W.H. Bowari

"Pulled that trigger," Sirhan said.

"Does your body remember it, even if your mind doesn't?"

"I don't give a damn, Sir, in a way. Now I don't even care," Sirhan said.

Diamond asked Sirhan if he'd thought about suicide.

"Hell, no," Sirhan said, 1 couldn't do that"

Then Diamond expressed a thought which contained a significant "Freudian slip."
"Why didn't you turn the gas on yourself, ah, why didn't you turn the gun on
yourself after you killed Kennedy?"

Sirhan waved his hand in front of his face. "It was all mixed up. Like a dream."

Diamond hypnotized Sirhan on six of eight visits. At one point reliving the
killing, Sirhan grabbed at his belt on the left side. Until them police had no idea
where he'd carried the weapon. Under hypnosis Sirhan also created writings
similar to those in his notebooks.

In one session Diamond had Sirhan climb the bars of his cell like a monkey. After
he'd been brought out of trance, Sirhan explained the reason for his climb. He
said he was only getting exercise. Then Diamond played the tape to prove to
Sirhan that he, Diamond, had given the instructions to Sirhan to climb the cage.
But Sirhan denied that he'd done it because he'd been hypnotized.

At the trial Dr. Diamond, acting as the director of Sirhan's defense, testified that
Sirhan was a paranoid schizophrenic. His testimony was supported by several
other doctors who had examined the psychiatric "evidence" obtained from tests,
interviews and hypno-interviews conducted by Dr. Diamond.

Dr. Diamond did not consider that Sirhan had been other than self-programmed.
Having worked for the Army Medical Corps in World War IL he apparetnly hadn't
had the need to know that the U.S. cryptocracy developed mind control and used
it to control the political destiny of the nation.

Sirhan was given yet another battery of tests by Dr. Eric Marcus, a
court-appointed psychiatrist for the defense. Among the tests was the Minnesota
Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI), which contains more than 500
questions requiring true-false answers. Psychologists interpret the answers to the
MMPI according to a set of statistical norms. Two of Sirhan's non responses were
significant, since usually nonresponses are considered to be more important than
the "yes-no" responses. The questions Sirhan did not respond to were: 291. At

Operation Mind Control 341

one or more times in my life, I felt that someone was making me do things by

By the second visit, Dr. Marcus had time enough to familiarize himself thoroughly
with Sirhan's notebooks. On one page of the notebooks Sirhan had written: T
advocate the overthrow of the current President of the fucken United States of
America. I have no absolute plans yet, but soon will compose some. I am poor --
this country's propaganda says she is the best country in the world -- 1 have not
experienced this yet -- the U.S.- says life in Russia is bad... I believe the U.S. is
ready to start declining, not that it hasn't - it began in November 23, '63, but it
should decline at a faster rate so the real Utopia will not be too far from being

In one of the notebooks the name "Peggy Osterkamp" was written over and over.
T love you, Peggy," in one place and in another, "Peggy Osterkamp Peggy
Osterkamp Peggy Osterkamp Peggy Sirhan."

When Dr. Marcus asked Sirhan who Peggy Osterkamp was, he said she was just a
girl he'd met a few times at the ranch where he'd worked as an exerciser of
horses. Dr. Marcus asked Sirhan if he'd ever dated her, and Sirhan told Marcus
the story he'd told the public defender the night of the assassination.

That night, Sirhan said he had gone to a shooting range and practiced with his
pistol until the range closed. Then he went with a friend, a foreign student
named Mistri, to get a hamburger at Bob's Big Boy Restaurant While eating,
they talked about horses. For some reason Sirhan showed his friend a pocketful
of bullets. He then was given a current newspaper and in it he read a news item
about a Zionist rally in Hollywood. He became very angry over this and made up
his mind to go to the rally. When he could not find that rally, he wandered into
the campaign headquarters of Senator Kuchel and there heard there would be a
party at the Ambassador Hotel nearby.

When he got to the hotel he was fascinated by the television lights. He went to
the bar and ordered two torn Collinses. He got dizzy and said to himself that he'd
better go home. He was reluctant to drive in his drunken condition and the next
thing he remembered was being choked in the pantry of the Ambassador Hotel.

Dr. Marcus didn't buy Sirhan's amnesia. He thought it was only a convenient
cover-up, and that Sirhan was a paranoid. In his testimony at Sirhan's trial, Dr.
Marcus selected another page from Sirhan's notebook to illustrate his
psychological evaluation. On June 2, 1967, Sirhan had written:

342 W.H. Bowart

A Declaration of War Against American Humanity... when in the course of
human events it had become necessary for me to equalize and seek revenge
for all the inhuman treatment committed against me by the American
people. The manifestation of this Declaration will be executed by its
supporter(s) as soon as he is able to command a sum of money (2,000) and
to acquire some firearms - the specification of which have not been
established yet

The victims of the party in favor of this declaration will be or are now - the
President, vice, etc - down the ladder. The time will be chosen by the
author at the convenience of the accused. The method of assault is
immaterial — however, the type of weapon used should influence it
somehow. The author believes that many in fact multitudes of people are in
harmony with his thoughts and feelings.

The conflict and violence in the world subsequent to the enforcement of this
decree shall not be considered likely by the author of this memoranda, rather he
hopes that they be the initiatory military steps to W. W. Ill - the author expresses
his wishes very bluntly that he wants to be recorded by history as the man who
triggered off the last war-

In mid-August Sirhan's notebooks were analyzed by the FBI crime lab in
Washington. The pages were subjected to photo and chemical analysis to
establish when each had been written and in what order. The FBI experts
concluded that Sirhan had penned the notes in a haphazard fashion, skipping
around in the books. The two pages dated June 2, 1967, and May 18, 1968, the lab
said, had actually been written on those dates. An overview of the notes shows
that Sirhan had been concerned with three things that appeared over and over in
the writing: money, the girl Peggy Osterkamp, and a new Mustang, in that order
of importance - as determined by the number of times each was mentioned.
Several times he had written, "please pay to the order of..„" but when asked about
this he could not remember what it meant He had written, Today I must resolve
to come home in a new Mustang. Today 1 must resolve to come home in a new
Mustang. Mustang. Mustang."

The FBI and the LAPD located Peggy Osterkamp. She was a tall, willowy blonde,
the attractive daughter of an affluent dairyman. A horse lover, she had once
worked at the ranch where Sirhan worked. She said she knew him only slightly
and had been introduced to him at the Pomona Fair in 1966. She said she had
never dated him.

Operation Mind Control 343

On one page of the notebooks Sirhan had written, "Tom, My warmest salutations
I do not know what has prompted you to write to me..." And on another page
he'd written, "Hello Tom perhaps you could use the enclosed $." On yet another
page Sirhan had written: "11 o'clock Sirhan 11 o'clock Sirhan Sirhan 11 o'clock
Sirhan Uvermore Sirhan Sirhan Pleasanton... Hello Tom racetrack perhaps you
could use the enclosed $."

The FBI guessed that Sirhan had been writing about Walter Thomas Rathke, his
first employer at the racetrack. The FBI found him working as a groom at the
Pleasanton Race Stables, just east of Oakland.

on the occult He said he'd written Sirhan twice and had asked him if he needed
any money. Later it was discovered that Rathke had far more influence over
Sirhan than he cared to admit, but the LAPD and FBI dropped him as
uninteresting.

In addition to examining the bizarre notebooks, investigators also made note of
Sirhan ' s unusual behavior after the assassination. Sirhan, like Candy, had a
"thing" about mirrors. In his cell he'd stare into a little mirror for hours on end.
He also practiced concentrating on candle flames, trying to turn them from red to
blue to green. And he was apprehensive about drugs.

When asked by his biographer Robert Blair Kaiser if he thought he'd get the death
penalty, Sirhan shrugged and said, "A death penalty would only be vengeance.
What would it gain?" After another pause he added, "I know I've killed a man. At
least, I'm told of it I have nothing in my conscience about it but.. I'm told I
killed a man, so deserve some punishment but maybe I could serve humanity by
working ten years in a hospital to pay my debt you might say." Later Sirhan said
flatly, "I don't regard myself as a criminal."

Kaiser reported, "Sirhan talked about Gandhi, and the black revolution." He
identified with both. The Negroes," he said, "can see everything, but they can't
get it Their only solution is to dig in and eat it" Immediately Sirhan added: "I
wanted a new car. I always wanted a Mustang. 106 I said, 'All I need is money and
how am I gonna get it?' They're not giving Mustangs away." Was Sirhan
implying he killed Kennedy for money?

The court ordered that Sirhan be fully tested to see what his mental state really
was. They gave him an electroencephalogram to see if by chance his brain had
been damaged by a fall he'd taken from a horse two years earlier. The EEG
showed Sirhan had a normal brain-wave pattern. Then, just to determine if the
alcohol had any effect on the pattern, the doctor, who'd obtained the recipe for

•« aid.

344 W.H. Bowart
the

Hotel's torn collins, gave Sirhan the equivalent of four drinks and
patterns i

But even though the EEC showed no unusual brain activity, Sirhan got very
drunk and shivered violently for ten minutes. He became irrational, agitated and
restless. He screamed out curses.

When someone told him, "Dr. Marcus is here," Sirhan screamed, "Get that bastard
out of here!" The doctor ordered Sirhan taken back to his inner cell, and Sirhan
seemed confused. "What the hell is going on here?" he asked, then grabbed his
throat violently (as Castillo had), and appeared to be choking. The doctor noted
that he was in a state of delirium.

Robert Kaiser again asked Sirhan about his notebooks and Sirhan explained
everything he could about them. He said that they were writings about the
occult, that he had been studying the objective mind in relation to the universal
mind. "If you give your subjective mind an intense command by your objective
mind, your subjective mind will gather the information to carry out the
commands of the objective mind..."

Sirhan said that he'd been sitting in front of a mirror after he'd seen a replay of
Robert Kennedy on television reporting in 1948 on the Arab-Israeli war in
Palestine. "I concentrated on RFK in the mirror," he said. "I had to stop him.
Finally, his face was in that mirror instead of my own. Then I went to my
notebook and started writing. It was part of the auto-suggestion necessary to get
my subjective mind to get my objective mind moving. I read in the Rosicrucian
magazine how if you wanted to do anything you should write it down. It
automatically works toward the realization of what you want

"With that power," Sirhan said with intensity, "I could have been a millionaire! A
millionaire! Ohhshit!"

"Why did 1 not go to the races that day?" Sirhan asked Kaiser. "Why did I not like
the horses? Why did I go to that range? Why did I save those Mini-Mags [the high
powered bullets used on Kennedy]? Why did I not expend those bullets? Why did
I go to Bob's? Why did Mistri give me that newspaper? Why did I drink that
night' It was," he said, "like some inner force."

"But you wrote in your notebook 'RFK must die,'" Kaiser said.

"After the bit with the mirror," Sirhan told him, "Forgot it all. The idea of killing
Kennedy never entered my mind, sir." 107

bid.

Operation Mind Control 345

During Sirhan's trial for murder, the judge refused to authorize the use of lie
detectors or truth serum. Sirhan like Ray, was quickly "put away" for life.

There were those, however, who refused to let the matter rest In 1973, while
Sirhan sat in prison, Dr. Edward Simpson, the San Quentin prison psychiatrist,
submitted an affidavit to the California courts requesting Sirhan be granted a new
trial and the Robert Kennedy case be reopened.

Dr. Simpson testified that the "expert" psychiatric- psychological testimony at
Sirhan's trial was full of numerous factual errors and misleading to the jury.
"Most of the doctors testifying," Simpson said, "saw their role as proving why
Sirhan killed Kennedy, which required a focus on pathology (mental illness) that
I found does not exist They failed to consider the real facts in a more objective
light and failed to consider the possibility, clearly suggested by the ballistic
testimony and Sirhan's own testimony under close scrutiny, that perhaps Sirhan
did not kill Robert F. Kennedy."

"Sirhan's trial" Dr. Simpson wrote, was not handled properly by the mental health
professionals. In retrospect, a close study of the trial testimony and my own
extensive study of Sirhan leads to one irrevocable and obvious conclusion:
Sirhan's trial was, and will be remembered as the psychiatric blunder of the
century."

Dr. Simpson knew whereof he spoke. For six years he had worked at San Quentin
Prison and had made a study of men on Death Row. For two years he'd been in
charge of the prison's psychological testing program. In 1969 he interviewed and
tested Sirhan extensively during twenty weekly visits. After these visits were
terminated, Sirhan requested that his family contact Simpson for the purpose of
reviewing the psychiatric testimony given at his trial.

Simpson discussed his findings with the prison's chief psychiatrist, Dr. David G.
Schmidt Together they concluded their findings did not confirm "but in fact
were strictly in conflict" with the findings reported at Sirhan's trial.

"Nowhere in Sirhan's test response," Dr. Simpson said in the affidavit "was I able
to find evidence that he is a 'paranoid schizophrenic* or 'psychotic' as testified by
the doctors at the trial... The fact is, paranoid schizophrenics are almost
impossible to hypnotize. They are too suspicious and do not trust anybody,
including friends and relatives, not to speak of a hypnotist from, for him the most

346 W.H. Bowart

trust Sirhan, however, was an unusually good hypnotic subject Sirhan asked
me to hypnotize him, which I did not do, in order not to contaminate my test
findings with fantasies. He himself had manufactured a hypno-disk, and was
practicing self-hypnosis in his cell, an activity requiring considerable self control
which no psychotic has. The fact that Sirhan was easy to hypnotize, as testified
by Dr. Diamond, proves he was not a paranoid schizophrenic.

"Dr. Diamond," Simpson continued, "used hypnosis in six sessions out of eight
with Sirhan. What was the purpose of it? To plant ideas in Sirhan's mind, ideas
that were not there before? To make him accept the idea that he killed Robert F.
Kennedy?

"When Dr. Diamond was unable to get Sirhan to admit he wrote the notebooks, he
testified so I undertook some experiments on possible hypnotic suggestion.'
This admission strongly suggests the possibility of hypnosis being used for
implanting hypothetical ideas in Sirhan's mind, rather than uncovering facts... A
lie detector, not hypnosis, should have been used in finding out whether Sirhan
killed Robert Kennedy.

"Why was a lie detector not used' It should have been, as it is much more reliable
than hypnosis, which often provided contaminated results... Dr. Diamond's
testimony is wrong, as he states: *I have very little or no faith in the accuracy [of a
lie detectorl.' The truth is, the polygraph exceeds in accuracy certain techniques,
such as hypnosis, that tend to fuse and contaminate experiences from past and
present and also can be influenced significantly by the operator [hypnotist]; it
makes a significant difference who the hypnotist is..."

In 1975 when the California investigation into the RFK killing was briefly
reopened, the public learned that crucial physical evidence, such as ceiling tiles
from the hotel pantry and bullet fragments, had been destroyed or lost by the
LAPD. And, as in the Oswald case, critical testimony had been ignored. [The
above testimony, of Dr. Simpson, pointed to the possibility that Sirhan was a
hypno-programmed assassin.]

Also in 1975, seven years after the crime, former high ranking U.S. intelligence
officer and one of the developers of PSE, Charles McQuiston, analyzed recordings
of Sirhan's interview with psychiatrists in San Quentin.

Sirhan said, "To me, sir, he [Kennedy 1 is still alive... I still don't believe what has
happened... I don't believe he is dead. I have no realization still that I killed him,
that he is in the grave." McQuiston's PSE analysis showed that on this statement
Sirhan exhibited very little stress.

Operation Mind Control 347

"After analyzing the tapes," McQuiston said, " I'm convinced that Sirhan wasn't
aware of what he was doing. He was in a hypnotic trance when he pulled the
trigger and killed Senator Kennedy... Everything in the PSE charts tells me that
someone else was involved in the assassination ~ and that Sirhan was
programmed through hypnosis to kill RFK. What we have here is a real live
Manchurian Candidate."™

After examining Sirhan 's PSE charts, Dr. John W. Heisse, Jr., president of the
International Society of Stress Analysis agreed with McQuiston. Dr. Heisse, who
had studied hundreds of people under hypnosis using the PSE, said, "Sirhan kept
repeating certain phrases. This clearly revealed he had been programmed to put
himself into a trance. This is something he couldn't have learned by himself.
Someone had to show him and teach him how.

"I believe Sirhan was brainwashed under hypnosis by the constant repetition of
words like 'you are nobody, you're nothing, the American dream is gone' until he
actually believed them. At that stage someone implanted an idea, kill RFK, and
under hypnosis the brainwashed Sirhan accepted it"

Dr. Herbert Spiegel, who wrote the introduction to The Control of Candy Jones,
has been billed as one of the country's leading medical experts on hypnosis.
Spiegel said of Sirhan's case: "It's very possible to distort and change somebody's
mind through a number of hypnotic sessions. It can be described as
brainwashing because the mind is cleared of its old emotions and values which
are replaced by implanting other suggestions... This technique was probably used
with Sirhan. From my own research, I think Sirhan was subjected to hypnotic
treatment."

Even in the early days of the investigation, there were those who found it easy to
believe the hypno-prograrnming theory. Among them was writer Truman Capote,
who had for a long while been a friend of Jacqueline Kennedy and her sister Lee
Radziwill. After writing his best seller In Cold Blood, Capote was regarded as
something of an expert on murder. On the NBC Tonight " show Capote
suggested Sirhan and his accomplices had been intensively trained and
brainwashed trigger men. Their purpose, Capote proposed, was to drive the
United States to its knees by assassinating all its leaders.

According to Robert Blair Kaiser, "With a little more diligence than they exercised,
and a great deal more intelligence than they had, the police might have
established links between Sirhan and the underworld, between Sirhan and the
right wing, between Sirhan and the left wing, between Sirhan and Al Fatah..." 109

Charles McQuiston, Notional Enguiner, October 20, 1975

348 W.H. Bowart

But neither the police nor the FBI showed any interest in Sirhan's "connections"
- perhaps because there were so many. Like Lee Harvey Oswald, Sirhan was a
contradiction. He could be linked to many different groups, all of which could
easily have had a political motive to kill Robert Kennedy. So the LAPD did the
same thing the Warren Commission did; it took what evidence it needed to prove
its case for a "lone nut" and ignored the rest

Defense director Diamond, subsequently explaining his tactics in Sirhan's trial,
said he was surprised when he first tried to hypnotize Sirhan. "Most people may
take an hour or more to go under hypnosis the first time," Diamond said. "A
schizophrenic usually takes much longer, if he goes under at all. But it took less
than ten minutes for Sirhan to go into a deep authentic sleep."

Sirhan, Dr. Diamond concluded, had obviously had experience with hypnosis
before. He found Sirhan was reluctant to speak under hypnosis but that he could
easily write without being posthypnotically blocked. "Writing under hypnosis is
called automatic writing," Diamond said, "and the term aptly describes the way
Sirhan would write like a robot and keep on repeating a word or phrase until I
stopped him."

Taking a sheet of a legal pad lying nearby, Diamond asked Sirhan to write his
answers to the questions put to him in the hypnotic trance. He showed Sirhan a
sample of his diary page.

"Is this crazy writing?" Diamond asked.

"YES YES YES," Sirhan wrote.

"Are you crazy?" Diamond asked

"NO NO," Sirhan wrote.

"Well why are you writing crazy?" Diamond asked.
"PRACTICE PRACTICE PRACTICE," Sirhan responded.
"Practice for what?" Diamond asked.

"MIND CONTROL MIND CONTROL MIND CONTROL" is what Sirhan wrote." 0

lie

Operation Mind Control 349

Perhaps now, looking back, we can understand more about Sirhan from David.
David was a good Air Force candidate for mind control: He was an obedient
soldier, penitent, and patient His amnesia, you'll recall, was so total, so
complete, that it took years of psychotherapy to restore his memory. This is what
he had to say on the subject of forgetting and remembering:

The air force used hypnosis for opening up my subconscious mind. It's the
subconscious mind that remembers everything. That was the way it was
explained to me. The subconscious mind must trust the person who is
conditioning it So if a person gets another's subconscious mind to trust them,
then that subconscious mind will tell them everything it has seen or heard from
the day it was bom even back to when it was in its mother's womb.

"So under a voice or word command the information can be brought out once the
subconscious has been conditioned to respond to the right command. It might
respond to one voice or a group of voices. I'd be given a certain cue and I would
remember what I was supposed to remember. I was tested constantly. And then,
when the meeting was over, I would be unable to remember, and automatically
my subconscious would close.

The cue command would be at the beginning of a meeting. I don't think you
need a dual command. I think you need only a command to start, then once
something is finished, the process stops automatically. During the training period
I'd do whatever I wanted for a couple of days, then go back and the next thing I
knew I was remembering the computer numbers again. A word would be said
and I'd just begin remembering. They'd give a command, and if your

subconscious has really trusted the person conditioning you, that triggers the

memory. I don't know who the person I trusted was, because I was usually only
talking to the tape recorder. I was actually thinking I was talking to someone that
was very close. That would be the person who'd listen to the tape I guess.

"Really I was talking to myself, but behind this was that person -- no name, no
face, just that friendly trustworthy person who had conditioned me. And at the
same time it was myself. Who would I trust more than myself?

They must have told me that after I got out of the service I'd be unable to
remember anything of a sensitive nature. I suppose they told me in a way that
made it acceptable. But I don't think I ever thought I would have the problems
which resulted from loss of my memory... When you can't remember things in
sequence about your life, you have no idea what that does to you. It interferes
with your whole identity."

350 W.H.Bowart

Considering the connections between Cuba or Cubans and Lee Harvey Oswald,
Jack Ruby, James Earl Ray's Latin accomplice "Raoul," and Luis Castillo's Cuban
Intelligence training one cannot help but wonder whether a variation on a
scenario written in 1943 by hypnotist George Estabrooks wasn't being played out
in the assassinations.

In his book Hypnotism, Estabrooks outlined a plan in which suddenly the Cubans
had become belligerent and were "building a great naval base at Havana, an
obvious menace to our overseas trade." He suggested that a Cuban oil executive
be hypno-programmed to spy on the Cuban government "Neither he nor the
group in question (his oil company) need know anything of the arrangements.
The instructions to his unconscious in hypnotism are very definite. Find out
everything possible about the naval base. He is shown maps of this before he goes
and coached as to just what is important Nor is he ever allowed to submit
written reports. Everything must be handed on by word of mouth to one of the
very few individuals who are able to hypnotize him... Under these circumstances
we may count on this man doing everything in his power to collect the
information in question."

Estabrooks explained: There are certain safeguards if we use hypnotism. First
there is no danger of the agent selling out but this would probably not be of great
importance in this particular case. More important would be the conviction of
innocence which the man himself had, and this is a great aid in many situations.
He would never 'act guilty' and if ever accused of seeking information would be
quite honestly indignant This conviction of innocence on the part of a criminal
is perhaps his greatest safeguard under questioning by authorities. Finally, it
would be impossible to 'third degree' him and so pick up the links of a chain.
This is very important for the most hardened culprit is always liable to 'talk' if the
questioners are but ruthless enough."

Then Estabrooks expanded his point "Far more useful than the foregoing
purpose, however, would be that for a counterespionage service, built along the
same lines. This would require both care and time to perfect but once working it
might prove extremely effective. Here the best approach would probably be
through those of enemy alien stock within our own gates. Once again let us
choose the aggressive Cubans as examples. In the event of war, but preferably
well before the outbreak of war, we would start our organization. We could easily
secure (say) one hundred or one thousand excellent subjects of Cuban stock who
spoke their language fluently, and then work on these subjects.

"In hypnotism we would build up their loyalty to this country; but out of
hypnotism, in the 'waking' or normal state we would do the opposite, striving to
convince them they had a genuine grievance against this country and
encouraging them to engage in 'fifth column' activities. Here we would be

Operation Mind Control 351

coming very close to establishing a case of 'dual personality.' There is nothing at
all impossible in this. We know that dual, and even multiple, personality can be
both caused and cured by hypnotism. Moreover, that condition, the Dr. Jekyll and
Mr. Hyde combination, is a very real one once it is established.

They would, as we before said, be urged in the waking state to become fifth
columnists to the United States, but we would also point out to them in
hypnotism that this was really a pose, that their real loyalty lay with this country,
offering them protection and reward for their activities. Through them we would
hope to be kept informed of the activities of their 'friends,' this information, of
course being obtained in the trance state."

As to the possibility of hypno-programming assassins, Estabrooks wrote: "Strange
to say, most good subjects will commit murder. In the writer's opinion there can
be very little doubt on this score. They commit a legal, but not an ethical murder,
so to speak. For example, we hypnotize a subject and tell him to murder you with
a gun. We hand him a loaded revolver. In all probability he will refuse. Frankly
for very obvious reasons, the writer has never made the experiment Corpses are
not needed in psychological laboratories."

That, Estabrooks suggests, best be left to the intelligence agencies. And now we
know they took up the challenge." 1

in

IT'S EASY TO
HYPNOTIZE

W «"t the thrill of Imposing jrout will over
someone? Of making someone do exactly
what you order? Try hypnotism' This amaz-
ing technique gives full personal satisfaction
You'll find It entertaining and gratifying

The Master KEY TO HYPNOTISM show*
•II you need to know It u put so simply, any-
one can follow it And there are 24 revealing
photographs for your guidance

SEND NO MONEY

FREE ten days examination of this system u
offered to you If you send the coupon today
We will ahlp you our copy by return mall In
plain wrapper It not delighted with results
return It in 10 days and your money will be
refunded Stravon Publishers. Dept HO
U3 «Mt 5/lh Street New York M N T

Mail Coupon Today

•end MASTER KEY TO HYPNOTISM in plain
wrapper

3 tend C O D I will par postatan gl at wtui

fen'ciot* >i at Bend pox pa Id
not dclif hitd. 1 may return M in 10 dar« and
I my money bar*

Scm-r .

Cl»».

C«««d» * 3» mi'h

25

THE PATRIOTIC ASSASSIN

programmed. There are other ways besides mind control to motivate the
commission of murder.

In 1298 Marco Polo returned from his Asiatic travels with a tale of assassins who
were motivated by an unusually clever technique. Polo described a fortress he
had visited in the valley of Alamut in Persia. He said the valley was the
headquarters of a notorious group known as the Ashishm, from which the word
"assassin" evolved.

Polo's story echoed numerous legends about an "Old Man of the Mountain,"
named Allahudin, who used subtle and elaborate psychological tricks to motivate
simple country boys to undertake fearless acts of murder. The Old Man had
created an inescapable valley between two mountains by building up high walls at
both ends. He turned the valley into a beautiful garden, the largest and most
beautiful that had ever been seen. In this valley he planted every kind of fruit tree
and built several elaborate, ornamented pavilions and palaces which were said to
be of such elegance they could not be described in words. Everything that could
be, was covered with gold. The buildings housed the most exquisite collection of
paintings and sculpture in the known world. Man-made streams flowed wine,
milk, honey, and water.

Also in the Old Man's garden was a harem of the most beautiful houris in the
world, trained to play all manner of instruments, and to sing and dance in the
most sensuous and seductive manner. All had also been highly trained in the fine
art of lovemaking, and were reputed to know every possible way in which to make
a man happy.

The garden was well fortified, and there was no way to get in or out of it except
through the Old Man's castle. None were allowed to enter the Old Man's Garden
except those who had been selected to be among the Ashishm.

354 W.H. Bowart

Youths from the countryside were attracted to the Old Man's court, lured by tales
of the fantastic paradise. They believed that the Old Man was one of God's elect,
and that angels did his bidding. Only those ranging in age from twelve to twenty
years who displayed a taste for soldiering and were in prime physical condition
were admitted to the Ashishm.

The Old Man's garden duplicated every detail of Paradise as described in the Koran
by the Prophet Mohammed. A young man selected for theAshishm would soon
come to believe in the Old Man just as he already believed in Mohammed.

After the proper indoctrination was completed, the Old Man would have his
candidate drugged with a mysterious potion that would cast him into a deep
sleep. Once asleep, the candidate would be lifted and carried into the garden and
would wake up to find himself in a place he was certain must be Paradise.

As time went on, he'd become more and more convinced that he was in Paradise.
Ladies offered everything a young man could want, beyond even the wildest
expectations of these simple folk. After only a few days in this garden, no young
country boy would have left of his own accord.

When the Old Man wanted to send one of his young Ashishm on a mission, he
would again have him given the mysterious potion, and carried in his sleep from
the garden to the castle. There the youth would be dressed in his old clothes and
placed into the original position in which he'd fallen asleep before being taken
into the Garden.

Upon awakening to "reality'' he would experience a great sense of loss at finding
that he was no longer in Paradise. Then, as if meeting this young man for the
first time the Old Man would ask him where he had come from. Usually the youth
would reply that he had just come from Paradise, and in great excitement explain
that it was exactly as Mohammed had described it in the Koran. This would, of
course, give eavesdroppers an even greater desire to get there, and the strongest
among them would, days later, wake up in the arms of the houris of paradise.

When the Old Man wanted a rival prince killed, he would command such a youth
who'd just returned from Paradise, "Go thou and slay So-and-so; and when thou
retumest, my angels shall bear thee back into Paradise. But shouldst thou die in
the process, nevertheless, even so will I send my angels to carry thee back into

With this psychological ruse the Old Man would motivate youths to transcend the
fear of death. Usually there was no order that a young Ashishm would not obey,
no peril he would not risk, so great was his desire to get back to Paradise.

Paradise."

Operation Mind Control 355

In this manner the Old Man got his Ashishm to murder anyone he named. He
inspired such dread in the princes of other kingdoms that they offered tribute to
him in order that they might live in peace.

Marco Polo's story of early mind control has elements which bear a striking
similarity to toaay s modem Astusnm or trie cryptocracy.

In the 1950's the CIA smuggled a captive Soviet Air Force officer to the United
States for interrogation, he was taken from a West Berlin prison to the CIA's
Langley, Virginia, "farm" where he was interrogated at length. Once he'd begun
to fear for his life, the CIA men showed him clemency. They took him to New
York, where he attended a baseball game, and enjoyed a full sampling of the
nectar of freedom. He was plied with wine, women, song, and, in the true
American tradition, hot dogs.

After a few weeks of high living, the officer was returned to the West Berlin
prison, where he was thrown into a dark cell. At an opportune moment he was
allowed to escape. After the CIA had established that he was back at his post
flying the kind of aircraft they needed, they placed an ad in a Western paper which
was circulated in the underground behind the Iron Curtain. The ad said that a
certain group, not identified with the CIA, would pay $100,000 and arrange for
political asylum for any pilot who would deliver the specified Soviet aircraft to the
West

A few days after reading the ad, the Soviet officer flew his plane to the West,
collected his $100,000, gained political asylum, and entered the "paradise" he had
glimpsed for only two weeks.

It should come as no surprise that many men will murder for simple,
old-fashioned motives: sex, love, or money. One psychologist found that a sizable
percentage of Americans would be willing to kill another human being if they
were offered enough money and assured they would never be caught

In 1976 a Pasadena, California, psychologist Dr. Paul Cameron, put the
murder-for-pay question to 452 persons. Those questioned were divided into
groups. The first group included those who had already deliberately killed or
attempted to kill another human being -- usually in military service. The second
group consisted of those who had never attempted to kill another person.

The question was: "What is the least amount of money you would take to push a
button to kill a person inside a black box -- if no one would ever know what you
did?"

To Cameron's surprise, 45 percent of those who had killed before said they would
be willing to push the black box button for an average price of only $20,000.
Twenty-five percent of those who'd never killed said they'd be willing to commit

356 W.H. Bowart

murder for an average price of $50,000, about the price of a house in the suburbs
in those days.

Mind control is not needed to motivate assassins; it is however, most useful to
protect assassins and their employers from their own incriminating memories.

In the course of researching this book I talked with a number of retired
intelligence personnel (from various government agencies) who had either
committed assassination or admitted having heard tales of assassins in their work.
Few had heard of an assassin being mind-controlled. One man I consulted,
however, took a special interest in the stories of David and Castillo. A chemist
who had worked for one of the intelligence research labs, he developed new ways
for killing quickly and quietly. And he had met several of the killers who were to
use his formulas.

Over a three year period I talked with this chemist on a number of occasions. He
came to trust that I would reveal no names and endanger no lives in telling the
story of mind-control. After hearing details of my research, he offered to
introduce me to a man he had met while working at the lab. This man had been a
high ranking officer in the military, retired after thirty years of service. He had
served as an officer in World War II and Korea. During the Vietnam conflict
because of his special knowledge of "black science," he was induced to sign on
after he retired from military service as a private contractor for the cryptocracy.
During the next eighteen years, he accepted several simple assassination jobs. He
told the chemist about some of his friends having come back from similar
missions with "holes in their memories."

The chemist had arranged a meeting in a noisy public restaurant in a small New
Mexico town. Having promised to take no notes, I had secreted in my pocket the
smallest tape recorder made, which allowed me to record three hours of the
assassin's talk, amid clanking glasses and the general restaurant noise.

When I finally sat across from him, my heart raced. The retired assassin was a
sixty-year-old man, gray haired, but as strong as a man twenty-five years his
junior. He had a .44 magnum revolver strapped to his side, as did the man he
introduced as his bodyguard. As a cover for the guns, he and the bodyguard both
wore National Rifle Association patches sewn prominently to the pockets of their
crisply pressed khaki clothes.

The chemist had already informed his friend about the book I was researching. As
we sat down and were introduced by first names only, I told the assassin I was
especially interested in finding out why men had been returned to civilian life
with amnesia.

Operation Mind Control 357

I mentioned the ad I had placed and the number of people who had responded. I
mentioned also that the majority of those who responded, and who had reason to
believe their minds had been tampered with, had been enlisted personnel.

Career officers, he explained, were legally bound by security oaths and
economically dependent upon pensions and the privileges of rank, but enlisted
personnel, while perhaps bound by an oath, were likely to separate from the
service knowing more than they needed to know. Somebody had to man the
high-technology instruments of war and those who were merely computer fodder
had to be protected against their knowledge - they could not be trusted-
Patriotism, especially during the Vietnam era, was a waning motivation. Their
memories had to be erased- But, he explained, mind control was not needed to
make a killer. Professionals didn't usually need to be motivated. Most members
of search-and-destroy or "executive action" teams were already willing to kill -
men, women, or children - if their superiors ordered it

I concluded that he meant a career killer didn't need to be debriefed by mind
control. When I said that, he contradicted me. "You want to bet?" he said.
They'd all kill but they might not be able to keep the secret It would depend
entirely upon what activities they were involved in, whether the assignment was
combat mop-up, search-and-destroy, political assassination, or whatever...

This debriefing is done in such a way, in many cases, as to cause actual memory
damage. As things have gone along and progressed, the techniques have been
smoothed out but memory damage still occurs. In certain cases memory recall is
so critical that they bend over backwards to be damned sure that you can't
remember.

"Many of the things that occur are not as pretty as you'd like the public to think,"
he said.

"So you've witnessed many atrocities of war?" I asked.

"I don't call them atrocities," he countered. "I call them military actions. There's
a lot of conflict of interest there - the politicians against the military..."

I let him rail a while about the evils of the government and then brought him
back to my point of interest "OK, who killed JFK, RFK, King, and who was
behind Bremer?" I asked. He didn't remember who Bremer was, so I explained
that he was the man who'd shot Wallace.

"Oh, yeah," he said. "Bremer was just a kook. But whoever got the Kennedys and
King probably got a gold medal. (Evidence indicates that Bremmer was
programmed at one of the cryptocracy's mind control academies.)

358 W.H.Bowart

"We were set up to wipe Castro out Kennedy interfered at the last minute. You
want to take a guess at who killed him?... Oswald was just a patsy. I've fired the
same kind of rifle Oswald was supposed to have used. You can't rapid-fire that
thing like he was supposed to have done. Now who do you suppose killed
Kennedy?

"...Don't kid yourself. This country is controlled by the Pentagon. All the major
decisions in this country are made by the military, from my observations on the
clandestine side of things.

"The CIA's just the whipping boy. NSA [the National Security Agency] are the
ones who have the hit teams. Look into their records - you won't find a thing.
Look into their budget - you can't For the life of you, you can't find any way
they could spend the kind of money they've got on the number of people who are
supposed to be on their payroll. Even if they had immense research and
development programs, they couldn't spend that kind of money.

"The CIA's just a figurehead. They are more world-wide ~ like the FBI is. They're
accountants, lawyers, file clerks, schoolboys. They are information gatherers.
They've pulled a lot of goddamned shenanigans, Tm not going to deny that but
as far as intelligence goes the NSA's far, far superior to them - far in advance in
the 'black arts.'

"The CIA gets blamed for what NSA does. NSA is far more vicious and far more
accomplished in their operations. The American people are kept in ignorance
about this - they should be, too."

"In other words," I responded, "what you're saying is the military is more
dangerous to our democracy than the CIA or other intelligence groups?"

"The CIA gathers information, but the military heads the show. Look at how
many former officers work for the multinational corporations. Can't you figure it
out?"

"What are you suggesting, that there is an invisible coup d'&at which has
occurred in the United States?" I asked.

"OK. There is a group of about eighteen or twenty people running this country.
They have not been elected. The elected people are only figureheads for these
guys who have a lot more power than even the President of the United States."

"You mean the President is powerless?" I asked.

"Not exactly powerless. He has the power to make decisions on what is presented
to him. The intelligence agencies tell him only what they want to tell him.
however, they don't tell him any more than they have to or want to.

Operation Mind Control 359

"You have to wonder at American stupidity. How much does it take to get people
to wake up to what has happened? It's public knowledge that the CIA has falsified
documents and given Presidents fake intelligence reports so that he can only
arrive at one conclusion -- the conclusion they want him to arrive at

"What people don't know is that the global corporations have their own version of
the CIA. Where they don't interface with the CIA, they have their own
organizations - all CIA trained. They also have double agents inside CIA and
other intelligence organizations who are loyal to those corporations - 1 mean
where's the bread buttered? Would you rather take the government pensions, or
would you rather work a little for the corporation on the side and get both
government pensions and corporate benefits after you retire? Most men retire
after twenty years, and they're only in their mid-forties... then they go to work for
the corporation they've been working for while they were in government service.
They get both the pension and the corporate paycheck that way!

Together with what the corporations do on their own, they have a worldwide
espionage system far better than the CIA's. There is a network of what amounts
to double agents - they do work for the government, and may appear to be
government agents, but they are first loyal to the corporations. They report to
those corporations on the government and on what foreign governments might
be planning which would interfere with those corporations foreign investments.
These guys are strictly free enterprise agents."

"You call these guys contract agents?" I wondered.

"Oh, no, no, no... Take, for example ~ we develop a new death ray. We've got the
best security in the United States on it, which is tied in second place for the best
security in the world. Tied for first place are the Russian and Chinese security

"Now even with all this security, before FACI [First Article Configuration
Inspection, the government's checking system on the manufacturing of military
hardware] on a government contract -- that death ray is up for grabs in every
nation in the world. Any amount of military security can't keep it secret"

"What you're saying," I interrupted, "is American people are selling secrets,
wholesale, to the highest bidder? That is to say, I assume, if the highest bidder is
an American company?"

"And even if it's not" he said. "Usually it is another nation. I've dealt with
weapons and usually the nation that wants it most will pay the most for it Once
in a while these companies, these government contractors, will find that someone
has stolen one of their secrets and there'll be a big flap. But the big boys in the
military are an entirely different ball of wax... the big guys get away with it

360 W.H. Bowart

"When one of these companies finds someone inside it selling secrets, they take
him on a fishing trip, a boat ride, and get rid of him. It's quite common," he said.
"For example, if I was tied in with one of these companies where money is no
object, and they wanted me to get rid of you, I'd obtain a passport or a duplicate
passport with your smilin' face on it After I'd obtained it, I'd put whoever's face
on it 1 wanted. Then after we dumped you, that 'someone' whose face was on
your passport would take a trip to Australia.

"Later your friends or family would notice you were missing and people would
begin to inquire as to your whereabouts. Eventually they'd check with the
Australian customs who'd say, yes, this guy entered the country on such and such
a date. By then the guy who'd traveled over there on your passport would have
already come back on his own, and as far as the best detective could tell you've
gone to Australia and you've never come back."

"What do you know about the military or the intelligence agencies' use of
pain-drug hypnosis?" 1 asked.

They used several different things. I've seen, actually seen, guys coming back
with blanks only in certain places of their memory. Let's say that I know
positively, not by hearsay, that it's done."

"You've seen it?" I asked.

"You'll never get me to admit it," he grinned.

"Well, how is it done?" I asked.

They use hypnosis and hypnotic drugs. They also use electronic manipulation of
the brain. They use ultrasonics, which will boil your brain. When they use
hypnosis, they'll at the same time be using a set of earphones which repeat Tou
do not know this or that,' over and over. They turn on the sonics at the same
time, and the electrical patterns which give you memory are scrambled. You
can't hear the ultrasonics and you can't feel it, unless they leave it on - then it
boils your grey matter."

Unless the assassin had done the same research I had, he could only have known
this through firsthand experience. The CIA documents released in 1976 revealed
that ultrasonic research was undertaken for a period of more than twenty years.
But the documents said the research had stopped, so I asked him about that

"Yeah. The research has stopped. They've gone operational. It ain't research any
more. They know how to do it," he said.

"Do you mean that it is your opinion that it hasn't stopped, or do you mean that
you know it hasn't stopped?" I asked.

Operation Mind Control 361

"I mean I know it hasn't stopped," he said. "For example, suppose that a dictator
in some South American country is setting up real problems and we try to kick
him out We call in some of my former group and say, 'Look, the bastard has got
to have a fatal accident, and it's gotta look good ~ like he fell on a bar of soap and
broke his neck in the bathtub or something.' So we go down there and get the
job done.

"But it could be quite embarrassing if any of the guys were cross-examined about
where they'd been and what they'd done... So the guys who were in on the job
suddenly have a cold or something, and they are put in a hospital for maybe just a
routine checkup. They come out of the hospital in about fifteen days. They're
alive. They're well. They're healthy. And they're happy, too. Lots of luck if you
question them: they don't remember anything.

That's one way it's used. The other way is to use it to improve memory - say,
with couriers. You want a secret message carried, outside the chain of command
- there's no need to have it carried by a person if it's a legal message because the
military's got a thousand ways of sending messages which are unbreakably secret
But if it's outside the chain of command, as so many things are these days, if it's
an illegal message, and our Constitution doesn't permit us to do much that is
legal -- then you have a hypno-programmed guy carry the message. You improve
his memory so he can carry an entire coded book of what appears to be gibberish,
and when he's got it down you give him amnesia and seal off that message by a
posthypnotic code word, and whammo! You got a real good secret courier,
because he can be tortured to death but he can't remember. Unless the proper
cue is uttered.

"Then if the courier's going to operate against the enemy, who might have the
techniques of hypnosis down, you give him several layers of post hypnotic
command. In the first layer, he'll confess a false message. In the second layer,
he'll confess another different false message. Finally, maybe on the fourth or fifth
layer is the real message.

"Our guy who is supposed to get the message knows that the first three cues, say,
are fake, and he gives the fourth cue and out comes the correct message. If the
courier was in enemy hands he could be there for years before anybody will figure
out where he was in all those layers... Each identity will probably be that of a real
'cut out' -- a person enough like him, so the enemy will think that they've got the
real guy.

"Many of the men in my unit were given assignments, after which they were so
'persuaded' they didn't remember anything. I mean to say, they'd gone in
believing the only thing in life that meant anything to them was completing the
assignment -- to get it done, and when they got done with it they couldn't
remember anything about it"

362 W.H.Bowart

"Could these guys have been that way without hypnosis?" I asked.

"Well, they could have believed their mission in life was that particular
assignment They usually had no family affiliations, no friends, nothing but their

Not without a little help, let us say."

"What was the conditioning these guys had? Was it drugs, hypnosis, or
something else?" I wanted to know.

"Hypnosis, electro-therapy, programming them by tapes, by voice-over earphones,
awake or in trance, or asleep. By a number of methods."

"How widespread was this mind control?" I asked.

"Well, I was - well, that is something I can't really answer. I know of several
different groups upon whom it was used. I know it was used in some of the
hairier areas of Korea and Vietnam, and it was started in World War Two, but it
has been refined far more since then. How much of it was used, I don't know. I
know of several groups that I was affiliated with that had it used on them."

"Would you say this kind of thing did not exist before World War Two?" 1 asked.

"Oh, it did. But it was not in such a sophisticated form. It's as old as man, but
now it is refined to an art Before it was torture and psychological pressure - that
can accomplish a lot We've been trained to use it in primitive field situations.
But now it's done with the idea that the mind can be put under complete control.
Just like they used to use rubber hoses at the police stations. They don't do that
anymore. Well, rubber hoses still work, but they don't work as well as some other
things which the police now have."

Are you saying the police also use mind control?" I asked.

"At the highest levels, yes. The FBI certainly uses it and they, of course, give a lot
of help to the local police. There are certain areas of the brain which control your
inhibitions. When they control those centers, then the subject will go on with his
assignment regardless. I've seen men whose mother could be sitting there
having coffee, and if they'd been instructed to kill her, they'd walk right in and
shoot her, and it wouldn't even upset their appetites for supper. They were
conditioned to do it in such a way that they have no guilt They wouldn't have
guilt because after they were through they wouldn't even remember it

"Let me tell you something: the cheapest commodity in the world is human
beings. Most assassins don't need to be programmed to kill. They're loyal to
command. They're conditioned, first by the circumstances of their own early life,

i

Operation Mind Control 363

then by a little 'loyalty training.' The command is their only justification for
living. It is also their only protection once they're into it...

"... When I came out of the service and went to work for the government, I had a
colonel assigned to me as a bodyguard. When he retired I hired him," he said,
pointing to his bodyguard. "He's still with me, and that's why we have these..."
He pointed to the .44 magnum -- the most powerful handgun in the world -
strapped to his side in plain sight

"Who are you worried about? The Russians? The Chinese?"

"Well, I'll tell you. You can damned near put a pin in the map anywhere you
want I got into military security before the Second World War. I was just a kid.
uver tne years 1 was assigned to tnirty-two uinerent countries, bo you can draw
your own conclusion."

"But what you've been talking about is a political action, not a military one. How,
then, as a military security man did you get involved in political actions?"

"Well, suppose there were countries that were doing technological research on
things which could be injurious to the welfare of the United States. I'd be one of
the guys assigned to destroy those scientists who were involved in the research.
That was with friendly and unfriendly governments. So, naturally, if they found
out I was in on it, even now, they'd come after me.

"In other cases I was involved in knocking off some dictators. Then we'd change
the people's voting ideas when they had to elect someone."

I returned to the main thread of our conversation. "OK now, since we have this
mind-control technology, what is to keep the guys in the cryptocracy or the
military, as you maintain, from programming Presidents as soon as they take
office, or immediately after they get elected?"

"I have always wondered about Nixon," he mused. "He was very pro-military. He
gave them just about everything they wanted in the world. But he wanted to
create a monarchy with himself as king. And, slowly but surely, he tried to take
over the military and the CIA through subordinate officers who were loyal to him
only.

"All you hear about are left-wing conspiracies to overthrow our government You
never hear about right-wing conspiracies.

"Well, some of these right-wing groups are far more dangerous than the left wing.
The left wing's mostly kids with dreams. The right wing is usually retired
military. They're hard. They're trained. They've got arms. But if the right wing
took over right now, there should be just a military dictatorship, and the military

364 W.H. Bowart

would find its best plans were not upset at all. I'm saying if a dictatorship took
over. Hell, we've got one right now, but it ain't overt, it's subtle."

"You mean those twenty men you were talking about?" I asked.

"Yeah... if the people of this country actually knew, they would say 'no' the next
time they were asked to go to Vietnam. We need the people behind us to fight a
war, and if they knew the true facts, who's running things, there wouldn't be the
following we'd need to defend the country. That fact alone keeps the sham of
politics and 'free elections' going."

"If that is the case, then the results would be different?"

"Yes. If people knew they had a dictatorship. Have you ever heard of a factory
slowdown, a strike? Well, Russia has run up against the problem, and so have we
in supporting the foreign dictators we support. The American people like most
people, have to feel that they have some right; that they're the 'good guys.' This
is the reason we have never lost a war and have never won a peace.

"You've got to maintain the sham of freedom, no matter what It wouldn't make
any difference what party is in charge or whether it was the elected government or
what you call the cryptocracy running it; from an operational sense, the
government would operate as it presently is. From the point of view of people
paying taxes and defending their country, well, we found in Latin America that
people won't fight if they think they have a dictator who is just as bad as the
enemy who is attacking.

"That's probably why it would be fairly easy to take over the Soviet Union, short of
nuclear war. The Soviets could probably be convinced by psychological warfare
that their government is certainly a lot more evil than ours. And if we went to
war with them we could eventually win... That is until the H-bombs started to fall,
then nobody'd be the winner."

Changing the subject I asked, "What area of the military were you involved in?"

"I don't think I ought to answer that Let's say there was a group which first
sought to solve problems politically. If that didn't work, then there was another
group which went in and tried to buy solutions. If that failed, then my group was
sent in to be damned sure things were accomplished the way we wanted them to
be."

"So you were operational, and not research at all?" I asked.

"No I had been in the lab for a long time. The knowledge I developed was very
valuable in an operational sense. I was put into the field because of this
knowledge."

Operation Mind Control 365

"You're talking about pretty sophisticated equipment, not commando stun?"

"Right For example, I won't say the name of the country, but it was a South
American country. We had a leader that we had supported there who suddenly
got the idea that he was going to go off on his own. They tried to reason,
negotiate, buy off his affections. When all that failed, my team was sent in to
correct the situation.

"We went in very quietly and left very noisily. We went in as tourists, but the
important material we brought in was the turning point Let's say we couldn't
reason with the man anymore. We were there about six days, and the problem
disappeared- Not many bodies, just the important ones."

The assassin was very specific telling about some of the jobs he'd accomplished.
Several included actions taken against a well-known political figure - mat the
assassin said, was the only assassination he'd ever "blown." His rifle
malfunctioned at the critical moment when he had his target in the crosshairs of
his sight

I cannot say that I had originally believed the assassin's claims, but after running
the Psychological Stress Evaluator on all the critical portions of his interview, and
finding no areas which unexpectedly or inexplicably produced stress, I believed
that the assassin was telling the truth. The newspaper office he had men- tioned
was bombed when he said it was, but he could have gained that knowledge from
newspaper reports. The target of his unsuccessful hit was subsequently "taken
care of in another way which did not cost him his life.

The assassin confirmed many of my own conclusions which had been based only
on research: that an invisible coup d'e'tat had taken place in the United States:
that the CIA was only the tip of the cryptocracy iceberg; and that ultrasonic,
electronic and other sophisticated forms of memory erasure were used to protect
"search-and-destroy" operators from their own memories. I've received anecdotal
confirmation of this over and over since I did this interview. As I toured the U.S.
and then Europe lecturing on this subject I was approached by a number of
individuals who confirmed the information I'd heard from this assassin.

Before I interviewed this man, I'd had some indication that the cryptocracy had
investigated such techniques (a 1951 CIA document had briefly cited the need for
such research), but the assassin's disclosure in 1976 that the cryptocracy had
developed invisible forms of sonic and electronic influences of the human brain
for mind control sent me back to the libraries.

366 W.H.Bowart

arch "Models", who stays obviously dissociated
from the pain while the man (R) measures her
blood pressure as she's pierced with a hefty
needle (inset) by the man (L). Could the numbers
be for programming like survivors describe today?

Operation Mind Control 367

26

SLEEPER AGENT

Joe called me one day from Australia. I was still working on Grub Street as editor
of Palm Springs Ufe. He told me what most of the victims of mind control have
told me: "I read your book. You saved my sanity. I know now that I'm not crazy.
Thanks so much for writing it"

That was reward enough for doing it, I suppose, but I didn't want to do it again. I
wanted nothing more to do with mind control. I was burned out on the subject,
so Joe got a polite but disinterested reception from me.

He kept up a correspondence with me anyway from the outback. At first his letters
were fragmented, disjointed, mine were polite, encouraging, brief. I couldn't tell
where he was coming from, but, what do you expect from a victim whose mind
has been scrambled? He began by talking about some missing British Scientists:

During the 1980s at least 25 British Defense Scientists died in extremely
unusual circumstances. None came to my attention until early 1987 when
a scientist named David Sands did a high speed turn on a main road,
drove down a slip road and slammed into a disused little Chef cafe at
an estimated speed of eighty miles an hour.

The police apparently thought it was an unfortunate accident, despite
the fact there were no skid marks or signs of evasive action, nor any
tangible reason for the car to enter the slip road at all. David, badly
disfigured by some exploding petrol cans in the boot of the car, could
only be identified from his dental records.

When I read the story it was early in the morning and I was sleepy. By
the time I finished it, I was wide awake. In January 1986, my Ford Capri
3 liter Ghia had suddenly gone into a high speed spin on a narrow
straight ice free road, with perfect visibility, for no good reason.

Later in-depth investigation by expert psychologists using both clinical
and hypnotic procedures determined I had attempted a handbrake turn
at over seventy miles per hour but had no conscious recollection of the

368 W.H. Bowart

event. The first I knew of the matter was finding myself desperately
trying to use skid control techniques to correct the spin; well proven
techniques that had got me out of trouble many times before when I
worked near the snowbound Alaska highway in northern Canada.

My expertise proved of no use in January, 1986 because unknown to me
at the conscious level my cars' rear wheels had been locked solid by the
handbrake, making it impossible for the car to respond. I lived to tell the
tale but was extremely lucky to survive the vicious impact.

Once again I read the article about David Sands and my disquiet grew.
There was an uncanny similarity some where but I did not have the full
details. In the end I checked the name of the person responsible for the
story, Tony Collins of Computer News, promising myself I would call him
the following morning.

My own story started in 1983 when I was approached to implement a
drilling fluids project in West Bengal by HDF International, subsidiary of
a massive American defense contractor. I was told from the outset, the
project would be of a tripartite nature involving India, the Soviet Union
and lastly myself representing the U.S.A. The fact I was an Australian
rather than an American seemed of no concern to HDF International.
Initially there were no problems at all. The Indians and Soviets were
very friendly, with everything being prepared for the eventual change to
the HDF high performance drilling fluid system Although I controlled
the HDF project in India, permission had been refused when I asked to
select my own relief engineer who would look after the system if I was
away or on rotating leave break. HDF was adamant its US headquarters
insisted an American national fill the post. The man in question, Gerald
Smith, told me immediately on arrival he knew nothing about the system
we were to use...

I encouraged Joe to keep writing, for therapy, if for no other reason. Here are
excerpts from another letter

I recovered with the help of the professors and the Medical Foundation
for Torture Victims in London. But they recovered only the relatively
shallow 'decoy' hypnotic level induced in Calcutta. True
memory-recovery of the deeper somnambulistic hypnotic level did not
commence until the end of 1992, and when it did the shock almost killed
me 112 ... Clearly it would have been impossible to write the book in the

1983-84. ... (There are) savage fiscal penalties imposed on those who are
unwittingly targeted with these techniques and then discarded if

Viab. Joe. Letter to the Author, April 17. 1994

Operation Mind Control 369

termination fails after the event. In the case of this family we lost our
$175,000 house in England, and we lost my tax-paid annual salary of
$105,000 from 1986 to 1994. In all that comes to nearly a million U.S.
dollars net, and for the life of me I can see nothing wrong in trying to
reverse the damage by selling the only thing available to me - the truth
The memory-recovery of the deep Mike-Alpha- Delta-3 level came as a
hell of a shock at the end of 1992 and was prompted, I think, chiefly by
environmental factors.

In mid-1991 1 started writing articles about George Bush's personal war
in the Persian Gulf, though 'war' is perhaps the wrong word to use.
Massacre is probably more accurate when you've just slaughtered 72,000
innocent Iraqi women and children At the time I was writing only about
current events, and then the U.N. Security Council shifted its sights
across to Libya and I naturally started to write about that as well -- once
again in the current sense. Then in mid-1992 for no apparent reason I
called the ABC and asked for a copy of all the footage they had on the
assassination of WPC Yvonne Fletcher outside the Libyan People's
Bureau in London during April 1984. After three requests I finally got the
footage, then promptly wrote a comprehensive ballistics report and drew
an accurate diagram of the killing zone from memory (?) on an
assassination carried out eight years earlier. At that stage it never
occurred to me I was doing anything unusual, or that ex-air force
personnel don't write ballistics reports at all...

Towards the end of that year (late November or early December 1992) I
was sitting quietly in our dining room late at night when I suddenly
remembered I wasn't in India between 9 April and 21 April 1984. A few
seconds later I remembered a few more details that pushed my blood
pressure up to levels which later turned out to be exceedingly
dangerous.

My first action that night was to tell my wife I hadn't been in India
between those dates. Her (natural) reaction was to tell me that was
rubbish - saying there would be company documents and personal
letters in our files proving I was in Calcutta. We dragged the files out of
storage and, unfortunately, they proved my point completely. There was
a void space between those two dates: absolutely nothing in the way of
proof that I'd been in Indian at all. However, there was conclusive proof
that on 8 April 1984, while in transit' at the Holiday Inn in Singapore, I
was provided with details of a certain Hughes office building in London,
complete with the 24 hour contact telephone numbers of a senior
Hughes vice-president.

370 W.H.Bowart

From that point onwards memory-recovery was intermittent, but when it
occurred it was crystal- clear. For a while I became very ill, with
conventional drugs proving completely incapable of reducing my
staggering blood pressure of 205/135. In the end it came back down to
130/80 with a lot of help from alternative medicine. That was a close call.
It seems to me the brain has a '6^688-1^01^' facility that shuts the
thought processes down (in this case memory-recovery) if the body is
under dire threat. That may have happened in my case, because it was
not until November 1993 that most of the remaining details emerged.
More shock and more high blood pressure, but by then I was learning
how to cope with it - more or less.

Viewed subjectively, all memories remain intact but are somehow
disconnected from each other after a mission - something like a large

across the floor. The data is all there and complete with visual, audio
and olfactory effects, but each frame has to be painstakingly put back in
the right place for it to make sense. After a certain amount of memory is
recovered the process seems to speed up, as though three memories
recover three more each, then those nine recovered memories recover
nine more each etc. A sort of accelerate 'exponential' effect very difficult
to explain adequately in witting.

Seemingly it is quite easy to 'build' a second personality, so stories
about induced multiple personalities based on childhood trauma may
have been leaked as disinformation, or were simply not used in my case.
The selection of appropriate potential candidates may be very important
however. In my case I was simply 'locked into* an earlier age, with all
details of future life events hypnotically suppressed. For all practical
purposes I was 27 years old again and still in the military: a chillingly
simplistic approach but devastatingly effective. For further details see
Mike- Alpha -Delta-3, my novel. I think it highly unlikely that any
unbalanced 'macho' individuals have been used on programs such as
this, because they would tend to be unreliable. Incredibly, it seems far
more likely that balanced, ethical individuals will have been carefully
chosen, making detection almost impossible. Without a previous track
record of psychotic behavior, most candidates would simply be
'computer-invisible' to police or intelligence service checks.
It may be that the techniques are still being used, though I am drawing
a long bow in reaching that (tentative) conclusion...

The last 18 months have been more difficult to live with than the
preceding eight years. I now have to live with a sequence of events that
appall me, but am powerless to right the wrong...

Operation Mind Control 371

Joe was having trouble remembering details, but as he began to write the details
flowed. It were as if his "fingers" remembered. Still he was blocked, then he
started writing his adventures as a "novel" in the third person and his mind freed
up some more. Quickly he wrote a 110,000 word manuscript in the third-person.
It was essential that he write in third person anyway, because of the assassination
of WPC Yvonne Fletcher in St James Square, London, exactly 10 years before. It
was something his terrifying memories told him he was the trigger man on. How
could anyone write such a thing in first-person and hope to stay out of jail?

A month later the next letter came from Joe:

Yes the (mind control) facility existed in central Morocco during early
1984, though I have no idea whether it is still there. That said, the
accommodation was substantial and King Hassan in is still in the

As to accuracy, the story is about as accurate as possible bearing in
mind that there were periods where memory-recovery would be difficult
i.e. when zapped-out by heavy drugs during parts of the process. The
data on procedures is correct where appearance and equipment is
concerned, but I was understandably never told exactly how the drugs
worked in conjunction with the ELF fields, or how in turn they interacted
to achieve accelerated learning ability, perceptual distortion, hypnotic
control and post-hypnotic amnesia. There is more detail in parts 2 & 3
which provides a broader overview than part 1 alone, part 2 is attached
for your own attention, while part 3 is taken from towards the end of the
book, when X travels to London. Part 3 is the nastiest bit, a s you might
expect.

...Don't stick with the idea that Special Operations specifically programs
assassins. It would be more accurate to describe candidates as
'multi-role' i.e. capable of wide-ranging terrorist activity which happens
to include assassination.

Number of Joe's? Three if you count the normal waking state i.e. 1.
Normal waking, 2 Decoy level, and 3 Operational. But it still comes down
to narco-electronic-hypnotic trickery and, at the very worst, a duality of
personality based on modified but authentic behavior from a younger
adult age. No misleading childhood trauma or other wobbly stuff like
that. Hence my claim that 3. most will almost certainly be
self-disciplined, well-balanced, ethical individuals with the right
background. Certainly not undisciplined psychos from the funny farm,
with the resulting extra-high requirements for control and training.

372 W.H. Bowart

The following are excepts from Joe's "factional" novel, Mike,-Alpha-Delta-3, parts
of which first appeared in Nexus magazine. Reprinted with permission of the
author.

Otto Jewell lay strapped to the spotless white operating table while
Special Operations technicians checked the electrodes on his scalp, and
adjusted the two high-resolution lenses mounted directly above his head,
designed to reflect images from the visual-input projector at the foot of
the operating table directly onto the retina of each eye. On each side of
Otto's head, two extra-low-frequency generators built into special
headphones pulsed slowly and smoothly, enveloping both hemispheres of
his brain with high-intensity electromagnetic fields.

Off to one aide of the room was located the ELF generator control
console, and a sophisticated electroencephalograph (EEG) linked to four
green computer screens, each displaying one of Otto's four brain
frequency groups: Alpha, Beta, Theta and Delta. As the generators pulsed
slowly, the delta screen showed a brilliant green trace while the other
three remained blank, apart from an occasional brief green 'spike' on the
alpha screen. Directly beneath the four green screens a larger color screen

eyes by the visual-input projector.

To the left of the computer bank stood a standard medical array,
monitoring Otto's vital signs including respiration, pulse and skin
conductivity. All was well in The Terrorist Factory: Otto was sleeping like
a baby and programming would continue as Boon as the staff were ready.

CIA controller Julia Long nodded to the others and walked out of the
climate-controlled operating room into the blazing hot Moroccan
sunshine. Although it was still early in April 1984, the sun beat down
remorselessly and Julia thought again how unfair it was that the 'special
access' facility had to be sited in the middle of Morocco - a country she
personally found far too backward for her tastes. Unfortunately there was
little choice as the US Congress had banned experiments on human
targets back in 1973, at which point Special Operations had secretly
moved the facility to Beirut in the Lebanon. She smiled bitterly to herself.
Beirut had been wonderful, and ideally sited until the Russian military
had blown more than two hundred US marines apart with a pair of
bdb Cmi ooniDS

Beirut was also an ideal launching point for her more normal 'clients':
Arabs, including Palestinian refugees with a military background,
programmed to believe they were operating under the direct orders of the
PLO as they bombed their way across Europe, creating mayhem and

Operation Mmd Control 373

fanning blind hatred against the nations of the Middle East. Most of the
'patriotic PLO terrorists' were killed during their missions of course, and
those who survived could not provide their interrogators with any
information at all, even under intense torture. US techniques in
manufacturing electro-hypnotic dual personalities had been developed
over a thirty-year period and were the very best, totally resistant to
expert probing by anyone up to and including the Russian KGB.

It had never occurred to Julia Long that what she was doing was wrong,
to her, the end justified the means entirely when spreading the doctrine
of CIA 'democracy' across the globe. If a few dozen or a few hundred
people had to die in front of television cameras in order to manipulate
public opinion, then so be it Julia was in the business of deliberately
generating public anger by staging horrific, obscene operations that
shocked the public via the television screen. After seeing bloodied,
mangled bodies attributed to the PLO, Shining Path, or whichever group
was selected by the CIA as the 'culprit' for the atrocity of the day, the
public was happy to cheer the US bombers which then proceeded to blow
the 'terrorists' and their wives and children off the face of the Earth. The
fact no one would have died at all without the intervention of her small
deadly Special Operations group was of no concern. For Julia, the world
was run by CIA covert operations, and nothing else was of consequence.

As Julia sat in the hot sunshine smoking a cigarette, she thought briefly
of Otto. It was nearly ten years since one of the facility's clients had been
subjected to such an intense program although the rationale was
inescapable: as an Englishman, Otto had to be word-perfect in every way,
in the event he was captured and interrogated during the special mission
planned for him in the West End of London.

It was one thing interrogating an Arab who was 'obviously' PLO; quite
another interrogating an Englishman with a high-profile professional oil
background. British Intelligence would pull out all the stops and try
especially hard to break Otto if he were taken alive during or after the
mission.

A little grimly, Julia cast a sidelong glance at the smoky Atlas Mountains
in the background as she crushed the cigarette under her boot. She would
allow no mistakes with Otto: not one. As she opened the door of the
operating room, cool air controlled at exactly 68 degrees Fahrenheit
swept over her. Taking her seat at the control console and donning a set
of headphones, Julia turned with long familiarity and moved two sliding
controls. Immediately the green trace on the delta screen started to
diminish and the alpha screen came alive slowly with a full-lenth trace
instead of the intermittent spikes.

374 W.H.Bowart

As Otto started to show signs of stirring, Julia flicked a switch across to
the 'binaural' position and the electromagnetic fields were thrown out of
synchronization, flooding Otto's left and right brain hemispheres with
fractionally different frequencies. The effect on Otto was to force his
brain to try and 'match' the continually shifting frequencies. Unable to
do so, his brain became entrained by the alternating beat. In less than
ten seconds, Otto was in a full-blown electromagnetic hypnotic trance.

With hi gh technology at its disposal Special Operations had not used "you
are feeling sleepy..." hypnotic techniques for years, though a large team of
tame, well-funded academics was held in reserve to assure the gullible
public that hypnosis was "quite safe" and "could not be used to make a
person act against his own personal moral code." Recalling the tame
academics, Julia smiled a slow, sardonic smile: all Special Operations had
to do was point a professor at the public, and his hurriedly-composed
excuses were instantly accepted without question by citizens and media
alike.

Julia swung around on her chair and spoke briefly to the team
psychiatrist by the operating table: "I need maximum pupil dilation five
minutes from now." With a mute nod, the heavy-set bearded psychiatrist
turned to the drip leading into Otto's left forearm and waited as the drug
slowly flowed into his vein. The powerful hypnotic drug rapidly
reinforced Otto's trance state while a 'cocktail' derived from curare
limited the movement of his eyelids. Nodding with satisfaction, the
psycruatrist slowly started to administer atropine.

As the atropine started to take effect, the pupils of Otto's eyes grew
steadily larger despite the intense overhead lighting and the eye's natural
inclination to shut out light under such circumstances. The visual-input
projector now had direct and unrestricted access to the retina of each of
Otto's eyes. Julia spoke clearly into a special boom microphone positioned
less than an inch away from her lips

"Okay, Otto, I am going to take you back to 1970 when you were flying
over Oman. Do you remember the mission we talked about before, when
your helicopter was covering the fighter-bombers attacking the fort
occupied by Yemeni terrorists?'

"Yes," Otto replied tonelessly without moving a muscle.

"Right. You are there again in the cockpit just before the fighters started
their attack run..."

Operation Mind Control 375

* * »

...Ignoring the empty shell cases and black belt-links being ejected into
the helicopter slipstream, Otto continued firing carefully spaced
five-round bursts, until interrupted by Julia Long:

"Otto, report. Otto, report your current activity!"

"Air-to-ground suppressive fire."

"Good, Otto, very good! Listen carefully to my voice, listen carefully to my
voice. I am relaying a new assignment to you from headquarters. You
nave Deen requested on an excnange program witn opeaai uperauons m
Morocco. The security classification is Cosmic International, and you are
promoted to the rank of lieutenant colonel. Open your eyes wide Otto,
open your eyes wide. You are still flying on operations. You are still flying
on operations...."

At the flick of a switch Julia Long turned on the projector at the foot of
the operating table, the beam of which was promptly split and relayed
directly to the retina of Otto's eyes by the accurate high-resolution lenses
above his head. As new images started flickering from the projector, his
detailed memories of the mountains of Oman started to shimmer and
slowly dissolve, to be replaced by similar scenery passing more quickly.

When Julia increased the alpha field to maximum and decreased delta to
minimum, Otto watched transfixed as his Northrop F5 fighter-bomber
swooped low over the Western Sahara, firing a burst of 20-millimeter
cannon shells at two enemy vehicles trying to escape behind a large sand
dune. As the first vehicle exploded, Otto kicked off deflection and fired
another burst at the second. With black flecks of soot from the cannon
speckling his windshield, Otto pulled back viciously on the controls and
slammed the twin throttles through the afterburner gate. For an instant
in time, he looked down at the devastation below as green tracer shells
weaved lazily around the wings of the F5.

The radio crackled in his headphones: "Good run, colonel, good run! Now
get the hell out of there and return to base."

• • •

Still strapped to the operating table, Otto watched obediently as he and
his aircraft broke off the action and returned to base. The runway
threshold rushed towards him and with a very real screech from its tires
the F5 settled gracefully on the tarmac, slowly decelerating and turning
at the intersection to head towards the dispersal area and the waiting

376 W.H. Bowart

ground crew. A post-mission flood of adrenaline rushed through Otto,
and Julia swiftly adjusted the alpha and delta fields to compensate for
his rapidly increasing pulse rate and skin conductivity. After stabilizing
his vital signs, Julia Long turned again and spoke once more into her
sensitive boom microphone:

"We will now conduct our debriefing, colonel. The mission was a complete
success. Listen carefully to my voice, listen carefully to my voice, you are
tired from your mission and will be allowed to sleep. When you wake
again, you will have forgotten all life events after the age of 27 years. I
repeat, when you wake you will have forgotten all life events after the age
of 27 years. All you will remember, I repeat, all you will remember is
that you are a lieutenant colonel on exchange duties with Special
Operations, at a classified base in Morocco for multi-role training
required for your mission. Congratulations, colonel! Enjoy your sleep."

As Julia moved her controls, the green trace on the delta-wave screen
slowly increased at exactly the same rate as the alpha trace decreased.
Within minutes Otto lay passively unconscious, his Bleep disturbed only
by intermittent green spikes on the alpha screen. Once more Julia turned
to the psychiatrist waiting next to the operating table: "Put him out for
about eight hours please, then have the technicians take him to his room
Put a discreet guard outside, but don't worry, when Otto wakes again he
will believe he really is a 27-year-old lieutenant colonel. He will remember
nothinga bout his life beyond that point"

Under his busy eyebrows, the psychiatrist's eyes glittered slightly as he
prepared the powerful tranquilizer and watched Julia Long as she
strolled out of the room Though in her forties, Julia was a very attractive
woman capable of turning many male heads.

As Julia sat down a the table in the officers' mess and slowly stirred her
cup of hot coffee, she thought back over the chain of events that had
finally resulted in Otto being delivered to the 'special facility' in Morocco.
Julia smiled a wan smile.

It was perhaps the height of irony that another Englishman, John Dwyer,
had brought Otto to the attention of a retired American CIA operative in
Salt Lake City, Utah. For years Dwyer had worked as a sub-contractor for
the CIA's African desk, and thought Otto's qualifications might be of use
to his masters at the Central Intelligence Agency...

...Discreet CIA inquiries revealed Otto spent much of his spare time at a
rifle range near his home, so an 'accidental' meeting was arranged. Earl
Haggard, a veteran of the notorious Phoenix psychological operation in

Operation Mind Control 377

Laos, turned up at the range and casually befriended Otto. As the weeks
rolled by, Earl became convinced Otto Jewell could be of great use to the
Agency. As a top trouble-shooter in the oil field service industry, Otto had
immediate and unquestioned access to almost any country in the world.
His strong military background was also in his favor, as were his
demonstrated lethal skills as a marksman with pistols, rifles and
automatic weapons.

The question of how or where Otto might best be used by the CIA was
none of Earl's concern, so, after sending a long, detailed assessment of

CIA headquarters in Langley showed immediate interest. It was not every
day that an Englishman of Otto's qualifications was brought to the
attention of its intelligence analysts - one of whom noted Otto had spent
much time in the Middle Eastern countries before carefully circling the
single word 'LIBYA' with a bold stoke of his red pen. Otto's background
pointed to his obvious use on covert missions under the aegis of Special
Operations. Within a week, Otto Jewell's file was hand-carried by special
courier to a small low-key CIA facility located in New Orleans, Louisiana,
where it was placed in the 'in' tray of one Gordon Novel. From that point
forward, only paper files would be kept on Otto: computers were far too
vulnerable to researchers leaning on the CIA under the Freedom of
Information Act.

Julia Long moved uneasily on her chair in the officers' mess as she
thought about Novel, the man legend said coordinated the assassination
of President John F. Kennedy in Dallas. Nobel was an animal: a known
CIA heavy who took considerable pleasure in breaking limbs and, where
necessary, shooting people though the back of the head with a
heavy-calibre pistol. Most people in Special Operations were afraid of him
and literally jumped to obey his every command. Julia was no exception
and had all but sat rigidly to attention when he called her during 1983.

"Julia? Hi!" The voice was deceptively soft when Gordon Nobel spoke on
the secure international landline from New Orleans to Morocco. "Listen, I
have a new client for you, an oilman with a good, solid military
background. Initially we intend to use him on a tripartite drilling
operation in West Bengal, then we'll get around to his special mission a
little later."

"Fine, Gordon, where is he nowT

378 W.H. Bowart

"We just had one of Howard Hughes' subsidiary companies hire him as
project engineer for a drilling operation near Calcutta. It's an interesting
job: the Russians are helping the Indians to drill a deep oil and gas well in
the Ganges delta, and our man is going in there to help them drill it with
an advanced American fluid system Or at least he thinks he's going to
help them The whole thing is basically a cover for the special mission
he'll go on later, but he doesn't know that. We think it's a hell of a deal
We can really screw those Russian and Indian Commie bastards at the
same time!"

...Take your time, Julia. Have a couple of weeks' holiday, then fly to
Dakar in Bangladesh. We'll arrange diplomatic cover for you and attach
you to the local US AID team From there you can go in and out of
Calcutta as a diplomatic commuter. Your contact will be Louis McCaul at
our local Calcutta consulate. He's in deep cover and there are no known
documented links between him and the CIA or Special Operations. Louis
will arrange for your special equipment to be carried in the diplomatic
mail bag. The name of your new client is Otto JewelL and he'll be staying
at the Oberoi Grand Hotel. We've bought a couple of the hotel executives,
so, access to Otto's room will not be a problem Louis will arrange all
that Okay so far?"

Julia thought for a few seconds. "Okay Gordon. What do you want me to
do with this Otto Jewell? In other words, what mission are we preparing
him for exactly? I want to get the procedures right."

"On this mission we operate 'need to know', Julia. All you need to know
at this stage is that you spend the first month or so observing Otto from a
distance. Watch his behavior patterns carefully. We'll be doing our bit by
screwing the Commies out at his rig site, so Otto will be under plenty of
stress trying to figure out what the hell is going on. When you get word
from me via Louis, I want you to start building a shallow 'decoy' hypnotic
level - not too easy to break, but not too hard either. Have your Marine
technicians rough him up under hypnosis and threaten his children — you
know, the usual things. Make it as nasty as you can Julia, because if he's
taken alive on the real mission early next year, that is all, I repeat, all
that any interrogator is going to sweat out of him: the decoy level you
develop in Calcutta. You'll get more orders later.'

• » •

Julia Long sat on the couch in room 352 at the hotel and relaxed with a
glass of iced lime juice while looking carefully for tell-tale signs of her

Operation Mind Control 379

Special Operations 'modifications'. There were none at all. both ELF
generators were carefully concealed and had been calibrated so that each
would deliver an equal strength electromagnetic field to each hemisphere
of Otto's brain as he lay in bed or sat watching TV. The resulting effect
was similar to conventional stereo, though these powerful ELF
generators emitted no audible sound. The ELF generators sent out fields
only in the range of human brain activity, at frequencies between 0.1 and
25 cycles per second. By varying the output of the generators Julia would
be able to introduce a 'binaural split', where the electromagnetic fields
from each ELF stereo channel sent fractionally different signals to each
hemisphere, entraining Otto's brain with an electromagnetic beat
frequency and rendering him powerless to resist conditioning.

Julia would only use extra low frequency 2.5 to 1.2 cycle Delta fields on
Otto initially, as the program called for a shallow hypnotic trance to be
supplemented by drugs. Once he was under basic control the team would
be able to enter the room at any time without Otto's knowledge to
physically condition him, after which the Delta field pattern would
continue to be used every night to stabilize his sleeping pattern. A little
later Alpha fields would be introduced, forcing Otto into a relaxed alert
state while subliminal data was fed to him via the television.

Julia Long glanced across at the innocent-looking 22" Sony TV in its
carved wooden cabinet. It was a state-of-the-art Trinitron model with a
revolutionary tube providing far better resolution than other models.
Resolution was very important because this particular television would be
displaying two entirely different pictures to Otto at the same time: the
first clearly visible to bis conscious brain, with the second perceived only
by his subconscious. As with initial hypnotic induction and post-hypnotic
suggestion, special operations was way ahead of the academics. Most
visual-subliminal techniques used by academic researchers and the media
were based on simple l/50th second flashing messages woven into the
standard television frames: subliminal because they were too fast for the
brain to see consciously, but far too crude for special operations.

Special Operations used fast, efficient full-frame color input that was also
completely undetectable. In room 350 Julia Long had a series of VHS
video tapes that would be used to interrupt the normal video films fed to
Otto via the in -house hotel video system They looked the same simply
because they had the same film content as those shown in the hotel TV
guide. Unfortunately for Otto, each of Julia's tapes had been subjected to
a special editing process where ultra low-light images had been overlaid
on the magnetic tape. Too dim to be detected by the conscious brain or by
sophisticated ultraviolet analysis, every one of the thousands of images

380 W.H.Bowart

would be readily absorbed by Otto's subconscious. The Alpha fields from

the ELF generators would force Otto to remain alert but completely

relaxed. Experiments had proved full relaxation to be a critical
requirement: a single stressful distraction lasting a millisecond could stop
the subconscious 'seeing' any subliminal input at all.

As Julia Long finished her iced lime juice and walked out of room 352,
she smirked to herself. Though dozens of earnest authors had warned of
techniques such as these, the mainstream media had trashed every single
one. Fortunately for Special Operations it was beyond the capability of
Joe Public to believe that he or she could be influenced in this way, much
less be brought under total control within minutes. In fact the ELF fields
were quite capable of killing unwitting victims by remote control, as
Special Operations had proved on numerous occasions.

There were politicians and scientists out there who persistently refused to
heed discreet intelligence community warnings about their behavior,
which in turn led to them being found dead in hotel rooms after
apparently indulging in bizarre sexual rituals or drinking themselves to
death. Too much of the same thing tended to draw attention, so the
routine was occasionally varied with a few being programmed to take
spectacular flying leaps from tall suspension bridges, drive into buildings
at high speed, or hook themselves up to the electrical mains.

With normal targets the procedure was easy enough. When the ELF fields
entrained the human brain with a binaural beat it was standard
procedure to ensure that the target's breathing was brought under
control If starting in high Beta, slower Delta fields were steadily
introduced to decrease the rate of respiration prior to full electro-hypnotic
induction. In order to kill a target the silent ELF generators were turned
up to full power in binaural mode. Completely at the mercy of the special
operations controller, the target's physiology would be manipulated until
systolic and diastolic blood pressures became identical, at which point the
heart ceased to function and the target died. There was one drawback:
powerful ELF fields always increased the level of serum-triglycerides in
the target, which could prove embarrassing at post-mortem. It was a
simple matter to splash alcohol into the mouth of the target after death,
then throw a bottle of booze on his bed or into his car. Basic stuff indeed,
but it was enough to fool most pathologists...

After supper in the hotel coffee shop Otto returned to room 352,
showered and then climbed wearily into bed. Within minutes he drifted
off into what seemed to be a natural dreamless sleep. It was no such

*

*

Operation Mind Control 381

thing. As soon as Otto lay down, Julia Long in room 350 switched on the
MgMy-directional ELF generators, selected Delta band and flooded both
hemispheres of Otto's brain with a powerful 2.5 cycle electromagnetic
field. Switching to binaural, Julia adjusted the power setting and slowly
started to decrease the Delta field frequency. Otto's respiration followed
the silent beat and in less than 60 seconds his brain was entrained at the
optimum somnambulistic hypnotic induction frequency of 1.2 cycles.
Julia listened carefully to Otto's breathing, faithfully replayed to her by
the 'pinhole' audio bug drilled into the separating wall between the two
rooms.

"OK you two," Julia turned to her marine technicians. "Use the pass key
and start the program. Be sure to cough before you approach the bed so I
can turn the fields off. We don't want to knock you out as well, now do
we?"

It was a rhetorical question. The marines had learned long ago that Julia
was not given to idle backchat, so they quickly made their way from room
350 to room 352, Hank switching on a small battery-powered generator in
his pocket, connected by concealed wires to an insulated pad stuck to the
palm of his right hand. As they approached the foot of Otto's bed Hank
coughed discreetly and one second later unclenched his right hand,
placing it flat on the exposed skin of Otto's arm Faster than a striking
cobra, the powerful zapper discharged a five-microsecond pulse which
temporarily paralyzed Otto's central nervous system, simultaneously
destroying his spatial and time orientation.

Not wasting a second, Hank's colleague wrapped a tourniquet around
Otto's arm, exposed a vein and swiftly injected sodium pentathol. the two

in twelve seconds, both had done the same job many times before.
Minutes later Julia slipped through the door carrying an aluminum
briefcase from which she withdrew a special pair of headphones that the
marines placed over Otto's head. The briefcase contained a miniature
version of the laboratory equipment, designed to generate powerful
electromagnetic fields in the immediate area of Otto's head without
enc

And so it was that Julia Long started to build a 'decoy' hypnotic level into
Otto Jewell In short sessions over two weeks he was trained to revert to
a hypnotic trance only if given two complex trigger-words. Most evenings
as Otto watched television he was unwittingly bombarded with
subliminal designed to enhance American 'patriotism', desensitize
him to violence, and force him to respond immediately to orders
presented at the deep subliminal level His handling by the marine

382 W.H.Bowart

marines warned him that if he failed to carry out their orders, his two
young children would be sexually abused and killed. Slowly but surely,
without his knowledge or consent, Otto was forcibly recruited as a
lifelong member of Special Operations.

Once past the basic stage of induction Julia Long left Otto in the care of
her two marine technicians, but continued to fly in occasionally from
Morocco and Dakar to check on his progress.

• * *

The conditioning had gone well. In less than a week, Otto had been
transformed from a 41-year-old oilman into a 27-year-old member of the
RAF, and then converted into a patriotic 27-year-old member of US
Special Operations - all life events beyond that age being ruthlessly
suppressed by electro magnetically-induced, drug-reinforced,
post-hypnotic suggestion. There was no question of Otto Jewell being a
'zombie', however. He was a fully-conscious human being with a
chronological age of 41 years, but with the memory and reaction times of
a 27-year-old. Julia Long considered the new Otto a marked improvement
over the old.

Where before conditioning Otto had been slightly hesitant, he was now
supremely confident As with all terrorists manufactured by special
operations, Otto believed he was invincible and that nothing could go
wrong with his mission. Where in India Otto had been overweight, he was
not trim enough to slide easily into a Northrop Tiger. The intense stress
induced by sustained exposure to ELF electromagnetic fields and
visual-input, burned off weight faster than the most drastic diet ever
devised by the medical fraternity. In all, Otto had shed nearly 30 pounds,
virtually without moving a muscle. With his graying hair now dyed
jet-black to match his own perception of himself as a 2 7 -year-old,
"Mike-Alpha-Delta-3" was indeed a new man.

Exactly at the prearranged time, Mike-Alpha-Delta-3 picked up the
specially-shortened Heckler & Koch assault rifle from the table. The
Heckler & Koch was fitted with a juno muzzle-brake on its stub barrel to
muffle the direction of the shots, and a short-range parallax-corrected
telescopic sight. He'd been briefed the flush ammunition-dip forward of
the HK's trigger-guard held only five high-velocity fragmentation rounds,
but they would be enough. Mike-Alpha-Delta-3 had been ordered to shoot
for mpYimnm media effect, and needed only three.

Operation Mind Control 383

Carefully placing his left foot on the low table and cocking the Heckler &
Koch with his left hand, he wound his left arm firmly through the sling to
steady the weapon, then pressed the fire selector down to semi-automatic
with his right thumb. Next, Mike-Alpha-Delta-3 rested the weapon
alongside his left knee and took up the slack on the sling to reduce recoil
effect. Because he was firing a long way back from the window to avoid
detection, there was only a limited field of fire but he knew the
killing-zone by heart. Looking through the scope and studying the area,
Mike-Alpha-Delta-3 moved the weapon slightly until he could see the
exact killing-zone and a small part of the inner pavement and central
gardens.

Breathing slowly and steadily, Mike-Alpha-Delta-3 waited for the two
quick flashes of light that would tell him the selected target was just
about to enter the killing-zone. It was not up to Mike-Alpha-Delta-3 to
pick random targets: that job was reserved for his special operations
controller. A helmeted man in a blue uniform walked straight through
the cross-hairs of his telescopic sight, but Mike-Alpha-Delta-3 ignored
him. Then there were two brief flashes of brilliant white light in the
upper left quadrant of the scope, and his finger automatically took up the
first pressure on the Heckler & Koch's trigger. One second later, a slim,
blond woman walked slowly into the cross-hairs of the telescopic sight.

Mike- Alpha-Delta 3's eyes showed no emotion, his strict code of conduct
completely destroyed by covert conditioning: the target had to die to
protect true democracy for the world as a whole. His trigger-finger a blur,
Mike-Alpha-Delta-3 fired three aimed shots so fast, the muzzle blasts
blended into a single cacophony of sound that echoed round the square,
the first bullet hit the woman in the stomach and she doubled over, her
hat flying into the gutter, while the second and third bullets exploded on
the inner pavement, hurling shrapnel into the small crowd of
demonstrators. Mike-Alpha-Delta-3 turned swiftly away from the table
and removed his balaclava, then, as he walked downstairs and closed the
back door of 8 St. James Square softly behind him, the carefully
precalculated media hype started in earnest:

"This is an urgent news flash. Minutes ago, shots rang out from the
Libyan People's Bureau at No. 5 St. James Square..."

And so it was that Julia Long achieved her objective of creating intense
public anger by staging an obscene mission that shocked the British
public. As the news flashed round the country, millions were outraged by

the slaughter in St. James Square, their perception of the Libyans
forcibly distorted for all time. Less than 24 months later, US F-lll

384 W.H. Bowart

bases and headed south to destroy the

With the British media pack in full cry, the American bombers launched a
premeditated attack on the civilian populations of Tripoli and Benghazi
in Libya, and special operations scored a small personal bonus - a token
sacrifice for true democracy for the world as a whole. Colonel Al
Qadhaffs fifteen-month-old daughter, Hannah, was murdered by a
monstrous 2,000-pound laser bomb, guided unerringly to its tiny target
by an American F-lll bomber. Listening to the news on the radio, Julia
Long nodded approvingly as she lit a cigarette, before turning
triumphantly to her two Marine Special Operations technicians. "That
Bhould teach the terrorist sonofabitch a lesson, huh?"

The feedback I've gotten on Joe's description of the programming is: it's close,
but not quite exact Later well discuss the various forms of electronic
programming and hear from experts and other survivors. No need to split hairs,
Joe's book needs to be published. It tells things like they are in the world where
the long tentacles of the CIA entwine with the slimy gums of MI-5.

Due to British fear of the Official Secrets Act, no U.K. publisher has yet published
Joe Vlalls' book, Mike-Mpha-DeUa-3. mn Joe might just be an author of the
stature and sales potential of Tom Clancey, but under the curious customs of the
Realm, Joe is ignored and banished to the out-back because the Kingdom's fear of
officaldom is stronger than the Kingdom' s passion for the liberation of the human
spirit for truth, justice and ... say, wasn't England the original home of Common
Law? (See the film Defending The Realm.)

111 Joe Vub cm be reached »t 45 Merlin Drive. Cirine. WA 6020. Au»Jr»Ii». phone 61 9 246 2029.

Operation Mind Control 385

If Joe Vialls' story of CIA and British secret service entanglement
in a brainwashing conspiracy isn't true, he is either crazy or a
brilliant pathological liar. He says he is neither . . . and three of
Britain's top psychologists agree with him. This is his story.

Joe Vialls story covered two full-sized newspaper pages in Tne Western Australian in 1988.

386 W.H. Bowari

Deadly hypnotic conspiracy feared

Operation Mind Control 387

27

DEEP PROBE

Jose Delgado stood sweating in the center of a bull ring in Madrid. He was
sweating from the heat of the sun reflected on the sand. He felt a twinge of
natural fear as the door at one end of the walled ring swung open, and a huge
black bull lunged forth from the darkness into the plaza de tows.

This was a very good bull, one the best matador would have desired It charged as
if on rails, straight at Delgado. In front of a ton of black beef, two sharp horns
aimed to gore the vital parts of his body.

Delgado stood face to face with the charging Andalusian toro. But Delgado was no
matador. He stood in the ring alone in his shirtsleeves. He wore no "suit of
lights" and he carried no cape. Instead of a sword, he held only a little black box.

He wanted to wait until the last possible moment, but he could not contain his
fear. When the bull was thirty feet away, he pressed the button on the box. The
bull immediately quit his attack and skidded to a halt Toro looked right, then

away.

From the stands it was difficult to see the metal box between the horns which
held that small radio receiver which picked up Delgado's signal and transmitted it
as an electric impulse through a probe inserted into the center of the bull's brain.
Delgado was not living out the boyhood fantasy of being a matador, nor was he
demonstrating his bravery, he was demonstrating his faith, as a scientist, in the
power of electronic brain stimulation.

Jose Delgado was a neurophysiologist at the Yale University School of Medicine.
By 1964, when he made his dramatic demonstration with the bull, he had already
been experimenting with electronic stimulation of the brain (ESB) for nearly two
decades. His work, supported by the Office of Naval Research, had been inspired
by the Spanish histologist Santiago Ramon y Cajal, who said that knowledge of
the physicochemical basis of memory, feelings, and reason would make man the
true master of creation. Cajal suggested that man's most transcendental
accomplishment would be the conquest of his own brain, and upon this premise
Jose Delgado began his relentless quest to make his mentor's dream come true.

388 W.H.Bowart

"From ancient times," Dr. Delgado said, "man has tried to control the destiny of
other human beings by depriving them of liberty and submitting them to
obedience. Slaves have been forced to work and to serve the caprices of their
masters; prisoners have been chained to row in the galleys; men were and still are
inducted into the armed forces and sent thousands of miles away to create havoc,
take lives, and lose their own.

"Biological assault has also existed throughout recorded history. In ancient
China, the feet of female children were bound to reduce their size. In many
countries thieves have been punished by having their hands cut off; males have
been castrated to inhibit sexual desire and then placed as eunuchs in charge of
harems; and in some African tribes it was customary to ablate the clitoris of
married females to block their possible interest in other men and insure their
fidelity."" 4

The Spanish-bom Delgado believed that, thanks to electronic brain stimulation,
science was at last on the verge of "a process of mental liberation and
self-domination which is a continuation of our evolution." He beUeved that
through the direct manipulation of the brain, society could produce "more
intelligent education, starting from the moment of birth and continuing
throughout life, with the preconceived plan of escaping from the blind forces of
chance."

Delgado believed that by direct influence of the cerebral mechanisms and mental
structure it would someday be possible to "create a future man... a member of a
psycho-civilized society." He said the needed research could not be "generated by
scientists themselves, but must be promoted and organized by governmental
action declaring 'conquering of the human mind' a national goal at parity with
conquering of poverty or landing a man on the moon." 115

Delgado insisted that brain research was much less expensive than going to outer
space and would produce benefits to society equal to, if not greater than, those
produced by space technology.

By the time Delgado's remarks were published, the cryptocracy had already come
a long way in developing the techniques to create the "psycho-civilized society"
Delgado dreamed of. Delgado himself had been funded by grants from the
cryptocracy but, like other researchers, was kept isolated and i
had no way of blowing about the other government-directed brain control
research that was going on simultaneously with his own. A number of
government agencies were actually at work on projects similar to Delgado's.
Through these projects the cryptocracy had gained the technology for direct

Jo* DeUtfdo, Ptvskal Conbol of the Mnd (New York. H»rpcr, 1969)

m

Operation Mind Control 389

undertake a study of the "effects of electricity on the brain." His report said that,
in research based on the literature of the 1940's, there were at least some
indications that electric shocks to the brain might be conducive to mind control.

Janis wrote: "Many studies have shown there is a temporary intellectual
impairment, diffuse amnesia, and general 'weakening of the ego' produced during
the period when a series of electroshock convulsions is being administered."

Dr. Janis was not talking about electronic brain stimulation; he was referring to
electro-convulsive therapy (ECT), a crude treatment for schizophrenia originated
in Hungary in the 1930's which consisted of passing a strong electrical current
inrougn tne ennre Dram at once.

Unlike ESB, ECT was not aimed at the microscopic neural centers of the brain. It
was just one large jolt of electricity, which produced, rather than a specific neural
event, a massive convulsion. Electrical current administered in such a way
temporarily affected the electrical properties of all the neurons in the brain. It
produced sharp biochemical changes in the levels of glucose, oxygen
consumption, protein synthesis, and other functions. It also produced amnesia,
sometimes temporary, sometimes permanent.

As biochemist Steven Rosen said, The [ECT] treatment is analogous to
attempting to mend a faulty radio by kicking it, or a broken computer by cutting
out a few of its circuits." 116 Often the extreme convulsions induced by ECT
produced such strong muscular contractions that the bones of the subject's body

But Dr. Janis did not seem to think it too severe a treatment for use in mind
control. "From my own and other's investigations of the psychological effects of
such treatments," he wrote, "I would suspect that they might tend to reduce
resistance to hypnotic suggestions. It is conceivable therefore, that the
electroshock treatment might be used to weaken difficult cases in order to
produce a hypnotic trance of great depth." 117

Meanwhile, astonishing discoveries were being made which indicated the use of
electronic stimulation of the pleasure center of the brain as a reward for
performance could be used to enhance learning. Experiments conducted at the
end of World War TJ showed that rats learned to run around mazes and perform in
Skinner boxes better after they had received properly applied electronic
stimulation of their brains. Repeated experiments showed that when the animals
were rewarded with electricity applied to the pleasure center of the brain, they
learned much more rapidly than did animals who were conditioned by rewards of
food. One Department of Defense project graphically illustrated the use of such
pleasure stimulation conditioning.

Strmi Ro*a Futurt Fads (Hew York, Simon 4 Schu»trr. 1976)

in

390 W.H.Bowart

The Sandia Corporation in New Mexico was asked by the Department of Defense
to set up a demonstration of ESB and film the results. Sandia produced a striking
film which showed electrodes being implanted into the brain of an army mule.
After the mule recovered from surgery, a brain stimulator was placed in a pack on
its back, along with a prism and mirror which were arranged so that they operated
a photocell when the animal was facing directly toward the sun. When sunlight
struck the photocell, it turned on a brief burst of electricity which was sent along
wires into the pleasure center of the mule's brain. When the mule turned away
from the sun, the stimulation stopped. But when the mule faced the sun again,
the pleasurable stimulation resumed.

So wired, the mule marched over hill and dale across the barren land of New
Mexico, always facing the sun. Finally it came to the boundary of the property,
where a scientist was waiting. The mirror was reversed and then the mule
retraced its steps by keeping its back to the sun. Mules are not noted for being
cooperative beasts, but this electrically stimulated mule traced and retraced its
path without deviation, just as long as the stimulation continued.

Sandia's mule film created a great deal of enthusiasm at the Pentagon. Quickly,
the officers saw the military significance of the experiment' mules could be made
to clear minefields! They could be used to deliver explosives to assigned targets,
much as the Russians had used trained dogs to carry explosives against German
tanks during World War H! And what mules could accomplish on land, porpoises,
with much greater intelligence, could accomplish in the sea!

It soon became clear to the cryptocracy that electronic brain stimulation held the
greatest promise for specific, selective mind control. The usefulness of drugs in
manipulating human behavior had been limited by the inability of researchers to
control either the desired or the undesired effects of the drugs with any precision.
ESB, however, used in conjunction with psycho-surgery and behavior
modification, offered unlimited possibilities. After experiments on laboratory
animals met with success, human experimentation was enthusiastically
undertaken in the quest of the most reliable and absolute method of remote
control of the mind.

Because human behavior is influenced by many more variables, experimentation
on humans proved to be more complex than with animals. Experimenters were
constantly reaching false conclusions. Often the observed effects of stimulating
certain areas of the brain turned out to be only indirectly related to the
s urn u 13 uon.

thought to be her pleasure center. She had been an extremely withdrawn and
melancholy person whose expression always seemed impassive and dour. When
electronic stimulation was applied at irregular intervals and different times of day,
she would laugh or smile. The scientists concluded that they were stimulating a

Operation Mind Control 391

strong pleasure region in her brain and grew confident that they had found a way
to cure the woman of her melancholia. They began to discuss their findings
openly in her presence, until one day she became angry and told them she did not
enjoy the experiments at all. She explained to the scientists that the stimulus was
not giving her pleasure, it was creating a rhythmic contraction of certain pelvic
muscles. She had smiled and laughed from being tickled!

After many years of experimentation, it is still unknown just exactly which effects
of electronic brain stimulation are psychological, which are physical, and which
are psycho-physical. For every experiment suggesting that a particular behavior
change is due to the direct effect of electricity applied to a center of the brain,
there are others which suggest that the effect is a result of some psychological
response to the initial stimulus.

From the Brain Research Institute at the University of California came a report by
Dr. Mary Brazier that one patient continued to "self-stimulate even after electricity
was turned off and there was no more current in the electrode." Others gave
similar reports, saying that some subjects continued to press a lever which had
rewarded them with pleasurable stimulation long after the current was cut off.
These subjects pushed the lever hundreds of times when they were receiving no
stimulation at all, and kept on doing it until the experiment was terminated.

Several experimenters reported that ESB elicited sexual feelings and in some cases
orgasms. In a report summarizing seven years of research with ESB, Dr. R.G.
Heath told of one melancholic patient who had attempted suicide a number of
times. When all else failed to elevate his mood, doctors resorted to ESB. An
electrode implanted in his hypothalamus was activated and the subject smiled.
After the experience he said, "I feel good. I don't know why, I just suddenly felt
good." Upon further questioning the patient admitted that there might have been
sexual overtones in his experience. He said, "It's like I had something lined up for
Saturday night... a girl/

Heath reported that in several instances ESB led to orgasm. While orgasms may
nave been caused by genital sensations createa wnen certain areas 01 tne brain
were stimulated, Heath said he did not believe that genital sensations had to be
present for orgasm to occur. He observed that self-stimulation usually stopped
after orgasm was reached. He concluded that stimulation of the orgasm center of
the brain, if that was what had produced the orgasms, appeared to be no more
compelling than masturbation.

From the Soviet Union came a report typical of many of the surprising results of
ESB. A thirty-seven-year-old woman suffering from Parkinson's disease was
given ESB treatments to alleviate the effects of palsy. The stimulation evoked
sexual sensations which eventually led to orgasm. The woman then began to
hang around the laboratory. She would initiate conversation with aides and
assistants whenever she could. She even waited for them in the hospital corridors

392 W.H.Bowart

and the garden trying to find out when the next session was scheduled. She was
especially affectionate toward the doctor who was throwing the switch to activate
the probes in her brain. When she was finally told that there would be no more
stimulation, she displayed extreme dissatisfaction.

Strangely, the stimulation did not give the woman any sexual pleasure until her
menstrual cycle, which had been absent for eight years, resumed as a result of the
stimulation. Soviet investigators expressed their belief, based on studies such as
this, that the motivational consequences of ESB are subject to conscious control.
This conclusion is supported by the results of many experiments in the West as
well.

In 1964 Richard Helms reported to the Warren Commission (see Appendix A) that
the trend in the Soviet Union was to build "the New Communist/Man" through
cybernetics (the use of machines as control mechanisms). Helms quoted an
unidentified Soviet author saying: "Cybernetics can be used in 'molding of a
child's character, the inculcation of knowledge and techniques, the amassing of
experience, the establishment of social behavior patterns... all functions which can
be summarized as control of the growth process of the individual.'" The Helms
memo indicated that the Soviets did not possess any knowledge which the West
did not have, and in some areas even lagged far behind U.S. research. The tone of
his memo seemed to suggest that the U.S. cryptocracy was also interested in
creating a "new man" — a cyborg.

ESB has, meanwhile, been strikingly successful in other areas. It has been used
to modify mental mechanisms, to produce changes in mood and feelings, to
reinforce behavior both positively and negatively. It has been used to activate
sensory and motor regions of the brain in order to produce elementary or
complex experiences or movements, to summon memories, and to induce
hallucinations. It also has been used to suppress or inhibit behavior and
experience and memory - outside of the conscious control of the owner of the
brain.

ESB has inhibited the intake of food. It has inhibited the aggressiveness and even
the maternal instinct It has been widely used in medical research to help stroke
victims recover from paralysis and to block epileptic convulsions. It has proved to
be an aid to paraplegics in controlling their bladders and it has helped certain
kinds of paralysis victims to walk again. It has been found to be effective in
blocking even the most severe pain.

ESB has been used by psychiatrists to improve mood, increase alertness, and
produce orgasm. It has been used as a conditioning tool to "cure" undesirable
social behavior. And in 1974, the first victim of Parkinson's disease treated by
ESB walked gracefully out of a San Francisco hospital under his own power,
thanks to portable ESB. He had a "stimoceiver" implanted in his brain which he
could activate from a battery-powered device in his belt The "stimoceiver," which

Operation Mind Control 393

permitted both remote stimulation of his brain and the instantaneous telemetric
recording of his brain waves.

Ten years before, Dr. Delgado had foreseen the day when a psycho-civilized
society would resort to the use of such stimoceivers for control of the masses. He
had said, "A two-way radio communication system could be established between
the brain of a subject and a computer. Certain types of neuronal activity related
to behavioral disturbances such as anxiety, depression, or rage could be
recognized in order to trigger stimulation of specific inhibitory structures..." 1 "
What he was describing was a society kept under emotional control by electronic
brain manipulation. Rather than have man control a machine with his brain,
Delgado wanted the control of man by machine.

The present state of Western technology enables man to open garage doors, fly
model airplanes, and change television channels by remote control The
government communicates via telemetry with satellites far out in the solar
system. Medical scientists monitor heartbeats and vital functions of patients in
hospitals and astronauts on the moon. And by the late 1960s, the "remote
control" of the human brain - accomplished without the implantation of
electrodes - was well on its way to being realized. From the testimony of a
number of people we've interviewed it would appear that the techniques have
ueen penectea. rrevaient are reports oi n earing voices — even noiuing two way
conversations, and being eavesdropped on by person or persons unknown. In
another day this would have been diagnosed by psychiatrists as schizophrenia.
Today scientists are not so quick at making their diagnosis. In a day when all the
sympoms of acute mental illness can be induced by remote control, the doctors
are beginning to take another look.

A research and development team at the Space and Biology Laboratory of the
University of California at the Los Angeles Brain Research Institute found a way to
stimulate the brain by creating an electrical field completely outside the head. Dr.
W. Ross Adey stimulated the brain with electric pulse levels which were far below
those thought to be effectual in the old implanting technique.

In one experiment, Dr. Adey analyzed the brain waves of chimpanzees who were
performing tasks that involved learning. He established that there were two very
distinct brainwave patterns which accompanied correct and incorrect decisions.
Building on this, Dr. Adey attempted to control the rate at which the chimps
learned by applying force fields to the outside of the head to alter behavior, moods
and attention. Dr. Adey's research indicated his subjects were able to remember
new information fester and better with stimulation.

In the vanguard of brain technology, Dr. Adey worried about misuse of ESB when
applied to humans. "My personal concern," he said, "is that we do it well. That if

394 W.H.Bowart

we decide this manipulation is feasible, we do it in ways which are socially
acceptable." 119

Eight years before Dorothy Burdick published her book, on February 5, 1974 an
article in the San Francisco Chroncile reported that a small computer had been
invented that sorts electrical signals picked up from the human brain and sorts
them out Headlines "Brain Waves May Tell What's On Your Mind," the story by
Charles Petit read:

A study is underway at the Langley Proter Neuropsychiatric Institute
here to learn if brain waves can reveal a person's natural aptitudes
and intelligence -- and possibly a person's thoughts.

Crucial to the study is the use of a small compuer that sorts electrical
signals picked up by eight electrodes fastened like a crown around
the scalp.

computer, researchers can discover where in the brain
various types of high frequency, low energy brain waves originate.

Scientists think that brain waves, instead of being non-functional side
effects of cerebral electrical activity, may actually be carrying
messages form one place in the brain to another.

Dr. Enoch Callaway, a psychiatrist, is directing the research with a
grant from the Office of Naval Research. (My emphasis.)

The Navy's interest, he said, is mainly to see if computer analysis of
brain waves could be useful in determining the aptitudes of new
recruits.

During an interview, the 50-year-old Callaway said it was 100 years
ago that a German psychiatrist named Hans Berger first discovered
brain waves. Berger hoped the rhythmic energies of the mind would
reveal the secrets of extrasensory perception.

electroencephalograms that detect irregularities in brain waves - a
means of diagnosing organic brain disease.

Considerable attention has also been paid lately to the conscious
control of low-frequency brain waves, the most obvious example
bieng "alpha wave bio-feedback," techniques.

However, Callaway's interest lies deeper in the brain where fleeting,
high frequency waves of "electrical potential" flicker in curtains across
the brain, often bypassing the neural pathways, usually thought to
tr fl Tiffi prcrt tli© mind's urtGiri&l !

Pred W*nhofcky, The Contni of Lift The 21st Ctrtuty (New York. Viking. 1 969)

Operation Mind Control 395

Callaway is using computer techniques developed by a partner in
research, Peter Harris, a sennior computer programmer.

Other things volunteers are asked to do are stare at flashing lights, or
lights that change color, read a book or stare at a picture a while their
brains are being monitored, said Harris.

By r unnin g tests repeatedly, the computer can pick out which
electrical signal always accompany a specific stimulus.

So far, Callaway and others in the field can distinguish between a
person looking at a green light and one looking at a red light. They
have also found that quickness of response is in some unexplained
way related to IQ as measured with standard intelligence tests.

In addition, he has found that concrete, analytical thinking is
accompanied by increased electrical activity in the left hemisphere of
the brain, while Intuitive and abstract thought brings the right
hemisphere into dominance.

What it adds up to, said Callaway, is the possibility of charting areas
of dominance in indivual brains and correlating them with mental
skills displayed by those individuals.

Further in the future is the possibility of monitoring the actual
messages - if they exist - being transmitted across the brain. It may

he 6 said. 1508811516 to ^ electromcs t0 teU what a P 618011 tMnkm9 '

Callaway admitted that the Orwellian possibilities "are undeniable."
Among the misuses possible, although far in the future, would be
government thought control.

The Los Angeles Times carried a story on March 20, 1976 headlined: "Sci-Fi
Comes True, MIND READING MACHINE TELLS SECRETS OF THE BRAIN.
By-lined Norman Kempster, datelined Washington, the story was of a govemmnet
mind reading machine which could show, among other things, whether a person
is fatigued, puzzled or daydreaming.

"If the project lives up to its promise, the machines could be in use in airplane
cockpits before the end of this decade to warn a pilot that his mind is wandering
and he is failing to perform essential duties," Kempster wrote.

"Since 1973, a little-known Pentagon agency has been studying ways to plug a
computer into an indivual's brain waves - or electroencephalograph (EEC)
signals in the scientist's lexicon. The Advanced Research Projects Agency says the
$1 million-a-year program has passed its initial laboratory tests and is ready for
determination of its military uses."

396 W.H. Bowart

The story revealed that scientists at UCLA, Stanford, MIT, the Unviersity of Illinois
and the University of Rochester and in laboratories "at other facilities" had been
able to determine an individual's alertness from their brain waves. They could also
tell how they preceive colors and shapes. "But there may come a day when the
EEG will be used to perform far more bizarre tasks," Kempster wrote.

"At UCLA," Kempster wrote, "scientists are working on the use of the EEG to
control machines. To give it a trivial application, a spiritualist could use thought
waves to make a table levitate."

In 1975 a primitive "mind reading machine" was tested at the Stanford Research
Institute. The machine is a computer which can recognize a limited amount of
words by monitoring a person's silent thoughts. This technique relies upon the
discovery that brain wave tracings taken with an electroencephalograph (EEG)
show distinctive patterns that correlate with individual words - whether the
words are spoken aloud or merely subvocalized (thought of).

The computer initially used audio equipment to listen to the words the subject
spoke. At first the vocabulary was limited to "up," "down," "left," and "right" At
the same time the computer heard the words, it monitored the EEG impulses
coming from electrodes pasted to the subject's head and responded by turning a
camera in the direction indicated. After a few repetitions of the procedure, the
computer's hearing was turned off and it responded solely to the EEG "thoughts."
It moved a television camera in the directions ordered by the subject's thoughts
alone!

This "mind reading machine" was the creation of psychologist Lawrence Pinneo
and computer experts Daniel Wolf and David Hall. Their stated goal was
eventually to put a highly skilled computer programmer into direct

Mill... * ji ii_ I * ...ii-lt iLr< I *T*Vx n 1« — — — -v m m lm-i MS nn 4- ■ A wLm ft ah .i...... uiii 1. _ri_1 * 11

communication witn tne computer, l neir res ear cn indicated mat a nonsymDoiic
language - brainwave patterns - did exist By teaching computers this language,
the time consuming practice of speaking or writing computer instructions could
be abandoned. Faster programming would result in an information explosion
whose effects could cause a transformation of our civilization unlike anything that
has happened since the Industrial Revolution.

Many beneficial effects of the Stanford "mind reading machine" may eventually
accrue. Physically handicapped people may be able to use mini computers to
interpret signals from their environment and compensate for the loss of some
bodily functions. The deaf may be able to hear; the blind to see, the paralyzed to
walk.

Military applications of a "mind reading machine" will someday allow faster
computer input and output of information, remote control of war machines, and
even the creation of animal or human robots to do the bidding of the military.

Operation Mind Control 397

Norbert Wiener, the "father of cybernetics," once said the human brain, while
functioning in a manner parallel to the computer, actually imitates only one run
of it Rudolph Flesch clarified Wiener's statement, adding that it was the
computer which had the advantage since it had the ability to store memory away
until needed for the consideration of a new problem. He said that while the
machine starts each new problem from scratch, man carries his past with him
until he dies.

One young scientist at Rockefeller University, Dr. Adam Reed, worked under a

American Association for the Advancement of Science, Dr. Adam Reed said,
Ideally, the computer of the future should be an electronic extension of the
natural brain functioning in parallel with some of the existing brain structures
and using the same program and data languages."

According to Dr. Reed, within two decades it will be possible to encode and
transmit brain waves from a small device implanted inside the skull. It will be
linked by radio control to a large computer with a huge memory bank which, he
said "will have stored in it everything you might want to know about foreign
languages, mathematics, music, history - and any other subject you would want
to add. You'll enjoy instant recall The information stored in your own memory
cells and in your computer will be readily accessible. You won't be able to forget
things... You'll also be able to calculate even the most complicated problems with

But Dr. Reed admitted there were very real dangers to mental freedom posed by
the brain technology now being developed. "It is essential that people be able to
use them [computers] for their own purposes rather than for purposes imposed
on them by the political structure."

While Dr. Reed conceded it was "conceivable that thoughts could be injected" into
a person's mind by the government, he indicated he did not believe it had already
been done. "If the political system changes and massive abuses appear likely," he

Dr. Lawrence Pinneo at the Stanford Research Institute also discouraged the idea
of a conspiracy to create a "psycho-civilized," mind-con trolled society. When
asked if there weren't a real and present danger of government control of the
thoughts of citizens posed by brain-computer technology, Pinneo told a San
Francisco reporter, "Anything is possible. But government could lock us all up
today, so this sort of thing doesn't really change that possibility. It is really up to
us to be vigilant against misuse." 120

Typically, the scientists have not been vigilant enough for the cryptocracy already
has developed remote controlled men who can be used for political assassination
and other dangerous work, as is the cyborg in the "Six Million Dollar Man" - but

398 W.H. Bowart

Cyborgs -- altered and controlled humans - are far less
expensive than fully mechanical robots. Due to the high cost of technology men
are cheaper than machines, and much more expendable.

Among the many reports we've received about this invasive technology, the
following is worth repeating, since many of the EM-Target victims think it's
authentic and say that it fits the phenomena they're suffering. It appeared on
August 15, 1993 on the altmindcontrol newsgroup on the Internet The author

to be autobiographical:

From; Newsgroups: aft.mindcontrol Subject:ESPCIA Date: Aug 15,
1993 Organization: PC-OHIO PCBOARD - Cleveland, OH. Patrick A
Warden CompuServe address 73121,1417

Subject: mind cotnrol and mental telepathy

August 1, 1993

In 1969 Mr. Warden scored in the 98th percentile in a standardized,
high school intelligence test. He was a National Merit Finalist, and
graduated from the University of California at Berkeley with honors.
His background is in the liberal arts with an introduction to the
physical sciences. He again scored in the 98th percentile in the verbal
and mathematical sections of the Graduate Record Exam in 1977. For
what he is about to relate, Mr. Warden was hospitalized twice on
psychiatric wards for paranoid schizophrenia, first for ten days and
then for two weeks, culminating in forced confinement to a state
mental institution for eight months in 1986. Today he works as a

Circa 1980 he was the subject of a recruitment attempt and an
experiment involving mental telepathy, conducted by the Central
Intelligence Agency. Shortly thereafter he was contacted by means of
mental telepathy, operated by the governments of the United States
and other major world powers, in particular, that of the former Soviet
Union. The purpose of the contact was, first, to inform him of the true
nature of the disembodied voices he had been hearing in his mind
that by the medical profession had been ascribed to schizophrenia,
and second, to recruit him as a public relations officer for the CIA and
the Mental Telepathy System (MTS).

The MTS is operational on the public and involves what might
commonly be known as mind control. It is a system of technology
that operates apparently by radio and microwaves, and that can
broadcast voices and sensations, and affect the autonomic nervous
sytem across distances. It is a hardware-based system that involves

Operation Mind Control 399

transmitters, antennas and amplifying devices. Though in its most
primitive form the MTS mimics psychic phenomena, it involves
man-made technology as distinct from whatever natural psychic
phenomena may have occurred throughout time.

Without their knowledge, many people are under the influence of the
MTS, which due sometimes to foreign control, can manifest itself in
the bizarre and disturbing psychopathic outbreaks that appear from
time to time in the news media. The voices that the Son of Sam serial
killer thought he heard from the dog in the backyard of the
neighboring apartment building in the mid-to-late 1970's probably
resulted from he MTS. The foreign student at UC Berkeley who took
hostages at the street cafe around 1991, claiming he was under the
influence of government mind control experiments, also probably was
affected by the MTS. Events such as David Koresh's control over the
Branch Davidian cult in Waco, Texas during 1993 can also fully be
accounted for by, and probably were the result of, his being

BA(

The MTS goes back as far as the time of the Kennedy Administration

assassination. It's actual origins are unclear, but may have had
something to do with Nazi war experiments. In the early 1960's the
Soviet Union had the advantage with this technology, and deployed it
in western nations in the form of a mood altering broadcast wave that
put people under its sway. Known a few years later as the
Biofeedback Transponding Crowd Control System, the Soviet mind
control technology was installed in places such as Berkeley,
California, where it was used for subversive purposes to foment mass

uoIuOubu&uOIIS, QTIO HIH Q IOi Irlw? ITlfl tlQ 'rH I G3CCXlaIluG Quid

quasi-diplomatic efforts to promote understanding and sympathy for
the Soviets among American people. Mental telepathy technology
was the joint and evolving development of the intelligence forces of
the United States, the CIA, and the Soviet KGB. Reflecting the
international tensions between the two countries, it grew in a
manner similar to the competition of the space race, with civilian and
military implications. The Soviets, who had the upper hand on the
mental telepathy technology, used it in the US for espionage and
subversion, trying to gain access to the minds of scientists involved
in government weapons research, and to foment civil unrest and pro
socialist sympathy among the younger generation of Americans.

Faced with the missile gap of the late 1970's, the advances by the
Soviets with their particle beam accelerator, and similar national
defense issues, the Reagan Administration came to power and began

400 W.H. Bowart

a concerted push, known as COINTELPRO -- the counterintelligence
Program. Through COINTELPRO, the defense buildup and the
beginning of the space shuttle program, which was able quickly to
put into orbit more of the intelligence and communications satellites
that operate the MTS at its upper levels; the US was able to gain the
upper hand in the MTS. Truth as we know it in the US won out over
the disinformation propagated by the Soviet mental telepathy system,
known informally as "Vodka.* Since the dissolution of the Soviet Union
the mental telepathy wars conducted between tele paths, or mental
telepathy operatives, of the CIA and the KGB have come to an end,
although why psychopathological outbreaks continue among the
population remains unclear

The American MTS, which was influenced and partially operated by
the KGB in particular during the 1970's, politically fell under the
observation and verification clauses of the SALT I and II treaties.
When it because clear that the Soviets were gaining too much
influence over the American public. SALT II drew increasing
discontent among government leaders and was scuttled. Under the
provisions of SALT, the Soviets were permitted to operate mental
telepathy in diplomatic colony zones such as Berkeley, also known as
■Parifica." The US essentially was blackmailed into accepting the
Soviet proposal of mental telepathy operation in this country, due to
their relative superiority in research and development in the field of
artificial mental telepathy. COINTELPRO recruited a sufficient
number of Americans, however, to develop the American MTS, and

across wide areas, to the point where it effectively could combat the
Soviet Vodka telepathy.

Present control of the MTS is improving, with better mental and
psychological conditions for the telepaths who are affected by it,
because the KGB is no longer intact to propagate its particular brand
of psychological mischief and violence; but because the MTS still
remains under wraps, the heirs of the Soviets, apparently the
Russians and affiliated republics, probably still continue to foment
the violence that periodically erupts in the form of serial killers with
bizarre and demented notions, and other forms of psychopathology in
the news media.

The provisions of the Detente-era treaty governing the MTS and
Vodka hold that Russian telepathy will continue in the US until the
MTS is operated en pleine jour, or in broad daylight without
government camouflage and denial, in the US-or elsewhere in the
world of that matter. In other words, the Russians will continue to
operate

Operation Mind Control 401

government, or someone, "blows the cover" on mental telepathy, and
this new technology becomes public knowledge.

Mental health professionals say that there are approximately two or
three milli ng people in the US who are affected by some form of
schizophrenia or related abnormal mental phenomenon. Many of
these people probably hear voices in their minds, and most of them
probably are under the influence of the MTS and Vodka. The number
of these "subjects" who are fully consciously aware of the MTS, and of
the source and the nature of the voices and visual images, or both,
that they hear and see in their minds, is unclear. A guess at an
estimate places it at from a few to several percent. Thus, there are
probably a few to several tens of thousands of people in the US who
are conscious tele paths, many of them operating in consonance with
the CIA, which is the governmental agency responsible for the MTS.
Among the telepaths there is a code of silence that the MTS itself

_ _ f . , Wmrn mm M ■ i i II i i i i i I - . , 1 *. * a - * _ — mi iiTnjnii.jLl

propagates to preserve appearances and to maintain one s personal
reputation and credibility. Some telepaths seem to make personal
contact with one another and to have their experience of the MTS
thereby confirmed. Other telepaths operate solely by remote control,
as it were, receiving messages and directives only through the voices
and visual images in their minds, and never making objective contact
with anyone else who can substantiate their experience. Still, the
MTS is quite real and apparent to the telepath, and not delusional,
because he or she receives other means of verification, such as
foreknowledge of events before they occur, because the MTS can and
often does orchestrate happenings through other MTS subjects who
are influenced by the MTS, but who are not aware of its actual source
and nature.

THEORY

The human brain emits electromagnetic waves, known to
biofeedback researchers as alpha, beta and delta waves. These fall
into the frequency range of from about 10 to 15 Hz. An
electroencephalogram reveals these waves in the stylus' trace upon
the paper. They have a definite frequency that corresponds to the
mood and mental state of the person. Different parts of the brain
emits slightly different waves, and when EEGs are made and
different traces are obtained from each of the various electrodes
pasted to the person's scalp. When a radio receiver is configured to
tune into these waves on the order of 10-15 HZ, as opposed to the 100
megahertz that household radios receive, then the brain's activity can
be detected.

A wave form analyzer is needed to decode the person's brain waves
and correlate them with the person's speech When the person is put

402 W.H. Bowart

into an excited and energetic state, and prompted to free associate
aloud so that whatever words the person is thinking he also is
speaking, with no cognitive filtering or gap between the word in
thought and the spoken word, then the person's audible speech can
be associated with he brain was that are emanating from the speech
area on the left side of the brain. A speech synthesizing and
recognizing computer is needed to recognize the individual words.
As the subject calibrates the system, individual wave forms
emanating from the person's brain and scalp for each word he is
thinking can be correlated through the wave form analyzer with the
audible sound produced from he person's mouth Each particular
wave form for each particular word can then be used by the computer
to correlate with the individual words in the computer. Then when a
specific word is thought by the subject, the accompanying
electromagnetic wave e manatin g nom nis Drain c an ne detect tea
and received, and analyzed by the wave form analyzer, and then fed
to the computer, so that the computer can recognize in its vocabulary
the particular word the subject is thinking. Once the computer
recognizes the word it can be output or processed in any way the
operators of the computer wish

The telepathy subject can also receive messages in a gimiiwr manner.
Once the person is calibrated so that the computer recognizes which
wave forms correspond to which particular words, those wave forms
can be broadcast tot he subject. Thus, the subject will hear a
particular word in his mind when the appropriate wave form is
transmitted to the proximity of his brain.

In the MTS, computers govern the speech that passes through the
system Certain words can be propagated with increasing frequency
of occurrence, and other words or ideas can be filtered out and
disfavored so that they are not often repeated. By limiting the mental
telepathy vocabulary, communication is facilitated among a wider
range of subjects because they have more n common among their
thinking and fewer idiosyncratic and subjective thoughts. The
simpler is kept the level of thinking, the easier it is for the system to
calibrate the subjects *»r»H to foster mental communication among a
wider number of subjects. Easier than words are to detect and
decode, a person's mood, and agreement or disagreement to a
statement or set of circumstances, can be detected. Thus, at a
rudimentary level, words can be broadcast to a person by the
telepathy computer, and even if that person has not been calibrated,
the waves emanating from t he person's brain can be detected and
correlated with a positive, or truth, disposition; or with a negative, or
lie, disposition By determining which proposition elicits one of

Operation Mind Control 403

dislike or disagreement, the computer can gain a personality profile
of the subject.

While it is fairly easy to understand how electromagnetic waves can
be broadcast from different, distant locations to MTS subjects who
receive them as words in their minds, it is more difficult to
understand how antennas can be brought near enough to the
subjects to detect the relatively weak signals emitted by their brains
amid the background noise and interference from the preponderance
of energy fields in the urban environment. Apparently, power lines,
household wiring and telephone lines play a role in receiving the
signals from subjects' minds. Since any fluctuating energy field
induces a current in a nearby conductor, the household wiring and
telephone lines that are seemingly everywhere could also serve as
antennas for the subjects' brain waves if they were tapped into by
MTS receiver circuits and the extraneous noises were filtered out.
Since this naturally involves greater technical difficulty than
broadcasting thought waves, it is safe to say that more people
receive the MTS signal in their minds than have their thoughts read
and received by the MTS computer. Still, by prompting subjects and
broadcasting to them thoughts that pretend to be their own, the
subjects' simpler states of agreement and pleasure, or disagreement
and dislike, can be detected by the MTS; to pick up verbal thoughts
of the subject, apparently he has to be calibrated according to
something like the above described process.

CONCLUSION

Since the undercover telepathy war between the tele paths of the US
and the CIA, and the telepaths of the Soviet Union and the KGB has
ended with the resolution of the Cold War, telepathy conditions have
improved. While the espionage and subversion aspects of Vodka as
operated by the USSR are no longer as serious as they once were, still
the incidence of telepathy contact does not appear to have
diminished. The level of activity in each telepath's, or subject's, mind
may have decreased to a more comfortable level, but there do not
appear to be a fewer number of people who feel that something
strange is going on in their minds, who have thoughts and mental
phenomenon that appear to them as alien to their usual way of being.

With the apparent success of COINTELPRO and the US government's
policy of containment toward Soviet telepathy, there still appears not
to be any retraction of the basic deployment of the MTS. Under the
Detente-era SALT agreements, the Russians continue to propagate
telepathy in the US and elsewhere, and the CIA in turn must operate
the MTS to counteract Vodka's influence. Lately in the telepathy
system there has been reference to the Artificial Intelligence Program

404 W.H. Bowart

(AIP). AIP would be the equivalent of the CIA and the KGB or the
Russians beating the swords of the undercover telepathy wars
between the MTS and Vodka into plowshares. The MTS could be
used for peaceful and civilian purposes to foster communication
among disparate groups of people. Once it is operated en pleine jour,
the Russians would feel that the agreement between our and their
governments had been fulfilled, and they would withdraw their
telepathy system The CIA could turn off the MST and free thousands
upon thousands, if not millions, of people who have had their lives
and their minds disrupted by thoughts that are not their own. From
the vantage point of one who has been a conscious subject of the
MST for 12 years, and who has been unconsciously under the sway of
friendly and enemy telepathy ever since he had his first
pseudonervous breakdown at the age of 21, telepathy that is
controlled by others beyond one's reach certainly is not any invention
to be heralded. Many people have suffered, and a number of innocent
people have lost their lives at the hands of hapless psychopaths who
stumbled into Vodka's telepathy and were remotely motivated to
commit violent atrocities. Still, AD? holds promise for the future, for it
the US and Russia can emerge from the Cold War as friends and allies
more than as enemies, then the MTS and Vodka will have
accomplished something. If AD? were better controlled by its subject
tele paths, then it would be a development more positive in its
implications than negative. Above all, one's greatest hope should be
for freedom from external control and liberty to enjoy a restored
privacy of the mind.

Disinformation or the real thing? Put it in the research mill and see what else
comes up. Ask some researchers in the former Soviet Union if they've heard of
"Vodka\not the liquor, the mental telepathy machine. Which is what makes me
suspect this memo, despite its serious tone, could be a joke.

When promoting OMC in 1978 1 was on the Gay Bern show in Ireland (a
one-a-week Tonite Show format). I managed to hold the well-read Irish audience's
interest for 20 minutes, which the producer told me was a difficult thing to
accomplish. Following me was John McGuffin who had written The Human
Guinea Pigs a year before. It tells about the British use of mind control
technology in the fields and prisons of Northern Ireland. This time McGuffin was
flogging his new book, Poteen. It was a well-researched, illustrated tome about
the illegal potato liquor which is traditionally made in the bathtubs of Ireland
much as Moonshine is made in the Mountains of Kentucky.

"Mind control," McGuffin said, holding up a glass of poteen, "This is mind
control." Likewise, I'm told that in Russia Vodka ( the alcoholic kind) is the
dominant form of mind self-control.

Operation Mind Control 405

Spanish matador Dr. Jose Delago with a mind-controlled bull (above). He
holds only a radio transmitter in his hand behind the cape. When the bull got
too close he dropped the cape, ( below) and, with bad form, pushed the
button on the transmitter. There was no elegant pass of the toro through his
cape. The bull simply went into reverse. Though the CIA threw money at
Delgado, he was not awarded even a trophy ear for his bullfight
performance/demo of ESB

406 WMBowart

Dr. John Lilly, author of Center of the Cyclone and most noted for his work
with Dolphins, is shown here preparing a monkey for tests by implanting a
stimoceiver into its brain. The movie Day of the Dolphin was based on Lilly's
dolphin research days.

Operation Mind Control 407

28

FROM BIONIC WOMAN TO STIMULATED CAT

In 1967 a writer named Lincoln Lawrence published a book which asked the
question: Was Lee Harvey Oswald a robot-assassin programmed by a sophisticated
technique known as RHIC-EDOM? The letters stood for Radio Hypnotic
Intra-Cerebral Control-Electronic Dissolution of Memory.

Lawrence speculated that Oswald had been behavior-controlled and prepared
during his "defection" to the Soviet Union as a "sleeper" agent programmed to
return to the United States and murder on cue. It was the Manchurian Candidate
theme, with one exception. Lawrence insisted that the Russians had not
masterminded the RHIC-EDOM plan. It had been masterminded, he thought, by
an international cartel of commodities merchants who sought to make millions by
driving the market with the assassination of a president - any president

Lawrence wrote, "Lee Harvey Oswald was to be utilized as... (and now you must
clear your brain and put aside your preconceived notions of what espionage and
sabotage are today)... an RHIC controlled person... somewhat like a mechanical
toy. An RHIC controlled person can be processed (as Oswald was in Minsk,
allowed to travel to any country... and be put to use even years later by the
application of RHIC controls. In short, like the toy, he can in a sense be 'wound
up' and made to perform acts without any possibility of the controller being
detected.

"Under RHIC, a 'sleeper' can be used years later with no realization that the
'sleeper' is even being controlled! He can be made to perform acts that he will
have no memory of ever having carried out In a manipulated kind of kamikaze
operation where the life of the 'sleeper' is dispensable, RHIC processing makes
him particularly valuable because if he is detected and caught before he performs
the act specified... nothing he says will implicate the group or government which
processed and controlled him." 121

Lincoln Lawrence, Were We Controlled? The Assassination of President Kennedy (New York, University Boob,
1967)

408 W.H. Bowart

Mr. Lawrence used as evidence the official Russian records that Oswald had been
admitted to the hospital in Minsk at 10 ajn. on March 30, 1961. The records state
that he was admitted with complaints about suppuration from the right ear and a
weakening in hearing. Lawrence said this was a cover-up for "the real reason" for
Oswald's stay - but there was one oversight He was hospitalized for eleven days
for an 'adenoid' operation. Eleven days for an 'adenoid' removal is, of course,
preposterous. In austere Soviet Russia it was particularly ridiculous!"

What really happened, according to Lawrence, was that during the operation a
small electrode was implanted inside Oswald's mastoid sinus. The electrode
responded to a radio signal which would make audible, inside Oswald's head,
certain electronic commands to which he had already been posthypnotically
conditioned to respond. (The autopsy report in Dallas noted that there was a
small scar on the mastoid sinus behind Oswald's ear.)

In 1967 the idea sounded utterly preposterous. Mr. Lawrence's book, Were We
Controlled! found only a minuscule audience. Lawrence, on the other hand, may
have had much more evidence than he was allowed to present His credentials
indicated he had been "working in liaison with the department of defense."

In 1975 the RHIC-EDOM story surfaced again. This time a Tennessee journalist
said he had been given top secret documents by two former CIA officials whom he
would not identify. The journalist James L Moore, said the papers in his
possession described the details of "a military technique of mind control called
Radio-Hypnotic Intra-Cerebral Control-Electronic Dissolution of Memory."

Moore described the RHIC-EDOM file as a 350 page scientific report, which was
prepared by the CIA immediately after the murder of President John F. Kennedy.
He said it described a way of turning men into electronically controlled robots
programmed to kill on command.

According to Moore, in the initial (RHIC) stage of programming the prospective
killer is put into a deep hypnotic trance, and conditioned to go into trance at the
sound of a specific tone. "A person may be placed under this control with or
without his knowledge, programmed to perform certain actions and maintain
"certain attitudes" whenever he hears the tone. "Effective for a lifetime," Moore
said, "control may be triggered weeks, months, or even years after the first
'hypnosis' and programming."

"Medically," Moore continued, "these radio signals are directed to certain parts of
the brain. When a part of your brain receives a tiny electrical impulse from
outside sources, such as vision, hearing, etc., an emotion is produced - anger at
the sight of a gang of boys beating an old woman, for example. This same
emotion of anger can be created by artificial radio signals sent to your brain by a

Operation Mind Control 409

controller. You could instantly feel the same white hot anger without any
apparent reason."

The second part of the process, electronic dissolution of memory (EDOM), Moore
said, is more complex. "In the brain is a chemical called acetylcholine, which
carries electrical impulses from the eyes, ears, nose, nerve endings etc, to the
part of the brain where memory is located. Memory is nothing more than the
recording of these electrical impulses, and acetylcholine is the path (or 'wire') that
connects the inner brain to the nerves of your eyes and ears... By electronically

sounds. You would then have no memory of what you saw or heard; your mind
would be a blank."

Moore said that according to CIA documents, this method can be used either to
block the memory completely, or to slow it down so events seem to have
happened later than they actually have. According to a knowledgeable CIA source,
this is what happened in Dallas and later in Los Angeles," Moore stated.

Moore quoted his unidentified source as saying, That was the first thought to hit
us at CLA It's pretty obvious Ruby was programmed to kill Oswald, even by
Ruby's own words... As for Sirhan there is no other explanation; it's a proven fact
that his memory has been completely erased."

"The assassination of John Kennedy," Moore said "was carried out by disgruntled
CIA and FBI personnel, using Mafia and Cuban exile flunkies." 122

The claims of James L Moore would sound fantastic were it not for the
abundance of information to support the possibility of their validity.

The Helms memo to the Warren Commission mentioned something called
"biological radio communication." Although the term was not fully explained,
Helms related it to ESB: "Current research indicates that the Soviets are
attempting to develop a technology for control in the development of behavioral
patterns among the citizenry of the USSR in accordance with politically
determined requirements of the system. Furthermore, the same technology can
be applied to more sophisticated approaches to the 'coding' of information for
transmittal to population targets in the 'battle for the minds of men.'"

It seems entirely possible that the "radiomagnetic waves" Moore referred to and
the "biological radio communication" Helms referred to may be one and the same.
Both terms probably describe waves radiated in the electromagnetic spectrum.
Both sound waves and radio waves have been studied for their coercive effect on
the mind. Ultrasonics are sound waves, traveling in a medium different from the
radio medium.

James Moore, Modtm Ptopie. August 18. 1975.

410 W.H.Bowart

A 1951 MKULTRA CIA memo also described what could be related to
RHIC-EDOM. There is no reason to believe that Russia and some the satellites
have not investigated the effects of ultrasonics on man, perhaps to the extent of
its possible use in the future for interrogation purposes. We have no reports
which indicate past use of ultrasonics on prisoners for this purpose, but its
possible use should be taken into consideration."

Meanwhile, ultrasonics research was underway. Drs. W. Fry and R. Meyers of the
University of Illinois used focused ultrasonic waves to make brain lesions of a very
controlled size. Their research, conducted in 1961, demonstrated the great
advantage of ultrasonics over the psycho-surgical techniques which implanted
electrodes in the brain. By using low-energy sound beams, Fry and Meyers
stimulated or destroyed neural tissue at the point of focus of the beams without
cutting or drilling into the brain.

A few years later Dr. Peter Lindstrom at the University of Pittsburgh used a single
unfocused sonic beam to destroy fiber tracts without damaging the nerve cells
next to them. Lindstrom used this "prefrontal sonic treatment" as a substitute for
lobotomy, to destroy fiber tracts in the frontal lobes of patients who had either

1 M|A|MaA*U J* nnin am ■ - - - *- * - I * -J ! J

untrea table pain or severe psychiatric disorders.

The cryptocracy's secret funds and guidance directed a number of research
projects into the effects on the brain of various vibrations beyond the perception
of ordinary human senses. In one experiment recommended by Norbert Wiener,
a sheet of tin was suspended from the ceiling and connected to a generator
working at ten cycles per second. When large field strengths of one or two volts
per centimeter (a very minute amount) were oscillating at the alpha frequency of
the human brain, extremely unpleasant sensations were reported by the volunteer
subjects.

Scientists at the Brain Research Institute of the University of California took up
the investigation of the effects of oscillating fields, subjects showed measurable
degeneration in performance of simple tasks.

These and other experiments led the cryptocracy to study the effects of
very-low-frequency sound (VLF) -the opposite of ultrasonics - as an instrument
of war. Research revealed there is a natural wave guide between the ionosphere
and the earth which could be used to propagate very-low-frequency radiation and
guide it to selected locations on the earth. Studies showed this low-frequency
sound subtly affected the electrical behavior of the brain in much the same way
Dr. Adey's studies had shown.

The alpha-wave frequency of the human brain is from eight to twelve hertz (cycles
per second). The ionospheric wave guide oscillates at eight hertz, making it a
good harmonic carrier of low-frequency sound (LFS) waves. These are such long

Operation Mind Control 411

waves that they are virtually impossible to detect Pentagon reports apply LFS to
demobilizing the productive capacity of a civilian population in time of war.

Dr. Frank Bamaby, Director of the Stockholm International Peace Research
Institute, suggested what the cryptocracy already knew: "If methods could be
devised to produce greater field strengths of such low-frequency oscillations,
either by natural (for example, lightning) or artificial means, then it might
become possible to impair the performance of a large group of people in selected
regions over extended periods." 123

Since Anton Mesmer's early experiments with animal magnetism, Western
scientists have known that monotonous rhythms produce drowsiness and open
the individual to hypnotic induction. Scientists found that flashing a strobe light
at a certain frequency could induce epileptics to have seizures. Subjected to
ultrasonic or very-low-frequency sound in harmony with alpha rhythms, an entire
population might be lulled into a state of drowsiness by the unperceived waves,
and radio and television - the normal channels of mass hypnosis - could implant
suggestions to control the behavior of entire nations.

Soviet scientists have used electronic fields applied outside the head to induce and
enhance the qualities of sleep. Their most widely publicized device is the
"electrosone." It permits low frequency pulses to be applied to the cerebral cortex
through mild electrical stimulation - electrical current sent through electrodes
placed on the eyelids and behind the ears. The Soviets claim this technique,
called electronarcosis, can give the benefits of a full night's sleep in only two or
three hours. The sleep is induced rapidly and is so deep the subject wakes up as
fully refreshed and invigorated as if he had slept an entire night

Radiation has also leapt into the vanguard of mind control technology. The
Soviets have been studying the effects of microwave radiation since 1933. They
have found that among other things, microwaves can affect the central nervous
system. They have also discovered that microwave radiation, even of low
intensity, can seriously alter the normal rhythm of brain waves, causing
hallucinations and drastic perceptual changes, including a loss of the sense of
time. In biological studies, they found that exposure to microwaves causes
changes in protein composition and white blood cells. A number of endocrine
responses are also altered by microwave radiation, including the activities of the
thyroid and other glands. And, lastly, microwaves can cause maternal lactation to
cease and in some cases male sterility.

In 1962 when the CIA discovered the U.S. Embassy in Moscow was being
irradiated with microwaves, the cryptocracy reacted with silence. For years the
U.S. government knew about the Russian research but appeared to ignore it
Perhaps they feared any claim that microwave radiation could affect human

Punk Barmby. Nor SdtnUti. June 17. 1976.

412 W.H. Bowart

behavior would bring great restrictions on the use of radar, microwave relays, and
on booming microwave oven sales. But a less obvious reason suggests itself: the
cryptocracy did not want to draw attention to its own use of radiation in mind
control.

In May, 1968, General Electric announced it was recalling 90,000 color TV sets
which were emitting excessive amounts of dangerous X-rays. This set the gears
in motion for Senate hearings on the problem of radiation effects. But the
cryptocracy still protected its interests; the Defense Department sent two high
ranking medical officers from each branch of the armed forces to assure the
senators that safeguards to military sponsored research into the biological effects
of radiation had been adequate. They testified that nobody in the armed forces
was being exposed to hazardous amounts of radiation.

Meanwhile, the microwave bombardment of the U.S. embassy continued, and the
CIA acted as if it knew nothing at all about radiation effects, denying there was
even a problem.

Yet in 1964, when Dr. Milton Zaret, an ophthalmologist at New York University's
Bellevue Medical Center, published a paper reporting that there were harmful
biological and behavioral affects to micro-radiation, the CIA immediately came
around to ask Zaret some questions.

They wanted to know whether he thought electro-magnetic radiation beamed at
the brain from a distance could affect the way a person might act Dr. Zaret told
the CIA that from what he'd read in the Soviet literature on the subject it seemed
quite conceivable that microwaves could produce behavioral changes. On another

be used to "facilitate brainwashing."

In early 1965 the CIA informed Dr. Zaret that the Russians had been irradiating
the American embassy. Later Zaret was called to attend a special meeting at the
Institute for Defense Analysis in Arlington, Virginia. There he met a number of
people from the Defense Department's Advanced Research Projects Agency who
were also working on the problem of radiation.

Subsequently Dr. Zaret and others set out to duplicate the conditions of
micro-radiation in the embassy. "I remember in one experiment we succeeded in
replicating a Czechoslovakian study of behavioral effect in rats, but also observed
some unique convulsions in these animals prior to death." When Dr. Zaret
relayed that information to Washington he received a telegram from the CIA
ordering him not to pursue the investigation any further. 124

Paul Brodeur, The *«r Yorker, December 13. 1976.

Operation Mind Control 413

In May, 1972, Jack Anderson broke the "Moscow Signal" story, which had been
kept secret for ten years: the Russians were bombarding the American embassy in
Moscow with micro-radiation. Anderson speculated the CIA had been trying to
cover up the fact that the Russians were trying to brainwash American diplomats
by microwave bombardment He implied (probably correctly) the CIA had created
the cover-up to protect its own secrets 01 mind control by irradiation.

After the disclosure, Anderson came under heavy attack from representatives of
both the military and industry. There were loud protests from the microwave
oven manufacturers, but no one refuted the brainwashing angle of
micro-radiation. The story lay dormant until June of 1977, when it was
announced that teams of scientists at the University of Utah and the University of
Washington had received grants from the National Institute of Environmental
Health Sciences to study the effects of chronic low-level microwave exposure. Dr.
Om P. Gandhi, professor of electrical engineering and bioengineering at Utah said,
"Most U.S. scientists are still quite skeptical of the Soviet studies."

As hypnotists had done over the years, many scientists expressed doubt that
electronic, conic, or radiation techniques would ever be used for such purposes.

The reports of new technical developments for brain stimulation have led to a
concern that it will be used as the basis of an 'electroligarchy' where people could
be virtually enslaved by controlling them from within their own brains... there is
actually little foundation for the belief that brain stimulation could be used as a
political weapon," Dr. Elliot S. Valenstein said. "It doesn't make sense. Anyone
influential enough to get an entire population to consent to having electrodes
placed in its head would already have his goal without firing a single volt" 125

Dr. Willard Gaylin agreed, saying, "Electrode implantation or surgical ablation of
the brain sections as a direct means of political control seems unlikely - much
less a threat for example, than drugs. Such an individualized and dramatic
procedure hardly seems suited to the enslavement of populations or the
robotization of political leaders. Drugs, brainwashing by control of the media,
exploitation of fears through forms of propaganda, and indoctrination through the
sources of education, particularly if preschool education or neonatal
conditioning... becomes an approved practice, all seem more likely methods of
totalitarian control." 126

The British biochemist Dr. Steven Rose issued a similar objection: "Unlike ancient
maps marked 'here be monsters,' there will not be... brains transplanted into
bodies or bottles, thought memory or mind control, telepathic communication or
genetic engineering, artificial intelligence or robots... I believe them impossible -
or at least improbable; more importantly because scientific advance and its

"* Elliot Vilerotrin. Brain Control, (New York. Wiley, 1973)

* Wilbrd M. G»yha Joel S. Meuter. »nd Robert C. Neville, ed^ operatmg or. tf* >W (New York. B*»c Book*.

1975)

414 W.H. Bowart

attendant technology only comes about in response to social constraints and
social demands. Because there are at present no or few social demands in the
direction of these lurid potential developments, they do not represent, in a world
beset with crises and challenges to human survival, serious contenders for our
concern." 127

Of course, when science is developed in a piecemeal, compartmentalized fashion,
as it is under the direction of the cryptocracy , no social constraints come into
play. Where the public is kept ignorant, and where scientists themselves are
manipulated by the grant system, the balance upon which Dr. Rose relies is
absent

On the other hand, for every scientist who denies mind control exists or will ever
exist, there is one who sees it as a desirable form of social control. Social
psychologist Kenneth B. Clark appears to be one of those men.

Expressing the fear of the nuclear age, and the group paranoia of the Cold
Warriors, Clark said, "Given the urgency of the immediate survival problem, the
psychological and social sciences must enable us to control the animalistic,
barbaric and primitive propensities in man and subordinate these negatives to the
uniquely human moral and ethical characteristics of love, kindness, and
empathy... We can no longer afford to rely solely on the traditional pre-scientific
attempts to contain human cruelty and destructiveness."

Clark suggested that behavior control requirements be imposed on all
"power-controlling leaders," and even those who aspire to such leadership. He
would require them to accept and submit to "biochemical intervention which
would assure their positive use of power and reduce or block the possibility of
using power destructively.

"It would assure," Clark said, "that there would be no absurd or barbaric use of
power. It would provide the masses of human beings with the security that their
leaders would not sacrifice them on the altars of their personal ego." 124

But if there were a mind-controlled President in the White house ( and there, by
now, may well have been one — certainly Reagan came close), what guarantee
would we have that the cryptocracy would not use such access for purely selfish
motives? Obviously, submission to any form of mind control by politicians could
lead to Clark's "masses of human beings" being sacrificed not on the altars of
personal ego but on the altars of national security.

There seems to be a good deal of cultural momentum leading toward a cybernetic
anthill society. If we can draw any inference from the numerous predictions

Steven Rcwe, The COmaous Bratn (New York. Knopf. 1976)

Keneth Cterk. Amcnam f*dMb»M Aaodatkm Mentor. Octolxr, 1971.

Operation Mind Control 415

made by men of accomplishment in our society, it is that direct brain-computer
interface, the cyborg, and the resulting mass mind control are on the horizon.

D.G. Brennan, member of the Hudson Institute, mathematician, and expert on
national security problems, predicted: "Computers as Sophisticated as the human
brain will be small enough to be carried in a shoe box." 129

Arthur C. Clarke, science-fiction writer, predicted: The first intelligent computer
will be the last machine man will need to make - and quite possible the last he'll
be permitted to make." 130

Gerald Feinberg, professor of physics at Columbia University, predicted: It will be
possible to tinker with the brain ~ to make the human memory more reliable and
accessible at the expense, say, of breadth in sensory responses." 131

Olaf Helmer, founding member of Institute for the Future, predicted: "Slave
robots are likely to appear. It may also be possible to devise a way for a
disembodied brain to be kept alive so it can give instruction to a robot which will
act as its body." 132

Stephen Rosen, a research scientist at IBM, predicted the unification of physical
medicine ( like drugs and organtransplants) with behavioral techniques (like
biofeedback, cybernetic learning, and psychology).

And there is Jose Delgado, who predicted - among other things - the coming of a
psycho-civilized society. Delgado also said that the fundamental question of the
future would be "who is going to exert the power of behavior control?" And even
Delgado, a true believer in ESB, issued a warning that in the future the
cryptocracy would have to be curtailed. It is ...essential that relevant information
not be restricted to a small elite, but be shared by all." 133

Whether created by the use of hypnosis, drugs, behavior modification, electronic
or sonic brain stimulation, or through a combination of these tool of
psycho-science, the cyborg is stalking us in our dreams. And just as life imitates
art, men live out their dreams in their waking state.

The dream, expressed by the prophetic visions of men from all walks of life, is of a
time when the machine or the drug will take over and relieve man of his difficult
burden of self responsibility. For better or worse, self responsibility ~ where each
individual acts consciously, and accepts the consequences of his own actions - is
the stuff of which freedom is made.

tavid W*Uechir*ky wd Irving W»IUc*,77* flropfc'i Almanac (DoubWiy. 1975)

m

416 W.H. Bowart

The prophecies of poets, writers, scientists, and futurists express what can be
considered a regressive, devolutionary myth. Sprung from the complexity of
technological life, where self-responsibility is largely directed by propaganda and
indoctrination, where an ignorant rather than an enlightened public is desired,
the majority of responsible actions can result only in cultural disaster. This, in
turn, adds to the frustration of the individual who, weighing all the facts - or
what were presented as facts - thought he had made the best choice possible.
When these decisions, based on false information, are shown to result in negative
effects, the frustration of the individual grows. Weariness eventually sets in, and
the individual becomes willing to surrender his self responsibility and eagerly
awaits his liberation by some authoritarian figure.

In the past such people as Hitler, Lenin, or Mao Tse Tung were high profile father
figures who inspired trust and surrender by the masses. In the modem
technological miasma, a nameless, faceless cryptocracy is manipulating world
politics.

The cryptocracy supports only those foreign and domestic leaders who are
sycophants of secrecy. Of necessity keeping a low profile, the cryptocracy can
inspire neither the allegiance nor the surrender which was inspired by the
previous exploiters of the cult of personality. Thus, with no human image
representing benevolent authority, the masses embrace a substitute father figure
— technology. The dream of test tube babies, genetically engineered children, and
electronically controlled parents visits the collective unconscious and manifests
itself in the way we see the future and in the mysticism of the day.

Even Uri Geller, the Houdini of parapsychology, seems to be expressing this very
myth. His supposedly occult powers, he says, come from contact with beings
who present themselves as "deliverers" from outer space. With superior
intelligence, they manifest all forms of telepathy, telekinesis, and teleportation,
and have told Mr. Geller that they are pure mind, maintained throughout eternity
by machines which traverse the universe and transcend time and space.

As the psychologist Erich Fromm said, "A specter is stalking in our midst whom
only a few see with clarity. It is not the old ghost of communism or fascism. It is
a new specter, a completely mechanized society, devoted to maximal material
output and consumption, directed by computers; and in this social process, man
himself is being transformed into a part of the total machine, well fed and
entertained, yet passive unalive, and with little feeling. With the victory of the
new society, individualism and privacy will have disappeared; feelings toward
others will be engineered by psychological conditioning and other devices, or
drugs." 134

Erich Promra. the Revolution of Hope (Hirper. 1968)

Operation Mind Control 417

Fromm is talking about the new myth, which anticipates a time when the
machine or the drug will manipulate the human mind and relieve man of his
difficult burden of freedom. From the new mythology comes the public tolerance
of the cryptocracy as well as the hero worship of such figures as James Bond, the
Six Million Dollar Man, and the Bionic Woman. Everywhere in modem literature
and art and in the mass entertainment media, one can see the expressions of the
modem myth of the techno-eroticism and the dark shadow of the priesthood of
secrecy. There is so much of it in the media, in fact, one has to suspect the
American public is deliberately being desensitized to the concept of mind control
and the "psycho-civilized" society.

The cryptocracy has gone to absurd lengths to develop remote controlled beings.
Victor Marchetti revealed the CIA had once tried to create a cyborg cat He said
the Agency wired a feline for sound in an attempt to use the pet for eavesdropping
purposes. The cat was first altered electronically so it would function as a
listening device in areas where potential enemy agents would be discussing covert
plots.

But problems developed, Marchetti said, and the cat had to be rewired. The cat
would wander away from its target area, as cats will, looking for food. The CIA
fixed that by inserting wires directly into the hunger center of the cat's brain. The
wires were attached to a radio receiver which would suppress the hunger pangs by
remote control. But once that problem was solved, the CIA found the cat needed
more circuitry in its brain to control its natural urges. After the hunger center
was turned off, the cat still would wander away, this time following the sex
instinct The CIA planted more electrodes into the sex center of the cat's brain.

After the electronic feline was at last ready for its assignment it was turned loose
on the street and was followed by a CIA support van loaded with electronic
monitoring gear. However, before any conversations could be picked up,
Marchetti said, "the poor thing got run over by a taxicab."

The future should come as no surprise. In 1976 Science Digest reported that
there was a robot population explosion in the United States, with some 6,000
mechanical humanlike machines performing simple human tasks. According to
the publication,"within the next thirty years there will be more robot than human
workers in America." And the proof that everything has lived up to the timetable is
that there are no robots among the breadlines of the homeless. When you see a
big clumsy robot holding a cardboard sign that says, "will work for oiL." you'll
know that things have changed again.

The typical state of robotdom is still very expensive. Most use television to "see"
and to review their work. A number of robots in service are busy building other
robots. A Robot Institute of America was in existence in the 1970's. Now, in the
'90's micromachines are approaching the size of viruses. Soon entire microscopic

418 W.H. Bowart

factories will be turning out other, even

scale of atoms. While definately a boon to the computer industry, this technology
will also be injectable into the human body, for better or worse.

Situation comedies and children's cartoon shows embody the cyborg myth and
condition the individual to accept the day when wires will enter his brain -- wires
hidden inside the skull: clandestine circuitry for covert cyborgs. The most
influential science fiction work today describes cyberspace and "virtual reality."
(The real is no longer good enough?)

Bestselling books by writers such as William Gibson, Bruce Sterling and others
romanticize a cybernetic reality. Philip K. Dick is enjoying a postumous literary
revival. One of his books, VALIS ( acoronym of Vast Active Living Intelligence
System) is a highly literate description of the things the "survivors" of the
so-called MTS are describing. "... A perturbation in the reality field in which a
spontaneous self-monitoring negentropic vortex is formed, tending progressively
to subsume and incorporate its environment into arrangements of information.
Characterized by quasi-consciousness, purpose, intelligence, growth and an
armillary coherence... 135 " MTV is running an action adventure series called "Dead
at 21* , about a young man with a microchip implanted in his brain being tracked
by the signals it gives off. The hero with the microchip implant is pursued by
some corrupt cryptocracy. Does this mean the myth of surrender to control by
technology is being glorified as the highest aim of the twentieth century version
of the American Dream - or is it another nightmare erupting into life?

What once was the American Dream is turning into a cybernetic nightmare in
more ways than one. As Poet Richard Brautigan said, trying to find hope in this
new myth: ... one day we may all be "watched over by machines of loving grace."
Of couse you have to take into account that, despite his optimism, Brautigan

Phillip K. Dick. Vats. (Hem York, lrf Vintage Books, 1991)

Operation Mind Control 419

Every elderly person who is taken into long term care in either an old-people's home or a
hospital is injected with this transmitter. It then transmits a radio wave which penetrates their
brains, inducing amnesia, weakening their immune system and in general increasing their
vulnerability to disease. The inhumanity of connecting elderly defenceless people i
to computers has been going on for at least ten years, the details being published, i
the illustration above, in a book entitled "Den Maktfullkomliga Olormagan" (The Despotic In-
competence) by Jan Freese. He was director-general of Data Inspection for thirteen years and has
a thorough knowledge of this covert development

r

After the injection of the transmitter, researchers take over and use these elderly people in
experiments which last the rest of their lives. The interaction between human brains and
computers is fundamental to the development of the "information society" and is also the
most significant of all state secrets. It is, moreover, quite plainly a serious breach of human
rights, for such systematic exploitation shows a complete disregard for a person's right to privacy
as innocent people are forced to serve as biological material for an excessive and unrestricted
research programme. The advance towards the technocratic society, governed by new social
norms that breed inhumanity, goes hand in glove with state hegemony. As a natural
consequence, covert surveillance systems able to control the neurological activity of the
brain have been developed in secret and beyond public awareness-

Operation Mind Control 420

29

INVISIBLE WARFARE

Since this book first appeared in 1978 there has been a rapid acceleration in
public awareness about mind control. It has largely replaced the term
"brainwashing" in the press, appearing with some regularity on the front pages of
your local daily newspaper. If you are laboring under the impression that the
Church Committee hearings stopped Operation Mind Control, in these pages you
have learned of evidence to the contrary. Instead of halting mind control, a whole
new kind of warfare has developed around it The new technology makes the old
"Project Monarch" style classical conditioning obsolete. It is the reason so many
survivors are remembering and are allowed to talk. They are no longer needed,
and there's a better way to control minds.

Public awareness has been outrun by the progress in mind control technology. It
has gone from drugs and hypnosis to the effects of microwaves, ELF waves,
gravity waves, and modulated signals of all kinds. The basics are the same in all
techniques - the government programmers sneak into the subconscious mind of
individuals and the masses and influence them without their knowledge or
consent

It works the same way hypnosis works, in fact whether aided by drugs, a variety
of signals or waves, the objective is the same, to talk to the 90% of us that is
asleep but automatically in charge of our lives most of the time. It is difficult to
get a person to change through reason. All the logical persuasion, discussion and
argument possible has a small chance of changing a person's core beliefs. But it
is easy to get a person to change by an applied covert use of language spoken to
the unconscious.

Certain frequencies make the majority of people suggestible. Modulated
frequencies can be embedded behind music as messages which are constructed of
ordinary language, carefully chosen, framed in the positive. "You are thirsty.
Drink Coca-Cola," used in such a context will show coke sales to be positively
affected.

We are bathed in an environment of invisible wave stimulus, from radio waves,
television waves, cellular phone waves, microwaves, powerline electromagnetic
waves and gravity waves. Who notices? And if the waves act as a carrier for a

421 W.H.Bowart

if part of them is modulated to carry a voice, sensitive individuals will hear
but most won't They'll just act on them.

since the days of Ancient China's legendary warlord, Sun Tzu. It was developed in
India and refined through succeeding civilizations of Egypt, China, the Mayan
Empire, Greece, Rome, Medieval Europe, Nazi Germany, Soviet Russia, Red China
and finally in the United States. As early as 1900 the U.S. had access to patents
and theories which are just now being understood Their inventor was none other
than Nicola Tesla the man who worked for both the Edison and Westinghouse
Companies, the man who invented the famous Tesla coil and alternating current
The man whose inventions laid the groundwork for TV, radio, telegraphy,
electronic surveillance, Dictaphones, air purifiers, death rays and even a
technology for the solution for our current energy crisis.

Of course technology is neutral, it can be used to enrich and empower the human
spirit or it can be used to enslave it There still is much to learn about the
electromagnetic spectrum and its effect on humanity's collective mind and body.

"It may be hard to convince ourselves that something we can't see, hear, touch,
taste, or smell can still hurt us so dreadfully," Dr. Robert Becker and/or Gary
Selden wrote in the landmark work The Body Electric.™ "Yet the fact must be
faced, just as we've learned a healthy fear of nuclear radiation. Certain scientist
some perhaps acting in a program of deliberate disinformation, keep telling the
public that we still don't know whether electropollution is a threat to human
health. That's simply not true. Certainly we need to know more, but a multitude
of risks have been well documented.

ELF electromagnetic fields vibrating at about 30 to 100 hertz, even if they're
weaker than the earth's field, interfere with the cues that keep our biological
cycles properly timed: chronic stress and impaired disease resistance result.
Second, the available evidence strongly suggests that regulation of cellular growth
processes is impaired by electropollution, increasing cancer rates and producing
serious reproductive problems. Electromagnetic weapons constitute a third class
of hazards culminating in climatic manipulation from a sorcerer's-apprentice level
of ignorance."

That was the firm conclusion in 1985, after ten years of study. Andwhat's the
conclusion after ten years of experimentation upon U.S. citizens (or is it subjects
now) who, history demonstrates, are thought of as so many "rats" in the
cryptocracy's maze?

In the late 1970's, while the military was vigorously denying the very existence of
bioeffects from electromagnetic-field exposure, Dr. Robert Becker writes, "such

°» Becker, Robert 0, and Seklea G*ry; The Bods Eiecbnc. Ekdrvmaonebsm And The Foundation of Life, , Willum

Morrow, New York, 19&5.

Operation Mind Control 422

weapons with the

enormous advantage of being totally silent and ir

The EMP [electro-magnetic puke] concept has been extended through the
development of devices that generate EMP pulses without the need for nuclear
explosions. Such devices could be deployed for use against enemy command and
control centers or against aircraft in order to produce failure in electronic
equipment A derivative of this program is HPM (high-powered pulsed microwave,
a system producing intense, extremely short pulses of microwave. Several types,
ranging in frequency from 1200 MHz to 35 GHz with powers up to 1000
megawatts, are being tested. These are also being considered for potential use as
weapons against human beings.

"A report derived from the testing program of the Microwave Research
Department at the Walter Reed Array Institute of Research states:

Microwave energy in the range of 1 to 5 GHz, a militarily important
range, penetrates all organ systems of the body ad thus puts all
organ systems at risk. 1 ' Effects on the central nervous system are
considered very important. The testing program, begun in 1986, is

(2) prompt stimulation through auditory effects;

(3) work interference/ stoppage effects;

(4) effects on stimulus-controlled behavior.

The report goes on to state, "Microwave pulses appear to couple to the central
nervous system and produce stimulation similar to electrical stimulation
unrelated to heat" It appears that HPM is capable of altering behavior in the same
fashion as Delgado's electrical stimulation.

The production of cognitive and behavioral alterations by HPM," Dr. Becker
writes, "is a sledgehammer effect in comparison to the subtle alterations produced
by ELF fields.

According to an 1982 Air Force review of biotechnology, ELF has a number of
potential military uses, including "dealing with terrorist groups, crowd control,
controlling beaches in security at military installations, and antipersonnel
techniques in tactical warfare." The same report states, "(Electromagnetic]
systems would be used to produce mild to severe physiological disruption or
perceptual distortion or disorientation. They are silent, and countermeasures to
them may be difficult to develop."

Becker's protest is rare among qualified research scientists. "Anew class of
weapons, based on electromagnetic fields, has been added to the muscles of the
military organism," he said. The C3I [command control, communications, and

423 W.H. Bowart

intelligence] doctrine is still growing and expanding. It would appear that the
military may yet be able to completely control the minds of the civilian
population."

Exhibiting unusual courage for a man in his position, Dr. Becker cautions: "I have
made no attempt here to review in any detail the relationship between military
considerations and the hazards of man-made electromagnetic fields. This
complex and dangerous situation lies outside the scope of this book, except for an
indication of how the political policies derived from it have effectively hampered
the public recognition of the hazards. In ray opinion, the military establishment
still believes that the survival of the military organism is worth the sacrifice of the
lives and health of large segments of the American population." 137

The cryptocracy wants us to caD it Non-Lethal Weaponry or No-Kill Warfare. More
appropriate is the term Invisible Weaponry or Warfare. It began to be used on the
common man in the 70's, after it was announced that the Soviet's were caught
red-handed, beaming microwaves at the U.S. Embassy in Moscow. Oddly enough,
they'd been doing it for over twenty years, triggering cancer, heart problems,
cataracts, and emotional stress among Embassy staff and employees and either
nobody cared, or nobody noticed.

It was while sweeping the embassy for bugs, they said, that security personnel
detected a microwave beam aimed straight at the embassy in 1962. These sweeps
are usually frequent, and technology which can detect microwave radiation goes
back to the 40's or earlier. Supposedly, the reports say, the Pentagon and the U.S.
Intelligence Community became "alarmed at the possibility of neurological and
behavioral effects" this might have on diplomatic personnel in 1962. Then they
took a wait-and-see posture. They kept the knowledge secret from the suffering
embassy staff for 12 more years.

It wasn't that the cryptocracy did nothing. The CIA launched Project Pandora,
which was aimed at understanding the Soviet's motives for the microwave attack.
The extensive investigation which was Pandora revealed the Soviet's had been

and mental effects of microwaves.

By the summer of 1965, a Pentagon-affiliated think tank, Institute for Defense
analysis, convened a special task force to replicate Soviet experiments and analyze
the problem. Or so the official history goes. The Defense Advanced Research
Projects Agency (DARPA) began experimenting on rhesus monkeys with
microwaves at Walter Reed Army Research Institute. The results are still classified
Top Secret but from duplicate studies we have learned that microwaves cause
profound effects on the central nervous system and have changed behavior in
rhesus monkeys.

Becker. Robert 0.. Cross Currents. Tircber. Us Angeles. 1990.

Operation Mind Control 424

At a summit meeting at Glassboro, New Jersey during June, 1967, President
Lyndon Johnson asked Soviet Premier Alexi Kosygin to halt the Moscow Signal. In
1969, leading microwave scientists gathered at the University of Virginia Medical
College at Richmond for a three day symposium on Biological Effects and Health
Implications of Microwave Radiation. Microwave authority Dr. Karel Marha of
Czechoslovakia declared that microwave bioeffects included pains in the head and
eyes, fatigue and overall weakness, dizziness and vertigo, poor night sleep,
irritability, fear, hypochondria, tension, depression, inhibition of intellectual
functions, and decreased memory. Yet, most of those at the symposium ignored
the subject of human bioeffects. Radomline Research biophysicist Dr. Allan H.
Frey was more than interested, However. Frey had determined that humans could
actually hear pulsed microwaves at frequencies ranging from 300 to 3,000
megahertz.

But, it was not until Jack Anderson broke the "Moscow Signal" story in 1972 that
the public learned the truth about the insidious new possibilities for controlling
the minds of millions. Several months after Anderson's microwave column, the
Soviets accused the U.S. of irradiating chess wizard Boris Spaas ky with electronic
devices, causing him to lose a championship match to Bobby Fischer. On
February 7, 1976, the Los Angeles Times quoted U.S. Ambassador Walter J.
StoesseL Jr., as telling his staff that the microwaves could cause leukemia, skin
cancer, cataracts, and emotional illness. Stoessel himself was reportedly suffering
from a mysterious illness resembling leukemia which caused bleeding in the eyes
and nausea. Two of his predecessors at the embassy died of cancer. According to
National Security Advisor Zibnew Brezhinski, U.S. embassy personnel in Moscow
suffer the highest cancer rate in the world. We can only assume that the Soviets
have now, at least, stopped bombarding the embassy. Project Pandora still
remains classified.

The U.S., of course, was not as ignorant about the potential use of microwave
weaponry as it appeared. In 1957 the CIA and Pentagon began a project known as
River Styx which revealed the decade long effort to coordinate various Pentagon,
corporations, university and intelligence agencies and at the same time keep the
lid on their intentions.

The code name River Styx, was taken from Greek mythology. The newly dead
souls of ancient Greece had to ford two streams before they were admitted into
Hades. The first, the River Lethe, erased all memory of having lived in the minds
of those immersed in its waters. The second, the River Styx, baptized the newly
deceased Greek, making the soul "dead forever" and admitting it through the
gates of Hades.

"Should developments in this type of weapon be undertaken and should they
become known to the public, charges from public and foreign sources that this is
an atrocity weapon may be made and should be anticipated." Thus, naturally,
when the cryptocracy began to leak the fact of their now operational capabilities in

425 W.K Bowart

the 90's it was in terms of "non-lethal", kindly warfare, anti-terrorist and mob
control technology.

But, with ghoulish humor, the creators of the River Styx Project had the last
laugh. Supposedly the first invisible weapons design, River Styx was conceived as
a way of stopping the Soviet Cavalry as it launched an overwhelming tank attack
against Western Europe. Large microwave dishes mounted on half tracks would
be secreted in the woods and would triangulate the advancing Soviet army while
on the move or while bivouacked. This, the documents said, would:" grossly
degrade bodily functions" of "the brain, the testes, the eyes, and like organs."

Further, the creators of these weapons claimed "there are paraphysical advantages
that may accrue to the country and allied nations from the early realization of
military applications of these effects." According to one Pentagon study, the Army
conducted microwave experiments which produced third degree bums on the
"subjects" at the Medical Research Lab at Fort Knox, Kentucky. General Electric,
building on its earlier independent developments of antipersonnel microwave
weapons, participated in Project COMET which researched the psychological
effects of EMR. These projects spanned the EMR spectrum from radiowaves to
microwaves.

River Styx, however, may have been just one of the many dummy projects backed
by the cryptocracy. As Fletcher Prouty told us: "Whenever the CIA was supporting
some important secret project, it would fund a number of dummy projects which
looked just like the real one on the surface. They were thinking twenty years
ahead, even before the Freedom of Information Act They knew that they were
going to have to 'come dean' on things, and they wanted to have enough dummy
projects in their files so that the public would never learn about the real ones."

We learned from a prominent European microwave scientist (employed by NATO
at the time of our interview, she asked to remain anonymous) that the supposed
River Styx "barrier weaponry" could be defended against simply by covering the
body with aluminum foil At your own peril you might try putting a piece of foil in
your microwave weapon and you'll get a graphic if dangerous demo of how
microwave's bounce off of metal. The River Styx mircrobeams never would have
penetrated the tanks against which they were designed to defend.

"A powerful radio signal that may be affecting human health has been monitored
in several Eugene (Oregon) locations and in the air three thousand feet above the
city," proclaimed the Eugene Register-Guard on March 26, 1978. "The source of
the radio signal is unknown." thus came to light news of the first electromagnetic
biohazard suffered by a major population center in America.

Shortly before the Register-Guard printed that, a middle-aged Eugene man,
Walter Deposkey, came down with symptoms remarkably similar to those

Operation Mind Control 426

attributed to microwave sickness. He noted a strange vibration emanating from
within his home. He heard voices. He could not sleep. He suffered burning of his
cornea. University of Oregon industrial hygienist Marshall van Ert called to
investigate Deposkey's complaints, suffered the same symptoms in the man's
home. Disturbed, van Ert recruited several local engineers to investigate. The

producing potential biohazards. After dogging public health agencies to
investigate further, van Ert broke the story to the papers.

The Eugene Signal was described as a radio frequency pulse at 4.75 megahertz,
1,100 cycles per second, recorded within at least two local homes as well as 3,000
feet above the city. The signal's strength was rated at five hundred thousand watts
- ten times the FCC AM licensed limit The signal extended as far away as the
next town, Corvallis.

One-hundred-fifty documented complaints about the signal prompted Governor
Bob Straub, Senator Mark Hatfield, and Congressman Jim Weaver to demand an
EPA investigation. A data analysis by the State Health Department's Radiation
Control Section suggested "probable cause" linking the complaints to the strange
frequency. "I was surprised," said Clifford Shrock, a Textronix, Inc. radio
frequency analyst who had written CIA and NSA electronics manuals. "I'd never
seen anything like it before."

Reactions to the story flooded in from around the world. Calls came in from
people telling similar stories about their own distant areas. Several calls came
from technicians offering their hypotheses about the signal suggesting a possible
link to secret weapons radiation. The people of Eugene began to learn about
Electromagnetic Radiation (EMR) biohazards in a hurry.

No one, however, could get to the bottom of Eugene's problem. The FCC's
Enforcement Division Assistant Chief, Richard Smith, laid the blame squarely on a
naval transmitter at Dixon, California ~ the "Dixon Duck". Van Ert and others
disputed this conclusion. The Navy denied it When the EPA technicians finally
arrived, they decided no real problem existed and denied that there was any
mystery signal. Van Ert, Shrock, and others strongly disagreed with them. They
had felt the signal and had measured it But after holding a cursory press
conference, the EPA investigators returned to their Las Vegas headquarters and
dodged reporters. Then the investigation folded.

While some of the citizens of Eugene, Oregon said they continued to suffer from
the signal effects, the Eugene Signal remained an official mystery. Marshall Van
Ert left Eugene after he began to suffer from the EMR symptoms. YEars later he
remained convinced he was victimized by secret IW radiation and a government
cover-up.

The people of Eugene weren't the only ones complaining of EMR biohazards in
the mid 70's. Similar symptoms were reported in such places as Timmons and

427 W.H. Bowart

Kirland Lake in Canada. These effects were linked to an alleged Soviet radio
broadcast dubbed "the woodpecker" by amateur radio operators. These effects bear
a strong resemblance to the biohazards inherent in Invisible Weapons like the
electromagnetic pulse (EMP) which was then under development by the
Pentagon. Although the people of Eugene didn't know it, both the U.S. and the
Soviet military had been working for years to perfect the use of electromagnetic
frequencies as psychological weapons.

On October 14, 1976, radio communications throughout the globe were disrupted
by powerful radio waves emanating from the Soviet Union. The broadcasts
appeared irregularly and varied between very high and very low frequencies. When
the U.S., Canada, Great Britain, and the Scandinavian countries protested the
broadcast, the Soviets apologized, blaming the disturbance on "experiments." But
then the nature of the wavelengths changed and huge electromagnetic standing
waves formed, thousands of miles long, penetrating the earth and extending up
into the ionosphere.

Due to its characteristic sound, the signal was dubbed "the woodpecker." The
sound ham radio operators heard all over the world can be replicated by tapping a
pencil on a table at between eight and fourteen times each second. The
wavelength was traced to alleged "Testa generator" experiments in the Soviet cities
of Riga and Gomel The standing waves stretched down both coasts of North
America and along the Eastern frontier of the Soviet Union.

The "woodpecker" has been blamed for subsequent shifts in weather patterns
resulting from altered trade winds. The change of winds created a drought in the
western U.S. with severe effects on farming and the economy that year. Several
agencies feared that such standing waves might well have caused the
disintegration of ships, including oil tankers in the Atlantic But their potential
effect on human beings caused even greater concern. 136

m On HaBoween. J 979, at the Jerome Bar m Aspen, Colorado, I met a man who was a master at 'Remote

Viewing'. (His name is withheld bp his request) When he ashed about mg life 1 told ban about mp adventures promoting
the book on a world tour Most people, in those daps, responded to mp information about mind control with either dtsbehef
or horror. He was most matter of tod and hts response surjJTtstd inc.

'A fnend dared me to remote new the inside of the supposed NORAD sde witnm, Ithmkits called Chepenne
Mountain outside Colorado Springs, I've never been there m mp body Now, what I do is something bke what has been
called astral projection ' or out of body travel:' he explained. 'Its apparently different from what Price or Swan did in Out
government supported remote viewing expend at Statdbrd Research brituU

WeB,lwer*outo/mtbodgandsudckTdgIw*sins&
and I was frozen, trapped bp some rap AM I thought was Tm dead' never gel bod to mp bodp" I m>as aware of a lot of
actwup. framing ogres oanemy. strens oturmg. securwp guarus nnvmiw arounu wun ««»wd cvcmmu.

Then the one secuntp chief comes up to me and aims some kind of device at me up where I'm trapped, near
the ceding of this tunnel He reads the feedback and saps, Vkup You can let htm go. It's just another one of those
sleepwalkers And suddenlp I was bade tnstde mp bodp

Alter that 1 thought about what Td seen cn or* room off lha tumeL Td seen large half orbs stacked on top of
each other bke diminishing sized btcpde beOs. And I realized that these were being used in an experiment which was

^^loZ^ secret government has some real Buck Rogers technologies to control us.' he said Td Bke to help

Operation Mind Control 428

Former Pentagon think-tank researcher, Lowell Ponte wrote in the late 70's: The
right kind of radio transmissions alter the planet's magnetic field... The giant
rivers of wind in the sky, like the jet stream, tend to follow that magnetic field. So,
when you bend it or when you begin creating giant standing waves in the
atmosphere, as our government knows they've been doing, you bend those wind
currents, and where they go the weather goes."

Just as the human body's nervous system operates electromagnetically, so the
Earth has an electromagnetic "aura" which, scientists claim, can be altered to
produce dramatic weather shifts. In fact the earth's ionosphere oscillates at
approximately the same frequency as human brain waves making it a perfect
"carrier" off which EMR radiations (in the brain wave range) can be bounced
without any change of frequency.

The relationship between the electromagnetosphere and the EM basis of the
human body can be exploited as a strategic weapon. Everyone has experienced
mental and emotional shifts during changes of weather. Imagine the power open
to those who, by flicking a switch, could control the earth's atmosphere and
change not only the weather but the brainwaves of entire populations.
Cryptocracies around the world know that a strong pattern exists correlating
geophysical phenomena and political disturbances, health, and mood swings. For
these reasons the "woodpecker" gained a lot of covert attention.

Sounds and even words can be made to appear within the human brain when
broadcast from EMR neurological controls at a military base. Brainwave
entrainment, coronaries, strokes, and epileptic seizures can also be triggered by
remote control. One 1976 DIA estimate was labeled: 'recommended reading
material for those consumers who have an interest in the application of
microwave energy to weapons.' An Army report, Analysis of Microwaves for
Barrier Warfare, describes the use of the microwave band to control populations.

Although few would appear to know it, the French have used invisible
wavelengths to control crowds for years. A former U.S. intelligence officer even
claims that the Nazi's used a "frenzy machine" to stir up crowds at Hitler's
Nuremberg Rallies. The French crowd control "sirens" use various inaudible
sounds which throw people into terror and cause loss of bowel control en masse.

We must remember that Richard Helms may very well have had such weapons in
mind when he testified before the Warren Commission on June 19, 1964. Then
Deputy Director for Plans at CIA, Helms warned: "Current research indicates that
the Soviets are attempting to develop a technology for control in the development
of behavioral patterns among the citizenry of the USSR in accordance with
politically determined requirements of the system. Furthermore, the same

mountain. I could hear the tremble in his voter when fopo said, "They 're not oD bad. The CIA people are not aB bad

The second book. The Invisible Wu, was outlined, but no publisher was interested. H revealed in 1990 what's

429 W.H.Bowart

technology can be applied to more sophisticated approaches to the 'coding' of
information for transmittal to population targets in the 'battle for the minds of
men."' In future chapters we'll examine evidence that the U.S. cryptocracy is
advancing along the lines of this supposed Soviet plan.

Since the '50's both the Soviets and the U.S. were covering up their knowledge of
invisible weapons. When we originally interviewed the legal counsel for the State
Department's Disarmament Agency in 1980, we heard him claim ignorance of
such weapons. He furthermore said that such ideas were "speculative and
futuristic" History has shown, beyond doubt, that State's counsel was lying and
had, in fact, possession of materials concerning invisible weapons. Certainly, he
was aware of the Soviet amendment to SALT II which proposed banning of
infrasonic and electromagnetic weapons designed to affect biological targets.

There is hope however. Just as with computer hacker's and their demonstrated
ability to "outsmart" government systems, an underground physics network acts
as a perpetual thorn in the side of the invisible wamors.

In the 1970's and '80's, colorful characters such as Bob Beck of Los Angeles'
Biomedical Research Associates flew back and forth from Washington to Eugene
to Canada sharing findings and investigating the "Oregon Signal", the
"Woodpecker" and other suspected government environmental crimes. Members
of this loosely-knit network shared their information freely and were concerned
about the debilitating aspects of the invisible war on the mind.

A former military intelligence officer, Lt CoL Thomas E. Beard en, USAF (Ret),
publishes Specula, a magazine devoted to "psychotronics" and "bio-energetics."
these two words describe what amounts to the electronic amplification of
telepathy and what has heretofore been called ESP. Bearden is not just a
concerned amateur, he is an experienced scientist who has several of his
psychotronic weapons papers on file at the Defense Documentation Center
outside Washington. The story of his fight to publish a book on the subject of
psychotronics and bio-energetics, The Excalibur Statement, is as full of
cloak-and-dagger intrigue as an Ian Fleming Thriller. Bearden's book was due out
in 1978, but was "mysteriously" delayed again and again. During the time he was
preparing the manuscript for publication, the underground lore says, one by one,
the members of his "network" met strange fates.

One member of Bearden's network was Ira Einhom, an aide to Congressman
Rose, Einhom wrote:

During the time that Alexander Solzhenitzyn was making the
transition from his native land to his fortress in New England, he
uttered a prophetic statement about the Third and Fourth World
Wars. In essence, he said that the Russians had won the Third World
War and that the battle was now shifting from physical combat to

Operation Mind Control 430

combat of the mind... the Fourth World War involves the struggle for
the human mind itself. 139

One day police raided Ira Einhom's apartment During the search they found the
long dead body of his fellow researcher and girlfriend, Holly Maddux, in a locked
trunk in his closet The body had been dead so long it was mummified. While the
downstairs neighbors had heard a woman scream several years before, there was
no physical evidence to link Einhom to the murder. But murder charges were
filed and he was tried and convicted in abstentia.

While on $45,000 bail, bond of which was posted by a Canadian liquor heiress,
Einhom made an impassioned plea to the press and friends. He claimed that he
was being framed by the CIA.. Fearing that he could not get a fair trial, Einhom
disappeared and has been underground for the past fifteen years. Three times he
has been seen, in Ireland and Sweden. Each time he escape capture.

Ira Einhom traveled in intellectual circles. He was definitely "a dangerous free
thinker" - dangerous to someone, and with such a passionate curiosity coupled
with a brilliant mind, perhaps dangerous to many. Maybe most dangerous to
himself.

He was deeply connected with Michael Murphy of the Esalen Institute as William
Irwin Thompson records in The Edge of History™. He was friends with
physicists, among them, David Bohra, Fred Wolf, Peter Maddux, Fritjof Capra,
Heinz Pagels and Jack Sarfatri He was in fact Sarfatti and Wolfs literary agent at
one point He counted among his acquaintances Astronauts Buzz Aldrin and
Edgar Mitchell, Psychic Uri Geller, writers Martin Gardner, Arthur C. Clarke,
Arthur Koestler, Elaine Pagels, Adrija Puharich. George Leonard, and author and
publisher Steward Brand, at least one knight - Sir John Whitmore, radical
investment broker Jerry Rubin, actor/author and mariner Sterling Hayden, UFO
author and computer scientist Jacques Vallee, filmmakers Steven Spielberg and
George Lucas, and EST founder Werner Erhard - among many of the
cognoscenti. In fact he was, as one friend said, "the central network coordinator
for all the most radical new-physics ideas. He sent out frequent packets of
information, and this was before Internet One of his netowrk, a leader int he
E-zone today, said, "Knocking Einhom out effectively killed the distribution of the
new-physics information."

Einhom was in the thick of the students of Tesla technology, remote viewers and
those who were at the time doing research under a project named SCANATE, a
pet project of then President Jimmie Carter. Carter had created the project for
remote-viewing of military targets (especially submarines) by psychics and
intelligence reports led the executive to believe we were lagging behind the

in Einhom, A Daiwbmg Comrnumjue. Co-Evolution Quarterly, Winter 1977-78.
Willura Irwin Thorapion. The Edge ofHistorv.

431 W.H.Bowart

Soviets in such research and development Everyone was thinking Invisible
warfare.

To give you the idea of the "dangerous free thinking" that was going on in
Einhom's circle, SARFATTI'S ILLUMINATI, appeared on the internet in 1992. It
mentions Einhorn prominently. Physicist Jack Sarfatti 141 reports: "If I remember
correctly, Brendan ( O'Regan, one of the moving forces at Stanford Research
Institute (SRI) in that day) and 1 went with Uri (Geller) to his hotel room where I
met Andrya Puharich, Sir John Whitmore and, perhaps Ira Einhom... I startled Uri
by asking him if he could trigger a nuclear weapon by psychokinesis. I later found
out from Ron McRae (author of Mind Wars) that some of our intelligence people
were greatly concerned about that possibility. I may have initiated that concern..."

Later Sarfatti says: " Former Naval Intelligence Officer and Jack Anderson reporter
Ron McRae told me that the Navy had been fooled by phony data on
remote-viewing of Soviet submarines because someone had leaked the actual data
to phony psychics. McRae seems to have omitted this story from his book...
Barbara Honegger said that policy decisions on the basing of MX missies were
made by the Reagan staff under the belief that remote-viewing worked. Harold
Chipman believed that it worked and told me that he had used it successfully in
his business..."

At the height of his popularity, while Einhom was working with Charlie Rose and
quietly negotiating with the U.S. and Czech governments in an effort to gather
their support and collaboration in the creation of a Nicola Tesla museum in the
country of Tesla's origin Serbo-Coatia (then Czechoslovakia), while he was at the
same time, promoting a movie on Tesla starring Orson Welles, as part of an
International Year of Tesla, the dead body of his girlfriend turned up in the large
which had her name on it Einhom said, she went to the store one day and never
returned. In the closet with the trunk were other containers possessing her
clothes and personal items.

Holly Maddux disappeared during The International Year of Tesla. The movie
Secrets Of Nicola Tesla was to have it's premiere in Prague to coincide with the
opening of the museum. There would be patents shown that had never been seen
in public. Tesla inventions which had never been seen would be built in minature
to demonstrate some of the wonderful unknown and miraculous inventions of the
Serbo-Croatian. Tesla had practically invented the Twentieth Century single
handedly. He'd invented radio, microwave broadcasting, electricity broadcasting,
the alternator and the dynamo. And he'd invented the Wheatstone bridge -
Scientology's E-meter and the polygraphs galvanic skin response monitoring
device. Tesla invented so many things that when he died during the Second World
War, the Secret Service cleaned out his room and the hotel safe of all his

,u J*ck S*f*th. SARFA TIT'S ULUMINA 71. ( R looks bke a hujHp readable rough book proposal outinma the

fnendsSoTiattwKirtodu^tDbythtb^ E^rth Watcher's Sodttg?) Wed.,

Operation Mind Control 432

belongings. He dreamed things up which have not yet been applied. And he
believed that Albert Einstein and all his physics was a dead-end, like Newton's
turned out to be. At the end of the Nineteenth Century Tesla knew about an
entirely different physics which Einhom's friends were (and still are) on the verge
of discovering. ( One must remember that Sigmund Freud's best pupil, Willhelm
Reich, was sent to prison, and had his books banned for 60 years, when he
stumbled upon something he called "OR")

Sarfatti says he and his friends were:

...channeling the new physics from the future. Our basic themes since
the early 70' s have been

1. Quantum nonlocality essential for a physics of consciousness as
well as paranormal. Present-day quantum mechanics is only an
approximation for 'dead' matter. Life introduces a really new physics
that Penrose in his new book Shadows of the Mind calls "OR" physics.
Fred Alan Wolf and I explained it as quantum 'star waves' from the
future to the present in addition to the more familiar quantum waves
from past to present. Quantum waves act within space time but exist
beyond space time and are able to directly connect widely separated
events in space time. Indeed, such quantum connections between
different parts of our brains are needed for ordinary consciousness
and for memory as well as for anticipation of future events.

2. The future causes the past and gives meaning and purpose to the
past and to our existence. I call this the "destiny matrix" (the title for
my memoirs).

3. Time travel to the past is necessary for our universe to exist. The
fact that latest data from Hubble telescope shows that the universe
may be only 8 billion years-old when we see stars that are 16 billion
years old tells us that our ordianry ideas about time are in serious
trouble.

4. We are in contact with higher intelligences from the future that use
advanced quantum technology that breaks the speed of light barrier
to communication... 1 * 2

What would happen if this were the common belief in the early 70's. Nicola Tesla
seemed to be in agreement with this kind of thinking. So, what if, suddenly,
Nicola Tesla was all the rage? People would begin to re-examine this eccentric
hermit's designs and theories. Maybe the Soviets and the Western Intelligence
goons flipped a coin to see who would shut Einhom's folly down. It only cost one
beautiful young woman's life. That was cheap, thinking of all the oil that could be
I one day longer, just one day longer, anc

Jack Sv&tti. Intercepted e-nuil bio from Sirfrtt to Mondo2000 edUm Wes Thorny Oct 30 - 17:06:55 1994.

433 W.H. Bowart

That may sound far fetched, but one has to scratch one's head over how many
know how little about Tesla. Knowledge of the history of alternating current could
be dangerous to the egos of the men I met who were executives of Southern
California Edison. They graciously took me on an overnight bus tour of their
ingenius nuclear/hydro system in Southern California. It was truly a beautiful
adventure. I was amazed to see the lakes near Pine Top being filled by water that
only the day before had fallen thousands of feet to a holding lake at the foot of the
mountains, the water was pumped up to the top lakes again with the ever
constant current of electricity generated cautiously by the atomic reactors at the
five San Onofre plants.

The limitation of nuclear power, it seems, is you can't turn it up or down. Once
you turn a nuclear reactor on, it produces a constant flow of electricity. So, in
order to supply the extra power demanded by Southern California's air
conditioners in the summer, water is pumped up and stored as energy in
lakes, to be released through the long-ago-paid-for hydro-electric stations that
used to power Los Angeles, It costs nothing since the nuclear power plants
surplus energy was not needed during off hours. This way, at peak demand time,
the extra power is there in controllable quantities. The valves are opened and the

Before I knew all that, on the bus winding its way from the desert floor to the
High Sierra's, the Southern California Edison Public Relations flack did what he
had to do. He passed out mugs and baseball caps with the SCE logo on them and
begged us to watch the mandatory video he had to show us on the history of SCE.
Of course the name of the company was Edison, so, it didn't matter to me that
when Edison's D.C. systems couldn't keep up with Westinghouse /Tesla's A.C.
systems SCE made the switch to the better way. But the video didn't seem to
acknowledge that Thomas Ah/a Edison was the promoter of Direct Current and
Tesla the inventor of Alternating Current Westinghouse backed Tesla's better
system and the better system won out in the marketplace. But Edison was
remembered and Tesla forgotten. Why?

I asked the tycoons of S. Cal. industry - the SCE's biggest consumers, all except
me, who had been invited on this trip, if they knew about Nicola Tesla. They
didn't I drew blank stares. One said, "Who?" I then asked the director of the tour,
the PR guy from SCE, how come he didn't have anything to say about Tesla. And
he didn't know who Tesla was.

Could this be why Einhom had to be put down, smudged, smeared, or framed?
Maybe it was so important that people not educate themselves about Tesla that an
easy target was taken like so much meat in a trap, to keep Einhom's mouth
occupied with his legal defense, or to lock him away behind bars, where he could
not have access to his dangerously free thinking network of friends?

Operation Mind Control 434

Jack Sarfatti says it more dispassionately than most people who knew Einhom.
Without knowing all the facts, without trying the case. Sarfatti puts it straight and
simple, stating the facts, but allowing Einhom the benefit of the doubt, repeating
his former agent's side of things: "Einhom claimed he was innocent and was
framed by the KGB." Others said he claimed he was framed by the CIA. It could
have been either or both.

The question remains, was he framed, and if so, by whom? Did Einhom have a
motive to kill Holly? In a preview of the public opinion we've seen with the 0 J.
Simpson trial, Einhom was reported as having abused girlfriends previously. He
was not known to have murdered any before. To anyone's knowledge he hadn't
killed anyone, perhaps even any thing, before. One witness said that he was
"sadistic" with animals. The "animals" turned out to be one incident in which he
tried to persuade someone to take a cat into the shower with them.

So,who else had the motive to kill Holly?

It would have to be a good frame. There would have to be a lot of circumstantial
evidence. The shadow of a doubt had be planted to succeed in locking Einhom up
for a good number of years. Even if he eventually proved his innocence, even if
someone came forward and confessed to the murder, the charge of murder would
be useful to discredit these emerging Yuppie cum New Age Dangerous Free
Thinkers who were dabbling in new physicis. If Einhom was tried for murder, he
didn't even need to be convicted, many of these wierdos would be drawn into the
testimony.

But, if Einhom didn't have a moment of homocidal madness, if Holly was killed
by someone else -- for the purpose of framing Einhom and tarnishing the
reputation of his whole social millieu, it could have been Soviet British or U.S.
Intelligence agencies.

Einhom was naive about politics. He was a Utopian visionary who hoped for a
world with unmetered energy. Toward that end he was freely exchanging
information on little known Tesla technology with Invisible warfare potential, He
was knowledgable about independent Tesla research around the world. He was
hobnobbing with the remote viewers at SRI, and Mossad "agent" Uri Geller who
was believed to be capable of erasing computer tapes and to possess other
menacing mind-over-matter talents. And he would give patents and diagrams and
unpublished technical reports to anyone who requested them. With hindsight,
Einhom told friends, some of the people who requested hard-to-get Tesla papers
from him may have been working for foreign intelligence agencies.

Let's leave this to other researchers to examine the documents Einhom was
circulating and the state's case against him. The primary question today might be,
what was being suppessed that Einhom was coming close to? Probably whatever
it was twenty years ago is now public knowledge.

435 W.H.Bowart

Einhom's name came up recently in conversations with other people who'd
known him: Wes Thomas, editor oiMondo 2000, and Regie Siberski, a nationally
recognized researcher of mind control and non-ionizing radiation. I did not bring
up his name, I'd only talked to him once on the phone, nor did I know Einhom
knew these two. When I spoke with them over the summer of 1994, Thomas was
in California and Siberski was in Pennsylvania. Both appeared to hold Einhom in
high esteem for his knowledge of Invisible Weapons technology. Both expressed
their belief in his innocence even though he had already been convicted in
abstencia of first degree murder.

Ira Einhom remains underground (if he's still alive) and the area of his research,
Tesla technology, remains largely underground too. Research of declassified KGB
files on Einhom would now be a timely project as would a thorough roundup of
physics and technology reports which add up to Invisible War.

Sarfatti offers more insight into the climate of those times among these brilliant
people: At a conference in England, Sarfatti was introduced to a "sprightly
Englishman", Dennis Bardens, who said:

"Dr. Sarfatti, may I take you to dinner?* Fred Wolf was there and he
suggested I go witn Hardens, we nad a good (tinner 01 dues in cnerry
sauce at the Blue Boa Inn. After dinner, over brandy and cigars,
Bardens leaned towards me with a conspiratorial wink «nri said:
"First, I want you to know that I am a cabalist." After a dramatic
pause he continued in a more officious tone: "Dr. Sarfatti, it is my duty
to inform you of a psychic war raging across the continents between

Now, it would appear, with the collapse of the Soviet Union, the whole world is in
the thick of this psychic war - and apparently most of the mind controlling forces
are aimed at individuals and the masses. Only a few get to play with the beneficial
aspects of the new psychotronic technology.

In late October, 1994 a mission of the space shuttle was flown to "look at the
ozone layer," which it was said had a hole in it About the same time the first
HAARP signals were broadcast from Alaska, which pumped radiowave energy into
the ozone layer, following Nicola Tesla's fifty-year-old plan.

HAARP 1 * 3 stands for High Frequency Active Auroral Research Program, a project
which will build the world's largest high frequency (radio) transmitter.
Construction began in early 1994. The first stage of completion corresponded
with the shuttle mission. From HAARP documents reveal:

The HAARP is to ultimately have a HF (High Frequency) beater with
an Effective Radiated Power (ERP) well above 1 gigawatt
(1,000,000,000 watts) on the order of 95-100 dBW, in short, the most

m CUre Zickuhr. NO HAARP. 5316 Shortcmt Dr, Anchorage, AK. 99515 (907) 2484189

Operation Mind Control 436

powerful facility in the world for conducting ionospheric modification

144

The Soviets, operating at higher powers than the West, now have
claimed significant stimulated ionization by electron-impact
ionization. The claim is that HF energy, via wave-particle interaction,
accelerates ionospheric electrons to energize well in excess of 20
electron volts (eV) so that they will ionize neutral atmospheric
particles with which they collide. Given that the Soviet HF facilities
are several times more powerful than the Western facilities at
comparable mid-latitudes, and given that the latter appear to be on a
threshold of a new "wave-particle 11 regime of phenomena, it is
believed that the Soviets have crossed that threshold and are
exploring a regime of phenomena still unavailable for study or
application in the West... 146

From the DOD (Department of Defense) point of view, however, the
most exciting and challenging aspect of ionospheric enhancement is
its potential to control (control is underlined) ionospheric processes in
such a way as to greatly improve performance of C3 ( military
abbreviation for Co mman d, Communication and Control) systems (or,
to deny accessibility to an adversary). 146

A key goal of the program (HAARP) is the identification and
investigation of those ionospheric processes and phenomena that
be exploited for DOD purposes, such as outlined below:

• Generation of Extreme ml v Low Frequency ELF waves... to
provide communications to deeply submerged submarines.

• Geophysical probing to identify and characterize natural
ionospheric processes... so that techniques can be developed
to mitigate or control them.

• Generation of ionospheric lenses to focus large amounts of HF
energy... thus providing a means for triggering ionospheric
processes that potentially could be exploited for DOD

Electron acceleration for the generation of IR (infra red) and
other optical emissions... that could be used to control radio
wave propagation properties.

Generation of geomagnetic-field aligned ionization to control
the reflection/scattering properties of radio waves.

M Contract tpec. no. SS-HAARP-02 dated 3/2J90. tection 4.1.1.

" Contract specification no. SS-HAARP-02. dated 3/2/90, tection 3.1 .

437 W.H. Bowart

• Oblique heating to produce effects on radio wave propagation
at great distances from the heater, thus broadening the
potential military applications of ionospheric enhancement
technology.

• Generation of ionization layers below 90 km to provide radio
wave reflectors ("mirrors") which can be exploited for long
range, over-the-horizon, HF/VHF/UHF surveillance
purposes..." 147

Although HAARP is being managed by the Air Force and Navy, it is a
purely scientific research facility which represents no threat to
potential adversaries and would therefore have no value as a military
target. 148

Electromagnetic systems that could be affected by HAARP
operations at either of the sites could include high-frequency
communications, FM radio, mobile VHF radios, wildlife trackers,

neid transceivers, urir communications

: Statement was dated well after the contract had
been awarded to ARCO Power Technologies, Inc. (Elsewhere, we've noted the use
of the ionosphere as a "reflector" of brainwave frequency range signals for the
purposes of "entrainment" of an entire geo-political group.) Is the meaning of this
Tesla technology what Ira Einhom was about to make public? And what's this
really going to be used for? Probably something we haven't yet realized.

There is much to be uncovered about the dark thoughts of the cryptocracy -
broadcast into your mind or not Investigative journalist, Rita Hill says, This is a
dangerous time. We might need some journalistically nonstandard approaches.
We are probably being fed some disinformation. There are also very real
possibilities of being mind-controlled or killed. Or, as (Gunther) Russbacher told
me: 'Keep in close contact with your networks'." Is it unthinkable that the U.S.
cryptocracy would attack a physics network the same way it attacked the civil
rights and anti-war movements of the Sixties?"

One would expect to see a lot of bodies piling up in front of the doorway to
multi-dimensional space and time, or in front of the safe that keeps the blueprints
for a portable cold fusion reactor, or in front of the shoebox that holds the plans
for the levitating automobile and transport engine. Remember the slaves that
buried the Pharoah.

Anybody who gets their hands on some multi-dimensional thing better watch out'
They might rule the world. And God forbid they put it into the public domain so

w Contract no. SS-HAARP-02 dated 3/2/90.

Operation Mind Control 438

everybody could have one. That would really make this time and place obsolete.
Even the metaphor is dangerous. Control mind, control thoughts, control the
future. A place for everything and everything in its place - especially for the
undisciplined masses.

Clever spychologist and cryptoligarch, Timothy Leary 150 said:

There are two aspects of this social conditioning regime which are
not stressed by Skinner. To make it work, the government
psychologists must have total control over the citizenry and there
must be TOTAL SECRECY and censorship.

In order to condition human behavior it is necessary to get control of
stimulus early in childhood and to maintain this control throughout
life. In the psychological Utopia, conditioning would be accompanied
by continual psychological testing so that special aptitudes and
potential trouble-makers are identified early in the game and special
conditioning programs set up, tailored to eliminate individual
eccentric i ty.

Political conditioning requires not only control of reward and
punishment, but also secrecy... Psychological conditioning
techniques cannot be employed in a democracy where minority
groups can campaign against and publicly discuss the techniques
being used, and publish the answers to screening tests, where
citizens have the right to avoid the conditioners.

Thus the proposals of B.F. Skinner cannot be implemented except in a
state wnere me government nas total control or communications...

Omar V. Garrison 151 cut it closer to the bone as early as 1967 when he said:

In the totally controlled society of George Orwell's nightmarish novel,
'1984", the individual had one retreat that Big Brother could not
penetrate. Notning was your own except a lew cucic centimeters

', even those "few centimeters' 1 of cra n i a l refuge

The dangers of psychotechnology are real. They are being applied. We were
warned twenty years ago, in 1974, by the U.S. Senate, 93rd Congress, 2nd Session
which investigated and published a book which too few have read. It was entitled
Individual Rights and the Federal Role in Behavior Modification:

Dr Robert L. Schwitzebel of the Clarmont Graduate School in
California, published a book, PSYCHOTECHNOLOGY: Electronic
Control of Mind And Behavior in which he describes the present and

Timothy Leary. Exo-Pifdiologil. Stirieai/Peac* Press, San Prancuco. 1977.
Omar V. Gamion. Spf Ccvmunent, Lyfc Stuart New York. 1967.

439 W.H. Bowart

potential use of brain implants and radio telemetry to monitor human
emotions, location and behavior, and to control behavior in various
fields, including law enforcement.

Dr. Barton Ingraham and Dr. Gerald Smith, both recent recipients of
PhD. degrees from the School of Criminology, University of California,
Berkeley, advocated the permanent implantation of radio receiver-
transmitters in the brains of parolees (See Issue in Criminology, Fall
1972). they envision the automatic monitoring of parolees by a
computer which, if it detected a probability of misbehavior would
deliver an electrical shock to his brain and/or by calling the police to
his radio- monitored location.

Prisons aren't obsolete, but the thought of hardwiring the mind is. There's no
need for it anymore. Why bother with Delgado's neurological plumbing approach
when the already existing neurological wiring can be accessed.

Within the cryptocracy, for years, there was much talk of the "LTDA" machine, a
Soviet instrument supposed to be used for "medical therapy." It finally surfaced
when the cryptocrats of The New World Order thought about using it on David
Koresh at Waco. It was reported they decided not to use it since there was nothing
but a small lab model in the U.S. at the time.

The LIDA was presented as "an instrument for the treatment of neuropsychic and
somatic disorders wherein light, sound and VHF electromagnetic field pulses are
simultaneously applied by means of a control unit to the patient's central nervous
system with a predetermined rate. The light and sound sources exert an adequate
and monotonous influence on the patient's visual analyzers and auditory
analyzers respectively." The patent claims beneficial effects in the treatment of
"inorganically caused neuropsychic and somatic disorders, such as neuroses,
psychoses, insomnia and hypertension."

The LIDA gives off pulsed radio fields which, it is said, can produce strong
behavioral effects. The device was developed by L Rabichev at Kishinev, Soviet
Armenia and is covered by U.S. Patent number 3,773,049. 152 The U.S. Navy
received a small LIDA instrument under an exchange agreement with the USSR.
Dr. W. Ross Adey, Dr. Eldon Byrd, John Richards and Howard Sukenik tested it
from July 19, 1982 to July 26, 1983 at the VA Medical Center at Loraa Landa,
California.

Adey, Byrd and company made a preliminary evaluation of the device using
animal models. Rabbits were tested first, but they slept most of the time. The
scientists then tried the tests on cats with better results. They tried the RF and
light and pulsed sound and heat in all combinations and one at a time. From the

U.S. Department of tbt N*vy, PotsAie Behoaoral Effects Produced bp Pulsed RF Fields from Sonet 'Lido'
Medical Theraps instrument, provided through POIA request to Arraen Wtorua Mirch. 4. 1994

Operation Mind Control 440

report it would appear that the LIDA device lulls animals to achieve "sustained"
states of sleep. It is apparent that the LIDA might be a good tool of conditioning.

While the Adey/Byrd study was brief and inconclusive the researchers reported
their interest and revealed the government's interest in a vast area of mind
control research in the electromagnetic spectrum;

We regard this study as of great importance in pilot studies of
behavioral effects of environmental electromagnetic fields. The
principal investigator is continuing data acquisition and analysis with
the aid of a part time undergraduate student, Mr. Howard Sukenick,

done. Mr. Sukenick is paid from other research sources, but funding
for an effective development of this project is essentially nonexistent.

It is therefore requested that urgent consideration be given to an
evaluation of the importance of this project, with a view to its
renewal and expansion, to permit examination of a vast range of
potentially important new field parameters not available with the
LIDA instrument. Automated data analysis is becoming imperative to
permit intercession and intersubject comparisons. Computer facilities
for this work are readily available in our laboratory, but require
appropriate personnel support...

Paul Stonehill of the Russian Ufology Research Center in Tarzana, California
stumbled along a parallel path. 153 His work in translating UFO and related stories

Weapons" which was authored by A.V. Kalinets-Bryukhanov who Stonehill I
simply, K.B.

K.B stated that the first (and only) experimental model of a device to
program the human intellect and psyche had been accepted by Soviet
authorities back in 1965. It was to be improved, using the K.B. design
for a system of "remote operational influence." ..

However, to cover up the device's existence the Soviets did what CoL Prouty says
the U.S. cryptocracy routinely does, they ran a group of phony projects that
looked like the real one. K.B. revealed that the "much buzzed about psychic
weapons do exist" Stonehill said several articles he found reveal that the research
was done secretly in a small basement beneath the old botanical gardens of the
Odessa State University that was the site of the Bioelectronics Scientific Research
uepartmenu

Test wnimai brains demonstrated that when cellular transformation
resulted from fields of especially destructive force, manifestations of

Paul StowWIL SoM ftpr*r Warfort. Pate Mafiatme. Penary 1994. p. 70.

441 W.H.Bowart

animals were treated with these fields, they could literally see

uncontrollably. But in totalitarian societies it's "never mind" - keep doing the
research. Why not try humans?

...experiments had been conducted on prisoners sentenced to death.
The results were the same.

Later, using the experimental data, the researchers located
phrenological zones of the skull, responsible for motivating various
actions of the research subjects. The topography of these zones was
recorded in special tables. These experiments helped Soviet

operating conditions to reproduce cerebral tissue that would create
the planned personality characteristic. For example:

Giorgy V. was a draftee in the Soviet Army, assigned to serve in
Afghanistan. His health was quite good. After his assignment with
the spetznaz forces, Girgory became indecisive. He became obsessed
with the feeling of near death. He believed that he was not
"sufficiently strong spiritually" to enforce his "international duty" (that
is how the Soviets described their occupation of Afghanistan).

So, he and a group of other draftees who, like Him, had their doubts
about service in Afghanistan, were sent to Odessa to undergo the
treatment and develop their will power and sense of duty. Magnetic
emitters were place on his superciliary arches, the parietal area, the
cranial arch, and the cervical vertebrae area. Grigory was treated only

Later that year, Girgory took part in a dangerous military mission. His
spetznaz unit was withdrawing from a kishlak, an Afghan village, the
kishlak was surrounded by dosshmany, or guerrillas. During a fierce
gun battle, Girgory protected the commanding officer with his body.
For his valor, the fallen soldier was awarded the highest Soviet
military honor, the star of Hero of the Soviet Union.

Stonehill says K.B.'s article ended strangely:

Having observed the brain as a receiving and transmitting device, the
researchers had discovered certain wavelengths. Using them, it is
possible to influence various sections of the brain directly, reproduce
cerebral tissue, and then provoke unusual changes in the qualities of
individual psyches. Then one can program anything into the brains of

Just like in the movie Brainstorm?

Operation Mind Control 442

In the fall of 1991, Stonehill reports, a two-part Molodaya Gvardia magazine ran a
story under the heading "psychotronic weapons." The article said:

The weapons are dreadful. A human being becomes a silent cog in a
hellish machine of all-devouring fear. An individual's brain can be
suppressed, activities curtailed, and such an individual will submit to
any wish of the operator.

Emil Fedorovich Bachurin, the author of the article says that the first experiments
to create psi-weapons were conducted by the infamous Dr. Mengele in the Dachau
concentration camp. Stonehill says Bachurin is not the only one to mention the
Nazi foundation of psychotronic weapons. He writes:

In July of 1993, Alexander Ryskin, a Russian journalist, published an
article in Los Angeles, (Almanac Panorama), in which he claims that
the Nazis were able to use such technology to hinder the Soviet
offensive in Berlin, in May of 1945.

Ryskin reported that the Soviets captured the results of Nazi research, and
brought them to the Soviet Union, but more documentation to substantiate the
claim was not presented. Ryskin' s anonymous source told him that no serious
research took place after World War Two in the USSR until 1979. Stonehill says:

But Akimov of the CNT ( Center for Non-traditional Technologies)
indicates that the research started in the early 1960s. This is
confirmed by K.B.; 1965 is specifically mentioned.

Stonehill says that several types of psi-oruzhiye (psychic weapons) are mentioned
in the new open Russian literature. The first is infrasonic radiation (around 7
hertz in frequency) which tortures and kills. The second type, he says, is high
powered microwave and ultrasound. These affect the nervous system and induce
insomnia. Highly portable weapons of mis type have been developed. The third
type of psychic weapon involves several systems: chronal emitters, chronal guns,
pyramid sets and cavity structures. The destructive effect with these Buck Rogers
devices is achieved by their emission of tiny particles, chronos, or time carriers.
Stonehill reports that such beams can penetrate everything on their way to
tearing to pieces the human aura.

Should the energy circle (aura) around an individual's head be hit, the
mental abilities of the targeted person will be affected. Such weapons
do not kill, but m«im the psyche.

The fourth type, Stonehill says, is the most dangerous for human targets, but
unlike some of the others it's safe for the operator.

It is known as a psi-amphfiei, and pa-data unit. And generators they
truly are. What is being generated is electromagnetic radiation that
conlorms to Oram rrequencies.

443 W.H.Bowart

Such radiation, when directed at the target, can be used to suggest
and transmit anything, any feeling - love, hate, euphoria, anger,
anguish, and suicidal thoughts. The psi-generators can be used for
remote transmission.

A few decades ago researchers at the University of Southern California and
University of Illinois began an experiment to confirm the longstanding theory that
the brain stores memories by "hard-wiring" new connections between groups of
neurons in the brain. Recently the elimination of the research was announced by
Psychobiologists Richard F. Thompson of USC and William Greenough of the
University of Illinois. They reported several independent approaches to the
question, all of which indicated that memories are hooked up just like ordinary
wiring.

In the Summer of 1989, Dr. Michael Persinger of Lauren tian University in Ontario
Canada announced he'd invented a helmet that could induce UFO abduction
experiences. The helmet is reported to be able to send specific frequencies into the
ruppocampus area oi tne Dacx Drain, uunng sucn sumuiace, volunteers report
UFO abduction experiences, out-of-body experiences, and a wide range of altered
states of consciousness. 154

In the hands of even a well-functioning democratic republic this new arms race of
supposed "non lethal weaponry" would be a menace to our freedoms, but in the
hands of a cryptocracy it threatens to turn our world into a zombie planet

We can only turn to global Cybernetic Samisdats like the Internet for hope.
Eventually the truth shall surface. Will it make us free? Researchers, mount your
indexes! Hackers, mount your computers! Journalists, file your FOIA requests!

New hardware will continue to overwhelm us. Perhaps the solution to our human
dilemma, like the ultimate solutions in Silicon Valley resides with a thorough
understanding of software. Ultimately all problems are opportunities. It's all in our
mind.

* Tart Rk Archive. The Kosroo* Computer BBS.

Operation Mind Control 444

30

TUNED TO A MENTAL RADIO?

Had I not heard this story, in essence, from a half dozen other survivors of this
kind of mind control, I would not have included it here. But we video taped a
number of credible people talking about these "voices" in their heads. People who
experience this are what Martin Cannon referred to in his book The Controllers as
"wavies." Cannon wrote:

Every Senator and Congressional representative has a "wavie" file. So
do many state representatives. Wavies have even pled their case to
private institutions such as The Christie Institute.

And who are the wavies?

They claim to be the victims of clandestine bombardment with
non-ionizing radiation or microwaves. They report sudden changes
in psychological states, alteration of sleep patterns, intracerebral
voices and other sounds, and physiological effects. Most people
never realize how many wavies there are in this country. I've spoken
to a number of wavies myself. 155

I don't like the term "Wavie." It's a hard-hearted term which does not show any
sympathy for the people who are suffering this way. They're suffering just as
much as the people who have survived the so-called Project Monarch. I think I'll
term them E-M Targets, E-M for electromagnetic spectrum, since the technical
possibilities exist that they are experiencing bombardment by ELF, VLF, SHF
microwaves, magnetic waves and other radiations of the electromagnetic
spectrum which can be modulated so that voices can be heard inside the head,
without implants, without speakers.

And of course, this is the hardest thing for public agencies to believe, since,
heretofore if you report voices in your head, you would be automatically
diagnosed as schizophrenic - a catch-all term of the past I must admit that when
I listened to Mary, the first E-M Target 1 met in 1980, 1 had a hard time taking her
seriously. (The biggest secrets are kept by public incredulity.)

But then I heard another and another and now, the E-M Targets would appear to
outnumber other types of mind control survivors. One man on the east coast is

"* Martin Cannon. The Controller,, Prevailing Wind* Research. Santo Barbara. Ca.. 1993

445 W.H. Bowart

pursuing his case in the Supreme Court Another man is one of the best mind
control researchers and lecturers around. A woman on the West Coast was driven
near death by the voice. Another woman functions very well, but with great
difficulty. Many of these survivors keep in touch with each other through The
Freedom of Thought Foundation. Every day I read mail from another new person,
saying basically the same thing.

One of the survivors sent me this book. I've written to the author, supposedly
Dorothy Burdick, through the vanity press who published her book. I tried the
phone number and a query on the network. Burdick has dropped out of sight.

I'm going to excerpt enough of her book to give the reader an idea of the kind of
thing the E-M Targeted survivors are describing. Burdick describes it very well:

In the beginning I only had to deal with two Voices at a 1
Dorothy Burdick 156 said. "Out back, when I was riding, it seemed that
one Voice was using a receiving machine and that the other was
projecting to me and watching me at the same time. They were

simple...

My sleep at night was constantly inhabited by Voices. I had difficulty
sleeping. I kept trying to imagine what it was anybody could possibly
want with me. I tried to hang on to the idea that I was really alive,
comparatively well, and, above all, sane. I was well aware that I might
be certifiably insane.

I read in the paper about a volunteer university group who got
admitted to well-known mental health centers across the country
because they heard voices. They volunteered. Seven were diagnosed as
schizophrenics and one as a manic-depressive. Once incarcerated, they
convinced psychiatrists that they had recovered and were discharged
as schizophrenics in remission. I reflected that of the people who
consult psychiatrists about one-third are helped, one-third stay the
same, and one third get better on their own. I decided to get better on
my own.

During times when I was out riding my horse in the ring the Voices
would tell me that they were going to make my horse stumble and
then he would indeed stumble. Since he was sure-footed and the ring a
good working base, I was reasonably certain that they could reach his
nervous system but I couldn't understand how. It seemed like a direct
hit. Unfortunately for me, the only way that Shiloh and I could
communicate were through our mutual physical actions, his voice, my

contact.

1982

Operation Mind Control 446

One day I was walking from the stable to the house and got such a
blow to my solar plexus that it knocked me to my knees, there was
nobody around to see me except from the air. Evidently I had
displeased someone, or so it seemed to me at the time. I took quite a
ribbing from the Voices. As I walked between the house and the stable
they would count in cadence to my stride as I marched in my boots...

Looking back on it I find it hard to describe my emotional state. I
didn't believe in spirits. I believed in men and their ability to cause
harm. It seemed as though someone was out to get me and I thought I
knew why. I was thinking in terms of the horse trainer's personal
vanity and the locale as a government security situation. I knew the
(Linear) Accelerator (which was next door to Burdick's home) was
valuable and the most powerful in the world. Seemingly it was wide
open to the public and almost anyone could go in there, yet it must
have some protection. The United States simply couldn't afford to
have it unprotected. The only people that could be seen were so-called
groundsmen, who were students, patrolling on their motorbikes. Yet
right next door was the source of particle beams and many other
things necessary to weapons research.

There was nothing consistent in the approach to my person, or any
pattern of events that I could identify. The main purpose at which
"they" were succeeding, seemed to be to upset me emotionally and
throw me off balance continuously. I felt that I was being put through
a course in directed thinking. I never had an opportunity to have a
blank mind, and have not since. I was never alone in my mind. I tried
to be objective about myself, but I realized that I was so subjectively
involved that there was no way that I could get outside the situation
to defuse it. I took every stimulus as it came, becoming increasingly
apprehensive. I rode on sand in the ring and trod on emotional sand
out of the ring. It was heavy going...

...The information I could find indicated that the visual capability of
computers was limited (1980's). There is a machine FOCUS (Flexible
Optical Control Unit Stimulator) which projects hallucinatory images
(lirectly onto the retina of the eye. I felt that I was seen by human eyes
because of the quality of the personal remarks I received during
previously private routines. At times it seemed as though my own
thoughts were bounced back to me, randomly, using different pitches
of the same Voice. I read that some efforts had been made to simplify
visual images into a primal sketch to cut data processing, and that
visual mapping techniques had been applied to auditory, olfactory,
tactile and probably emotional states. The brain was referred to as an
information sink, and the vocal chords as a transmitting terminal.

447 W.H. Bowart

Machine voices transmitting signals could be received by human

In physics and biophysics every feedback system became a
servo-system. In education the teachers were making flow-charts. No
human activity was unaffected by the application of compute re se. I
was aware that every computer, robot or communications system had
to have a human mind programming and making it operate. I knew
that the completed program could be automatic and self-correcting. An
example is the psychiatrist who invented Parry, a man who bet
heavily on horses and was stalked by a vengeful bookie. Psychiatrists
at a terminal receiving the program could not decide whether they
were interviewing Parry or a live, paranoid patient.

At times I was overwhelmed by feelings of not being able to cope with
the information explosion, especially under the circumstances in
which I was living. I felt that the machines taking me over were
directed by some evil, human enterprise.

At a sophisticated level programmers have to be advanced
mathematicians, physicists and electrical engineers. They have been
joined by the psychiatric and psychological fraternity. The best
academic thinking seems to be that human intelligence is tied to
human perceptions. Computers have been responsible for improved
medicine and rehabilitation, but they have been developed in
universities and think tanks with government money supplied by the
taxpayers. The results are often classified.

Machines are tireless, unlimited by a nervous system or emotions. I
did not like what I could feel emotionally, sense physically, and
understand intellectually. I felt both played upon and outplayed. The
whole environment was both personal and terribly impersonal. I had
nobody I could talk to except myself, and I was not sure that I was in
any condition to take on the job of both internal and external listener
and judge. I was demoralized, confused and receiving too many inputs
which were activating too many memories. I could not seem to sort my
information effectively. I was like the sorcerer's apprentice sweeping
faster and faster to stem the tide. I was no computer which could
switch through its vast memory to separate accuracy from error. I was
a human being lost in a miasma of emotion, imagination, grasping for
workable strategies, and all the while the Voices kept telling me.
"You're programmed. You're programming yourself. We're
programming you." When I put myself to the task of sorting it out,
they told me. "You're fucking your head off."

Operation Mind Control 448

Like most victims, especially those who were experiencing the mental radio effects
in the early eighties, Dorothy did a lot of research trying to figure out what was
happening to her.

Mail and phone calls coming into, or going out of, the United States
are screened by computer. Until 1976, the government consistently
denied intercepting private communications of American citizens. The
National Security Agency admitted that this was the purpose of
Operation Shamrock in Senate Select Committee hearings chaired by

immediate purpose was to uncover foreign involvement in the
anti-war movement occurring in the Untied States, but this also
caused domestic surveillance.

National Security Agency headquarters at Fort Meade Maryland are
larger than the CIA's and more modern than the Pentagon's whose
computers work with difficulty. NSA has the most powerful computers
in the world. Its annual budget is estimated in excess of one and a half
billion dollars. Nobody is sure what they spend.

Select Committee hearings brought out the fact that NSA has
the capacity to monitor domestic telephone traffic. The bulk of
interception and acquisition of information sent by citizens is being
done by the intelligence community at selected points in long-lines
telecommunication system in this country and around the world.

My husband had been using phone and telex communications for
many years. At a later date a woman friend would ask me if my
husband had perhaps involved me in the harassment I was suffering.
In my ignorance I denied it, but I have come to see that she was wiser

tank...

One of the things E-M Targeted individuals are frustrated with is trying to answer
the question "why am I targeted?" One of the survivors brought this out in the
documentary inteview we did with him. He said, "It's pointless to try and figure it
out. It's where everybody goes wrong. Perhaps one is targeted because they were
in the wrong place at the wrong time. You can't figure out why they chose you."
But Dorothy, writing at this early date could not help but try to identify her mind
watchers.

...'They' seemed to be reading over my shoulder. I thought they might
be using a new technological toy involving powerful ocular vision or
even periscope vision. I was positive that what I was rereading was
being read by others concurrently. I was jumpy, but not really
frightened...

449 W.H. Bowart

...The voices did follow me to Foothill (a school at which Dorothy
lectured). I was nervous enough facing a class of adults without being
heckled by some unknown agency while spouting forth on nutrition.
As I tried to concentrate on my notes and illustrate on the blackboard,
an insidious male Voice had no trouble penetrating the ear that was
nearest to the open doorway. I grasped the lectern securely and gazed
into the eyes of my students, and desperately, tried to concentrate on
what I wanted to tell them As a last resort I asked them if there were
any questions. They rescued me. In the give and take with the class, I
could almost forget that an unknown Voice, unheard by the class, was
making indecent suggestions or commenting on my performance in
less than complimentary terms. To my great relief, class was finally
over. The students even came up and asked some more questions.
They seemed to think that everything was normal.

I was angry and militantly decided to try and make a call to the San
Mateo Police Department from campus. I used an outdoor booth and
then realized that I could be heard by someone outdoors. I went into
an office and asked to use their phone. When I reached the police
department they wanted to know what I was calling about, and I told
them I was being harassed, the woman who took the call seemed
excited and gave me a Woodside number to call when she discovered I
was a resident of that town. I did not write it down because I was
suddenly horrified to realize by their comments that my tormentors
were listening to me even indoors on campus. This was a new and
terrifying idea to me because although I could accept the fact that the
house was bugged, and that my car was bugged, it had not until this
point occurred to me that I could be reached anywhere. The action
and the emotional tension .

I left the office and still had the presence of mind to walk around the
central part of the campus looking for a van that might contain radio
equipment. There was such a truck here, but it was closed and I
couldn't see into it. The Voice that bugged me during lecture always
came from one side or overhead. I had become accustomed to the fact
that at home I was living in a goldfish bowl, and that anyone could
very easily guess my location from the sounds that issued from the
house. I thought an eavesdropper might account for my discomfort,
and I knew that there were some that were powerful enough to pick
up sound over a mile or so. What puzzled me was whether they
actually could see me and how much. I had also considered the whole
problem from the point of view of heat sensitivity, knowing full well
that at nocturnal temperatures below 98.6 F, I would be warmer than
any surface in the house, and that I would be visible in an infrared
beam...

Operation Mind Control 450

Recently I watched a popular TV program in which people reported
receiving phone calls from the dead. How easy it would be for
govt riment jokesters using satellite communications to ring their
phones and using previously recorded voice prints, manufacture voices
to make them think that they were talking to the dear, dead departed.
How macabre, but sadly, how possible! The only question the
performance raised in my mind was whether this was part of a real
government program of disinformation or whether it was just the
bored action of some government surveillance team amusing
themselves.

...I wrote my brother, a retired naval officer whom I thought quite
knowledgeable in the fields of advanced math and physics. I needed
somebody to talk to who wasn't emotionally involved, and I was
convinced that there was some kind of surveillance equipment being
used, left over or stolen from Vietnam

Her brother wrote her back saying:

There were a number of very interesting devices developed in the
Vietnam war. Of course, I am not cleared for gossip at this point, so I
don't know any details. The business of seeing at night has been
around for a long time int he form of the ' snipe recope,' some of which
have found their way into surplus. It depends upon an infra red beam,
and was refined sufficiently in Vietnam so that it was like watching
people in broad daylight. The type of electronic devices you mention
are known to exist and have sometimes been mentioned in the press,
without any details. I am not sure, but I believe that the operation of
some of that stuff is illegal. It sounds like somebody who has access to
military or law enforcement type of equipment. What I am saying is
that the devices do exist. What I am also saying is that not very many
people have access to the more refined ones.""

In another letter her brother offered suggestions we have heard over and over as
part of the E-M Target folklore:

"The next time you hear your friends, wrap your head in aluminum
foiL If it is being carried by ultra high frequencies, the aluminum foil
will shield it out. But if you get no distinct decrease in volume, then
you must consider another source. You can even use aluminum foil as
a direction finder. If you get positive results, put a piece of aluminum
foil in a rack about three by two feet. Then when you hear your
friends, hold it alongside your head and rotate. The position of
minimum volume indicates the direction of the source."

451 W.H.Bowart

This gives you the ability to triangulate. If the source should be fixed,
you could drive around in a car and eventually pin the location down
pretty well. I don't think that the apparent aural effects as to direction
have much significance, if UHF is the source. Of course, you would
probably have to have a driver while you were swinging your
aluminum kite around.

If the above give positive results, then it may well be time to obtain a
field strength meter which operates in the gigahertz range and will
detect a field strength of one microvolt per centimeter and doesn't cost
too (?) much... The meter will give you a rough estimate on distance
with some practice. You would be able to do things like locate places
where it was weakest, thereby giving you an opportunity to avoid the
nuisance.

If you can do both of the above suggested procedures, and
demonstrate records thereof, the chances are that somebody will start
to listen to what you have to say. I think that the Go/NOGO bit is
important. If you can go to some clown, regardless of status, and tell
him, "Look I can shield the stuff out," then all legitimate muttering
concerning psychiatrists and psychologists will cease. UHF will tend
to have some cornering effect. You may have to manufacture a tin suit
to wear, complete with helmet. However the simple use of foil about
the head or even putting a bucket on your head would cause a
detectable change...

Dorothy said her brother's letters were "daylight in darkness" to her. Typical to
what the others I've interviewed say, Dorothy reported:

I have never been so alone or depressed in my life. At first I assured
my husband that I had a great time in Pullman. It seemed easier than
telling him the truth. I was exhausted...

Early in May, 1978, 1 asked my brother what might have the potential
of both X-ray and periscope because I seemed to be visible whether in
darkness or light, and visible when theoretically I should be invisible
to outside eyes. I explained that I was a moving target, and that it was
a little like being, in the zoo while being one of the animals. I told him
that I thought the point of the whole thing was to make me think that
I was Joan of Arc and hearing Voices. I wrote," This is no simple
matter. Whomever it is using a device which transmits sound in two
directions and is probably very small and portable. It can be aimed at
an individual so that the person targeted can hear the sound, but
people near them cannot, it is either part of, or used in conjunction
with, extremely powerful optics. It may also have a heat sensor, and
be used at night, because they follow me in the dark. It is so powerful

Operation Mind Control 452

that noises can be heard from all over the house, and it can be
surmised what we are doing, Very possibly it is only an eavesdropping
device, but it's definitely two-way. It seems to have a bent-angle
optical capability. It very possibly may have been borrowed or stolen
from the Linear Accelerator." I also wrote that it occurred to me that
someone on security at the university or the Accelerator might be
playing a practical joke, and included the information that all our
telephone conversations were heard. I told him that the equipment
involved seemed to be something more than you could buy at the local
radio supply house.

I had found a report in the paper about a bizarre CIA weapons
proposal. It recounted the CIA's search for offbeat weapons designed
to stun enemy agents into submission with electric shock. An
electronic net sending five shocks a second into the arms of an enemy
agent could cause pain, but not kill healthy people. In electrically
sensitive subjects a fatal heart attack might occur. The article did not
tell whether animal tests took place. I had the feeling that they might
have done a little work on this at the university. Everything I could
put together kept leading me right back to Silicon Valley, and that
great national resource the ail-American university. "While I was
packing for my trip I got suggestions from the Voices about what to
take, what to leave out, what toilet articles to include and a general
razzing. They always seemed to be able to tell what I was doing.

In the shower I was blitzed by their comments, generally insulted, and
in quality, the kind that the American Legion uses at conventions
when they go out on the street slightly smashed and goose girls with
electric probes. I did not discuss this with my husband. If he couldn't
believe in Voices he could hardly be expected to believe in long
distance ray-guns.

My husband drove me to the airport. We had Voice company all the
way to the San Francisco terminal although my husband was unaware
of it. I thought to myself, 'They must be doing this by car. I just have
to last to the airport. Thank God they can't follow the plane!'

A short time after I was settled in my seat I became aware that 'they'
seemed to be sitting behind me, toward the rear. I thought they might
be playing a tape with added sound effects of ice tinkling in glasses
and the usual air travel departure noises. The male Voice and the
girl's Voice were discussing me in none to complimentary terms.

'I bet she thought she was going to get away from us at the airport,'
he said.

'Then we have a surprise for her.'

453 W.H. Bowart

He continued, There she is trying to act natural and relaxed. Too bad
Dorothy. Too sad, Dorothy. You aren't going to get away with a
thing!'

...I thought, This must be costing someone quite a good deal of
money..."

They followed me successfully through the hall to the bathroom and
goosed me thoroughly in the shower. They razzed me while going to
the john and touched me here and there with light shocks. While
cleaning my teeth I got shot bending over, and my teeth and head
ached. I felt as though I was in place with my clothes off, or in a
shooting gallery with no place to hide. I steeled myself to go back to
the bedroom I knew their stun gun could inflict pain. I had watched
them work on the dog, who would yelp and run away biting his behind
and looking to see what had stung him. They worked me over from
stem to stern. My body muscles seemed to cramp one by one. The
sensations started as a tingling and increased in intensity to painful
spasm. The more they applied what seemed to be higher voltage, the
more cramping and resistance my muscles developed. If they stopped
for a minute or two I was so apprehensive that I couldn't relax. I
turned my back thinking I could at least protect my viscera with my
skeleton. They worked on every muscle in my back until I was tense
with pain. I got up and walked around. I lay on my back. I felt hot,
and broke out in a sweat. I could feel my blood pressure going up. My
heart pounded, and I knew they could kill me. At one point they
worked on my head, and a female Voice said, Tou gave me a
headache, now I'll give you a headache!"

They left my head and sex organs alone, quite happy with their
stimulation of my muscles and circulatory system At one point I put
the mattress on the floor thinking that they wouldn't be able to shoot
up at me so easily, or down. I couldn't tell which. I thought they were
down in the parking lot because I could hear people walking back and
forth, and the Voices seemed to be coming from there.

All the time there was a constant barrage of Voices. "Let her have it."
"You think you're so tough." "How's that?"

Like most people who I've spoken with in this condition, Dorothy was
driven to take action. Where does one turn? To law enforcement
authorities. She had already been laughed at by the locals, so she tried
the FBI:

I dialed the FBI office in Seattle, and a very straight-up, square-type
Washingtonian answered. I found I was going to have trouble from
then on, both speaking and thinking coherently because my

Operation Mind Control 454

tormentors began numbing my brain. It was a distinct numbness on
the side of my forehead nearest the windows. I had difficulty giving
my name and location. My speech, which minutes before had been
clear, was slurred. I explained that I thought someone was using
classified equipment that had been carried over state lines to

my blood pressure, caused my heart to pound, and gave me
craps in my muscles. The agent who answered told me that he knew of
no equipment that could do any of these things, and that I really
ought to see a psychiatrist. I did ask him if there was an FBI man in
Pullman I could talk to, and he assured me that nobody would talk to
me at all. I hung up the phone feeling beat-
Later, I found out that radio waves or electromagnetic energy
emanating form one little black box at 388 megacycles causes the
recipient to become confused and lose his memory. Prolonged
exposure may produce insanity. At the time I had not grasped the idea
that the same principle is easily adapted to space technology. I was
thinking in terms of local events and people I had seen and a
protective government. The whole project i
earthbound...

After some incidents in the yard and an i
rather interesting mouse being teased to death by a cat...

I had difficulty accepting the idea that my mind could be read or
thoughts anticipated. The whole concept of one's mind being read is
hard to believe while it is going on. It's a little like having someone
constantly looking over your shoulder. The first reaction is to reject
the idea and to tell yourself, "You're imagining things." Then I began
to think of ways in which what I was about to say might be picked up
by machine, because I tend to articulate thoughts and aspirate before I
speak what I'm going to say. Perhaps most people do this. As I
considered how my thoughts might be picked up before I uttered
them, I realized that I move my throat, my tongue, my glottis and
spirate, almost forming the words with my mouth and throat before I
speak them I really struggled to overcome this for a while I finally
came to the conclusion that, although all the muscles from my head
down to my focal chords were still, what I was thinking consciously
was being picked up in some way. This was about the end of April ,
1978...

In her notes Dorothy describes some of the most common experiences of an E-M
Target

455 W.H. Bowart

I have been fed bad language, obscene suggestions, and alternatively
fed a line and had it withdrawn. This is part of the brainwashing
techniques, alternating a feeling of love with hate, or feelings of
security with insecurity. "The most popular diagnosis of my mental
state would have to be paranoid- schizophrenia. The manic state
coincided with pleasurable conditioning, and the depressive state with
pain, pressure and harassment. I realize that very few people would
believe me because (1) the won't believe it possible; (2) they would
prefer not to believe it; and (3) they do not know that such technical
instrumentation is available."

Capabilities: Can be aimed from a great distance accurately. Provides
incredible X-ray or sonar location in the whole house. Has stun -gun
affect, which slows thought and speech. It raises the pulse rate, blood
pressure; can produce palpitations, heal, and seems to stimulate
vagina, clitoris, and possibly mental pleasure centers in the brain as
well. Can also cause muscle tension and pain."

Another entry noted that she believed that she and her husband had been the
target of "very sensitive listening equipment" She continued noting:

We have been subjected to subliminal conditioning by someone who
has used it before, probably in the rnilitary. One could be said to be
conditioned for exhibitionistic sex due to the fact that I can tell by
comments that my husband and I are being watched."

I have accumulated enough testimony to do another volume just on the E-M
aspect of mind control.

Operation Mind Control 456

YOU ARE BEING

OBSERVED

Have you ever considered that, when you pick up
a telephone and talk to the party on the other end,
perhaps others too are listening in to your conver-
sation? Not only this— it may be recorded and ana-
lyzed as well!

The biggest Government security agency in the
U.S. today screens and then destroys nearly forty
tons of recorded phone calls and other messages
each day. This agency is neither the CIA nor the FBI,
but the NSA (National Security Agency). The NSA's
budget is double that of the CIA and its headquar-
ters is in Fort Meade, Maryland. It has no official
spokesman and issues no press releases. Its 24,000
employees are forbidden to tell anyone where they
work. Created by President Truman in 1952, its ex-
istence was not made public until five years later.

Working in secrecy, the NSA electronically records
every international phone call and telegram— then
analyzes them by computers which check for calls.

Operation Mind Control 457

31

THE WARRIOR'S TONGUE

John Alexander is a busy man these days, not only is he one of the moving forces
behind PSITECH, a company that sells military developed remote viewing skills
(RVS) to private enterprise, he is the program manager for nonlethal defense at
the Los Alamos (N -M.) National Laboratory, an author {The Warrior's Edge), and
a practictioner of the gem of mind control arts -- Neuro-linguistics Programming.

Today, after 32 years of military service this retired Colonel has the responsibility
of drawing together and nurturing many nonlethal weapons devices which could
disable key electronic equipment, blind weapons sensors or shut off the power to
a capital city. He has drawn upon a variety of disciplines involving polymer
chemistry, microbics, kinetics, acoustics, electrical engineering, materials science
and information science, just to "demonstrate their feasibility," in the burgeoning
science called Nonlethal defense, at least so said Aviation Week & Space
Technology.™

"As the concept has evolved," Alexander is reported as saying, " we have come to
focus our efforts on antimaterial systems. If you can stop the machines of war,
you can inhibit the prosecution of conflict"

A Special Forces Army man, Alexander worked on advanced weapons concepts
including directed energy devices for most of his career. Now he's employed as a
civilian to provide allied commanders with "options to ambiguous situations,"
including the peacetime problems of counterdrug or antiterrorist operations,
through which, many believe, the last vestages of freedom will fall.

Alexander's teams, Aviation Week said, are developing scenarios for using the
broad range of technologies, while he is pushing for an even greater investment in
large-scale modeling and simulations of non-lethal weapons' capabilties and
long-term effects. "Each use of nonlethal weapons will depend on the situation,
and each situation will need a coherent policy approved by senior leadership."

The assumptions applied during concept development must be broadened
beyond conventional applications of force, Alexander said. "I believe they offer
alternatives that go far beyond just being adjuncts to traditional military
operations."

toiation Week & Space Technology, p. 19-20. January 24. 1994.

458 W.H. Bowart

"At their most effective," A viation Week reported, "nonlethal weapons would
weaken combatants before a situation turns lethal. Key to the success of
peacekeeping is the avoidance of casualties and hostage-taking, which can lead to
heightened tensions or outright hostilities."

One has to think of them as they will inevitably be used, against the dissident
civilian populations of the Allied countries. Of course a number of the non-lethal
or invisible weapons would fall under the category mind control.

It makes no difference to Alexander. A psycho-civilized society might be very good
for the national security. It doesn't matter how you play the game, the important
thing is to win. "In most wartime scenarious we are going to win," Alexander said,
"so how you win becomes important" Take Waco for example?

Alexander may represent the lighter side of the Army's long term PSYOPS
campaign... if you call psychotronic weapons the lighter side. His current cause
celeb is to sell the "Non Lethal Weapons" systems to law enforcement agencies.

Congressman Charlie Rose is quoted as saying, "I 've seen some incredible
examples of remote viewing - (Alexander's specialty) so much so that I think we
ought to pay close attention to developments in this field, and especially to what
the Soviets are doing. If they develop a capacity to have people mentally view
secret centers within this country, we could come to the point where we didn't
have any secrets. 158 " Is the metaphor "when information travels at the speed of
light there is no secrecy" manifesting?

Ron McRae, author oiMmd Wars wrote: "Early in 1981, a group of investors
asked the congressman's help in securing Pentagon funding for an electronic
paranoia inducer. Astronics, Inc., hoped to manufacture the 'psychic neuron
disrupter,' which according to the investors, interferes with the connection
between nerve cells in the brain and induces temporary paranoia. The
psychological effect, they say, is 'similar to that of hallucinogenic drugs such as
LSD, but transmitted electronically." The range of the existing device is
supposedly limited, but could be extended for military applications. Rose
submitted himself to a test of the machine, and he thinks it worked: "We don't
know how to build the hyperspatial nuclear howitzer, but we do know how to jam
the synaptic connections of the nervous system. It deserves some research
money." Depite weeks of negotiations and apparent interest at the Pentagon, no
contract was signed. The company folded a year later.

"Rose also tested telepathic hypnosis with the help of Judith Skutch, a wealthy
New York patron of psychic research who teaches "A Course in Mircales' at the
Army War College. With Rose standing at her side, " McRae wrote,"Skutch and
several other psychics associated with the Army War College broadcast psychic

m Ron McrUeMmd Wars, The True Story of Secret Government Research into the MSHary Potential of Psychic

Weapons, (SL Martin's Press. New York. 1984.)

Operation Mind Control 459

'love emanations' at Speaker O'Neill from the gallery of the House, commanding
the unknowing majority leader to turn his head left and right on command, and
then, according to one participant, commanding him to favor public works
projects in the congressman's district Skutch claims the same can be done to the
Soviet leadership, and Barbara Marx Hubbard, a noted psychologist whom the
army consults on psychic developments, hopes to 'bombard the Kremiin with
love, not missies.' Rose refuses to comment on the incident"

Steve Bratcher of SKBI Research, 159 suggests that Speaker of the House, Tip
O'Neill may have died as a result of "Non Lethal Weaponry."

"I was given a tip by an intelligence agent He asked me, 'Why don't you see if Tip
was killed?'" Bratcher said. "O'Neill was sucker-punched with eletronics more than
once,.He was told about it They turned right around, used it two or three times
on him. He knew about it He knew that it worked. They sucker-punched him
again. Who's to say that he wasn't killed by it?"

Whether or not O'Neill was killed by "Non Lethal Weapons" remains to be seen. It
is well known that pacemaker's which regulate heart patients can be stopped by
microwaves.

For a spook, John B. ALexander has a lot on the record - even for a spook in the
post Cold War era. In Military Review Journal Lt Col. Alexander described
psychotronic weapons and telepathic hypnosis. He gazed whistfully into the
future, toward a day when the U.S. military would have "the ability to heal or
cause disease can be transmitted over distance, thus inducing illness or death for
no apparent cause."

He wrote about mind weapons which could: "give psychic ability to personnel so
they could read documents at a distance or visualize the geographic layout of an
enemy's distant military installation," or "to discern troop, ship, or submarine
whereabouts." He forsaw the day when the ordinary human could use their mind
to command an enemy to do something he would not otherwise do - at a
distance. Sound familiar?

Alexander spoke of what might be the ultimate weapon of the future. (Some say
the government spent a lot of research on Radionic weaponry.) He spoke of
"disease projection", a technology by which the U.S. military could induce illness
or death "especially heart attacks and asphyxiation' (emphasis added). He said,
"uncontrollable fright and fear could also be generated by mind power." He
postulated that there would come a day when we'd have "mind alteration", which
was "the long-distance ability to cause an opponent's mind - say, that of a
president or prime minister -- to grow confused and unable to function."

Telephone interview with the author. July 2. 1994.

460 W.H.Bowart

Some of it would appear to be disinformation -- like when Alexander spoke of
"psychokinesis", the ability to move physical objects " through mind power."

One's first impression would be that it all was disinformation, all this stuff about
psychotronic weaponry, indeed. However it is known that the cryptocracy has
funded fifty years of reasearch into telepathy, hypnosis, and remote viewing. And
more than one laboratory experiment has indicated that the mind can move
physical objects -- and even erase magnetic tape and interfere with internal
computer signals.

Armen Victorian, an intrepid British researcher got on Alexander's case and
published his research in Lobster Magazme m calling Alexander The Pentagon's
Penguin" in the title of his article. From that time forth, Alexander and Victorian
were not friendly. Victorian's ariticle began:

On April 22, 1993, both BBC1 and BBC2 showed on their main evening
news bulletins a rather lengthy piece concerning America's latest
development in weaponry - the non-lethal weapons concept. David
shukman, BBC Defence Correspondent interviewed (Retired) U.S.
Army Colonel John B. Alexander and Janet Morris, two of the main
proponents of the concept m . The concept of non-lethal weapons is
not new. Non-lethal weapons have been used by the intelligence,
police and defense establishments in the past 162 . Several western
governments have used a variety of non-lethal weapons in a more
discreet and covert manner. It seems that the U.S. government is
about to take the first step towards their open use.

Victorian disclosed that Alexander was the man behind the thrust to develop
"non-lethal weapons." He pointed out that in December of 1980 he'd published
the article "The New Mental Battlefield' in the U.S. Army's journal, MILITARY
REVIEW which, he said, caught the attention of senior Army generals who
encouraged him Alexander, to pursue what they termed "soft option kill"
technologies.

After retiring from the Army in 1988, Alexander had joined the Los Alamos
National Laboratories and had begun working with Janet Morris, the Research
Director of the U.S. Global Strategy Council (USGSC), chaired by Dr. Ray Cline,
former Deputy Director of the CIA ,63 . Victorian revealed what he had found by
examining the backgrounds of Morris and Alexander

"° Armen Victorian. Son- Lethality, John & Alexander, The Pentagon s Penguin. Lobster Magazine. June. 1993.

'•' Letter dated 2 April 1993. to Armen Victorian from Mrs. Victoria Alexander.

,B The U.S. Army Chemical and Military Police used "Novel Effect Weapons" against the women protesters at the

Creeham Common Base.

10 The United States Global Strategy Council is an independent think tank, incorporated in 1981. ilt focuses on

Operation Mind Control 461

Throughout 1990 the USGSC lobbied the main national laboratories,
major defence contractors and industries, retired senior military and
intelligence officers. The result was the creation of a Non-lethality
Policy Review Group, led by Major General Chris S. Adams, USAF
(retd.) former Chief of Staff, Strategic Air Command 1M . They already
have the support of Senator Sam Nunn, Chair of the Senate Armed
Services Committee. According to Janet Morris, the military attache
at the Russian Embassy has contacted USGSC about the possibility of
converting military hardware to a non-lethal capability.

In 1991 Janet Morris issued a number of papers giving more detailed
information about USGSC's concept of non-lethal weapons 166 . Shortly
after, the U.S. Army Training and Doctrine Command at Fort Monroe,
Virginia, published a detailed draft report on the subject titled
"Operations concept for Disabling Measures." The report included
over twenty projects in which John Alexander is currently involved at
the Los Alamos National Laboratories.

In a memorandum dated April 10, 1991, titled "Do We Need a
Non-lethal Defense Initiative?" Paul Wolfwitz, Under Secretary of
Defense for Policy, wrote to Defense Secretary Dick Cheney, "A U.S.
lead in non-lethal technologies will increase our options and reinforce
our position in the post-Cold War world. Our Research and
Development efforts must be increased."

But Victorian wanted to know "How lethal is non-lethal? And he reviewed the
specious arguments put forth by the purveyors of invisible warfare:

To support their non-lethal weapons concept, Janet Morris argues
that while "war will always be terrible... a world power deserving its
reputation for humane action should pioneer the principles of
non-lethal defense 166 ." In "Defining a non-lethal strategy," she seeks
to establish a doctrine for the use of non-lethal weapons by the U.S.
in crisis "at home or abroad in a life serving fashion." She totally
disregards the offensive, lethal aspects become available to "rogue"
nations. Despite her arguments that non-lethal weapons should serve
the U.S.'s interest "at home and abroad by projecting power without

Wederaeyer, Dr. Ray Cbne (Co-Chair). Jeanne Kirkpatrick (Co-Chair). Morris Leihman. Henry Luce III. J. William Middendorf
111. Admiral Thomas H. Moorer USN (retd). General Richard Stiltwell (ret) . Dr. Michael A. Danile (President), Dr. Dalton A.
West (Executive Vice President). Its Research Directors were Dr. John Alexander. Dr. Roger Fontaine, Robert L Katula and
Janet Morris.

»" N0NLETHAL1TY; DEVELOPMENT OF A NATIONAL POLICY AND EMPLOYING NONLETHAL MEANS IN A NEW

STRATEGIC ERA - a project of the U.S. Global Strategy Cunci! 1991. p.4. Other staff members of the USGSC are Steve
Trevino, Dr. John B. Alexander and Chris Morris.

m The USGSC has issued a wide variety of papers on the Nonlethal Weapons Concept For example. IN SEARCH OP

NONLETHAL STRATECY (Janet Morris); NONLETHALITY; A GLOBAL STRATEGY -white paper, nonkthahty briefing
supplement nnO. 1; AND NONLNETHALTTY IN THE OPERATIONAL CONTINUUM.
IN SEARCH OF A NONLETHAL STRATEGY, Janet Morris, p.l.

462 W.H. Bowart

indiscriminately taking lives or destroying property 167 , " she admits
that "casualties cannot be avoided 168 ."

Closer examination of the types of weapons to be used as non-lethal
invalidates her assertions about their non-lethality. According to her
white paper, the areas where non-lethal weapons could be useful are
"regional and low intensity conflict (adventurism, insurgency, ethnic
violence, terrorism, narco- trafficking , domestic crime) 169 " She
believes that "by identifying and requiring a new category of
non-lethal weapons, tactics and strategic planning" the U.S. can
reshape its military capability to meet the already identifiable
threats" that they might face in a multipolar world "where American
interests are globalized and American presence widespread 170 "

The inventory of invisible weapons Victorian found in Janet Morris' "White Paper"
recommends two types of life-conserving technologies":

To destroy or impair electronics, or in other ways stop mechanical
systems from functioning. Amongst current technologies from which
this category of non-lethal weapons would or could be chosen are:

Chemical and biological weapons for their anti-materiel agents
"which do not significantly endanger life or the environment, or
anti-personnel agents which have no permanent effects 17 V

Laser blinding systems to incapacitate the electronic sensors, or
optics, i.e. light detection and ranging. Already the Army Infantry
School is developing a one-man portable and operated laser weapons
system known as the Infantry Self-Defense System. The U.S. Army's
Armament Research , Development and Engineer Center (ARDEC), is
also engaged in the development of non-lethal weapons under their
program called "Low Collateral Damage Munitions" (LCDM). The
LCDM is trying to develop technologies leading to weapons capable
of dazzling and incapacitating missiles, armored vehicles and
personnel.

When inventorying the supposed "Non-lethal electromagnetic technologies",
Morris made no mention of mind control or the well-documented destructive
qualities of the electromagnetic spectrum. Victorian remains faithful to Morris'
invenntory:

1C7 NONLETHALITY; A GLOBAL STRATEGY -WHITE PAPER, p3.

in search op op err, p. 3.

'• Victorian noted that at the siege in Waco. Texas, a "nonlethaT technique projecting subliminal messages, was used

to try to influence Koresh - without effect.

m NONLETHALITY: A GLOBAL STRATEGY - WHITE PAPER p. 2.

1 " Victorian cites: The computer data base compiled during the CIA/Army's Project OFTEN, examining several

Operation Mind Control 463

Non-nuclear Electromagnetic Pulse weapons 172 . As General Norman
Schwartzkopf has told the U.S. Joint Chiefs of Staff, one such
weapons stationed in space with a wide-area-pulse capacity has the
ability to fry enemy electronics. But what would be the fate of enemy
personnel in such a scenario?

In a joint project with the Los Alamos National Laboratories and with
technical support from the Army's Harry Diamond Laboratories,
ARDEC are developing High Power Microwave (HPM) Projectiles.
According to ARDEC, the Diamond lab has already "completed a radio
frequency effects analysis on a representative target set" for (HPM).

Among the chemical agents, so-called supercaustics - "Millions of
times more caustic than hydrofluoric acid 173 " - are prime candidates.
An artillery round could deliver jellied super-acids which could
destroy the optics of heavily armored vehicles or tanks, vision blocks
or glass, and "could be used to silently destroy key weapons systems

174 m

From the covert to the ridiculous, Victorian's article covered the "less lethal
aspects" of invisible warfare. It talked about the, now widely publicized use of
net-like entanglements for SEAL teams, and "stealthy" metal boats with low or no
radar signature, "for night actions, or any seaborne or come-ashore stealthy
scenario" 175 . It described as "more colourful concepts" the use of chemical metal
embrittlement, often called liquid metal embrittlement and anti-materiel
polymers" which are supposed to be used in aerosol dispersal systems, spreading
chemical adhesives or lubricants ( i.e. Teflon-based lubricants) on enemy
equipment from a distance. You can just see the Iraqi tank battallions now,
spinning their treads on the crossroads of Kuait

Was this kind of stuff just to soften us up for the "anti-personnel non-lethal pitch?
Janet Morris was not to be the first science fiction writer who had worked for the
cryptocracy. Remember there was L. Ron Hubbard, Robert Heinlein, and a host of
others in the "Philadelphia Experiment" days.

Janet Morris, co-author of THE WARRIOR'S EDGE, was best known as a science
fiction writer but had been a member of the New York Academy of Sciences since
1980. She was also a member of the Association for Electronic Defense and was

m The British MoD is already developing a "microwave bomb". Work on the weapon is going on at
the Defense Research Agency at Famborough Hampshire. See SUNDAY TELEGRAPH, September 27, 1992,
partly reproduced in LOBSTER 24. p. 14. The Royal Navy is already in possession of laser weapons which
dazzle aircraft pilots. The Red Cross has called for them to be banned under the Geneva Convention because
the could permanently blind.

IN SEARCH OP A NONLETHAL STRATEGY, P. 13.
f* Ibid.

» The US. Navy, through its Project SEA SHADOW, has already developed a stealth boat Like the Lockheed Fl 17A

stealth lighter, it leaves no radar signature - BBC. Newfound, April 28. 1993.

464 W.H. Bowart

the Research Director of the U.S. Global Strategy Council (USGSC). She was
initiated into the Japanese art of bioenergetics, Joh-re, the Indonesian
brotherhood of Subud, and graduated from the Silva course in advanced mind
control. She had been conducting remote viewing experiments for fifteen years
and had worked on a research project investigating the effects of the mind on
probability in computer systems. Her husband, Robert Morris, was a former judge
and a key member of the American Security Council 176 .

According to Victorian, Morris' inventory of "Non-Lethal Personnel Weapons"
included hand-held lasers which were meant To dazzle," but could also cause the
eyeball to explode and to blind the target She pushed for isotropic radiators -
explosively driven munitions, capable of generating very bright omni-directional
light, with similar effects to laser guns, and high-powered microwaves (HPM) -
which she revealed the U.S. Special Operations command already had as a
portable microwave weapon w .

Myron L Wolbarsht, a Duke University opthalamist and expert in laser weapons
stated: "U.S. Special Forces can quietly cut enemy communications but they also
can cook internal organs 178 . B

Victorian said that another "non-lethal weapon" Morris and Alexander waxed
poetic over was Infrasound ~ acoustic beams. In conjunction with the Scientific
Applications and Research Associates (SARA) of Huntingdon, California, ARDEC
and Los Alamos laboratories were busy "developing high power, very low
frequency acoustic beam weapons." At the same time they were exploring
methods of projecting non-diffracting (i.e. non-penetrating) high frequency
acoustic bullets. ARDEC scientists were also looking into methods of using pulsed
chemical lasers. This class of lasers could project "a hot, high pressure plasma in
the air in front of a target surface, creating a blast wave that will result in variable
but controlled effects on materiel and Personnel."

"Of course it's public knowledge," Victorian said, "that some governments have
used infrasound as a means of crowd control - e.g. France - as they have used
very low frequency (VLF) sound (20-35 KHz), or low-frequency RF modulations
to cause nausea, vomiting and abdominal pains. "Some very low frequency sound
generators, in certain frequency ranges, can cause the disruption of human
organs and, at high power levels, can crumble masonry 179 ."

The CIA had a similar program in 1978 called Operation Pique, which included
bouncing radio or microwave signals off the ionosphere to affect mental
functions of people in selected areas including Eastern European nuclear
installations 180 (emphasis added).

"* Victorian's taped converstaion with Janet Morris. March 1 . 1993.

,n THE WALL STREET JOURNAL January 4. 1993.

,n IN SEARCH OF A NONLETHAL STRATEGY, p. 14.

" REMOTE CONTROL TECHNOLOGY. Anna Keller (FULL DISCLOSURE. Ann Arbor U.S A. 1989) p. 11.

Operation Mind Control 465

Victorian thought that the non-lethal weapon concept opens up a new Pandora's
box of unknown consequences. He discovered that the main personality behind
NLW was retired Colonel John B. Alexander. Bom in New York in 1937, Alexander
spent part of his career as a Commander of green Berets Special Forces in
Vietnam, led Cambodian mercenaries behind enemy lines, and took part in a
number of clandestine programs, including Phoenix. He currently holds the post
of Director of Non-Lethal Programs in the Los Alamos National Laboratories.
Alexander obtained a BS from the University of Nebraska and an MA from
Pepperdine University. In 1980 he was awarded a PhD from Walden University
(20) for his thesis To determine whether or not significant changes in spirituality
occur in persons who attend a Kubler-Ross life/death transition workshop during
the period June through February 1979." His dissertation committee was chaired
by Elizabeth Kubler-Ross. Victorian said Alexander had "long been interested in
what used to be regarded as 'fringe' areas." As an example of "fringe areas"
Victorian said that Alexander had while a Captain in the infantry at Schofield
Barracks, Honolulu, gone "diving in the Bimini Islands looking for the lost
continent of Atlantis. He was an official representative for the Silva mind control
organization and a lecturer on Precataclysmic Civilizations 181 . Alexander is also a
past President and a Board member of the International Association for Near
Death Studies; and, with his former wife, Jan Northup, he helped Dr. C.B. Scott
Jones penorm tor experiments witn dolphins

More than just exploring the "fringes" of science, retired Major General Albert N.
Stubblebine ( Former Director of U.S. Army Intelligence and Security Command)
and Alexander were both on the board of a "remote viewing" company called
PSI-TECH. The company also employed Major Edward Dames (ex Defense
Intelligence Agency), Major David Morehouse (ex 82nd Airborne Division), and
Ron Blackburn (former microwave scientist and specialist at Kirkland Air Force
base).

Victorian said that Alexander's company, PSI-TECH, had "received several
government contracts. For example, during the Gulf War crisis the Department of
Defense asked it to use remote viewing to locate Saddam's Scud missiles sites. In
1992 the FBI sought PSI-TECH's assistance to locate a kidnapped Exxon
executive. 183

* Walden University. 801 Anchor Road Drive, Naples. PL 33904, USA. Walden University considers itself a

non-traditional university and does not offer any undergraduate courses to its students.
'" The U.S. Army Command and General College, Fort Leavenworth, Kansas, issued this on

Alexander's careen "Colonel John B. Alexander. U.S. Army Retired, manages Antimateriel Technology at
Los Alamos National Laboratories, Los Alamos, New Mexico. His military assignments included; Advanced
Systems Concepts Office. Laboratory Command; manager, Technology Integration Office. Army Material
Command; assistant deputy chief of staff. Technology Planning and Management, Army Materiel Command;
and chief. Advanced Human Technology. Intelligence and Security Command."
1C Taped telephone conversation with Dr. Scott Jones. Aug. 17. 1992.

m Taped telephone conversation with Maj. Edward Dames, June 27, 1992; and THE BULLETIN OF
ATOMIC SCIENTISTS, Dec. 1992, p. 6. 24. THE WARRIOR'S EDCE, CoL. John B. Alexander, Maj. Richard
Groleir and Janet Morris. {William Morrow Inc., New York. 1990).

466 W.H. Bowart

PSI TECH's promotional material 184 says that it specializes in "proprietary studies
for science and industry on a contract basis." That's the way the CIA often likes it

The material says that "PSI TECH consists of a select, technically qualified group
of professional analysts who provide a unique data collection capability not
available anywhere else in the world. We are a team of highly trained Remote
Viewing specialists." Remote Viewing is a science, it says, which "has been
validated by governmental and private scientific groups over the last two decades.
Briefly stated, a remote viewer is able to locate and accurately describe things
and events distant m time and space (italics are theirs.)' It says the company has
"developed applied remote viewing into a powerful investigative tool," and it can
"provide you with reliable information that simply may not be available via any
other means!"

Among the "potential applications" the brochure lists:

♦ Increase understanding of natural and scientific phenomena

♦ Concept development: describe alternative (often unique)
approaches, seed ideas; help focus R&D into high-payoff pathways

♦ Establish cause/effect, connectivity/linkage; discover "hidden
variables"

♦ Quickly sort, analyze and project the most promising critical,
enabling technologies

♦ Review the key aspects of prior events, re-look accidents, establish
the source of device or experiment failure

♦ Penetrate, survey and describe locations that are inaccessible via
any other means

♦ Conceptual and detailed subject sketchesrtarget geometries

Among the attempts at remote viewing for hire, the company advertises:
The Crisis Profile of Saddam Hussein.

A large company with strategic oil interests in the Mid East wanted the remote
viewers to look at the Gulf War's effects upon the near and far term price of oil
and analyze Saddam Hussein himself. Psi Tech tried to look at his intent,
motivation, and emotional and behavioral states, penetrated his war room, gather
information concerning his battle plans, operations, force strengths, and possible
deception schemes, and to provide a six-month general outlook for the region.

Investigative Report: Hydrogen-based Automobile Power Plant RDT&E

lu GLOBAL COMPETITIVE STRATEGIES. PSI TECH, "At Work in the Mind of Science". Box 212, Albuquerque, New

Mexico. 87125. 1994.

Operation Mind Control 467

A major auto company hired PSI TECH to peform a world-wide search for key
research and applied engineering work related to hydrogen-powered automobiles.
The brochure says: "We located and described engineering projects in North
America, Japan, France, China, Germany and the USSR. Our final report placed
emphasis upon the most potentially successful of the projects, and included
sketches of prototype designs, and descriptions of essential associated engineering
features such as turbines, flywheels, hydraulic and electric components,etc.
(Interestingly, we determined that the most potentially successful design would
not belong to our customer!)"

Projected Key Technologies for Lunar In-Situ Resource Processing

This client was a large engineering company who wanted help in selecting -- or
creating - the "most economical technologies with which to extract lunar
elements (primarily oxygen) for intended use as a possible lunar base energy
source, and as a source of propulsion for Moon-Mars expeditions. PSI TECH
furnished the company descriptions/sketches of actual future lunar raining and
resource processing operations, and recommendations with regard to power
generation devices."

♦ Other PSI TECH contracts are only listed by their descriptive title:

♦ Enigma Penetration: Soviet Phobos II Space Craft Imaged Anomaly

♦ Projected Technologies: Advanced Deep Space Propulsion Systems

♦ Cladestine Iraqi Biological Weapons Facilities

♦ A Relook of the KAL Flight 007 Shoot Down

♦ Atmospheric Ozone Depletion - Projected Consequences and

♦ Saint-Exupery Crash Site

♦ A Technical Remote Viewing Survey of Martian Surface Anomalies

♦ Joint US-Russian Remote Viewing Survey of Titan

♦ Key Latin American Narcotics Transshipment Facilities.

One source close to the company said, "a number of these attempts didn't bear
reliable fruit"

For $3,000 you can take a PSI TECH course and learn how to "remote view"
yourself. In a mere 7 days of intensive training in the 'Technical Remote Viewing"
(TM) Course developed by none other than SRI golden psychic Ingo Swann, you
can learn how to acquire a target Cue., person, thing, or event, regardless of
location in time-space), set up and initiate a topical search, discriminate between
target-associated data and imagination/personal analysis (which would probably
be the most difficult part of succeeding at this) and learn a system by which you
can structure "elaborate target-a

468 W.H. Bowart

"analysis-facilitating formats." One would suspect that the processes of NLP are
put to good use here.

Should you wish to attend one of PSI TECH's courses, the brochure says, allow an

"With Major Richard Groller and Janet Morris as his co-authors, Alexander
published THE WARRIOR'S EDGE in 1990. 185 The book describes in detail
various unconventional methods which would enable the practitioner to acquire
"human excellence and optimum performance" and thereby become an invincible
warrior 186 . The purpose of the book, the author's write is "to unlock the door to
the extraordinary human potentials inherent in each of us. To do this, we, like
governments around the world, must take a fresh look at non-traditional methods
of affecting reality. We must raise human consciousness of the potential power of
the individual body/mind system - the power to manipulate reality. We must be
willing to retake control of our past, present, and ultimately, our future ."

Alexander is a friend of Vice President Al Gore's. Their relationship dates back to
1983 when Gore was in Alexander's Neuro-Linguistics Programming (NLP)
training ( by Wyatt Woodsmall a student of Anthony Robbins and Richard
Bandler.) So, one would assume, most of PSI TECH's customers are government
agencies or government contractors.

In his book The Warrior's Edge, Alexander said that NLP was "presented to
selected general officers and Senior Executive Service members 187 " a set of
techniques to modify behavior patterns. 188 Among the first generals to take the
course was then Lieutenant General Maxwell Thurman, who later went on to
receive his fourth star and become Vice-Chief of Staff at the Army and
Commander Southern Command. 189 Among other senior participants were Tom
Downey and Major General Stubblebine, former Director of the Army Intelligence
security Command. In 1983, the Jedi master (from the Star Wars movie) -
provided an image and a name for the Jedi Project 190 " The Jedi Project's aim was
to "seek and construct teachable models of behaviorable/ physical excellence using
unconventional means."

According to Alexander the Jedi Project was to be a follow-up to Neuro-Linguistic
Programming skills. By using the influence of friends such as Major General

■ Ibid

* Ibid

Ibid
Ibid
Ibid

* The American Security Council (ASC) BOs 8. Boston . Virginia 22713. USA. ASC is militarist,
anti-Communist and right-wing. Formed in the mid 1950s, the Council acts as a right-wing think tank on
foreign policy and lobbies for the expansion and strengthening of U.S. military forces. In 1985 the ASC has
330,000 members. See, for example, the entry for the ASC in THE RADICAL R1CHT. A WORLD
DIRECTORY, complied by Ciaran O. Maolain (Longman. London 1987.)

Operation Mind Control 469

Stubblebine, who was then head of the U.S. Army Intelligence and Security
Command, he managed to fund Jedi. In reality the concept was old hat,
re-christened by Alexander.

Victorian wrote: " The original idea which was to show how 'human will power
and human concentration affect performance more than any other single factor 1
using NLP skills, was the brainchild of three independent people; Fritz Erickson, a
Gestalt Therapist, Virginia Satir, a family therapist and Erick Erickson, a hypnotist
(sic)."'

The above is incorrect, and is misquoted from Alexander's book THE WARRIOR'S
EDGE. But it was incorrect in that too. NLP practitioners, Bandler and Grinder
modeled successful therapists who were Fritz Perles ( father of Gestalt therapy),
Virginia Satir ( a remarkably talented family therapist) and Milton Erickson ( a
victim of polio, genius hypnotist and the true father of the basic NLP
breakthrough information = communication is 90% behavioral, 5% tonal and 5%
content

All of Erickson's work is now in print He was a master of the therapeutic
metaphor. I interviewed him in 76-77 while doing my basic research for Operation
Mind Control. Anthony Robbins told me about teaching the army how to improve
their skills as marksmen and at the training I received from him, Wyatt
Woodsmall (mentioned in Alexander's book) taught us some courses, one of
which was "Sort Patterns." Alexander's book contains errors such as the above,
naming Milton Erickson, Eric Erickson. He also seems to miss one of the most
valuable lessons which makes NLP succeed: the person doing the "nulping" must
remain unattached to the other person's content must not second guess their
outcome, and must assert their intention toward a win/win situation. This allows
the unique power of the creative imagination to surprise the NLP practicioner. It
would seem from his writing that Alexander didn't have a clue about this, and like
most defensive people, felt quite at home in the defense business.

In a telephone conversation with Victorian, Janet Morris 191 confirmed John
Alexander's involvement in mind control and psychotronic projects in the Los
Alamos National Laboratories. She told Victorian: "Alexander and his team have
recently been working with Dr. Igor Smimov, a psychologist from the Moscow
Institute of Psychocorrections."

Victorian said after Morris visited Russia in 1991, top Soviet mind-controllers
were invited to the U.S. Morris was shown a technique which was pioneered by
the Russian Department of Psycho-Correction at Moscow Medical Academy. The
Russians employ the technique to "electronically analyze the human mind in
order to influence it

Taped telephone conversation between A. Victorian and Janet Morris. March 1. 1993.

470 W.H. Bowart

They input subliminal command messages," Victorian reported/'using key words
transmitted in 'white noise' or music. 192 Using an infrasound very low
frequency-type transmission, the acoustic psycho-correction message is
transmitted via bone conduction. Ear plugs would not restrict the message. To do
that would require an entire body protection system. According to the Russians
the subliminal messages by-pass the conscious level and are effective almost

Another one of Alexander's collaborators, Victorian revealed, was C.B. Scott Jones,
the former assistant to Senator Clairbome Pell ( Democrat, Rhode Island). Scott
Jones was a member of U.S. Naval Intelligence for 15 years, as well as Assistant
Naval Attache, New Delhi, India, in the 1960's. "Jones has briefed the President's
Scientific Advisory Committee" and has "testified before House and Senate
Committees on intelligence matters," Victorian said. After the navy he "worked in
the private sector research and development community involved in the U.S.
government sponsored projects for the Defense Nuclear Agency (DNA), Defense
Intelligence Agency (DIA) and U.S. Army Intelligence and Security Command. He
has been head of the Rockefeller Foundation for some time and also chairs the
American Society for Psychical Research. 193,1

Victorian said the people he mentioned were all "Birds of a Feather." He explained
the meaning of that by explaining their code names: "Alexander and C.B. Jones
are members of the AVIARY, a group of intelligence and Department of Defense

field. Each member of the Aviary bears a bird's name. Jones is FALCON, John
Alexander is PENGUIN."

The literature of UFOlogy was filled with stories about one other agent of the
so-called AVIARY ~ a UFO researcher known as William Moore, who was
introduced to John Alexander at a party in 1987 by Scott Jones. Moore went
public, confessing in front of an audience at a conference held by the MUTUAL
UFO NETWORK (MUFON) on July 1, 1989, in Las Vegas, that he was promised
inside " information by the senior members of the AVIARY in return for his
obedience and service to them." Moore revealed how he participated in the
propagation and dissemination of disinformation which had been fed to him by
various members of the AVIARY. He also confessed how he had been instructed to
target one individual in particular, an electronics expert named Dr. Paul
Bennewitz. What made Bennewitz a target, according to Victorian was: he had
accumulated some UFO film footage and documentation of electronic signals
which were taking place in 1980 over the Menzano Weapons Storage areas, at
Kirtland Air Force Base, New Mexico. Victorian said that, "as a result of Moore's

In 1989 a U.S. DepL of Defense consultant and contractor explained to Victorian how he was asked to examine the
Sty of devising operational methods of transmitting subliminal messages through the TV.

"Will the Real Scott Jones please stand up'" Victorian refers to an unpublished paper by Gerge Hansen and Robert
DurantdatedFeb.20.1990.

Operation Mind Control 471

involvement, coupled with some surreptitious entries and psychological
techniques, Bennewitz ended up in a psychiatric hospital."

Just before the publication of Victorian's first paper unmasking two members of
the AVIARY, he says he was visited by two of their members (MORNING DOVE
and HAWK) who had traveled to the U.K. with a message from the senior ranks
advising Victorian not to go ahead with his expose. Victorian says he rejected the
proposal.

Immediately after the publication of Victorian's paper, John B. Alexander
confessed that he was indeed a member of the AVIARY. He said his nickname was
PENGUIN. The accuracy of Victorian's information was further confirmed to him
by yet another member of the AVIARY, Ron Pandolphi, PELICAN. Pandolphi,
Victorian said, was a PhD in physics and works at the Rocket and Missile section
of the Office of the Deputy Director of Science and Technology, CIA

In his book, OUT THERE, 194 the NEW YORK TIMES journalist Howard Blum
refers to "a UFO Working Group" within the Defense Intelligence Agency. Despite
the DIA's repeated official denials, 105 the existence of this working grouphwas
been confirmed to Victorian by more than one member of the group itself,
"including an independent source in the Office of Naval Intelligence," he said.
"The majority of the group's members are senior members of the AVIARY: Dr.
Christopher Green (BLUEJAY) from the CIA 196 Harold Puthoff (OWL) ex-NSA; Dr.
Jack Verona (RAVEN) (DoD, one of the initiators of the DIA's Sleeping beauty
project which aimed to achieve battlefield superiority using mind-altering
electromagnetic weaponry); John Alexander (PENGUIN) and Ron Pandolphi
(PELICAN). The mysterious "Col. Harold E. Phillips" who appears in Blum's OUT
THERE is none other than John B. Alexander.

John Alexander's position as the Program Manager for Contingency Missions of
Conventional Defense Technology, Los Alamos National Laboratories, enabled
him to exploit the Department of Defense's Project RELIANCE "Which encourages
a search for all possible sources of existing and incipient technologies before
developing new technology in-house 197 "to tap into a wider range of exotic topics,
sometimes using defense contractors, e.g. McDonnell Douglas Aerospace.
Victorian said he had several reports," some of which were compiled before his

Intelligence, which show Alexander's keen interest in any and every exotic subject
- UFOs, ESP, psychotronics, anti-gravity devices, near death experiences,
psychological warfare and non-lethal weaponry.

m Howard Bhira. OUT THERE. Simon and Schuster, 1 990.

* DIA's letters to Victorian dated Jury 12. 1991. Jury 8. 1992. and December 18. 1992.

,w Dr. Christopher "Kit" Greea BLUEJAY. has admitted that the CIA has compiled over 30,000 files on UPOs. 200 of

which are extreraemry interesting. Green was a CIA member in examining the UFO problem for several years, Victorian
notes.

* Los Alamos National Laboratory, lnstitional Plan Fiscal Year, 1992. Victorian's notes.

472 W.H. Bowart

"John Alexander utilizes the bank of information he has accumulated to try to
develop psychotronic, psychological and mind weaponry," Victorian wrote. "He
began thinking about non-lethal weapons a decade ago in his paper The New
Mental Battlefield. He seems to want to become a "Master." If he ever succeeds in
this ambition the rest of us ordinary mortals had better watch out," Victorian said.

But, Armen Victorian didn't watch out enough. Just before this edition was
printed, received a letter from Victorian which read:

What I am about to tell you is stuff that I always thought would
happen to others and not to us, until it did happen. Despite the long
research experience of dealing with the dirty tricks orchestrated by
various governments to harass and frighten members of the public, I
have to confess that at this pint of time myself and my family feel
somewhat confused, and if I don't add frightened, I might not be
telling the truth.

t On June 21, 1994, a rainy day, I was on my way back from our
weekly shopping, driving in a busy urban road, where a car parked on
the side of the road, without using his indicator veered in front of me
(attempting to m a ke a U-tum), as a result I collided with him and my
car was written off. I am lucky that no serious injuries occurred to me,
and I escaped whilst badly shaken. There were two people in the car,
which was an old brown colour Volvo. Immediately after the accident
the driver (male) came out and attempted assault on me. His
companion, a female, shouted at him, he returned to his car (which
was only dented on the side) and drove away. I managed to take his
number plate etcetra.

2. On June 23 (two days later), after returning home with my children
from their school, I noticed a red colour car parked in front of our
house, with two passengers in it, a male and a female. After we
entered, the male passenger (very well dressed) came out, walked to
our front window, gazed into our room for a couple of minutes, then
he went back to his car. A few minutes later he returned with his
female companion and rang our door bell. When I opened the door he
addressed me with a very friendly voice (as though he had known me
for years) calling me by one of my previous pen names which I have
not used for a few years. I told him that I am not the person he just
addressed. He produced a card, clinched in his hand which I could
not see anything of, and asked if they could come in, which I refused.
He then looked at his female companion (who was standing beside
him). They then walked away, got into their car and drove away.

3. On July 14, whilst I was away on business, I received a call from
my wife. She was clearly distressed. She told me that the police had

Operation Mind Control 473

raided our house and had arrested her, taking away some of my
research work as well as our personal documentation. At this point
the receiver was grabbed from her hand and a male voice introducing
himself as a police officer asked me to introduce myself at a certain
police station as soon as possible. He told me that he tried to avoid
the embarrassment of arresting me by his colleagues at where I was.
I drove back to Nottingham and introduced myself to the police
station they had named. They were still keeping my wife in custody.
Eventually they tried to interview me in front of a solicitor I had asked
10 r>e present. 1 maintain© a my ngnt 01 silence tnrougnout. we were
both released on bail pending further investigation. The alleged
charges which makes me laugh for the heavy handedness they had
applied to us is; "obtaining the British Telecom Services with
deception'. Which we both totally reject. It is to our mind a plan to
frame me, using my wife as perhaps a bargain chip.

4. On July 31, 1994 (Sunday) whilst I was washing the dishes after
lunch, I noticed some unusual marks on our kitchen window glass.
Upon closer examination I noticed that someone had attempted to cut
the glass. To us it was just a signal. I reported it to the police. Our
house has been burgled on five previous occasions. I have written
several letters to the Home Office and other British authorities with
no response to date. All my direct and indirect inquiries as to who
carries out such surreptitious entries has been either ignored, or
responded to with silence. In each occasion only research work and
personal and financial documents have gone missing. Furthermore,
since 1989 (I have records) my mail has been continuously tampered
with Some mail has been opened, some gone missing. My inquiries
to the Royal Mail have bom no fruit.

5. On August 4, 1994, 1 had gone to meet my solicitor (attorney). I
parked my car in a multi-story car park in a shopping mall, adjacent
to their offices. When I returned, the door on the passenger side was
wide open. Nothing had gone missing. Again I reported it to the
police.

that they do indeed keep a file on me.

7. 1 might have told you that I possess a Memorandum in Confidence,
issued by John Alexander where he openly admits that he has
approached the CIA, NSA and the State Department in an attempt to
"sort me out." He goes further to add that the US agencies in return
have been in contact with the British Intelligence about my research
work.

474 W.H.Bowart

8. On July 15, 1994, 1 went to the office of our local Nottingham City
Council for a routine inquiry about our Council Tax. The VDU
(computer screen) was facing myself and the clerk. When he punched
my name into the computer, to my surprise the computer showed all
the details about my arrest. According to the Data Protection Act of
1984, it is ILLEGAL to have any such records on anyone. These
records must be kept on the Police National Computer (PNC) ONLY.
The police have assured us that even they did not make such an
input in PNC, because there have been no charges. The question is
who has leaked this information out? I have already filed a complaint
against he City Council through the Data Protection Registrar
pending its outcome. I dont hold my hopes high.

So, here we are. In a short period of time we have been through the
stuff the movies are made of.

If you want to publicize my case you are more than welcome and
indeed I would welcome it In brief we need help. I never thought I
am such a thorn in their eyes. I seldom publish anything.
Tell me, if you will, what is your advice.

Armen Victorian
P.O. Box 99

Nottingham, NG8 -3NT
England

One might not give as much credence to Victorian's troubles if Martin Cannon
hadn't also had troubles. Both Cannon and Alexander were researching UFO
phenomenon and mind control. They both asked a lot of people a lot of questions
about John Alexander. They both believe they are targets of harassment or worse
from the cryptocratic connections of Alexander.

I listened to the tape recorded tape Cannon provided me. He identified the voice
as that of his old friend, fellow UFO research, John Alexander's wife, Vickie. On the
tape she told Cannon "John and Ed, are really steamed up over what you've
written and they're asking Gordon ( Cannon explained he thought Mrs. Alexander
meant it was Gordon Novel, a CIA asset alleged to be involved in the Kennedy
assassination) to do something about it"

My attempts to interview John Alexander have not succeeded. I've tried to contact
him through friends and at his e-mail address. There so far has been no response.
I'll say it as the newspaper reporters do: John Alexander was not available for
comment at press time.

32

CULT CONTROL

In 1990 spychiatrist Dr. Louis Jolyon West, M.D., Professor of Psychiatry,
University of California, pet shrink of the cryptocracy 198 gave a speech on cults. As
usual it was soft on fact and hard on the cryptocracy line:

It is estimated that there are more than 2500 cults in the United
States...

Now there must be a lot more "cults" than that since, the Oxford English
Dictionary said the word cult meant "1. worship - 2. a particular form of
religious worship; esp. in reference to its external rites and ceremonies - 3.
devotion to a particular person or thing..." Some would say that includes the
Moose, Elks, Shriners, Optimists, Boy Scouts, certain football teams, religions of
all denominations, hang gliding clubs, sky diving clubs, James Joyce reading
groups and on and on. But without further argument, West's comments on
"CULTS -- PSYCHIATRIC ASPECTS:"

Ten different varieties can be identified, but most of them are
religious or mystical All share certain characteristics that
differentiate them from religious sects on the one hand,
counter-culture communes on the other. Some cults appear to be
relatively benign, others harmful, some deadly.

Resume of U. West MD, includes proudly and overfly notes his service to the Tavistock Institute. Center for
Advanced Study in the Behavioral Sciences. VS. Army (enlisted), VS. An- Force (officer), Chief, Psychiatry Service, Lackland
Air Force Base, Consultant in Psychiatry. USAF Hospitals. Leo J. Ryan Award from the Cult Awareness Network, Examiner
American Board of Psychiatry. Advisory Council Behavioral Sciences Div USAF Office of Scientific Research. National
Consultant in Psychiatry to the Surgeon General USAF. Professional Advisory Council National Association for Mental Health,
Consultant US Information Agency (CIA front), Exec. Council Committee on Behavioral Research (Advisory on Disaster
Research to the Office of Emergency Planning). National Research Council Consultant USAF Aero-Space Medical Center.
Consultant Peace Corp*. Consultant Bureau of Social Research. Inc. (believed to be covertly CIA funded). Member USA
Medical Research and Development Advisory Panel. Consultant VA Health Care Committee. National Research Council
Division of Medical Sciences, and 10 on for 24 pages ending in a Bibliography, the last entry of which is: A Review of
Combata* Cull Mmd Control Wests fingerprints are all over some of the Naii-Hke ideas and experiments in mind control.

475 W.H. Bowart

Under certain conditions, people can be deliberately manipulated,
influenced and controlled to a considerable degree, even to their
detriment, and induced to express beliefs and exhibit behaviors far
different from what their lives up to then would have logically or
reasonably predicted. Furthermore, persons in such situations may
suffer harm - psychological, physical, financial and other - - as a
consequence of their having been thus manipulated, influenced and
controlled.

Such words as brainwashing, thought reform, coercive persuasion,
and the more ominous-sounding "mind control" are often employed to
account for the domination and manipulation by some cults of their
members. Roughly one-third of the people who leave cults, either
voluntarily or through the efforts of concerned family members, will
exhibit some kind of psychopathology...

Of course West would not dare mention the cult of intelligence, or satanic and
pagan cults which have been co-opted by the cryptocracy and utilized as valuable
assets.

At the time, there was a rabid anti-cult audience, so West held the easily led
"mental health" community in thrall, especially since the public hadn't yet
recovered from the biggest cult mass murder in American history - Jonestown.

The "Jonestown Massacre", as it came to be called, began when Jim Jones ordered
his followers to commit suicide. It ended with nine hundred plus bodies rotting in
the Guyanese jungle, most of them black. Nearly three hundred children dead,
along with three journalists and the first U.S. Congressman assassinated in the
line of duty, machine-gunned on the airport runway. The whole story about
Jonestown still hasn't been revealed. Too many bodies were buried too fast Too
many "official" lies were told. But in light of the events in Waco, Texas and our
knowledge of mind control, it's worthwhile to take another look:

On November 19, 1978, the day after the so-called Jonestown cult suicide I
received a call from Mae Brussell. "Jonestown was a mind control experiment,"
she said in her usual get-down-to-business style. "There was a Soviet base nearby
and the CIA was using the place for something ~ maybe just a cover, then Ryan
got involved and they decided to see if they could trigger a mass program. The
ultimate test - mass suicide - to test their mastery at mind control..."

Mae Brussell was one of a kind. The daughter of a Jewish Los Angeles judge and
the granddaughter of I. Magnin, Mae had devoted her life to research. It was her
passion. She was devoted to citizen's intelligence gathering, and was therefore
aware, before any other ordinary citizen ( I mean, without being one who was an
accomplice to the crime) that Nazi war criminals had been admitted to the United

Operation Mind Control 476

States in wholesale numbers, given citizenship, new identities and put to work for
the cryptocracy.

When the first edition of this book was published, Mae went out of her way to
meet with me. She congratulated me heartily and thanked me for writing this
book. In hindsight, I may have been among the first to confirm (without knowing
it) some of her conclusions about a totalitarian cryptocracy which was taking over
America.

When we talked in San Francisco, that first time, I had the impression that this
tiny grandmotherly woman was suffering from input overload. She talked
breathlessly, jumping from one subject to another, swimming in facts, weaving
together important pieces of a vast patriot's quilt which covered a "conspiracy to
invisibly corrupt the constitution." Now, after almost 17 years, I understand only
a fragment of what Mae Brussel knew then, and I hold her on a plateau of respect
which has levitated through time.

She called me again when John Lennon was assassinated. "Mark David Chapman,
Lennon's killer was one of the CIA sleeper agents, programmed to kill like a
Manchurian Candidate", she said. (See Who Killed John Lennon 199 by Fenton
Bressler). And she called again when Ronald Reagan was shot, telling me that his
assailant, David Hinkley was hypno-programmed in the same schools as
Lennon's assassin.

Mae never got over Jonestown. She knew all about it She even called it "Camp
Mind ControL"And, as it turned out, Mae was often ahead of everybody else, but
she was seldom wrong.

To refresh your memory: Jim Jones was the leader of a San Francisco-based
church known as The People's Temple Christian Church. A powerful orator, Jones
drew to his pews the poor, social activists, Hispanics, and mostly Blacks both
young and old. His message was peppered with socialistic philosophy. In fact
Jones was "a self-proclaimed Marxist fanatic, a white revolutionary who
commanded a huge black following of thousands." 200 If we've learned anything
from the revelations of COINTELPRO and other covert FBI political operations,
we can assume that Jones captured the immediate attention of the cryptocracy.

He was even assisted in his meteoric rise to become the head of an illegal
multimillion dollar empire. Building a network of connections with legitimate
politicians, Jones was appointed by Mayor Mosconi as the Director of the San
Francisco Housing Authority . He supported from the pulpit, and was, in turn,

Fenton Broiler. M7» Killed John Lennon, Dell. 1992.
~ Silverman. Art, The Unanswered Questions of Jonestown, Calendar Magazine. San Francisco
Weekly. December 1-15. 1988.

477 W.H. Bowart

caching weapons, experimenting with brainwashing techniques, using high
voltage shock to program the small children of his parishioners, and building an
international presence in South America.

Debbie Layton, a former Temple member, told the syndicated TV program In
Search Of: "Jones wasn't a Christian. He was an atheist He called Christ the sky
god... He was clever, deceitful and eviL He read all the books on psychology and
brainwashing, and he knew all the tricks that would get people to do what he
wanted them to do..."

Jones spoke of justice, racial harmony and he spewed fire and brimstone in his
criticism of the hypocrisy of this world. At its peak, the Peoples Temple was the
largest richest and most tightly organized group of self-proclaimed
'revolutionaries' in the entire country. And after gaining such a huge following
Jones naturally became the target of the local press.

Jim Jones and his church became the feature of a number of scathing news
articles. Jones claimed the negative press attention was motivated by those who
opposed his newly-found apocalyptic religion. He used the bad press, especially an
1977 article in New West, as an excuse to move most of the members of his
church to the 'promised land' in Guyana. But the stories of beatings, kidnappings,
sexual abuse and mysterious deaths continued to surface.

Before the events of November 1978, there were no less than a dozen
investigations of Jim Jones underway by various law enforcement agencies.
Included in these were his alleged involvements in drug smuggling, gun running
in the Caribbean, kidnapping, arson, money laundering, customs violations,
welfare fraud, illegal broadcast of coded messages, abuse of tax-exempt status,
forging trust deeds and even murder. Each of these inquiries was abandoned,
stalled, botched, or compromised until it was too late. In several of these cases,
classified investigative leads and informants were revealed to Jones. A number of
investigative files were found in Jones' cabin in Guyana after the massacre.

All this activity was brought to the attention of congressional members, and Leo
Ryan in particular since his electoral district was the bay area, from which most of
the complaints against Jones issued. Ryan was not warned about the activities at
Jonestown, in fact it is believed that intelligence agencies intervened with the

Ryan decided to go to Guyana and investigate the situation for himself. When
Ryan and a group of reporters landed on the tiny airstrip at Port Kaituma, briefly
visited Jonestown and were murdered as they were attempting to leave Guyana at
the airport Ryan was posthumously awarded the Congressional Medal of Honor,
and was the first Congress member to die in the line of duty.

Operation Mind Control 478

Then followed the "White Night," a supposed mass suicide pact, which was
executed by the entire population of Jonestown. Some of the community, made
up mostly of Black, women and children, drank cyanide from paper cups of
Kool-Aid at the urging of Jones. Others refused and were either injected or shot A
modem Masada, children and their mothers died around the main pavilion where
Jim Jones allegedly shot himself in the head. For days, the body count mounted
from 400 to nearly 1,000. The bodies were flown to the United States and later
cremated or buried in mass graves.

Pete Hammill called the corpses, "all the loose change of the sixties.'' Hammill
now wishes he'd never written that

Mae Brussell's friend and fellow researcher, John Judge saw it differently. In a
essay The Black Hole of Guyana^ he wrote: The effect (of Jonestown) was
electric. Any alternative to the current system was seen as futile if not deadly.
Protests only led to police riots and political assassination. Alternative lifestyles
and drugs led to 'creepy-crawly' communes and violent murders. And religious
experiments led to cults and suicide. Social Utopias were dreams that turned into
nightmares. The television urged us to go back to The Happy Days' of the
apolitical 50s. The message was, get a job, and go back to church. The unyielding
nuclear threat generated only nihilism and hopelessness. There was no answer
but death, no exit from the grisly future. The new ethic was personal success,
aerobics, material consumption, a return to 'American values,' and the 'moral
majority' white Christian world. The official message was clear."

One early headline read:" Cult Dies in South American Jungle: 400 Die in Mass
Suicide, 700 Flee into Jungle. 202 " Statements of People's Temple members and
accounts in the press claimed there were 1,100 people at Jonestown.
Eight-hundred-nine adult passports were found there, and there were reports of
300 children being there, supposedly 276 found among the dead with 210 not
identified. Almost a week later the "official " Guyanese body count was issued by
the American Military. That count came to only 913 bodies. Sateen survivors
were then reported to have returned to the U.S. 203

Numbers don't lie, so at their first chance Americans claimed that the Guyanese
"could not count" Next the Americans proposed another theory - the Guyanese
had missed seeing a pile of bodies at the back of the pavilion. Then, finally, the
Americans gave the "official" reason for the discrepancy ~ bodies had fallen on top
of other bodies, adults covering children. 204

Judge. John. The Black Hole of Guyana. The Untold Story of the Jonestown Massacre, Judge for
Yourself, Prevailing Winds Research. Santa Barbara. Ca. 1993.
" New York Post, 1 1721/78.
*= Guyana Daily Mirror. 1 1/23/85.

The Sew York Times. 1 1/25/78 ("layered." Ridley. Guyana, but U.S. sold.er. "only one layer").

479 W.H.Bowart

"It was a simple, if morbid, arithmetic that led to the first suspicions," John Judge
wrote. 205 "The 408 bodies discovered at first count would have to be able to cover
505 bodies for a total of 913. In addition, those who first worked on the bodies
would have been unlikely to miss bodies lying beneath each other since each body
had to be punctured. Eighty-two of the bodies first found were those of children,
reducing the number that could have been hidden below others. A search of
nearly 150 photographs, aerial and close-up, fails to show even one body lying
under another, much less 500.

"It seemed the first reports were true, 400 had died, and 700 had fled to the
jungle. The American authorities claimed to have searched for people who had
escaped but found no evidence of any in the surrounding area. At least a hundred
Guyanese troops were among the first to arrive, and they were ordered to search
the jungle for survivors. In the area, at the same time, British Black Watch troops
were on "training exercises," with nearly 600 of their best-trained commandos.
Soon, American Green Berets were on site as well. The presence of these soldiers,
specially trained in covert killing operations, may explain the increasing numbers
of bodies that appeared."

A new phrase was put out in the American press, "Suicide-murder." But was it
suicide or was it murder?

Dr. Leslie Mootoo, the top Guyanese pathologist arrived at the scene within hours
of the massacre. He turned away the assistance of U.S. pathologist and
accompanied the teams that counted the dead, examined the bodies and worked
to identify the deceased. While the American press was screaming about "Kool-Aid
Suicides," Dr. Mootoo was coming to a very different conclusion.

While news reports held that the people of Jonestown died from drinking cyanide
laced Kool-aid, Dr. Mootoo could find no evidence of cyanide poisoning. In fact,
all signs of cyanide poisoning were absent in the Jonestown dead whose limbs
were limp and relaxed. The faces showed no signs of distortion, the tell-tale sign
death by cyanide.

Cyanide blocks the messages from the brain to the muscles by changing body
chemistry which affects the central nervous system. Involuntary functions like
breathing and heartbeat get mixed neural signals from cyanide poisoning, the
muscles begin to spasm, limbs twist and contort and facial muscles draw back
into a deadly grin called "cyanide rictus." 206

Dr. Mootoo found that 80-90% of the Jonestown victims had fresh needle marks

in the back of the left shoulder blades™ Others were shot or strangled. The gun
** Judge, John, op cit

m A Guide to Pathological Evidence for Lawyers and Police Officers. F. Jaffe. Carcwell Press. 1983.
m Miami Herald. 'Coroner Says 700 Who Died in Cult were Slain'. 12/17/78. 12/18/78 'Mootoo

Operation Mind Control 480

that reportedly shot Jim Jones was lying nearly 200 feet from his body, not next to
it as would a suicide weapon. The Guyanese grand jury investigating the mass
death concluded that all but three of the people were murdered by "persons
unknown." The grand jury concluded that only two people had committed
suicide.

Lt. Col. Schuler, the U.S. Army spokesman for the massacre cleanup announced,
"No autopsies are needed. The cause of death is not an issue here." The forensic
U.S. doctors who did autopsies at Dover, Delaware later, were not aware of Dr.
Mootoo's findings. 208

Despite the Guyanese grand jury's findings the Guyanese government participated
with the Americans in a deep cover-up of the real story. The Americans brought in
16 C-131 cargo planes, planes made for carrying tanks, trucks, troops and
ammunition at the same time. The Americans claimed they could carry only 36
caskets out at one time. The removal of the bodies took nearly a week. The bloated
and rotten corpses that were eventually returned from the tropics of Guyana were
impossible to autopsy.

Thanks to the media blitz (including a movie of the week) that followed the
massacre, today 98% of the American population recognize the name "Jonestown"
and believe it was the mass suicide of a black cult of religious fanatics led by Jim
Jones. But what really happened at Jonestown?

The cite of the massacre was the Matthew's Bridge section in Guyana, originally
the site of a Union Carbide bauxite and manganese mine which had earlier been
one of seven possible sites chosen for the relocation of Jews after World War II. 209
Once the site had been prepared by a crew of select Temple members, the
"parishioners" were loaded into busses in San Francisco, driven to Florida and
loaded onto Pan American charter planes which flew them to Guyana. When they
arrived at the airport, the Temple parishioners were taken off the plane, bound
and gagged. 210

"The deception had finally been stripped bare of all pretense. The Blacks were so
isolated and controlled that neighbors as close as five miles from the site did not
know that Blacks lived at Jonestown," John Judge wrote 211 . The only public
representatives seen in Guyana were white.

*■ Maguire, John, Hold Hands and Die! .Dale Books, 1978. and Reiterman, Tim, Raven, Dutton,
1982.

*• James C. McDonald: High Commissioner for Refugees. 1933-35" Werner Lib. Bull. #43-44;
"Refugee Immigration: Truman Directive." Prologue, Spring 1981; Caribbean Review, Fall 1981.

Maguire, John, op cit
* Judge, John. opciL

481 W.H.Bowart

"According to survivors' reports, " Judge continued, "they entered a virtual slave
labor camp. Worked for 16 to 18 hours daily, they were forced to live in cramped
quarters on minimum rations, usually rice, bread and sometimes rancid meat
Kept on a schedule of physical and mental exhaustion, they were also forced to
stay awake at night and listen to lectures by Jones. Threats and abuse became
more common. The camp medical staff under Dr. Lawrence Schacht was known
to perform painful suturing without anesthetic. They administered drugs, and
kept daily medical records. Infractions of the rules or disloyalty led to increasingly
harsh punishments, including forced drugging, sensory isolation in an
underground box, physical torture and public sexual rape and humiliation.
Beatings and verbal abuse were commonplace. Only the special guards were
treated humanely and fed decently. People with serious injuries were flown out,
but few ever returned. Perhaps the motto at Jonestown should have been the
same as the one at Auschwitz, developed by Larry Schacht's namesake, Dr.
Hjalmar Schacht, the nazi minister of economics, 'Arheit Macht Prei,' or 'Work
will Make You Free.' Guyana even considered setting up an 'Auschwitz-like
museum' at the site, but abandoned the idea."

By the time Jones moved the parishioners of The People's Temple to Jonestown,
he had amassed a fortune. Press estimates range from $26 million to $2 billion,
including bank accounts, foreign investments and real estate. Much of this
wealth, listed publicly after the massacre, disappeared. Judge says, " It was a
fortune far too large to have come from membership alone. The receivership set
up by the government settled on a total of $10 million... In addition there are
indications that (George Philip) Blakey and other members were supplementing
the Temple funds with international smuggling of guns and drugs." (This
seemingly random allegation will take on greater significance as you read further.)

John Judge sums up his conclusions of the significance to the Jonestown
massacre for the purposes of this study: "To comprehend this well-financed,
sinister operation, we must abandon the myth that this was a religious commune
and study instead the history that led to its formation. Jonestown was an
experiment part of a 30-year program called MK-ULTRA, the CIA and military
intelligence code name for mind control. A dose study of Senator Ervin's 1974
report, Individual Rights and the Government's Role in Behavior Modification,
shows that these agencies had certain "target populations" in mind, for both
individual and mass control Blacks, women, prisoners, the elderly, the young,
and inmates of psychiatric wards were selected as 'potentially violent' There were
plans in California at the time for a Center for the Study and Reduction of
Violence, expanding on the horrific work of Dr. Jose Delgado, Drs. Mark and
Ervin, and Dr. Jolly West experts in implantation, psychosurgery, and
tranquilizers. The guinea pigs were to be drawn from the ranks of the 'target
populations,' and taken to an isolated military missile base in California. In that

Operation Mind Control 482

same period, Jones began to move his Temple members to Jonestown. They were
the exact population selected for such tests.

The meticulous daily notes and drug records kept by Larry Schacht disappeared,
but evidence did not The history of MK-ULTRA and its sister programs
(MK-DELTA, ARTICHOKE, BLUEBIRD, etc.) records a combination of drugs,
drug mixtures, electroshock and torture as methods for control. The desired
results ranged from temporary and permanent amnesia, uninhibited confessions,
and creation of second personalities, to programmed assassins and preconditioned
suicidal urges. One goal was the ability to control mass populations, especially for
cheap labor. Dr. Delgado told Congress that he hoped for a future where a
technology would control workers in the field and troops at war with electronic
remote signals. He found it hard to understand why people would complain about
electrodes implanted in their brains to make them 'both happy and productive.'

"On the scene at Jonestown, Guyanese troops discovered a large cache of drugs,
enough to drug the entire population of Georgetown, Guyana ( well over 200,000)
for more than a year. According to survivors, these were being used regularly 'to
control' a population of only 1,100 people. One footlocker contained 11,000 doses
of thorazine, a dangerous tranquilizer. Drugs used in the testing for MK-ULTRA
were found in abundance, including sodium pentathol (a truth serum), chloral
hydrate (a hypnotic), demeral, thallium (confuses thinking), and many others.
Schacht had supplies of haliopareael and largatil, two other major tranquilizers as
well. The actual description of life at Jonestown is that of tightly run
concentration camp, complete with medical and psychiatric experimentation. The
stresses and isolation of the victims is typical of sophisticated brainwashing
techniques. The drugs and special tortures add an additional experimental aspect
to the horror. This more clearly explains the medical tags on the bodies, and why
they had to be removed. It also suggests an additional motive for frustrating any
chemical autopsies, since these drugs would have been found in the system of the
dead.

The story of Jonestown," writes Judge, "is that of a gruesome experiment, not a
religious Utopian society. On the eve of the massacre, Forbes Bumham was
reportedly converted to 'bom again' Christianity by members of the Full Gospel
Christian Businessman's Association, including Lionel Luckhoo, a Temple lawyer
in Guyana. This same group, based in California, also reportedly converted
Guatemalan dictator Rios Montt prior to his massacres there, and they were in
touch with Jim Jones in Ukiah.( And they conducted the White House prayer
breakfasts for Ronald Reagan.) With Ryan on his way to Jonestown, the seal of
secrecy was broken. In a desperate attempt to test their conditioning methods, the
Jonestown elite apparently tried to implement a real suicide drill. Clearly , it lead
to a revolt and the majority of people fled, unaware that there were people waiting
to catch them."

483 W.H. Bowart

Jim Jones was surrounded by CIA agents or affiliates. He had a long-term
friendship with Dan Mitrione, whom he joined forces with in Richmond, Indiana
during the 1950 s where Mitrione was Chief of Police. Mitrione moved on to the
CIA financed International Police Academy, where police are trained in
counter-insurgency and torture techniques. 211 Former Green Beret, Charles
Beikman was with Jones "to the end." later charged with the murders of several
Temple members in Georgetown, following the massacre.

Deputy Chief of Mission for the U.S. Embassy in Guyana, Richard Dwyer was the
CIA agent on the scene at the time of the massacre. Present at the camp site and
the airport, Dwyer's accounts were used by the State Department to confirm the
death of Congressman Ryan. At the massacre site, Jones said, "Get Dwyer out of
here" just before the killings began. 213

Other U.S. Embassy personnel in Guyana, knew the situation well at Jonestown.
U.S. Ambassador John Burke, who served in the CIA with Dwyer in Thailand, and
was an Embassy official described by Philip Agee as working for the CIA since
1963. was well aware of the situation. A Reagan appointee to the CIA, Burke was
employed by the Agency on State Department assignments. Burke made a futile
attempt to stop Ryan's investigation of Jones. Also at the Embassy was Chief
Consular Officer Richard McCoy who worked for military intelligence "on loan"
from the Defense Department 214 at the time of the massacre. He was described as
being "close" to Jones.

According to Judge: The U.S. embassy in Georgetown housed the Georgetown
CIA station. It now appears that the majority and perhaps all of the embassy
officials were CIA officers operating under State Department covers..."

The State Department concealed all reports of violations at Jonestown from
congressman Leo Ryan, yet the Embassy regularly provided Jones with copies of
congressional inquiries under the Freedom of Information Act It is well known
that Ryan was no friend of the cryptocracy's. He had challenged the Agency's
overseas operations as a member of the House Committee responsible for
oversight on intelligence. He authored the controversial Hughes-Ryan
Amendment that would have required CIA disclosure in advance to the
congressional committees of all planned covert operations. This Amendment was
defeated shortly after his death.

Dan Webber, who was sent to the site of the massacre a day later, was also named
as CIA 215

Langguth. A.J.. Hidden Terrors, Pantheon, 1978.
Ne* York Times. 11/19/79.
New York Times, 128,6.13/ 1978
ns Daily World. 6/23M.

Operation Mind Control 484

revealing example is the Unification Church, tied to both the Korean CIA {i.e.,
American CIA in Korea), and the international fascist network known as the World
Anti-Communist League. The Moonies hosted WACL's first international
conference. What distinguished Jonestown was both the level of control and the
openly sinister involvement It was imperative that they cover their tracks," Judge
said.

The direct orders to cover up the cause of death came from the top levels of the
American government Zbigniew Brezezinsky delegated to Robert Pastor, and he
in turn ordered Lt Col. Gordon Sumner to strip the bodies of identity," Judge
wrote.

After the Jonestown massacre, Pastor was promoted to the position of Deputy
Director of the CIA. "One can only wonder," Judge wrote, "how many others tied
to the Jonestown operation were similarly promoted?

The ultimate victims of mind control at Jonestown are the American people,"
Judge said. "If we fail to look beyond the constructed images given us by the
television and the press, then our consciousness is manipulated, just as well as
the Jonestown victims' was..."

There never has been a full investigation of the Ryan assassination or the Peoples
Temple massacre. There were special Congressional hearings held in the
aftermath, but these were so flawed as to be farcical. Subpoena power was not
invoked to compel testimony. The staff of the U.S. Embassy in Guyana weren't
even called. Only a watered-down report was issued, of which 5,000 pages were
classified and withheld from release.

The only trial to result from Jonestown was criminal prosecution of temple
functionary Larry Layton, who was tried once in Guyana and twice in the United
States. The Guyanese acquitted him of murder charges on the grounds that he
had been brainwashed. The second trial was held in San Francisco. The charges
were conspiring to kill Congressman Ryan, lt ended in a hung jury. The third trial
saw Layton convicted on conspiracy charges and sent to prison as Jonestown's
single scapegoat

The judge in Layton's case summarily denied defense motions to obtain
documents and testimony regarding State Department or CIA involvement with
the Peoples Temple. A group of Jonestown survivors and relatives also filed a $50
million civil action against the Federal government alleging such involvement
but their case was thrown out almost immediately on procedural grounds and all
subsequent appeals were turned down.

Jim Jones opened his first temple in Indianapolis in the late fifties. He sold live
monkies door-to-door to help finance it He took a sabbatical in 1961-62, living

485 W.H. Bowart

under somewhat mysterious circumstances in Belo Horizonte, a small city on the
Brazilian coast A reporter from the San Jose Mercury News, traveled to Belo
Horizonte after the killings, he reported that several of Jones' neighbors from
1961 said a staff car from the US Embassy visited him there weekly. 216

When he returned to Indianapolis, Jones announced the temple would move to
Northern California. "It may very well be just a coincidence," said reporter Art
Silverman, "but another man made the same pilgrimage from Indianapolis to
South America at about the same time, he was Dan Mitrione, the Indianapolis
police chief at the time of Jones' first Peoples temple. Mitrione later became
infamous as the US torture instructor - working for the CIA under the cover of
the Agency for International Development - who was kidnapped, interrogated and
finally murdered by the Tumpamaro guerrillas in Uruguay. Mitrione's story was
told in Costa-Gravas' film State of Siege.

"Did Jones and Mitrione know each other? Here we move into the twilight zone of
conspiracy theories and speculations. A number of years ago I called Mitrione's
son, Dan Jr., himself an FBI agent, and asked that very question.

"•No,' he said emphatically.

"And," Silverman wrote, "that was the end of it until March 1985, when Dan
Mitrione Jr. was in the papers himself. He had just pleaded guilty to federal
charges of possessing 90 pounds of cocaine and was about to be sentenced to
prison."

"There are still people who believe in Jim Jones," narrator Leonard Nimoy said at
the close of In Search of Jim Jones. * Some of them still sleep with Jones'
picture."

One of John Judges most important sources, Michael Meiers made a thorough
study of Jonestown and wrote a book entitled Was Jonestown A CIA Medical
Experiment? A review of the Evidence. 2 " His conclusions are worth repeating:

...While living in Brazil, Jones receive his life assignment with the
CIA's... MK ULTLRA program... By the time Jones was brought into
the program. MK ULTRA was fifteen years old and many of the
laboratories had since filed their final reports with the agency before
disbanding. The experiments, conducted in university research
departments, mental hospitals, and prison medical clinics
represented the most authoritative source of information on their
assigned subjects within the limits of a laboratory environment. The
agency complied a library containing data that needed to be collated

w Silverman. Art, Op CiL

117 Michael Meiers. Was Jonestown A CIA Medical Experimenl> A Rev*u< of the Evident*. Studies in American

Religion. VoL 35, The Edwm MeUen Press, POB 450. Lewiston. New York' 14092

Operation Mind Control 486

into a comprehensive science of behavior modification. The task was
assigned to Jim Jones, who would require another fifteen years to
complete his findings in a major field test known as Jonestown...

Of course as we've noted in this work, there was a lot of redundancy in the
programs. Jones, no doubt knew nothing of the other programs going on at the
same time. While he is reported using some of the so-called Monarch techniques
( researcher's have raised enough evidence to suspect that Bonnie
Malmin/Bumham/Thielmann, 218 "the blonde bomber" may have been a Monarch
"model"), it would appear that his focus was on mass control largely through
drugs.

...While in Rio, Jones was briefed on MK Ultra and took advantage of
the locale to study voodoo and the African religion, Macumba, as well
as the faith-healing preacher, David Martins de Miranda, who
exhibited extraordinary control over his followers who referred to
their leader as "The Envoy of the Messiah." This modem-day John the
Baptist imparted much of his knowledge to the aspiring Jim Jones.

A lot happened in 1963. In October Britain suspended the constitution of Guyana
and the leftist government fell. In November President Kennedy was assassinated,
and in December the first of several military coups destroyed any hold the
Communists had on the Brazilian government

... (In) 1963, Truman and many others recognized that the executive
branch of government was no longer in control of the agency but no
one questioned who was in control. Everyone assumed that the CIA
had gone its separate way under its own power. No one could see
that the Nazis who helped establish the agency had used the need to
know security system to continue the Third Reich in the United States
under the impenetrable cloak of national security.

The Nazis hiding in the CIA were relatively quiet for the first few
years after World War II that it required to convince the American
public that their true enemy was not fascism but communism. The
success of the McCarthy Era propaganda campaign in the early
1950's marked a distinct change in U.S. intelligence. No longer
satisfied with merely gathering information about world events, as
was their chartered function, the CIA began to create events that
shaped history.

With the formation of the National Security Agency in 1952, the CIA
was relieved of most of the responsibility for gathering intelligence
but even though it had outlived its original function, the agency

m Bonrae Thielnunn. The Broken God, David C Cook. Co., Elgin. DhnoU. 1 979.

487 W.H. Bowart

continued to grow in personnel and budget. They were left with little
more to do that play "what if' games; speculative contingency
planning like. *ls there a pharmaceutical solution to the growing
unrest among Blacks and Native Americans?" The experiment in
Jonestown was conceived from just such speculation

Jim Jones worked for the CIA but that does not exclude the distinct
possibility that he only worked through the agency for bis true
employer, the Nazis. As a youngster he studied the Nazis, later he
would employ Nazis in his Peoples Temple that was structured along
fascist lines. When the FBI searched Jones' San Francisco office after
the massacre they found that half the books in his personal library
were about behavior modification and the other half were about Nazi
Germany. The odyssey that ended in Jonestown, began some fifteen
years earlier in Brazil when Jones received his life assignment,
presumably but not necessarily, from bis CIA employer...

...Until 1983, the chief Nazi-hunter in the U.S. government was Allen
Ryan, but, by this third year of the Reagan administration, most
attempts to identify Nazis in government (and particularly in the CIA)
were circumvented by President Reagan and Vice President Bush ( a
former director of the CIA). Reagan gave the agency sweeping new
powers to spy on American citizens at home, operate domestic front
companies and prosecute anyone who identified Agency personnel.
He increased their budget and approved construction of a new wing
on their headquarters. The recent growth of the CIA is indicative of a
fascist, right wing wave that is presently rampant in the United
States...

Where is the accountability of our government? Itemized accounting shows that
Jones received millions of dollars from the federal government which he used to
finance the experiment in Jonestown. Even the tractor that transported the
assassins to the site of congressman Ryan's murder was "U.S. government
surplus." Meiers asks:

Had Jones only mastered the system and taken advantage of its
bureaucratic inefficiencies, or did he have inside help?

As we have heard from the Monarch survivors, sex was used by the cryptocrats to
blackmail and reward politicians. Meiers notes this also was the pattern in the
People's Temple:

Sex was also used to reward and blackmail politicians both in
California and later in Guyana where Jones would provide a number
of Temple women to government officials who were then shown

Operation Mind Control 488

photographs of their encounter and be reminded that if they refused
to cooperate with the Temple their public careers would be ruined...

And from looking at some of Jones' practices we might assume that we might find
them in use by the cryptocracy. Meiers says that Jones required his closest
trustees to sign a "self-confession statement" as a test of "loyalty:"

The three basic confessions, dictated by Jones and signed by the
member, attested to child molestation, homosexual acts or conspiracy
to assassinate public officials. It wasn't long before the signer
realized his confession might be used to blackmail him into Jones'
service. This fear helped to blind the subject to the true danger, the
"sheet of paper." Jones required his top aides to sign the lower
right-hand comer of a blank sheet of paper. It appeared harmless
enough in comparison with the self-confession letter, but it was
deadly...

The blackmailed aides would become the Temple hierarchy, the
ruling elite and, for the most part, the only survivors of the massacre
in Jonestown.

Meiers does as one is wont to do, sound the alarm - our freedoms are
endangered:

For our democracy to survive into the 21st century, Americans need
to understand that their lives and freedom are in danger from an
enemy that most believe was defeated over forty years ago. We are
now only fifty years into Himmler's plan to purify the race of man in
the first one hundred twenty-five years of the Thousand Year Reich. It
would seem that the plan is still on schedule. Fifty years ago, the
Nazis had to manually identify homosexuals and drug addicts,
transport them to the death camps that they had to build, pay for the
guards, the cyanide, and the disposal of the corpses, all under public
scrutiny and the chance that eventually they would have to answer
for their genocidal crimes...

...The Hixnmlers, Mengeles, Laytons, and Joneses of this world have
planned a "war" very different from the nuclear demise that most
envision but nonetheless devastating. Just as the Crystal Night
began the first Holocaust and the second World War, so too the
White Night began he second holocaust and your future. It is very
important. Millions of lives are in the balance.

Meiers presents an annotated bibliography of over 30 books written about
Jonestown. "Some are government propaganda, " Meiers writes, "others are a
defense of the author's or the church's involvement with Jim Jones." He traces

489 W.H.Bowart

... the most interesting aspect of the New York Times' treatment of
the Jonestown subject is not the contributors or distortions but,
oddly, the placement of the articles in their newspaper. Most are
adjacent to the articles on the CIA and the Nazis. A prime example is
the December 4, 1980 edition which included the CIA's ultimate
defense. The article, entitled "House Committee Clears CIA of Role in
People's Temple Curt" reported,

The House Intelligence Committee has found
"no evidence at all" that the Central Intelligence
Agency was involved with the People's Temple
commune in Guyana before the m ass murders and
suicides there in November 1978.
The House Intelligence Committee was responding to Congressman
Ryan's staff and others close enough to the story to at least suspect
that the CIA sponsored the experiment. Their "no evidence at all"
statement was one of the most blatant lies in the post- Jonestown
propaganda campaign.

Adjacent to that story, the Times printed an article entitled, "CIA
Linked to Mind-Control Drug Experiments." Citing documents
released a day earlier under the Freedom of Information Act, the story
outlined how the CIA had conducted a mind-control experiment on
eight Black inmates at the Federal Addiction Research Center in
Lexington, Kentucky back in 1963. Previously released documents
detailed the CIA's mind-control experiments with LSD at that same
facility but these later experiments used a mysterious hallucinogenic
called BZ that "is a very long lasting drug which causes marked
changes in mental functioning." According to the article, The Army
had a similar program," (presumably within the Army's Chemical
Warfare Division under the direction of Dr. Laurence Layton).

It was more than just a coincidence that the CIA would be absolved
of any wrongdoing in the Jonestown affair on the same day that they
released documents mcriminating themselves in a smaller scale
experiment. The uncanny timing suggests that the agency's M K
ULTRA division was plea-bargaining. Cleared of the major crime,
they admitted to a lesser one. An overall study of the Times' habit of
placing articles on Jonestown adjacent to articles on the CIA and the
Nazis raises questions as to their motives. Perhaps they simply
recognized that these three seemingly unrelated subjects would
interest the same type of reader but there is a strong chance that the
New York Times recognized the truth about Jonestown but were

Operation Mind Control 490

either afraid to print it or censored from doing so. By placing articles
on these three subjects together, they implied a connection to the
amazement of conspiracy researchers and, no doubt, the irritation of
the CIA.

Perhaps we do have The New York Times editors to thank for their attempt to say
what they were not allowed to say outright There had been a concerned attempt,
Meiers concludes, to suppress information, stifle investigations, censor writers
and manipulate public opinion.

...The propaganda campaign that assaulted society following the
experiment in Jonestown is extremely complex and, in many ways,
more difficult to comprehend than the experiment itself. The story is
full of agents and counteragents, provocateurs and informants of
dubious intention. Some worked for Jim Jones or the CIA, others for
themselves as a self-defense of their personal involvement with the
Peoples Temple. Those few who worked for the truth were too often
misled by their sources. The only conclusion that can be reached with
any certainty is that the group of people who helped formulate the
public's opinion of the White Night was comprised of various villains
and victims.

Meiers' most startling revelation is that Jones and those closest to him escaped
after the massacre into Venezuela:

The Reverend Jim Jones is alive, wealthy, secure and conceivably
sipping pina coladas on the veranda as he reads this first published
account of his escape from the carnage

It was reported by a number of his followers that Jones had several doubles.
Meiers believes the body which was supposed to be Jones' was a double.

In the aftermath of the massacre, a corpse was discovered in front of
the throne among the nine hundred others in and around the pavilion.
It was tentatively identified as Jim Jones. Unlike most of the other
victims, the body had not been poisoned but shot once behind the
left ear. It was presumed that he had been murdered by a disen-
chanted follower as the gun was found some thirty yards away but
this will never be established for certain because nitrate and neutron
activation tests were not performed to determine if there were
trances of gunpowder on Jones' hands. Such tests are standard
procedure in deaths where there is a question as to murder or
suicide...

491 W.H.Bowart

The corpse, identified as Jim Jones, was allowed to rot in the jungle
heat for four days before it was removed. No attempt was made to
preserve the remains. The body was not refrigerated ( not even in the
temporary morgue set up at the Georgetown airport). This may be
due in part to the U.S. State Department's original plan to bury all the
dead in a mass grave in Jonestown, without identification or
autopsy...

...The FBI was not positive that the body was Jim Jones, only that the
body was the same man arrested as Jim Jones five years earlier.
There were no other records of Jones' prints. The authenticity of the
LAPD files was never questioned and the case was mistakenly
closed...

Meiers says that the CIA is not responsible for the Jonestown atrocity, but they are
accountable for it. He states the obvious, that any government or agency is only
as good or as bad as the people it employs. And he laments the lack of chain of
command in the CIA which is not typical of say, military organizations. But
methinks he lets the CIA off too easy, at least for the murder of Leo Ryan. One of
the first things a homicide dick does in a murder investigation is to establish a
motive. The CIA certainly had the motive to lure Congressman Ryan to Jonestown
and to certain death.

...(Ryan's) interest in the CIA became the dominant factor in Ryan's
life in Washington... (his) concern over the CIA's domestic spy
operations was legitimate and well founded. It had been reported
that there were more intelligence agents illegally operating in Ryan's
San Mateo county and the adjacent Santa Clara County than in all
other parts of the United States combined; Washington, D.C.
included. The area, dubbed Silicon Valley, had evolved to become the
center of high technology in the U.S. and boasted the highest
concentration of military and industrial secrets in the world...

...Ryan, who was a member of the Government Information and
Individual Rights Subcommittee, accurately perceived the CIA's
presence in California as a threat to the rights of the citizenry. The
main problem was that many CIA operatives were violating the law
in the pursuit of their work. Innocent citizens were being hurt in the
name of national security, and Ryan was concerned.

Meiers notes that several factors encouraged the CIA to break the laws of
California. There were no detailed instructions to operatives, after all, and too
much was left up to the discretion of individual agents. Besides, in a
compartmentalized agency where the need-to-know applies, the right hand
usually does care what the left one is doing.

Operation Mind Control 492

Many agents believed that their secretive work in U.S. security was
above the law and their higher purpose gave them license to break
the law. Some thought their work was special, others thought that
they were special. This egotistical attitude remains a problem to this

Also, there were agents who used their cover and contracts to further
criminal activities they would have pursued even if they were not
employed by the agency. This group was the inevitable criminal
element found everywhere...

In 1994, one of our sources reported that organized crime was giving large sums
of money to help undermine the CIA which "has taken over drugs, prostitution,
pornography, and the slave trade." According to this Don, "Now, we work for
them, and we don't like it There's no honor among them."

If Congressman Leo Ryan had lived, things today would have been different
Almost as soon as he got to Washington Ryan authored the Hughes-Ryan
Amendment to the National Assistance Act It would be the only piece of

legislation he would introduce in his sue years in Congress. It transferred

responsibility for overseeing the CIA from the Armed Forces Committee, which
too often turned a blind eye to the agency's activities, to the International
Relations Committee of both houses of Congress. The CIA fought the Act mightily
and would have succeeded in squelching it had it not been for Ryan's impeccable
timing -- Ryan introduced the bill at the height of the Watergate scandal.

The Hughes-Ryan Amendment passed into law. earning Leo Ryan
two distinctions; a seat on the International Relations CIA Oversight
Committee and a very prominent position on the CIA's list of
enemies..

Ryan's new legislation required the agency to account for all the money it spent
for covert operations after congressional approval. It was as part of his work on
the Committee that Ryan discovered evidence to support the contention that the
CIA had sponsored several cults that practiced mind control. He was quoted as
saying, "Well something has to be done about those people."

Instead, they did something about Congressman Ryan.

day.

492a WM.Bowart

Operation Mind Control 493

33

THE FIRE IN WACO

Perhaps not since the Reichstag fire in Nazi Germany have flames leaped so
visibly onto the pages of history. The flames in both Waco and the Reichstag fires
were fueled by mind control. At least that's the impression you get when you read
attorney Paul D. Wilcher's letter to Attorney General Janet Reno.

Dated May 21st, 1993 the letter begins with no salutation, the phone numbers of
Ms. Reno, Justice Department Communications Director Carl Stem,
Appointments Secretary Melilssa Muller, Assistant Attorney General Richard
Scruggs, and James Kramarsic, Special Ops — CIA. With a typical lawyerly lack of
style the letter begins:

RE: (1) Vital NEW information concerning the conflagration at David
Koresh's Branch Davidian compound, "Ranch Apocalypse," outside
Waco, Texas, on Monday, April 19th, 1993, which is now being kept
from you and covered up — i.e., that what happened was NOT a
"mass suicide," but rather a MASS MURDER.

(2) The meaning and significance of this NEW information —
particularly with respect to the Justice Department's ongoing Waco
investigation, and future indictments and prosecutions — i.e., you are
headed totally in the WRONG direction (italics are shown as
iinderlinings in the letter) — because Bush Administration holdovers
in the Justice Department, along with others tied to the CIA, are
preventing you from ever learning the truth about what actually
happened in Waco;

(3) The extreme sensitivity of this information, and my specific
proposal as to how you should handle it. The lives of key participants,
other witnesses, and even myself are now in grave danger as a result
of my passing this information on to you. If you let this information fall

494 W.H. Bowart

into the hands of the wrong persons, some or all of those who know
the truth about Waco and are now prepared to come forward and
testify could well be "silenced" (i.e., MURDERED in the very near
futur).

(4) And the extreme importance of this information to the overall
quality of justice under the Clinton Administration, to your own place
in history as Attorney General, and to President Clinton's very life
and personal safety. This information, if handled in the manner I
have spelled out in detail below, presents you and President Clinton
with a once-in-a-lifetime opportunity to expose, confront, and
hopefully root out much of the system-wide corruption which has been
at the core of the federal government for at least the past 30 years.

The letter then reads:" DEAR ATTORNEY GENERAL RENO" in caps.

The purpose of this letter... is for me to deliver to you extremely
sensitive information about the deaths of the 86 men, women, and
children who perished at the Branch Davidian compound on Monday,
April 19th, 1993, and the truth about how it all happened.

But even more important, my purpose here is to demonstrate how the
Waco tragedy fits into a much bigger (and far uglier) picture, and to
present my specific, detailed plan as to how you should attack the
overall problem at its root causes.

The plan I am offering here is not at all what you might expect, at
first glance, for it is far more comprehensive, and deals with far
deeper root causes than you have thus far been made aware of (sic).
Indeed, although you may not realize it, you are still surrounded in
the Justice Department, the FBI, the BATF and elsewhere throughout
the government by Reagan-Bush holdovers many of whom are
determined that you will NEVER leam about the core issues and
ugly truths which I have laid out for you here in some detail..."

Full of hope, and apparently not knowing Janet Reno, Wilcher expressed his
optimism that Ms. Reno would use her good office to "attack the system-wide
corruption which has been at the core of the federal government for at least the
past 30 years, and to bring about the most fundamental and far-reaching changes,
in terms of restoring basic honesty and integrity, which have occurred in our
national government for at least the past generation."

Wilcher then launched into a long section entitled WHAT IS THE RIGHT THING
TO DO? The prose is filled with citations of law and excerpts from Reno's own
rhetoric. Especially noteworthy is where Wilcher quotes Reno saying:
"...sometimes doing the right thing is very politically unpopular, Sometimes it

Operation Mind Control 495

will be painful, for it will, of necessity, hurt someone. But with strength and
courage, let us face that question unafraid, and together seek justice for all."

The subject of mind control is introduced on page four when Wilcher writes:
"David Koresh had an extensive CIA background... he was known in CIA circles as
a "sleeper" — someone who had been subjected to extensive CIA "mind control"
training and programming..."

Wilcher said that it was not a coincidence that all these events were occurring in
or near Waco, Texas — "since Waco is a major center for such CIA "mind control"
experimentation and programming — with much of this activity occurring at the
CIA's Leadership Management Institute in Waco." Wilcher pointed out that
"similar CIA-sponsored "cults" are located across the country including in such
places as Salt Lake City, Utah; Provo, Utah; Logan, Utah; Boise, Idaho; and San
Francisco, California," and that one or all of these other "cults can likewise
'explode' onto the front pages of the press at any time the CIA deems appropriate,
in order to accomplish its pre-determined, hidden, right-wing political agenda."

Wilcher indicated to Reno that he knew who had committed the murders, who
had ordered them, and who had been part of the chain of command. He then
lapsed into more recitation of Disciplinary Rules and Codes of Professional
Responsibility from the American Bar Foundation all of which had bearing on
ethical considerations for Reno. In fact he was outlining for Reno reasons why she
must begin to weed her own garden in the Justice Department as well as within

Firearms (BATF).

Waco, Wilcher wrapped up the motivational part of his argument and launched
into a background briefing on events leading to the February 28th BATF raid on
the Davidian compound:

1) To begin with. Vernon Wayne Howell, also known as David
Koresh. had connections to the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA).

2) Indeed, he and six (6) of the men in his inner circle were known
among CIA covert operatives as "sleepers" — persons whom the
Agency had performed mind control experiments on, and who had
been preprogrammed to carry out specific pieces of CIA "dirty
business" at some point in the future, once a specific cue or signal
was given to them by their contact persons or "handlers" within the

3) Third, David Koresh was very much like the Reverend Jim Jones,
in that he, too, was 'a gangster who used a Bible instead of a gun... '

Agency.

496 W.H. Bowart

In a Note, Wilcher remarked: "Jonestown was NOT a mass suicide, any more than
Waco was. Instead, Jonestown, like Waco, was a mass murder — in order to
guarantee that there would be NO survivors to tell about the CIA's extensive mind
control experiments which had been performed on those mostly-black victims in
Guyana.

The letter resumed:

4) Fourth, David Koresh was also very much like Charlie Manson, in
that he, Jones, and Manson all demanded and received total
domination over, and total submission from, all of the men, women,
and children in his group.

5) And like the Reverend Jim Jones and Charlie Manson, David
Koresh likewise had received much of his mind control training at the
hands of the CIA, and was a product of their system.

6) In other words, David Koresh may have been what most people
would consider a thoroughly disgusting, and mentally disturbed,
megalomaniac. But he was the CIA's megalomaniac — or at least
someone they were all to happy to use for their devious right-wing
purposes if and when the opportunity ever presented itself.

7) Indeed, David Koresh and these six (6) other men in his inner circle
had apparently been pre-programmed by the CIA to become, on cue,
'Manchurian-Candidate- type' robot assassins.

Here Wilcher inserted another note:

This is one of the most crucially important pieces of information
concerning this entire scenario. Koresh and his six (6) fellow 'sleepers'
were apparently pre-programmed by the CIA to become 'wind up, use
once, then throw away' robot-type assassins — much like:

(a) Sirhan B. Sirhan, the man used as the CIA 'patsy' in the
assassination of Senator Robert Kennedy on June 5th 1968...

(b) David Hinckley, the man used as the CIA "patsy" in the
attempted assassination of President Ronald Reagan on March 31.
1981...

8) The CIA has apparently been able to produce
'Manchurian-Candidate -type' robot assassins ever since the late
1940's, using methods reminiscent of the 'brain washing' we have all
heard about in Soviet (and American) prisoner of war camps and
prisons — as well as far more sophisticated and sinister techniques
which have been developed and perfected over the intervening years.

programming of 'brain washing' is the fact that critical segments of

Operation Mind Control 497

the subject's memory — including most or all of the programming
experience itself — are erased (or at least suppressed and deeply
buried), with new false 'memories' implanted into the subjects
unconscious mind in their place. Indeed, all of this mind, behavior,
and memory alteration is done at the subconscious or unconscious
level.

Indeed, once the CIA's programming has been completed, memory
blocks are installed into the subject's subconscious mind to make it
next-to-impossible for him ever to recover these critical mind- and
behavior-altering experiences from his internal memory bank.

Therefore, since he is unable to remember what was done to Him —
or when, where, how, or under what circumstances it happened — he
is also virtually helpless to confront and overcome what his CIA
programmers have done to him. he is thus at their 'mercy' from then
on — though, of course, they have NO mercy.

10) Then, at some time in the future, upon being given a specific
secret signal — known in advance only to his CIA 'handlers' and his
subconscious mind, and which to any untrained person (such as a
husband, wife, coworker, etc.) would be overlooked as being totally
innocuous — he will automatically revert back to carrying out
whatever behavior he has been pre-programmed to perform on cue —
nearly always some violent or criminal act against a person or group
the CIA has targeted for destruction. At least, that's how such mind
control programming is supposed to work.

11) It is also important to note that such mind control progr ammin g
generally includes one or more pre-programmed 'self-destruct'
responses, so that the subject can be ordered by his handlers to
commit 'suicide' — again, as a kind of mindless, trance-like, robotic
response which he would not even be consciously aware he was
being ordered to do, or that he was actually carrying out, until it was
too late to save him — if and when his handlers ever deem it
necessary for him NOT to be available for questioning by persons
who might be able to uncover the truth about his secret programming
and/or what tasks he had been pre-programmed to perform in his
trance-like robotic state.

These 'self-destruct' responses would typically be triggered by the
subject's handlers once he had successfully performed his
preassigned mission, or once that mission had been called off or
altered — or under any other scenario under which he would no
longer be of any value to the Agency — as a way of protecting his
handlers, and the Agency itself, from any exposure, liability or
accountability — under what is called 'plausible deniabilrty.'

498 W.H. Bowart

David Koresh's psychological profile, however, showed him NOT to
be a person ever likely to commit suicide.

Wilcher went on to cover the programming of Candy Jones and the death of
George DeMohrenschildt, much as it has been covered in this book before. He also
devotes a number of pages to the CIA's use of D.C. Police and U.S. Park Service
Officers to cover what Wilcher says were CIA covert operations in which six black
men were murdered in Pershing Park, two blocks from the White House. These
pages are all worth reading, but due to space considerations I have deleted them.
We pick up the letter again after that:

16) Mind Control and Memory Blocks to Ease the Consciences of the
CIA's PROFESSIONAL killers:

Thus far, we have been discussing mind control and memory blocks
in the context of the CIA's 'Manchuhan- Candidate-type' robot
assassins — those low-level individuals — like Sirhan Sirhan, David
Hinckley, Mark David Chapman (who assassinated the Beatles' lead
singer/songwriter John Lennon), and the six (6) Black men murdered
in Pershing Park — persons who are programmed by the Agency to
be used only once then thrown away' and discarded — i.e.. persons
who are destined either to be killed or imprisoned for the rest of their
lives, once they have performed their pre-ordained secret mission.

In other words, these low-level individuals are highly expendable —
particularly when getting rid of them will preserve the 'plausible
deniability' that the Agency had anything to do with their teaming,
conduct, or activities.

In the context of these low-level individuals, the mind control
programming we have been discussing is used not only to condition
the desired robotic response to a pre-ordained secret signal, but also
to prevent the subject from remembering anything to do with their
training, conduct, or activities.

In the context of these low-level individuals, the mind control
prograrnming we have been discussing is used not only to condition
the desired robotic response to a pre-ordained secret signal, but also
to prevent the subject from remembering anything about the
conditioning and programming experience, so that he is virtually
helpless to counteract or overcome it — without many years of deep
hypnosis and therapy — as in the case of Candy Jones...

There is, however, a totally different category of covert operatives
employed by the CIA — the real PROFESSIONAL killers — who are
used for multiple high-level, top secret missions, over an entire
lifetime. These top-level 'black' operatives are generally men of
extraordinary intelligence, education, talent, training, and experience,

Operation Mind Control 499

and it is into their hands that most of the real 'dirty work' of the
Agency — including top-level assassinations — is entrusted.

For example, the Agency will use a low-level programmed robot —
like a SIrhan SIrhan or a David Hinckley — to be the 'patsy' for a
top-level assassination, or assassination attempt (like the murder and
attempted murder of Senator Robert Kennedy and President Reagan,
respectively). But they rarely entrust the task of actually pulling the
trigger in such a high-profile case to such a low-level 'cut-out.'

Instead, the real work in such top-level assassinations is carried out
only by the Agency's true PROFESSIONAL killers — persons who are
NOT used just once and then discarded, but who, instead, are used
over and over again, year in and year out, for nearly all of the
Agency's most secret and sensitive 'dirty work'

"Wef Ops: Such 'dirty work' is generally referred to, among 'black*
operatives within the Agency, as 'wet' operations — operations
where one or more persons are to be killed, where human blood is to
be spilled.

"DEBFUEFINGS AFTER CIA 'WET' OPERATIONS

The normal procedure is that after each 'black' or 'wet' operation, all
persons participating in or connected with the operation are totally
debriefed by a special debriefing team sent from Agency
headquarters — including a psychiatrist skilled in the various mind
control and memory block techniques we have been discussing.

In this debriefing, each member of the 'wet' team is required to recite
to the debriefing team exactly what happened during the operation,
in a precise, step-by-step, detailed manner. Each member's recitation
is generally repeated several times — once normally, once under
hypnosis, once with a polygraph, and once under scopolamine — and
only when the debriefers are fully satisfied that they have gotten ALL
the details and that there are no glaring inconsistencies between
these different recitations, is the debriefing brought to a close.

Part of the reason for this debriefing process is to provide detailed
records and feedback to the Agency concerning all of these top-level
'black' and 'wet' operations — i.e., Precisely what was done? Was
the operation a 'success'? Did it go off as planned? What mistakes, if

any, were made? And what improvements can be made so that on
succeeding operations, the task at hand can be accomplished even
more professionally and expeditiously.

Wilcher inserts another note stating that his point cannot be overstated:

500 W.H.Bowart

...this means that deep within the bowels of the Central Intelligence
Agency — if you only know where to look — you can find the detailed
debriefing records on all of the 'black' and 'wet' operations carried
out by the CIA over the past 30 years or so.

You should subpoena these records immediately, Attorney General
Reno. And once you get them — IF you ever get them — you should
put them under the tightest security imaginable to protect them from
being tampered with or destroyed."

It's hard to believe that someone who could write a letter which contains the
information this one does would be so naive as to not understand how successful
the cryptocracy has been under the National Security Act Wilcher appeared
ignorant of the extent of the cryptocracy's indoctrination. It has gotten virtually
everyone in Congress and the Judicial and the executive to support it so that it
can hide behind the tacit agreement among politicians that the security of this
nation does not lie with the people, but with a secret government

Summing up his comments on the "wet" debriefing process, Wilcher wrote:

Then, at the conclusion of the debriefing, once the debriefers are
confident they have gotten ALL of the factual details, each operative
is put under deep hypnosis, and the psychiatrist in the team implants
memory blocks into his subconscious memorv

(a) first, to make it far more difficult for him to remember what he
and his other 'wet' team members did during the operation — i.e., to
block many of the gorey details as to precisely how each of the
persons targeted for 'elimination 1 was taken out' (i.e., murdered) —
so that he will be less likely to be troubled by recurring nightmares
concerning what he and his team members have just done; and

(b) second, to alleviate the guilt which would otherwise be
associated with these memories, and to allow him to justify in his
mind, to the extent he is able to remember what happened, that what
he and his fellow team members did was 'praise-worthy' rather than
highly criminal — i.e.. that the person or persons they murdered were
a 'menace' to society and deserve to die, and that he was doing this
country a valuable service by eliminating these targets' from society.

Of course, these memories of what he and his fellows have done on
these various 'wet' operations are never completely erased, and can,
with work, be fully recovered (barring physical damage to the brain).
But at least these mental blocks make it easier for the operative to
live with himself and his conscience, and help to keep these vivid

Operation Mind Control 501

and gorey images from flooding into his consciousness, and
becoming obsessive thoughts and recurring nightmares.

These memory blocks are also a way for the operative to justify his
having acted as the targets' accuser, prosecutor, judge, jury, and
executioner — all in one fell swoop, without the target's having been
given the benefit of ANY due process whatsoever — i.e., NO notice,
NO hearing. NO right to confront and cross-examine his accusers, NO
right to put on a defense, NO right to testify personally or call
witnesses in his behalf, and NO right to be tried before an honest
judge and a jury of his peers, according to the laws and the
Constitution of the United States.

These memory blocks thus help the operative to suppress all these
troubling thoughts which might otherwise disturb his waking hours
or his restful sleep — thoughts which might otherwise force him to
re-examine his calling as one of the CIA's top professional killers, and
to consider seriously whether he ought to pursue some other line of
work.

In discussing the pros and cons of "wet" operations, Wilcher revealed the extent
to which he, himself, had bought into the "myth of National Security." He said
that there may be some argument in favor of such 'wet' operations to take out
foreign agents. Overlooking the glaring historical reality that whenever a "good"
civilization employed ruthless and immoral tactics of an "evil" enemy civilization
to fight it, those tactics eventually came to be applied at home against the people,
and the "good" nation became as "evil" as the one it was fighting. Islam teaches
that the greatest war is always the war one fights within. The result of sinking to
the level of the enemy has always been, both in the sphere of geopolitics as well as
in the singular life of an individual, self defeat Or as Pogo said, "I have seen the
enemy and the enemy is us."

Wilcher did argue, however, that he could see no excuse for using "wet"
operations to take out innocent American men, women and children such as the
85 who were killed at the Branch Davidian compound.

Returning to the letter at point 17, Wilcher wrote:

The point to be made here is that David Koresh and his 6 fellow
'sleepers' were low-level 'Machurian-Candiate-type' programmed
robot assassins — who were scheduled to be used at some point in
the future, but who had NOT been used for their pre-ordained secret
missions —

Note Well: whereas the 'wet' team that went in to 'take them out'
were some of the CIA's top professional killers.

The term 'sleeper' in this context connotes:

502 W.H. Bowart

(a) that the mind control programming which had been done on
Koresh and his inner circle had probably been done a number of years
earlier;

(b) that the secret instructions implanted deep into their
subconscious memories had lain dormant over the intervening years;

(c) that the CIA now had to arouse Koresh and the other 6 from their
'sleep' — i.e., to reactivate the secret conditioned responses
implanted into their subconscious memories — in order to get them
to perform their pre-ordained secret missions on cure, wherever the
CIA deemed it appropriate; and

(d) that the CIA could also activate the secret 'self-destruct' signal,
discussed on pages 20 to 22 above, to cause the robotic 'suicides' of
Koresh and his inner circle, one they had been (sic) performed their
secret mission, or at any other time the CIA decided they were no
longer of any use to the Agency.

Wilcher then went on to discuss Koresh's enormous stockpile of weapons, saying
that he believes the arms were accumulated with the apparent knowledge and
consent of the CIA over a period of several years. Wilcher believed that Koresh had
acquired the arsenal for a specific purpose which was not just self defense, but
rather for the purpose of carrying out whatever secret assignments they were to
be given by their CIA 'handlers."

He said the reason Koresh was so skilled in controlling his followers was that he
and the other five "sleeper agents" in his inner circle had been through such
intensive and total mind control programming themselves. It is not clear whether
he presumes they had been totally or partially deprogrammed along the way so
that they could remember their programming codes, cues and triggers. Without
them, and without full recall and extensive deprogramming the fact that they had
been through such a process would be of no use to their "conscious" minds.

Wilcher says that the reason behind the original raid by the BATF on February
28th was "not to surprise Koresh, or to take him peacefully. The purpose was to
be as heavy handed, and as WVsubtle, as possible — so that Koresh and his fellow
"sleepers' could not possibly miss the message: "Either shape up and get back
into line, or 'take you out' — Le., 'WE WILL KILL YOU."

In the letter to Reno, Wilcher said that the message the cryptocracy wanted to
give was not for the six "sleepers" within the compound, but to others who might
be getting out of line elsewhere:

"Be prepared to carry out the orders we will give you, exactly as you have been
pre-programmed to do, or you and all your loved ones will have hell to pay for
your disobedience."

Operation Mind Control 503

ensuing siege of the Branch Davidian compound there were certain BATF agents
who were targeted to be killed. Linda Thompson's video of the Waco siege shows
four ATF agents being killed by a fifth agent after they've crawled into a window
from the roof.

Wilcher told Reno that Waco was an important tool of a psyops campaign waged
against the American people. "The bottom line here," he said, "is that this
propaganda we were being fed by the CIA was to pave the way for a general
acceptance of the imposition of martial law when situations like this 'get out of
hand' which is the way the CIA wants us to view its 51 -day siege of the Branch
Davidian compound in Waco."

Maintaining that the main purpose of the Waco attack by the BATF was "to
control the subconscious minds and wills of Koresh and his followers", Wilcher
told Reno that a variety of technologies were used over the entire 51 -day siege
following the initial February 28th raid. The news reported some of the psyops
aspects of the siege accurately. They made no secret that the FBI was shining
high-powered spotlights onto the compound at night and bombarding it with
various kinds of sounds like "acid rock music, Tibetan chants, Christmas songs"
and so forth. It was obviously meant to annoy and deprive the people inside the
compound of sleep. The news accounts quoted the FBI spokesmen as saying that
if the sounds worked the inhabitants of Apocalypse Ranch would become more
pliable to the FBI's demands to surrender peacefully and there would be no loss of
life. Wilcher told Reno the truth was far different

...these incessant loud and obnoxious noises... were merely the cover
... for what was really bombarding the compound and its occupants
— 20 gigahertz microwave transmissions, designed to be as stressful
and destructive to the human physiology, inner ear, psyche, and
mental stability as possible.

In short, the CIA has perfected the use of such high-intensity
microwave transmissions on human subjects to such an extent they
are absolutely certain that over time, such transmissions are beyond
the ability of most human beings to endure, and that sooner or later,
they will drive any normal person crazy — literally — or provoke him
or her to suicide or murder.

One example of the CIA's use of the high-intensity microwave
transmissions on a human subject occurred during the U.S. invasion
of Panama, when General Manuel Noriega fled to the Vatican
Embassy for sanctuary. What the press reported was that the military
bombarded the Vatican Embassy with very loud acid rock "music."
What they didn't tell us was that ... 'music' was, again, only the mask
to cover what was really being beamed at General Noriega — these

504 W.H. Bowart

same density microwave transmissions (are) known to be beyond the
limits of most human beings to endure — at least over any extended
period of time.

"And remember," Wilcher wrote, "that at the Branch Davidian compound, these
high-intensity microwave transmissions continued, almost without interruption,
day and night, throughout the entire length of the 51 -day siege — and that there
were more than 20 children m the compound all this time!

"No wonder you were concerned about the gross mistreatment of these children,
Attorney General Reno!" Wilcher wrote. "But what the Reagan and Bush
holdovers in the Justice Department, FBI, and BATF failed to tell you was that it
was our own FBI and CIA who were responsible for mistreating these children —
through these high-intensity microwave transmissions bombarding the
compound for 51 days!"

Apparently what no one told Wilcher was, with the cryptocracy in control of the
public consciousness there is nothing but "holdovers" from one administration to
another. In fact, it doesn't matter whether a Democrat or a Republican is in the
White House. Whoever is there, occupies it with the consent of the cryptocracy.
This goes for appointees as well, Janet Reno included.

"Also included in these bombarding transmissions," Wilcher wrote, "were
Nero-Linguistic Programming (NLP) and other subliminal messages designed to
reach the subconscious minds of Koresh and his 6 fellow 'sleepers,' in order to
reassert the CIA's mind control over them, and to make them more pliant and
obedient to the CIA's commands and domination..."

(The reader is advised to obtain Genie Laborde's landmark book on NLP entitled
Influencing With Integrity, by Syntony Press, or any of Anthony Robbins works to
gain a balanced view of this emerging science.)

Wilcher's letter to Reno maintains that the original plan behind the siege of
Koresh's compound (which we assume he got from his informants who were
ready to come forward) was to have "The Delta Force" make a night raid on the
compound. The Delta Force is no secret It is an elite commando style military
unit composed of specially trained members of the Army, Navy, Air Force, and
Marines, operating under the command of the Joint Chiefs of Staff and the CIA.
Delta was to apply the elements of surprise and lightning-quick speed for which
they are especially trained, to bring everyone out alive except for David Koresh
and his six fellow "CIA sleepers."

"Those seven men, " Wilcher wrote Reno, "were to be killed — no questions asked
— period.'

Operation Mind Control 505

"You have reported to the nation, Attorney General Reno," Wilcher reminded
her," that you met with President Clinton on Sunday, April 18th, and that after
outlining the plan you had given to him, and going over it in some detail, he told
you to go ahead — IF YOU THOUGHT THIS WAS THE RIGHT THING TO DO.
(Wilcher's caps.)

You have also reported to the nation that having given the ultimate
go ahead for the plan, you (and President Clinton) are the ones
ultimately responsible for what happened in Waco on Monday, April
19th, 1993.

That, however, is simply NOT true, Attorney General Reno. What
happened in Waco is NOT your fault. Nor is it President Clinton's
fault. For, the Reagan and Bush holdovers at the Justice Department,
the FBI. the BATF, and the CIA, etc., who carefully planned and
orchestrated this disaster, never informed you as to what their secret
right-wing political agenda was in all this. Therefore, neither you nor
President Clinton had any idea what had actually been planned for
this operation in Waco — much less any hint of the secret agenda
which was to be served by this mass murder and cover up to protect
the criminal machinations of the CIA.

Here, we think , Wilcher was wrong again in his assumption that the occupants of
the oval office and their appointees are not part of the cryptocracy (until the
National Security Act is repealed and the cryptocracy weeded out or overthrown).

But to continue with Wilcher's letter in which his "sources" have informed him
on the details of events that, if true, only insiders could have known.

On the 18th the Parkland Hospital in Dallas was alerted to be prepared to receive a
large number of serious bum victims from Waco the following day.

On the morning of the 19th Delta Force commandos were on alert, ready to carry
out the first plan, had it been approved. Wilcher said that this was not just an
ordinary Delta team, but a special team of select CIA professional killers trained to
accomplish a mass murder so that it could be covered up to look like a Jonestown
style mass suicide.

This Delta Force team was composed of 15 men, Wilcher said, headed by a
Lieutenant Colonel who was a CIA liaison officer. They flew into Texas on their
own C-130 belonging to 'Triangle". Of the 15 men there were two 4-man teams,
the one which actually made the insertion into the compound and a backup team,
which apparently was never used. The team wore black, and looked like all the
other FBI officers on the ground.

The nation watched on CNN that morning as the Ml-Al tanks punched holes in
the exterior walls of the compound's living quarters. What was not visible was the

506 W.H. Bowart

gas that was pumped into the compound, gas which the press later reported to be
tear gas .

This tear gas, had been designed to be used for crowd control — i.e.,
it was so virulent and irritating that even in a fresh ail, out-of-doors
situation, it was guaranteed to cause people to flee from its presence
instantly simply in order to be able to breathe-
Now, it was being used in a closed, indoor, living quarters situation
where 95 men, women, and children were trapped inside. The logical
expectation would have been that all 95 of these persons would have
fled out-of-doors instancy, just to be able to breathe. But strangely,
not a single person came out of the compound — even after this
noisome substance had been poured into the compound in enormous
quantities over a period of several hours.

The logical question therefore arises, Why? Why did not ANY of
these 95 men. women, and children — particularly, the women and
their children — instantly flee for fresh air into the out of doors?

The answer given by the FBI spokesman and repeated by the newsmedia was that
Koresh and his church members had outfitted themselves with gas masks.
Wilcher told Reno that the reason the Davidians inside the compound didn't flee
was because the tear gas contained a neuro toxin — "NERVE GAS — a virulent
poisonous substance like curare — which instantly paralyzed and rendered
totally helpless and defenseless all of the 95 men, women, and children inside the
compound — except for those 9, later rescued... For all the others, they could no
longer coordinate their muscles in the effort required even just to get up, much
less to flee to the life-sustaining fresh air outside, only a few feet away."

Wilcher inserted a note after this set off, in wider margins. He wrote:

This is an extremely serious matter, Attorney General Reno. For it
means that here the U.S. military, the FBI, and the Justice
Department - all directed by the CIA - used nerve gas on innocent
men, women, and children in our civilian population — and then
proceeded to murder them in cold blood, as is set forth in detail
below. This clearly rises to the level of War Crimes on a civilian
population during peace time, an unspeakable human rights
violation.

And it was commited by our "intelligence" community against
innocent men, women, and children - simply to bury the truth
concerning the CIA's criminal use of mind control programming to
"manufacture" Manchuhan Candidate type robot assassins, whose
very existence is an unspeakable outrage, in and of itself.

Operation Mind Control 507

According to Wilcher, after the tear gas/nerve gas combination had time to do its
paralyzing work on the men, women and children in the compound, a four-man
"Delta Force" team, some of the CIA's top profesional assassins, made its entry
into the compound after they were dropped onto the roof by one of the low-flying,
heavily armed military helicopters which hovered overhead most of the day. With
TV cameras focused on the tanks, the actual insertion into the building came at
approximately 10:25 AM.

Before they entered the compound... this 4-man team of assassins
had received shots of atropine, the antidote to the nerve gas, so that
they, too would NOT be overcome and paralyzed by it.

Wilcher's letter says that the first thing the team did once it was inside the
building was to subdue and kill David Koresh by putting a single bullet in the
middle of his forehead about an inch above his eyes. The bullet was fired from
about four inches away.

Relevent to this claim is an article in The Washington Post, on Tuesday, May 18th,
1993. The article quotes forensic pathologist, Dr. Cyril H. Wecht of Pittsburg, who
completed an independent autopsy of the bodies of David Koresh and one of his
chief lieutenants, Steve Schneider. Wecht said that the gunshot wound in the
middle of the forehead which killed Koresh, and the gunshot wound in the back of
the head of Schneider, were "not typical of suicide."

Note also that the FBI's psychological profile of Koresh showed him not to be
suicidal. Wilcher points out that the FBI (thorough the CIA) had access to all of
the relevant information on him -

— dating back to, and including, his programming to become one of
the CIA's Manchurian Candidate type robot assassins. They must
have known, even that early on. that the normal "self-destruct"
programmed response implanted into the subconscious psyche of
most CIA "sleepers" would not work on Koresh.

Consider also the point made by a teenage girl, on the NBC Nightly
News, Tueday, May 4th, 1993, who had been a member of the Branch
Davidian cult in Waco until shortly before the April 19th disaster. She
stated in this interview that all of the children in the compound were
repeatedly girlled by Koresh on precisely how to commit suicide -
either by taking cyanide poison, or by gunshot. But she said Koresh
always insisted that you must put the gun IN YOUR MOUTH before
pulling the trigger. "If you put the gun to your temple, there is always
the danger that you might survive (as a vegetable)."

508 W.H.Bowart

The New York Times, May 5th, 1993, reported that two-thirds of the bodies
autopsied had bullet wounds in them which examiners said had been inflicted
after the date of the initial BATF raid on February 28th. The same article stated
that 17 of the children were killed by means of poisonous injections. Wilcher goes
on to say:

...Although I have no specific information on that point, all my other
information ~ including the fact that everyone else in the building,
except those 9 who had been targeted to be saved - were paralyzed
by the nerve gas and thus had been rendered incapable of moving at
all -- strongly suggests that these children were likewise "taken out"
by this CIA "wet" team.

Wilcher went on to say that the fires were fueled by White Phosphorous, one of
the most rearsome incendiary devices imaginable, and a favorite of "wet" teams. It
ignites instantly, burning immediately with a white hot intensity which consumes
everything beyond all recognition, destroying all possible forensic evidence in its
path. WHcher said:

CIA "wet" teams have also been known to comer their intended
targets into a closed quarter, and then throw "Willie Peter" (White
phosphorous) into their midst, so that these victims were instantly
immolated right before the team's eyes. The fire which "Willie Peter"
produces is so intense, and the combustion so complete, that victims

as was the case in Waco - can only be identified by their dental
records...

...while the "wet" team did kill many of those inside the compound
prior to setting the fires... they apparently did not murder all of the 86
men, women, and chilfen who ultimately died in the tragedy --
meaning that many of those who died were left paralyzed by the
nerve gas, unable to get up or free themselves from this disaster in
progress, and were thus consigned to being consumed alive in the
giant conflagration brought on by the white phosphorous.

And those consigned to this horrible fiery fate -- being burned alive --
apprently included men, women, and children.

Wilcher inserts another note for emphasis, totalling up the number of men
women and children (86) murdered in the compound on that Monday, April 19th,
1993 at the hands of 4 Delta Force members. He naively tries to let Attorney
General Reno and President Clinton off the hook saying that other "high ranking
officials in our government ... including senior Reagan and Bush Administration
holdovers in the Justice Department, the FBI, the BATF, the Pentagon, and the
CIA -- all knew in advance" that this Waco operation was designed from the start

Operation Mind Control 509

to be a mass murder in which only those few individuals whom the CIA had
targeted in advance would be saved.

Pointing out the importance of mind control to the cryptocracy Wilcher wrote:

...one of the uses the CIA makes of its mind control sophistication is
to implant memory blocks into the subconscious memories of its top
professional assassins - in order to allow them to live with what they
have done, and not to be overcome by flashbacks and nightmares of
their "handiwork."

NOTE WELL I have been informed that those memory blocks are
NOT holding very well in this instance - and that some or all of the
four members of this particular "wet" team are sickened by what they
were ordered to do, and what they did, in fact, "accomplish," in Waco
on April 19th To these hardened, seasoned, professional assassins, it
was all "too easy." The people inside the compound (as a result of the
nerve gas) simply "never had a chance."

Force assassins, and twelve others (16 in all) who, were ready to come forward
and testify about what happened inside the compound.

Wilcher spoke of a "Shadow Government" which used the CIA to achieve its own
ends. He said that it was responsible for the murder of John F. Kennedy and 175
or more key witnesses to his assassination; Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. and a
number of witnesses to his murder; Senator Robert F. Kennedy, and witnesses;
Malcolm X, J. Edgar Hoover and his close associate Tolson in the midst of the
"Watergate" scandal, Martha Mitchell, Senator John Tower, Senator John Heinz,
Congressman Ted Weiss and John Lennon. He also said that the attempt on the
life of President Ronald Regan was engineered by this "Shadow Government", of
which the identity of leader would be revealed to Reno by the sixteen covert
operatives who wished to come forward.

Wilcher went on to say that the "October Surprise" caper was "treason by which
George Bush, Ronald Reagan, and a select group of present and former CIA covert
operatives rigged, and thus stole, the 1980 U.S. Presidential Election on
November 4th, 1980. He claimed 50 or so witnesses were murdered over the
years, witnesses "who could have testified as to the truth of what actually
happened in the "October Surprise" and Iran -Contra scandals.

He called this "Shadow Government" "the mother of all corruption, "..ior the
tentacles of this giant RICO conspiracy extend all across our nation and reached
into all levels and functions of the federal government" He said:

510 W.H. Bowart

...this "Shadow Government" operates those functions of govememnt
which it controls in the same manner that organized crime uses to
run its myriad criminal racketeering enterpnses.

Indeed, that is the whole point here - that this "Shadow Government"
conducts the business of government, NOT in an open, honest,
legitimate, and forthright manner, according to the laws,
Constitution, and democratic principles of the United States, but
rather in a secret, clandestine, and utterly illegal manner, as if they
were running a criminal racketeering enterprise...

He pointed to the "wholesale theft of billions and billions of dollars from the
Savings & Loans Associations and banks of this country by the "Intelligence"
community, saying tnat:

~ the proceeds of this massive thievery largely (was) used to fund the
illegal "black" operations... (which involved) illegal gun running (out of
this country), iillegal drug smuggling (back into this country), and
illegal money laundering (in both directions) - all on a massive scale
by the "intelligence'' community ...

Other than the testimony of Wilcher's client Gunther Russbacher, there is
evidence that Koresh was the subject of hypontic programming and used it
himself on members of his church. Among other telltale signs of mind control,
Koresh's songs and sermons contained obvious phonetic embeds, like those used
in hypnoprogramming.

Phonetic embeds are a linguistic phenomenon where words are embedded inside
other words in such a way that no one could deny thay are there. Few laymen,
however, would admit that these mere words can influence behavior.
Professionals however know that, if the subliminal meanings make sense, they
can reinforce the surface meanings and produce powerful behavioral effects. As
one scholar quipped, The alphabet creates the infinite regress."

Much of the research done on phonetic embeds has been done by scholars
studying James Joyce's Firmegan's Wake. David Koresh's letter of January 30,
1987, while hardly equal to Joyce's masterwork in which nearly every word is a
phonetic embed, was full of linguistic embeds, like those used in hypnosis:

I have seven eyes and seven horns. My name is the whirred of God,
and I ride on a white, horse. I am here on earth to give you the
Seventh Angel's message. I have ascended from the east with the
seal of the living god. My name is Cyrus, and I am here to destroy
Babylon. I have come in a way that is contrary to preconceived ideas.
I will reprove you for your world loving.

Operation Mind Control 511

I will scould your daughters for their nakedness and pride that they
parade in my Father's house, and by my angels I will strip them
naked before all eyes because of their foolish pride. The young men
will abuse my kindness. They will take my life but I will arise and
take theirs forever more. Your minister's will lament your foolishness.
Your lost flock will tear you to pieces. PREPARE TO MEET THY GOD.

~ David Koeresh

Paul Wilcher tried to meet with Attorney General Janet Reno on May 5th, 1993 for
a confidential conversation. Unable to see the Attorney General, he was instead
seen by assistant U.S. Attorney Zipperstein.

Obviously frustrated by the sluggish bureaucratic response, on May 21st, 1993,
Paul Wilcher sent the 105 page letter to Attorney General Reno. TV correspondent
Sarah McClendon describe it as "very eloquent". Other than revealing that covert
operatives were wanting to come forward with the truth about Waco and other
secret government operations, in it was the urgent plea on the first page:

"...The lives of key participants, other witnesses, and even myself are
now in grave danger as a result of my passing this information on to
you. If you let this information fall into the hands of the wrong
persons, some or all of those who know the truth about Waco and are
prepared to come forward and testify could well be "silenced" (i.e.,
MURDERED) in the very near future..."

Paul Wilcher's body was found on the toilet He had bled extensively from the
colon. An autopsy was performed by a Dr. Kim who declared his findings as: "No
cause of death". The morgue called the Washington D.C. Medical Examiner's
office. The office sent tissue samples and Wilcher's organs to the Armed Forces
Institute of Pathology at Walter Reed Army Medical Center.

Why Walter Reed? Because it is the location of directed energy biomedical
research. The body was quickly cremated.

Talk on the cybersam was that Wilcher had been targeted by a highly amplified
infrasound beam. One report from the scene described Wilcher's blood as "being
expelled from the colon while the body was being removed." This description is
consistent with internal organ rupture.

Host of a mind control forum on Genie, guerilla journalist Rita Hill informed the
world about her friend Paul Wilcher (quoted with permission):

"Attorney Paul Wilcher died where he lived: Washington D.C. His apartment was
in a brick building in Northeast Washington in an agreeable neighborhood in a
city known for disagreements. In the early afternoon of June 23rd, 1993, a two

512 W.H. Bowart

person NBC video crew arrived at the 637 Third Street N.E. address. White House
correspondent Sarah McClendon was on the scene soon after. The body had been
removed two hours before, however, and no members of the news media would
be allowed to enter the Wilcher home on this Wednesday.

The Washington D.C. police had contacted the FBI at about noon. Assistant
Special Agent in Charge, James Desamo, seven other FBI agents, and a CIA agent
would survey the location before dusk. By the next day, the forensic evidence in
the apartment, his notes, papers, and the files in his personal computer, had all
been cleaned out

Although more than nine federal agents "investigated" the crime scene, the FBI
claimed they were not interested in pursuing the matter. News media coverage
was nonexistent, while the Internet ran rife with speculation.

One of Wilcher's clients was none other than Gunther Russbacher, a key figure in
the Inslaw scandal.

Hill continued: "Gunther Russbacher had been a "deep black" CIA covert operative
and, in 1993, was a prisoner in Missouri. Over the previous three years, Wilcher
had become Russbacher's lawyer, and was increasingly confided in by the
spym aster.

"In the immoral chess game of international espionage, Russbacher had become
Grand Champion. He has been viewed by various people as: a scoundrel, a
martyr, a patriot, a traitor, an assassin, a hero, or all of the aforementioned..."

In his letter to the Attorney General, Wilcher had written:

My client here is Gunther Karl Russbacher, a life-long covert
operative for the CIA and the Office of Naval Intelligence ("ONI") who
has operated at the highest levels of both of these super-secret
organizations over the past 30 and 25 years, respectively.

Because of his extremely high intelligence, his exceptional physical
skills, his extensive training, his fluency in 8 languages, his
proficiency as one of the CIA's top pilots and marksmen, and the fact
that his father was one of the original founders (along with William
Casey, "Wild BUT Donovan, and others) of the Central Intelligence
Agency, back in 1947, Gunther has always operated at the highest
levels of these "intelligence" organizations, and has been entrusted
with carrying out some of their most difficult, sensitive, and top
secret covert operations."

Operation Mind Control 513

"The best yardstick for a character as complex as Russbacher," Hill
continued,"may be the measure of his familiars. Two who are well known are
Mikhail Gorbachev and Admiral Robert Inman. The less famous include his wife,
Rayelan, expose writer Rodney Stich, and the late Paul Wilcher. All people from
different backgrounds, with strong principles, and a willingness to make great
sacrifices for those principles. Because of the Iran/Contra scandal. Admiral Inman
resigned from the CIA in 1986. This was an unprecedented action for any
high-ranking CIA officer, let alone the Director of the Office of Naval Intelligence.
It was as unprecedented as Gorbachev's initiatives: Glasnost and Peristroika.

"By the late 1980s, America's intelligence community had become divided by
scandals as well as by the Cold War's raison d'tre (or lack thereof). As a CIA
operative in this new scenario, Russbacher found himself in no-man's-land. In
1989 he married Raye Allan. The widow of Navy physicist John Dyer, she had
written newsletter articles critical of the CIA. Gunther was arrested shortly after
their marriage, and was incarcerated in one of the many increasingly harsh
prisons he would occupy over the next four plus years.

"On the evening of April 30, 1991, Russbacher missed a helicopter flight from
Alameda, California to Fort Ord, California. He said someone drugged his coffee,

secrets of the CIA were revealed in great detail: There had truly been an "October
Surprise" deal by the Reagan/Bush people in 1980 to keep 52 Americans hostage
in Teheran until Reagan became President The CIA had indeed participated in
the looting of the S&Ls. Yes, the Agency did use directed energy mind control on
people it wanted to control. And on, and on, and on.

"For speaking up, Russbacher was tortured while in prison. Talk radio personality
Dave Emory 218 relayed one incident "His cellmate began not only throwing up
blood, but defecating blood in extremes," Emory said. "Literally spewing blood
out of both ends of his anatomy."

" If that incident had been a warning, it had not seemed to break Gunther's
resolve. Later, in Missouri, he endured three separate heart attacks, but kept on
talking," Hill said.

"Directed energy weapons can cause both heart attacks and internal organ
ruptures," Hill explained.

The January/ February, 1989 issue of Bioelectro magnetics Society Newsletter
stated that Walter Reed's Department of Microwave Research had acquired the

Daw Emory. ARCHIVES ON AUDIO, P.O. Box 170023, San Francijco. Ca. 94117-0023

story.

end, as the darkest

514 W.H. Bowart

hardware needed to test the biologic effects of high power, pulsed microwaves by
1987. It revealed that such microwave energy "penetrates all organ systems of the
body and thus puts every organ system at risk."

"...the team has obtained evidence that a "non-thermal" effect postulated several
years ago does, in fact, occur and must be considered as potentially serious." In
November, 1993, Dr. John Brisker, of the U.S. Army Research Laboratory, was
slated to make a presentation promoting weapons based on this research. The
exhibition was entitled: High Powered Microwave Technology.

"Whether or not David Koresh's Branch Davidians were planning to execute a
quasi-military operation, as national security spokespeople would have us believe,"
Hill continued,"the real tragedy of Waco is how these people were set-up. Since at
least the 1950s and PROJECT ARTICHOKE, the CIA has had available mind
control (brainwashing) techniques as a way to create agent provocateurs. These
people would be hypnotized to perform Agency dirty work upon receiving a
pre-programmed signal. The intelligence community refers to such subjects as
sleepers. In the last two decades, the CIA has increasingly used microwaves,
transmitting cues directly into the subconscious minds of their sleepers. The FBI
admitted discussing the use of such technology on Koresh. This was published in
a July, 1993 article in Defense Electronics by Mark Tapscott

■ Paul Wilcher heard that Koresh and six others Branch Davidians were sleepers
on March 11, 1993," Hill said. "Wilcher's letter shows a high degree of confidence
in the information he received about Waco.

"At least one of Wilcher's contacts says that all four members of the Delta Force
team have been assassinated, along with many of their family members," Hill said.

"One year after the Waco fire, (at the time of this writing) America's mainstream
news media are no closer to exposing what government agencies and/or Branch
Davidians were up to, than on the day that the Mt Carmel Center burned to the
ground," Hill said. " If ignorance is the middle ground between lies and the truth,
perhaps this is an accomplishment"

Laurette Hern, a listener to one of my radio interviews sent me a page from
Subterranean Worlds by Walter Kafton-Minkel. It tells of Cyrus Teed who was
bom in 1839 in New York. He had a vision and believed himself to be the second
coming of Christ He found that his name Cyrus in Hebrew was KORESH. He
founded a cult and moved the colony that formed -- several hundred people - to
Ft Myers, Florida. This Koresian cult bought 6,000 acres of land and were
beginning to pose a political threat to the established politicians in the county
when a hurricane blew the colony away.

Operation Mind Control 515

Ms. Hern wrote: " I believe David Koresh was a mind control experiment (by one
of our government's 'intelligence' divisions) and Koresh's maniacal programmer
used a previously little known religious sect as a model for a fun scenario. I
believe the experiment possibly got out of control and had to be terminated. No
body could be found for autopsy as it would reveal an implant

"Another interesting coincidence," Hern wrote, "is that David Koresh named his
son Cyrus."

On November 16th and 17th, 1993, a "Non-lethal Weapons Conference" was held
at Johns Hopkins University. Here, for the first time, proponents of directed
energy, and other exotic weapons, were compelled to present their cases publicly.
Many of the participating laboratories were closed in the succeeding year, but
many other projects were scheduled at other labs.

96

Subterranean Worlds

The lawsuit generated such unfavorable publicity that Teed decided to carry his
teachings to the world at large instead of small towns. So he moved his tiny
band of Koreshans, now numbering four women, to a flat in Manhattan. Until
1886, the world at large paid little attention to Koreshanity. But in September of
that year, the Fates changed their minds about Cyrus Teed.

He was invited to address
the convention of the National
Association of Mental Science in
Chicago, and the speech he deliv-
ered was so powerful, and his
presence so charismatic, that he
was elected president of the associa-
tion. Before the entire convention.
Teed healed a woman who until
then had only been able to walk a
few steps; she walked all the way
home, praising the powers of
Koresh. Teed had suddenly found
a receptive— in fact adulatory-
audience, and his fame spread
quickly to both coasts. By the end
of the 1880s, in addition to the
nucleus of 126 followers Teed had ■
won in Chicago, groups of disciples
had gathered in Lynn and
Springfield, Massachusetts, Bal-
timore, Denver, San Francisco,
and Portland. With money do-
nated to Teed, the Assembly of the
Covenant (as he now styled his
church) purchased a huge, ornate
mansion in Washington Heights
that Koresh christened Beth-Ophra.
It served as a cooperative
dormitory for the Koreshans, and
from its bowels Teed began
churning out another newsletter,
The Guiding Star, which was soon
succeeded by a more ambitious
publication, The Flaming Sword.
He also set up a "College for Life" at
Beth-Ophra that held courses in
electro-alchemy, metaphysics, and
mental science.

Cyrus Read Teed or Koresh, the
"Second Christ.-

Operation Mind Control 517

34

HAVE BUCK ROGERS' RAY GUN - WILL TRAVEL

Not far from the melted sand and globs of green Trinitite at the Trinity site -
beneath the tower that exploded the first atomic bomb, just across the desert
sands from the Los Alamos National Laboratories where Invisible Weaponry is
being developed at an alarming rate, is a private company, Consumertronics,
which specializes in all things electronic. Headed by a "weapons engineer", John
J. Williams, the company offers for sale all sorts of VLF, SHF, VHF, ELF devices
and designs for devices to produce a variety of waves. It sells both offensive
generators and defensive countermeasures "for research purposes only." It is the
only company in the world which advertises this kind of expertise. His ads might
as well say: "Have Buck Rogers Ray Gun, Will Travel" because Williams will travel
to your home with a van full of scanners, meters, measurers and monitors and tell
you what your electromagnetic environment looks like 24 hours a day. All it takes
is money.

After hearing from a half dozen survivors of EM Targeting about this amazing
company, I wondered if Consumertronics could be for real. I read the letters
they'd received from Williams and studied his estimates, some of which were as
high as $12,000. Then I called to see what I could learn from him directly. Could
all this "invisible weaponry" and "electronic mind control" really be happening? If
so, would Consumertronics Be able to help the E-M Targeted Survivors?

From the advertising Consumertronics published, it certainly seemed as if
Williams was qualified to build defensive countermeasures or an invisible weapon
which could defend or zap your mother-in-law. According to his brief resume,
Williams holds a Masters of Science in Electrical Engineering. His professional
career included four years as a Weapons Engineer for the U.S. Navy and U.S. Air
Force and an ongoing period of years as a consultant to departments and agencies
he will not mention. He has also served as a Health Physicist for the National
Institute of Health, Senior Engineer ( in electronics design) for Lockheed
Corporation and has taught college level Computer Science for New Mexico State
University.

518 W.H. Bowart

In his copyrighted promotional literature Williams claims that he has worked for
decades as a consultant to people exposed to a variety of electromagnetic
frequencies. "People," he says, "who were plagued by unexplained manifestations."
This, he says, makes him the single professional in the (world known to him) with
such a background in "EM, physical and biologic systems as they interrelate to
each other, and with the sophisticated and highly specialized equipment and
software specially developed for investigating this phenomena."

He is the author of a number of writings on the subject, including, Killer Watts,
X-ray to Death, Heal Thyself, Radionics Manual, Electromagnetic Bramblaster,
Bio-Spectrum Analysis and Under Attack! While Williams calls these manuals
many of them are only slim papers.

His advertisements look like a page of classifieds and includes an odd list of plans
and pamphlets with the following titles: COMPUTER PHREAKING for $39.
CRYPTOANALYSIS TECHNIQUES, a manual and a disk for $29. STEALTH
TECHNOLOGY fully described for $29. VORTEX GENERATOR plans for $9. THE
SILKWOOD, plans for a detector of X- and Gamma Rays and Alpha and Beta
particles which fits into your pocket for $14. PHONE COLOR BOXES designed by
Phone Phreaks for $29. SECRET AND SURVIVAL RADIO, 70+ pages of circuit
plans and tables for $29.

Consumertronics advertises a number of sets of plans for devices which would
probably gladden the heart of anarchists and revolutionaries, such as devices
which reverse your electric and water meters. But the things which interested me
were things which related to Williams expertise as an invisible weapons engineer

BIO-SPECTRUM ANALYSIS: Covers entire EM spectrum from DC to
the near Infrared (0-300 GHZ) with special emphasis on DC, 50 HZ. 60
HZ, 2.45 GHZ, 3 GHZ, including 6 ELF bands. Cites 100s of studies by
researcher, data source, effects and subject types; physical properties
and FCC assignment of various bands; and signal intensities,
frequencies, durations, duty cycles, waveforms and modulations.
Graphical layout of EM spectrum sorted by freqs tested in biologic
studies all at your fingertips. $19.

HIGH VOLTAGE DEVICES: HV devices plans: Stun Gun, Taser, Prod.
Cane, Flasher, Blaster. Zapper, Audio/RF/Radar Jammer, Jacob's
Ladder, Plasma and Van de Graaff Gens., Fence Charger, Geiger
Counter, Ozone Gen., Fish Stunner, Plant Stimulator, Kirilian - more!
Shocking! $29.

Operation Mind Control 519

RADIONICS MANUAL: Exciting electrical, electronic and
electromagnetic therapeutic, diagnostic and preventive devices
(mostly experimental). History, descriptions, plans (dozens)
availability's of Radionics Devices from early to modem. While drugs
cost $ Hundreds, electricity costs pennies! $29.

Notice that all the above are either pamphlets or plans or manuals and disks.
Consumertronics is selling information, but Williams, the owner also sells his
expertise as a consulting service:

SPECIAL PROJECTS: We design, build, repair, modify, maintain
and-or consult on any device, system, process or project - electrical,
electronic, computer, phone, mechanical optical, automotive.
Invention prototyping. Confidentiality guaranteed. Describe and
include $25 pre -engineering free (does not obligate you).Ttime and
cost estimates in 7 - 10 days.

And many of the EM-Targeted survivors have sent in their $25. A simple letter
won't get you much, except a note written in Williams' unique scrawl or an
estimate if you've sent in your $. What interested me most were these items in
the Consumertronics catalog:

UNDER ATTACK!

Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) and Electronic Weapons cause
inexplicable manifestations! While chemical pollution can often be
seen and felt, EM pollution - even when severe - is not seen and is
seldom felt. Yet, it can cause cancer (particularly leukemia and brain
tumors), birth defects, retarded development, psychological and
neurological disorders, cardiovascular and imm une system failures,
hearing and balance dysfunction, etc. The human body consists of
many biologically Closed Electric Circuits (BCECs). EMI and
electronic weapons can be destructive to people, pets, livestock,
plant life and equipment.

Includes actual cases (Which we have investigated and documented)
of attacks on people by EM weapons! There are similarities in the
specific medical manifestations of these attacks. Some people feel
severe medical symptoms - even when those living with and around
them feel nothing or little unusual. Medical exam results were almost
always wrong or inconclusive. Some are called "foolish," "paranoid" or
"crazy." Police often just laughed in their faces - or behind their backs.
Also includes how you can tell whether or not you are under an EM

520 W.H.Bowart

attack, how you can pinpoint the source of the attack, and specific
countermeasures you can take. $29.

THE EM BRAINBLASTER (EMBB)

Plans for powerful Electromagnetic Weapons and Lab Devices.

Includes brainwaves and EEGs; behavioral conditioning, mind
control, brainwashing and dreamscaping; physiological,
psychological, neurological, parapsychological, cytological and
histological effects of EMBBs, brain anatomy and physiology, positive
stimulations (ie: calming, healing, pleasure centers, arousal,
automatic learning, biofeedback, etc); stimulation techniques;
optimizing waveform, freq. modulation, duty cycle and other factors;
biological electrical/magnetic properties, etc. Dozens of photos and
illustrations. Mind Boggling! $29.

I called the busy engineer to see if he had time to talk. I was surprise that he did.
Williams talked while I took notes for about 45 minutes. I identified myself as the
author of Operation Mind Control. Williams hadn't heard of the book, so I had to
fill him in on what I was doing.

I don't want to put any words into John William's mouth. He talks rapidly and
spilled out a lot of general information. But what he didn't say, the way he didn't
say it, is as significant as what he did say. So, I'm presenting this pretty much the
way it went The first interview took place on April 6, 1994. The second one took
place on November 3, 1994. A few lines were cut because they were garbled, but
almost the entire contents of both interviews is reported below:

Q: I've talked with a lot of people who are describing microwaves or ELF or some
kind of wave which can read their mind and implant voices. You ever hear
anything like that?

W: We have been involved in projects that included devices that were implant
devices that had the same density as bone and that were implanted in spaces
between bone so that when cat scans or x-rays were taken it would appear
indistinguishable from bone. It wouldn't show up.

Q: Wouldn't there have to be some kind of metal in the electronic parts?

W: There would be, but a thin type shell that does not block x-rays and some of
the newer devices that we've worked with and have seen others work with are
ceramic material. You can't tell them from bone. They used to be fairly large, but
about five years ago they reduced them to the size of - you know what a Chicklet
looks like? - about like that And now they have special equipment which allows

Operation Mind Control 521

see it on the bench you think
ace a piece

them to mold it into

you're looking at a piece of bone. And they can
of bone and the bone will bind right to it

Q: So, you're talking about some kind of implant Is there no kind of wave
phenomenon that could pick up somebody's
go on inside their heads without any implants?

W: There are certain cases where people have developed resonances in certain
parts of the body. Particularly well known is teeth filling. They can decouple
microwave signals and it acts like a microwave detector in which a person can
actually hear radio stations inside his head from the metal in their teeth forming a
diatonic type structure. And they could actually hear sounds from a radio station
played inside their head. And for some people its been very vivid. And just a few
years ago they didn't recognize it They thought people who had this
phenomenon were schizophrenic or crazy somehow or imagining it., but now
they have been able to tell that in most of these cases it's actually some
phenomenon.

Q: There's so many i
same things...

W: We get calls all the time. Sometimes we get up to four calls a day about this.
Q: How many people would you say you've talked to.

W: Last year it picked up quite a bit - I'd say probably been close to 400 people in
the last year. On the average of more than one a day. Toward the beginning of this
year there was a period where we were getting eight to ten calls a day from all
over. Ten years ago we got maybe a tenth of that

Q: So, are you saying that based on the number of calls you've gotten there's
some truth to this claim that people are being targeted by electromagnetic waves
of one kind or another?

W: We're absolutely sure that it exists because some of our clients -- and I can't
discuss with you who they are - but we have some pretty high falutin clients and
they buy our stuff and they don't tell us what they use them for, but some of
them, we developed some stuff I've thought, I wish I could show people some of
the experiments that were done. You wouldn't believe it unless you saw what
we've done.

It works. We're absolutely sure it works. We design these systems all the time.
We've put up to $100,000 in research just in the last ten years, and it's always
paid for by various entities. It's been one of our major thrusts. And if not a single
person reports this to us, we're absolutely certain that it's happening.

522 W.H. Bowart

Q: Well, how might this be applied if one were going to apply it

W: There's two basic weapons types. One is low frequency and it's just basically --
I cannot for proprietary reasons tell you the frequencies -- 1 can give you
generalizations -- One is below 20 Hz and it's near field primarily the magnetic
component of electromagnetic wave forms is a pretty good sized heavy coil. This
has the greatest manifestation and it can literally kill a person or completely make
them go insane. There's a small group of waveforms that have devastating effect
on people...

Q: I would think that hearing voices inside my head would make me go insane.
So, what do you mean 'Devastating effect"..

W: Making a person go into convulsions. We've run experiments and we've
demonstrated that you can use electromagnetic waves to scramble a persons
brain like it was an egg. I mean completely scramble it There is, of course, quite a
bit of thermal phenomenon involved.

Q: You mean by scramble, confusion?

W: No, I mean physically scramble it Cook it Examination of brain tissue shows
that the brain was pureed inside the head. You open the skull and just pour the
brain out

That takes a pretty strong field to accomplish that but it is achievable. And
anything less than that from mild rnnf.,<inn ™a ^ s just a near field

Q: So what's this called?
Writ's

There's another technology that involves very high frequency in the gigahertz
range. It's above 800 MHZ. The carrier wave is modulated by certain wave forms
which are similar to the native wave forms used in the low frequency. But at the
high frequency you get real good directionality and it operates similar to a police
radar gun. Same size, same directionality and range. The units are slightly larger
than radar guns. The range is about up to a half mile. They're basically silent
They can be aimed from inside a box or bag or purse so that the target doesn't
even know it's there. And it too can have an effect similar to the low frequency
one, but it's usually not quite as devastating -- but it's a lot more focused too.

With the low frequency one, even the experimenter can't be in the area because
you cannot focus it It just broadcasts it all over in all directions. You have to
plant it..

Q: Plant it and run away?

Operation Mind Control 523

W: Like in a burglar alarm system when you're going away on vacation. Plant it in
your sofa, some idiot comes through the window and triggers it and ends up a
complete basket case by the time you come back.

Q: This thing you're talking about. Could it make internal organs explode?

W: It could do that, because it can cause a physical rubbing together of the
particles of the tissue. It forces the particles to vibrate against each other, so it can
be used to do that We've primarily tested it on the brain, which is a lot softer
than other tissue, so it's a lot more vulnerable to this kind of thing than other
organs. But, I guess, if you build them strong enough you could probably affect
things like liver or kidneys. We've also tested it on bone...

Q: So, if I was a convicted felon, even though I might not be able to own a gun, I
could buy as many of these weapons as I wanted?

W: There's no law. Of course, the kind of clientele we sell to, clearly understand
that this is for educational purposes only we sell it to them. But they insist
sometimes on telling us what they do with them afterwards.

If somebody came to us and said," Hey, I'm a convicted felon," why, we're not
going to do business with them. But people lie a lot., we can't know what a
person's final objectives are.

Q: What would happen if you got a two story building and you put this big one
below a guy's toilet and you set it up so it's triggered when they go to the
bathroom? ( I was thinking of what happened to Paul Wilcher.) How quickly
would this work?

W: It works within seconds.

Q: Could it work through the floors and tile and plumbing and all that?

W: It is diminished to some extent - the low frequency one - if there is some
metal structure in the way. But, it's usually strong enough to have some impact.

Q: So, if you wanted to explode somebody's intestines -- rupture their spleen or
blow out their colon....?

W: You'd set it on a timer or remotely activate it.
Q: ... But how much time would it take to work?

W: The manifestation time... now you're talking about something that usually,
but not always works real fast There are times, and this is real peculiar with this

524 W.H. Bowart

technology, there are times a person will be exposed and they won't feel the
manifestations for minutes, hours, days or even weeks! Sometimes even months
or years after the initial exposure and then suddenly they'll get hit by it. And
there's other people there's other exposures we've done, and I can't tell you
specifically what kind of living things were involved -- with what we've been doing
-- for obvious reasons, but we know for a fact that one exposure can elicit a bunch
of reactions over a long period of time, often there is a delay and the signal can be
long gone before the manifestation takes place.

So, there's a group of waveforms that are used and it's type of actual
manifestation versus time of exposure has something to do with the waveform
that's used and with the environment and the specific characteristics of the target
its used on. It's really a very complex relationship. We have a pretty good handle
on it after all this experimentation. But I cannot go into details with you.

Q; How many different machines are you talking about?

W: Well, there's two different classes of machines. And of the two classes there's
probably dozens of <

Q: How small can these be?

W: The smallest we've seen. The transmitting unit is about the size of a pack of
cigarettes.

Q: And how large?

W: We haven't built the largest yet It's unlimited. It could be as large as,
practically speaking, we've built them four to six feet in diameter for the low

Q: Have you ever heard of a device that looks like a few old fashioned bicycle bell
shaped things, but with a much larger diameter, stacked up on each other?

W: Some of the antenna structures used for these are half hemispheric.

Q: Have you patented any of these devices you've built?

W: No. We absolutely cannot patent any device we've developed. If we patent it, all
somebody has to do is look at the patent to steal the technology. Everything we
do is strictly based upon a special agreement with the people that we work with, a
trade secret kind of thing. We don't patent anything. That'd be crazy.

It's just something we would never do. Ha ha ha.

Q: You work with the private businesses?

Operation Mind Control 525

W: We work with all kinds of entities. Private businesses.

Q: Government Agencies?

W: Other entities we cannot describe.

Q: Government Agencies?

W: We work with other entities we cannot even begin to (

W: We've worked with different entities from various countries all over the world.

Q: So, you're just an Ail-American entrepreneur who'll sell this stuff to practically
anybody... except convicted felons.

W: Not really to anybody. If a person says or implies he's going to use what we
develop for an illegal, or immoral, or unethical use, then we don't sell it to them.

Q: If he says he's just going to use this for experimentation?

W: We have no way of verifying what he's going to do with it Just like, you go
down town and buy a gun from a gun shop, that guy that sells you the gun,
doesn't know if you're going to shoot rabbits with it or if you're going to go out
and shoot your mother in law. He has no control over what you're going to do

Q: Can the use of all these devices be detected by monitoring equipment?

W: Some of them can. Some can't The reason being is that some of these devices
send out a signal in the form of a short pulse. If you used like field strength
detector it would show a little bit of static on the radio or a little bit of switching
noise or something like that but it would not give the impression that it was an
actual signal, or an actual weapon.

We know what to look for. We've developed special equipment for doing it We do
that as part of our consulting work. We know how to distinguish between
ordinary static and what is an actual weapon.

Q: I'm going to tell people about this, I'm going to refer you to others and I will
give your address and number. What kind of rates do you get?

W: Right now, all expenses and about $250 per hour. Minimum of $1,000 deposit
Q: I've got an ad here, it's one page.

526 W.H. Bowart

W: That's our ad, But let me tell you what our policy on publication is. We'll allow
up to 10% paraphrasing without special permission. As far as providing
publications. The person who's doing the story pays everything up front We do
have certain requirements that our name or address is provided in the piece that
they're doing.

Q; We've heard from some survivors things about E.T.'s and UFOs. What about
UFO's?

Q: We have an unknown presence detector. Anything that warps the static fields
in your environment will show up on this. It doesn't detect the electromagnetic
field, it detects the static field. Anything that moves through an area moves the
static field.

Q: You've got high voltage devices. What are those?

W: Kirilian photography, spark generators, ozone producers, fish detectors... any
number of high voltage.

Q: What's a Blaster or a Zapper?

W: There's a light blaster, it triggers a photoflash on a random basis, there's also
an electromagnetic blaster.

Q: You sell stunguns? Tell me about them.

W: That's a high voltage thing.

Q: Bigger or smaller than a taser?

W: Ours have special features.

Q: How many volts?

W: Voltage isn't the consideration. Delivery of energy is. It should be about 200
volts. It can knock somebody down. If the energy were tweaked up, it could kill a
person.

Q: How about amnesia producing?

W: Amnesia results from high voltage, yes.

Seven months later, having studied Consumertronic's literature I called Williams
back with more questions. We were engaged in interviewing people, not only for
this book, but for the video we were doing:

Operation Mind Control 527

Q: We're making a documentary now and we've interviewed about 40 people who
have had your handouts and some of them have had your estimates ranging from
a few hundred dollars to $12 thousand.

Now, I don't know what they're telling you, but from my point of view they're all
suffering from the same thing. I think maybe you're missing the point by not
producing some universal device, some off-the-shelf item that helps them all.

W: We already have those machines. We have produced jammer machines that
will produce jamming signals for any kind of electromagnetic wave forms that
might be aimed at a person. We have a couple of publications which describe what
people can do to minimize the effects. And we've done a lot of special projects for
people where we actually investigate their environment

We have a lot of very specialized equipment We're about the only people in the
world that can help people with things like this. These are not just field strength
meters or normal things like a private detective would use. We know what they
look like. We know what wave forms they are. We have designed special
equipment that detects them. And we can also detect them by being able to read
the normal equipment correctly. We know the characteristics of these waveforms.

Basically it's one of those things, we're in great demand and we've already spread
ourselves far too thin. We make big money for everything we do, so if somebody
wants to hire our service to do it we have to charge a lot of money. I get paid very
well.

Q: But, since most of the people I've found are describing the same thing, there
must be some way to adapt equipment or manufacture something that works for
all of them cheaper than the $12,000 treatment where you go out to a location
and measure and test and all that?

W: The problem is , they may be suffering from similar manifestations, but the
type of equipment at use and the motivation of the people using that equipment
can be quite varied, that you really need somebody on site to look at it. Some of
this equipment is highly directional. It can be aimed at a person thousands of feet
away, even up to a couple of miles, if the signal is strong enough...

Q: Some of the people believe they are targeted from satellites...

W: Well there is.... the satellite itself would not probably produce a signal that is
strong enough to adversely affect someone. However, it can produce a control
signal that would trigger a device on the ground, that could do the same thing.

Q: They've called it the "Mental Telepathy System". And they're complaining
about two-way conversations. They're not just hearing voices. The voices are
answering their questions and engaging them in dialogue.

528 W.H. Bowart

W: Well that's one of the common complains I've heard. We know for a fact..
Now, I have to be careful what I'm saying here. We have... we do work for all kinds
of different entities... and there are certain entities that we do work for both in the
countermeasures and the actual production of devices that can do these kinds of
things, that we have confidence with so we have to be very careful what we say...
but we can tell you for a fact that, there are quite a few people who have
implantables. They're being affected by these implantables. They're very small and
they're very hard to detect and there's all different kinds. There are some that just
transmit data from the person including, it could be biological type data, medical
data like heart rate, blood pressure -- or it could be data coming off their nerve
system, their muscles, their vocal chords so that anything they say could be
picked up and transmitted. Also there could be transceivers. Some of them are
fairly complex using computer chips that are highly miniaturized. We know this
for a fact and we believe that there are numerous people in this country that have
the implants in them. Somewhere along the line they were hospitalized, or they
have a period they can't account for in their lives, they took a drive someplace on
Monday morning ^ ld ^ he >' ame back Thursday afternoon and they don't have the

We know for a fact that a lot of this work is done by entities that we have no direct
knowledge about ourselves. But from the type of manifestations that are
occurring and from other things we have seen, we know that there are certain
things that are either being done by people in a highly secretive position in the
United States or operating from a foreign country, or maybe E.T.'s for all we
know.

Q: I was going to ask about your use of the word "entities. M Some of the people
who are experiencing this have raised the question about E.T.'s.

W: It's very similar. The devices, however, are quite varied in function and in
different positions placed in the body and different lengths of time and duration,
most are transceiver type devices, but there are some that are just transmitters
and some that are just receivers. The functions they perform are from control
type functions to monitoring functions. They're very sophisticated in their
transmission. Instead of transmitting in a continuous way where you say
something and then it's transmitted, they store the data for some time and they
blurt it out in compressed form, and then it's stretched out ~ whatever receives it
~ stretches it back out So they're very hard to detect To the untrained ear they
sound like radio static to a field strength scanner it's hard to find them. We do a
lot of work. Some of it we cannot even begin to talk about..

Q: Did you ever work for John Alexander at the laboratory?

W: John Alexander? I can't tell you that the name is familiar.

Q: We're making a film and we'
animal's brain with a ray gun or som

Operation Mind Control 529

to show. Can you boil a lab
cameras?

W: I've got a problem with that because... some of the people I work with... see, a
lot of this stuff is not supposed to become well known.

Q: We can stay in one area with you and we can talk about the defensive side of
things - the reason you came up -- countermeasures. The whole area of
nonlethal weapons is wide open right now, as you know a lot of it is public

forces. P t0 l0Cal P ° llCe

W: Yeah, but there's certain aspects of the work they don't want us to talk about

When do you need this? We have some devices here. We have one that will
literally scramble the brain. It's a low frequency device which at close range will
literally scramble the brain. The trouble is it's omnidirectional, so to operate it
you have to be a good distance away.

The problem is, to get this thing to work, you have to use it on a living system,
where the nerves actually conduct in the normal way. In a dead system it might
raise the temperature a little bit, but it doesn't do anything. But in a living system
with the nerves operating normally, with the blood stream running, where the
signal couples into the bloodstream and the nervous system then it can cause the
brain to literally - it's an incredible sight..

Q: How far away do you have to be?

W: You can use a telephoto lens and get far away. I would say at least 100 feet at a
minimum because it's omni directional.

The problem is, what do we use as a subject

Q: A rat or something?

W: We have in the past gotten into -- because we do a lot of lab work -- we have in
the past received legal threats from people who don't want us to be doing any
kind of thing like that -- cooking that precious little rabbit... You might bring the
rat but it puts us in a bind.

We do demonstrations, maybe three to six a year. The people we select we
carefully hand pick. They don't get to film it but they can see it with high

Q: You might use this video to sell your product. It'd be a national ad.

530 W.H.Bowart

W: We got a problem with that too. We've got so much business right now we've
had to turn away business. We've had problems with these people because they
get on us for killing 'precious animals."

Q: You mean like the Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Animals?

W: I can't tell you exactly, but yeah, I think it's those people, or somebody like

There was one film made up in Wyoming a number of years ago. I've seen it It
was pretty graphic. It was shown by one of our clients. You see, we maintain
confidentiality with the people we work with, so this might have been for our
information only. Like our demonstrations aren't open to the public.

another problem is, some of the clients we've worked for, we cannot obtain

and it makes our clients nervous if suddenly there are people parked outside our
door with videocameras. And that's what always happens. And these people are
people one doesn't want to upset, and for a number of different reasons. So I can't
doit

We've been doing this work for quite a bit of time and...
Q: How long have you been doing this?

W: We've being doing the similar type of work for about 15 years now. More
intensely over the last ten years. We actually go back to 1971. And basically our
sketches of ideas go back that far back.

Q: Why did you settle in Alamagordo? Because the market is there?

W: No. There's no market here. Ninety-five percent of our business is done out of
state. We settled in Alamagordo for a good reason , I got a job offer for the Air
Force over here. It was the kind of job I really wanted to get involved with because
it does have some of this very interesting research to it We were able to get a job
through a special contact through a client We were in a much more populated
area and they wanted us in a much more isolated area so we came down here. It
offered a lot more opportunity, both the job and the fact that we were off the
beaten trail. So that's the reason we moved over here.

I have to talk to the people around here first You'll have to send us a proposal of
what you want to do in writing...

Q: I couldn't tell you. That'll be up to you to set up. Basically we're interested in

Operation Mind Control 531

W: You'd have to be screened by our people. It's very scary stuff and we have to
do it in such a way as nobody's going to accidentally wander into it or cause
problems with personnel or people who're going to be upset

This is so far beyond mind control -- it's a wave form that is so great it would

cause physical manifestations. Like if you have a 60 HZ power transformer, it will
buzz, but at much less power you won't get anything out of it So at lesser powers
these things can cause mind control type stuff, which does not result in any total
or physical damage to a person, but when you get it beyond a certain point, you

it can cause death.

We know for a fact because we've built equipment like this. It's kind of bulky and
heavy, but it's not something we could easily transport

Q: That radar-type gun you told me about might be interesting.

W: The big one is low frequency the radar-type gun is high frequency. For the
type of radar generators that we use - basically gun diode oscillators - they don't
produce enough power to do any scrambling, but they're really good at causing
nausea, all kinds of mind control, automatic learning and things of that nature.
They're very good for that, but you're not going to find any permanent physical
manifestations. They won't cause a person to drop dead or something

The lower frequency application, which works on a much different principle -
works on a magnetic component of a field as opposed to the electrical component
- that's the one that's really ....

The radar type is highly directional and you can control that a lot better. But the
low frequency one is not directional and you can't control that It's ultra low
frequency and it splashes all over the place. You don't want to be in the area when
it happens ~ that whole area is dangerous. The field, of course, has lobes which
are much stronger in some directions than others. But it is present in all
directions.

Send us some information in the mail, who you are, your background, tell us
what you're going to do in this piece you're doing and I'll run it buy the people
here...

Q: How many people you got working there?

W: That's confidential. We don't provide that information.

Q: Is there a laboratory scene with bubbling tubes and wires and oscilloscopes?

W: We have a number of people here and a number in our stable of experts. We
have a number all over who we consult with. Basically, however, we don't have a

to people. You can cause injury. And

532 W.H. Bowart

small scale manufacturing and research and development And we have enough to
do the work, but I can't tell you...

Q: Three or four guys at a bench?

W: I cannot tell you that Whether they're guys or gals. I cannot give you any kind
of information like that. I cannot let you film our benches or look at our
equipment. We never do that It's closed to the general public. Basically we're
consultants by mail or by phone. We don't even meet the clients. We meet them
only over the phone. We never sit down with clients. We never invite them in.
They never see what we're producing. Until it's actually produced. Now and then,
however, we'll send somebody with the equipment to set it up and demonstrate it
for them. And that's only when we really highly trust a special client

I cannot go any further with this until I get something in writing from you.
Include a copy of your driver's license...

Q: Yeah, sure, John.

Although John Williams advertises a novel he's written Condemned To Extinction
(CE), I didn't get the impression that he was all that eloquent While his catalog
is clean and well written, Williams speaks elliptically and often uses the wrong
verb tenses. I got the impression that he was (ironically) an open and honest
individual, he is more of an engineer than a storyteller or wordsmith. So, when I
saw an ad saying, "dreams caping" or one that says: "Shocking truth behind UFO
and ET sightings, secret massive, international efforts to communicate with ETs,
the New World Order, recent and current visits and probings, and the prospects of
large ET visits or attacks on the earth in the near future," it makes me think that
Williams knows more than he lets on. He something more than just another
techie. Perhaps Williams travels in circles that allow him to glimpse strange vistas
that start just on the other side of the National Security Curtain and span all the
way to other horizons.

To live up to the agreement I made with John Williams the address and phone
numbers of Consumertronics: 2011 Crescent Dr., P.O. Drawer 537 Alamogordo,
NM 88310-5037. Phone (505) 434-1778, Fax: 434-0234.

The kinds of weapons Consumertronics sells play a role in mind control in the
"low powered" use, as Williams said, but we learned from a letter from a target
also they can be used in conjunction with the trauma-based programming. Here
follows one of the many letters received by The Freedom of Thought Foundation:

...It is now about 3:00 A.M and my apartment and me and my children
are being bombarded by some type of directed energy. My 8
year-old-son just woke up about 30 minutes ago having wet the bed

Operation Mind Control 533

suggested that I contact you about possible help for our predicament.

I am a member of Mothers Against Sexual Abuse here in

• I have tried over the last two years to find out what I

could about what is happening to us and how to combat it. I have
reached many dead ends. I was told that a Dr. Bob Beck might be
able to help us, but the person who agreed to contact him for me said
that he wasn't getting involved in any more cases like ours. (That is
correct, Dr. Beck is in poor health and no longer is able to work in this
area which he pioneered.)

Very briefly, the nightmare puzzle of my life was brought clearly into
focus about this time of year in 1992 when a therapist that I had been
referred to by MAS A board member was able to fit the horrible,
scrambled pieces of my children's experience together as ritual
abuse. We had known that the children had been sexually molested
by their father on unsupervised court-ordered visits and we
suspected there was something else... but nothing prepared me for
what was finally disclosed.

I don't know why this is happening to us and I don't understand how.
It would have helped our court case to protect the children from their
father and his group of people if we had been able to show how we
are being monitored and manipulated. At times it seemed that just
for my own sanity, I needed some type of proof that what I and we
are experiencing is verifiable. Now I just want to find out how to
more effectively deal with it. My former husband is an electronic

engineer who worked for a defense contractor here in . One of

the women in his group that the children identified as a perpetrator
also worked for that same company.

I would appreciate talking directly at your convenience... I am now
losing my vision in both eyes to rapidly developing cataracts which
the doctors cannot explain. The extreme sensitivity to light which I
experience was met with the question of whether I had been exposed
to any radiation. I certainly think so. but I can't prove it.

Short of killing me outright, in order to get control of the children, I
believe I'm being rendered physically incapable of protecting them I
can't imagine what is next...

I called this woman and suggested that she pack up and leave in the middle of the
night She said she couldn't because she's in court, fighting with her ex-husband,
the former electronics engineer. He doesn't have to purchase an ELF or
microwave weapon from Consumertronics, he probably could build i
from his own plans or from Williams.' Since there's no patents on Invisible
Weapons the designs are in the public domain anyway.

534 W.H. Bowart

This woman told me on the phone that, in addition to having the cataracts, she
had bums on her shoulders. It sounds as if her ex is turning the beam up too
high. If he cared to take the trouble to modulate it he could be giving her
subliminal commands. She said that she'd been sleeping under tinfoil, but that it
wasn't doing much good. I told her it's hard to defend against invisible weapons
unless you know their frequency. I put her in touch with someone who may be
able to help. This case, I believe, illustrates the dangers of unregulated (paralegal)
so-called "Non-lethal weapons."

Below is an ad for one of the many monitoring devices on the market Measuring
the frequencies and field strength ought to be the first step in defending yourself

The New Standard in
Frequency Counter
Performance

The Optoelectronics new Model
3000A HandCounter- continues in
the tradition of the original Model
3000 as being the world's most
highly advanced hand held counter.
The A model instruments incorpo-
rate all of the original 3000 features
and adds a microprocessor to
provide advanced features such as
digital filtering, digital auto capture,
and a serial computer interface.

• Digital filter mode (patpend)
prevents display of random noise
and oscillation

• Digital auto capture (patpend)
locks counter display on first reading
to pass the filter.

• ARM/STORE button stores and
recalls frequencies from a three
register stack.

• Low Power Consumption 4 to

5 hour battery operation.

HandiCounter" 3000A

Operation Mind Control 535

35

HUMAN EM TARGETS

//arlan E. Girard, one of the most level-headed researchers into the lore of mind
control has, himself, been an E.M. target for years. He doesn't like to talk about
his personal experiences because he'd rather let others tell their stories, but he
admits he still has "handlers" and hears disembodied voices. Like so may of the
other so-called "Wavies" Girard is no wild-eyed maniac. He is distinguished,
affluent and quietly articulate. The brief abstract printed below sets the overview
for this chapter and offers a look at the high quality of the human beings
reporting this E.M. Target phenomenon.

I'll introduce Girard to you, the way I met him, through his paper OFFENSIVE
MICROWAVE WEAPONS: Developments in the Technology of Political
Control:

The Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) has developed a technology
which can make the blind see, the deaf hear, and the lame walk. It
will never be used this way because the technology is central to the
domestic policy and foreign ambitions of the United States
Govennent, whether that government is nominally headed by George
Herbert Walker Bush, William Jefferson Clinton, or any possible
successor.

The effects of these microwave weapons are many and varied, but
the most insidious couple with the central nervous system to produce
effects which might be described as Satanic possession, remote
motor control of human locomotion and movement (including speech)
has become possible. Remote motor control can be used to murder by
suicide, "accident", suffocation, asphyxiation and heart attack, or to
simply neutralize the victim by making words come out of his/her
mouth which he/she had no intention of speaking

In order to evade responsibility for the detention, torture, rape and
murder of many tens of thousands of human beings, the CIA has
developed in conjunction with the NASA Ames Laboratory what is

536 W.H. Bowart

called, generically, a "telepresence surveillance system." This system
gives the torturers employed by the CIA the sense that they are in
the room with the victim. In other words, the victim can be made to
feel, and does feel, as if he/she is in prison, but the victim remains in
his/her own home.

Consequently, a situation is created in which the victim appears to
be free to uninformed third parties, but at the same time is
incarcerated as securely as if he/she had been confined to a
maximum security prison. In this manner, human beings can be and
are being sadistically tortured in the privacy of their own homes. The
bizarre objective of this treatment is to mentally and physically
torture the victim until his/her own personality collapses, and he/she
becomes something lower than a slave. In science fiction, this
computer driven human being is called a cyborg.

At the present time, approximately 300 Americans (and other
nationalities) are being clandestinely detained and tortured. Some of
the funding comes from behavioral neuroscience research authorized
by Congress in Decade of Brain legislation. As with every other
interest of the United States Government, the creation of cyborgs had
been entered into with reckless enthusiasm, the crudest possible
taste, and immense amounts of money.

...the United States has brought the whole world to the brink of a
disaster which is almost beyond human comprehension...

A good example of someone standing at this brink is Glen E. Nichols (47) of
Grover Beach, California. Once a psychotherapist and family counselor, Nichol's
patients were engineers, scientists and executives, employed by such companies
as: Rockwell International, Lockheed Corporation, Rand Corporation, Litton Data
Command, Motorola, Rocketdyne, Honeywell Computers, Rockwell Science
Center, Lockheed CADAM, Infomatics Corporation, Grumman Corporation,
Whittaker Corporation. Hughes Aircraft, Teledyne Corporation, U.S. Navy, U.S. Air
Force, U.S. Army, Digital Equipment Corporation, Language Technology Inc.,
Image Sciences, Tandem Computers, Telos Corporation, Jet Propulsion Lab (JPL),
Boeing Aircraft, Electrical Engineering Software, Compucorp, Wangtek, Data
Products, GTE, Radian Corporation, ATE Associates, RCA Exxon, IBM, Northrop
Corporation, NASA Chevron, CBS, NBC, ABC, CNN, Paramount Pictures,
Universal Pictures, Lucasfilms, Disney Corporation, Aaron Spelling, Stephen
Bochoco, WalMart and others.

Today Nichols will tell you he's been a victim of mind control for most of his adult
life. Yet it was only a few years ago he says "awakened" to that fact Like Girard
and 0 and Lois, he too uses the word "slave" when speaking about his condition.
Here follows an excerpt from letter's he wrote over the early months of 1994:

Operation Mind Control 537

"I am a victim of mind control. I have been mind controlled for my
entire life... I have been mind controlled with the typical methods of
behavior modification, hypnosis, drugs, electric shock, torture, and
lies. I believe that most people who understand the methods of the
secret societies would call me a slave. I can recall the perpetrators
using the above methods on me when I was younger than three years
old. As many know, the methods cause amnesia for the conditioning
and psychological dissociation of the reality that the person is a slave
(to).

Over the years the above methods were frequently used on me, at
times daily. Sometimes I would realize my circumstance because
some good people would awaken me and explain what was being
done to me. When I would begin to realize what was being done to
me, the perpetrators would find me and intensify their efforts. They
often used torture, ether, memory blocking drugs, and electric shock
to my head to erase my memories. This would cause me to forget
what the good citizens told me.

Apparently, the above very strong methods of mind control were not
enough for the perpetrators. I now remember that when I was about
twelve (12) years old in 1959, the evil people inserted a temporary
radio receiver in my ear. I was told that I had a hearing problem and I
had to wear a hearing aid. Apparently, some people around me
objected, and they stopped that tactic for a short time. When I was
about fifteen (15) years old in 1962, they had miniaturized radio
receivers sufficiently that they could insert one in my ear canal
without me realizing what they had done. Then they would use very
low volume subliminal messages to control me. They would give me
post-hypnotic suggestions that I had ear infections and I must not
clean inside my ear canals or I would suffer permanent hearing loss.
Occasionally, I would clean inside my ear canals and find a metal
device, that would be explained away by those around me. The
realizations of devices in my ears were then always erased with
torture, drugs, and electricity.

The mind control efforts were very intense. I was oblivious to many
events around me, and certainly to the reality I was being completely
controlled. I had thousands of days and experiences simply erased
from my memory by their techniques. Occasionally, with some
people's help I would briefly break free from their control. This would
enrage them. When I was about twenty (20) years old in 1967, they
surgically implanted a miniature radio receiver and transmitter
behind my right ear canal and next to my ear drum I was told I had
hurt my ear playing football. Over the next twenty (20) years the
receiver-transmitter was replaced a couple of times and another one
was implanted behind the other ear. I have several very fine scars

538 W.H. Bowart

above and behind both ears. Apparently, the perpetrators not only
would broadcast subliminal commands to me, but had the ability to
listen to my conversations, and to electronically track and locate me.

For some reason, in addition to the surgically implanted radio
receiver-transmitters, at times additional miniature receivers were
also inserted into my ear canals. I can recall having one found in my
ear by a California State University, Northridge, health center medical
doctor in 1971. 1 also found another one in my ear in about 1988. Of
course, they would immediately erase my memory of what I had
found. I assume there had been other times that I have not yet
recalled. Why would there be miniature receivers in my ear canals in
addition to the surgically implanted ones behind my ear canals? I can
only guess...

There have been many other devices. I can recall having an electrode
inserted into my frontal brain through my nostril when I was about
thirty-three in 1980. 1 experienced intense pain, confusion, sand
cnsecruilibrium. I was told I had a sinus infection. I explored the
source of my pain and found a small bulb stuck to the roof of my nasal
cavity. The doctors I contacted said it was an infection and not to
touch it. I persisted and removed it myself with tweezers. It looked
like a two-pronged electrode, with two sharp wires stuck up into my
brain with the bulb hanging down. I took it to the Federal Bureau of
Investigation (F.B.I. ). They told me it was a transistor that had
probably fallen out of an automobile. Then my memory of the event
was erased for several years until recently. There are several other
such incidents for which I have only very vague memories.

When... I was forty-two years old, in 1989, 1 began to realize that
something was very wrong. I had massive memory loss and some
memories I could not explain. I gradually began to realize I was the
victim of mind control. I began to recall thousands of conditioning
sessions and abuses. I had not yet realized I was also the victim of
surgical implantations. When I sought help from "friends," family and
medical professionals, they all said I must be psychotic that none of it
had happened. They said there are no secret organizations and there
is no such thing as mind control, that it is all a delusion. I quickly
learned that no one would talk about the abuses. I was threatened
that if I talked about it I would be committed to a mental institution
for a very long time, or murdered. Of course, the threats are always
indirect so they can be denied. My efforts at securing assistance from
the F.B.I. , police, lawyers, and medical professionals was responded
to with a complete denial that such things happen...

I anguished with the reality that over forty-two years I had been a
victim of mind control, torture, and slavery. Since I had not yet

Operation Mind Control 539

realized that I had surgical implants I tried to continue on with my
life. However, in June 1991, when I was forty-four years old, they
informed me through t he speakers that I presently had implanted in
my skull, that the speakers are there. They just simply increased the
volume so I could hear them consciously. They also informed me that
I have an electroencephalograph (EEG) transmitter implanted in my
brain, and that they use bio-medical telemetry and computers to read
the EEG. They indicated that the EEG transmitter was implanted...
perhaps in 1970, when I was twenty-three...

... I was (then) a student-employee and an administrative aide at the
Department of Defense Contracts Administration Services in Van
Nuys, California... I was taken to several defense contractors'
locations (Rockwell, Litton, and Lockheed), and shortly after my
memory would be erased. On one occasion I was taken to the
Lockheed Corporation in Burbank, California. I was asked to "test" a
new pilot simulation chair including the oxygen mask. I was then
administered a general anesthetic and some type of cranial operation
was performed, and then my memory of the events was erased until
recently. A couple of years later, in about 1972, when I was
twenty-five, I was directed to "hypnotherapy 11 by Eric Marcus, M.D., at
the Gestalt Therapy Institute in Santa Monica. My memories of those
sessions were also erased...

After the realization of my implants in June 1991, and the
perpetrators around-the-clock torture of me, I contacted several
medical doctors. All of the doctors indicated that I must have nerve
damage or a psychiatric disorder, because what I was describing
doesn't happen. In August 1991 1 was given a Magnetic Resonance
Imaging (MRI), it is similar to X-rays, of my brain. The technician
happened to mention that the images on the screen were not
accurate. When I pursued a conversation, forgetting that I am
constantly monitored, a man entered the West Hills Regional Medical
Center MRI location and told me I had to leave. Of course the doctor,
Jeff London, M.D.. who ordered the MRI, said the results did not
show anything.

I know, and the perpetrators know, that a legitimate MRI or X-rays,
radio frequency analysis, or surgery will prove the existence of their
diabolical system. However, I also know that they are experts at
eliminating evidence, and when they can't eliminate the evidence
they simply manage the public, media, and judicial system...

While Nichols insists that he has implants, Girard and others think thats
unnecessary and unlikely. So, continuing with his story, Nichols tried to comply
with what he called "their code of silence", thinking that would bring him relief
from the incessant harassment he was experiencing.

540 W.H.Bowart

In January, 1992, while they were torturing me with their incessant
broadcast, I decided to teach a community college psychology course
on stress. I did everything to appear normal. I believed maybe I
would receive some help if I did not seem to be a witness against
them. I also thought the normal appearance would counter their
efforts to discredit me. It took all my effort to conduct the class,
somehow I completed the term...

I have radio receiver-transmitters implanted next to each of my ear
drums, and an EEG transmitter planted in my brain. 221 They have
demonstrated quite conclusively they can read every one of my
thoughts. The system is extremely fast and accurate. They inform me
of their knowledge of my most minimal thoughts, auditory
perceptions, and visual perceptions. The system is also very
powerful. I have tried evading the radio signals by hiding in
structures and traveling great distances. Unfortunately, they have
always been able to receive data from the transmitters, and I have
always heard their broadcasts. Nothing has been successful.

...They read every thought, make continual bizarre distracting
comments, give constant subliminal commands, and use high pitched
sounds against me every moment. They use a combination of
extremely demented, vulgar, heinous, and satanic ranting; then
alternate this with informing me of the details of thousands of days of
experiences for which I have had complete amnesia. They will at
times cause me to laugh, smile, and display a lighter mood, while
inside I know they are creating an image for a situation and I am
actually extremely distressed. I know that they still have complete
control of me, even though I am now aware of their system. They like
to command me to do different behaviors, then taunt me with I am
their toy and robot. They continually remind me that it is impossible
to counter their subliminal commands. They call this process of
torturing me "icing." They have been controlling and torturing me for
my entire life. The perpetrators increased their subliminal broadcast
to a conscious level and have been using the speakers and EEG
transmitter to torture me continuously since June 1991.

For over two-and-a-half years they incessantly, viciously, and
maniacally read my thoughts, make vulgar comments, give me
atrocious su blimin al commands, broadcast noxious sounds, and
disorient me every moment. They even structure my dreams when I
fall asleep from exhaustion. They have several times kept me awake
for several days, I know I was very near death. They tell me they are
the "IUuminate," or "Freemasons," or "Brotherhood," or the "CIA" or NSA
or "U.S. Navy Intelligence," or "U.S. Army Intelligence," or "U.S. Air

For audible voices and their uses in intelligence operations see: THE BODY ELECTRIC, Becker. 317.

Operation Mind Control 541

Force Intelligence;" or a particular corporation like "Rockwell
International," or 'Lockheed Corporation," or "Northrop Corporation," or
"Exxon." Probably each description contains some truth. I just think of
them as The Organization.

...for about three years no one would even admit to me that any type
of mind control existed. I concluded that their terrorism is so effective
that no one ever talks about it. Then in August 1992, an anonymous
person in a bookstore pointed to a book called Breaking The Circle of
Satanic Ritual Abuse (1992), by Daniel Ryder. I can not concentrate
very well, so I only skimmed the book. It presented information about
the "Marionette Syndrome," or slavery, and other abuses. It described

other books on ritual abuse, and it listed some organizations that help

In August 1992, 1 began contacting the above organizations. Most of
the people with whom I spoke acknowledged that the above
atrocities are real and that countless others have been victimized.
However, each individual and organization presented some barrier to
actually helping me beyond occasionally listening to my anguish. One
organization said it sounds like The Uluminati or The Brotherhood is
torturing me. They said they have helped several of their victims.
They told me that they would send me some information, and then I
should call them back to make arrangements to travel to their
location. When I called them again, they said they can help others
they just can't help me. The above basic scenario has happened on
several occasions. It seems that my circumstance is just too
controlled and dangerous, that people are unable or afraid to help me.

...I am not optimistic. The Organization here in America seems to
have complete dominance of every individual and institution. They
boast to me how they are the Eye of the IUuminati, Freemasons, and
the secret Greek Society. They say they are a worldwide nation that
governs the world. They tell me that no country or organization
would dare defy them. They indicate that they are the government

..I know that they are masters of deceit and frequently use a Trojan
horse. They set up front organization to portray that they are helping
victims so that they can uncover any underground opposition. I hope
that some people and organizations that seem to be genuinely
helping victims are real.

I am very skeptical. For instance, I wonder about former intelligence
officers based in a suburb of Washington, D.C., that publish
information about government abuses. Why does the Association of
National Security Alumni publish an expose about microwave

542 W.H.Bowart

harassment and mind-control experimentation when in reality it is
not harassment or experimentation. They are actually diabolical
torture and perfected mind control systems, respectively. Why do
they emphasize the beginning of government electronic abuses in
1988 or 1989 when they should very well know the abuses have
existed for decades? You would think former intelligence officers
would know these facts. Why do they emphasize microwaves and
directed-energy methods, when there are complete thought reading
and mind control systems using implanted devices, telemetry, and
super-computers.? Why do they present circumstantial evidence with
references to records, scars, inconclusive X-rays, and victims'
testimonies when there are victims that are known to them, and brain
images, frequency analyzers, and surgeries to prove the existence of
the devices beyond any doubt? Why is there no reference to the
secret societies and fraternities like the Mafia, PII, and Freemasons'?
Why is there no mention of the prevalence of mind controlled slaves?

...I will continue to be skeptical and cautious. I know that all legal
systems are usurped by The Organization and public laws and
constitutions are circumvented.

In another letter Nichols said:

My experience is that all my conscious and unconscious cognitions
are detected. Complete conscious and subliminal control of me is
exerted with the implanted speakers, electrodes, and brain
transmitters. The perpetrators control me to travel to locations, take
actions, ( Nichols told me in a telephone conversation that includes
assassination attempts) speak words, use nonverbal sign language,
and it is all precisely coordinated with their objectives. They can
insert thoughts and elicit images in my mind and they can describe
in detail to me those thoughts and images. As well, they discuss with
me the details of my dreams, their contents, and pictorial
descriptions of the dreams after I awaken from sleeping. During my
waking states, very rrdnimal thoughts and visual and auditory
perceptions that I have are discussed in detail by the perpetrators.
As extraordinary as it may seem, the perpetrators have essentially
90-100% monitoring and control of me. They virtually have many
people 24 hours a day broadcasting to me. They continuously
broadcast demented ranting and noxious sounds. They will at times
inform me of consultations or activities in which they direct me to be
a participant, and then the events were erased from my memory.
They also spend an inordinate amount of time redundantly
demonstrating to me how they can monitor and control my entire
cognitive activity and behavior.

Operation Mind Control 543

I know that other methods of mind control can be used, such as
extremely low frequency (ELF) radio waves, microwaves, lasers,
infrasound, behavior modification and hypnosis, however, the
biotelemetry system creates completely monitored and controlled
human robots. Personally, it is extremely terrorizing and completely
dehumanizing.

I have memories, and the perpetrators have debriefed me about
thousands of heinous abuses of me and others, and activities they

have devised. Unfortunately, they have also inserted much
disinformation into my memory. I am certain that I have consulted
with many government personnel, businessmen, entrepreneurs, and
people in the entertainment industry. My incomplete and fragmented
memories include improbable and extremely sensitive missions
inside the U.S.S.R. For example, one mission I was directly involved
with was a covert removal of a very high K.G.B. official to America.

Whether or not Nichols has electrodes implanted in his body has yet to be
determined. He says that he has used meters to measure the frequencies of the
transmissions used against him, most of which are from 1 kHz to 30 kHz. He has

he's told us.

In a telephone conversation with him, when I expressed skepticism about his
having implants, he told me he didn't think it was me, because, he said, "Bowart
knows this is possible." Mr. Nichols deserves our help and attention and at the
moment we have not located the people who will volunteer to 1. take the X-rays of
his skull which prove or disprove his claims of implants, 2. the electronic wizards
to somehow catch him unaware and measure the frequency and strength of the
signals he says he is perceiving, and 3. a deprogrammer willing to set him free
from his classically conditioned states. Like so many survivors, Nichols is
unemployed and without resources. And, in the United States of America there is
little know-how in deprogramming and no mental health system that can provide
the services he needs.

On May 28, 1984, The Miami Herald carried a story by staff writer Al
Messerschmidt, headlined: DRUG PILOT SAYS HE'S CAUGHT IN A CIA PLOT.
The subtitle read: "Implants called Part of Plan to Control World:"

James Pettit, convicted drug pilot, admitted arms smuggler, has told
the same story over and over again. Nobody believes him.

Imbedded in his neck, he says, are tiny electronic devices put there
by the CIA to control his thoughts. A Federal Judge heard the tale
and ordered a psychiatric examination. The psychiatrist said that
Pettit is legally competent. The judge ordered a CAT scan, a
sophisticated x-ray of Pettit's neck. The test found nothing. When a

544 W.H. Bowart

Dade circuit judge heard the story, he thought Pettit was trying to
talk his way out of an arson charge. The judge ordered new x-rays
when Pettit offered to accept a 30-year jail sentence if they turned up
nothing. To the surprise of the judge, the prosecutor and even Pettit's
attorney, the new test from Jackson Memorial Hospital showed "two
foreign objects" in Pettit's neck. Curcuit Judge Howard Gross has
ordered exploratory surgery to find out what they are.

"Thoughts that don't belong to me keep appearing," Pettit said during
an interview in the Dade County jail. "The only problem I'm having is
getting the implants exposed."

"Up until the newest x-rays, there was nothing to give credence to his
story", said Pettit's latest attorney, Roy Gelber. I feel that now there is
some objective proof of what he is saying."

It is the kind of tale that could become a best-seller. A spy thriller
with drug-smugglers, airplanes crashing in flames, organized crime,
murders and mind control by the CIA. Sitting in a tiny interview room
in the jail, Pettit holds up one, then two x-rays. Each is about the size
of a sheet of typing paper. "See the circled areas," he says. "See that
thing that looks like a little bottle. That, my friend is an implant.
They're not metal, they're quartz. They're like tiny radio receivers.

"I think they were going to use me in a plan to assassinate someone,"
Pettit says. "I can't prove the CIA put them in there, but there's no
way any government agency has the power to do that. You think
about it. I can't be the only one implanted."

Physically, James Pettit, 39, is a wreck. Bum 'em Pettit is what
Federal Drug agents called him because of the many planes he
crashed in his brief career as a drug pilot. Pettit's latest crash in April
of 1982, a Lockheed Lodestar carrying qualudes was the worst. When
the plane exploded in a Colombia pasture, Pettit was burned over
54% of his body. Eight days later he was admitted to the bum center
of the U.S. Army Institute of Surgical research at the Brooke Medical
Center at San Antonio, Texas. Hospital spokesman Ray Deary
confirmed that Pettit was treated by two doctors at the center until
July 2, 1982. Pettit said that while he was at the bum center the
implants were put in his neck, face, arms and ears. The CIA program
was called Operation Crystal Ball, Pettit says, and he found top secret
documents on it in a Key West dumpster in the 1960's. They came
from a safety deposit box which was broken into at the former Key
West National Bank, he says. The documents described a CIA plan to
take over the world's judicial and political systems by mind control
by the year 2000, Pettit says. The crystal ball routine, I'll never be
able to prove," he says. His discovery of the documents is one reason
the CIA focused on him, Pettit says. The other reason was his search

Operation Mind Control 545

to find out why his older brother, Herchel Neil Pettit, died in the Gulf
of Mexico in 1978. Pettit says his brother was a "straight arrow". He
couldn't believe his brother had co mmi tted suicide aboard a boat
loaded with pot. "I think he was working for the CIA or the DEA,"
Pettit says. '1 went to New Orleans. I talked to an organized crime
family, gave them a list of names. CIA, CIA, CIA. "Don't fool with it,"
they told me. I put it all together in my head. Smuggling, CIA
connected. " James Pettit is obsessed by thoughts that the CIA can
control him. In a deposition Pettit asked his ex-attomey in Federal
Court, Kathy Hamilton, if she was working for the agency. "No," she
said, but the CIA once offered her a job as she was graduating from
college. Pettit said Hamilton's fidgeting with her hair and cigarettes
were "triggering mechanisms" to control his mind.

In motions filed in court, The Herald story reported, Pettit said it was important
to note that his former attorney, Assistant Public Defender James Webb once
showed up in court wearing a Duke University ring.

The year on the ring wasn't the year of Webb's graduation — a tip-off
that Webb was working for the CIA says Pettit. "I accused him of it."
Webb says there's no truth to the accusation.

The federal jury that convicted him of drug smuggling in 1983 was controlled by
the CIA, Pettit told the Herald.

Defense attorney Hamilton is convinced that Pettit is linked to the
agency. Til tell you this," she says. "Jim Pettit has worked for the
CIA. That has been confirmed. Pettit has told me he worked for the
CIA. In addition Charles Mardi has told me he worked for the CIA.
That he has had Pettit checked out. That it was confirmed." Mardi, a
codefendant in a Federal drug case was to have been a co-pilot on a
drug flight with Pettit. In the middle of that trial Mardi's defense
attorney Alexander Martoni, asked for a hearing out of the presence
of the jurors because he had learned that Mardi had met secretly
with the DEA and the CIA. "The CIA tried to get the charges
dismissed because of the CIA connection with my client," Martoni
told the U.S. District Judge, Jose Gonzalez. "There are letters in their
files. I have direct confirmation that Jim Pettit has flown for the CIA
said Martoni. Jim Pettit needs some definite help. The government
owes him that. He's been impaired as a result of those flights. The
U.S. Government has never taken responsibility for what happened to
Jim Pettit."

Before Pettit's Federal Trail, Defense Attorney Hamilton asked Gonzalez to order a
psychiatric test and a CAT scan of Pettit's head. Dr. Charles Mutter reported that
Pettit was competent to stand trial and according to the Herald added:

546 W.H. Bowart

" It is my opinion that this individual is attempting to contrive a story
in order to evade further legal proceedings. Although his alleged
belief would represent a psychotic delusion, there is nothing else in
the mental status of the man that is consistent with mental illness."

The CAT scan at Jackson Memorial found nothing. Pettit didn't
testify. He refused to cooperate with Hamilton. The attorney said
nothing about the CIA or implants. The jury convicted Pettit.
Gonzalez ordered a 15-year prison sentence, one of the stiffest in the
Operation Screamer cases. Pettit's extensive criminal record -- he had
served several prison terms -- prompted the judge to order the tough
sentence, Hamilton says. Now Pettit awaits trial in circuit court,
accused of setting fire to his girlfriend's house after barricading
himself inside after DEA agent Beasley tried to arrest him.

The case was scheduled for trial before Judge Gross last week. The
day the trial was to begin, hospital officials, responding to a court
order, brought copies of the federally ordered x-rays to court. Pettit,
Defense Attorney Gelber, and Prosecutor Phil Maniatty huddled in
the jury room with Dr. Robert ML Quencer of Jackson's radiology
department to examine the x-rays.

The x-rays showed the top of Pettit's head, but didn't show the neck
area behind his ear. Pettit, who is representing himself with Gelber
as co-council offered to plead no-contest to the arson charge and
accept a 30-year sentence if another set of x-rays showed nothing.
Judge gross sent Pettit back to the hospital. When Dr. Quencer
returned with the newest test, he told the judge that something
unexplainable is in Pettit's neck. "I thought he was just fabricating a
story to beat the charges said Gross. "The x-rays give me something
to think about."

"Until the radiologist came in I thought it was nonsense," said
Maniatty. "I don't know what those two things are."

The radiologist said "It could be metal from an accident , but it
certainly would be worth checking into, but it has nothing to do with
this case."

Tuesday Gross ordered the hospital staff to perform an operation to
determine what is in Pettit's neck.

A follow up story written by Bill Looney appeared on June 19, 1984. in The Miami
Herald headlined: X-RAY SURGERY FAILED TO FIND BUG IN MAN:

The first CIA operation in Jackson Memorial history ended in
disappointment Friday for James Pettit. It was just after 10 a.m. when
Pettit, age 38, convicted drug pilot accused arsonists and firm
believer that the Central Intelligence Agency has planted electronic

Operation Mind Control 547

thought-control devices in his skull rolled into ward D at Jackson in a
wheelchair and leg irons. He was clutching a court order for the
surgery that would prove his claim, ease his mind and maybe cut his
prison time.

"I'm not going to let them put me to sleep," he said warily." Jackson's
a damned government hospital."

He needn't have worried. After reviewing new x-rays taken Friday,
the Jackson's physicians scheduled to do exploratory surgery and
find out just what was in Pettit's head refused to operate above the
neck. Tm not touching that head," said Jackson Professor of Surgery

"I want those things that look like bottles taken out of my head. Any
refusal of Jackson Memorial Hospital to follow this court order
constitutes in my opinion collusion with the CIA," said Pettit holding
the folded order from Circuit Judge Howard Gross as Senior Surgical
resident Michael Cotler sewed up his back.

Tell me doctor, do you work for the CIA?"

"What are you talking about?" Gomez said, laughing uneasily, looking
confused. "I don't work for the government."

"I want it known that the doctors at Jackson Memorial Hospital
refused to operate on the suspicious area," Pettit said.

"Mr. Pettit wants the court order enforced," Gelber said. He said they
would try again in court.

"Since I took this case I've had seven people come to the office asking
if I can help them with similar problems," Gelber said. "One said she
was John Kennedy's girlfriend and the FBI had put transmitters in her
head so she wouldn't get JFK in trouble. Everybody wants to know
what those things are in Pettit's head."

Are we witnessing the manifestation of a new cyborg mythology - a form of
cybernetic hallucination which is building toward an eruption from the collective
unconscious? Or is the day Jose Delgado was desiring already at hand. Maybe we

v live in a Psychocivilized society.

"We need a program of psychosurgery for political control of our
society. The purpose is physical control of the mind. Everyone who
deviates from the given norm can be surgically mutilated. The
individual may think that the most important reality is his own
existence, but this is only his personal point of view. This lacks
historical perspective. Man does not have the right to develop his
own mind. This kind of liberal orientation has great appeal. We must

Gerado

548 W.H.Bowart

electrically control the brain. Someday armies and generals will be
controlled by electric stimulation of the brain... 222 "

And remember that it was the state, through the Public Health Service, the Office
of Naval Research, and the U.S. Air Force Aeromedical Research Laboratory,
which funded Delgado's work. 223

The golden tones of Dave Emory's voice made a series of tapes called Operation
Mind Control. Emory recaps the early version of this book, presenting an "easy
listening" way of covering the highlights of the history. Emory and his staff also
come up with some good original research, but above all they broadcast the shows
live and take calls from a most well-informed audience of regular listeners in
California.

On Emory's 224 Operation Mind Control #5, Tape 2C a caller says: "Keep up this
very good work. It's very important When you get down to it it's the basis of
controlling society. If you get to people's minds the rest is easy."

Emory: "... California is the center of this kind of activity and that Ronald Reagan
was Governor he attempted to get something The Institute for The Study of
Violent Behavior set up on Southern California. People involved were Louis Jolyn
West He was Jack Ruby's Psychiatrist He testified that Jack Ruby shot Lee
Harvey Oswald because he had psychomotor epilepsy and he had a brief a brief
epileptic episode which caused him to pull the trigger and kill Oswald with a
single shot and that is the Warren Commission's thesis as to why Ruby killed
Oswald. Also Dr. Earl Bryan, a key official under Governor Reagan. He was
involved in massive use of behavior modification techniques in the California
prison system, which was used under Reagan as a huge laboratory for the
development and refinement of all kinds of mind control techniques, but Earl
Bryan was also connected with Edwin Meese and his name surfaced prominently
with the scandals that our attorney general ... was connected with some months
back..."

Another caller says: It's also good to keep in mind that the sixth anniversary of
Jonestown is coming up. It was a CIA mind experiment with very serious, serious
fatal consequences.

The message is getting out Mind control is part of the surge of Invisible
Weaponry development Our elected officials are involved. A third of our national
budget is spent on black operations which hide all the secrets. Still, thankfully, the
information is getting out to the general public, and since 1980's it been the
survivors of EM Targeting, like Harlan Girard who have led the way.

Jose Deigado. Congresshnol Record, No. 26. Vol 1 18. Feb. 24. 1974.
Paul Schrag, MIND CONTROL.

Dave Emory. ARCHIVES ON AUDIO. POB 170023. San Francisco. Ca. 94117-0023, 1993-94

Operation Mind Control 549

So, its appropriate to close this chapter with the voice of Girard from his speech
entitled AFFECTS OF GIGAHERTZ RADIATION ON THE HUMAN NERVOUS
SYSTEM Recent Developments in the Technology of Political Control, a speech he
delivered at the NATO Advanced Research Workshop on Coherent and Emergent
Phenomenon in Bimolecular Systems. Held at University of Arizona Jan 15-19
1991:

In 1988 the Office of Technology Assessment of the Congress of The
United States published a special report entitled: Criminal Justice
the New Technologies and the Constitution. The report surveys the
new technologies used in the investigation apprehension and
confinement of criminals and " addresses that delicate balance to be
maintained between the national interest and individual rights." As
welcome as this report is to those of us who are interested in a
government of law rather than of men, it manages to omit any
discussion of the use of directed energy weapons from the section on
less than lethal" weapons. For instance, a weapon has been
developed to paralyze a person at a distance through a brick wall if
necessary. This weapon was developed during 1983 and 84 for use in
situations where hostages are being held. A variation of this weapon
has been purchased by the Marine Corps for confusing and
disorienting the enemy. American weapons research has centered on
pulse radiation in the gigahertz frequency band for a very interesting
reason. In 1972, the Department of the Army researched Soviet and
other foreign literature sources and discovered over 500 studies
devoted to the biological effects of Super High Frequency
Electromagnetic Oscillations (SHF).

"SHF may have potential uses as a technique for altering human
behavior. Lethal and non-lethal aspects have been shown to exist. In
certain non-lethal exposures definite behavioral changes have
occurred. There also appears to be a change in mammals when
exposed to SHF, and sensitivity to sound, light, and olfactory stimuli."

The significance of this intelligence document in terms of the medical
experiments commissioned by the Central Intelligence Agency since
1976 is that "emphasis in this report is placed on influencing
individuals as opposed to groups. Secondly, this report is a trend
study and therefore contains statements predicting Soviet knowledge
and capabilities for influencing human behavior up to fifteen years
ahead, or 1987. It foreshadows the enormous effort put into behavior
control experiments employing the use of masers and microwave
beam weapons on involuntary human subjects during the
Reagan/Bush regime. Thirdly, despite the report titled, Controlled
Offensive Behavior USSR., it opens with a chapter describing the use
of torture on Catholic prisoners in British jails in Northern Ireland. The

550 W.H.Bowart

inclusion of this chapter at all and its position at the front of the
report clearly is intended to suggest that it is permissible for the
United States to torture its own citizens because these methods are
being used by our very civilized cousins in Britain and not only
barbarians in the Soviet Union.

Fourthly, the report states that "the purpose of mind altering
techniques is to create one or more of several different possible
states in the conscious or unconscious area of the brain. The ultimate
goal of controlled offensive behavior might well be the total
submission of one's will to some outside force." After discussion of
the possible states short of complete submission, which may be the
goal of Soviet research in behavior control, the author states, "since
the desired end product of this type of research is some change in the
human mind, only the non-lethal aspects are discussed in this report.
It should be remembered however, that some techniques have lethal
thresholds."

In the current round of American behavior control experiments, no
allowance is made for legal thresholds. The use of involuntary human
subjects provided by the Central Intelligence Agency precludes the
necessity for the researchers to consider lethal thresholds and legal
consequences. A curious situation has emerged in which torturers
and murderers attend our meetings, address us on the failings of our
own research and misdirect us with papers on the benign effects of
incubating eggs in 60 hz magnetic fields in order to buy time for their
own well paid and frequently lethal experiments on involuntary
human subjects.

Of particular interest in light of current developments are two
paragraphs in the very last chapter which concern a Boston based,
CIA front organization, the Scientific Engineering Institute, which still
exists not so incidentally. The SEI was initially established to do
research on radar. In the 1960's the SEI added a wing devoted to "life
sciences" and hired a group of behavioral and medical scientists.

Lastly I would like to site another defense intelligence agency report
also prepared by the U.S. Army. It is titled BIOLOGICAL EFFECTS OF
ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION, RADIO, AND MICROWAVES,
EURASIAN COMMUNIST COUNTRIES. It was published by the
Defense Intelligence Agency in March of 1976.

The importance of this report rests not on its content, much of which
seems to remain classified, but in its acknowledgment of a shift in
focus in less than four years from a wide range of behavior control
interests to just one, electromagnetic radiation. The date of this
report is also significant. It was published just as George Herbert
Walker Bush became Director of Central Intelligence. Experiments on

Operation Mind Control 551

involuntary human subjects were rapidly authorized by the new
director, but outside of the United States because of the wrath of
congress at that time.

An experiment was begun in Edmunton, Alberta, Canada under the
aegis of an American oil company with which the DCI was on friendly
terms. It consisted initially of blasting a man's brain with a
microwave analog of sound waves for two to three hours a day. This
has the effect of producing auditory hallucinations 225 .

A further discussion of events leading up to the present series of
mind control experiments will have to wait another occasion in favor
of a discussion of the technology of which the United States is now
possessed. As I have already indicated, one of the principal features
of the weapons system is its ability to produce auditory effects or
hallucinations. Using these effects to broadcast defeat into the minds
of the enemy was a particular dream of Leonard Peroots of the U.S.
Airforce. He hired droves of consultants to tell him how to use a
microwave beam to implant ideas in the mind of the enemy and to be
perfectly fair, to urge on his own troops to superhuman deeds of
valor.

Instead Peroots turned to a man who promised him results. This man
remembered the microwave analog audiograms used by Dr. Joseph
Sharp to beam auditory hallucinations into his own head at the
Walter Reed Army Institute of Research in 1973. He promised Peroots
that he could talk a human being to death if furnished with the
equipment Sharp had used at Walter Reed, a slave and personal
security. This was the origin of the medical atrocities which began in
Edmonton Alberta in 1976 under the protection of the Central
Intelligence Agency and which continue to this day.

By the fall of 1983 experiments had produced some communications
equipment which had far exceeded the simple dream of broadcasting
defeat into the minds of the enemy. It is not only capable of
producing auditory hallucinations, but visual hallucinations as well.
The visual hallucinations have been described to me by a German
artist on whom this equipment is being used involuntary as having
the quality of 35 mm color slides. Besides these sensory
hallucinations, the same equipment can be used to block all
sensation. It is being used to distort and even to completely block all
senses. With it, the ultimate in sensory deprivation experiments can
be performed. There's no peeking under the electromagnetic blindfold
this equipment creates. I should mention in this context that the CIA
now has at its disposal the most evil, the most cunning torture

For an explanation of how audible voices are broadcast directly into the brain, see MICROWAVE AUDITORY
EFFECTS AND APPLICATIONS. James C. Lin, PHD. Thomas Springfield. ID, 1978. Particularly page 176.

552 W.H. Bowart

devised by any government in all of human history. It is truly Satanic
in its moral or ethical implications. It is a torture which is
commensurate with the degeneracy of a nation which is prepared
and well on its way to polluting all life on earth into extinction. The
torture I am writing of I can only describe as thought deprivation. It is
used in conjunction with sensory deprivation but it is in fact sensory
deprivation times ten to the tenth power. We're all familiar with the
sensation of being exposed to very loud noises. They're irritating and
we try to remove ourselves from them. We might say, "It's so noisy in
here I can't hear myself think."

Human beings perceive thought as "audible sound". It is something
which we "hear". We "listen" to ourselves think. This quality of
listening to ourselves think, of hearing our own thoughts, can be
extinguished by this device so that it is not possible to hear oneself
think. I have no idea how this effect is produced. It may be
accomplished by playing a signal into the auditory nerve at such a
high power that it does in fact drown out the "sound" of all thought,
but I do not believe that is how it is being done. I do not know
enough about the physiology of the brain to explain how it might be
done, but the CIA can do it with the mind control technology at its
disposal. That is the bad news. The good news is one continues to
think even if one cannot hear oneself think. Do not panic. There is
nothing to fear. On the other hand, our thought process is the thing
that distinguishes man from other forms of life. Cogito ergo sum. But
cogito is no longer necessarily possible. Where does this leave sum
(It means I think therefore I am, but if you can no longer think, are
you?) Furthermore this communications equipment is able to produce
pain. Enormous amounts of pain. Pain is only another nerve signal.
And pain is applied in great quantities in the torture regimen.
Sometimes the pain is specific and describable. More often it is
general and indescribable. It is very much like being imme rsed in
water only it isn't water, it is pain. The pain surges and laps at one
like water. I've also described this pain as being very much like
having an electric current passing through one. 226

°' >rr H *^*ard. INTERNA TfONAL COMMITTEE FOR THE CONVENTION AGAINST OFFENSIVE MICROWAVE
WEAPONS, POB 5700. Philadelphia. Pa. 19102-*700.

Electronic Measurements

This picture shows the frequencies 18.5 - 18.7 KHz which
were sent to a brain transmitter. The chart was created by a printer
connected to a radio frequency analyzing computer during measure-
ments from a transmitter in a person's skull.

While measuring other persons, the wavelengths were counted
at similar values.

Long wavelengths are always used since they work globally at
the speed of light, and the frequencies are usually between 15 - 35
KHz.

The information on pages this page and the next is courtesy of a
Swedish group researching mind control: Mediaecco, Box 136, 114-79
Stockholm, Sweden, Fax +46-8-668 60 66.

554 W.H. Bowart

This is the fourth transmitter in
my head and it was inserted in
connection with an appearance at
Nacka Police station, just outside
Stockholm, on 26th November
1975. ostensibly for interrogation.
I was locked up in a cell, but after
a short while I fall into a deep
sleep from which I emerge to an
entirely new life. It is during these
hours when the transmitter is
implanted, and when. I awake I
have a seering highfrequency signal
at about 100 dB in my skulL This
was to plague me for about 16
hours a day for the past 8 years and
completely transform my life. It
depressed the functional capacity of
my right cerebral hemisphere and
altered my personality, behaviour
and abilities as if they no longer
were pan of myself. This torture
finally ceased during 1983.

REMOVED

This is the first transmitter
implanted in my head: it was
inserted during an operation at
Soder Hosptial in 1967 under the
authorisation of surgeon Curt
Strand. A great many Swedish
doctors, as well as the Swedish
National Board of Health and
Welfare (N3.H.W) have refused
the presence of the transmitter in
radiographs, yet it was surgically
removed at a private clinic in
Athens in March 1978.

REMOVED
After having the 1967
surgically removed in Athens in
March 1978, leaving it for analysis
to New York University, I relumed
home in June only to find myself
arrested for fraud. After one month
of being detained, a fresh
transmitter was suddenly acuvated;
it had been placed so bw down
in my right nostril that it was
possible to feel the top with the
finger and visible to a doctor with
the aid of a nasal specula, an
instrument with which one can in-
spect the nasal passages. This
transmitter was surgically re-
moved in Athens, in 1982 but can
be clearly identified on other x-ray

Professor P. A. Lindstrom wrote in one of his
statements concerning this and other x-ray
pictures; "I can only confirm that some
foreign objects, most likely brain trans-
mitters have been implanted at the base of
your frontal brain and in the skull. In my
opinion there is no excuse for such im-
plantations. I fully agree with Lincoln
Lawrence who in bis book on page 27 wrote;
"There are two particulary dreadful procedures
which have been developed. Those working
tnd playing with them secretly call them
R.H.I.C. and E.D.O.M. - Radio-Hypnotic
Intracerebral Control and Electronical
Dissolution of Memory^"

/

1

This is a detail on an x-ray photograph taken
directly from above. In the centre are the
nasal passages and the dark semi-circular area
are the teeth in the upper jaw. The picture
was taken at Karolinska Hospital where all
radiographers deny that any foreign object can
be identified in this picture. However, there
are a number of overseas physicians who
testify the obvious fact, that several trans-
mitters can be seen quite clearly.

This is the third transmitter
placed in my head and the
first which was embedded in
my brain. Without doubt it
was implanted while being
detained by the police in
Stockholm 1973; this was
my first period of custody
and afterwards I underwent
considerable personality
modification, a process
which had already begun in
1967 but Tr»'faffd rapidly
towards criminality after the
implantation of the second

This is the second im-
planted transmitter, this
device appeared under rather
unusual circumstances on
10th March 1972

This im-
| plantation preceded a period
I of prolonged torture with
f personality-altering radio
signals 10-20 hours a day
and they started commu-
nicating directly with my
brain. It was then I realised
that they could dicern my
thoughts and, indeed, expe-
rience my entire range of
cognitive activity. The
transmitter ceased funcbo-
ning almost a decade later
and with u the communi-
cation with my thoughts
and the destructed signals.

Operation Mind Control 555

36

A SATANIC-UFO REICH?

Operation Mind Control has brought the mental health profession to the verge of
a nervous breakdown. Attacked by cryptocratic peers in such organizations as the
Cult Awareness Network and False Memory Syndrome Foundation on the one
hand and grappling with the techniques of psychiatry and psychology which the
cryptocracy has leapfrogged with new technology, the profession can only make
the mentally tortured comfortable while it looks desperately for a way to heal
them. The healing techniques are in the hands of a few, some of them
"deprogrammers" like Mark Phillips who once worked for the cryptocracy and
learned the codes cues and triggers and knows practically how the "classical"
conditioning-like technology of the cryptocracy comes to work like hypnosis.

The "mental health pros," as we know them, are learning to completely rethink
their approaches to healing the victims of the cryptocracy's mind control projects.
While insights into what is state-of-the-art of mind control today begins with a
study of physics, it is still built upon well-tested patterns of human functions.
But, the traditional "let's get in touch with our feelings" kind of therapies are not
helpful.

One might begin one's education with a book edited by Karl H. Pribram entitled
Rethinking Neural Networks.- 227

Quantum Neurodynamics (QND) provides an explicit, quantifiable
model of the mechanisms of consciousness in the higher
vertebrates...

At the heart ... is the following rather bold hypotheses: Consciousness
of a stimulus is mediated NOT by the immediate neuro-synaptic
activation, but rather by some mediator of nonlinear wave mechanics
that allows probability to flow in response to the neuro-synaptic
activation held...

A "personality" is a consistent pattern of responses to stimuli and
situations, in QND, the personality of the stochastic filter is

127 Karl H. Pribram. Editor. Rethinking Neural Networks - Quantum Fields and Biological Data, Lawrence Erlbaum

Associates. 1993 Hillsdale. New Jersey. 1993.

556 W.H. Bowart

determined by the locally homotopic mappings
neural domain and by the configuration of discontinuities between
homotopic domains.

A conscious train of thought consists of a well-formed wave packet
propagating within the neural domain in response to a combination of
inputs from a number of sources, including the sensory apparatus and
the outputs of other domains at various levels of abstraction.
Whenever the probability density corresponding to this wave packet
produces an expectation that does not compare well with the actual
ensemble of inputs, the result is a potential field gradient ( or
"barrier", if it is sufficiently steep) that deflects the wave packet
toward states associated with less prediction error.

Suppose that when the network's personality is being formed, it
experiences a deliberately consistent "diabolical" training in which
certain common experiences are interrupted with frustrating or
painful intervention. QND learning will encode the painful experience
on the trajectory so that it will be properly predicted as a
consequence of the prior experience. (Incidentally, QND learning
models classical conditioning even though it is simple Hebbian,
because of the causal dynamics of the Schroedinger equation.)
Whenever the common experience subsequently occurs without the
intervention of the diabolical agent, the extreme difference between
the expected punishment and the benign experience drives the
conscious wave packet away from the states where the pain was
stored. This "avoidance" has two consequences, one obvious and the
other subtle. The obvious effect is that the deflected wave packet will
generate an altered behavior pattern. The subtle effect is that the
neurons where the painful patterns are encoded will be prevented
from receiving enough probability to allow the patterns to be
corrected.

Now suppose that the diabolical training is "extensive", both
figuratively and literally. That is, suppose that it succeeds in placing
other avoidance patterns into a geometry that surrounds and isolates
a large cognitive domain from the rest of the neural network.
Subsequently, wavepackets that form in that domain will be trapped
there, and that domain will then develop a personality that is distinct
from the personality of the exterior domain(s). But the entrapment is
not permanent. Quantum tunneling provides a mechanism for
penetration of the barrier, after which another distinct personality
emerges...

A fascinating approach to the human mind. The above dovetails with what we
know from practical experience works in Ericksonian techniques and NLP
processing. The fact is, here is more fruit of cryptocratic research, right here in

Operation Mind Control 557

probably be assured the mind controllers have read it

The saddest truth of Operation Mind Control didn't really hit me until I heard it
said by Dr. Colin A. Ross. A psychiatrist, Ross is one of the western world's
foremost authorities on Dissociative Identity Disorder, so when he speaks about
the corruption of his peers and his profession it is not spoken lightly. He said it to
me one morning, long distance over his cellular phone as he drove to work. I
knew the facts. I'd written about them in 1978, but the impact didn't come home
until 1 heard Dr. Ross say it

"Virtually every leading psychiatrist in North America between the
1940's and the 1970's was involved in some aspect of the CIA's mind
control research."

Dr. K. Obewan ( the pseudonym of a gifted clinical psychologist who was targeted
for persecution and prosecution by one of the well-endowed and negatively
motivated "foundations") showed me a chart which compared the "history of
psychiatry," to the "history of the diagnosis of dissociation" and the "history of
mind control." (See part 2 of Appendix E.)

It shows the progress of psychiatry beginning in 1883 with the diagnosis and
treatment of manic-depressive insanity and dementia praecox, with hysteria being
treated by surgical removal and or cauterization of the clitoris in 1885, and
masturbation treated by means of circumcision in 1890. In the history of
dissociation it shows Janet focusing on dissociation of traumatic memories while
Charcot focused on psychological effects of overwhelming experiences. In
1896-97, the chart shows the first UFO wave began. Is it a coincidence that
dissociation came along with the first modem wave of UFO's? Is it a coincidence
that the secret MKULTRA research shifted into high gear at the same time as the
modem UFO "flaps"?

After reading a very rough and earlier draft of this "researchers edition" of
Operation Mind Control (which is still rough and seeking your corrections and
criticism), Dr. Obewan wrote me a series of letters worth excerpting:

I believe you are on the edge of understanding planetary paranoia. As
a result of the MKULTRA. program, problems in mental health have
catapulted over the past few years. As a result of the atrocities of
that program a new industry has been created within the mental
health field - an industry that is reinforcing crazmess !

While being caught up in trying to treat the enormous number of
victims coming forth over the past 10 years, the mental health field
has failed to recognize or even look at the big picture. I believe we

558 W.H. Bowart

have a psychological warfare Trojan Horse that has been developed
out of the MKULTRA research...

I've heard the scenario of "O" and countless others time and time
again. The only thing that changes is the name of the person
identified as the abuser... The danger is that the hate that one
experiences directed toward a government or an authority figure is
projected onto the mental health professional who is confronting the
scenario of rape, human destruction, torture, etc. The blowback effect
of these stories is enormous. Doctors are being sued, harassed,
driven out of business. They are losing their friends and families.
Some have even committed suicide when they have been brought to
confront this Trojan Horse.

What is the big picture as far as the US and tort liability goes?

Victims are coming forward en mass to sue for damages and they're
winning. With organizations such as the False Memory Syndrome
Foundation providing "expert witnesses" to assist lawyers in
convincing juries that the victims of child abuse ~ MPD's who may
have been used by the intelligence agencies - could not be telling
the truth, the cryptocracy's secrets will remain covered. For when
the suits begin in the MKULTRA cases, where will they end?

One of the important messages your book can get across is that there
are people who really did get zapped by the government. And if not
zapped by the "official" government, zapped by renegades or retired
government personnel who have acquired a taste for perversions
that have been cultivated allegedly in the interest of national
security.

We also have dabblers in ritual crime and the mind control
technology (which is being printed in underground papers in the
music field, for example) which shows people how to alter another's
perceptions and personalities. The cat is out of the bag. Our entire
society will soon be having fun "playing with each other's minds"
using these methods of mind control developed by our government.

The government's real motive remains unrevealed. Perhaps this new
mind control was developed to protect our people from the memories
of justifiable atrocities they had to commit in the true interests of
national security or merely from memories of terrifying alien
encounters. Cults ( maybe government cults) sophisticated in min d
control have been successful.

Operation Mind Control 559

It was a shock to all of us to hear what the patients had been saying.
Most of us were at a loss until people started publishing reports that
these events were being treated under the dx MPD. For years it had
been grope and fumble on our own, while the cryptocracy alone had
the tools, the codes, the cues and triggers which could heal or
enslave the minds of their victims.

I thought a great deal about your book Operation Mind Control and
how it helps to understand the massive thought control by the
government that Orwell wrote about in "1984". The symbolism
between the abductees and the ritual abuse survivors (see part 1 of
Appendix E) denotes a conflict between values of the old and values
of the new.

Although December 2, 1942 was the beginning of the creation of the
first self-sustaining nuclear chain reaction which started the Atomic
Age, it took us 3 years to use the destructive powers when we
dropped the bomb in 1945 on Hiroshima. One hundred years from
1898, when Madam Curie and her husband Pierre discovered
Plutonium & radium and literally split the first atom, will be 1998 a
year of destruction projected by hundreds of thousands of (cult)
people, in that 3x666 will equal 1998, and the beginning of
Armageddon.

Projections from abductees since 1947, when UFO data began to
emerge on a large scale after the Roswell incident, are that we have
destroyed our environment and that a new breed of humanoids needs
to be produced so that we don't self -exterminate. How do we know
that the hole in the ozone wasn't caused by the Atom Bomb?

With the creation of the CIA in 1947 our government started a
process by which destruction, self-doubt, isolating the truth,
explaining away truth, became a way of life as mutual mistrust was a
key factor in destablizing societies. The CIA labeled people as Crazy,
Convicts or Crusaders to discredit them when they were used as
witnesses or came forward to testify. However, it is the very group of
Crazies, Convicts or Crusaders who have come forward with the
wealth of information that essentially is behind this book. (Does that
include the professionals too, good doctor?). It is this group as a whole
that has been exploited and manipulated to gain control of nations
and it is this group that has historically been kept "under control" by
discrediting, rninimizing and humiliating them.

560 W.H. Bowart

However, it appears that we are at a time of crisis when as the
bourgeoisie was once overcome by the proletariat, the CCC's are
making an effort to overcome the establishment.

It is difficult to oversee massive movements until they have become
so enormous and corrupt that it is impossible to stop them. Since the
mentally ill have always been a boilerplate for news and defamation,
their early victimization by predators has been harnessed and
stepped on by psychiatry, the government, the media for decades.
Now that dissociation and various traumas related to dissociation
have once again emerged and we find an enormous lobby trying to
stomp it out. Unfortunately there is a trail of evidence to support how
psychiatry and the government have victimized thousands in medical
research to ultimately control mankind. Mind Control research proves
that existentialism never existed and that generations of evil belief
systems have dominated society for centuries.

The government with the most toys, technology and trainees (slaves)
wins. The ultimate goal to this is through Mind Control - in the
ultimate double think society.

Dr. Ross 228 underlines Obewan's experiences with the mental health environment
In his compelling book The Osiris Complex Ross writes:

"There was always doubt about the reality of the stories Margaret
told. For instance, one of her alters had a clear memory of aliens
coming into her apartment, impregnating her, coming back some
months later to remove the fetus, then returning years later to show
her the half-human, half-alien child they were raising among the
stars. This alter was mortified when I raised the possibility that the
aliens were possibly not literally real: she cried profusely, and said I
had ruined the therapy and her chances of recovery forever by
doubting her.

"Margaret made this claim before I had heard about the current
epidemic of UFO abductions. I did not realize, when I heard
Margaret's story that thousands of people in North America have
similar memories. Many of these people probably have complex
dissociative disorders, but many appear to be otherwise normal The
only lesson I learned from Margaret in this regard is that expressing
doubt damages the treatment alliance: whether failing to express
doubt reinforces a delusional disorder, I don't know. One's view of
this issue will hinge on whether or not one believes in the reality of
UFOs, alien abductions, and related phenomena.

*» Ross. Colin A.. M.D. The Osiris CompUs, Case-Studies m Multiple Personalty Disorder, Univeristy of Toronto

Press. Toronto. Canada 1994.

Operation Mind Control 561

"If the abductions are real, it would appear that the human race is
being used as breeders, with amnesia for the human participation
implanted hypnotically by the aliens. Other alters of Margaret's told
me that they had been ritually abused in Satanic cults, and that these
cults used women as breeders of babies for sacrifice. According to
the current folklore in the dissociative-disorders field, these cults
practice mind control and the creation of amnesia, much like the
aliens do. Margaret taught me that there is a connection of some kind
between UFO abductions and the use of women as breeders for
Satanic cults. What is the connection? I don't know.

In thinking about what was real in Margaret's stories, and what
fantasy, it was not easy to determine where to draw the line. I don't
want to make the kind of mistake 'good Germans' did who looked the
other way and pretended Auschwitz didn't exist, if there is a Satanic
Third Reich active in North America today. On the other hand, I don't
want to be the dupe of mass hysteria and urban legend. What to do?
What to believe? I don't know."

Dr. Obewan further commented on the experience of working in a clinical setting
in a California hospital treating MPD patients:

In general, whenever we called the FBI to report Satanic ritual abuse
of someone, there was no interest shown. They'd take a report over
the phone. But when we told the FBI that an individual had been
ritually abused by a Nazi cult, an agent would be down to get all the
details.

Dr. James P. Viken" 9 , of Minnesota pulls no punches. A psychologist who has
been working with "some (mind control) victims of abuse by U.S. Intelligence
agencies" he says he "made a number of startling, disgusting discoveries." He
discovered that drugs were being brought into the U.S. by government agencies.
That there were domestic "Hit Squads" in the Department of Defense, the
Department of Justice, the Federal Bureau of Investigation, the Central
Intelligence Agency, and the U.S. Customs Service. He has uncovered evidence of
the "CIA's and FBI's paedophile kidnapping rings used to compromise politicians,
diplomats and corporate CEO's." His efforts to bring this to the attention of the
proper authorities so far has come to naught Dr. Vlken writes, "We've tried to talk
to the local law enforcement agencies, the FBI and the CIA. Nobody wants to hear
anything about any of this ."

Dr. Vlken contacted me in hopes that I could verify the authenticity of documents
entitled the COM-12 Briefings. (See Chapter 37). Viken's tone was one of

Letter dated September 29. 1994 followed up by a phone call to the author on October 3, 1994.

562 W.H. Bowart

right when he said, "Danger fosters the rescuing power."

Clinical psychologist Dr. Randy Noblitt 230 was the first psychologist I heard
accurately describe the mechanics of the programming he was confronting in his
patients. A former Air Force psychologist, Noblitt said that like most students in
graduate school he believed that" hypnosis couldn't make people do things they
wouldn't normally do." He was trained in hypnosis and used it in his practice
which consisted mostly of patients who were diagnosed as having "Borderline
Personality Disorder." After the diagnosis Multiple Personality Disorder entered
the diagnostic manual, Noblitt realized that a large number of the patients he saw
turned out to be MPD's. "When I started," Noblitt said, "I believed that MPD was a
crock. It was too bizarre. It had to be something fabricated by patients and spacey
therapists. And then I had never seen an MPD person." Noblitt said he was guilty
of doing what he's since witnessed so many of his peers do, remain closed minded
to MPD. He also said, the MPD phenomenon is so difficult to treat that " ...there is
a tendency among therapists to walk away from this."

Noblitt said that it's not uncommon to find therapists suffering from "Secondary
Post Traumatic Stress Disorder"

It's not unusual when psychologists get together to hear them talk
about not being able to sleep. "I don't look at the moon the way I
used to. I once thought it was beautiful, now I think it's something
evil...". ( because many of the cult rituals happen at the full moon)...
There are changes that occur when you hear horrible stories day after
day. For many clinicians this is something they are unwilling to work
with... but it's a burden we all must carry...

After California passed laws requiring psychologists to report whatever a patient
tells them which could indicate child abuse, the misinterpretations and systemic
failures began to take its toll. Parents were jailed -- innocent or guilty, it mattered
not The patients were not made the better by the law. A top notch
psychotherapist who was accused of manipulating a patient by implanting "false
memories" wrote us. Her comments illustrate the Post Traumatic Stress Disorder
Noblitt describes:

I sit here shaken and depressed, feeling mtirnidated and frightened. I
have little faith in a system of justice and a system of balances for a
world which I once believed in. Friends have told me that my
depression is speaking for me. I know that if this is a depression, it is
the most hopeless and helpless feeling of dispair that I have ever felt.
If this is the feeling that my patients had when they came to me, and
they are the hapless victims of external threats and abuses like I have

» Randy Nobbtt, Ph. D.. CULT AND RITUAL TRAUMA DISORDER, Austin, Texas 1993.

Operation Mind Control 563

been, then I too suffer from the same malaise I once tried to help my
patients with.

How could this happen in a system of democracy and a system of
justice? I was lead to believe that our system was the basis for a free
world called America.

Could it be that the person who relegated me to be the contact
person within a therapeutic relationship only wanted to show me
how bad it really was?

Once these patients reveal an abuse that falls within the "reportable
Laws" which include suspected child abuse, the relationship
changes. The therapist is always faced with the dillema of whether or
not to report the abuse. Should the therapist not report the abuse
then they are responsible legally. And, should they report it, they are
responsible morally. So, once the alleged abuse is brought out into
the open, then it becomes a problem.

If you are accused of abusing your child, by your child, you are
protected by several groups and courses of action. But, if you are a
therapist who conforms to the law and makes a report on child abuse,
the therapist becomes the one accused of wrongdoing. "They
hypnotized the patient and put false memories in their heads."

There is something very wrong here becasue there are really no laws
to protect the therapist who is wrongfully accused.

There is neither protection for the therapist from the cults or the cryptocrat
controllers. In 1992, Dr. D. Corydon Hammond, an advising editor to The
American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, recipient of the 1989 Presidential Award
of Merit from the Journal of Abnormal Psychology, a recipient of a host of
degrees and honors and a member of all the prestigious societies, gave a speech
originally entitled " MPD: Ritual Abuse." It was known in the ritual abuse lore as
The Greenbaum Speech". I'd heard about it and had tried to purchase it, but it
had been taken off the market I found it years later on the Internet

I called his office and asked Dr. Hammond if I could reprint the speech since I
believed that it was central to the beginning of a real approach to deprogramming
the so-called Monarch Victims. I told him I wanted to check the authenticity of the
paper I'd found on the Internet He said, "I own the copyright and I have
withdrawn that paper from circulation."

I asked him why he'd done that and he hesitated a moment before he told me
that he didn't want any attention called to him, since, shortly after he gave the
so-called "Greenbaum speech" his family, his wife and child, had received serious

564 W.H. Bowart

thing goes with this territory,
weapon the cryptocracy uses to divide us

Then, Randy Noblitt came across the kind of trauma-based programming that the
survivors have been describing in this book. He was talking to four patients who
had been ritually abused and he mistakenly used the words "deeper and deeper" in
a non-hypnotic context One of the patients objected, telling him not to use those
words, but he didn't understand whats he was trying to tell him and he used them
again and again and pretty soon all four of, the patients he was talking to were
asleep. He tried to wake them up, but they wouldn't wake up. One slept for hours.
Everything he knew as a hypnotist that would bring a patient out of a trance

and discovered they had been classically conditioned. In an encounter with one
patient he pressed her on how classical conditioning was accomplished. She tried
to avoid the subject, but when he kept pressing her

...an alter personality came out and said that she remembered being
a little girl who had been cut on her wrist. And as they cut her the
people were saying, 'deeper and deeper and deeper' with each cut.
This was not hypnosis. This was classical conditioning. What they
were doing was taking a traumatic experience, which she described
as a state of shock or trance, deeper than normally hypnotherapists
produce, and then pairing a word with that. Now, if they wanted to,
the cult people could even use the word in conversation and this
person would start getting trancey.

I asked her then, why was I unable to bring people out of this trance?
And she said,' You didn't say it the right way.' There was a specific
formula for getting her out of the trance. This was a cult induced
trance. You just don't get someone out of it by suggestion, there's a
specific formula. And she told me what the formula was.

So then I thought I would go back and cross validate this. I would go
back to each patient and see if indeed they did trance if I used this
word in my normal conversation - and there were a couple of other
words too. Then, could I bring them out with the formula she gave
me. I did not tell them in advance what I was up to because I didn't
want to put any ideas in their heads. I went back to each patient...
and I said the word in conversation and they each went out. I then
used the formula for bringing them back. Well, to me, this was my
first inclination that there were mind control techniques I had never
heard of in Graduate school.

When I was in graduate school people said that hypnosis was not a
technique that could make people do things that they would not
normally do. And I believed that. I had never seen anyone go out so

Operation Mind Control 565

deeply that I thought they would do
not normally allow.

Additionally there was a famous psychologist and hypnotherapist
named (Ernest) Hilgard who described giving a female student a
hypnotic suggestion that he would take her out to a beautiful meal
and she would not be able to eat it. He took her out and she sat down
and ate the meal anyway. Hilgard used this to prove that hypnosis
was really not that powerful. And I believed that. Interesting enough
Hilgard is one of the people on the Board of Advisors of the False
Memory Syndrome Foundation

But this (classical conditioning his patients taught him about) was
something entirely different. I then began to explore something that
the patients and some of the therapists have been calling
'programming.'... Programming can be distinguished from 'hypnosis'
and from what has been called 'brainwashing.'

Noblitt went through an elaborate process of 'cross-validation,' which supported
his discoveries in a clinical setting. But, according to the research we've done,
there is another sort of programming, something that goes far beyond anything
Noblitt describes or anything that most therapists are familiar with.

It would appear that the cryptocracy is making rapid leaps in mind control
research. But apparently everyone would not agree. Admittedly the following
comment is a few years old, but here's a bit of dissent about the possibility of
what the E.M. Target survivors are describing. Alan Gevins, (in 1986) the chief
scientist of EEC Systems Laboratory in San Francisco is quoted in Judith Hooper
and Dick Teresi's book The 3-Pound Universe 231 :

If anyone could create a brain-eavesdropping device, the EEG
systems Lab could. And it can't even if it wanted to. Gevins even
objects to using terms like 'decoding' in connection with the
dynamic, probabilistic processes of the brain. Tve been asked a
bunch of times, Is there a code in the brain for the word dog?" He
says, "I think people have seen too many spy movies. First of all, the
brain probably doesn't work that way. It isn't a deterministic machine
with an invariant code; it's statistical, probabilistic. And if the brain
did work that way, I can't imagine the kind of instrument you'd need
to resolve it. If there were unchanging codes for the word dog, there
would be hundreds of them, corresponding to all your different
asociations with dog. And they might be scattered all over the brain.
Do you know how may billions of bits of information would be
required each second to pick out something like that? And the
number of contaminants that would interfere with it...

01 Judith Hooper and Dick Teresi. THE 3-POUND UNIVERSE, The Bmm - From the Chermstry of the Mind to The

New Frontiers of the Soul, Dell, NY. 1986.

566 W.H.Bowart

"As for all this stuff that gets into the National Enquirer - you know,
CIA MAKES NEW MIND CONTROL DEVICE -- people get awfully
paranoid about this, because it concerns the mind and the spirit, the
last resort of privacy. But it's pretty farfetched. Not that people won't
try to, but it won't work. A person can just grit his teeth, and the
whole thing is screwed up. Television works much better for mind
control than EEG techniques...

But in 1994, there is serious new thinking going on about mind-machine
interface. It would appear that there's interest in using computers to help create
Dissociative Identity Disorders. Dr. Karl H. Pribam again:

Quantum neural holography is implemented in a program which
bridges the gap between neurophysiology and models of neural
network engineering. The thrust of the program is to describe
mathematically the neurodynamical functional connectivity of analog
association among stimulus-evoked coherent neural wavelets. It
represents the basic function of cortical neural network models.
Quantum neural holography represents a fundamental change from
the standard connectionist models used in Artificial Neural Network
(ANN) theory in that it reconciles the linear highly nonlinear
dynamical systems aspect of neurodynamics...

ANNs are fascinating objects where many different structures meet
with highly interesting applications in machine vision and robotics...

The results of this "theoretical science" could be what we're hearing described by
those who are E.M. Targets or "Wavies". Maybe the rescuing power to this
technology resides in U.S. Patent # 616-183, June 1, 1984, by H.K. Puharich,
"Method and means for shielding a person from the effects of ELF magnetic
waves". And maybe this technology will fall into the hands of a group like
COM-12. If there is such a group as COM-12 it must be staffed by younger
versions of people such as L. Fletcher Prouty, Legion of Merit honoree, a valiant
warrior in any age, whose heart was literally broken by petty souls heaping
disgrace and dishonor upon the noble American experiment

Col. Prouty, the "Man X" played by Donald Sutherland in Oliver Stone's film JFK,
has seen the crytocracy grow from its beginnings in World War Two. Much of his
work is described in The Secret Team, a must-read for any student of modem

Analog VLSI Network Models,
Cortical Linking Neural Network Models,

and

Quantum Holographic Neural technology 232

Pribam, Op cit

Operation Mind Control 567

U.S. history. In his more recent book, JFK, The CIA, Vietnam and The Plot To
Assassinate John F. Kennedy™ what he writes about the power elite applies to
those who are behind the uses and abuses of Project Monarch as well as all the
other projects of MKULTRA:

Men in positions of great power have been forced to realize that their
aspirations and responsibilities have exceeded the horizons of their
own experience, knowledge, and capability. Yet, because they are in
charge of this high-technology society, they are compelled to do
something. This overpowering necessity to do something -- although
our leaders do not know precisely what to do or how to do it -
creates in the power elite an overbearing fear of the people. It is the
fear not of you and me as individuals but of the smoldering threat of
vast populations and of potential uprisings of the masses,

This power elite is not easy to define; but the fact that it exists makes
itself known from time to time. Concerning the power elite, R.
Buckrninster Fuller wrote of the 'Vastly ambitious individuals who
(have) become so effectively powerful because of their ability to
remain invisible while operating behind the national scenery." Fuller
noted also, "Always their victories (are) in the name of some powerful
sovereign-ruled country. The real power structures (are) always the
invisible ones behind the visible sovereign powers."

The power elite is not a group from one nation or even of one alliance
of nations. It operates throughout the world and no doubt has done
so for many, many centuries.

These leaders are influenced by the persuasion of a quartet of the
greatest propaganda schemes ever put forth by man:

1. The concept of "real property," a function of "colonialism" that
began with the circumnavigation of Earth by Magellan's ships in
1520. A "doctrine of discovery and rights of conquest" was
described by John Locke in his philosophy of natural law.

2. The population theory of Malthus.

3. Darwin's theory of evolution, as enhanced by the concept of the
survival of the fittest.

4. Heisenberg's theory of mdeterminacy, that is, that God throws the
dice, and similar barriers to the real advancement of science and
technology today.

Add to this list the Alien thesis, that which is reported by the Monarch survivors
and explained as mere "screens" and "scrambles" by their deprogrammers, similar

m Prouty . Col. L Fletcher, JFK, The CIA, Vietnam, and the Plot to Assassinate John F. Kennedy Birch Lane Press/

Carol Publishing Group,. New York. 1992.

568 W.H.Bowart

to the thesis Zecharia Sitchin 234 gained from the ancient Sumerian texts --
humanity came from the stars, most likely genetically engineered in a time before
recorded history, -- or as novelist-cum-abductee Whitley Streiber writes in his
four book series starting with Communion 225 , or as described by the 78-year-old
Army veteran who spoke out for the first time in 1994 about his experience of
guarding the "airfoil" wreckage at Roswell, New Mexico in 1947 -- what if we
actually have been contacted by "little men. 236 " Or, what if we're just being
programmed to beUeve we have made contact - either because it motivates us to
defend ourselves and thus makes us work harder, or we actually have made
contact, a long time ago, and we're being spoon-fed the programming so that we
won't panic like a herd of skittish antelope.

The "mental health industry" is involved in all of the above. But there is brutal
infighting and apparent outside intervention in the "industry" so that what once
was the domain of pure science is often the battlefield of covert politics.

One part of a person suffering from DID told their therapist all the lurid and

traumatic incidents of ritual abuse involving sadistic sex, terror and degradation
as a child in the hands of a satanic cult Another part of the same person told the
therapist about being abducted aboard a UFO. In a child's voice the patient told
the therapist all the usual things abductees say, there were no light bulbs on the
ship, but the room was well lit The aliens had big heads and big black pupiless
eyes. They spoke "telepathically" without moving thier lips and told her that
"humans will not be allowed out of their play pen because they don't know how to
play with other children. We are handicapped children," the child alter said, "we
are not able to hear each other's inner thoughts or feel each other's inner pain.
Until we can do that they will not let us get out of our play pen. When we can feel
each other's pain, we will be able to heal each other. Then we can come out and
play with the others."

According to Dr. Jim Viken, there's no use turning to law enforcement agencies
for assistance, as the cryptocracy's shadow falls even over small towns. And he
wonders if, looking at all the advanced technology he's been hearing about if
more advanced alien intelligences aren't leading hypnoprogrammed Delta Forces
who is it that will drive humanity over some global cliff in a buffalo-like
Armageddon.

Remember what Goethe said: "Danger fosters the rescuing power." If there is a
hypnoprogrammed army, it can be controlled by anyone with the codes, cues and
triggers. And there would appear to be hopeful signs of rebellion from the

m Sitchin, Zecharia, THE EARTH CHRONICLES, The 121ft Planet, The Stairway to Heaven, The Wars of Gods and

Men, The Lost Realms, Genesis Revtsted. When Time Began, Avon. New York, 1976-1994.

Streiber, Whitiey. Communion, Transformations, Majestic, Contact (workmg title). Putnam's. New York,

ion- 1 one

Ecker. Don, Tale of New Roswell Witness, UFO Magazine. Sunland. Ca.. VoL 9. No. 5, 1994.

Operation Mind Control 569

citizenry, even within the cryptocracy's ranks. The Internet stories say that the
news of a "militia" march on the Michigan State Capitol was suppressed from the
national news. On United Nations Day, the "Militiamen" made demands of the
governor and took the United Nations flag down from the flagpole upon which it
flew. News coverage of similar events which occurred in 1 1 states has been
blacked out A photocopy samisdat publication circulated by hand carried
"briefings" on mind control from a group known as COM-12.

570 W.H. Bowart

» ■

10 •

EFFECTS OF MODULATED VHF FIELDS ON THE
CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM*

S. M. Bawin, L. K. Kaczmarek, and W. R. Adey

Space Biology Laboratory
Brain Research Institute and Department of Anatomy
University of California
Los Angeles. California 90024

■H-H

cb rh

5 J

Control

O.J

23

as

froquency of Amplitude Modulation |Hz)

Effects of amplitude-modulated 147 MHi vhf fields on the "Ca»* efflux from the isolated
natal chick. The results, given * SEM. are expressed as percent
trol condition, in the absence of fields • p < 0.05; ••. p < 0.01

The frequency spectrum of the geomagnetic field The DC

TetrTZL 18 Tt ^n 9 ^ *" * ******** "hich
t£l££ZL J ^ b0Ve DC * about 30 *** per second. Note that
the strength of the micropulsations is greatest between 7 and 10
cycles per second. ^ v

Operation Mind Control 572

37

THE COM-12 BRIEFING

Almost simultaneous with the founding of the modem cryptocracy and the
passing of the National Security Act in 1947, if the rumors are to be believed,
there came to be a faction working within the secret agencies of government to
restore the Constitution. It is claimed that this group has been fighting a
resistance from within the cryptocracy against the Nazi group known as the
Aquarius Group (AG) which came to cluster around the Gehlen/Nazis taken to the
breast of the American intelligence community at the end of World War II. While
our sources beg for anonymity, they tell us they have been known as the
Guardians of the Eternal Flame or The Rowboat Magicians. To my knowledge,
only twice has this group communicated with the general public, then not
"officially" but through documents "leaked" or "planted" in the samisdat. Then
they called themselves Com-12.

In the spring of 1992 they issued a 50-page briefing document entitled: Mind
Control Operations/ Aquarius Group Activities. Since a large part of this briefing
document was based on my original research and John Judge's research and, in
essence followed the history which appeared in the first edition of Operation Mind
Control, I feel I can't go wrong in highlighting the document operating under the
assumption that there's at least a slim chance there's some substance behind it.

I must warn you, however, I have found no researcher who will validate it's
source, and in fact paltry few admit to ever having seen this document My single
letter which was supposedly passed by hand to parties involved in the Com-12
group got no reply. The samisdat is filled with so much garbage and plagiarized
information that this document appears, by comparison, well written, if flawed.
Names have been changed (deliberately I've been told), for some reason, perhaps
to have deniability built in. That is not to say, that cryptocrats can spell any better
than bureaucrats, nor do they gather information any better, relying often upon
rumor and gossip in their secret reports which your tax dollars purchase.

The Com-12 briefings could be nothing more than a well-thought out round-up
of information from open sources circulated by some patriot group who is using

573 W.H. Bowart

this apparently clandestine briefing to make its members think they are on the
inside. Or it could be a clever piece of disinformation circulated to give false hope
to the belief that there is a group of "good guys" working within the cryptocracy
against the Nazi "bad guys." The old saying, "If you're not part of the solution, you
must be part of the problem" might apply in this case, since many will believe that
the ends don't justify the means -- that anyone who even pays lip-service to any
activity committed under the unconstitutional National Security Act takes part in
tyranny. Everyone would agree, however, that the document is well thought-out,
and as far as is known, is generally accurate.

It does fit the pattern we've seen with so much information concerning the
cryptocracy, the pattern which has been so obvious for 50 years with the UFO
question. For every bit of information that supports a line of thinking, there's
another bit which would be cast down upon it For every "yes" there's a "no."

Thus you might want to look upon the Com-12 Briefing as (take your choice): I.
Authentic confirmation of independent research 2. Validation of some information
gathering procedures and sources. 3. Containing some hints toward future
activities of the cryptocracy. 4. Disinformation containing cleverly hidden items
that will confirm our mistakes and lead us astray from the most vital areas. 5. The
complete fabrication of some "patriot group" hoping to curry favor with some
audience by posing as if it's "in the know."

The Com-12 Briefing, Mind Control Operations begins:

The information to follow is meant to be an outline to give PSYOP
personnel a brief background and introduction into modem PSYOP
warfare techniques. Our purpose in briefing COM unit personnel is to
educate concerned team members in sources and methods of early
Mind Control procedures and the latest projects and operations
dealing with Mind Control at present-day capabilities.

Aquarius Group Operations (AGO) is the primary control group of
these Mind Control procedures. However, COM Group Operations has
developed highly advanced radio, electronic, magnetic, and
microwave warfare defense procedures which, in turn, allow for
offensive measures which can be activated. While today the methods
and modes of operations in our history, there are basic precautions
and countermeasures which may be implemented to diminish,
obstruct or deflect these offensive measures used on behalf of
AGO/CIA personnel units against COM units, personnel or civilian
population bases.

Mind Control procedures in their infancy involved rather crude and
blatant processes using hypnotic-programming, thereby allowing the
conscious mind to be aware of at least the original process of

Operation Mind Control 574

programming through hypnosis. While greatly successful in some
cases, these early methods had a high failure ratio when done in
large population bases. The original studies and subsequent
operations did allow for the U.S. Army, Navy, Air Force, and related
intelligence departments to field test and observe those methods
which obtained the highest success levels and to subsequently
incorporate them into today's modem Mind Control apparatus.

Through years of field experimentation, a large number of chemical
components were utilized in these operations. It was verified that
ingestion and/or exposure to certain chemicals and drugs
(polypharmaceuticals) greatly enhanced the hypnoprogramming
operations. The most successful of these tests are still used even
today in some areas of enhancement or, if applicable, elimination of
certain memory areas in personnel involved in highly sensitive or
"Need to Know" areas of government or contract employment. With
the same procedures used to eliminate memory, an individual's
memory can be instantly recalled and even enhanced, according to
the need of the agency to maintain strictest confidence in a desired
area.

The Radio and Electro-magnetic Mind Control procedures are the
latest and most effective methods utilized to date. Electro-magnetic,
Radio Wave, and Microwave Pulse/ Mind Warfare has great
advantages in that a desired subject or population has no knowledge
of the procedure being implemented. With no conscious realization of
the process being used, there is no subconscious realization of the
same. This particular factor is greatly appreciated by agencies
involved in areas of Mind Control and Manipulations because there is
no risk of physical, person-to-person contact or action between
agency personnel and the desired subjects. These procedures are not
only much more reliable and successful than earlier methods, but
they allow those implementing the manipulation to maintain
complete anonymity.

Through years of testing the administration and saturation of certain
chemicals and biogens within the world's population bases, these
modem methods' ratios of success are almost absolute. Chemical and
polypharmaceutical saturation has been achieved over the past
twenty years of implementation with this purpose in mind and is
achieved through purposeful covert introduction into population
areas. In some cases, this is achieved by deliberate overt introduction
through exposure or consumption on behalf of the population because
of everyday usage of public water supplies, airborne pollutants and
chemical agents in a wide variety of foodstuffs.

575 W.H. Bowart

The following will outline Mind Control procedures from post-world
War II to the present. The objective of this briefing is to make all
COM personnel and some population bases in civilian structure
aware of projects planned for full implementation between 1990 and
1995. These procedures will allow AGO and other world intelligence
groups within the "Circle of Seven" alliance to achieve their goals of
an unarmed, docile and compliant world population, if not prevented
from doing so.

It is thought that the "Circle of Seven" referred to are individuals much like
Spector in James Bond films, a group of powerful individuals from the
international intelligence community who run a clandestine organization which
answers to no one. To call it "organized crime" would not do it justice. "Organized
criminal-cryptocracy" might be closer to the truth. A counter-cryptocracy like
COM- 12, as far as we can tell, are the white knights fighting from within against
the black knights of the Aquarius Nazi group.

The briefing document continues:

In the late 1940's, Dr. Bernard C. Gindes was hired by the U.S. Army
G-2 Intelligence Group to undertake an experiment in amnesia. In the
experiment, a soldier with only a 7th-grade education memorized an
entire page of Shakespeare's "Hamlet" after listening to the passage
twice while under hypnosis. When he awoke, he had absolutely no
remembrance of the hypnotic experience. At biweekly intervals, he
was brought in and given the post-hypnotic suggestion which would
trigger complete recall. For six months, he was able to repeat the
entire page without even a single error.

In another experiment, half a dozen soldiers were brought in to test
the validity of increased prolonged memory retention. The soldiers
were hypnotized as a group and were then given a series of 25 words
devoid of phonetic consistency. They were allowed 60 seconds to
commit the list to memory and were given a "trigger" to recall the list.
In the wakened state, each man was asked to repeat the words but
none of them could. At that point, all of them were allowed to see the
list. None of them could recall any prior knowledge of it even while
viewing it in a conscious state. However after 60 seconds of
observation, the list was taken away and the "trigger" was given. At
that point, each man recited the list in the exact order in which it was
given. This was our Mind Control capability in its infancy in the
1940's.

One of the largest projects undertaken by both the CIA and the Office
of Naval Intelligence involved methods which could be implemented
to block the previously hypno-programmed behavior from being
uncovered by another hypnotist, whether by accidental or purposeful

Operation Mind Control 576

means. The necessity of this extensive project was due to an
embarrassing situation which developed for the intelligence
community when the previous programming of an individual by the
name of CANDY JONES was uncovered accidentally when her
husband took her to a licensed hypnotherapist in an attempt to help
her overcome a severe case of insomnia.

This part of the briefing covers in large part that which we've already covered, and
what Candy herself told via Don Bain in The Control of Candy Jones. What we'll

repeat of the Com- 12 briefing is only that which expands or elucidates the story as
we know it (Keep in mind the claim of UFO-buff Jim Moseley's that Candy's story
is entirely false.)

During Ms. Jones' sessions with the (CIA) hypnotherapist, it was
discovered that some type of heavy hypno-programming had been
done on her. A series of sessions to regress Ms. Jones were arranged.
These sessions were taped and area the source of the majority of this
information. This information took several years to be fully unmasked.
When the CIA became aware of her visits to the hypnotherapist, it
decided it was no longer in need of her services and, as procedure
dictates, it arranged for her to commit convenient suicide. These
regression revelations were also what the CIA and ONI experts used
as a catalyst to study and develop procedures of hypnoprograrnming
which could not be discovered through hypnosis...

The COM -12 briefing calls Candy's first hypnotist Dr. Groelisch and her second
Dr. Brenner. We believe these are not the real names of her hypnotists.

Following the story much as we told it in Chapter Eight, the hypnotist, using the
personality of Arlene Grant, sets Candy up to commit suicide in the Bahamas.
Skipping the first part of the Q and A which are supposed to be transcripts of
actual sessions from the classified CIA files, the briefing comments:

It is not known to our agency what the exact trigger was, but this is
not important. At that time, it is quite likely that a strange phrase
(whether in English or a foreign language), music, or tones or coded
electrical rhythms was to be used. It is known, according to agency
files, that the plan was for Dr. Groelsch to make the call himself. It is
also known that the trigger would implement a procedure which
would have Candy walk from the hotel to a high cliff area located less
than a quarter of a mile away. Candy was programmed to then jump
from the cliff at that location.

Candy Jones, of course, did not commit suicide. Her control personality overrode
the programmed Arlene. The briefing document said:

577 W.H. Bowart

In review of this briefing, it should be noted by the respective agent,
the advantages and disadvantages of this particular type of
procedure. The created and enforced personality of Arlene Grant had
assumed such a degree of autonomy as a separate personality that
Dr. Groelsch had convinced her that she would not die with Candy if
the suicide program had been completed. This is a good example of
what success an operation can have in developing a completely
self-sufficient and determined alternative personality, especially
when taking into consideration today's frequency and chemical
manipulation.

It was under the Reagan Administrations and Bush Administration
that many of these advanced methods were implemented to control
the leaks and security breeches in the federal government. The
National Program Office (NPO) was very successful in administering
such procedures for various intelligence and industrial (military)
interests.

In addition to the CIA courier training, it was uncovered during Ms.
Jones' de-programming that some additional training of sorts by the
CIA had also been given to her. In particular, a type of training which
would take a previously non-prejudiced individual and instill in them
an absolute hatred for a chosen religious or ethnic personage. This
was particularly common in the Mind Control training of assassins
and insurgents.

In a de-programming session recorded April 10, 1974, Arlene
emerged in an especially angry and hostile mood. Arlene berated
Candy for several minutes and also attacked Candy's mother in a
verbal tirade which questioned her mother's sanity. Arlene took great
pride in relaying how she and Candy had visited Candy's mother in a
hospital and how she (Arlene) had succeeded in greatly upsetting
Candy's mother by verbally attacking her. During this session, Arlene
began to display an obvious dislike toward Jews as she went into a
tirade over all the "Kike" doctors which were at the hospital.
After 15 minutes into the hypnotic session, Arlene bragged that Dr.
Groelsch had told her all about "filthy Jews". She said it was "thanks
to him I was able to realize what Jews are really like."

Candy was also questioned during this session, uncovering other
details.

Dr.: "What ethnic groups does Dr. Groelsch consider bad... or
dangerous?"

Candy: "Oh... the Jewish people, of course. He called them "kikes."
And also the "American Niggers," as he always called them. You
know, it was funny... he was a German Jew himself, but he became

Operation Mind Control 578

enraged whenever I would remind him of that. He told me there was
a difference between some German Jews and other Jews."

Dr.: "Before you met Dr. Groelsch, how did you feel about people of
the Jewish faith?"

Candy: "I didn't really feel anything. It wasn't really ever something
of personal concern, you know? I mean, before I worked for the
Agency (CIA), I had many Jewish friends and business associates."

This information will fall into place as you reread the Monarch Corroboration
chapter and the other related chapters.

...It was discovered that Candy had made several trips to California
to attend some classes of Dr. Brenner's. The classes referred to were
classes regarding ethnic cleansing and racial purity. During one of
the de-programming sessions, it was also uncovered that Dr. Brenner
also held seminars on hypnosis.

Dr.: "Did you attend many of Dr. Brenner's lectures in California?"
Candy: "Yes."

Dr.: Is it a class which teaches ethnic hatred?"

Candy: "It's just his regular lecture. The same thing all the time. He
also gives lectures on hypnosis."

Dr.: "What does Brenner generally say in his 'ethnic' group classes?"

Arlene: "I don't know... he said I should be careful in what I say to
certain types of people."

In a session recorded on April 13, 1974, Candy, while under
hypnotic-regresson made several remarks concerning the fact that
she believed all black people had a peculiar smell. It became
apparent that this particular early case of Mind Control involved
previously unknown or unestablished hates or dislikes against other
ethnic races, and developing hostilities where they had not
previously existed. The agent or personnel previously involved with
Agency operations of Mind Control and Thought Manipulation will be
able to identify the operational similarities to some of the M.K. Ultra
operation training. During outside testing, Candy had very high
ratings on "scent tests" given her. This is largely due to the emphasis
which her hypno-programmers for CIA operations had instilled in her
regarding the particular "odors" given off by certain ethnic groups.

Additional sessions revealed that the racial prejudice was programmed at the first
opportunities with Candy Jones. It was during World War II when both Candy and

579 W.H.Bowart

cautious around Jews and Blacks and that they must be closely observed for any

clues as to what their true motivations and actions might be.

The ability of even this type of the earliest Mind Control
experimentation should not be underestimated. According to many,
(But not all) of the subject files, many people who were chosen
without their knowledge or consent, were purposely selected
because they showed absolutely no prior prejudices against any
particular race, religion, etc. This was done to demonstrate the ability
for success of these early programs to therefore encourage future
program funding for this area of applied technologies under the
auspices of the CIA and Military Intelligence, particularly that of
Naval Intelligence and S-Force Operations.

It is quite apparent from agency files that in the Candy Jones
operation, she certainly had no ill intent or racially motivated actions
prior to the Mind Control operation. This is obvious, among other
reasons, because the modeling agency that she owned and managed
was one of the first agencies to actively promote and use of Black
models. Her close circle of friends included Blacks and Jews and she
had lived most of her case life with an open mind to all minority
groups. Once the full effect of prog^arnrning was under way, the
success rate in desired reaction of those programmed was higher
than anyone had imagined in the earliest stages of this particular
mode of PSYOPS.

Candy Jones experienced stomach pains on several occasions during her
hypno-interrogations. It was also noted that she had considerable cramping in her
legs and feet The stomach pains were consistent with the involuntary cramps of
Luis Angel Castillo.

According to the case file, the COM-12 briefing reports, Candy Jones sat up from a
prone position on the bed and shouted, "Whites are not the whores of the Blacks!
It's horrible, it's disgusting..." The Q and A that followed revealed that Groelsch
had prompted that response from her. She was on the border of Texas and
Louisiana in a class which was taught by Dr. Brenner, whom she had met in
Chicago years before.

DR.: Is it (the discussion) about Blacks and Whites?'

Candy: "Blacks, Whites, Yellows - the whole thing. Integration is one
thing but mixed breeding is another."

Dr.: Do you agree with him?"
Candy:" Oh, yes. Absolutely."

Dr.:

has he said in today's dis

Operation Mind Control 580

Candy: "He said it is always the minority group that tries to get the
majority group to go along with them. It's the Blacks trying to get the
whites to go along with them and next it will be the Yellows trying to
get the Whites to go along with them and it will just always be that
way. Those people are very strong."

Dr.: "Where did you leam that? Dr. Brenner?"

Candy: "Uh huh, and I also read it in the literature that they give you."

Dr.: "What was some of the literature like that they gave you? Can
you remember?'

Candy: "World Power... World Peace... Peace is not a color -- or
something like that. You go to the back of the room there and they
have all the little booklets on the table. It's all free and you can take
all the ones you want."

There is more Q and A about the races, then a short break. When Candy began

Dr.: Is that what the CIA... uh... what Dr. Brenner taught you?"

Candy: "Well, he said that almost everyone knows a person who's
going with a Black or a Jew and that it's going to be a really big
problem It's going to be especially tough on their children, so it was
decided they should all be sterilized."

Dr.: "I see. And that's the kind of thing that they taught you? Dr.

Candy: "Yes. (Becomes vehement) They should all be sterilized. They
cannot be allowed to have children. They should stick to their own
kind. Tigers don't mate with lions."

Dr.: Does Dr. Brenner work for the CIA?"

Candy (laughs) "Work for the CIA? He is the CIA! He's really
important as far as his discussion classes he holds for the Agency.
But I don't really know how big he is in the Agency.

This series of interviews is of interest to the PSYOPS and appropriate
intelligence teams for obvious reasons. This is a clearly traceable
case file in which an average person with no previous mental
aberrations or disproportional prejudice was programmed by the
Agency to produce an agent known as a "Sleeper". This sleeper's
built-in sub-personality and alter-ego could be activated and utilized
to carry out the Agency agenda.

581 W.H.Bowart

It is also a perfect demonstrative test to the Agency itself to see first
hand just what the full capacity of this type of training or
programming was back in the early days of the establishment of
Mind Warfare. That is, successful alternation of an individual's mind
and subsequently conscious action and reaction. This program was a
direct result of the saturation which took place within the U.S.
Intelligence community by German Intelligence and PSYOPS exports
when the OSS/CIA first brought the Reinhard Gehlen organization
here from Germany after World War II. The great strides and success
that German Intelligence had with similar operations was strongly
desired by the CIA in hope that it could duplicate and continue this
success in its own theater of operations.

The briefing document goes on to mention Castillo then George De
Mohrenschildt. It suggests that the Aquarius Group was behind the
psycho-torture and mind control in these cases.

(Oswald) an alleged leftist, had only an 8th-grade education. It is
therefore very strange that he is also known to have heavily
associated with fiercely anti-Communists, white Russians, Nazis and
high rollers in the aerospace industry - a strange set of bedfellows if
ever there was one!!

One thing to take special note of is the fact that Naval Intelligence, as
well as other agencies involved in the study of Mind Control, was
very successful in its work involving telephone cues. Specifically, this
involved the capability of triggering a hypnoprogrammed agent or
patsy by using a telephoned cue to activate the pre-planted
suggestion of action (Projects: Svengali, Echo, High Wire).

The element of Mind Control is extremely prevalent in the
assassination of Robert Kennedy by SIRHAN SIRHAN...

The briefing delves into Dr. Bernard L Diamond's hypno-interrogation of Sirhan:

Diamond then asked Sirhan if he'd thought about suicide. "Hell no!"
Sirhan said. "I couldn't do that." Diamond then expressed a thought
which contained a significant Freudian slip. "Why didn't you turn the
gas on yourself?... er ...why didn't you turn the gun on yourself after
you'd killed Kennedy?" queried Diamond. This slip is significant
because many of the subjects under CIA or Naval Intelligence Mind
Control Operations were programmed to commit suicide.

Discussing the LAPD investigation of the murder of Robert Kennedy, the
document brings up the name of Dan Mitrioni, who was one of the controlling

Of Lee

Operation Mind Control 582

le Jonestown massacre. (See the earlier chapter entitled CULT
CONTROL.)

...The two top operatives in "Special Unit Senator" (SUS) just
happened to be two Los Angeles Police officers named Manny Pena
and Enrique "Hank" Hernandez. Both of these men had not only
worked for the LAPD, but they had also worked for the CIA in Central
and South America. Specifically, they had worked in conjunction with
a man by the name of Dan Mitrioni in connection with the Office of
Public Assistance. This office was formed, ostensibly, to help
modernize the police forces of Latin America, but it was discovered
that it was actually teaching torture methods to the Brazilian and
Uraguayan governments...

The briefing document calls William Jennings Bryan EQ, William Joseph Bryon, Jr.
Our sources say the mis-identifications were deliberate. One wonders why, since
Bryan was dead by the time this Com- 12 Briefing was circulated.

William Joseph Bryon, Jr. was the individual who hypnoprogrammed
Sirhan in the first place to be in the pantry area of the Ambassador
Hotel. The Ambassador Hotel was owned by G. David Shine who had
been a personal assistant to Joe McCarthy and was with McCarthy
when he conducted his now infamous anti-Communist witch hunt in
the early 1950's.

Bryon billed himself as "probably the best leading expert in the world
on the use of hypnosis in c riminal law." He often boasted about being
constantly called in on unusual cases by various law enforcement
agencies, including the LAPD. The Boston Strangler case was his tour
de

An imposing man with a wrestler's girth, Bryon claimed he was once
a drummer with the Tommy Dorsey Band, as well as a commercial
airline pilot. During the Korean War, he was able to put his hypnotic
skills to use as "Chief of All Medical Survival Training 1 ' for the United
States Air Force, which basically meant the "Brainwashing Section."
After the war, he became a consultant for the CIA in the agency's
projects concerning Mind Control and behavior modification. Refusing
any and all memberships in traditional medical societies, Bryon
started his own medical and hypnotherapy practice on the Sunset
Strip in Hollywood, which he named The American Institute of
Hypnosis. He used this as an aegis for wide-ranging symposiums on
such topics as , "Successful Treatments of Sexual Disorders."

Dr. William Jennings Bryan ID was a flamboyant Los Angeles hypnotist who died
shortly after we began pestering him for an interview. We believe that he was one
of the CIA hypnotists who programmed Candy Jones. Here, COM- 12 tells us he

583 W.H.Bowart

programmed Sirhan. According to the late Private Investigator Lake Headley (a
close personal friend of Mrs. Bryan), immediately upon WJ.B.'s death, the CIA
quickly cleaned out his home office of all files.

Despite his advocacy of sexual freedom, Bryon was a Bible-quoting
Christian Fundamentalist. He belonged to a "fire and brimstone" sect
called The Old Roman Catholic Church which had broken away from
the Vatican well over a century ago. Curiously, David W. Feni, a
prime suspect in New Orleans District Attorney Jim Garrison's 1967
investigation into the JFK assassination, also belonged to this sect of
extreme right Christian Fundamentalists... Bryon claimed to be a
descendant of the fiery orator, William Jennings Bryon, who opposed
the teaching of evolution in the much celebrated Scopes Monkey
Trial. Bryon was a frequent guest of Christian Fundamentalist
churches throughout Southern California...

(I was surpised to learn that Bryan was involved with the O.R.C.C. A priest of the
O.R.C.C. was used by the FBI's COINTELPRO operation to "steal" the mailing list
and otherwise inform on the The East Village Other which I edited in N.Y.C.
during the late 1960's.)

Reporter Betsy Langman spoke with Bryan in his Sunset Strip office on June 18,
1974. Bryan went on in his puffed-up manor stating, " I am probably the leading
hypnosis expert in the world... I can hypnotize everybody in this office in less than
five minutes."

When Langman asked if he felt that Sirhan could have been hypnotized, Bryan
said, "I didn't hypnotize him." His tone was hostile so Langman told him she was
just looking for his personal opinion and Bryan accused her of "trying to find
more ammunition to put out — that same old crap — that people can be
hypnotized into doing all these weird things." According to the briefing
document

...He then abruptly left his office, shouting, "this interview is now
over!" Somewhat shaken by Bryon' s outburst. Langman went across
the street to a coffee shop, accompanied by a sympathetic secretary
from Bryon's office. The secretary told Langman that Bryon had
received an emergency phone call from Laurel, Maryland only
minutes after George Wallace was shot. The secretary stated that,
while she didn't know what was discussed, she knew the call
concerned the shooting. (Governor Wallace was shot and badly
injured on May 15, 1972 at Laurel while campaigning for the
presidency. His assailant was a man by the name of Arthur
Bremmer).

In the spring of 1977, Bryon was found dead in a Las Vegas hotel
room. The coroner stated the death was from "natural causes." It

Operation Mind Control 584

should be noted here that the coroner's statement was made before
the actual autopsy had been performed.

Shortly after his death, two Beverly Hills call girls were contacted and
interviewed extensively due to the fact they had known Bryon
intimately. They had been servicing him on the average of twice
weekly for over four years, usually with both of them present. The call
girls stated that, during their first meeting with Bryon, they had
attempted to stroke his ego by "getting him to tell us about all the
famous people he'd hypnotized." Bryon began his list by first telling
them of his involvement in hypnotizing Alvert Di Salvo and his role in
de-programming him at the request of Di Salvo's attorney, F. Lee
Bailey.

Bryon then boasted that he had hypnotized Sirhan Sirhan. The women
sensed nothing strange about the Sirhan angle because Bryon later
spoke on many occasions of how he had been frequently utilized in
his field of expertise by the LAPD on murder cases. The women had
no way of knowing that Bryon had had no contact with Sirhan after
the assassination. In other words, it is obvious that Bryon's hypnosis
on Sirhan was prior to the assassination -- by his own unwitting
admissions.

The two women also remembered that, on one occasion, Dr. Bryon
had mentioned James Earl Ray, but could not recall any details.
However, both women were certain about his boasts of working with
Sirhan Sirhan. These women were also able to independently link
Bryon to the CIA. Both women stated that at the outset of their
relationship with Bryon, he had instructed them to call an unlisted
phone number at this office. If someone besides himself answered,
they were both told to say they were with The Company", (a slang
term for the CIA) and that would then be put through to him
immediately. Bryon repeatedly confided to the women that he not
only worked for the CIA, but that he was involved in "Top Secret"
projects with the agency.

Upon Bryon's death, his offices were immediately sealed off to
newsmen by his estate's probate lawyer, John Miner. Miner, as a
former Deputy District Attorney, had also helped to prosecute Sirhan.

There are a lot of interesting cross-references with these individuals
in regard to an assortment of assassinations of political figures. It
was another far-right Christian Fundamentalist by the name of
Reverend Jerry Owen who drove a pick-up truck to aid in the escape
of a second assassin of Senator Robert Kennedy. One of Owen's top
religious followers happened to be Arthur Bremmer's sister...

585 W.H. Bowart

It is no mystery to certain elements of the Intelligence Community as
to why (James Earl) Ray was such an "easy" (hypnotic) subject. As
any expert in hypnosis can attest, this was undoubtedly due to the
fact he had been the subject of hypnosis before. Ray's Central
Intelligence file shows he had actually been subject to hypnosis by
seven others in the field of Mind Control as a sub-conscious urge to
undo what had been done to him, that is, a hypnotically induced split
personality ~ one which was either pre-programmed to kill upon
command or merely to just run from the scene upon command. This
action would be easily achieved via the post-hypnotic cue given at
the appropriate time during the operation...

One item which has been a main focus in regard to Mind Control with
U.S. Intelligence agencies is the use of various Mind Control
techniques to utilize military or intelligence couriers to undertake
various operations. These techniques include hypnosis as the earliest
form, along with the later use of certain drugs and
polypharmaceuticals. The subconscious mind can assimilate a much
greater quantity of information than the conscious mind and can
maintain full retention.

This technique was highly acclaimed by some divisions of the
Military and Intelligence operations because it could be utilized in
some unique and highly efficient ways. It would enable a hypnotized
courier to learn and carry a much greater quantity of information than
a counterpart who was simply operating on the conscious level. In
Top Secret and UMBRA classification work, it would enable the
concerned agency to successfully block and then recall at will
particular elements of an operation or project, or to recall the entire
thing.

When utilized with certain polypharmaceuticals and chemical "stews"
the information was then impossible to uncover by a regular hypnotic
session or even enemy agents of foreign countries. This impossibility
was due to the fact that the exact chemical "codes" and formulas
were necessary to uncover the information. In addition, the proper
series of triggers such as words, phrases, tones, colors or
combinations of these would have to be ascertained.

The last sentence redeems this document just at a point when it began to look
like the writer didn't know anything about the kind of programming he/she was
describing. Still, it's odd that the document makes the same mistake I made
originally, it leans heavily upon hypnosis as an explanation - even narco-hypnosis

without relating it to classical conditioning. That's what the MPD's like Candy
Jones were conditioned with - classical conditioning using pain, drugs,
electioshock, and other things along with anchoring techniques so that the

Operation Mind Control 586

d, and sealed with amnesia

behind which the secrets were hidden.

In simple field usage, the hypno-programmed courier is able to retain
large amounts of information which were completely hidden to his or
her conscious mind due to the fact the information is blocked out via
the post-hypnotic suggestion. It is therefore impossible, in spite of
how forceful methods may become to induce the courier to divulge
information, for the information to be released since it is not retained
in the courier's conscious mind.

No mention of screens or scrambles either. So, the best we can assume is that the
writer of this document is not one of the mind controllers, but has only a field
knowledge of the effects of the programming.

The document goes into a long passage about Jolyn West and his CIA work and
into the individual agents who worked with the Reverend Jim Jones to accomplish
the "mass suicide" which was a racial experiment Debra Leyton Blakey, wife of
George Phillip Blakey, Jones' closest CIA advisors, are tied through Debra's father
Dr. Leyton to the U.S. Chemical Warfare Department and ULTRA contracts like
those undertaken by "Dr. Green." Mention is made of the Los Angeles riot as a
"triggered" race incident

Operation "Yellow Lodge" the CIA and NSA's covert research and development of
mind control, biological warfare, and high impact weaponry on Indian
reservations is also discussed as well as the Inslaw case.

Attorney, author, Mark Lane is described as a "Vac" or vacuum, someone who
sucks up information from various concerned citizens and public researchers and
then supplies details of their information to the particular intelligence agencies
contracting him.

Lane also disperses cover information and "cut-outs", or stories that
parrot the basic conspiracy well enough to gain the confidence of the
civilian community. The cutout is completed with the insertion of
"skids" or elements which are completely fabricated in order to
mislead those who seek the truth. (See Agency file on same subject:
Mark Lane and Contract Assignment History/CIA Central Files/2011

Now here's a chance to check out the authenticity of this document However it is
doubtful that the CIA would release such a document to anyone but Lane so long
as he is alive.

The document notes that Lane was Ray's attorney at the House Select Committee
hearings.

587 W.H. Bowart

attorney representing Ray. In his successful acquisition of Ray's case
at the request of the CIA, Lane managed to gain the confidence of
Ray. While creating the illusion of dedication to Ray's cause, Lane
was actually sabotaging him in order that Ray would continue to be

There's more on Jonestown, descriptions of the media manipulation and the "CIA
Clean Teams" which administered injections and took care of the rest with small
arms fire. Then the briefing turns back to the state of the art in mind control:

The proceeding briefing is to educate the reader on the Intelligence
Community's use of Mind Control and Thought Manipulation that
may be implemented today, as well as a few actual case scenarios of
successful operations conducted by the Central Intelligence Agency,
the Office Of Naval Intelligence, and, in some limited capacity,
Intelligence Support Activities units.

The scenarios described in this briefing have been selected for their
recognition factor for members of intelligence teams as "well known"
events in recent history and for their direct involvement with various
U.S. Intelligence agencies and selected operations connected to these

These manipulations and degrees of control are easily achieved after
years of intensive research by both the CIA and the Office of Naval
Intelligence. The methods cover the range of actual hypno-
programming, through either overt or covert methods as utilized by
the agency concerned in the use of R.H.I.C., U.S.I.C., E.E.O.M. and
E.D.O.M. techniques.

Ultrasound technology is most frequently used by the lesser
intelligence agencies in their various theaters of operation. This
method is known as Ultrasonic Intra-Cerebral Control. An intelligence
unit commonly referred to as Division Five which is directly
connected to the FBI, is mainly responsible for the study and
subsequent use of this type of mind control procedure.

The three types of procured methods of mind control at its highest
performance utilization are as follows:

1. E.D.O.M. (Electronic Dissolution of Memory)

2. E.E.O.M (Electronic Enhancement of Memory)

3. R.H.I.C (Radio Hypnotic Intra-Cerebral Control)

RHIC techniques call for the implantation of a micro-sized electronic
radio receiver. The implantation most frequently is made by highly

events.

Operation Mind Control 588

trained teams within the Intelligence Community. The procedure
involves the insertion of the micro-receiver (or transceiver) into the
desired areas such as the frontal lobe or temporal lobe of the subject
in question.

According to my sources, this technique was state-of-the-art in the 1960's, but is
obsolete today. Other, more sophisticated techniques are in use now.

The device acts as a stimulator which can stimulate a muscle, nerve
or brain frequency upon receiving the proper signal and will then
initiate a desired response. The receiver generates sensory impulses
which are then received through different nerves. These register as
sensations which are the basis for perception.

And this simulace can be used to condition any response, turning people into
Pavlov's dogs.

Under projects such as MK DRACO and HATTER, today's receivers
are much smaller than the originals. Several types of "encephalators"
are used to implant the devices into brain tissue through the nostril of
a sedated subject after hallucinatory progr ammin g has commenced.
The process is painful and, in some cases, may result in permanent
damage to the sinus cavity resulting in later ear, nose and throat
problems for the subject in question. Another method used by some
programs is the use of an oral encephalator to insert the transceiver
or receiver through the soft palette of the mouth into the brain tissue.
This method is also conducted in concert with hallucinatory program
cues.

This certainly fits the description of many of those who have come forward to
describe their "alien abductions."

Another type of RHIC technology which is currently being utilized is
a more sophisticated manipulation which utilizes a Personal Radio
and Electro-Magnetic Frequency Allocation, better known in some
intelligence circles as a TRIMARY" or "PREMA." This is obtained by a
simple "Scan" involving the acquisition of an individual's actual
frequency allocation which are as unique to an individual as
RNA/DNA codes. Primary Frequency Scanners are today so advanced
that the machinery can fit into a normal-sized briefcase. The scanning
or Reading Wand - easily disguised in the confines of a pen or a
room's light fixture - is placed in the desired location to achieve a
"reading."

Once the PRIME FREQUENCY or "PRIME FREAK" is obtained,
procedures may be introduced which will affect only the individual in
question. This is obtained through direct manipulation of this
individual's Primary Frequency Allocation.

589 W.H.Bowart

Another current RHIC technology in use can achieve manipulation of
an individual or large masses of a populace. Without a Primary being
established, general manipulation and control is obtained, though not
as quickly or completely successfully. This is due to variances in
particular geographic locations, certain drugs and food products,
ethnicity, and general chemical effect on an individual. This method
achieves the desired outcome through radio waves in the 800 MHZ
band where the Vital Human Brain Frequency resonation is located.
These waves directly affect the subject in the desired way through
slow and persistent exposure.

Concerned Special Intelligence Operations personnel should acquaint
themselves with PROJECT HIGH TONE and PROJECT XENO.
Personnel in OM level Special Projects Operations are already aware
of the Human Frequency operations and testing procedures which
proved to be a great success on large population based capacities in
Los Angeles, Calif, in April, 1992 .

The LA Riots took place April 29, 1992.

This Frequency Wave Manipulation can be utilized to the maximum
benefits in a population or among select individuals when required.
The benefits to CIA, NSA, Aquarius Group Operations and Aqua Tech
Operatives are obvious. Through the ignorance of the general
population of the World, the Cellular Wave Frequency
Communications facilities may be erected and utilized by the
Intelligence Community to sedate, excite or initiate a variety of
physical effects and ills to implement population control or
elimination at the time it is deemed necessary.

Individuals who have implemented proper meditation methods and
training are more difficult to allocate. Individuals who have access to
or regularly use marijuana or opiates on any regular basis also
represent a problem in control and manipulation. This is due to the
reaction and stimulus in the human brain that occurs with the use of
these substances, which provides an immunity of sorts to these
operation techniques. The federal agencies attempts to eradicate
this problem in its War on Drugs is having some success in supply
rates of marijuana and opiates. It is interesting that the so-called
Drug War has had little effect on the supply of cocaine and
methamphetajnines as these can only enhance the effects of the
manipulation instead of decreasing it as opiates will. However,
complete control of the distribution of all undesirable drugs for use in
general public population base cannot currently be completely
eradicated.

Operation Mind Control 590

Chemical control bases in public population will be present in 95% of
the population base. Those individuals who may not be affected by
Frequency Control due to the usage of certain drugs will most likely
negate their immunity with the chemical base they have built up over
the years in their everyday use and exposure to those agents on the
C.B.C.B ( Chemical and Biological Control Base) listing.

With a general ignorance through arrogance of most public
population in the U.S., the erection of large cellular towers being
carried out under HIGH TONE and XENO are largely going
completely unnoticed.

These projects are being carried out in private business capacities
and therefore in Deep Black Operations cover, however, public
populations would be wise to educate themselves in the construction
of these seemingly innocent towers in large population areas. The
cellular 800 MHZ waves are a constant wave. Due to the great
proliferation of towers in key population areas, they will have a
devastating effect when utilized by Aquarius Group Operations if the
condition persists. ( See photos at end of chapter).

Both EEOM and EDOM are fundamentally the same. However, they
involve more of the electronic or electro-magnetic charges and
responses of an individual. The most basic form of Electronic
Dissolution or Enhancement of Memory call for the remote-controlled
production of Acetylcholine. This is an ester of choline which occurs
in various organs and tissues of the body and is responsible for the
transmission of nerve impulses at synapses and myoneural junctions.
Enhancement or dissolution is simply controlled by manipulation,
causing excessive or deficient amounts of Acetylcholine production in
the subject in question. The consequential action at the motor
endplates result in either a neuromuscular block or opening which
causes the desired effect of either an amplified awareness of stimuli,
or a sort of immediate and complete amnesia ( depending on
technique and desire of the team in the field).

All of these methods have been or are currently being used by
Military Intelligence groups to affect Mind Control. The agencies
which utilized and still utilize these methods are most notably the
CIA and the Office of Naval Intelligence. The ONI most frequently
utilized these methods in recruitment of assassins who were both
aware and unaware of the training they were exposed to. These
electronic procedures, as well as repeated exposure to films and
photographs of an extremely violent nature and orientation, would
achieve the desire effect. Eventually, these individuals were and are
assigned out to attachments with American Embassies overseas.

591 W.H.Bowart

The largest of these Mind Control programs under the auspices of the
CIA, ONI and National Security Agency are as follows:

M.K. Ultra REACH MX XENO

M.K DRACO BLUEBIRD DANCER

HATTER ARTICHOKE WATCHTOWER

One source reports that M.K. Draco is the code name for one of the "alien
abduction scenarios."

Jonestown is not unique as a controlled environment which was
created under the need for discretion in carrying out the covert
operations of the ULTRA program. The fact that the community
moved to a foreign country from the U.S. was even more of an
incentive for the intelligence groups concerned. The interest in cults
spawned many additional programs with other cults and certain
religious sects.

The document then goes on to name several so-called cults and even sites
Christian Evangelical and Far-Right, "Bom Again" groups as being the pawns of
the cryptocracy. Instead of risking offense to everyone, let's just say that the
cryptocrats know that if a person holds strong and intractable beliefs, those beliefs
can be used to manipulate them.

Finally the briefing raps up:

The operative must be aware of the impact and implications of this
method of PSYOP Warfare. Aquarius Group Operations, as part of a
current agenda, has been very successful under project REACH and
BELFRY in prograrnming and cueing selected individuals who have,
in turn, carried out programed procedure and opened fire on other
civilians in public areas all across the United States.

It is part of Aquarius operations to bring this about in more of a
repetitive pattern over a period of many years in order to increase the
callous disregard for human life by others who reside in high
population-density zones. Especially targeted are large urban areas
where street gangs are prevalent. In the overall scenario of senseless
and unprovoked killings increasing as time passes, the Aquarius
Operation feels they will eventually condition the public to welcome
the eventual confiscation of firearms, setting of curfews, mandatory
Bar Code I.D.'s which will be subdermally inserted, and general areas
of Martial Law ( Refer to files on REX 84, KING ALFRED, CABLE
SPLICE and GARDEN PLOT).

Operation Mind Control 592

It is felt among many that the erosion of Constitutional Rights will be
readily accepted by the majority in return for government promises of
elimination of gang killings, mass killing by lone gunmen, and
termination of drug trafficking in all areas. Projects WATCHTOWER.
POPPY and ULTRA will then also play important roles in sedation of
the population through various chemical, biological and radio
frequency manipulation in order to achieve the overall goal of a One
World ruling structure by the year 2000 to 2003.

These factors, in conjunction with Aquarius Group Operations plans
to institute a One World Religion of an extremely right-wing side of
Christian Fundamentalism (which is currently increasing in even such
countries as China and the Russian Republics), will further add to the
destruction of rights and freedoms granted to us in our Constitution
and Bill of Rights. This development will also separate the World into
two large powers. One will be a Fundamentalist Christian power and
the other will be a Fundamentalist Islamic Power. These
philosophies, as well as the struggle for decreasing water supplies,
will be the future reasons for World conflict.

Curiously enough, the wife of the late top CIA spook, James Jesus Angleton, told
me something like the contents of the last two lines of the above paragraph. She
said this is the kind of thing that her husband was predicting back in the 1960's,
based on the CIA's "best estimates."

The above quoted briefing, as best I could determine, was released in the spring of
1992. On July 4, 1992, a man calling himself Michael Younger appeared at a UFO
convention in Arcadia, California, telling people he was a member of the
super-secret COM-12 group and a scientist who worked at Groom Lake, Area 51 in
Nevada. A stunned audience of 200 people listened to Younger unfold an amazing
scenario which itemized a scenario which was to culminate in February or March
of 1993 with the assassination of President George Bush. According to Younger,
the plan was to make Dan Quayle President and suspend The Constitution of the
United States.

Stage 1, according to Younger, was the staging of "race riots" in New York,
Chicago, Detroit and other major U.S. cities. These would be preceded by a month
of subliminal TV programming.

Stage 2 was code-named "Operation Hot August Nights" during which special
agents of the conspiracy masquerading as police would open fire on minorities.
Claiming that the LA riots were a "test case", Younger said that incendiary
bombs would be used in these riots as they were in the LA riot The police would
be outnumbered by rioters, which would include "skin heads and other gangs
fully armed."

593 W.H. Bowart

Stage 3 of Youngers described plan would come in September when President
Bush would call in U.N. troops to quash the riots and restore law and order. Bush
would execute Executive Orders already in effect, which give the UN forces
complete rights to enter American homes and confiscation rights.

Stage 4 would come in October when an "official announcement would be carried
on TV that extraterrestrial aliens, probably Zeta Reticuli 'Greys' have invaded the
Earth, with some actual aliens introduced on the show." Younger said the aliens
would be credibly faked. And, Younger said, this would cause the world to
mobilize under UN supervision to fight the 'invaders.'

Stage 5 was to take place in December. It was a well-planned 'crash' of the
stockmarkeL

Stage 6 would come in February of March, 1993, Younger said, when President
Bush would be assassinated by the conspirators and Vice President Dan Quayle
would take the oval office.

According to Younger the conspirators were from among the 1.6 million Nazis
living in the U.S., many high in government and major corporations. In January,
2000, Younger said, the real alien invasion would occur, but then the New World
Order would have gone a long way to being realized and a real global force would
be there to defend us against them.

Was Younger really a scientist who worked at Groom Lake as he claimed? Was
there a grain of truth in this, or coming on the heels of the Com-12 document,
was it an effort to smudge the truth of the existence of that group and the general
accuracy of its information? Or? You tell me.

Label this disinformation? The predictions didn't come true. At least not on time,
not yet

These three photos were attached to the Com-12 Briefing on Mind Control.
They show three different towers (apparent cellular phone tower and other
unidentified) which are supposed to be broadcasting mind controlling signals at
the general public.

595W.H.Bowart

One of the numerous diagrams of 'alien implants' of the type described in the
Com-1 2 Briefing document.

Operation Mind Control 596

38

PROJECT GREENSTAR?

As early as 1961, advisors to the late President Kennedy recommended that with
the threat of nuclear war hanging over the future, civilized nations could no
longer risk overt confrontations that would lead to war, since even conventional
war could escalate to Armageddon. If war was necessary it would have to be
invisible. It was either invisible warfare or peace, and everyone seemed to agree
the economy would "suffer" from peace. Without war, it was believed, the
economy would falter and depression would be the dividend of peace.

Thus the advisors to the president began to think about what might motivate the
U.S. economy as well as war did. They came up with several possibilities, the most
fantastic of which was to fake an invasion from outer space.

Lewin says that a task force of 15 men met at Iron Mountain, New York in August,
1963 and by September 30, 1966 (seven days before LSD became illegal) they
submitted their final report, known as The Report From Iron Mountain on The
Possibility and Desirability of Peace 236 . All the members of the task force wanted
to keep the report secret except one, Lewin says. This particular individual, Lewin
says, contacted Leonard C. Lewin and offered to "leak" the report to him with a
view to having it published. Since none had signed a security oath, there was
nothing except etiquette to keep the report from being published, and the person
who contacted Lewin thought the report was too important to keep secret

In 1967 Lewin told Paul Krassner that the report was a hoax of his own
authorship. He swore Paul to secrecy and Paul never talked until now. ( Since
when could you trust a journalist to keep a secret, least of all the news hungry
editor of THE REALIST? Ironically Paul kept the secret 237 )

w Lewin. Leonard C, REPORT FROM IRON MOUNTAIN ON THE POSSIBILITY AND
DESIRABILITY OF PEACE, The Dial Press, New York. 1967.

m Paul Krassner knew both Leonard C Lewin and Herman Kahn. Krassner says he did not talk about The Report

From Iron Mountain with Kahn.

597 W.H. Bowart

If Lewin was telling the truth, his hoax was uncannily prophetic. Read it and make
up your own mind. "Leaking" to Paul the hoax disinfo would be appropriate if
Lewin wanted Paul to spread the news of the hoax -- a common disinformation
tactic of the cryptocracy. Many believe it was largely authored by Herman Kahn
whose fingerprints are all over the report. Kahn might have been momentarily
enlightened by the large jolt of DMT Tim Leary gave him to bring him down from
a bad acid trip shortly before the Report from Iron Mountain was written. 238

The Hudson Institute was started in 1961 when Herman Kahn, the owner,
decided "to help determine the entire future of the U.S. - and, time permitting,
much of the world beyond." 239 The Institute received its $1.36 million income in
1968 from The Office of Civil Defense, The Office of Secretary of Defense, the
Military Services, and according to Life magazine, "Other Government and
Non-U.S. Government" agencies. On the list of what it calls "Public Members" and
"Fellows" the Institute published, ten of the twenty-one of its Public Members
were members of the Council on Foreign Relations, as were fifteen of the
thirty-four Fellows. Two of the Fellows are very well known: Dr. Henry Kissinger
and Dr. Milton Friedman.

Author A. Ralph Epperson 240 informs us that the corporations which created Iron
Mountain included Standard oil of New Jersey ( Rockefeller intersts);
Manufacturers Hanover trust (the Morgan Intersts); and the Shell Oil (the House
of Orange,) among others. The report" writes Epperson, "dates back to at least
1961, when Robert McNamara, McGeorge Bundy and Dean Rusk, all members of
the CFR, noticed that no serious study had been made about planning for a
long-term peace. Not only were they concerned about the lasting effects of a
long-term peace, the also wished to examine the functions, both visible and
invisible of war."

Apparently the author Gary Allen made an attempted to locate the authors of the
Report from Iron Mountain. He concluded that it had been written by the Hudson
Institute. He wrote: There is considerable evidence that the Report is the work of
the Hudson Institute and Herman Kahn... There is an Iron Mountain just a
stone's throw (literally) from the Hudson Institute near Croton-on-Hudson, (New
York.)" 241

The reader is invited to compare Kahn's style in say, Thinking The Unthinkable

fountain. Lewin was the husband of leftist activist and
Krassner says he had no reason not to trust Lewin's

Michael Bo wen witnessed the event at the Milibrook, N.Y. estate occupied at the brae by Leary and The Castalia
Foundation. Bowen says Leary injected Kahn with a large dose of Dy-Methel-Tryptamine to "bring him down" from a bad
LSD trip he was having. According to Bowen the 400 pound Kahn was running amok, destroying things in an upstairs room
of the Milibrook mansion before Leary injected him with the "calming* liquid DMT. Having a PhD., Leary, was not bcensed
to prescribe or give anyone drugs without the supervision of an M.D.
* William A. McWhirter, Life, December 6. 1968.

m A. Ralph Epperson, The Unseen Hand. Pubbus Press. Tucson, Arizona. 1 985.

Gary Allen, Msking Plans for a Dictatorship in America." American Opinion, April 1971.

Operation Mind Control 598

confession. If Lewin was not trying to get the cry "literary hoax" circulated which
would have helped circulation of the otherwise dull book, he might have been
taking the blame for Kahn, laying down his reputation as the cover story. "On the
other hand," Krassner says, "it could have been a satire. One that was true. There
really could have been a group such as Iron Mountain 15, talking about things

Institute style and content" Another satire that came true? Then life does imitate
art?

Col. Fletcher Prouty was also told by Lewin (in the late 1980's) that the book was
a hoax. "But the people at the Hudson Institute, the Pentagon, and the
government contractors were talking like this in those days. So it wasn't really
exaggerated enough to be satire," Prouty told me. "I'd always believed it was
leaked information..."

And in his book JFK, The CIA, Vietnam And The Plot To Assassinate John F.
Kennedy*', Prouty wrote: "During the Kennedy years, people within the
government and their close associates in academia and industry discussed
frequently and quite seriously many of the major questions phrased by Leonard
Lewin in Report From Iron Mountain. I had been assigned to the Office of the
Secretary of Defense before the Kennedy election and was there when the
McNamara team of "Whiz Kids" arrived. Never before had so many brilliant young
civilians with so many Ph. D.s worked in that office. It was out of the mouths of
this group that I heard so frequently and precisely the ideas that Lewin recounts
in his 'novel.'"

For example, in National Security Memorandum 68, George Kennon wrote: "We
have about 50% of the world's wealth, but only a 6.3% of its population... In this
situation, we cannot fail to be the object of envy and resentment Our real task in
the coming period is to devise a pattern of relationships which will permit us to
maintain this position of disparity... to do so, we will have to dispense with all
sentimentality and day-dreaming and our attention will have to be concentrated
everywhere on our immediate national objectives... We should cease to talk about
vague and... unreal objectives such as human rights, the raising of the living
standards, and democratization. The day is not far off when we are going to have
to deal in straight power concepts. The less we are then hampered by idealistic
slogans, the better." The "straight power" concepts are what The Report From
Iron Mountain is made of.

Published in 1967, the report drew immediate attention for its then bizarre
suggestions. In a review of the report in the Washington Post 243 book section,
John Kenneth Galbraith writing under the name Herschel McLandress

** L Fletcher Prouty. /W. the CIA, Vietnam And The Plot to Assassinate John F. Kennedg.Bvch Lane Press New

York. 1992.

* McLandress. Herschel BOOK WORLD, "News of war and peace you're not ready for", page 5. November 26. 1967,

have been a put-on of Hudson

599 W.H.Bowart

acknowledged that it might come as a shock to the American public to know that

war is considered by these experts to be a highly desirable component of modem
society. They believed this to be true because:

1. War provides the only dependable system "for stabilizing and controlling"
national economics.

2. War is the basis for giving the necessary authority to the government to insure
political stability.

3. War is indispensable sociologically for the purpose of controlling "dangerous
social dissidence and destructive anti-social tendencies."

4. War serves an indispensable Malthusian function of reducing the population at
regular intervals.

5. War is the primary motivational force for scientific and technological progress.

The report was a substantial example of the type of secret "expert planning" which
was to become essential in formulating policies in Washington, rather than
listening to the expressed desires and aspirations of the American electorate. The
ideological attitudes and intellectual tone of these "experts" were as follows:

1. The Iron Mountain experts believed the value of war as an institution should be
determined without reference to ethics, morality or other measurements.

2. They said "major industrial advances" could "never have taken place" if it had
not been for war.

3. They said defense spending was not wasteful since it stimulates the economy.

creating one.

5. They said political control could be assured by permanently "institutionalizing"
a large segment of "poor" who are dependent upon the politicians and would
therefore vote for them and keep them in power "...the continuance of the war
system must be assured, if for no other reason, among others, than to preserve
whatever quality and degree of poverty society requires as an incentive ( to
support the regime in power), as well as to maintain the stability of its internal
organization or power.

6. They said the army was needed as a pool for the misfits.

control over

7. They looked upon the army as a "state-supported haven for the urn

Operation Mind Control 600

8. These "experts" believed that the latest weapons for mass destruction
constituted an important factor in "population control." They lamented that
conventional weapons, "did not kill enough to reduce the consuming population
to a level consistent with survival of the species."

9. They regretted that modern medicine cured so many pestilences and thereby
interfered with the natural selection process through survival of the fittest,
suggesting that the day must come when human reproduction would be by
artificial insemination so as to permit 'direct eugenic management'

10. They gave detailed consideration to various peace-time substitutes for the
essential functions which they attributed to war, but came to the conclusion that
war was superior to anything they could suggest as a practical substitute at that
time.

After a lengthy discussion of ways to control society and keep it within
numerical and economic bounds without war the Report from Iron Mountain
boiled it all down to a summary entitled:

Substitutes for the Functions of Wax: Models

The following substitute institutions, among others, have been
proposed for consideration as replacements for the nonmilitary
functions of war. That they may not have been originally set forth for
that purpose does not preclude or invalidate their possible
application here.

1. Economic, a) A comprehensive social-welfare program, directed
toward maximum improvement of general conditions of human life,
b.) A giant open-end space research program, aimed at unreachable
targets, c) A permanent, ritualized, ultra-elaborate disarmament
inspection system, and variants of such a system.

2. Political, a) An omnipresent, virtually omnipotent international
police force, b) An established and recognized extraterrestrial
menace, c) Massive global environmental pollution d) Fictitious
alternate enemies [emphasis added.]

3. Sociological: Control Function, a) Programs generally derived from
the Peace Corps model, b) A modem sophisticated form of slavery.

601 W.H.Bowart

Motivational function, a) Intensified environmental pollution, b) New
religions or other mythologies, c) Socially oriented blood games, d)
Combination forms.

5. Cultural. No replacement institution offered. Scientific. The
secondary requirements of the space research, social welfare, and/or
eugenics programs.

In the evaluation that followed it was decided that the "space-research substitute

especially in respect to its probable effects on other war functions..." Development
of "an acceptable threat from 'outer space' presumably in conjunction with a
space-research surrogate for economic control, appears unpromising in terms of
credibility," toe experts decided. Without the foresight of 30 years the experts
concluded, "the environmental-pollution model does not seem sufficiently
responsive to immediate social control, except through arbitrary acceleration of
current pollution trends..."

The Iron Mountain experts proposed the establishment, "under executive order of
the President, of a permanent War/Peace Research Agency, empowered and
mandated to execute the programs described in (2) and (3) below. This agency (a)
will be provided with nonaccountable funds sufficient to implement its
responsibilities and decisions at its own discretion, and (b) will have authority to
pre-empt and utilize, without restriction, any and all facilities of the executive
branch of the government in pursuit of its objectives (emphasis added.) It will
be organized along the lines of the National Security Council, except that none of
its governing, executive, or operating personnel will hold other public office or
governmental responsibility..."

(2) THE FIRST OF THE WAR/PEACE RESEARCH AGENCY'S two
principal responsibilities will be to determine all that can be known,
including what can reasonably be inferred in terms of relevant
statistical probabilities, that may bear on an eventual transition to a
general condition of peace...

4. Ecological. A comprehensive program of applied eugenics.

and should be examined in greater detail,

(3) THE WAR/PEACE RESEARCH AGENCY'S other principal
responsibility will be "War Research." Its fundamental objective will
be to ensure the continuing viability of the war system to fulfill its

Operation Mind Control 602

essential nonrnilitary functions for as long as the war system is
judged necessary to or desirable for the survival of society...

In the discussion preceding the above, we find the following relevant

"Credibility, in fact, lies at the heart of the problem of developing a political
substitute for war. This is where the space-race proposals, in many ways so weD
suited as economic substitutes for war, fall short. The most ambitious and
unrealistic space project cannot of itself generate a believable external menace. It
has been hotly argued that such a menace would offer the "last, best hope of
peace," etc., by uniting mankind against the danger of destruction by "creatures"
from other planets or from outer space. Experiments have been proposed to test
the credibility of an out-of-our-world invasion threat; it is possible that a few of
the more difficult-to-explain "flying saucer" incidents of recent years were in fact
early experiments of this kind... 244 "

Thirteen years after The Report from Iron Mountain, and one year after Operation

UFOlogist Dr. Jacques Vallee published Messengers of Deception 2 * 5 . To my
knowledge this was the first book to mention mind control in connection with
UFOs and especially the "abductee" phenomena:

"The Manipulators... I have given this name to the agents who cause the UFO
contacts and engineer their effects. Everything now centers on their role, their
identity, their designs. Who could they be? Alien beings coming from the end of
the galaxy? Psychic entities from the "other side"? Automata controlled by some
nonhuman consciousness? Holographic nightmares? But perhaps we are looking
far away from something which is right under our nose: could they simply be
human? Could they be masters of deception so skillful that they can counterfeit
an invasion from space?

"It is not difficult to see that the same themes are running through the whole
puzzle. Many contactees, for example, mention Atlantis. If our self-styled "space
brothers" need such a prehistoric pedigree, is it reasonable to expect them to
come from some far-away star? The real answer is both more mundane and more
frightening:

"Beyond the attention of academic science, below the dignity of official history,
there are groups, cults, and sects that serve as "leading indicators" of mass
movements (emphasis added.)

m Op at p. 66.

Vallee, Jacques, Messengers of Deception, UFO Contacts and Cults. And/Or Press. Berkeley.
California, 1979.

603 W.H. Bowart
The

Vallee took all his papers one day and drove to the house of a Major Murphy, who
had advised him in his UFO research before. Major Murphy and Vallee "quickly
agreed that the popular idea of flying saucers from outer space left much to be
explained..."

Major Murphy, Vallee said, reported that the U.S. had evidence in 1943 that
several countries had been working on circular aircraft which they hoped to
develop into secret weapons. The Nazis, he said, were doing advanced research on
"controlled electrical discharges" and "controlled lightening" and had tried to
combine these things together. Then, when the allies invaded Germany, a lot of
the hardware fell into both U.S. and Russian hands. "Then people started seeing
the modem UFOs in Sweden in 1946," Vallee reports the Major saying.

"General James Doolittle was sent to Sweden by the United States in 1946,
apparently under cover of the Shell Corporation. In fact, he was to investigate the
'ghost rockets' with the Swedish authorities. Whatever came of that?

"His conclusions have never been revealed," Vallee says Murphy said "with a sigh
that seemed to say, If only the Pentagon could talk!" This took place a year before
Kenneth Arnold named the discs he saw over ML Rainier "flying saucers."

"One area where you must realize a lot of research had already been done in great
secrecy by 1946," Vallee quotes Major Murphy saying, " concerned mind control
and the effects of electromagnetic radiation on the human body."

Vallee asked

UFOs or secret weapons.

"On the surface, if you just look at a few isolated cases, like scientists arguing
about UFOs, well, I agree it doesn't mean anything," Vallee quotes Murphy saying.
"But suppose somebody had obtained a device by the end of the war, which
perhaps wasn't a very effective weapon. Perhaps it couldn't fly very effectively,
couldn't carry guns and bombs, but had other properties. For instance, it could
emit radiation that caused paralysis and hallucinations as it flew over an area, so
that witnesses exposed to it would think they saw the phantasms of their own
imagination. Did somebody test that kind of a device in Sweden in 1946, and in
the States in 1947, and find it to be ineffective as a flying machine, but very useful
as a means of propaganda? Has such a group already understood what UFOs were,
and are they confusing the issue by simulating UFO waves? Or is the entire
phenomenon under their control?"

Vallee said it was hard for him to believe that techniques could be applied on the
kind of scale as was being reported, even in 1979.

Operation Mind Control 604

"Don't you read the newspapers?" Vallee quotes the Major saying. "Don't you
follow publications on mind control? The military has been using this kind of
technique for years."

Vallee describes Major Murphy pulling out a file of a series of New York Times
clippings beginning in 1977 which described part of a U.S. project "which spanned
35 years and involved hypnosis, narcoanalysis, electronic brain stimulation, and
the behavioral effects of every physical vibration known to science, from
ultrasound to microwaves. He showed me a book entitled Operation Mind
Control, in which W.H. Bowart describes his meeting with a young man who had
just returned from a tour of duty with the Air Force. He suffered from amnesia.
Like many UFO contactees, he remembered vaguely that he had had a good time,
but couldn't describe in detail where he had been. After many therapy sessions, he
began to recall part of his activities. He had served, it seemed, on a military
committee in Vietnam... He had been trained for total recall... then his entire
memory of these assignments was erased like a magnetic cassette..." etc. (See
Chapter Two, Only One Mind For My Country.)

"Giving me time to absorb this information," Vallee wrote, "Major Murphy
gestured toward the notes I had compiled on the UFO contactees and their sects.

"Tou have assembled case histories on rather interesting groups. Don't
misunderstand me,' he said. 'I am not suggesting that secret agents are going
around the world giving these thousands of people individual suggestions to see
UFOs. As we found out when we began developing the science of propaganda
during the last war, you don't need to do all that A few well-placed stories, a
well-planned program publicizing sensational incidents, will do marvels. The
contactees are being manipulated. And I think we should not look in outer space
for the Manipulators.'"

Vallee asked the major where he would look, then for the answer to the riddle of
UFOs.

'"Right here on earth,' said the Major, with the satisfied air of a mathematics
professor who has succeeded in proving an especially vexing theorem. 'The best
place to start looking for them is among some of the occult groups. Such
organizations are an ideal place for a clever individual to exercise his influence,
because they are ignored by the intellectuals, by those who call themselves
'scientific investigators.' They are afraid of looking silly if they join the Order of
Melchizedek: what will the Dean say when he finds out!'"

The same year Messengers of Deception was published, Carl Jung's niece, Lou
Zinsstag, wrote a book about her friend, one of the first "contactees", George
Adamski. 246 In it Zinsstag mentions Operation Mind Control, telling how th is

m Zinsstag, Lou, GEORGE ADAMSKI. THEIR MAN ON EARTH, Photo section and commentaries by Timothy Good

Foreword by Dr. Hans HobeH copyright 1978, published in 1990 by UFO PHOTO ARCHIVES, P.O. Box 1 17206. Tucson, As'.

605 W.H Bowart

report of the cryptocracy's operations in mind control helped her understand
things about Adamski which had remained inexplicable.

Adamski's testimony in his book Flying Saucers Have Landed fco-authored by
Desmond Leslie) reported that on November 20, 1952 the author encountered a
"Venusian" wearing a one-piece body suit and long blond hair somewhere near
Desert Center, California. The Venusian told Adamski that he was gravely
concerned about recent atomic bomb tests. This message would become a litany
of other "contactees."

Flying saucer clubs sprang up. Lecturers earned their living speaking on an
international circuit of UFO conventions. The government denied the existence of
UFOs and there, apparently, was no physical evidence from them. When there was
evidence, UFO lore has it, the "Men in Black" would come and seize it, warning
witnesses to keep their mouths shut Often described as tall oriental men wearing
black sunglasses and driving detailed black Cadillac's the men in black were
masters of intimidation. Mysterious phone calls and black helicopters often
preceded their visits.

Lou Zinsstag asked Adamski about the men in black who had just started to make
headlines in Europe. "I was astonished to hear him acknowledge their existence
without hesitation, adding '...they are not always in black , and they certainly
belong to our own kind," Zinsstag said. 'They are well trained and committed to
do their utmost in order to scare people away from getting interested in a new
kind of cosmic knowledge which is rightfully ours.' He also asserted that '...of
necessity they have to be faceless men; you will never catch one.' Asked if they
belonged to the CIA., he hesitated a moment and then said 'not necessarily'. But I
also remember him telling me that some of them were very well versed in
telepathy, hypnotism, trance and other forces 'which can be subtly applied
without immediate detection', and that they got their schooling from the CIA."

In Gray Barker's book on Adamski, published after George's death, an undated
article was published, entitled My Fight with the Silence group 2 * 7 :

Shortly after the publication of 'Flying Saucers Have Landed' I was
visited by three men, two of which I had met previously, but the third
was a stranger. It was he who took the role of authority and directly
threatened me demanding certain papers I had, for one thing. Some of
these I gave him and was promised their return, but this promise was
never kept. Since I did not exactly understand to what he had
reference, I did not give him some of my (more) important papers.
There is no need denying that I was frightened. Before they left I was

85710

Operation Mind Control 606

told to stop talking or they would come after me, lock me up and
throw the key away.

Evidence in Jerome Clark's The UFO Encyclopedia, Vol. 2 s48 , suggests that
Barker may himself have been a disinformation asset for the cryptocracy:

"...Barker was undeniably responsible, along with (James) Moseley.
for one of the most notorious hoaxes of the 1950s, a December 1957
letter written on State Department stationery by one R.E. Straith and
addressed to contactee George Adamski. "Straith" claimed that the
department knew of the truth of Adamski's reported meetings with
Space Brothers and was quietly supporting his efforts..."

It was concluded that the letter had been written on Barker's typewriter, but
Moseley refused to publish his manuscript on the subject until after Adamski's
death. Then Moseley confirmed the long-standing rumors about the document's
"true provenance." An inveterate UFO Convention attendee, Moseley maintains
his position of "skeptic ,, in the crowd of true believers. He has been accused of
being an intelligence asset over the years by UFO researchers. (At a 1983 UFO
convention he said Candy Jones' manager told him that her story was "just a
hoax." That's hard to believe in light of others whose programming is almost
identical to Candy's and in the face of "leaked" CIA interrogation transcripts of
Candy who apparently did have handlers both inside and outside the agency.)

UFO lore is filled with conflicting information and deception. In fact it's doubly
hard to believe UFOs are real, first because of public incredulity — peer pressure
not to believe, and second because for every plausible explanation of their reality,
there's an equally plausible explanation of their unreality. It certainly appears thai
somebody is waging an artful psychological warfare campaign.

enough evidence to present a logical argument for their existence, and if you
don't want to believe in UFOs you also can find enough evidence to present a
logical argument against their existence. This would be an appropriate intelligence
effort if, indeed, this planet were being invaded by an alien race far in advance of
our own. Also possible is the scheme of a real UFO "invasion" being manipulated
as a shield for high technology research projects.

Either way Ufology is a classic study in "plausible deniability." It is a history of
rumors documented by almost fifty years of uncoordinated effort by independent
researchers. And, on the other hand, it may be an organized escape valve to mass

" Clark. Jerome, The UFO Encycbpedia, Volume 2, The Emergence of a Phenomenon.- UFOs from the

through 1959. Detroit Ml. 1992.

607 W.H. Bowart

hysteria, or an ordered presentation of "mass hallucination" created by almost fifty

years of mind control -- or both. It is highly likely that at least some of the
"abduction scenarios" are being programmed by mind control technology and
used as "screens" or "scrambles" to cover something else.

But Zinsstag said Adamski knew exactly where his opposition came from. "He
survived their plots and he refused their money offers. But it looks as if he had not
been prepared to counter more subtle or more sophisticated methods which, in
the end, were effective in discrediting our old friend. There is some reason to
suspect that, for a certain time at least, Adamski was fed false information by
some cunning impersonators of spacemen who could have been members of a
group of CIA agents...

"I know how outrageous this idea sounds to saucer enthusiasts who are still
convinced of the space visitors' infallibility and trustworthiness," Zinsstag said."
But I am not so sure any longer...

"Now in 1979... we may well assume that Adamski fell for some of their tricks, as
early as in the sixties. He was so right when he wrote that the destruction of his
image was their major target -- but he failed to perceive the moment when it
came about He seemed to have overrated not only his faculty for perception but,
also, his strength to stay clear of such weird manipulations.

"In one of our private talks," Zinsstag wrote," Adamski had admitted to possess
remarkable psychic gifts, such as putting himself and other people into trance and
that he was able to hypnotize himself but that he never made any use of it and, as
he fiercely added, nobody would ever be able to put him into trance or hypnosis
without his own wish or consent. In November 1963, he wrote:

/ was talking to a man well versed in mesmerism and hypnosis. He is visiting
here from the Middle West, and he has used both of these m government work.

me: there are people who will not lend themselves to either hypnotism or
mesmerism by direct suggestion. He said that I was one who would not, for I
make thorough analysis before acting... '

"I often wondered if this could have been a clever move of a CIA agent with a
purpose, wanting to make him careless or to put him at ease. I don't think that
Adamski knew, at that time, that there was such a thing as hypnosis at a
distance...

"But there was one thing he knew: that with the years the shadowing of his
person was bound to grow and that they were slowly 'closing in on him' is he
said. He knew perfectly well that with his first book already he had stuck his head
out once and for all times. 'And, until they get me, I am making the best use I ca

Operation Mind Control 608

..."When in April 1965, he set out to lecture once more in and around
Washington D.C., he must have felt the fear of God in his bones. He knew that
not only the CIA was after him; he knew that he had even more formidable
adversaries 249 .

"Going through my files," Zinsstag said, "I found the copy of my letter to Henk
Hinfelaar written in May, 1965:

"...I remember Adamski telling me more than once that he would never enter a
hospital in the U.S. if ever he could help it because 'you never know what kind of
injection they would make or what kind of drug they would put in my food." And

hospital. '

"'He also told me that, as an exception, he would use a shortened version of his
name ( -ki being the Polish ending for any male name) when he felt a kind of
insecurity while entering a hotel. This, he said, was no falsification of his name
and that , in fact, he could have discarded the last syllable long ago; nobody would

"With this letter," Zinsstag wrote," Henk received a copy of a UPI report which I
had received from an unknown friend, published in an unknown newspaper

"FLYING SAUCER EXPERT IS DEAD

Washington, UPI, April 30, 1965

A man who claimed to have visited other planets is dead. For a
period after his death he was, like the flying saucers he studied,
unidentified.

George Adamski, 74-year-old resident of Vista, California, who only-
last month told Washington newsmen he had made several
interplanetary trips aboard craft from outer space, died last Friday
night in a Washington sanitarium at nearby Tacoma Park, Maryland.

Dr. Beldon Reap, deputy medical examiner for Montgomery County,
Maryland, confirmed his death this morning, shortly after Adamski
was buried in a private service at Arlington National Cemetery.

He said that Adamski apparently died of a heart attack. - The
hospital indicated the reason his death was not reported sooner , was
the original records listed him as Adams rather than Adamski.

Authorities finally located Adamski's daughter, Mrs. Alice Wells,

wanted to keep the name he had got from

Vista.

Qpctf.p.IOO

609 W.H.Bowart

About Lou Zinsstag's quote in which the "man well versed in mesmerism and
hypnosis had told Adamski that 'there are people who will not lend themselves to
either hypnotism nor mesmerism by direct suggestion." And , " He said I was one
who would not (be suggestible), for I make thorough analysis before acting..." It is
a well known trick of hypnotists to agree with those who say they can't be
hypnotized. It establishes a rapport with the subject to agree that they can't be
hypnotized. Then the hypnotist says something like, "Well, then, just close your
eyes for a few moments so I can show you how guided imagery might work."

It is exactly as Adamski reported it The subconscious "robot" mind responds
usually to what might be called 'the language of the unconscious'. If the
"influencer" confuses the analytical mind, or occupies it with the process of
considering a paradox or a profound problem, and while it searches its various
filing compartments ( which those skilled in the art of subconscious influencing
can tell by the pattern of the subject's eye movements, and other involuntary
responses) various linguistic approaches might allow access to setting up an
"embedded command" which can be magically effective, in so much as the
command appears to be congruent to the subjects desires. These techniques are
no secret This is spelled out in detail in the works of Milton Erickson and others.
A complete knowledge of NLP, or the many various "schools" of Ericksonian
hypnosis, serve as the only self defense I know of against such invasive "hypnotic"
techniques.

As I pointed out in 1978, 1 will do again in this expanded edition: hypnosis is

influencer is to manipulate the context so that the subconscious mind thinks that
by performing on the embedded command it will help the individual achieve his
outcome, when in fact he is actually giving the influencer his outcome without
knowing it When an embedded command is followed by a change of subject (
magicians call this "misdirection") amnesia sets in and the subject ( or in this case
"target") forgets the command even after it's triggered.

It is possible that George Adamski was a victim of the MKULTRA program in more
ways than one. Whether or not he had seen a UFO or photographed one, his
alleged "trip to Saturn" and other adventures which served to debunk his
credibility might have been carefully cultivated experiences in his unconscious
mind. If this were the case, who can tell what produced the fantastic and
apparently "unscientific" descriptions of the solar system and such claims that
birds have migrated from one planet to another through space.

Ten years after Vallee's and Zinsstag's books came The Controllers, Mind Control
and Project MKULTRA, Modem Myth, Mass Manipulation and a New Hypothesis
of Alien" Abductions 250 by Martin Cannon, a 64 page booklet originally published

*° Cannon, Martin. THE CONTROLLERS, Mind Control and Project MKULTRA, Modem Myth, Mass
Manipulation, and a New Hypothesis of Men' Abductions, Prevailing Winds Research, Santa Barbara.

or harm. The trick of the unethical

Operation Mind Control 610

in installments in the MUFON Journal, the house organ of an alleged CIA co-opted
UFO organization.

Cannon posited that "the abductees have been abducted. Yet they are also spewing
fantasy -- or, more precisely, they have been given a set of lies to repeat and
believe. If my hypothesis proves true, then we must accept the following: The
kidnapping is real. The fear is real. The pain is real. The instruction is real. But the
little gray men from ZetiReticuU are not real: they are constructs, Halloween
masks meant to disguise the real faces of the controllers. The abductors may not
be visitors from Beyond; rather, they may be a symptom of the carcinoma which
blackens our body politic...

"...Substantial evidence exists," Cannon writes, "linking members of this country's
intelligence community (including the Central Intelligence Agency, the Defense
Advanced Research Projects Agency, and the Office of Naval Intelligence) with the
esoteric technology of mind control. For decades, "spy-chiatrists" working behind
the scenes -- on college campuses, in CIA-sponsored institutes, and (most
heinously) in prisons - have experimented with the erasure of memory, hypnotic
resistance to torture, truth serums, post-hypnotic suggestion, rapid induction of
hypnosis, electronic stimulation of the brain, non-ionizing radiation, microwave
induction of intracerebral 'voices' and a host of even more disturbing
technologies..."

Cannon agrees with CIA veteran Miles Copeland who once admitted to Robert
Eringer of Rolling Stone 251 : The congressional subcommittee which went into
this sort of thing got only the barest glimpse."

Cannon argues that much of the testimony before Congress on the CIA's
"brainwashing" efforts was perjury. He says the clandestine research into thought
manipulation was not stopped but went operational and, he asserts, any claims to
the contrary are cover stories. He presents evidence (as have we) that a number
of government agencies, CIA, NASA Atomic Energy Commission as well as a
variety of agencies of the Department of Defense are all involved in research and
operations to this day, and that the UFO abduction phenomenon, at least in part,
is quite likely a continuation of the clandestine mind control operations.

"Perhaps the most interesting pieces of evidence surrounding the abduction
phenomenon are the intracerebral implants allegedly visible in the X-rays and MRI
scans of many abductees. Indeed, abductees often describe operations in which
needles are inserted into the brain; more frequently still, they report implantation
of foreign objects through the sinus cavities. Many abduction specialists assume
that these intercranial incursions must be the handiwork of scientists from the
stars. Unfortunately, these researchers have failed to familiarize themselves with

California. 1994.

*' Eringer, Robert, "Secret Agent Man", Rolling Stone, 1985.

611 W.H.Bowart

certain little-heralded advances in terrestrial technology," Cannon says. "The
abductees' implants strongly suggest a technological lineage which can be traced
to a device known as a 'stimoceiver,' invented in the late '50s-early '60s by a
neuroscientist named Jose Delgado."

Addressing the large number of "implants" reported by abductees, Cannon
writes:" If we are to take seriously abductee accounts of brain implants, we must
consider the possibility that the implanters, properly perceived, don't look much
like the 'grays' pictured on (Whitley) Strieber's 252 dustjackets. Instead, the visitors
may resemble Dr. (Joseph A.) Meyer and his brethren..."

Cannon says, Meyer is "perhaps the most disturbing wanderer in this mind-field
of the National Security Agency, the most formidable and secretive component of
America's national security complex. Meyer has proposed implanting roughly half
of all Americans arrested -- not necessarily convicted - of any crime; the numbers
of 'subscribers' (his euphemism) would run into the tens of millions.
'Subscribers' could be monitored continually by computer wherever they went
Meyer, who has carefully worked out the economics of his mass-implantation
system, asserts that taxpayer liability should be reduced by forcing subscribers to
'rent' the implant from the State. Implants are cheaper and more efficient than
police, Meyer suggests, since the call to crime is relentless for the poor 'urban
dweller" - who, this spook-scientist admits in a surprisingly candid aside, is
fundamentally unnecessary to a post-industrial economy. 'Urban dweller' may be
another of Meyer's euphemisms: He uses New York's Harlem as his model
community in working out the details of his mind-managed system."

Meyer, Cannon suggests, could be one of the top men behind the abductee brain
implants, the "scoop marks" and other scars on abductees bodies. "We would also
have an explanation for the reports of individuals suffering personality change
after contact with the UFO phenomenon."

By all indications, the Iron Mountain report was implemented by the secret
War/Peace Research Agency, whatever it may be named. Environmental pollution
has accelerated. New "invisible" forms of killing (viral infections) are appearing
with increasing frequency. Evidence of experiments with bizarre religious cults,
The Unification Church (Moonies), The Branch Davidians, The Peoples Temple
and others testify to a secret hand on the pulpit And now comes the clincher,
victims of government mind control remembering enough to begin to testify
about their "Alien" programming.

Lincoln S&L conspiracy witness, Paul Bonacci, testified to a number of code
names for different programs. Some names matched those given by other victims

Streiber, Whitley, Communion, and Transformations are the most well known of Strieber's books.
They describe his supposed abduction by what he calls "visitors." ( Streiber took great pains in avoiding the
claim that his abductors were from another planet) Streiber was a successful fantasy and horror novelist
before topping the bestseller list with Communion in 1987.

Operation Mind Control 612

who did not know Bonacci. There was "Wizard of Oz" and "Alice in Wonderland".
One project was code-named "Alien." Bonacci said "the alien program which they
used... Alien was mainly under Star Wars..." (This would fit with Aquino's
reported penchant to dress up like Darth Vader and it would be consistent with his
frustrated literary urge to extend the Star Wars trilogy. Bonacci positively
identified Aquino as one of his programmers.)

Satanic activities, Bonacci said, were also a frequent part of the Monarch
programming. The Satanic and Alien programs took place "almost always on
military ground." Bonacci said. "I said all the alien stuff happened in Colorado, up
in the mountains, and also I think they did it mostly where there was hardly any
chance that there would be a lot of people around." He described some of the alien
programming as taking place in caves underground.

They took you in the caves which they had set up. Some of them had an alien
space ship so you would go into it," Bonacci said. "Even now they keep showing
them movies that have alien space ships with caverns in them. If you got away
from them and went around these caverns you'd think, well,' man this is just like
the movies.'"

Julianne McKinney, Director of the Electronic Surveillance Project of the
Association of National Security Alumnf 53 , reports that she has interviewed 125
victims of government mind control. One of them had apparently been part of the
"Alien" programming. The woman, now an adult in her 40's, told McKinney of
being used in the alien project as a young child because she was small and just
the right size for wearing the costume of a "gray", the big-headed alien with big
eyes and a skinny neck which many UFO "abductees" sketch under hypnosis.

The woman was cult connected. She claimed to have played a role in the
perpetuation of the UFO abduction myth; i.e., as a member of a DoD-affdiated
Satanic cult As a little girl she was made to wear an ET costume. When
describing the costume, this woman said that the head and neck were
manipulated by means of electronic gadgetry built into the costume. The Babylon
Five preying-mantis costume -- which also had an elongated neck, and eyes
which were situated far above the wearer's head - is also operated by means of
electronic gadgetry built into the costume. The ET costume worn by this woman
antedated Babylon Five's special effects costuming by approximately 10 to 15
years," McKinney said.

"Have you noticed how the special effects technologies in science fiction films
have evolved at approximately the same rate as the special effects being employed
in so-called UFO abductions and sightings? The "flying saucers" reportedly seen
by the public during the 1950's were about as sophisticated as those which were

McKinney, Julianne, Silver Springs. Maryland, letter to the author, dated June 16, 1994.

613 W.H. Bowart

portrayed in i
both were quite primitive.

riod. By today's standards,

"The special effects in today's science fiction films have become quite
sophisticated, "McKinney said. "Similarly, persons who now claim to have been
abducted, or to have seen UFO's, are describing scenes and events which parallel
those now being seen in science fiction films in the form of special effects.

"Having been given no reason to believe otherwise, I have personally concluded
that so-called UFO abductions, and the events surrounding those abductions and
sightings, are a "black" intelligence operation, involving government-sponsored
kidnappings, experimental drugs, surgical experimentation, sophisticated
electronics and directed-energy technologies, implantable microcircuited devices,
^"j^ntal aircraft, Hollywood-style special effects, and the exploitation of

government-sponsored genetics experiments.

"These reported activities do not require the involvement or intellectual input of
extraterrestrials. In fact, given the alleged superior capacities of ETs, these UFO
operations come across as being really quite bungled, redundant and primitive.
Their failure to out pace Hollywood's development of special effects technologies
or DoD's weapons technologies also points to totally human involvement

"In sum," McKinney continued, " I see these UFO activities as being nothing more
than a massive covert-intelligence fraud being perpetrated upon a gullible pubuc
- a lucrative, large-scale mind-control operation, qualifying as an attempt at
creating The Cult to End All Cults/ The Cult From Outer Space.'"

McKinney says another source told her that there was a project headed by
Michael Aquino that involves the programming of so-called "UFO abductees." The
source told her that this project is code-named Greenstar and is a mind-control
operation involving an overlapping of satanic cults, the U.S. military and the UFO
Community.

"Michael Aquino," McKinney said, "is alleged under these circumstances, to have
his hand in two major types of DoD-sponsored mind-control operations; viz.,
Satanic cults and, now, UFO abductions."

Other researchers say there could be a long-term narco-hypnotic induction
program using costuming and movie sets as covers for implanting terrifying
"screen" or "scramble" memories of phony abductions by big-headed short gray
aliens, the editio vulgata of ufology's i '

Bonacci described being given drugs in his Monarch programming. One drug
they used, he said, was sodium pentothal. They'd lower your consciousness level

Operation Mind Control 614

just enough that you're aware of what's going on but your mental thinking is
blocked..."

Denise Meyer, told us that small children in Nebraska, ages 4 and 5 were
beginning to report "alien" encounters to their therapists 254 . " The kids are
describing little green men that fit the description of the 'grays'. They also are
describing green UFOs. It appears these are screen memories, used to block the
memories of something else," Meyer said.

While "guesstimates" project numbers of victims of cryptocracy mind control to
be in the tens of thousands, a 1993 Roper Poll has been interpreted to indicate
that 6-10 million North Americans have experienced "alien abduction." Somebody
must be working overtime.

If you still have serious doubts that mind control could be part of Project Alien (or
some such named activity) take a look at this letter from Walter B. Smith, the
Director of the CIA. Declassified on 20 April, 1977 the letter is thought to have
been written in 1952:

CENTRAL INTELLIGENCE AGENCY
WASHINGTON 23, D.C.
OFFICE OF THE DIRECTOR

MEMORANDUM TO: Director, Psychological Strategy Board
SUBJECT: Flying Saucers

1. 1 am today transmitting to the National Security Council a proposal (TAB A) in
which it is concluded that the problems connected with unidentified flying objects
appear to have implications for psychological warfare as well as for intelligence
and operations.

2. The background for this view is presented in some detail in TAB B.

3. 1 suggest that we discuss at an early board meeting the possible offensive or
defensive utilization of these phenomena for psychological warfare purposes.

Enclosure Walter B. Smith

Director

Of course TAB A and TAB B could not be found. So much for the value of the
Freedom of Information Act

Meyer, Denise, Telephone conversation with the author, June 4, 1994, Tucson to Lincoln, Nebraska.

615 W.H. Bowart

Many of the survivors of the so-called Project Monarch are remembering alien
scenarios, while "ordinary folks" are those reporting their abductions. The thing
they both have in common is the amnesia they experienced for so many years
after the event

Without question, most of the effects described by the abductees can be
duplicated by cryptocracy mind control "handlers." In fact, one prominent
"deprogrammer" suggested that, after working out the appropriate legal
documents to protect him from liability, he would ask for abduction volunteers.
His idea was to bring the volunteers before an audience at one of his lectures and
"perform" the programming (with high voltage shocks) which creates the same
"screen" memories and missing time that the "abductees" are reporting.

The most recent reports grow more disturbing and more difficult to explain
entirely by what we know of the state of mind control arts. A letter came from a
Colorado woman who previously reported to me an encounter she had with what
appeared to be an "alien" along with a human male who appeared to be a
government "techie". She is in contact with other "abductees" and just before we
went to press sent us some e-mail about two other friends who had experienced
similar events:

I have some new testimony which may be of interest to you. this
concerns the abduction of two other women. I have requested
permission of these two women to share their experiences in the
hope that it will generate interest and help demonstrate a connection
between your studies and ours. This type of encounter is VERY
common in abductions scenarios.

In the words of one: "A few months ago one of my experiences
involved a pelvic exam and my asking telepathically "why, why, why"
and being told by a rather sarcastic male voice "because you like it so
much." I then saw two male human beings. I was told one was CIA
and one was FBI and that they were going to make sure I didn't try to
leave the country."

This type of experience is NOT a 'classic' abduction experience but is
not uncommon to those who have had the sense to begin to study,
question and explore this phenomena. Many people do not try to find
out what is happening to them but simply follow as sheeple. The
'pelvic' exam is common but the sarcastic male voice is not. There is
no gender associated with the telepathic communications in typical
abductions and there is no emotion, sarcastic or otherwise.

The next scenario is from memory of a telephone conversation with
another contact. I can get it in print in her own words if interested.
She said she remembered awakening on her feet and being kind of
lead/dragged down a hallway. As she became more aware, she

Operation Mind Control 616

struggled with humans and was tackled by a very large woman who
gave her an injection. She was then rendered helpless and led to a
room with metal chairs and was seated in one. A human male in
some kind of uniform repeatedly screamed at her: 'You will move to
Oklahoma and start a community there. You will take your children
and go to Oklahoma and start a community there." As she began to
recover more physical control, she bolted for the door and was
tripped by the chair. She fell very hard on the floor, landing on her hip
and experienced considerable pain. She doesn't remember much
more then. However, the next day she remembered being injected.
She found a needle puncture wound and also a terrible bruise on her
hip where she had fallen.

Now, regardless of what has happened to these women and myself,
SOMETHING did happen and continues to happen to all of us and
many others. It's entirely possible that Martin Cannon is correct in
attributing the abduction phenomena to government interest. It's also
possible that there are other factors involved. The source is not the
relevant point of interest here. What IS vitally important is the
complete and total control that is exercised over the humans
experiencing this. If it is a purely mental experience, it is externally
generated. Who is generating it and why? If it is physical, as the
evidence suggests, then there is a technology involved that makes
MKULTRA look like kindergarten. Delgado's experiments with remote
stimulation seem to be much closer to the technology being seen
here. However, I suggest that this technology has surpassed the
need for any 'implants' being first placed in the brains of subjects.
Then again, this could have been done at almost any point in a
persons life if hospitalization is required. Most women are
hospitalized for childbirth. But, regardless of the use of implants, the
control of the physical bodies and the minds of many people is being
reported from around the world.

I had an experience in February of this year (1994) that frightened me
more than any other because of the TOTAL control it involved. I left
myself proof.

I'll be brief: I awakened at 4:00 am and remembered that at some
point during the night there had been 3 'critters' in my bedroom. I
remembered telling them that "Ok, You are finished now get the fuck
out of my house," as I sat up in bed and pointed towards the back
door. This is the only conscious memory I have of that experience.
However, after I got up and went into the kitchen to make coffee, I
was shocked to see my down parka, which had been in the very back
of my closet the night before, laying on my living room floor. Also, my
front door was unlocked. No big thing until you understand that I live
in a county with 13 local, state and federal prisons. I NEVER leave my

617 W.H. Bowart

door unlocked. The ritual of the door locking extends to my getting
out of bed EVERY night for that third check just to make sure I had
locked it. At the very least, I was, at some point during the night,
compelled to leave my bed, get my parka out of the closet, walk to
the living room, unlock the door, drop the parka on the floor and
return to bed to 'see' these three critters. The fact that it was
February in Colorado suggests that I may have gotten the parka
because I was compelled to leave the house on a very cold night.
There was no evidence to suggest that I actually left the house. I
have never been known to 'sleep walk'.

The above experience was the most profound for me since 1: there
was physical evidence of total control of my body, 2: there was
almost complete control of my mind including almost total amnesia of
the event. I say 'almost' because I feel that I left the parka on the
floor as a message to myself and I remembered the 'ending' of the
event consciously. One could suggest that I was 'allowed' to leave
the coat on the floor and that I was 'allowed' to remember the
ending. Once again, regardless of any 'allowance', the control was
there. This kind of control is total. It demonstrates an 'ultimate'
weapon - the total control of the human mind.

These experiences are not the product of delusional women and men
around the world but are actual experiences. They may be mental or
physical, they may be government related or 'other' related. They are,
however, generated from an external source and suggest that 'mind
control' is not limited to the 'biological' mode previously attempted. I
suggest that 'wave' or 'beam' technology is at play here and I find
much evidence to support this in the studies of electromagnetics and
the effects on the human mind and body, and also in the study of
theoretical physics and related subjects.

The examples I have presented to you, now and previously, are but a
very few of the many I have in my files. Ufology books are filled with
similar accounts that suggest the use of 'wave' technology.

Hopefully, you will be able to glean what I'm trying to convey - the
most important issue that faces our world today. I'm scared to death
and fear for my fellow humans. I KNOW that I am an intelligent,
rational, logical and analytical person as are most associated with
this phenomena. If this can be done to me, and those like me it can
be done to all of us...

Ed Conroy, writing in his book REPORT ON COMMUNION, The Facts Behind
The Most Controversial True Story of Our Time 255 , describes the climate in UFO
research circles:

" Conroy. Ed. REPORT ON COMMUNION. The Facts Behmd The Most Controversial True Story of Our Time,

Avon Boob. Hem York, 1989.

Operation Mind Control 618

' may indeed exist that by means yet to be developed, some UFO
phenomena may one day be 'proved' to be of a truly extraterrestrial origin
(whatever that designation might really mean in terms of the physics of
interstellar travel), but for the moment it appears that the advocates of the
"extraterrestrial hypothesis" are moving more toward the creation of a New Age
religious movement founded upon tenets of irrational belief than toward

"While such observations concerning the problems of making a religion out of
UFO contact may seem obvious to the seasoned reader of UFO literature, they
tend to get missed so frequently in public discussion of abduction phenomena
that I believe my emphasis is not misplaced," Conroy wrote. " Would it be
unreasonable to observe that in the face of the mysteries posed by UFO sightings
and apparent visitor experiences, the human imagination rushes in to fill the
gaps, created by our own ignorance, aided by plenty of emotional longing for
some kind of relief from life's tedium? (Or the ineptitude of human awareness?)"

"The questions opened by considering the relation between visitor abduction
phenomena and the human mind are formidable..."

The UFO developments certainly fit one of the Report From Iron Mountain's
requirements for a war substitute: nn Sociological: Motivational function, b) New
religions or other mythologies." 256

There's a growing body of self-published literature that points to the awareness of
a mounting (phoney?) alien invasion. William R. Lyne's book Space Aliens From
The Pentagon 251 tells of the author's own frustration with the U.S patent office
and the State of New Mexico which, he says, ran him ragged with litigation and
harassment after he stumbled across proof of a Nazi experimental P2 "saucer"
flown in New Mexico in the 1930's, which ran on
Tesla in the 1890's.

His book, Lyne writes," is the first to expose a BIG

from the Third Reich, and covertly implemented through "national security"
means, to perpetuate the coercive monopoloy of a corporate-state elite. By
stealing, concealing, or suppressing advanced technology, they insure our
continued dependency on archaic petroleum and nuclear technology. Through
the mass-media we are brainwashed with scientific lies and misinformation, and
"indoctrinated" with Nazi-created "parapsychology", designed to "stretch our
credulity", so we will indiscriminately accept on faith, a "psychic" BIG LIE religion
and Platonist epistemology, which makes us easier to exploit as a slave people. To
this end, flying saucer technology of relative simplicity and phenomenal potential
was stolen from Nicola Tesla, and has been rnnrealeH frnm fnr ^ Vz»~ «

Op at, p. 84.

William R. Lyne, SPACE ALIENS FROM THE PENTAGON, Flgmg Saucers Are Man-Made Electrical Maames
1993, Lamy.Ne* Mexico 87540.

as:

619 W.H. Bowart

In 1953, the book says, Lyne and seven others saw a flying saucer at u.
He studied its behavior, and after thinking about it for thirty years, published his
book which is a thought provoking piece of folk art Besides Lyne's caustic
rhetoric, the book contains his well executed original drawings of how a saucer
works, and photos of a celestial guidance system" from a WWE-vintage Nazi
Tfmse/ CGyratmg Saucer. 9 ) In the last pages, as a final gesture of

with the proviso:

...the purchaser or reader is notified of, and hereby understands and

1. That she or he assumes all physical risks of any harm to anyone
attendant to the constructing, testing, flying, or attempting to fly, a
flying saucer constructed as herein suggested;

2. that the author assumes no liability whatsoever...
purchaser or reader... hereby assumes complete

4. It is hereby agreed and understood that these plans are
hypothetical, provided only for the purpose of the investigation -
understanding of flying saucer theory, flight and consturciton, and
that the author gives no warranty, either express or implied, that a
flying saucer constructed according to these plans will work or be
safe to the operator or others...

Lyne writes:The magnitude by which electricity overcomes the force of gravity, is
rivaled only by the magnitude by which the lies of our government and the
Trilateralists have overcome our rationality. Justice, in redress of these crimes,
should be by public punishment of the traitors responsible. They have perverted
the instruments of democracy to seduce innocent minds...

"The secret government is... waging a subliminal brainwashing war against us, in
violation of our right to government only by our consent They are using movies,
T.V., books, magazines, children's stories, and all forms of propaganda, from the
cradle to the grave, to criminally undermine the very epistemological
underpinnings of rational existence. We have not "consented" to a fraud of which
we are unaware. To cut right through all the baloney, our govemment..(has)
created the whole "alien" scenario to brainwash us..."

Thus spake the common man, who, like most common men, hath remarkable
insights.

Operation Mind Control 620

Operation Mind Control 622

39

FALSE MEMORY SPEVDROME

Memory is illusive in some cases, vivid in others. A Roper poll conducted in 1993
suggested that up to 20 million people in North America may have memories of
"alien" abductions. In 1994 Dr. Colin Ross said that he heard someone on a CBC
radio broadcast say that they had evidence that 750,000 babies had been ritually
sacrificed. FBI ritual abuse "debunker" Kenneth banning in 1992 said that there
were 50,000 missing children in the U.S., which law enforcement reports said
people believed were " being murdered in human sacrifices..."

accepted statistics in 1993 were as follows: ^

♦ One out of three girls and one of of five boys would be sexually molsested
before the age of eighteen.

♦ A child was sexually abused every 2 minutes with over 95% of the abusers
being someone the child knows and trusts.

♦ For every case reported, there were twenty-five cases that went unreported.

♦ Only 5% of all sexual abuse cases ever went to court In 50% of those cases
the child was returned to the abuser.

♦ Approximately 97% of child prostitutes were incest victims.

♦ Child sexual abuse was a major cause of teenage suicide.

♦ One in ten homes were involved in child sexual abuse.

♦ A high percentage of abused children develop dissociative identity disorders.

Then, just as the legions of abused children (now grown to adulthood) were
beginning to remember satanic abuse, (the ranks of diagnosed cases of Multiple
Personality Disorder had reached 25,000 in the U.S.) and Harvard University's Dr.
John Mack was enjoying celebrity as the author of a book on alien abductions, and
about twenty percent of those diagnosed as suffering from Multiple Personality
Disorder 58 (MPD) were being discovered to have military or intelligence
backgrounds, a "robust and adroit" public relations effort was mounted against
those who were beginning to remember all sorts of details which related to their

*• Ross, MD.. Coha m *n interview with the author, Rou estimated that »bout 20% of hu patients it Charter

Hospital (which gets » cross-section of referred pabents from «D over the country) lad rmbtory or intelligence backgrounds.

623 W.H. Bowart

abuse as children. Groups were quickly formed to debunk such "nonsense." One
was spearheaded by a woman who was herself named by her daughter as a child
abuser. Her name was Pamela Freyd and her organization was the False Memory
Syndrome Foundation (FMSF) which sprang suddenly up from nowhere.

Dr. Randy Noblitt, wrote an article in The Newsletter of The Society for the
Investigation, Treatment and Prevention of Ritual and Cult Abuse* 59 which makes
the point well: "There is a long history of abuse of children and a lengthy tradition
of denial regarding such practices. Similar denial and mmimization of other
crimes against humanity include the Holocaust revisionists who deny or
rninimize the reality of the Nazi death camps. Another even more subtle example
of instituionalized denial, in this case by the perpetrators themselves, is reflected
in the efforts of a bogus organization called the Italian-American Civil Rights
League. Like the FMSF, which does not actually appear to be interested in the
broad subject of false memory, the Italian-American Civil Rights League was not
really created to promote the civil rights of Italian-Americans, something which
would, like the study of false memory, be a worthy cause. Instead, the
Italian-American Civil Rights League was primarily devised to deny the existence
of the Mafia. This organization ( founded by Joseph Colombo who was, at the
time, the head of a major New York crime family), was so powerful that it drafted
Governor Nelson Rockefeller as an honorary member and reputedly influenced the
production of the movie The Godfather to omit the word, Mafia, from its script It
is unfortunate that organizations which have been created to advocate some
unpopular cause (eg., the protection of alleged criminals and accused child
abusers) can legally utilize alternative terminology to describe their actual
agendas. However those involved parties in the mental health and related
professions may come under fire for violation of professional ethical constraints
which prohibit what may be considered to be false and misleading statements."

Rallying a roster of "prestigious names from the therapeutic community", this
group was an instantly solvent (it's budget soared to a half million dollars) and
most effective organization that put a lot of "spin" on the facts. On its quickly
assembled advisory board were psychologists and psychiatrists who were eager to
attack therapists of abused children and particularly therapists who were treating
people who suffered from MPD recently changed to Dissociative Identity Disorder
(DID) by the American Psychiatric Association.

Often ad hoc committees form spontaneously to meet a need, but that would not
seem to be the case with this group. This politically active group seems to have
been spawned by a self-centered individual who was more than a capable
propagandist In fact she was such a good propagandist and had such powerful
connections, it is not difficult to wonder if the cryptocracy might have used

* fendy Noblitt PhD.. MtJbpk Chatet: Whchofthe FoSomnp ts most laise- IAj TheMcmorp. (B) TV

Syndrome, or (C) The Foundation*, The N«wikttn- of The Society far the tov«3b^ boa Treatment iml Prevention ofRiUal
•nd CultAbuK, P.O. Box 835564. Rjchirdjon. Tens 75083-5564, VoL 1, Number 3.

Operation Mind Control 624

sociologist, Dr. Pamela Freyd's personal interests against her daughter's therapists
as a tool to confuse the therapeutic community and the courts and as a cover-up
for the unraveling reality of trauma based mind control. Or, Pamela Preyd,
founder of the FMSF, might have known of the cryptocracy's wide-spread use
and abuse of MPD children in their "black" arts programs, and used good common
sense to recruit her natural allies, the MKultra doctors who filled her board of
advisors along with a number of apparent paedophiles.

The cryptocracy most likely funneled money into the organization and otherwise
supported it, probably for the purpose of keeping secrets such as Project Monarch
and discrediting mind control "slaves" who knew where the bones were buried. As
far as anyone can tell, the FMSF's reason for being was to testify in court against
people who were remembering their abuse as children. The FMSF was not
interested in discovering proofs and descriptions which would help therapists
identify the alleged "syndrome" it had created.

A number of the leading psychoscientists have pointed out that there is actually
no clinical entity which is accepted within the community of health care providers
by the designation, False Memory Syndrome. According to Richard Lowenstein,
M.D., "FMS is a syndrome without signs and symptoms (the defining
characteristics of a syndrome)". Lowenstein observed that ""One agenda of at least
some members of this foundation seems to be that of creating a standard legal
defense for well-to-do individuals who may be sued by their children alleging
childhood sexual abuse." 260

Despite the "extreme skepticism" of the FMSF toward the possibility that ritual
abuse does occur, a survey by Perry (1992) showed that 88% of a large sample of
therapists across the US do believe that ritual abuse is a legitimate problem in
modem times. More and more therapists are catching on to the cryptocracy's
access and use of the MPD state for the purposes of organized criminal activity
and/or "intelligence" operations.

Pamela Freyd, Ph.D., is a sociologist, the mother of Professor Jennifer J. (J J.)
Freyd, Ph.D., of the University of Oregon, Department of Psychology in Eugene.
JJ. went into therapy in December 1990. She began to recover memories of her
parent's abuse of her as a child. By fall of 1991, six months after J J. went into
therapy, Pamela Freyd began writing derogatory things about her daughter and
protesting her memories as false.

On the NPR evening radio news show in 1992, "All Things Considered," reporter,
Wendy Schmelzer, said "For the last year, Dr. Freyd has criss-crossed the country
attending similar meetings; each time with the same message for her audience -
'you are not alone. My husband and I were also falsely accused,*"

RJ. Lowrmhea Pradorf, nieu^c BSMMDNtms. pp.UX D«c. 1992.

625 W.H. Bowart

^Pamela Freyd's daughter, J J., a psychotherapist and professor had to defend

claim has falsely accused theml ^ ^

"..My mother published her version of being falsely accused under the name 'Jane
Doe* and this published story has been circulated widely. Many people learn of the
Jane Doe story in such a way that they know it is about the Freyd family; others
learn the story without knowing the identity of the characters, but believing the
details to be accurate... As one clinician said at a national meeting recently about
the FMSF: "there is persuasive evidence that this organization grew out of one
family's feud that's overgrown its boundaries and come into the popular culture.'

"...The truth I wish to speak about., pertains to patterns of behavior. I will speak
about a pattern of behavior ray parents have exhibited toward me in my childhood
and continuing into the present a pattern of boundary violation, a pattern of
invasion and control, a pattern of inappropriate and unwanted sexualization, a
pattern of family and relationship dysfunction, and a pattern of intimidation and
manipulation..." J J. finally said in 1993 in a presentation entitled Theoretical and
Personal Perspectives on The Delayed Memory Debate which she presented for
The Center for Mental Health at Foote Hospital's Continuing Education
Conference: Controversies around recovered memories of incest and ritualistic
abuse in Ann Arbor Michigan... 263 And after months of keeping silent in the face of
her mother's nameless accusations, conservatively, scientifically, then personally
Dr. JJ. Freyd did speak:

"My parents are step-brother and -sister to each other. My mothers mother
married my father's father around the time my parents got married... My parents
are estranged from myself, my sister, and my uncle (my father's only sibling). My
parents' estrangement from my uncle originated almost 20 years ago.

"My parents have severely violated my privacy. They used the Foundation in a
personal way. Earlier this year, for instance, my mother wrote a personal letter to
my mother-in-law on FMSF letterhead, signing the letter with her title as
Executive Director. The letter, which is dated February 17, 1993, was hostile to
my husband and me, included the name of my therapist and implied that my
mother-in-law might be "cut off from the grandchildren." This entirely unsolicited
letter was deeply upsetting to my mother-in-law, a woman in her late 70s living
alone and with no desire to have contact with my parents (she had experienced
my father as verbally abusive and had avoided contact with him long before ray
husband raised the topic of my childhood sexual abuse with her). With her letter,
my mother included the FMSF brochure. This is embarrassing and painful to me.

* Preyd. Jennifer I, Ph. ft, Theoretical and Personal P t np td w t s on The Maged memorg Debate. A presentation

for The Center for Mental Health at Foot* Hospital's Continuing Education Conference: Controversies around recovered
memories of incest and ritualistic abuse, August 7, 1993, Aim Arbor. Michigan.

Operation Mind Control 626

It is as if the weight of a whole Foundation stands behind my mother's frenzied
denial of my reality..."

J J. read sections from an e-mail message from her father dated November, 1992,
in which he comments on her rejections of their offer to be on the FMSF advisory
board:

"The thing that is requiring a bit of work is preventing news stories in Oregon. We
have a lot of members not just from Oregon but with children who are in Oregon
involved in rather radical feminist (often lesbian) cult-like groups. We have been
trying to hold off coverage. You mentioned that friends are sending you stories
from around the country. Please note that these had to be sent to you: there
haven't been (at least to our knowledge) any stories printed in Oregon about the
FMS Foundation. My guess is that your views of most of the groups in question
wouldn't be that different from ours. The best way to control these stories when
they appear is to control them. Instead of avoiding them. I think it would serve
the interests of all of us if we established some communication about his stuff... I
am sorry that you so resent the extent to which we have gone public. I am sorry
that it didn't occur to me that you would so resent it I assumed that you would
know what we would do in a case like this: it surely is one of the more predictable
things I've ever done. (It would be totally out of character for me to keep my
mouth shut; even so, I did just that for over a year.) And when we asked you to
become an advisor of the Foundation I actually thought you would agree. I don't
mean that I was sure that you'd want your named used (I thought it possible) but
that you would want to be on our mailing list) I still insist on thinking of our
Newsletter, indeed the whole project as being primarily a way of communicating
with our daughters..."

JJ. continued by reporting "boundary violations" in this case, actions which
would be considered to be a breach of ethics in therapeutic circles: " For example,
" she said, "board member Harold Lief was my mother's psychiatrist for many
years. He explained to me that he did not believe I was abused because in the early
1980s, when he met with my father once or twice in order to admit him to Silver
Hill for treatment for alcoholism, he learned that my father's erotic fantasies were
'entirely homoerotic'. Now, I won't count it an ethical blunder to make the
unfounded argument that a man with homoerotic fantasies in a heterosexual
marriage is incapable of molesting his prepubescent daughter, but I do wonder
about the ethics of telling the daughter of his patient such information ~ did I ask
to know about my father's sexual fantasies? Most emphatically 'no!' "(FMSF)
Board members Ome and Wakefield were also names my parents first mentioned
to me in therapeutic, not collegial roles. For instance, Ome was consulted by Lief
about my father and I understand that this consultation included sessions with
my father. My mother asked me to call (Hollida) Wakefield (who is married to
board member Underwager) and discuss with her our family situation. In

627 W.H. Bowart

psychology, at least, there are very specific ethical codes about dual relationships
that would seem to be violated in these cases."

What J J. Freyd did not say was conspicuous among the FMSF's Advisory Board
was Dr. Martin T. Ome of MKultra fame was the head of the Office of Naval
Research's Committee on Hypnosis and helped develop the coercive use of
hypnosis for the cryptocracy. Ome also was the author of Patty Hearst's
"brainwashing" defense.

Dr. Ome, M.D., Professor of Psychiatry at the University of Pennsylvania and the
Institute of Pennsylvania Hospital in Philadelphia has long been an active
spy-chiatrist, a master mind manipulator, author of several CIA supported studies
on hypnosis in interrogation and related subjects of cryptocratic interest ( Ome
was also on the powerful Controlling Committee of the Council on Scientific
Affairs of the American Medical Association. Also on that crucial council were
Bernard L Diamond, an MD who hypnotized Sirhan Sirhan, and there were a
number of MKultra psycho-scientists.)

FMSF board members Hollida Wakefield and her husband Ralph Underwager
PhJ), Director of the Institute of Psychological Therapies at Northfield,
Minnesota, gave an interview in a Dutch paedophile magazine, Paidika. While
Wakefield remained guarded, sticking to the safe line of psychoscience, her
husband, Dr. Underwager spilled the beans saying, " Paedophiles need to become
more positive and make the claim that paedophilia is an acceptable expression of
God's will for love and unity among human beings."

Further in the interview Underwager said: "Of course, I'm not privy to God's will
I do believe it is God's will that we have freedom. I believe that God's will is that
we have absolute freedom. No conditions, no contingencies. When the blessed
apostle Paul says, 'AH things are lawful for me,' he says it not once but four times,
'All things are lawful for me.' He also adds that not everything works."

Underwager is the author of a number of publications on the subject of sexual
abuse of children which are frequently cited in legal cases. According to Dr.
Randy Noblitt, "One of his (Underwager's) major forensic works was found to
have numerous distortions and errors in a study supported by a grant from the
New England Commissioners of Child Welfare Agencies." 262

Not only are there Mkultran crypto spy-chiatrists on the False Memory Syndrome
Foundation's founding advisory board, there would also appear to have been
paedophiles at its helm.

*' filter. Anm C. PhD.. Accuracy o) Expert Testrmanp m ChM Sexual Abu* Cases A case stud, otkatph

Underwager and Hotida WaheMd, unpubfished monograph, cited by Randy NofahiitPhD. mMuUhpie Chore Hhth of the
FoQovmg ts the most false: (AJ The Memorf (B) The Syndrome, or (c) The Foundation, m VOU., No. 3, Newiietto- of The
Society for the investigation. Treatment and Prevention of Ritual and CuH Abuae. PaUWmter 199344.

Operation Mind Control 628

J J. Freyd continued with the rebuttal forced by her mother's mission to plant the
solid belief that "false memories" were the norm rather than the exception:

"I remember dancing nude in front of my father with a friend when we were each
9 or 10 years old. we were decorated as playboy bunnies (little bunny tails pinned
to our backs and so on). I remember my father communicating approval of the
nude dancing. I remember my father reading ray diary. He does not deny this, but
claims I 'wanted' him to read it because I left it in sight I remember my father
listening in on telephone calls by lifting another extension of the telephone when
my mother was on the phone. 1 remember ray father standing in the doorway
watching me kiss a boyfriend. 1 looked up from my boyfriend to discover ray
father standing there, still and silent I remember verbal abuse, often in front of
n on -family members.

"During ray childhood, my father sometimes discussed his own experiences of
being sexually abused as an 11 -year old boy. He discussed these experiences,
however, not in terms of 'abuse' but in terms of precocious sexuality. He called
himself a 'kept boy' and explained he later became a 'male prostitute*. He claimed
he eventually decided to become heterosexual because it would produce a better
life; he emphasized it was a matter of will to change his orientation. My father
encouraged me to read Nabokov's botita when I was of an age that allowed me to
identify with Lolita; he then discussed the book with me in the living room.

"One time," J J. Freyd continued, "when I was visiting ray parents house as a
young adult their dog started to "hump' a male visitor sitting in the living room.
My father then explained to those of us in the living room that the dog could
detect my or my sister's sexual interest in men and she then expressed that by
humping those men. More recently, I attempted to discuss this with my father,
expressing some of my confusion and feelings of violation about the event I asked
my father why he would say such a thing. He responded by telling me that dogs
can in fact detect sexual interest My father then told me a story about another
dog he had owned who clacked her teeth at menstruating women. When I
discussed with my parents one of the memories I had recovered, my mother's
reaction was that the memory had to be false because if the sexual event I was
remembering had actually occurred their dog would have made a lot of noise -
which ray mother would have heard - as dogs always joined, apparently noisily, -
in human sexual events...

"False Memory Syndrome - Destroying Families," J J. Freyd said. "For me, and
many others, the bitter irony is that the memories - false or true — did not
destroy healthy families... But my family was not simply a happy, healthy family.
It was a deeply troubled family, and its destruction did not begin simply by my
entering therapy at the age of 33."

629 W.H.Bowart

I to the overall picture of the False Memory Syndrome Foundation and its
disproportionate clout, Pamela Freyd sheds more light. In an interview with Dr.
David L. Calof, editor of Treating Abuse Today 263 , Freyd denied the veracity of
satanic abuse reports and the widespread reports of trauma fronT'alien"
abductions:

"We have been assured in several conversations that evidence of satanic activity of
the sort that has become a popular myth in our country simply does not exist It
must be obvious to rational people that accusations based on memories that
include satanic ritual are delusions of some sort. For those of us who are only
accused of 'run-of-the-mill incest,' this should turn out to be some help. If
'memories' of satanic abuse can be induced in therapy, then so can 'memories' of
incest or anything else."

Despite the extreme skepticism of Freyd's FMSF toward the possibility of ritual
abuse, a 1992 survey by N.E. Perry showed that 88% of a large sample of
therapists across the US beUeved that ritual abuse is a legitimate problem in
modem times. Dr. Randy Noblitt writes: "To ignore the outcries of children and
adults would be inhumane; to refuse to investigate their claims would not only be
an abandonment of civilized behavior, but it would also be unscientific, in science
we are taught to hold no prejudices about the universe nor human nature but
simply to gather data until we are able to distinguish genuine empirical
relationships from untenable theories. There is an accumulating body of data
which points to the reality of ritual abuse. As scientists, as humanitarian people
we cannot afford to abandon this inquiry." 264

One of the FSMF's board members, Elizabeth Loftus, Ph.D., is a professional
"expert witness" in legal matters, who presents the foundations skeptical view of
delayed memories of childhood sexual abuse. Judith Lewis Herman M D
Associate Clinical Professor of Psychiatry at Harvard and Mary R. Harvey.W D., a
Lecturer in Psychiatry at the same university answered Loftus' argument
"Because most child victims do not disclose sexual abuse while they remain under
the authority of their abusers, some states have extended their statutes of
limitation to allow adult survivors legal redress. Some of these reforms permit
action by survivors who experience delayed recall of the abuse after a period of full
or partial amnesia. A few highly publicized cases have been decided in favor of
adult survivors...

"Several independent large-scale studies have documented the nature and
prevalence of sexual assault in the United States," Herman and Harvey write. "In

CaJof, David L, 'A Convention with Pamela Preyd. PhD, Co-Pounder and Executive Director, Pake Memory
Syndrome Foundation, Inc., Part I." Treaano Abuse Today . VoL 3. No. 3, p 25, Corneal Training Pubbcaboni Inc. 2722
Eastlake Ave. E.. Suite 300. Seattle. Wa. 96102.

"* Nobbtt, Randy, PhD. in MuHxpk Choice.- Which of the FoOowtng is the most hist; (A) The Memory (B) The

Syndrome , or (C) The Foundation, VoL J., No. 3., Newsletter of The Society for the investigation. Treatment and Prevention
of Ritual and Cult Abuse, PaH-Winter 1993-94. P.O. Box 835564, Richardson. Texas 75063.

Operation Mind Control 630

these studies trained interviewers have obtained detailed information from large

community samples of adult women, revealing that rape, incest, and childhood
sexual abuse - defined in accordance with prevailing law - are common
experiences. The best study, by the sociologist Diana Russell, indicates that one
girl in three is sexually abused by age 18, one in four before age 14. Most abusers
are known and trusted people in a position of authority over the child. Many are
family members. This abuse is vastly under-reported, because offenders usually
succeed in silencing their victims. Probably less than 10% of child sexual abuse
cases come to the attention of protective agencies or police...

"The consensus of researchers is that false complaints by children are rare, in the
range of 2-8% of reported cases. False retractions of true complaints are far more
common, especially when the victim is insufficiently protected after disclosure
and therefore succumbs to intimidation by the perpetrator or other family
members who feel that they must preserve secrecy..."

Several researchers, deprog rammers and therapists told me that the memories
begin to flood in, and recovery begins, after the handler of a Project Monarch
survivor dies, or when the survivor ( if female) has their first child. Often, the
handler is one or both of the parents of the survivor.

"Working with 53 female patients in group therapy, most of whom reported
delayed recall after a period of partial or complete amnesia, Judith Herman and
Emily Schatzow found that the majority (74%) were able to obtain independent
corroborating evidence for the abuse. In some cases their stories were confirmed
by other family members or other victims of the same perpetrator. Some found
physical evidence such as pornographic photographs or diaries. In several cases
the perpetrators unapologetically admitted their actions, and a few even tried to
renew the sexual contact Five women (9%) found evidence that was strongly
suggestive but not conclusive. Six (11%) did not try to confirm their memories.
Only three (6%) could not find any supporting evidence. Although more research
is needed, these results suggest that delayed recall of sexual abuse is as verifiable
as any other form of disclosure.." Drs. Herman and Harvey reported.

Partial or even complete amnesia for childhood trauma is well documented. In a
follow-up study of 200 children who had been treated for sexual abuse, Linda
Meyer Williams of the Family Violence Research Laboratory at the University of
New Hampshire found that one in three did not recall the experiences that had
been documented in their hospital records 20 years before. "How much is
remembered depends on circumstances," Drs. Herman and Harvey said. " In
general the younger the child and the more violent the experience, the greater the
likelihood and the severity of amnesia..."

Delayed recall of traumatic events after a period of amnesia is also well
documented. The most recent example is the widely-publicized case of Father

631 W.H.Bowart

James Porter, a Catholic priest who, by his own admission, molested more than
100 boys and girls in several states. Many of Porter's victims, including the first to
come forward, testified that they had recalled the abuse after a period of amnesia.
"In these cases," Drs Herman and Harvey said, " both the fact of the abuse and the
phenomenon of delayed recall are beyond dispute.

The causes of delayed recall are poorly understood. Often it occurs when the
survivor is in her twenties or thirties, but we have seen it even later in life. A
common precipitant is a change in an intimate relationship. Memories may
surface when the survivor begins a sexual relationship, gets married, or has a
child, or when this child reaches the age at which the survivor was first abused.
Delayed recall may also occur when another victim of the same man discloses
abuse, as in the Porter case," Drs Herman and Harvey said. "Sometimes the
trauma is recalled only when the aging perpetrator dies, or falls ill and expects the
victim to care for him.

"When traumatic memories break into awareness, distress can be overwhelming.
Survivors are frightened, ashamed, depressed, and tormented by flashbacks or
nightmares. They may feel suicidal or fear they are going crazy. At such times
many people seek therapy. In our experience, they are far more likely to see a
therapist because they are troubled by new memories than to unearth new
memories at the instigation of a therapist Furthermore, the process of
uncovering one's history does not depend on a single memory. New Memories
must be gradually blended with old ones and alternative explanations weighed
until a coherent and largely verifiable account is constructed. No patient is eager
to discover that she was violated by people she loved and trusted. In fact, patients
tend to cling to their doubts long past the point where most impartial observers
would e convinced. That is why many therapists and self-help books encourage
survivors to have confidence in their suspicions.

"Some therapists do try to play detective, making unwarranted inferences about
their patients' histories without waiting for the story to unfold. But overzealous,
incompetent, or even frankly exploitative therapists do not have enough power or
influence over their patients to impose an elaborate form of mind control.
Psychotherapy cannot be compared with coercive interrogation; the power
imbalance between patient and therapist is not nearly so extreme. Most
psychotherapy is collaborative. Therapists often make suggestions, but patients
will respond only when those suggestions resonate with their own feelings and
experiences," Drs. Herman and Harvey said. Tf a therapist is on the wrong track,
most patients simply say so. If the therapist persists in pursuing a false
hypothesis, therapy is ineffective, and the patient will usually look elsewhere for
help.

"Legitimate concerns have been raised about the heightened risk of suggestion
when hypnotherapy is used. In our experience, however, most patients recover

Operation Mind Control 632

their memories without using hypnosis at all, and even those who do use :
rely on it as their main source of information. In a review of over 200 cases seen
in our trauma program this year, we could find only one in which a
her belief that she had been abused solely on a trance experience..."

While the False Memory Syndrome Foundation looks to Kenneth V.
Special FBI Agent, 266 for support in propagating the false belief that recovered
memories of child abuse and occult ritual abuse are false, many of Special Agent
Manning's comments go against Freyd and company's grain:

"We now have hundreds of victims alleging that thousands of offenders are
abusing and even murdering tens of thousands of people as part of organized
satanic cults..." Lanning admitted. But he added, "there is little or no
corroborative evidence. The very reason many "experts" cite for beueving these
allegations (i.e., many victims, who never met each other, reporting the same
events), is the primary reason I began to question at least some aspects of these

One of the suvivors of ritual abuse I interviewed, Darlene, explained the lack of
evidence this way: "We ate it.. Human beings taste like chicken, but it depends
upon the age of the person and the part of the body you eat Old people are
gamier, of course. They always told me the name of the person I was made to eat
It was more traumatic that way. Even if the person was dead when I first saw
them, they told me their name."

Lanning protests: " In response to accusations by a few that I am a 'satanist' who
has infiltrated the FBI to facilitate a cover-up, how does anyone ( or should
anyone have to) disprove such allegations? Although reluctant to dignify such
absurd accusations with a reply, all I can say to those who have made such
allegations is that they are wrong and to those who heard such allegations is to
carefully consider the source..."

"... I am concerned about the credibility of the child sexual abuse issue and
outraged that, in some cases, individuals are getting away with molesting children
because we cannot prove they are satanic devil worshipers who engage in
brainwashing, human sacrifice, and cannibalism as part of a large conspiracy..."

Control the memories of the victims. Keep the secrets buried
and screens and "scrambled" impressions. Control the law enforcement

"" Judith Lew Hrniun. MX)., is Associate Cluneal Prolessor of Psychiatry at Harvard Medical School and the author

of Trauma and Recovery ( Basic Books, 1992). Nary R. Harvey. PhD., is Lecturer in Psychiatry at Harvard Medical School
and the co-author (with Mary Koss, PhD.) of The Rape Victim: Oncol and CommunUg Interventions (§»&\9}\).t)e%.
Herman and Harvey are directors of the Victims of Violence Program at Cambridge Hospital Cambridge, Massachusetts
Comments quoted were taken from the June 1993 issue of American Psychologist, The Fabe Memo,, Debate: Social
Saerxx or Social Badiash?

m Lanrang, Kenneth V., hweshgaton Guide to AOegaaom or •RHuaV Chid Abuse, Behavioral Science Unit, Nabona)

Center for the Analysis of Violent Crime. Federal Bureau of Investigation, PB1 Academy. Quanbco. Virginia 22135, January,

633 W.H. Bowart

as the

False Memory Spindrome Foundation. Divide and conquer. The recipe for a
conspiracy of global dimensions?

But Lanning did concede that"... Most of these victims are also probably not lying
and have come to believe that which they are alleging actually happened..." That
was the least one could say, and the PSE quickly showed that, over and over.

And Lanning was correct when he said "...Some of what the victims allege may be
true and accurate, some may be misperceived or distorted, some may be screened
or symbolic, and some may be 'contaminated' or false..." but what percentages of
how many in which categories has yet to be determined. The "mental health"
community is just beginning to confront the kinds of cases this book presented
17 years ago. Was the lag engineered, or did it just take that long for the
psycho-scientists" and "spy-chiatrists" to retire or die of old age, so that younger

What a legacy to leave? An army of MPD's created by psycho-scientists (the
spy-chiatrists) left to their successors to deprogram. A lucrative self-serving

"-.Any professional evaluating victims' allegations of 'ritual' abuse cannot ignore
or routinely dismiss the lack of physical evidence (no bodies or physical evidence
left by violent murders); the difficulty in successfully committing a large-scale
conspiracy crime (the more people involved in any crime conspiracy, the harder it
is to get away with it); and human nature (intragroup conflicts resulting in
individual self-serving disclosures are likely to occur in any group involved in
organized kidnapping, baby breeding, and human sacrifice)." Lanning said. " If
and when members of a destructive cult commit murders, they are bound to
make mistakes, leave evidence, and eventually make admission in order to brag
about their crimes or to reduce their legal liability...."

But with a large, well-organized cryptocracy, which has mind control as its secret
to keeping secrets, with law enforcement agencies such as the FBI being part of
that cryptocracy, Lanning's argument barely holds water. What would Lanning
say about Waco? What would he have to say about The Finders?

"-.There are many children in the United States who, starting early in their lives,
are severely psychologically, physically, and sexually traumatized by angry,
sadistic parents or other adults. Such abuse, however, is not perpetrated only or
primarily by satanists. The statistical odds are that such abusers are members of
mainstream religions. If 99.9% of satanists and 0.1% of Christians abuse children
as part of their spiritual belief system, that still means that the vast majority of
children so abused were abused by Christians," Special Agent Lanning says.

Operation Mind Control 634

"Until hard evidence is obtained and corroborated, the public should not be
frightened into believing that babies are being bred and eaten, that 50,000
missing children are being murdered in human sacrifices, or that satanists are
taking over America's day care centers or institution," Yet Special Agent Lanning
says," No one can prove with absolute certainty that such activity has NOT
occurred. The burden of proof, however, as it would be in a criminal prosecution,
is on those who claim that it has occurred. The explanation that the satanists are
too organized and law enforcement is too incompetent only goes so far in
explaining the lack of evidence..."

FMSF director Pam Freyd said," We have been assured in several conversations
that evidence of satanic activity of the sort that has become a popular myth in our
country simply does not exist It must be obvious to rational people that
accusations based on memories that include satanic ritual are delusions of some
sort For those of us who are only accused of 'run-of-the-mill incest', this should
turn out to be some help. If memories of satanic abuse can be induced in therapy,
then so can 'memories' of incest or anything else. 267 '"

The Foundation circulated FBI Special Agent Ken Lanning's apology entitled:
Investigator's Guide to Allegations of'Rituar Child Abuse. When you read it you
discover it's no wonder the FBI can't find any abuse going on. They won't come
to a crime scene when they're called, or they arrest the complainant

Soon Lanning innocently admitted to a Vanity Fait' 68 reporter, therapist Leslie
Bennetts that he hadn't interviewed one single survivor anyway, keeping his
search for evidence "in house" interviewing mostly law enforcement officers and a
few therapists. (When the fact of this oversight was pointed out to him, Lanning
quickly rushed out and interviewed "several dozen" victims. The results were
apparently the same to Lanning - no evidence of any truth to their reports of
ritual abuse.)

Other board members of the FMSF are useful for adding "spin" to the reports of
"alien" abduction. Persinger has come up with a number of theories over the years
which serve to explain away the "alien" phenomenon as a "natural" occurrence.
One of his latest theories is that thousands of close encounters experiencers
(abductees) were suffering from an exceedingly rare temporal lobe disorder which
caused them to hallucinate the exact same things.

FMSF board member, Margaret Singer was very handy as an expert witness for a
particular career Air Force attorney with cryptocracy connections.

The FBI is part of the cryptocracy and according to the victims, one of the major
abusers. And since most of the arguments by disbelievers ultimately come down
to the question of evidence, the FBI's Kenneth Lanning's litany of denial is

» Preyd, Piroek. *Deir Pnends" tetter. Primary 20, 1992. -

*• Bennetts, Letbe, *Nghtrawts On Main Street' Vantg Fair, June 1993, p. 42.

635 W.H. Bowart

invoked: "1 have consulted on hundreds and hundreds of these cases in the last 10
years..." and he has failed to turn up any physical evidence of the kinds of
intergenerational cult activity alleged by the survivors.

Despite the fictional proofs offered on the Fox network's X-Files series, the same
is true of the claims of alien abductions. The FBI has turned up nothing ... official.

Prominent on the FMSF advisory board is Dr. George Ganaway, a psychiatrist and
director of the Ridgeview Center for Dissociative Disorders in Smyrna, Georgia.
Writing and lecturing widely on "alternative hypotheses for ritual-abuse claims,"
he points out that the patient population of MPD's is a highly suggestible one and
therefore susceptible to influence from outside sources like books, articles,
sermons, and lectures, movies and television shows, as well as the personal
testimony of other alleged cult survivors. But in fact it is no more highly
suggestible than the population at large.

"It is difficult for even the most socially isolated individual to avoid exposure to
stimulating material that has the potential for contaminating the memories of the
individual's personal life story," Ganaway told the American Psychological
Association's annual convention in 1991. He had a ready explanation for the
occult abuse "epidemic" it was "source amnesia," he saii in which the person
"doesn't remember they've read a particular book, seen a particular movie or TV
show, or heard a particular story from another patient, 26 *" but has nonetheless
"absorbed" the material from some outside source rather than experienced it
directly.

Dr. Ganaway warned that "hypnosis increases the subject's confidence in the
veracity of both correct and incorrect recalled material." In her article in Vanity
Fair, Leslie Bennett wrote, "This argument carried little weight with survivors
who have not undergone hypnosis," pointing out that the majority of survivors
have remembered most of their crucial scenes of trauma while they were driving a
car or in nightmares or flashbacks - not under hypnosis."

1994 was a landmark year for the FMSF. There was good news and bad news.

First the bad news: In August Kenneth Lanning retired from the FBI. The rumor
was that considerable pressure had been brought by local law enforcers on the FBI
to put someone more open to the Satanic ritual abuse issue in the office Lanning

OGCUZUfid.

The good news was Dr. Louis Jolyon "JoDy" West would address the conference
about his CIA sponsored research on Dissociative Identity Disorder. West was
among the group at the University of Oklahoma who were among the first to test
LSD on involuntary human subjects. He became famous for killing an elephant

Operation Mind Control 636

with an overdose of LSD. When West was on the Advisory Board of the Cult
Awareness Network he told a Satanic ritual abuse survivor that there was no such
thing as Satanic abuse. Later, as Director of the Neurophysicatric Institute and
chairman of the Department of Psychiatry at UCLA West became the "pet" of
Governor Ronald Reagan by proposing a Center for the Study and Prevention of
Violence which many believe was to be a cover for unbridled mind control
experiments on human subjects. (When asked by reporters how subjects would be
obtained who would submit themselves to West's brainwashing techniques, Ed
Meese replied, "We'll kidnap them.")

West was a part of a network of doctors and scientists who gathered intelligence
on hallucinogenic drugs for the MKULTRA program. He had proved himself to be
a cryptocracy-safe shrink who had been called upon to examine Jack Ruby, Lee
Harvey Oswald's assassin. It was on the basis of West's diagnosis that Ruby was
compelled to be treated for mental disorders and, according to the Napa Sentinal
"put on happy pills." The West examination had been ordered after Ruby began to
say that he was part of a right-wing conspiracy to kill President Kennedy. West
was also called upon to express his opinions in public on the mental state of
"David Koresh" in Waco, and in secret to consult with Psywar experts who were
trying out the latest psychological operations techniques during the long seige of
the Branch Davidian compound.

After January 11, 1973, when Governor Reagan announced plans for the Violence
Center, West wrote a letter to the then Director of Health from California, J J4.
Stubblebine:

Dear Stub:

I am in possession of confidential information that the Army is
prepared to turn over Nike missle bases to state and local agencies
for non-military purposes. They may look with special favor on
health-related applications.

Such a Nike missle base is located in the Santa Monica Mountains,
within a half -hour's drive of the Neuropsychiatric Institiute. It is
accessible, but relatively remote, the site is securely fenced, and

for prompt occupancy.

If this site were made available to the Neurophychiatric Institute
as a research facility, perhaps initially as an adjunct to the new
Center for the Prevention of Violence, we could put it to very good
use. Comparative studies could be carried out there, in an isolated
but convenient location, of experimental or model programs for the
alteration of undesirable behavior.

637 W.H. Bowart

Such programs might include control of drug or alcohol abuse,
modification of chronic anti-social or implusive agressiveness, etc.
The site could also accomodate conferences or retreats for
instruction of selected groups of mental-health related
professionals and of others (e.g., law enforcement personnel,
parole officers, special educators) for whom both demonstration
and participation would be effective modes of instruction.

My understanding is that a direct request by the Governor, or other
appropriate officers of the State, to the Secretary of Defense (or, of
courses the President), could be most lilrely to produce prompt
results.™

Some of the planned areas of study for the Center included:

♦ Studies of violent individuals.

♦ Experiments on prisoners from Vacaville and Aiascadero, and hyperkinetic
children.

♦ Experiments with violence-producing and violence inhibiting drugs.

♦ Hormonal aspects of passivity and agressiveness in boys.

♦ Studies to discover and compare norms of violence among various ethnic
groups.

♦ Studies of pre-delinquent children

The California State Legislature killed the center. Governor Reagan could not
understand the Legislature's concern that the project smelled of Nazi
psychoscience.

Add West's keynote speech at the December, 1994, FMSF Conference in
Washington, D.C. to the history of its board members and the cryptocracy's prints
become clear on the FMSF tool.

"* MirtiaHanyV,
1991. On line.

Operation Mind Control 638

40

DANGEROUS FREE THINKING

In an undisclosed location, at a secret conference, an emergency panel of five
psychiatrists and clinical psychologists met to discuss the alarming data they were
gathering about mind control, satanic ritual abuse, and alien programming from
patients diagnosed as suffering from Multiple Personality Disorder (MPD) also
called Dissociative Identity Disorder (DID). Due to what is, by the standards of a
conservative profession, the controversial content of this conference, and due to
the fact that many of the doctors have already received the strongest criticism
from their peers and threats on their lives, their identities must remain
undisclosed - you'll understand why as you read more.

Although delivered in a conversational tone without footnotes and scientific
documentation, there is a lot of technical information in this round-table
conference which should be of great use to therapists. For the lay reader a study
of the works of Milton Erickson or at least NLP would be helpful in explaining
what the doctors are talking about

The term "bloodline" refers to the practice of satanic ritual abuse which carries on
generation after generation under the belief that after several generations of
"conditioning" a "genetic memory" or a "blood memory" carries on the
information which has been programmed. This belief in "blood memory" can be
found in a variety of secret societies and not just in satanic cults. A person who is
of the "bloodline" is the offspring of parents who are in the cult, and often the
great, great, great, great grandchildren of cult members. Some survivors have
reported that the sophisticated form of programming described in this
conversation goes back more than 100 years and has been co-opted by the

Suffice it to know that the assembled doctors, men and women, are among the
most qualified in their profession. They are recipients of the top honors, awards
and degrees, members of all the most prestigious societies, editors of the most
influential journals. Researchers who are aware of the literature may think they
are able to identify some of the doctors by the content of their speeches, but it's

639 W.H.Bowart

important that they just ignore any failing on my part as an editor, overlooking
any speech patterns which may reveal their identities. For the sake of their safety,
and at their request, I have done my best to re-write this transcript - not for
content, but for style -- so that these doctors can never be identified.

After some preliminary remarks the host of the conference, Dr. A, began:

Dr A: I have been looking forward to this exchange for quite some
time and I hope we can cut right to the chase and talk specifically
about ritual abuse and about mind-control programming and
brainwashing - how it's done, how to get on the inside of it.

Dr. B: Until only recently I didn't believe it. I wasn't willing to discuss
it with colleagues such as you before, and I'm still not willing to
speak about it publicly.

Dr. C: I have done that in small groups and in consultations, but
recently I decided that it's time that somebody started doing
something about it.

Dr. D: So we're going to talk about specifics today?

Dr. E: At the international congress I heard about these de tails for the
first time. I thought, 'how weird." Interesting but weird."

Dr. B: I was there. I remember many people listened to an example
given of somebody who thought it was so idiosyncratic and rare.
Then a number of people came up to the doctor giving the example,
saying, "You're treating one, too? You're in Seattle. Well. I'm in
Texas!" Then another said I'm in Arizona!" And another said, "I'm in
Florida!" And another said, I'm in Ohio! and another was in California
and so forth...

I didn't know what to think at that point. I didnt understand the
mechanism or the meaning of dissociation to the state of mental
illness - all mental illness, and the state of mental health in the
nation...

Dr. D: I found my first ritual-abuse patient in somebody I was already
treating before we'd even gotten that deep into things. That case
made me very curious about the use of mind-control techniques and
hypnosis and other brainwashing techniques.

I started studying brainwashing and some of the literature in that
area and became acquainted with, in fact, one of the people who'd
written one of the better books in that area.

Operation Mind Control 640

Dr. A: I did a survey of the ISSMP&D [International Society for the
Study of Multiple Personality and Dissociation] folks. Picked out about
a dozen-and-a-half therapists that I thought were seeing more of it
than probably anyone else. I started surveying them.

The interview protocol that I used got the same reaction almost
without exception: "You're asking questions I don't know the answers
to... "You're asking more specific questions than I've ever asked my
patients."

Many of those same therapists said, "Let me ask those questions and
I'll get back to you with the answer." Many of them not only got back
with answers, but said, "You've got to talk to this patient or these
two patients."

Dr. D: I ended up making hundreds of dollars worth of phone calls
interviewing therapists. I interviewed just about everybody I could
find who would talk \o me. I came out of it with a grasp of a variety of
brainwashing methods being used all over the country.

Dr. C: I started to hear similarities too. Whereas I hadn't known, to
begin with, how widespread things were, I got a feeling that there
were a lot of people reporting similar things.

Dr. B: There must be a great deal of communication going on
between the clients.

Dr. E: Now it's about time there's an equal amount of communication
between the doctors on this taboo subject.

Dr. C: It's not a taboo, it's just the result of scientific skepticism...
Dr. E: Or fear...

Dr. A: Approximately four years ago I had some new material drop
into my lap. My source was saying a lot of things that I knew were
accurate about some of the brainwashing, but this was new material
I had no idea about.

At this point I decided to check it out in three ritual-abuse patients I
was seeing at the time. Two of the three had what they were
describing, in careful inquiry without leading or contaminating.

Dr. C: I did a telephone-consult with a therapist that I'd been
consulting for quite a number of months on an MPD case in another
state, I told her to inquire about certain things, after talking with you.

641 W.H.Bowart

I explained the idea in rough terms, but told her that I wasn't going
to relay any specifics because I wanted to take all precautions to
avoid any possibility of contamination.

She came back to me a couple of hours later and told me that she'd
just finished a session with a patient who said, Tm so excited that
you know about his stuff - this occult stuff. Now, if you know about
this stuff, you know how the Cult Programmers get on the inside.
Now our therapy is going to go so much faster." 1

Dr. D: Many of my patients have had a reaction of great anxiety and
fear rather than being happy that our knowing about the
programming is a wonderful thing.

Dr C: But the interesting thing was that she then asked, "What are
these things?" And she listed a number of things the client had told
her and they matched, word for word, the same things Dr. A had told
me.

Dr. A: I've since repeated that in many parts of the country. I've
consulted in twenty states and three foreign countries, giving
therapists information. I always warn everyone to be very careful
how you phrase it. You have to phrase it in ways so you dont
contaminate the answers.

Dr. B: When you start to find the same information in different states
and different countries, from Florida to California, you start to get an
idea that there's something going on that is very large, very well
coordinated, with a great deal of communication between people.
What's happening appears to be very systematic, dont you think?

Dr. A: I have gone from being kind of neutral and not knowing what
to think about it all to being someone who clearly believes ritual
abuse is real...

Dr. E: A poll showed 80% of us do.

Dr. D. The people who say ft isnt are naive like people who dont
believe the Holocaust happened...

ui. a. ...or — tney re curry.

Dr. B: Do you mean they're part of a satanic cult?

Dr. C: We all know the cults love to recruit doctors and lawyers and
policemen... or they're part of the government mind control
organizations...

Operation Mind Control 642

Dr. A: For a long time I would tell a select group of therapists that I
knew and trusted, information and say, "Spread it out. Don't say
where it came from. But here's some information. Share it with other
therapists. If you find it's on target, I'd appreciate your feedback."

People were hungry for more information.

Dr. B: Myself, as well as a few others, were hedging out of concern...

Dr. A: ... and out of fear. Therapists began receiving death threats at
about the same time we became aware of this mind control system. I
finally decided to hell with them. If they're going to kill me, they're
going to kill me. It's time to share information.

Dr. E: Wimps! Psychiatrists are generally a bunch of wimps. Worried
about the APA, worried about losing their licenses, worried about
lawsuits. They're under mind control themselves. Controlled by fear...
they're easy to scare...

Dr. C: Especially with law enforcement looking the other way about
ritual abuse...

Dr. A: Part of that happened because we proceeded so cautiously and
same thing.

So let's see if we agree. Let's discuss the access routes to
ritual-abuse progr ammin g. Let's see if we can come up with the
essentials to get inside and start working at a new level.

Dr. B: What proportion of patients have this?

Dr. A: I would guess that maybe somewhere around at least fifty
percent. Maybe as high as three-quarters, I would guess maybe
two-thirds of your ritual-abuse patients may have this.

Dr. B: What do you think the distinguishing characteristics are?

Dr. A: If they were raised from birth in a mainstream cult or if they
were a non-bloodline person, meaning neither parent was in the cult,
but cult people had a lot of access to them in early childhood, they
may also have it.

Dr. D: I have seen more than one ritual-abuse patient who clearly had
all the kind of ritual things you hear about. They talked about all the
typical things that you hear in this population, but had none of this
programming with prolonged extensive reinforcement.

643 W.H. Bowart

So I believe in one case I was personally treating that she was a kind
of schismatic break-off that had kind of gone off and done their own
thing and were no longer hooked into a mainstream group.

Dr. A: Here's where it appears to have come from. Before the end of
World War II, Allen Dulles and people from our Intelligence
Community were already in Switzerland making contact to get Nazi
scientists out. As World War II ended, they not only got rocket
scientists out, they also got out some Nazi doctors who had been
domg mind-control research in concentration camps.

W? Wam t *** "* Vi ° lation ° f Nuremberg Code and national

Dr. A: Yes, but just the same, the group that was to become the CIA
mougnt them to the United States. Among them was a young boy a
teenager, who had been raised in a Hassidic Jewish tradition with a
^r OU ^ of f^>alistic mysticism That appealed to people in the
occult - at least Aleister Crowley had introduced Cabalism into
Satanic cults at the turn of the century.

This young Hassidim must have saved his skin by collaborating with
the Nazi-satanists. He probably was their assistant in death-camp
experiments. He might have been one of their most deeply

Esxszzzr" ***** exampie of ** work - ^

He would become the one who developed the mind-control
operations for Military Intelligence in the United States.

Like so many of the Nazi doctors, the boy changed his name
Amencamzed it. He obtained an M.D. degree, became a physician
and continued the work that appears to be at the center of cult
Droaramminrr tnHow

His name is known to patients throughout the country.

Dr. D: What is it?

Dr. A: I'll get to that later.

Dr. D: Okay, so what's the formula. How does this programming

Dr. A: What they basically do is get a child about two-and-a-half -
after the child's already been made dissociative. The dissociation
progr ammin g can start at birth...

Operation Mind Control 644

Dr. D: I have a case that told me about being dunked into freezing
cold, then scalding hot water alternately as probably a very young

child...

Dr. A: One way or another they'll make the child dissociative. Not
only through abuse, like sexual abuse, but also through things like
putting a mousetrap on their fingers and teaching the parents, "Do
not go in until the child stops crying. Only then do you go in and
remove it."

The programming starts after the child already has Dissociative
Identities. It generally starts at about two-and-half. It kicks into high
gear, it would appear, at around six or six-and-a-half, and continues
through adolescence with periodic reinforcements in adulthood.

In the programming we're tracking to this particular doctor, the child
will typically be put on a gumey. They will have an IV in one hand or
arm. They'll be strapped down, typically naked. There'll be wires
attached to their head to monitor electroencephalograph patterns.

They will be shown a pulsing light, most often described as red,
occasionally white or blue. They'll be given, most commonly I
believe, Demerol. Sometimes it'll be other drugs as well, depending
on the kind of programming.

Dr. D: That means they have this down to a science...

Dr. A: Yes. They've learned to give just so much Demerol every
twenty-five minutes until the programming is done.

The patients describe experiencing a pain on one ear, their right ear
generally, where it appears a needle has been placed. They hear
weird, disorienting sounds in that ear while they're shown photic
stimulation which drives the brain into a brainwave pattern with
pulsing light at a certain frequency...

Dr. D: Sounds not unlike the goggles that are now available through
mail order stores - mindware, I think it's called.

Dr. A: Right. Then, after a suitable period when they're in a certain
brainwave state, they will begin programming, making suggestions
oriented to self-destruction and the debasement of their person

Dr. B: I had a patient who experienced this at about eight years of
age. He had gone through a great deal of early programming which
took place on a military installation

645 W.H.Bowart

Dr. D: That's not uncommon. I've treated or been involved with cases
who are part of this original mind-control project as well. They also
had their programming on military reservations.

Dr. A: We find a lot of connections with the CIA as well. I have this
patient now who was in a private cult school where several of these
sessions occurred every week.

She would go into a room, get all hooked up. They would place
electrodes on her. One in the vagina, for example, four on her head
Sometimes they'd be on other parts of the body.

They would then begin by saying to her, "You are angry with
someone in the group.

She'd say, -No, I'm not" and they'd violently shock her.

They would say the same thing until she complied and didnt make
any negative response. Then they would continue: -And because you
are angry with someone in the group/ or -When you are angry with
someone in the group, you will hurt yourself. Do you understand?"
She d say, "No" and they'd shock her.

Then they'd repeat it again, "Do you understand?" "Well yes but I

£«n 7^ '. " I ^ y ' d 8hOCk agam ^ ** compliance.
Then they kept adding to it: "And you will hurt yourself by cutting

yourself. Do you understand?" Maybe she'd say yes, but they might

say, "We dont believe you" and shock her anyway. 'Go back and go

over it agam" And they would continue in this sort of fashion

She said typically it seemed as though they'd go about thirty
minutes, take a break, then come back. They may review what they'd
done and stop or they might review what they'd done and go on to

She said the sessions might go half an hour, or they might go three
hours. She estimated that this programming took place on an
average of three times a week

Dr. D: But about this programming with sound. Now how did that
happen?

Dr. A: It was programming under the influence of drugs which would
maintain a certain brainwave state. Confusing noises were played in
one ear and they would be speaking in the other ear, usually the left
ear. This is associated with right hemisphere non-dominant brain
functioning. It would require intense concentration of the victim. They

Operation Mind Control 646

were made to memorize things upon which they would be tested and
shocked if they missed a question...

Dr D: That's basically how a lot of programming goes.

Dr. A: Some of it'll also use other typical brainwashing kinds of
techniques -- isolation, deprivation of food, sleep, and water. There
will be very standardized types of hypnotic things done at times.

Dr. D: We know stress and sensory deprivation and starvation
increases suggestibility in anyone.

Dr. A: From the research it appears that total sensory deprivation -
isolation tank type deprivation - the low budget operations and the
cult operations lock the victim in a coffin.

Dr. D: I have a patient from an old German family who reports that
these techniques go back in her family more than one hundred years.

Dr. A: Well, I know all of us here are trained in Ericksonian methods.
And the understanding of that procedure seems to be the key to
unlocking this programming.

Dr. E: Probably one of the differences is the anchoring. A lot of
therapists don't know the value of kinesthetic anchoring.

Dr. A: That's probably true. But to find out if a client has been
programmed this way, I would suggest you inquire asking for
ideomotor finger-signals.

After you've set them up say, 1 want the central inner core of you to
take control of the finger-signals."

Dr. B: Don't ask the unconscious mind.

Dr. A: When you're inquiring about ritual abuse, you're
co mmuni cating with the central inner core. The core is a cult-created
part.

So you might want to say: 'And I want that central inner core of you
to take control of this hand of these finger-signals. To say yes, let the
yes-finger float up.

Then you say, "I want to ask the inner core of you is there any part of
you, any part of Mary, if that's the host's name, who knows anything
about Alpha. Beta, Delta, or Theta.

647 W.H. Bowart

Dr. C: If you get a Yes, you might have someone with formal intensive
brainwashing and programming in place?

Dr. A: I would then say, "I want a part inside who knows something
about Alpha, Beta. Delta, and Theta to come up to a level where you
can speak to me and when you're here say, 'I'm here.'"

I would not ask if a part was willing to. Without leading them, ask
them what these things are.

Dr. D: Sometimes I've gotten a "Yes" to that. Then as I've done further
exploration it appeared to be some kind of compliance response or
somebody wanting to appear that they were ritually abused. With
careful inquiry, it became obvious that they did not have what we
were looking for.

Dr. A: Tell us what these are.

Dr. D: Let's suppose you have a client who has an alter named Helen
and one named Mary, and one named Gertrude, and one named
Elizabeth, and one named Monica. Every one of those alters may have
a program put on it, perhaps designated alpha-zero- zero-nine.

You could say, ' Alpha-zero-zero-nine" make some kind of hand
gesture to indicate this. By this means you could get the same part
out in any one of them even though they have different names by
which they may be known.

-

Alphas appear to represent general programming, the first things put

in.

Betas appear to be sexual programs. For example, how to perform
oral sex in a certain way, how to perform sex in rituals, having to do
with producing child pornography, directing child pornography,
prostitution.

Deltas are killers trained in how to kill in ceremonies. The re 11 also be
some self-harm stuff mixed in with that, assassination and killing.

Thetas are called psychic killers...

Dr. B: You know, I had never in my life heard those two words paired
together.

Dr. A: I'd never heard the words "psychic killers" put together either,
but when you have people in different states, including therapists
inquiring and asking, "What is Theta," and clients are saying to them

"psychic killers, " it tends to make one a believer that this
programming is very systematic and very widespread.

This comes from their belief in psychic abilities and powers
including their ability to psychically communicate with "mother" or
their ability to psychically cause somebody to develop a brain
aneurysm and die. It also is a future-oriented kind of programming.

Then there's Omega. I usually don't include that word when I ask my
first question about this or any part inside that knows about Alpha
Beta, Delta, Theta because Omega will shake them even more
Omega has to do with self-destruct programming. Alpha and Omega,
the beginning and the end. This can include self-mutilation as well as
SUlClde progr ammin g

Gamma appears to be system-protection and deception programming
which will provide misinformation to you, try to misdirect you tell
you half-truths, protect different things inside. There can also be
other Greek letters.

I'd recommend that you get the entire Greek alphabet if you have
verified that some of this stuff is present and they have given you
some of the nght answers about what some of this material is I can't
underline enough: DO NOT LEAD THEM. Let them answer on their
own, please.

I would take your entire Greek alphabet and, with ideomotor signals
go through the alphabet and say. Is there any programming inside '
associated with epsilon, omicron," and go on through. There may be
some systematic procedure with some of the other letters.

I've found, for example, in one case that Zeta had to do with the
production of snuff films that one person was involved with. With
another person, Omicron had to do with their linkage and
associations with drug smuggling and with the Mafia and with big
business and government leaders.

So there's going to be some individualism, I think

Some of those are come-home programs, 'come back to the cult',
"return to the cult" program. Here's the flaw in the system. They have
built-in shut-down and erasure codes so if they got into trouble they
could shut something down and they could also erase something.

These codes will sometimes be idiosyncratic phrases, or ditties.
Sometimes there will be numbers followed by a word.

649 W.H. Bowart

Dr. D: If we all can get some of these maybe they'll work with
different people.

Dr. A: No such luck. It's very unlikely unless they were programmed
at about the same point in time as part of the same little group, by
the same programmers.

Dr. B: What I've seen suggests that the programmers carry laptop
computers which keep track of everything that they did twenty, thirty
years ago in terms of the names of alters, the programs, the codes,
and so on.

Dr. C: What do you do to get erasure codes?

Dr. A: I always ask, "If I say this code, what will happen?' Double
check. "Is there any part inside who has different information?"
Watch your ideomotor signals. What I've found is you can erase
programs by giving the appropriate codes, but then you must abreact
the feelings.

Start by erasing Omega, which is often where I've started because
it's the most high risk Afterwards I will get all the Omega - what
were formerly Omega - alters together so that we will abreact and
give back to the host the memories associated with all the
programming that was done with Omega and anything any Omega
part ever had to do in a fractionated abreaction. They use the
metaphor -- and it is their metaphor - of robots. And it is like a robot
shell comes down over the child alter to make them act in a robotic
fashion.

Once in a while internally you'll confront robots. That's what I found
from earlier work So now I speed the process up because I confirnied
it enough times. Now I say to the core, "Core, I want you to look -
there's this robot blocking the way in some way, blocking the
progress. Go around and look at the back of the head and tell me
what you notice on the back of the head or the neck" I just ask it very
non-leading like that and what's commonly said to me is that there were
wires or a switch. So 111 tell them, "Hold the wires or flip the switch
and it will immobilize the robot and give me a yes-signal when
you've done it." Pretty soon you get a yes-signal.

"Great. Now that the robot is immobilized. I want you to look inside
the robot and tell me what you see." It's generally one or several
children. I have them remove the children. I do a little hypnotic magic
and ask the core to use a laser and vaporize the robot so nothing is
left. They're usually quite amazed that this works, as have been a
number of therapists.

Operation Mind Control 650

Dr. C: Now there are many different layers . This is a problem... What
we have up here are innumerable alters.

Dr. A: I'll tell you one of the fascinating things I've seen. I remember
a little over a year ago coming in to see some cases - some of the
tough cases at a dissociative-disorder unit. I was accompanied by a
couple of the finest of the MPD therapists in this country, who are
always part of all the international meetings, have lectured
internationally... We worked together and I looked at some of their
patients. They were amazed at certain things I did because they had
not been aware of this before.

We worked with some of the patients and confirmed some of the
things we're talking about today. I remember one woman who'd been
inpatient for three years, still was inpatient. Another who had one
intensive year of inpatient work with all the finest MPD therapy you
can imagine - abre actions, integrations, facilitating cooperation, art
therapy, on and on, joumaling intensively for one inpatient year
followed by an intensive year of outpatient therapy two or three
hours a week...

In both patients we found out that all of this great work had done
nothing but deal with the alters on top and had not touched the
mind-control programming. In fact it was not only intact, but we
found that the one who was outpatient was having her therapy
monitored every session by her mother, out-of-state, over the
telephone, and that she still had intact suggestions that had been
given to her at a certain future time to kill her therapist.

Dr. D: I get the very uncomfortable feeling from my past experience
that when we look at this we will find the large proportion of
ritual-abuse victims in this country are having their ongoing therapy
monitored.

Dr. C: I remember a woman who came in about twenty-four years old,
claimed her father was a satanist. Her parents divorced when she
was six. After that her abuse would occur only when her father had
visitations and he would take her to rituals sometimes up until age
fifteen. She Baid, 1 haven't gone to anything since I was fifteen"

Her previous therapist took this at face value.

We sat in my office. We did a two-hour inquiry using hypnosis. We
found the programming present. In addition to that we found that
every therapy session was debriefed and in fact they had told her to
get sick and not come to the appointment with me.

651 WMBowart

Dr. B: I had a client who was told that I was a member of the cult
and that if she came I would know that she'd been told not to con
and I would punish her.

Dr. A: If anything meaningful comes out in a patient who's being
monitored like that - from what I've learned thus far, they're tortured
with electric shocks - my belief is, if they're in that situation you
can't do meaningful therapy other than being supportive and caring
ancUetting them know you care a lot and you'll be there to support

I wouldn't try to work with any kind of deep material or
deprogramming with them because I think it can do nothing but get
them tortured and hurt unless they can get into a safe secure
inpatient unit for an extended period of time to do some of the work
required.

Dr. C: I suspect that when we make inquiries we're going to find that
probably greater than fifty percent of these patients, if they're
bloodline, meaning mother or dad or both are involved, they will be
monitored on some ongoing basis.

?\ A: J* when you ffo below the alters, you then have Alpha, Beta
Delta Theta. so on and so forth - the Greek-letter programming -
and they will then have backup programs. There will typically be an
erasure code for the backups. There may be one code that combines
all the backups into one and then an erasure code for them, simply
one code that erases all the backups.

So I will get the code for, let's say, Omega and for all the Omega
backups at the same time. After I've asked "What will happen if I give
this,' I will give the code and then I will say, 'What are you
experiencing?"

They often describe computer whirring, things erasing, explosions
inside, all sorts of interesting things. I've had some therapists come
back and say, "My Lord, I never said anything about robots. She said
something about robots vaporizing. 1

I remember one therapist who'd been with me in several hypnosis
workshops and consulted with me about a crisis MPD situation. I told

She did.

She got back to me saying, "Yeah, I got an indication it's there. What
is it?" I said. "I'm not going to tell you. Go back and inquire about
some of this." We set an appointment for a week or so hence.

Operation Mind Control 652

She got back with me and said, "I asked what Theta was and she
said, 'psychic killers. 1 1 asked her what Delta was and she said
•killers."'

I told her what I've just told you, and she called back later and said,
This seemed too fantastic. I heard this and I thought, 'Has Dr. A
been working too hard?"'

She said, Tm embarrassed to admit it, but this sounded so off in the
twilight zone that I really thought you were having a nervous
breakdown or something.'" She said, "But I respected you enough to
ask about this." She said, "I asked another MPD patient and she didn't
have any of this."

This patient started describing things. She described how she
worked, for example, with an erasure. She described robots
vaporizing and that kind of thing. The therapist said, "I hadn't told her
about any of these things."

There are different layers and I think some of them are designed to
keep us going in circles forever. They figured we probably, in most
cases, wouldn't get below the alters which they purposefully created.

The way you create a Manchurian Candidate is you divide the mind.
It's part of what the intelligence community wanted to look at.

If you want to get an assassin to do something, you divide the mind.

Dr. D: I'm fascinated about cases like the assassination of Robert
Kennedy. Bernard Diamond, on examining Sirhan Sirhan found that
he had total amnesia of the killing of Robert Kennedy, but under
hypnosis could remember it. But despite suggestions he would be
able to consciously remember, Sirhan could not remember a thing
after he was out of hypnosis.

Dr. C: I'd love to examine Sirhan Sirhan

Dr. D: It appears that below this we've got some other layers. One is
called "Green Programming" it appears.

Dr. B: Isn't it interesting that the doctor's name is Dr. Green?

Dr A: One of the questions in a way that does not contaminate is ~
after I've identified some of this stuff is there and they've given me a
few right answers about what some of it is, I ask — "If there were a
doctor associated with this programming and his name were a color,
you know, like Dr. Chartreuse or something, if his name were a color,
what color would the color be?"

653 W.H.Bowart

Once in a while I've had some other colors mentioned in about three
or four patients that I felt were trying to dissimulate in some way. In
one case I got another color and I found out later it was a doctor
whose name was a color who was being trained by Dr. Green almost
thirty years ago and he supervised part of the programming of this
woman under this doctor.

I remember one woman couldn't come up with anything No alter
would speak up with anything. I said, "Okay: and we went on to
some other material. About two minutes later she said, "Green. Do
you mean Dr. Green?" We found this all over. There appears to be
some Green Programming below that and I suspect that you get
down to fewer and more central programs the deeper you go Well
all Green Programming is Ultra-Green and the Green Tree.

Cabalistic mysticism is mixed in this. If you're going to work with this
you need to pick up a couple of books on the Cabala. One is by a man
named Dion Fortune who called it "Qabala" with a "q." Another is by
Ann Williams-Heller and it's called The I

I knew nothing about the Cabala. It was interesting. A patient had
sat m my waiting area, got there considerably early and drew a
detailed multicolored Cabalistic Tree over two years ago. It took me
two months to figure out what it was. Finally, showing it to
somebody else who said, "You know? That looks an awful lot like the
Cabala Tree" and that rang a bell with some esoteric symbols I'd seen
in an old book and I dug it out.

Now the interesting thing about the Green Tree is his original name
was Greenbaum. What does "greenbaum* mean in German? It means
Green Tree, and Ultra-Tree. I've also had patients who didn't appear
to know that his original name was Greenbaum, volunteer that there
were parts inside named Mr. Greenbaum

Let me give you some information about parts inside that may be
helpful to you if you're going to inquire about these things, because
my experience is one part will give you some information and either
run dry or get defensive or scared and stop. There are several other
parts to ask for. When screening patients throw in a bunch of
spurious ones and ask, "Is there a part inside by this name and by
that name" as a check on whether or not it appears genuine.

For example. In addition to the core," I ask, "is there a part inside
named Wisdom?" Wisdom is a part of the Cabalistic Tree. Wisdom,
I've often found, will be helpful and give you a lot of information. "Is
there a part inside named Diana?" I mean I may throw in all sorts of
things. "Is there a part inside named Zelda?" I've never encountered

Operation Mind Control 654

one yet! Just to see what kind of answers we get. I try to do this
carefully. Diana is a part that, in the Cabalistic system, is associated
with a part called the Foundation. You might be fascinated to know
that.

Remember the Process Church? Roman Polanski's wife, Sharon Tate,
was killed by the Manson F amil y who were associated with the
Process Church? A lot of prominent people in Hollywood were
associated with it and then it went underground, the books say, in
about seventy-eight and vanished? Well, they're alive and well in
southern Utah. There's a thick file in the Utah Department of Public
Safety documenting that they moved to southern Utah, north of
Monument Valley. They bought a movie ranch in the desert,
renovated it, and built additional buildings. The place is carefully
monitored so that it's restricted to very few people. It has a different
name, of course.

A key word in their name is "Foundation." The Foundation. There are
some other words. The Foundation is part of the Tree. So you can ask,
"Is there something inside known as The Foundation?" You might ask
other things to throw people off. "Is there something known as the
Sub-Basement?" Well, maybe they'll conceive of something. Or "Is
there something known as the Walls?"

There are a variety of questions you can come up with, to screen
things. I've also found that there will often be a part called "Black
Master," a part called "Master Programmer," and that there will be
computer operators inside.

Dr. C: I've come into a number of clients with computer operators.
How many of you have?

(All raise their hands.)

Dr. A: There will typically be computer operators: Computer Operator
Black, Computer Operator Green, Computer Operator Purple.
Sometimes they'll have numbers instead, sometimes they'll be called
Systems Information Directors.

I will ask inside, "Is there a part inside named Dr. Green?" You'll find
that there are, if they have this kind of programming, in my
experience. Usually with a little work and re framing, you can turn
them and help them to realize that they were really a child-part who's
playing a role and they had no choice then, but they do now.

You know, they played their role very, very well, but they don't have
to continue to play it with you because they're safe here and in fact,

655 WM.Bowart

"If the cult simply found out that you talked to me. that you had
shared information with me, what would they do to you?"

Emphasize that the only way out is through me and that they need
to cooperate and share information and help me and that I'll help
them. So all these parts can give you various information

We were going along and a patient was close to getting well,
approaching final integration in a non-bloodline and she suddenly
started hallucinating and her fingers were becoming hammers and
other things like that. So I used an affect-bridge and we went back
and we found that what happened was that they gave suggestions,
that if she ever got well to a certain point she would go crazy.

The way they did this was they strapped her down and they gave her
LSD when she was eight-years-old. When she began hallucinating
they inquired about the nature of the hallucinations so they could
utilize them in good Ericsonian fashion and build on them and then
combine the drug-effect with powerful suggestions: "If you ever get
to this point you will go crazy. If you ever get fully integrated and get
well you will go crazy like this and will be locked up in an institution
for the rest of your life."

They gave those suggestions vigorously and repetitively. Finally they
introduced other suggestions that, "Rather than have this happen, it
would be easier to just kill yourself." In a bloodline patient then, as I
began inquiring about deep material, the patient started to
experience similar symptoms. We went back and we fo und the
identical things were done to her.

This was called the "Green Bomb." B-O-M-B. Lots of interesting
internal consistencies like that play on words with Dr. Greenbaum,
his original name.

Now in this case it was done to her at age nine for the first time. Hers
was a suggestion for amnesia. If you ever remember anything about
Ultra-Green and the Green Tree you will go crazy. You will become a
vegetable and be locked up forever." Then finally the suggestions
added, "And it'll be easier to just kill yourself than have that happen
to you, if you ever remember it."

At age twelve then, three years later, they used what sounds like an
Amytol interview to try to breach the amnesia. They couldn't. So then
they strapped her down again, and gave her something to paralyze
her body. Then they gave her an even bigger dose of LSD and

reinforced all the suggestions. They did a similar thing at the age of

• §

sixteen.

Operation Mind Control 656

So these are some of the kinds of booby traps you run into. There are
a number of cases where they combined powerful drug effects like
this with suggestions to keep us from discovering some of this
deeper level stuff.

I think that we can move down to deeper levels and if we deal with
some of the deeper level stuff it may destroy all the stuff above it. But
we don't even know that yet. In some of the patients I'm working
with we have pretty much dealt with a lot of the top-level stuff.

We'll erase one system like Omega. Then we will have a huge
abreaction of all the memories and feelings in a fractionated
abreaction associated with those parts.

I typically find 1*11 say to them, "Now that we've done this, are there
any other memories and feelings that any parts that were Omega still
have?"

The answer is usually "No." At that point I will say, "I usually find at
this point in time the majority, if not all, of those parts that used to be
Omega no longer feel a desire or need to be different, realizing that
you split off originally by them and want to go home to Mary (or
whoever the executive alter is) and become one with her again."

I use the concept often now - which came from a patient - of going
home and becoming one with her. "Going back from whence you
came" is another phrase I'll use with them. "Are there any Omega
parts inside who do not feel comfortable with that or have
reservations or concerns about that?"

If there are, we talk to them We deal with them. A few may not
integrate.

My experience is most of the time they'll integrate and we may
integrate twenty-five parts at once in a polyfragmented complex
MPD.

I think it is vitally important to abreact the feelings before you go on
Also for many patients it hasn't seemed to matter which order we go
in, but I've found a couple where it has. If it doesn't seem to matter

potential, then Gamma to get rid of the self-deception stuff.

What I will do before I just assume anything and do that, is once
we've done Omega and showed them that success can occur and
something can happen and they feel relief after, I will say to them, "I

657 W.H. Bowart

■ is there a specific order
in which programs must be erased?"

You know, maybe it doesn't matter but most of the time I found "No."
There are cases where we found "Yes."

I recommend doing one or two or three of those because they'll
produce relief and a sense of optimism in the patient. But then I
would recommend starting to probe for the deeper level things and

go.

Dr. D: What has been the typical age and typical gender of this type
of person?

Dr. A: Most of the patients I know with MPD ritual abuse that are
being treated are women, however. I know of some men being
treated where we've found this.

A while back I was talking to a small group of therapists somewhere
I told them about some of this. In the middle of talking about some of
this all the color drained out of one social worker's face and she
obviously had a reaction and I asked her about it and she said, I'm
working with a five-year-old boy who, just in the last few weeks, said
something about a Dr. Green" I went on a little further and I
mentioned some of these things and she shook her head again.

I asked, -What's going on?" And she said, Tie's been spontaneously
telling me about robots and about Omega."

I think you will find variations of this and that they've changed it,
probably every few years and maybe somewhat regionally to throw
us off in various ways but that certain basics and fundamentals will
probably be there. I have seen this in people up into their late forties
including people whose parents were very, very high in the CIA. I've
had some that were originally part of the Monarch Project which is
the name of the government Intelligence project.

Dr. B: I'm still not grasping how one starts, how you find out how to
erase. How do you get that information?

Dr. A: Because they believe in that kind of thing I'U use it. Whatever
it is. I might say: "I want the core - if necessary, using the telepathic
communication ability you have to read minds — to obtain for me the
erasure code of all Omega programs. When you've done so, I want
the

Operation Mind Control 658

Then I ask them to tell it to me. "Are there backups for Omega
programs?"

Let's say it's made up of different numbers. I ask them: "Is there an
erasure code for all the backup programs?"

If they say ,*No," I'll ask ."Is there an erasure code that combines all
the backups into one?"

If they say -Yes," I suggest that they obtain that code for me and
when they've got it, give me the yes-signal again.

It can move almost that fast in some cases where there's not massive
resistance.

Dr. E: Tell us what you know about the risks to the therapist?
[Laughterl

Dr. A: You would have to ask.

Dr. E: I'd like to know that. What kind of data do you have - given
that you've had contact with large numbers of people. Not just
threats but also any injury, any family problems that have arisen. A
second question is, are you aware of anybody that you've treated - or
others — with this level of dissociation and trauma that have
recovered? Integrated? Are now whole and happy?

Dr. A: I have one non-bloodline complex multiple who had this kind of
programming. The programmers had a lot of access to the patient as
neighbors. And, by the way, you'll find physicians heavily involved
with cults doing ritual abuse and mind control. The cults recruit their
own doctors as part of their protection. Some of the doctors are
themselves programmed. It's quite common to suspect that the
majority of the programmers are programmed.

They encourage their own to go to medical school, to prescribe drugs
to take care of their own, to get access to medical technology and be
above suspicion. There have been a couple, in fact, who've been
nailed now. At least one state I know of has two full time ritual-abuse
investigators with statewide jurisdiction under the Attorney
General's Office who do nothing but investigate ritual abuse.

So, the FBI or the False Memory Syndrome Foundation says There's
no evidence. They've never found a body." that's baloney. They found
a body in Idaho of a child. They've had a case that was convicted on

If they say, "Yes," I ask them, "How many backups are there?'

659 W.H.Bowart

first-degree murder charges, two people before that were arrested
where the teenaged girl's finger and head were in the refrigerator
and they were convicted of first-degree murder in Detroit.

There have been cases and bodies.

Dr. D: Back to risk.

Dr. A: I know of no therapist who's been harmed. But patients inform
us that there will come a future time where we could all be at risk of
being assassinated by patients who've been programmed to kill at a

certain time anyone that they've told and any member of their own

family who's not active. Whether that would come about is
speculative. Who knows for sure? I dont think it's entirely without
risk.

We've heard the patients say, many, many of them say that the year
1999 is the year the alters programmed to kill will kill their therapists
and anyone who knows about them Some have reported to be
programmed to kill people in public places. That, apparently is the
year when the satanic New World Order is going to take over in the
wake of the chaos created by these, alleged, hundreds of thousands
of hypnoprogrammed killers being turned loose on North America...

Dr. C: It seems to me that there's some similarity between this kind
of programming and those people who claim that they've been
abducted by spaceships and have been physically probed and
reprogrammed and that sort of thing. I'm wondering, is there any sort
of relationship between this and that?

Dr. E: I've found the alien abduction scenario in a lot of patients. And
I'm firmly of the belief that those people are in fact ritual-abuse
victims who have been programmed with that sort of thing to destroy
all their credibility.

If somebody's coming in and reporting they've been abducted by a
flying saucer, who's going to believe them on anything else in the
future?

I recently had a telephone consult with Dr. A. who told me, if it were
him being with this guy that I'd been seeing for a couple of months,
he'd ask for the core to take control of finger-signals and inquire
about Alpha, Beta, Delta, Theta. I proceeded to do all that and found
it was just like Dr. A said it might be, there was a part inside named
Dr. Green There was this kind of programming.

Operation Mind Control 660

Dr. C: What's the difference between this kind of program and
cult-type abuse and satanic abuse in the kind of cults with the
candles?

Dr. A: This type of programming will be done in the cults with the
candles and all the rest. My impression is that this is simply done in
people who they have great access to, or to bloodline people, people
whose parents are involved so that they can be raised in it from an
early age. If they are not bloodline they are the "chosen generation."
They're expendable and they are expected to die and not get well.

There will be booby traps in your way if they aren't bloodline people
that when they get well they will kill themselves. VU tell you just a
little about that.

My belief is that some people that have ritual abuse and dont have
this have been ritually abused but they may be part of a
non-mainstream group. The satanism comes in the philosophy
overriding all of this.

Dr. C: What's the purpose of it?

Dr. A: My best guess is that the purpose of it is that they want an
army of Manchurian Candidates, hundreds of thousands of mental
robots who will do prostitution, child pornography, smuggle drugs,
engage in international arms smuggling, snuff films , all sorts of very
lucrative things and do their bidding and eventually the
megalomaniacs at the top believe they'll create a Satanic Order that
will rule the world.

Dr. C: You have suggested and implied that at some point at a high
level of the U.S. Government there was support for this kind of thing.
What documentation is there?

Dr. A. There is some documentation. One of our leading colleagues is
writing a book about our peers of the older generation who were
involved in it. We have CIA. documents declassified which help us
figure out who did what. There are 'good guys" within the
intelligence community who have provided us with leads. We have
the identity of some of the key figures. Many are dead, but a few are
still alive and very active. But most of the information I've given you
today comes from victims who are imperiled witnesses.

The interesting thing is how many people have described the same
scenario and how many people that we have worked with who have
had relatives in NASA, in the CIA and in the Military, including very
high-ups in the Military.

661 W.H.Bowart

Now let me just mention something about what you may run into
later in the process. I know I'm throwing a lot at you in a hurry.

Just ask your patients and you may be lucky to find that there isn't
any of this. Then, somewhere at a deep level you may run into some
things like this.

Let me describe to you the system in one patient. One patient I had
treated for quite a while. It was a non-bloodline person who had done
what appeared to be successful work and had reached final
integration. She came back to me early last year and said she was
symptomatic with some things. I started mquiring. I found a Dart
there we'd integrated. una a pare

The part basically said. There was other stuff that I couldn't tell you
about, and you integrated me and so I had to split off.' I had done
some mquiring about things like Alpha. Beta as a routine part of it
and found they were there and I said to this part. "Why didnt you tell
me about this stuff?" This part said. "Well, we gave you some hints
but theywent right over your head.' The part then said. "I'm sorry,
but we know that you didnt know enough to help us but now we
Jmow you can."

So the stuff started coming out. It was interesting. She described the
overall system ... a system of alters whose primary purpose was to
hurt her including symptoms like Munchausen's, self-mutilation,
other kinds of * u

The part said. "With the exception of me. this one part, you dealt with
the whole circle with the work that we did before but you didnt
touch the rest of the stuff."

In the middle of all this was still another system consisting of the
Cabalistic Tree - which some of you are aware - that represented
another system. Then once we got past that she implied that this
entire thing was somehow encompassed by an hourglass.

I kept thinking we were at final integration then I'd find some other
parts.

We started talking and then the part basically said. It's been
programmed so that if you succeed and think you've succeeded, you
will fail. They build it in as a way to laugh at you. that if you ever get
us integrated, we will die."

This part said, "I'm one of twelve disciples," and I've seen this in
others, twelve disciples within this hourglass each of whom had to

Operation Mind Control 662

memorize a disciple-lesson which were basic satanic kind of
premises, philosophies of life like "be good to those who hurt you,
hate those who are nice to you," and so forth. There may be two or
three sentences like that associated with each that they had to
memorize.

They said, "We are like grains of sand falling and when the last grain
of sand falls, there's Death."

I asked: Is Death a part?"

"Yes," the part said. "When the last grain of sand falls the Sleeping
Giant awakens." The Sleeping Giant was Death, who was then to kill
them on the first day or the sixth day after awakening unless certain
things were followed. We did those things of course.

We also found Death had a sister as a backup. Mirrors had been used
to create the sister part. We had to get past and deal with that too.
Death had certain things she said had to be done to integrate.

I started to say, "Oh, come on, they lied to you before."

And she said, "Wait a minute. This is what they said you'd say. They
said that no doctor would ever believe that they had to go to these
extremes to get us well and that's part of the reason they'd fail."

I said, "Well, tell me, tell me again."

-

She said, 1 have to be dressed all in red. I have to have taken
Demerol. A code has to be given and it has to be in a room that's
totally dark. It has to happen on Day-One or Day-Six after this part's
been awakened."

I said what do we have to lose?

We gave her a little Demerol. We used the code. My office didn't have
any windows anyway. It was pretty easy. Oh, and there had to be
four, I think, candles lit. Well, fine. So we did it and everything went
well.

Then we found another part. There's Death And Destruction, another
backup also with a sister that we had to get through. In fact, I think
there were two backups there. Interestingly, the very last part was
an extremely nice part, made especially that way so that they
wouldn't want to lose them because they would be so adorable and
so loving and so sweet that no one would want to get rid of them
Then we found that she continued to have these feelings with this
last part left now of darkness and blackness inside.

663 W.H.Bowart

Dr. C: What did we find?
Dr. A: A curtain.

The message was: There is a curtain behind which are the remaining
feelings and memories, but it can't be opened from the middle. It's
like a stage curtain. It has to be raised. They assumed that you would
try to deal with all the feelings. But what's behind the curtain cant
be opened until you've dealt with the last of the parts and they've
integrated.

So I found Death and Destruction and the Hourglass in non-bloodline,
patients. The Tree and the Hourglass," this patient informed me,
"were made of sand because we were meant to die. We're
expendable. We're the chosen generation."

I've heard variously that it's crystals or blood that fills the Hourglass
in non-bloodline people. By the way, you can do real simple things
like turn the Hourglass on its side so nothing can fall out, so time
stands still to be able to do certain kinds of work. Spread the grains
of sand on the seashore so that they cant be numbered and the time
will not be counted. I got that idea from a ritual-abuse victim who
had seen some of this kind of programming done that another
therapist was seeing.

So those would be just a few other hints about things that may be
helpful or meaningful. We're talking about very intensive things and
at deep levels. This gives us two things. One thing it gives to me is
hope because it gets to material and it makes progress like nothing
else we've ever seen with these people who have it. The second
thing it does for me is it demoralizes me because, although five years
ago I had a pretty good idea about the extent and breadth of what
they'd done to these victims, I had no real appreciation for the depth
and breadth and intensity of what they'd done.

Dr. C: How many of them can get well?

Dr. A: We don't know. Of course the more we learn about this, the
better are the chances for recovery.

seventy percent.

I think one of the sad things we have to face is that many of these
patients will probably never be well. My personal belief is that if they

Operation Mind Control 664

are being messed with, their only hope of getting well is if they can
somehow get out of contact.

Now I know patients who've gone to other states and simply had
deep-level alters pick up the phone and call and say, "This is our new
address and phone number" so that they could be picked up locally. I
mean in an inpatient unit for an extended period of time.

If they are in a cult they are still being monitored and messed with,
my own personal opinion is we cant get them well and can't offer
more than humanitarian caring and supportiveness.

My own personal belief is few if any with this kind of programming
are well in this country yet.

Dr. B: Could you speculate on the relationship between this stuff and

Dragons and that sort of thing?

Dr. A: Well, there are a lot of things out there to cue people. You want
to see a great movie, interesting movie, to cue people? Go see
Trance rs n." You can rent it in your video shop. ... One night in sheer
desperation for something at the video store, you know? Nine o'clock
on Friday night. Everything's gone. I rented a couple of movies and
one of them is that. Fascinating. They're talking about Green World
Order. Yes, Trance rs II." And who is the production company? Full
Moon Productions. I couldn't see much cueing in Trancers I," but
who's the production company in Trancers P? Alter Productions.

Some patients have told us that all this spook stuff, horror stuff,
possession and everything else that's been popularized in the last
twenty years in Hollywood is in order to soften up the public so that
when a satanic world order takes over, everyone will have been
desensitized to so many of these things. It's also being used to
continually cue lots of people out there.

Dr. B: Is that true?

Dr. A: I cant definitely tell you. What I can say is I now believe that
ritual-abuse programming is widespread, is systematic, is a very well
organized form of highly esoteric information. It has not been
published anywhere. The system is not described in any book nor has
it been discussed on any talk show. We have collected it from the
victims of mind control from all around this country and several
foreign countries.

665 W.H. Bowart

Dr. B: Do you have any techniques for decreasing your level of
uncertainty that a patient is or is not being still tampered with?

Dr. A: Ask several of the parts I've inquired about, Core, Diana,
Wisdom, Master Programmer, several parts inside. Ask about these

Dr. B: I wonder if you Ve heard or you know of the Martin Luther
Bloodnne?

Dr. A: I know nothing about Martin Luther Bloodline.

Ill give you one other quick tip. Ask about an identification code.
There's an identification code that people have. It will involve their
birth date. It may involve places where they were programmed and it
will usually involve a number that will be their birth order, like
zero-two if they were second-bom. It will usually involve a number
that represents the number of generations in the Cult, if they are
bloodlines. I've seen up to twelve now, twelve generations.

Dr. D: I have seen a lot of the things you've been describing today in
several patients. I wanted to ask you a question about the Seven
Systems. Are there Seven Systems?

DrA: There has been that described in some patients, yes, the Seven
Systems.

Dr. E: Have you ever had any evidence where any of these people
have been tagged? And how about their body-parts that might be
related to this, private parts in particular?

Dr. A: Well, there are certainly people that have had tattoos, and a
variety of other kinds of things, some of which have been
documented in cases.

Dr. E: It's very courageous of you to meet with us like this, Dr. A. The
material you've given us is most helpful.

Dr. A: A dear friend who's one of the top people in the field, has had,
like myself, death threats. He struggled for professional credibility in'
believing in MPD a long time before it was generally accepted. He
was harshly criticized for believing in it twenty years ago, but he
continued to struggle for his point of professional credibility. In his

Today he knows about this cult programming, this government
programming, but he will say things like, 1 wouldn't be surprised to

Operation Mind Control 666

find tomorrow it was an international conspiracy and I wouldn't be
surprised to find tomorrow that it is an urban myth and legend."

He tries to stay right on the fence and the reason is because it's
controversial, because there is a campaign underway saying all these
memories along with memories of incest and alien abductions and
satanic rituals — are false and induced by "Oprah" and by books like
The Courage to Heal" and by naive therapists using hypnosis. It's
controversial.

My personal opinion has come to be if they're going to kill me, they're
going to kill me. There's going to be an awful lot of information that's
been put away that'll go to investigative reporters and multiple
investigative agencies. If I ever have an accident there will be a lot of
people pushing for a very large-scale investigation.

I t hink it's time the mental health professionals stand up as some
kind of moral conscience. I have waited until we had gotten enough
verification from independent places to have some real confidence
that this is real and widespread.

667 W.H. Bowart

More examples of programming diagrams which survivors have drawn. Top left: A puppet or
marionette which depicts the control the abusers have. Top right; a pentagram system related to
Satamsm.Bottom left: a solometric system related to the Kabala tree system. Botton right: a
layered system ( 3 separate layers).

Operation Mind Control 668

41

A REPEALING THOUGHT

I watched C-span once again to celebrate the birth of our country. It was the first
time I'd watched C-SPAN since the Clinton campaign. I watched just for a couple
of synchronistic hours. They were showing programs they'd taped on June 28 and
29. First there was a program called "Project for the Republican Future". On that
program the famous "political consultant and pollster, Dr. Frank Luntz told us
that his polls showed that the people in the U.S. today believe the quality of life
has gone down since the previous generation and, the majority believe that the
next generation will have even a lower standard of living. He said that the polls
showed that the average American believed that there was a moral decline in this
country. He said, "For the first time in American history, Americans are
pessimistic about their future."

I began thinking about that I decided the decline started in 1947. What happened
in 1947? We were enjoying a steady rise in our standard of living unprecedented
in history. We had just won World War Two - 1 was eight years old and 1 was
having a great time -- what happened almost fifty years ago, in 1947?

In July 1947 there were headlines all over the world which said that the U.S.
Airforce had discovered a crashed flying saucer near Roswell, New Mexico. The
Army Air Corps arrested the sheep rancher, Mac Brazel, who'd found the wreckage
of the crashed UFO scattered over several acres of his remote pasturelands. By the
reports of eyewitnesses the wreckage was made of some kind of metal with a
memory. It couldn't be bent, burned or hammered. Brazel was locked in a room
on the Air Base in Roswell and interrogated for eight days. All his constitutional
rights were violated. He was threatened with a loaded gun. The life of his wife and
children were threatened. Finally he was offered a handsome payment if he would
sign a security oath. Brazel died with his lips sealed but his family knew that
something had changed in him. He told them that if another one of them things
crashed, he wouldn't tell anybody. He always looked askance at the U.S.
government thereafter. But he cashed their checks.

There were a lot of UFO sightings that year. Whether others had experiences
similar to Brazel's is not known. There are a couple of congressional inquiries in
the alleged Roswell crash underway at the present time. The Air Force said then
that what Brazel found was a weather balloon. Recently it released newly

669 A Repeating Thought

declassified documents. They say that what Brazel found was still a balloon, but a
special high tech one.

Two months after Brazel found that "balloon" and was held in violation of his
Constitutional rights, Congress quietly passed The National Security Act with little
or no debate. That act made it legal to imprison someone without just cause, such
as that experienced by BrazeL The passage of the National Security Act was
accomplished in two weeks. That's mighty fast for any act of congress almost
anytime in history except in emergency of war.

Whether or not the National Security Act had anything to do with the crash at
Roswell, nobody knows. If you're looking for a motive -- for something that would
motivate the mightiest nation on earth, the victors of World War Two, who lived
under the wonderful Bill of Human Rights written by Thomas Paine (included as
amendments to the U.S. Constitution) - if you were looking for some motive that
would make the leaders of the nation, at that time patriots all, sell out the
Constitution, maybe what they found at Roswell was enough. But maybe not
Could the motive to sell out be merely greed? There are those who believe that's
all there is too it And there are those who believe that there are older and large
loyalties than one's loyalty to one's Constitution. Many believe that the corrupting
cloud that is occluding our nation's spiritual sun comes from an ancient plot of
some secret society like the Illuminati, the Bildeburgers, the Council on Foreign
Relations, unnamed global oligarchies, the Seven Sisters (the seven major fossil
fuel and natural resource controlling banks)-..?

CoL L. Fletcher Prouty was near the top in 1947. He was the man who would be
one of the first chiefs of Special Operations for the CIA. He was one of the first
warriors in the Invisible War. Before the National Security Act Prouty says, the
climate was one of being afraid of what would happen if the Soviets got the bomb.
(History shows that we actually leaked it to them.) I put the questions above to
Prouty. I asked him if the quick congressional passage of The National Security
Act could have been prompted by what they discovered at Roswell. Prouty talked
at length about the UFO question. He said in his work consulting on cryptocracy
documents of that period he'd been hired to examine the MJ-12 documents. "They
were forgeries," he said. But then he added, "but that doesn't mean that there's
not a story behind them."

Prouty then told me about a couple of old buddies of his who were scientists who
worked on ultimate secret Manhattan project which developed the atomic bomb
during World War n. He said they were both neighbors who, apparently, lived
under the regular flightpath of a UFO for a couple of months. At first the old guys
didn't believe their eyes, and they thought that they were witnessing some new
government secret flying machines. "Naturally being scientists, the third time
these things show up and fly silently over their houses, they've got all their

Operation Mind Control 670

instruments out" Prouty said he'd seen the videos they took of the craft and he
saw the magnetometer readouts and a lot of the evidence. "These guys
concluded," Prouty said, "these things were not ours. The way they behaved defied
our known laws of physics."

Flashing back to the question of Roswell being the motive for rushing the
National Security Act through congress, Prouty said he didn't believe that's the
way it happened. He said The National Security Act was already in the works for
quite terrestrial reasons. It was obvious that someone had been planning it for a
long while."

I told the Col. that I found it hard to believe that just a fear of Communism
motivated the Cold War. "What intelligent person could buy into that?" I asked.

Prouty assured me that the Psyops worked so well that the majority believed that
Communism was a real threat to our way of life. He said he had evidence, before
World War n ended that there was a secret plan being followed that would set up
the conditions of the Cold War.

Prouty said he had always beUeved that the National Security Act was a big
mistake.

I tried the idea out on Prouty that it must have been the military who sold our
constitution and set up the National Security State. But, Prouty assured me he
knew the men who'd done it, and he'd known them well. They weren't military
men. And the impression I got from him was they were sleazy, greedy, ruthless
Ivy League educated civilians who wielded the mysterious power of some
corporate dynasty.

Whatever the motive for the creation of the National Security State, it was the
beginning of the end of our free society. Prouty reminded me that President
Harry Truman mentioned it as the only decision he would like to unmake. After
he left office Truman said:

For some time I have been disturbed by the way the CIA has been
diverted from its original assignment. It has become an operational
and at times a policy-making arm of the government...

I never had any thought that when I set up the CIA that it would be
injected into peacetime cloak-and-dagger operations. Some of the
complications and embarrassment that I think we have experienced
are in part attributable to the fact that this quiet intelligence aim of
the President has been so removed from its intended role that it is
being interpreted as a symbol of sinister and mysterious foreign
intrigue and a subject for Cold War enemy propaganda... 271

671 A Repealing Thought

But, the CIA is only a small part of the National Security State. Harry Truman did
not have the perspective to perceive the terminal cancer of the cryptocracy to
which he surrendered our freedom., He could not have realized the carcinogenic
effect of institutionalized secrecy as it spread into the body politic of what was
once the most freedom loving, prosperous and creative nation ever to manifest on
the face of planet earth.

Flashback to that C-Span program I watched: Dr. Luntz, talked a lot about Ross
Perot and how effective he'd been in the presidential campaign even though he
lost He said that Perot's campaign should serve as an example to the Republicans
in the next election. He said that if he was asked what the Republicans had to do
to win the 1996 elections he'd "tell the party to let the people speak..."

I thought about the National Security Act again. The Republican Party will really
only be able to let the people speak if it repeals the National Security Act I mean,
it's like we're a bunch of children that are at a grown up party. We're allowed to
be seen but not heard, and when we ask the politicians to tells us something
relevant they either tell us "they don't have the need to know" or "we don't have
the need to know." It's like telling a child, you're not old enough to know this
right now, come back in forty years and we'll tell you. That's one of the effects of
the National Security Act

The Bill of Rights says freedom of speech is one of our inalienable right But as an
ordinary citizen living in the National Security State you don't know anything
truly relevant to talk about If you're being kept in the informational dark, you
can't talk about the future. Keeping you secretly in the dark about vital
information impairs your thinking. And if your thinking is impaired, your
speaking is impaired. That means your freedom of speech is impaired.

Remember Thomas Jefferson's remark at the beginning of this book: "there is no
safe depository of the ultimate powers of society but the people themselves, and if
we think them not enlightened enough to exercise their control with a wholesome
discretion, the remedy is not to take if from them, but to inform their discretion
by education." The practices of a national security state preclude that The control
has been taken from us. The democratic processes of government today must be
just for show - a feeble attempt to keep the public order.

That's when a simple thought began to form in my mind. My parents generation
wanted to drink without sneaking around so they repealed the Volstead Act which
prohibited the consumption of alcohol. It ought to be that easy. This generation
ought to be wise enough to repeal the National Security Act which prohibits
freedom of information, therefore freedom of thought - and therefore freedom of
speech. Since the founding fathers never anticipated the invention of technologies

Washington Post, December 21. 1963.

Operation Mind Control 672

that would intrude themselves into a person's private thoughts, even take over
and drive his dreams, should we consider adding another amendment to the
Constitution which guarantees freedom of thought? One would like to believe
that, once the legal debate concluded and all the testimony about the role of
language (speech) in thought processes had been established, the Supreme Court
would agree that the right of free speech was based upon the presumption of free
thought But there needs to be debate about it now, so that the invisible and
uninvited deliberate influences upon the human mind will be mandated illegal by
the courts. But you have to wonder if that's enough. Do any of our institutions
have any value in this world of "out of sight, out of mind" undocumented
government of this cryptocracy.

Things are different now than they were in the 1770's when this country was
founded. Today mind control does exist - it is the linchpin which keeps all the
secrets ~ it is the lock on the minds of the slaves that buried the secrets... But
you don't have the need to know that Or do you? Since you are interested
enough to read this book to the end, you are not one of the "sheeple" who will not
work to create a world that works. You are one of the people who count

Again flashback to the panel of that same C-Span program. There was Lamar
Alexander, a Bush Administration Education Secretary. He told the story about
the days when he walked across the state of Tennessee - for six months-- living
with the people of his state, running for Governor. He said the most important
thing he learned on the walk was the people "tuned out Washington. They listened
to the local news, they read the local papers..."

And Part of that I thought was because people know what's going on. If it's not
conscious yet they know it intuitively. Few people trust the National Security
State which has its head offices in Washington. That's the reason nobody trusts
Washington. It's not America, it's the National Security State, and unauthorized
institution of lies.

The manager of a small mid-westem town, I know, told me about the time
Federal Agents came into the City's office and told him what he had to do in a
particular situation that clearly should have been a local decision, and which
legally was protected from their interference by the body of laws called "State's
Rights."

"What States Rights?" he asked. "I either had to do what they told me or my wife
and kids would be at risk. They made that very plain. I did what they told me to do
because I was afraid." It happened years before, but he still resented it

While I was thinking all this, scribbling these notes, the C-Span program was
continuing and my attention was captured by Jack Fund a reporter for The Wall

673 A Repealing Thought

Street Journal, who was sitting next to Dr. Luntz. He was saying, "...the
Republicans talk good, but their biggest problem - and the problem for the
Democrats too, is they talk good but they don't deliver. Talk's not worth much to
the American people. There's been too much talk...."

What the politicians talk about is largely irrelevant They're not talking about any
the secrets. That's what we should be talking about What's wrong with our
country is a conspiracy against the future we don't even know about

Everything I was watching on C-span was irrelevant and could be explained by
what we don't know. The politicians ought to be asking questions like: What is it
that's classified for forty or fifty years? Who is classifying it? What is the system of

find out the secrets that are being used to manipulate and control us? Who can
we trust?

On February 2, 1994, The New York Times carried this editorial:

Washington's secret war over secrecy has taken a predictable turn. A
year ago, President Clinton asked an interagency working group to
establish a less secretive system for classifying documents. The
working group labored, and came up with a draft executive order last
November, which (naturally) was kept secret.

Fortunately, a copy was leaked to the Federation of American
Scientists, and lo, the federation found that while suggesting a few
modest reforms, the draft order would actually close the shutters
tighter.

The draft order proposes, with few exceptions, a mmrimum
classification lifetime of 40 years. As the federation's analysts point
out, Richard Nixon set a niavimnm of 30 years for most classified
documents, and Jimmy Carter fixed the limit at 20 years.

This extended period outweighs the hypothetical benefit of a
"balancing test" that would allow declassifers to weigh the public
interest against national security concerns.

The acting archivist of the United States, Trudy Peterson, made the
necessary point in a recent letter to Vice President Al Gore: In our
experience, there is virtually no information over 30 years old that
requires continued classification. Most documents of this age are so
irrelevant to current security concerns that continued withholding
seems inappropriate if not laughable."

Ms. Peterson is custodian of 325 million classified documents,
including files dating to World War I. The secrecy establishment

Operation Mind Control 674

opposes en bloc declassification, and favors an arduous reviewing
process that would take decades. Otherwise, it is said, the genuinely
sensitive morsel might fall into the wrong hands.

Granted, that is a risk. But how much greater the danger to
democracy is excessive secrecy that denies Americans information
essential to accountability.

A more direct approach to weeding out this secret garden is
advocated by Rep. Dan Glickman, D-Kan, chairman of the House
Intelligence Committee.

Most documents are classified by executive order, without defined
standards on who decides what to keep secret. Glickman would open
the whole process to debate in public hearings and is drafting a bill
that would establish clear rules and fix a 10-year or 6-year limit,
wherever feasible, on classified security matters.

Those House hearings might also illuminate another murky front in
the a dm i n i s tration's avowed war on secrecy.

In 1993, for the third successive year, the Senate adopted a resolution
urging disclosure of the now-secret budget of the Central Intelligence
Agency. Yet Clinton only a few weeks ago refused again to divulge
the aggregate intelligence budget. With the Cold War over, this
secrecy is hard to justify.

The case for sunlight was expressed long ago by James Madison: "A
popular government without popular information, or the ma»r>g of
acquiring it, is but a prologue to a farce or tragedy, or perhaps both"

Nice to hear that prestigious paper print the above. It ought to start a campaign
and print pages of educational material about the National Security Act, truely
educate the American public about the real reasons for keeping the secrets as long
as possible - criminal activities. Alas, The New York Times has become obsolete
without even becoming aware that means it has become an artform - with all the
Shamanic duties thereof.

The Internet is full of talk of this kind. There is hope in the places where people
know that newspapers are obsolete. That's where you find the National Security
Arc leaking like a sieve. The Internet is a citizen's intelligence network. When
information travels at the speed of light there is ultimately no secrecy.

Whenever something becomes obsolesced, it gets a lot of attention. The human
form has obsolesced itself by extending its senses into the electronic realm, into
everywhere at onceness at the speed of light So, there's a sudden consciousness
of the body as an artform and we see a lot of tattooing and piercing and bright
blue hair and nudity and plastic surgery.

675 A Repealing Though!

Secrecy has been made obsolete by the technology that is manifesting as the
Information Age. That's why there's the attempt by the NSA to push the Clipper
Chip on us. And that's why there's so much attention on keeping the secrets.
That's because the cryptocracy is obsolete and therefore an artform. The real
artists of secrecy, like Whitfield Dime, are giving the secrecy to everyone. Diffie is
the guy who invented the Public Code Program which allows privacy to
companies and individuals over the Internet The NSA tried to stop him, but
couldn't The Information Age (you wanna think of it as a highway?) will probably
follow the evolution of CB radio. Out of anarchic chaos it will develop it's own
harmonic perfection. The people will develop their own regulating practices. Order
will prevail by the simple force of peer pressure - the group feeling.

Technologies produce environments. They act like the climate in a room. When
it's just right nobody notices it But when it's too hot or too cold, you give it your
attention - you go over to the thermostat and regulate the temperature until it's
invisible again.

The National Security State has become visible. It needs to be regulated until it's
invisible again. That's hard to do in the information age. It plays counterpoint to
the Information Age. That's why it will go. But not without a fight The
cryptocrats have their jobs to think of. They put so much energy into setting up
the National Security State.

The Cold War was just an excuse to get the National Security State going. It was
just like terrorism on airplanes was just an excuse to control public air travel, just
like gang shootings were just an excuse to disarm the citizenry, just like another
"unwinnable" War on Drugs was just an excuse for both illegal searches and
seizures, more prisons and SWAT teams, and the high price and perverse interests
and availability of drugs - mostly uppers of the kind the Nazi Blitzkreig ran on.
The Nazis went the way of the radio - the new technology that created Hitler's
environment - it became an artform.

The secrets are coming out Being obsolesced for a cryptocrat means he feels a
great need to confess his secret sins against humanity in order to regain his own.
While we may have been a nation of lab rats preyed upon by the cryptocracy, we
are no longer. The way I add it up, through one secret program or another, half of
the people in this country - maybe more than 150 million people - have been the
targets of our own government's clandestine experiments. That's no longer a
secret Nothing in this book is secret any longer. (The cryptocracy will release the
"official" photocopies that prove what I've said here is generally correct But there
were be carefully forged documents within the stacks meant to mislead on certain
cruciL points - to mislead wherever it can.)

Operation Mind Control 676

If we repeal the National Security Act? A few multi-millionaires may lose a lot of
money -- but they'll feel a lot better about themselves in this age of ecological
awareness. The Robber Barron view of free enterprise is obsolete but will only
come out in the open after the last business secret is revealed. Then, in a
"win-win" world there will be more rich people than ever before. Money is
information after all.

So what have we average people got to lose by repealing the National Security Act!
Probably we've got a lot to gain - our freedom of thought foremost

My mother (Bom 1910) used to tell me when I was an overly curious little kid
asking about adult things, "What you don't know won't hurt you." that was
probably part of the mind set that gave us the Great Depression and a couple of
World Wars. Now, as an adult, I know that what my mother told me was not true.
People have always been the victims of their own ignorance ~ individually and
culturally.

What will happen when we repeal the National Security Act?

Worse case scenario: After the votes have been counted and the repeal is
announced. The voters who worked hardest for the repeal will rush out into the
streets to celebrate. They will hear tanks rumbling down the streets, helicopters
flying in the night The communications systems will be jammed by high tech
military technology. What happened in Baghdad will happen here. There will be
blackouts. The radio and television, when it comes back, will be run by the
military dictatorship which will announce that due to some plausible argument
designed to persuade us that this is for our own good, a state of national
emergency has been declared. How many of us will laugh at that? The
concentration camps have already been built to house those who resist the orders
of the mind controlled troops.

Back in the 1300's a Sufi scholar named Ibn Khaldun wrote a book called
Muqahdimmah (Introduction To The History of The World). Arnold Toynbee
called Khaldun the greatest historian who ever lived. He kept things simple and
summed up the nuts and bolts of western societies in a single work.

Khaldun said all Western civilizations are motivated by dynasties who consume
(and display) wealth. He said the majority of the people are the Bedouins (people
who live in the desert and know how to do more with less) and they are the only
source of true wealth. They are taxed by the dynasty which must display the
wealth to motivate individuals and it must pay the military (or police) to guard
the wealth from those who would let their greed overcome them.

677 A Repealing Thought

This all seems to work no longer than 3 generation or 75 years. Then the
Bedouins notice they have been over-taxed because the dynasty lives in fear of the
military which it has had to give a raise every year in order to keep it at bay. The
dynasty has become so preoccupied with its fear of the military that it's lost sight
of the needs of the Bedouins. That's when the collapse begins. Khaldun talks at
length about the "group feeling" which is the invisible glue, the Zeitgeist, of the
Bedouins, a mystical force far more powerful than any military has ever
possessed. (In Khaldun's time the military had only a primitive knowledge of
mind control)

When the time has come the dynasty collapses one of three ways: 1. It collapses
from within and the power goes back to the local dynasties. 2. The military
overthrows the dynasty by force. But the military rulership will collapse too,
because if an army is a good army it's habits are Spartan and it knows nothing of
consuming wealth and displaying luxury - a requirement, Khaldun says, of a
healthy economy. 3. The best thing that can happen is that a leader emerges from
the Bedouins who expresses the group feeling, and through the directed force of
group feeling the dynasty is overthrown. The leader sets up a new dynasty and the
whole cycle begins again. During the first generation of the new dynasty,
however, things are at their best

In the Information age, I would think, there need be no single individual who
expresses the group feeling. The consensus evolves through constant feedback
The leader is information. The machine (the system) is information. And the
wealth that is produced is information. The free flow of information - particles at
the speed of light - can be contained only so long as the container is not full.
When the container is full, like the crystal in a laser, the information becomes
organized, coherent, and powerfully bursts from the weakest point of the
container, which hopefully is the deliberately placed weakpoint, and the laser is
aimed at the problem which the first burst solves.

Like Khaldun, I am an optimist We both believe in the inherent goodness of the
human spirit I've not been in many dangers, a big California earthquake and the
blackout in New York City in 1965. Both times I witnessed a great demonstration
of the best in humanity. It's just as Jeff Bridges said in Starman when, playing an
alien intelligence hiding in a human body he summarized one of the miracles of
the human beauty: "When things are at their worst you're at your best"

It's not the people with courage who're sneaking around within this cryptocracy
- it's not all the filing clerks and functionaries that make up the CIA, NSA, NRO,
NPO, and the rest The cryptocracy and our military can not all be entirely
hypno-programmed. The Delta Force team, yeah. The Seal teams, yeah, a few
other small crack cadres, but not the majority of the U.S. military. Not all, not yet

So, the day after the Repeal I don't think there'll be Regular Army in the streets.
After the creation of the right series of worst case pseudo-events (some divide and
conquer strategy) in the media, there could be foreign troops in the streets -- a
United Nations "peacekeeping force."

It's up to us to read the books on the National Security Act Learn the lingo, then,

to be unthinkable. The National Security State would appear to be a given,
something taken for granted like the air we breathe. But try telling people you're
working to repeal it and watch them want to join you.

I tried this in Los Angeles not long ago: I was speaking about the topic of this
book and I concluded with something on the order of this chapter which I'd only
roughed out The following speaker was Retired U.S. Air Force Technological
Intelligence Colonel Thomas Bearden who was to speak as a physicist on the
healthful uses of some of the new technologies he has become expert in.

Bearden walked up the podium as I was trying to ask the many questioners to

meet me in the hall outside. I introduced myself to Bearden telling him I'd
enjoyed trying to understand his book The Exaclibur Briefing. He smiled and
thanked me for the compliment Then I looked him straight in the eye and said,
Tom, you know we're going to repeal The National Security Act"

He took a step backward as if I'd poked him with the comment in the solar plexus.
"But..but.. the military... there must be military secrets..." he stammered.

"Of course there does. The military has never had any trouble with that There's a
chain of command. There's honor. There's accountability... The military can have
their legitimate secrets..." I told him.

"Well then," he said, extending his hand. "I'm with you."

You'll be surprised at how many alllies you'll find in abolishing The National
Security Act

Senator John Warner, someone told me, was talking about abolishing the CIA in
late July or August of 1994. 1 thought that was a sign. The time had come to open
Pandora's box. Even a member of the Senate Intelligence Committee was talking
about doing away with the CIA? But when I looked up what Warner said, I found
he was only talking about cutting the budget and finding something for the
multi-billion dollar agency to do. Maybe he had thought about abolishing the CIA,
but that's as far as a man in his political position could go. And maybe he even
had some thoughts about abolishing the National Security Act He's a human

679 A Repealing Thought

being and he's probably privy to some of the ugly secrets hidden behind The
National Security Curtain.

This is the information age, and the politicians who discover what that means ~
ultimately there will be no secrecy -- will find themselves on the winning side,
aligned with the group feeling which will repeal the National Security Act

Again flashing back to that Fourth of July: following that program on the
Republican's Future on C-Span was a program taped at the National Press Club
called "Restoring Public Trust" 1 found it just as fascinating as the previous
program. It was another program in which the panelists were trapped, talking in
circles in front of the National Security Curtain. Almost everything the panelists
said was irrelevant

Richard Leone, President of the 20th Century Fund lamented the fact that people
didn't even trust privacy, any more. He said they didn't think anything of
business rights of privacy or attorney/client privileges, or the doctor/patient
privileges or the priests secrecy of the confessionaL I could not believe that
Richard, at the pinnacle of power at the 20th Century Fund, had overlooked this
as an obvious effect of living in an involuntary and corrupt cryptocracy.

This panel spent the next hour responding to a paper Tom Rosensuel, Media
Correspondent of The LA Times, had written. Rosensnel and his other panelists:
Paul Begala, Susan Page of Newsday, all agreed that as Professor Rosen of NYU
had put it "It's not up to journalists to save democracy. All that they can even
hope to do is save journalism."

Nobody mentioned the National Security Act 1 wondered if they just accepted it
as an irreversible fact or if they were even aware of its effects on information at
all? I mean is the press part of the cryptocracy too? Do journalists now have
security clearances?

I was hoping I'd hear a quote from Jefferson on the importance of the press to the
functioning of the democratic process. We should make sure our kids are taught
this quote of Jefferson's, at least "...the remedy is not to take it from them
(classify it), but to inform their discretion by (good journalism?)- education."

On C-Span, these, supposedly the best journalists, jawed on about press coverage
of the White House without seeming to be aware that all there is to cover has
already been covered with a TOP SECRET stamp - what the press should be
writing about instead of 0 J. Simpson, are all the secrets behind the National
Security curtain.

Operation Mind Control 680

Jay Rosen, the NYU Journalism professor, wore a blue work shirt and no tie. He
did wear a jacket though, as a token of his tenure. He complained about the
"visible loss of press authority," saying that journalists were "increasingly unable
to persuade their audience that they make any difference in question of politics..."
Did it ever occur to Rosen that this is true because of the effects of living in front
of a National Security curtain?

Rosen came as close to bringing up the real problem as anybody that day. As clear
as he got was to say, "the press has no long-run strategy for addressing its loss of
authority..." Which I say, it can do easily, by realizing the problem comes from the
National Security Act and the cryptocracy. (How about a Freedom of Speech Club

in which every journalist and editor is given a lie detector test asking if she's now

or ever been an asset of the cryptocracy?)

Paul Begala, Media Advisor to President Clinton said, "People today view their
leaders in a more cynical way than they ever have - not skeptical, cynical..."

President Clinton probably wouldn't be having all the problems he's having if the
National Security Act had ceased to exist by the time he was elected governor.
But, had it never existed, he probably never would have gone to Oxford, nor would
he have been elected President of the United States. You hear him trying to
reform the health care system, but you don't hear him ever speaking of the
tyranny which lurks behind the National Security curtain - and revealing the
details of 1/3 of the national budget which funds the black operations of the
cryptocracy.

said, "that's all the cryptocracy's left is, the irrelevant stuff, the obsolete, just
yesterday's news..."

Journalism is a rewarding craft A journalist is someone who is a generalist in a
world of specialists. A journalist need know nothing at all, except how to find out
anything. It's a wonderful pursuit for the inexhaustibly curious. A journalist is a
detective looking for information and her boss is the public - everyone. The truth
shall make you free.

What I'm saying here isn't over the head of the silent majority. It fact, I believe
I'm expressing, if not the manifesting group feeling, at least the opinion of the
five percent that counts - the five percent who are communicating, the five
percent (which is all it takes to succeed) who will make the positive changes
necessary, the five percent who, together, will overcome the inertia of the
National Security State.

681 A Repealing Thought

Then there are those who would ridicule "conspiracy theorists", calling them
paranoid. The word paranoia can mean "heightened awareness" or it can mean
"irrational fear." The majority opinion on the Internet is aware and concerned.
Internet knows what's going on. Without paranoia the people might perish.

We have entered the Information Age. We are extending our senses by electronic
technology into the realms of light The speed of light approaches the speed of
thought There is coming a great simultaneity - an everywhere-at-onceness - a
form of global consciousness experienced on a personal level.

At the same time there are forces of inertia that need to be overcome. Inertia
describes the tendency of a body at rest to stay at rest while a body in motion has
a tendency to stay in motion. So, it's simply a law of physics: the national
security body which has stalled on the freeway will be moved out of the way.

We're getting crystal clear feedback from the group feeling. The river of electrons
on the Internet is telling us: "Invisible weapons technology will continue to
develop, and minds will be controlled at a distance, and dreams will be driven en
mass. But the river is telling us that by the very nature of the Information Age (of
which most are unaware) we will see the controller become the controlled and the
controlled become the controller."

With one foot still in the old, linear, plumbing diagram modality of the Industrial
Age where things move in patterns of start stop and change, there has come an
epic time of change. And it would help if this is done consciously. It is happening
unconsciously already, and for some, the understanding of what is happening will
never come to consciousness. For many there will be no debriefing, and they will
simply move to another plateau without leaving a trail of history, without learning
how to do it better if something similar comes up in the future.

So, from the platform of my obsolete self, I says, aloud:" Repeal The National
Security Act"

Then I hear the echo from the river It's already been repealed. There are no
secrets. There can be no secrets in the Information Age. Everyone knows
everything all at once."

You ask what will happen to 1
that they are. Bob Dobbs explains:

The best qualified CIA "covert operations" planning executives are to
be found among hack paperback novelists and TV dramatists. The
credulous neurotic projects reality onto the banal stage and TV

1 because of his strong desire to believe that the

f Control 682

papier-mache, costume, and
montage has such reality. There is no way in which to conceal
repeated "covert operations" unless the public wishes to be
credulous. Give that public a fantasy of the sort to which it is
susceptible, and no amount of mere fact will easily dissuade the

covert operation is designed to create. The application of the
calculated deception of the successful hack novelist and dramatist to
the so-called "documentary film" and "non-fiction expose" is the
connecting link between outright pornography-writing and the
techniques for designing a CIA-type "covert operations" scenario. (If,
by chance, a covert operation is "blown", the CIA's obvious remedy is
to prompt one of its subsidiaries or sister-agencies to whip up a fresh
expose of the CIA! Give the credulous public a "believable" expose
scenario and the expose provides a deeper cover than the original
plot itself.) 272

When I last saw Bob, between meetings of a Ftrmegan 's Wake study group, he
was making an in-depth study of Norman Mailers novel, Harlot's Ghost, and
trying to explain how he was actually the central character in the book. Shortly
after I visited Bob, I visited, Fletcher Prouty. He had read Harlot's Ghost and had
made a list of character's names beside which he wrote the names of real people
he thought they might be. He sent the list to Mailer who wrote back telling him

There may be more in Bob's brief, dense comment than at first one surmises.
There have been a lot of writer's involved as contributors to the cryptocracy. From
L. Ron Hubbard back in the 40 s to Jerry Poumelle in the 70's. Poumelle is a
best-selling SF writer, and columnist who writes on consumer computer
technology. In this instance he was the systems operator of a forum on Genie.
The topic of the forum discussion Poumelle moderated was the "Clinton
Administration." Chuck Zeps posted an article about Clinton's alleged
involvement in CIA drug smuggling through Mena, Arkansas - the real story
behind the "Whitewatergate" scandaL He then posted an article published in a
LaRouche periodical entitled Natural Bom Killers, Executive Intelligence Review
releases study linking British Psychiatry to Assassination, The article argued that
assassins were being programmed, not by the good old U.S. but by the British.
Poumelle reacted strongly against Zeps, calling him an "agent provocateur" and
stating that he worked for "the other side."

"I thought his reaction was totally out of proportion," Zeps said, " and after
reading the 'assassination' stuff from Larouche, I think Poumelle (a trained

272 Bob Dobbs. Photic Communion With, Perfect Pitch Editions. 598 SL Clair Ave. West, Toronto,
Ontario M6C1A6, Canada, 1992.

: more i

coming to light than any 'communist' allegations."

"Flame" is cyberjargon for argument in the restrictive format of the net. And it
was what Poumelle and Zeps had. Zeps got in his licks, apparently pushing some
invisible buttons of Poumelle's. And Poumelle's best retort was a cliche which
former cryptocrats on the net often quote - from Napoleon Bonaparte (who
ought to know): "Never ascribe to malice what can be explained by simple
incompetence."

The flame dampened when Poumelle asked the net overseer to throw Zeps off and
banish him to America Online.

But maybe Poumelle, by quoting Napoleon, was making an important point -
maybe he was offering us a strong argument for the repeal of the National
Security Act Under this act it usually takes 20 years or more to discover any
incompetence. The National Security Act protects incompetents, as well as
criminals and those who've just made bad decisions. Could Watergate,
Iran/Contra Affair, the assassinations, and so forth, could they all have been just
due to the institutionalize incompetence of a cryptocracy?

Okay, let's suppose all this mess has een made by honest mistakes. Then let's
declare a period of amnesty for all tht criminally incompetence of the cryptocracy.
A full pardon will be issued for every cryptocrat who turns in his secrets and
promises never to do it again.

Flashback with me again to last Fourth of July on C-Span: the journalists and
politicians and pollsters were all really talking about the problems created by the
National Security State, yet they never spoke the phrase. It was like they were
players in a novel nobody was reading. Perhaps they didn't know the cause of the
problems they were discussing. They were acting like they lived in a room which
was the perfect temperature. They didn't notice the temperature. The National
Security curtain has made half of reality invisible.

Bill Clinton's Secretary of Energy, Hazel O'Leary made big waves by telling the
truth. She ordered the Department of ! nergy to declassify 32 million pages of
secret files. That's a pile of papers three miles high. ( I'll lead the applause for
O'Leary.) But, now Ma'm, there must be another 32 million pages of secrets still
left Let's see those too. How much uranium and plutonium has really been
scattered around the planet? How many people have died from radiation effects?
What do our secret intelligence reports say on the effects of the Soviet bungle at
Chernobyl? How many of the so-called Monarch survivors were also used in
radiation experiments? And what's this HAARP tower in Alaska all about?

Operation Mind Control 684

Ms. O'Leary said: "I've looked into the eyes and faces of people doing battle with
their government.."

But, I've got to tell Ms. O'Leary, God bless her -- she declassified the biggest pile
of secret documents in U.S. history ~ but she's got a lot more eyes and faces to
look into before its over. (Using her terms) The battle hasn't even started. She's
seen only the radiation guinea pigs.

I've interviewed disproportionately too many "survivors" of the so-called Project
Monarch who have had to have their thyroids removed. But, O'Leary isn't the
secretary who is going to have to look into the faces of the array of zombies
who've been mind-controlled by a half dozen agencies of the cryptocracy. The
Department of Energy barely even qualifies as an agency of the cryptocracy.
Maybe O'Leary should be appointed to the directorship of the CIA next?

O'Leary announced that cleaning up the radiation dumps around this country are
going to cost $300 million. 1 wonder what the doctors are going to charge to
restore peace of mind to the millions of mind control "survivors" that are just now
discovering they need psychological help. And what about all those that've killed
themselves due to mind control? And what about those that've killed others
because of mind control? And what about all those who were killed because they
began to remember the dirty secrets that they were programmed to forget - those
whose amnesia finally ran out?

There are six new lawsuits over radiation experimentation and carelessness
(August, 1994). That's six more out of 165,000 workers in a 1.5 billion industry. I
know of twice that many mind control suits shaped up in the same time.

One thing that the mind control suits and the suits against the DOE or most
other agencies have in common (sometimes the DOE is the object of the mind
control suits as well) - all but a few are thrown out of court when the National
Security Act is invoked.

See, the National Security Act says that "in the interest of national security" you're
not entitled to a fair triaL.. all your civil rights can be suspended in the "interest of
national security". And what is national security? Nobody knows. There's no case
law on it It's anything the cryptocrats say it is, and for some reason, the judges
go along with this ... Why? Probably because they're part of the cryptocracy, or
they're afraid that the pictures of themselves molesting that beautiful young child
will be made public and that'll be the end of their careers. They didn't know that it
was the cryptocrats who provided the child and the child is an MPD ( multiple
personality) who's specially trained to perform some perverted sexual act that
serves the judges own paedophilic or bestial tastes... But I don't want to pick on
judges, how about Senators, Congressmen, Presidents, Cabinet members,

685 A Repealing Thought

prominent entertainers, the rich and the famous... This is what we're hearing over
and over from the survivors of Project Monarch -- which may have been also
called Project One Hundred Thousand... (Have you seen anything about that in
your local newspapers?)

And journalists are doing a poor job covering the "War on Drugs." I asked one
former spook how the "war on drugs" was going. And he said ."What war on
drugs?" It's the CIA's war against their competition in the drugs business." So,
here we are again. Without the National Security Act we wouldn't have a drug
problem in this country. (As the song goes: "What the government denies, free
enterprise supplies...")

Journalists don't report on the lag in technology which would not exist if the
National Security Act were repealed and all the secrets revealed. They usually
don't report on how cold fusion will make fossil fuels obsolete, and allow the
atmosphere to regain its natural purity. They usually don't report on the
wonderful powers of the human mind that have been discovered in the mind
control research which has spanned fifty years... discovered and hidden behind
the National Security Curtain.

Happily, the cryptocracy cannot sustain its secrecy because, to quote McLuhan,
"When information travels at the speed of light there is no secrecy.' ( And there's
no proprietary right either because information is everywhere at once.) Clearly
now, we're seeing the effects of the information age. There are leaks in the
national security dike. More and more you can find someone telling the naked
truth somewhere. Usually it's in the cybernetic samisdat In Mondo2000 the
group feeling was expressed by this insight of Xandor Korzibsky's:

"Have you figured it out yet? OK, let me spell it out for all you pathetic
autists (as in autistic): They know exactly which ELF frequencies,
waveforms, and code sequences (brainwave-frequency region
pulse-code modulation superimposed widely on power lines, radio,
TV, and microwave transmissions) to use and can create any
emotion or pathology they please. You dont. And you probably don't
own a real ELF detector! You poor bleating sheep dont even know
they're ALREADY using ELF generators in malls, restaurants, and
bars to maximize throughput and revenues — even magnetizing fan«
in air conditioners and refrigerators to create pulsed ELF waves to
zap you. It will all be duly captured by Hillary's SmartCard which will
store your brainwaves and monitor all transactions everywhere you
go, so the Thought Police can download it any old time via the data
superhighway and issue the ultimate ACCESS DENIED...

Operation Mind Control 686

the superpowers about nuclear folly, and after

the first explosion of the hydrogen

some feared it might, but merely proved his theories correct, he said that
mankind had come to the crossroads at which the human "spirit must again
overcome technology."

How long will we be stuck at Einstein's intersection? In the 50's it was the
nuclear threat, the big and visible, the loud and devastating, the hot flash of light
and the mushroom cloud. Now, it's the insidious, sneaky, "non lethal weapons"
technology, ELF, VLF, SHF, microwaves and other waves and rays of an Invisible
War against all humanity.

When Hazel O'Leary explained her reasons for releasing the three-mile-high stack
of secret Department of Energy (formerly Atomic Energy Commission)
documents, she said, "The place needed shaping up. It had to be removed from
the shroud of Cold War secrecy..." And so does the National Institute of Mental
Health, the Veterans Administration, and all the other "public service" agencies of
government - and so does the whole society. We can all at once repeal the
National Security Act, and all the secret agencies under it which violate our
Constitutional rights. Why tell the truth one declassified document at a time, or
thirty-three million declassified documents at a time? Why not do it all at once by
abolishing the National Security Act?

The National Security Act has taken the truth away. We are, in fact, living in a
state of Martial Law, a State of National Emergency. They call it national security.
Where's the security in it ? Without freedom, without civil rights, what kind of
security can a people have? And if the people aren't the nation, then we're gonna
have to fix that starting right now. Maybe we don't even need nations anymore?
But if we don't, we need the voluntary commitment to whatever is better.
The group feeling will create the change. It's being expressed.

Hear it in some lines from a poem by Diane Di Prima. It's a poem entitled -
Rant 273 :

The only war that matters is the war against the imagination.
The only war that matters is the war against the imagination.
The only war that matters is the war against the imagination.

All other wars are subsumed in it.

There is no way out of the spiritual battle...

Diane Di Prima. Selected Poems 1956-1976, City Lights Books. San Francisco. Ca.

H • 0- :

-J

a^^^s — ,- , — ^ •_- /

it / . - ~" . - _ .

UNITED STATES

April 17, 1M7

i

\

CVS. Atomic Baerer CoaaiMioa

p. .0. Bex 1

C*k? lidt«, IMHMMM

* I

Atteatioai Dr, ttdler

Bubjooti MEDICAL KXPEBIkllTI CI HUMAIB

; I 1. It it deaired that ao doeu».at be /•}•"•«
: whioa refen to experiaeati with hwaai aa« riM N
•drer.e .ff.ot oa publio opiaioa or re.ult ia legal
auiti. Dcoxaeata coYorin* tuoh work field ,ho ?" *
ol.Mifitd ^eor.f. further work in thi. field ia the
rit"o all beea prohibited by the H&fffl*^ *
i« und.ritood that throe aoouMnti ia thii field h*T»
^.u^Sed for deola.aifioation «d jr. aow olM.ified
-!!.triati«i» It ia deiirad that theae doou»aata be
!!!^m.d •••erlt- «3 that a oh.ok bo .ad. to in.ur.

D. P ertoeat of Coa-eroe, or otfaar eff-Projeot per-onaei or
ageaoiea.

diieaiea.

ATOMIC SmQT COIOC3SI01

0. 0. EATWCOO, JH.

Colonai, Cerpi of Bnginaari.

CLASB I FICATIQN CANCELLED
AUTHORITY i DOS/ S A- 20
% B1LB . 5CHMI DT , . DATS i

mkL^ft 2/71/99

CENTRAL INTELLIGENCE AGENCY

otnct of rm e/»icroi

ffi«i}WU JO, Director, Jtrehal.ficAl 3traUc Board
«BJC?i Fljnn« S«am

**2 *J" t ^,*" n ?? ltu M * national 9*«url*
CovneU * propo.al (74ft 1) U «hlch li la conclude ttat MM

mbdlMUw for puthtfUfiui v «-f«n t/Wu 2lw
i»UlU|^ne« and »p»riU«M/

t-Wlto^l 1 ^* 1- ttl- *" U pr,MBUd U

3* I WRili that «« tfUcut at «n ttrlj board imIIiu
for MTchoUnd warfare aurpoata.

WUr I. 3*1*

United States Patent im

StockJin

Pntcnt Number: 4,858,612
(4'.] D.itc of Patent: -Vug. 22, 1939

(54] HEARING DEVICE

[76] Inventor: Philip L. S«ocklln. P.O. Bo* 21 1 1,
Satellite Beach. Fla. 32937

(21] Appl. No.: 562,742

(22] Filed: Dee. 19. 1983

(51] Int. a. 4 A6IN 1/3 j

(52] V£. CL 128/422; 178/419 S

(58] Field of Search 128/419 R. 419 S. 422,

128/653. 771. 732. 741. 746. 791. 804; 340/407

(W) References Gted

U.S. PATENT DOCUMENTS

3.490.458 1/1970 Allison 128/421

3.751.605 8/1973 Michcbon 128/1 R

3.951.1 J* 4/1976 Maleeh 128/131

4.428J77 1/1984 Zollner et ll 128/419 R

t

FOREIGN PATENT DOCUMENTS

893311 2/1972 Canada 128/422

2811120 9/1978 Fed. Ret-, of Germany - 128/419 R
391196 1/1978 U.S.S.R. 128/419 R

OTHER PUBLICATIONS

Gerkin. C. "Electroencephalography A Cliitic.il Neu-
rophysiology", vol. 133. No. 6. Dec. I97J. pp 652-65.1.
Frye et sL "Science", vol. 181. Jul. 27. 1973. p P
356-358.

Bisc. William, "Low Power Radio-Frequency and Mi-
crowave Effects on Human Electroencephalogram and
Behavior". Physiol. Chcm. 6s. Physics 10 (1978).

Primary Examiner— William E. Kamin

Attorney. Agent, or Firm — Wegner Sc. Brettchneider

(57] AP.STRACT

A method and_ apparatus for simulation of hearing in
mammals by introduction of a plurality of microwaves
into the region of the auditory cortex is shown and
described. A microphone is used to transform sound
signals into electrical signals which are in turn analyzed
and processed to provide controls for generating a plu-
rality of microwave signals at different frequencies. The
multifrequency microwaves are then applied to the
brain in the region of the auditory cortex. By this
method sounds are perceived by the mammal which arc
representative of the original sound received by the
microphone.

29 Claims. 7 Drawing Sheets

and the sem.focnl diMance of the bmin (a meauirc of Ml

HEARING DEVICE ^•^^^-"^TAt

BACKGROUND OF THE .NVENT.ON | ^^^tSSSX^^

I. Field of the Invention j( , modc hy mode lrea ,menl of the data to simu-

Thii invention relates to devices for aiding of hearing ^ ^

in mammals. The invention is based upon the P« f «pt.on invention provides for sound perception by indi-

or sounds which is experienced in the brnir . when UN impaired hearing resulting from ear

brain is subjected to certain microwave r.dt.tion s,g- ^ J"™* ^ ^ ,„ , nc

""l 5 - - . D . Art auditory cortex. This invention provides for simulation

*£S&2X£» human being, i, is of microwave radi.tionwhich ¥~**£**

well blown to amplify sounds to be heard and to apply ihe auditory cortex. The wjv«

the amplified sounS signal to the ear of the person wear- introduced .10 the region of the. »d.iorj Cttrttt and

ing the hearing aid. Hearing devices of thb type axe 13 prov.de for perceived sounds on tne part or the subject,

however limited to hearing disfunctions where there is BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

no damage to the auditory nerve or to the auditory . L . .

cortex. In 8 the prior art, if there is damage to the audi- FIG. 1 shows the acoustic filter J^."^*^
tory cortex or the auditory nerve, it cannot be corrected trot matnx pontons or the hearing dev.ee or th.s .nven-
by the use of a hearing aid. tion. «„..„„-
During World Wax II. individuals in the radiation FIG. 2 shovs the microwave generation and antenna
path of certain radar installations observed clicks and portion of the hearing device of this invention,
bulling sounds in response to the microwave radiation. FIG. 3 shows a typical voltage divider network
It was through this early observation that it became which may be used to provide mode partition,
known to the art that microwaves could cause a direct « pjQ 4 jho ws another voltage divider device which
perception of sound within a human brain. These buxz- may ^ yiic ^ , 0 prov ide mode partition,
ing or clicking sounds however were not meaningful. FIG. 5 shows a voltage divider to be used as a mode
and were not perception of sounds which could other- partition wherein each of the resistors is variable in
wise be heard by the receiver. This type of microwave order lQ prov j de adjustment of the voltage outputs,
radiation was not representative of any intelligible 30 pjQ 6 m moc ijr,ed hearing device which in-
sound to be perceived. In such radar installations, there c i udcs adjustable mode partitioning, and which b used
was never a sound which was generated which resulted provide initial calibration of the hearing device,
in subsequent generation of microwave signals repre- FIG ? % group of variable oscillators and
seatative of that sound. ' variable gain controb which are u'cd to determine

Since the early perception of buzzing and clicking. 33 hcann _ characteristics of a particular subject,

further research has been conducted into the micro- • j ^ view of a human skull showing

wave reaction of the brain. In an article entitled "Possi- j*£

ble Microwave Mechanisms of the Mammalian Ner- nG jhowj ^ reUtioiuh i p of the prolate spherical

vous System" by Philip L StocUtn and Brain F. Stoc- dinaJ . ^ w the cartesian system.

klin. published in the TTT Journal of Life Soeaces. 40 ^ ^ view of B jkull lhow i ng the

Tower International Technomedieal Institute. Inc. P.O. , t , , ^ head action A— A.

Box 4594. Philadelphia. P. (1979) there n disclosed. I^lj-Jjrjj **M *« transverse electric field

hypothesis that the mammaUan brain generates and uses £ prunxry mode number M.

electro magnetic waves in the tower microwave fre- view of the brain and audi-

quency region as an integral part of the functioning of 43

the central and peripheral nervous systems. This analy- ™y - gek) versus angle for

ab b based primarily upon the potential energy of a locahoV

protein integral in the neural membrane.

la an article by W. Bbe entitled "Low Power Radio- DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE

Frequency and Microwave Effects On Human Electro- JO PREFERRED EMBODIMENT

encephalogram and Behavior. Physiol. Chemistry |nvell ,j on a based upon observations of the

Phya. 10. 3S7 (1978). '^^^^S^ phys^l «he mammalian brain uses to per-

cant effects upon the alert human EEG during raduuon P £ vibrations. Thb observation b based in

by low intensity CW microwave elec^magnetic en- ceive mlomiai , nd other experimental

ergy. Bbe observed significant KencTwbfch relates to microwave brain stimulation

for a subject during radiation at specific microwave ^ ™ of

frequencies. It b has been observed that monochromatic acoustic

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION stimuli (acoustic tones, or single tones) of different fre-

° ^, k „: n «, ouencies uniquely stimulate different regions or the

Results of theoretical analysis °° £££ ™£ also been observed that there is a corre-

tissue and the brain/skul csviiy. combined wu h expe ^ ^ ^ rdltionihjp , ne frcquc „ cy

mentally-determined ^" om ; 9 ^. P ^ ™ ess.ty of a monochromatic acoustic stimulus and the region c

mamaaaliaa brmin tissue, indicate ^J^JnTwa^ «he auditory cortex ncurally stimulated by the cochlea.

fw ite existence of ckctrcanagnffC g^gJ^S « nerve under the phys.olog.ca..y norma, condi.ions

called modes in the living ^2^5 « (.onotop.ci.y).

charactcnsucs mry be determined «»»• *° • f ,, n nM ^ observed that for an aco-isiic lone of a

rer<£ Si?!? p^e ^^sSS-) ^ ch u ,he ,owe ' en ° ° r ,hc em,re - coui '

3 4

lical rinse perceivable by 3 person, thai a thin li | a HIT: I

° 1 i _i ..r .i.- i. ......

region ("Line ") parallel lo the medial a»u of il>e lirnin c f m., r.r.,u™cY liU. n— I «-i,h .11 ..

• nd toward the infenor portion of the primary auditory - ~ iMn |m

cortex is stimulated. For an acoustic tone whose frc , |jn ,«i

quency is toward the high end of the enure perceivable ■ , ??n i"'

acoustic range, a ihin lateral region parallel to the mc- j MJ ^

dial axis and toward the superior portion of the primary j JJn ,

auditory conex is stimulated. 7 'on

Neural stimulation results in the generation of a broad I ««> g

band of microwave photons by the change in rotational * j | ^

energy lUte or protons integral to the neuron mem- |( ( - J70 „„

brine of ihe auditory cortex. The physical sire and 12 UVX \ J*n

shape of the brain/skull cavity, together with the (semi- u i.ijo W>

conductor) properties (conductivity and dielectric con- |} J* j^J j,o

sunt) of the brain tissue provide an electromagnetic |4 iW0 t W

resonant cavity. Specific single frequencies are con- 17 j.«no J?o

structively reinforced so that a number of standing u «.orn

electromagnetic waves, each at its own single electro- £ „ ^ , „„

magnetic frequency in the microwave frequency re- M J( ;ono |„wn

gion. are generated in the brain. Each such standing n urn

electromagnetic wave is called a charactenstic mode of 23 JOJ* gg

the brain/skull cavity.

Analysis in terms or prolate spheroidal wave Tunc-
lions indicates that transverse electric field components 2J The rectifier outputs one through K are reed to *
of these modes have maxima in the region of the audi- mode partition devices. The mode partitioning devices
tory cortex. This analysis further shows that transverse each have N outputs wherein N is the number of micro-
electric field possess a variation of amplitude with angle wave oscillators used to generate the microwave radta-
in the angular plane (along the vertical dimension of the lion. The outputs 1 through N of each mode partition
auditory cortex) and that is dependent only upon the JO device is applied respectively to the inputs of each gam
pnmaAJmode number. controlled amplifier of the

The auditory cortex in the normally functioning tor. The function of the mode control matrix 14 is he

mammalian brain is a source of microwave modes. The control of the microwave amplifiers inj

aud.tory cortex generates these modes in accordance amplifier bank 18. In the preferred embodiment thus

^tZ^^uon of the auditory cortex by the 35 will be 24 outputs and 24 microwave Quency osci.la-

In this invention, the funcuon, of the ear. thecoch- onc moQe pKth ion dev4cc to , he nc xt.

kar nerve, and the auditory cortex are simulate* Mi- ^ dlod „ l7 ngnals from one mode partition

crowaves simulating the mode matrix are uuerteo ei- ^ from returning to the other mode partition dc-

recUy into the region of the auditory cortex. By this viccj which m ^ connected to the same summing

insertion of simulated microwave modes, the normal • ction of ^ mooe ,unixnaiion device 16. The diodes

operation of the entire natural heating mechanism is ^ jerve t function which ts the rectification of

simulated. the signals received from the acoustic filter bank by

Referring now to FIG. 1 and FIG. 2 there is shown x W|y of ^ mode potion devices. In this way each

an apparatus which provides for induced perception of mode p&rtlt ioo device output is rectified to produce a

sound into a mammalian brain. This hearing device varying DC voltage with major frequency components

"includes a microphone 10 which receives sounds, an of ^ of 15 mfliiseconds or less. The voltage at

acoustic filter bank 12 which separates the signals from ^ . nn,^. .^ junction 15 is thus a slowly varying DC
the microphone into component frequencies, and a J5 v0 [ U gc

mode control matrix 14 which generates the mode sig- The example mode partition devices are shown in

nals which are used to control the intensity of micro- gre »ter detail in FIGS. 3. 4. and 5. The mode partition

wave radiations which are injected into the skull cavity devices are merely resistance networks which produce

in the remon of the auditory cortex. 1 through N output voltages which are predetermined
The Acoustic filter bank 12 consists of a bank or w divisions of the input -gnal from the acoustic filter

.JuTtie filters Fl through Fk which span the audible associated with the i .-de partition device. FIG. 3

? i" The*: filters may be built from stan- jhows a mode partitioning device wherein several out-

IT? £S£ " n.p.c«ancc compo- puts axe associated with each series resistor 30. In the

daxd resistance indu ctancc ^ f |Ce ,„ ^ mbooimcnt dc p ic ,ed m FIG. 4 there is « output asso-

n . COU "r^^^ment there are 24 filters which 63 ci.tcd with «ch series resistor only, and thus there are

the preferred ^^^"'"^M^ of Use N series resistors, or the same number of series resistors

correspond to the observed thef e uc out ^ valuCJ of the resistors in the

human car. In this preferred ™™™ C ^ mode partition resistor network are determined in ac-

filter parameters is given by Table I below. v

4.858.612

5 6

cordancc with the magnitudes of the frequency otnpo- depicted in FIG 6 is used to calibrate or Til • micro-
nent from (he acoustic filler bank 12 which is required wave hearing generaior to a particular individual Once
at the summation point 19 or the gam control line for the hearing generator u adjusted to 'he particular indl<
amplifiers 20. vidual by adjustment of thr variable resistors ill '**e

The microwave amplifier bank 18 consists of a plural- J adjustable mode partition portion of the hearing gr
ityof microwave oscillators I ihrougn N each of which tor. a second generator may be built using fined v..
is connected to an amplifier 20. Since the amplifiers 20 resistors in accordance with the adjusted values
are gain controlled by the signals at summation junction achieved in fitting the device to the particular subject
19. the magnitude of the microwave output is con- The sound produced by headphone 66 should he the
trolled by the mode control matrix outputs Fl through 10 same as a sound from the sound source 62 winch i*
F». In the preferred embodiment there arc 24 amplifiers. received by the microphone 10 in the microwave henr-
The leads from the microwave oscillators 1 through ing generator 60. In this way. the subject can make
N to the amplifiers 20 arc shielded to prevent cross talk comparisons between the perceived sound from ihc
from one oscillator to the next, and to prevent stray hearing generator 60. and the sound which is heard
signals from reaching the user of the hearing device. I J from headphone 66. Sound source 62 also produce a
The output impedance of amplifiers 20 should h- lf/X) signal on 68 which is feed .o cur light 69. On li-jlit •*.*>
ohms and this is indicated by resistor 21. The outputs of crimes on whenever a sound is emiueil from ».«*>•*•!
amplifiers 20 are all connected to a summing junction sntirce 62 in ine microwavr gcnroHn* Wfc In ih- <r>u
21 The summing junction 22 is connected toajtimmini? ner. if the suhiect hears nothing, h- will Mill h*i"ft%l •*.-.!
impedance 23 which is approximately 50 ohms. Trie 20 tint a sound has hren limited awl h-n.-r iftsi h* ■ ■ ...
relatively high amplifier output impedance 21 as com- deed perceiving m sound from th- miriownv |.-~. ....
pared to the relatively low summing impedance 23 generator 60.

provides minimization of cross talk between the amplifi- In FiG. 7 there is shown a m-vlifirtl mi<:r'v.w- '• • ••

ers. Since the amplitude of the microwave signal needed ine generatoi wWcli may l>e iwetl lo d'termin-

at the antenna 24 is relatively small, there is no need to 25 jeers microwave mode frequences. In this dr«i«-.
match the antenna and summing junction impedances to acoustic filter bank and the mode control mains h-> -
the amplifier 20 output impedances. Efficiency of the been removed and replaced by voltage level air*!
amplifiers 20 is not critical. generated by potentiometers 70. Also included *rr a

Level control of the signal at antenna 24 is controlled plurality of variable frequency oscillators 72 which f*-*l
by pick o<T25 which is connected to the summing impe- JO microwave amplifiers 74 which are gain control!-*!
dance 23. In this manner, the signal at antenna 24 . an be from the signal generated by potentiometers 70 and r" 1
vaned from 0 (ground) to a value which is acceptable to off nrrn 76.

the individual. This modified microwave hiring am-mmr is .

The antenna 24 b placed next to the subject s head to provide signals using one oscillator at a timr. *V.
and in the region of the subject** auditory' cortex 26. Uy JJ an oscillator » turned on. the frcqumcy is v»rt>H •»
•placement of the antenna 24 in the region of the audi- the estimated value until a maximum acoustic frviT*
"tory cortex 26. the microwave field which is generated tion by the subject is perceived. This perception b" - ■
J-simuiatea the microwave field which would be gener- ever may consist of a buzzing or hissing sound i.n'-r
■ted if the acoustic sounds were perceived with normal than a tone because only one microwave freqiifi«t:v <s
hearingjand the auditory cortex was functioning nor- 40 being received. The first test of perception is to dr-r
mally. - ' •— •. mine the subject's lowest modal frequency for au«i>< , '>n

In FIG. 2A there b shown a second embodiment or (M«l). Once this modal frequency is obtained, the
the microwave radiation and generator portion or the process b repeated for several higher modal frequentves
hearing device. In this embodiment a broad band micro- and continued until no maximum acoustic perception
wave source 50 generates microwave signals which ere *5 occurs.

feed to filters 52 through 58 which select from the broad Another method ef determination of a subject 's
band radiation particular frequencies to be transmitted modal frequencies b through anatomical estimation,
to the person. As in FIG. 2, the amplifiers 20 receive This procedure b by measurement of the subject's ce-
signals on line 19 from the mode control matrix. The phalic index and the lateral dimensions of the skull. In
signals on Una 19 provide the gain control for amplifi- 50 this method, the shape b determined in prolate spheroi-
ers 20. . dal coo rdia arte e.

In FIG. 6 there b shown a modified microwave hear* Purely anatomical estimation of subject's modal fre-
ing generator 60 which includes a mode partition rests- quencies b performed by first measuring the maximum
tor divider network as depicted in FIG. 5. Each of the , lateral dimension (breadth) L FIG. I. of the subject's
mode partition voltage divider networks in this embodi- 33 head together with the maximum dimension D (anterior
ment are individually adjust-hle for all of the resistances to posterior) in the medial plane of the subject's head. D
in the resistance network. FIG. 5 depicts a voltage b the distance along Z axb as shown in FIG. 10. The
division system wherein adjustment of the voltage parti- ratio L/D. called in anthropology the cephalic index, b
tion resistors b provided for. roonotonically related to the boundary value (.defining

In FIG. 6, the sound source 62 generates audible 60 the ellipsoidal surface approximating the interface be-
sounds which are received by the microphone of the tween the brain and the skull in the prolate spheroi
microwave hearing generaior 60. In accordance with coordinate system, i, defines the shape of thb interfa
the operation described with respect to FIGS. 1 and 2. 4, and D together give an estimate of a. the semi-focal
microwave signals are generated at the antenna 10 in distance of the defining ellipsoid. Using i, and a. to-
accordance with the redistribution provided by the 63 gether with known values of the conductivity and di-
mode control matrix as set forth in FIG. 5. ■ electric constants of brain tissue, those wavelengths are

The sound source 62 also produces a signal on line 64 found for which the radial component of the electric
which b received by a head phone 66. The apparatus field satisfies the boundary condition that it b zero at (>

7 8

Thrse wavelengths are ihe w.i velengtlis .isv.^i.iinl ••. nl. iivttte ««»«-e «»f firqitwiey K»"»s s* M •»•»»■/«■ »•»•■

(he standing waves or modes, i tic corresponding fir. frequency etui) * " plotte'l r'"'"vr il*»v >.-.v<f.| »r«

quenctcs tre found by dividing ihe phase velocity of at lateral location as indicates in FIG II

microwaves in brain tissue by each of the wavelengths Resistor weightings are obtained from the itw

A subject's microwave modal frequencies may also 5 (m(d>- 6jJ)|. Formula I. The scale hetween aennsm

be determined by observing the effect of external micro- frequency and d> must be set or estimate-J from exp'n

wave radiation upon the EEC The frequency of the M ment Approximately 3.25^1' corresponds to a «»n.->i

equal I mode may then be used as a base point to esti- stimulus at about 2 kHz (the most sensitive reei-m «>f 'I"-

mate all other modal frequencies. car ) sinCc this source location gives the highest deem.

A typical example of such an estimation is where the io field amplitude,

subject is laterally in-adiaied with a monochromatic -rs^ gpplJ . ttus 0 r FIG. 7 may also be used to deter

microwave field simultaneous with EEG measurement mine valua for , ncanng d eV ice which are required for

ind the microwave frequency altered until a significant a particulsr , ubj ect. Once the modal frequencies have

change occurs in the EEG. the lowest such frequency ^ eslimtledi tnc dcvjcc of FIG. 7 which includes

causing asignific.nl EEG .change is found. This is tden- ,j vuiMe microw8vc osci ,|. (on miy * used to dcIcr .

t.fied as the frequency of the M = mode, the lowest ^ va , ua fof ^ osci „ alon wnich m „ ch tnc subjec( .

mode of importance in auditory perception. The purely ^ (<) ^^.^ ^ ^ ^ ^

tn.tom.cal esumation procedure ^ . modc iuQn d=vic „ of ^ mode con(rol mtm ^

M= 1 modaJ frequency obtained. These ratios together 70 , . . . . "**" . ■ „. ,f"

with the experimentally-determined M-l frequency "^ed by P««M«bJhW^»

are then used to estimate the frequences of the mode P I,ficr « a "» > rc abou ' ,hc eS, " M Cd S££i£

numbers higher than L The proUte spheroidal coordi- ™ • co / u f , '= «° ne "J™"* " ^ rCg, °" ^

nate system is shown in FIG. 9. Along the lateral plane Heru maximum acoustic perception .ml a

containing the x and y coordinates of FIG. 9, the pro- u P ure * «° ne » rc thieved together. The term purest tone

late spheroidal coordinate variable * (angle) lies FIGS. "iiy described as the most pleasing acoustic

9 and 10. Plots of the transverse electric field amplitude perception by the subject. This process may be repeated

versus primary mode number m arc shown in FIG. 11. •« selected frequencies above and below 2 kHz. The

The equation is selected frequencies correspond to regions of other

M acoustic filter center frequencies of the subject. When

*)-£,u»(m+) modal frequency (oscillator frequency) and gain set

values (settbe a potentiometer 76) are noted, it is then

The "elevation view" FIG. 12, of the brain from the left possible to calculate fixed oscillator frequencies and

side, shows the primary auditory cortex 10. The iso- control resistor values for the adjusted hearing device

tone lines and the high frequency region are toward the f or this particular subject.

top of 100 and the low frequency region toward the i„ the evem the subject has no K rior icoustic experi-

bottom of 100. encCi t htt b deaf from birth, estimated resistor values

The formula L set forth below is the formula for must ^ Also, a complex acoustic stimulation test

combining modes from an iso-tone line at $«4>j being including language articulation and pairs of harmoni-

excited to obtain the total modal field it Kmc other c^jy rc i at ed tones may be developed to maximize the

angular location <p. For this formula, if we let J -I Q\ui of ^ hearing device parameters for those or this

one iso-tone single frequency acoustic stimulus line). particular subject.

then it can be shown that ALL modes (in general) must Typical components for use in this invention include

be used for any ONE tone. commercially available high fidelity microphones

45 which have a range of 50 Hi to 13 kHz with plus or

FORMULA I minus 3 dB variation.

RMS TRANSVERSE ELECTRIC The audio filters to be used with the acoustic filter

FIELD IN ANGULAR PLANE, /0) bank 12 are constructed in a conventional manner, and

have Q values of about 6. The fillers may also be de-
50 signed with 3 dB down points (\ the bandwidth away

i | from the center frequency) occurruig at adjacent center

A0) " [„ii(' m< " <7) >ii <-*~* v "~ m * mC i ) ) ] fr Thr o ?c!^'«7b the mode control matrix which

provide isolation between the mode partition circuits
jj are commercially available diodes in the audio range.
♦-ANGLE (0* LATERAL) The microwave oscillators 1 through N and the mi-
+i— LOCATION OF j-TH SOURCE (TOTAL NUMBER J) crowave amplifiers 20 are constructed with available
Umm ATTENUATION LENGTH (IN ANCLE) OF . TH MODE microwave transistors which can be configured either
—PRIMARY MODE NUMBER (HIGHEST MODE M) u oscillators or amplifiers. Examples of the transistors
FIG. 13 shows the resulting total modal field versus 60 »rc GaAsFET field effect transistors by Hewlitt Pack-
angle * for source location * at 5.25'. |W, etc. With »rd known as the HFET series or silicone bipolar Iran-
reference to the set of curves at the leA top of this fig- sisters by Hewl.tt Packard known as the HXTR senes.
urc. A spacing of approximately 125' m * corresponds All the cable between the oscillators, the m.crowave
to a tonal difference of about I octave. This conclusion amplifiers, and the antenna should be constructed w„h
is based on the «de-lob« of pattern coming from « either s.ngle or double shielded coaxial cable.
4,-5 23' etc The total filed (value on y-axis) falls con- The antenna 24 for directing microwave signals to
sidcrably below the top curves for source locations well the audio cortex 26 should be approximately the size of
below 3 25" (toward the high acoustic stimulus end) and the auditory cortex. A typical size would be one and

9 10

one half CM high and one half 10 one CM wiOe. The 10 The apparatus in accordance wiih claim 9

antenna as ihown is located over the lefi auditory cor- wherein vnd amplitudes .ire the weighted m accordance

lex. but Che nght may also be used. Since the character- w.ih transform function of the iignal representative of

istic impedance of the brain tissue at these microwave toundv

frequencies is close ic JO ohms, efficient transmission by 5 n. The apparatus in accordance with claim 7

commercially available standard JO ohm coax is possi- wherein said mode control matrix device includes a

ble - voltage divider connected to cich of said plurality of

The invention his been described in reference to the «id audio frequency filters,

preferred embodiments. It is. however, to be under- 12. The apparatus in accordance with claim II

stood that other advantages, features, and embodiments 10 w h cre ,n each of said voltage dividers hat a plurality of

may be within the scope of this invention as defined in outpu ,j wnich arc conncc , cd in circui , , 0 ,„; d mnn% for

theappctidcd ciauna. generating a plurality of microwave signals.

What is claimed is: 13 ^ a atuJ jn accorH „ ncc wilh cWln 2

1. A sound perception device for providing induced wherein mcans Ujf generjlli „ l(inll(v of m ,, ro .

perception of sound tnto . mammalian brain eatnpmmg 13 xvavc S1 „ n5C3 a % iuralit ; of l cro J,. vc pcncr .

in combination: . r ,.„ ' . 1 .

means for generating microwave radiation which is ^ " Ch ^'"V f 3 "r

representative of a sound to be perceived, said ^ lroll,n 6 < h < °"'P U ' -n.pl.tude of each of said genera-
means for generating including means for general- n tv u i

ing a simultaneous plurality of microwave radia- 20 *J J*-/"*"? * accordance with c aim, 2

tion frequencies and means for adjusting the ampli- whcrc ' n " ,d mcans for g f nCra !' u ng ' P , ? M,,,y ° f mKt °-

tude of said microwave radiation frequencies in W * VC enmpr|ses a broad band micrnwav, *,„ r ce

accordance with the sound to be perceived; and a:,d 1 p ^ rMuy of r,l,crs -

antenna means located in the region of the auditory U 1S T* 8 «PP*"W in accordance Willi claim 13
cortex of said mammalian brain for transmitting 25 whcr f m " ,d 8 en « a ">™ cach comprise ■ microwave

said microwave energy into the auditory cottex s,gnal *° urcc and * ** ,n co" 1 " 5 "" 1 microwave ampli-

region of said brain. ■

2. A heauing device for perception of sounds compris- 16 71,6 , PP* r>tu3 »« accordance with claim 13
ing in combination: wherein said means for analyzing output is connected to

means for generating a signal represenutive of 30 ** id meua for controlling microwave amplifier output
sounds; amplitudes.

means for analyzing said signal representative of said ~^ lc ■PP«r«tus in accordance with claim 13

sounds having an output; wherein analyzing includes K audio frequency filters.

means for generating a plurality of nucrowave signals 18 - Thc »PP«ratus in accordance with claim 17
having different frequencies having a input con- 3J w n«em (here are N microwave generators,
nected to said output of said means for analyzing 19 The apparatus in accordance with claim 18 in-
said signals, having an output; eluding a mode partitioning means which provides N

means for applying said plurality of microwave sig- outputs for each of said K. audio frequency filters,
nils to the bead of a subject, and 20 The apparatus in accordance with elaim 19

whereby the subject perceives sounds which are rep- 40 wheran «><- N amplifiers each have K. inputs from said
resentative of said sounds. mode partitioning means.

3. The apparatus in accordance with claim 2 wherein 21 - The apparatus in accordance with claim 20
said means for generating a signal is a microphone for wherein said N amplifiers have K inputs less the mode
detecting sound waves. partitioning means outputs which are so small that they

4. The apparatus in accordance with claim 2 wherein 4} m*y he omitted.

said means for applying said plurality of microwave 22. The apparatus in accordance with claim 20

signals is an antenna. wherein said mode partitioning output device outputs

5. The apparatus in accordance with claim 4 wherein cich include a diode connected to each microwave
said antenna is placed in the region of the auditory amplifier gain control to provide isolation between all
cortex of the subject 30 outputs.

6. The apparatus In accordance with Haim 2 wherein 23. The apparatus in accordance with claim 20
the subject is a human being. wherein said K audio frequency filters are chosen to

7. The apparatus in accordance with claim 2 wherein correspond to the critical band widths of the human ear.
said means for analyzing said signal comprises: 24. The apparatus in accordance with claim 20

an acoustic filter bank for dividing said sounds into a 33 wherein said N microwave generators are each adjust-

plurality of component frequencies; and » hlc in frequency output.

a mode control matrix means for providing control 23. The apparatus in accordance with claim 18

signals which are weighted in accordance with said wherein the frequency of each N microwave generators

plurality of component frequencies, having an out- b determined by anatomical estimation,

put connected to said means for generating a plu- 60 26. The apparatus in accordance with claim 18

rality of microwave signal inputs. wherein the frequency of the lowest frequency micro*

8. The apparatus in accordance with claim 7 wherein wave generator is chosen by determination of the effect
said acoustic filter bank includes a plurality of audio of external microwave generation on the EEC of the
frequency filters. subject

9. The apparatus in accordance with claim 8 wherein «5 27. Thc apparatus in accordance with claim 18
said audio frequency filters provide a plurality of output wherein the frequency of each of said N microwave
frequencies having amplitudes which are a function of generators corresponds to the subject's microwave
said signal represenutive of sends. modal t~

11

28. The apparatus in accordance with claim 27
wherein ihe subject's mod»l frequencies are determined
by measurement of «he subject's cephalic inde* and the
lateral dimensions of the skull.

29. The apparatus in accordance with claim 28
wherein the subject's lowest modal frequency is deter -

12

mined by varying the frequency of the \nwt <i frrqiiency
microwive generator about the estimjted valur until a
maximum acoustic perception is obtained by the sub-
ject.

10

15

it;

i

2C

30

33

40

«5

50

35
60

IE

U.S. Patent Aug. 22, 1989 Sheet 7 of 7 4,858,612

5.25°

f I0« W6LE 20° 30°

U00AL PATTERNS ON Al

FIG.I3

APPENDIX E

PARTI

COMPARISON OF SIMILAR AND DISSIMILAR
ALIEN ABDUCTION & RA SURVIVOR ACCOUNTS BY CATEGORY

TABLE 1

ELEMENTS (Inanimate)

ALIEN ABDUCTION ACCOUNTS

RA dTUVTVOD ACCfYfTKTQ
M JUlv V 1 VUlv ACCUUiN IS

Examining Table

Altar Table

White sheet

White Sheet/Black Rug

Machines: X-Ray/Headgear/Wires/Body Fluid
Collecting Devices (SDerm/blood)

Machines: ECT/Polygraph/Shockers/

i icougcoi / tt u Co/ Lome n uua

Instruments' Sureical/Needles/ImDlant
Instrument

Symbols. New Space Writing/Symbols
tmoiems. Circles/ 1 nangles

Symbols:01d Writing/Symbols/ Letters
Numbers/Religious(upside down)

Emblems: Circles/Tnangles/Pentagram/Stars

Tracking Devices

Tracking Devices

Clothes Worn: Skintight/Capes/Hoods
(grey, white, black)

Clothes Worn: Loose Fitting/Capes/Hoods
(black, white, brown)

Bright Light: Initiating Event

Bright Light: To Torture/To Intimidate

Restraints: Clamps

Restraints: Clamps/Chains/Ropes/Belts

Electrical Energy: Experiments to Heal/ To
Transfer Information

Eyes: Scary/Calming

Electrical Energy: To Torture/To
Intimidate/To Eradicate Information

TABLE 2

Elements (animate)

ALIEN ABDUCTION ACCOUNTS

RA SURVTVOR ACCOUNTS

"Being in Charge" Others Subservient

High Priest/Priestess in Charge Others

Ahens/Extraterrestrials/Humanoids

Satanists/Cultists/Humans

Reptilian Creatures (Transformations)

Beasts/Reptilian Creatures/Cartoon
Characters (Transformations)

"Men in Black"

"Men in Black"

"Shadows in Mind"

"Shadows in Mind"

TABLE 3

Messages Given

ALIEN ABDUCTION ACCOUNTS

RA SURVTVOR ACCOUNTS

Told:

Told:

"You are Special"

"You are Special"

"We Will Return"

"We Will Return"

"Do Not Tell"

"Do Not Tell"

"Aliens Are in Charge

"Satan is More Powerful Than God"

"To Breed"

Forced to:

"Breed" - (Women Breeders in the Cult -
Babies for the Group to raise.

TABLE 4

Psychological Sequelae

ALIEN ABDUCTION ACCOUNTS

RA SURVIVOR ACCOUNTS

Amnestic for Experience: Memory Loss
(enforced-use of light, instruments, etc.)

Amnestic for Experience: Memory Loss
(eriforced-brainwashing techniques, drugs)

Bonding: With Alien

Bonding: With Cult/Coerced

Drugged: Feel Euphoric/Anaesthetized

Drugged:

LSD/Anectine/Curare/Atropine/Alcohol/
BeUadonna/Heroin/Cocaine/Roots & Herbs

Pain: Medical Procedures/Experimentation
"Fee Like I was Being Tom Apart"

Pain: Important for Compliance
"Feel Like They Tore My Heart Out"

Felt Trapped: "Nowhere to Run"

Felt Trapped: "Nowhere to Hide"

Paranormal Experiences: Esp/Out-of-
Body/ Astral Travel

Paranormal Experiences: ESP/Out-of-
Body/Astral Travel

Emotions Experienced:
Terror/Fear/ Anxiety/ A "Calming"

Emotions Experienced: Terror/Fear/ Anxiety

Paranoia. "They are Coming Back"

Headaches

Sleep Difficulties

Paranoia' "Thev are Cominc Back"
Headaches

Visual Disturbances

Sleep Difficuhie.CDBn.p.ed Sleep Cycles)
Visual Disturbances

Sexual Disturbances

Sexual Distiirhane^s

Nightmares

Nightmares

nn! n m

Humiliation

Humiliation

Obsessive Thoughts

Obsessive Thoughts

Threats: Seen as Caring

PAS/PTSD

PTSD/MPD/Dissociation

Not Reported

Personality Layering

Self-Mutilation (few)

Self-Mutilation (many)

Suicidal: After Disclosure (feel they are
victims)

Suicidal: After Disclosure (feel they are
victims)

Deep Painless Wounds

pain)

Fear of Hypnosis

Fear of Hypnosis

Not Reported

God Phobic, Survivor Guih

TABLE 5

Locations for Experience

ALIEN ABDUCTION ACCOUNTS

RA SURVIVOR ACCOUNTS

Inside a Circle: Spacecraft

Inside a Circle: Pentagram

Tunnels

Tunnels

Taken from a Car

Kidnanned' In Car/From Car

* *J i wmmfminnm ■ ui VsW/i i will v_***J.

Taken from Bed

Kidnapped from Bed

Taken from Field/Forest

Taken to Field/Forest

Taken from Park

Kidnapped from park

Not Reported

Basements/Churches/Schools/Cemeteries

TABLE 6

Personal History

ALIEN ABDUCTION ACCOUNTS

RA SURVIVOR ACCOUNTS

Age at First Abduction: 5-6 (average
reported)

Age at First Initiation: 6 (average reported)

History of Incest Reported by Few

History of Incest reported by Most

History of Physical Abuse Reported by Few

History of Physical Abuse Reported by Most

History of Alcoholism Reported by Few

History of Alcoholism/Drug
Abusefeulimia/Anorexia/Sexual Addiction

Transgenerational

Transgenerational

Friends Involved Sometimes (witnesses &
abductees)

Friends Involved Sometimes
(to recruit)

TABLE 7

ALIEN ABDUCTION ACCOUNTS

RA SURVIVOR ACCOUNTS

Not Reported

Abductions Occur Day or Night

Long Range Study of Abductee
Abduction on Birthday Rare
Not Reported

Calendar for Rituals

Anniversary Dates (cause great amount of fear for
survivor)

Kidnapping of Survivor to Return to Coven Occur
Day or Night

Long Range Exploitation of initiate
Personal Birthday is Highest Satanic Holiday
Moon Cycles Followed

TABLE 8

Wounds & Scars Observed

ALIEN ABDUCTION ACCOUNTS

RA SURVIVOR ACCOUNTS

Physical Wounds:

Scars/Bruises/Incisions/Buros/Radiation Bums

Physical Wounds: Scars/Bruises (in
patterns yirKisions/BumsAVhip Marks

Implants: Objects X-Rayed (in nose and other parts
of body including head)

Implants: Few Cases/ (bones, objects in body
including head)

Nosebleeds

Not Reported

Not Reported

Carved Symbols on Body

Not Reported
iNot Keponea
Not Reported

Missing Digits. L/Hand (little finger, ring finger at
center knuckle) Toes/Fingers

Tattoos: Satanic/Coven Symbols

Vagina/Rectal Scars

Not Reported

Missing Uterus
Missing Nipples

TABLE 9

Violations Against Free-WUl

ALILIN ABDUCTION ACCOUNTS

RA SURVIVOR ACCOUNTS

Not Reported

Marriage to Satan or Cult Leader

Not Reported

Ritual Rape (male & female)

Forced Impregnation

Caesarean Section/Child Taken Before Term

CoUcction of Sperm Samples

Collection of Orgasmic Secretions (used in rituals)

Not Reported

Forced to Kill

Forced to Memorize Names

Forced to Forget Names

•

Isolated from Other Humans/Observers

Isolated from Other Humans/Observers

Not Reported

Forced to drink Blood (animal A: human "i

Not Reported

Forced to Select Who is Killed (extremely
traumatic)

None Reported

Pornography/Snuff Films/Prostitution/Drug
Trafficking

Not Rerwtfvi

Programmed to Perform Antisocial Acts (hits)

Shown Films of Destruction

Shown Films of Desmvrirm

Not Reported

"Black Hnlr" ^OKnnvUf Km/4 fint ,mA . -i

• ri tsuspenoea neaa nrst into a dark deep
pit) "Black Box"

Not Reported
Abduction

Rebirth Ritual: Cow or Human Cavity Opened -
Child Inserted Left Until End of Ritual (born aeain
to Satan or whatever deity they pray to)

Forced Kidnapping: Babies/Adults/Christians (for
sale, indoctrinarion, ritual sacrifices (not

■ ■ r ■ J afc \

necessaniy oeatn;

Not Reported

Necrophilia (sex with cadaver)

Not Reported

Cannibalism

Cattle Mutilations

Animal & Other Sacrifices

Nude on table

Nude on Altar

TABLE 10

Philosophy & Beliefs

ALIEN ABDUCTION ACCOUNTS

RA SURVIVOR ACCOUNTS

Religious Themes

Religious Philosophy Opposite of God (Satan or
other Deitv is ruler)

Uses Information from Humans to Help Humanoid
Development

Uses Power Over Humans to Control & Preserve
Belief System

Belief in Ultimate War/Nuclear Disaster

Belief in Ultimate War 3x666- 1 998/Armageddon

Preparation for Survival of Race

Preparation for Survival of Cultic Beliefs

Belief that Abductee is Protected by Having
Memories Blocked

Belief that RA Survivor Will Die if Memories Are
Retrieved

Belief that Aliens are Good: Trying to Help
Hmmos

Belief that Satanists are evil: Trying to Destroy
Humans (Referenced to Bad People)

Future Important: Survival
Babies are Important

ruture important, jxooo^iyvo

D«Uiam in. i ■■ ii tt ■ ■ i

Satanists/Cdtists/Deraes are Intelligent to Evade

Mot Reported

TABLE 11

Patterns

ALIEN ABDUCTION ACCOUNTS

RA SURVIVOR ACCOUNTS

Amnesia Usually Effective Until Abductees Adult
Life (or childhood disclosure which has been rare)

Retractions After disclosure
Visit by "Men in Black-
Wheat Field Symbols
Systematic Wav^to Gain Compliance

Aliens Give Little Information But Want
Information Illness Cured by Aliens

Amnesia Usually Effective Until Survivors Adult
Life (or childhood disclosure which has been rare
up until 1980)

Retraction After Disclosure
Visits by "Men in Black-
Not Reported

Systematic Way to Gain Compliance (Torture/Fear)
Group/Individual Controls

Illnesses Cured by Witchcraft & Magic

Aliens Seem to Know Everything About Abductee
& Abductee's Family (shows movies of family and
abductees life)

Abduction Accounts Seem Like Invisible Epidemic

Difficult to Trace Evidence

"Accommodation Syndrome-:

Secrecy

Helplessness

Entrapment

Accommodation

Delayed Disclosure

Retraction

Survivors Seem to Know Fm-h Other

Satanists/Perpetrator Seem to Know Everything
About Survivor & Survivor's Family (shows

movies of destruction mi rviH

Survivors Accounts Seem like Invisible Epidemic

Difficult to Trace Evidence

"Accommodation Syndrome::

Secrecy

Helplessness

Bflfl ajpoaBflt

Delayed disclosure
Retraction

APPENDIX E

PARTI

COMPARISON OF SIMILAR AND DISSIMILAR
ALIEN ABDUCTION & RA SURVIVOR ACCOUNTS BY CATEGORY

TABLE 1

ELEMENTS (Inanimate)

DA CTTPVTVfTD AffnTTVTQ
KA aUKVIVLIK Al^V-LHJIX la

Altar Table

White sheet

White Sheet/Black Rug

Machines: X-Ray/Headgear/Wires/Body Fluid
Collectinc Devices ( snerm/hlnoH^

WUVVUllJ^ i/^VIWU \ J^tL LIU wl\J\J\l J

Machines: ECT/Polygraph/Shockers/

Instruments' ^iiroirjil/Neerllpc/Imnlant
uuuuuicuu. olli £11411/ iiccuic> u.iiy lain

Instrument

Symbols: New Space Writing/Symbols

histruments. Kmve^aggers^ins^eedles

Symbols:01d Writing/Symbols/ Letters
Numbers/Religious(upside down)

Emblems: Circles/Tnangles

Emblems: Circles/Tnangles/Pentagram/Stars

Tracking Devices

Tracking Devices

Clothes Worn.- Skintight/Capes/Hoods
(grey, white, black)

Clothes Worn: Loose Fitting/Capes/Hoods
(black, white, brown)

Bright Light: Initiating Event

Bright Light: To Torture/To mtimidate

Restraints: Clamps

Restraints: Clamps/Chains/Ropes/Belts

Electrical Energy: Experiments to Heal/ To
Transfer Information

Eyes: Scary/Calming

Electrical Energy: To Torture/To
Intimidate/To Eradicate Information

Eyes: Scary/Demonic

TABLE 2

Elements (animate)

ALIEN ABDUCTION ACCOUNTS

RA SURVIVOR ACCOUNTS

"Being in Charge" Others Subservient

Ali ens/Extraterrestrial s/Humanoids
Reptilian Creatures (Transformations)

"Men in Black"
"Shadows in Mind"

High Priest/Priestess in Charge Others
Subservient

Satanists/Cultists/Humans

Beasts/Reptilian Creatures/Cartoon
Characters (Transformations)

"Men in Black"

"Shadows in Mind"

TABLE 3

Messages Given

ALIEN ABDUCTION ACCOUNTS

RA SURVIVOR ACCOUNTS

Told:

"You are Special"
"We Will Return"
"Do Not Tell"

"To Breed"

Told:

"You are Special"
"We Will Return"
"Do Not Tell"

"Satan is More Powerful Than God"
Forced to:

"Breed" - (Women Breeders in the Cult -
Babies for the Group to raise.

TABLE 4

Psychological Sequelae

ALIEN ABDUCTION ACCOUNTS

RA SURVIVOR ACCOUNTS

Amnestic for Experience: Memory Loss
(enforced-use 01 Lieht instruments etc ^

Amnestic for Experience: Memory Loss

( enforced-hrainwashine techniaues dmcs^

Bonding: With Alien

Bonding: With Cult/Coerced

Drugged: Feel Euphoric/Anaesthetized

Drugged:

LSD/Anectine/Curare/ Atro Dine/ Al cohol/
BeUadonna/Heroin/Cocaine/Roots & Herbs

Pain: Medical Procedures/Experimentation
"Fee Like I was Being Tom Apart"

Pain' ImDortant for ComDliance
"Feel Like They Tore My Heart Out"

Felt TraDDed" "Nowhere to Run"

Felt Tranned- "Nnwhwc to HiHe"

Paranormal Experiences: Esp/Out-of-
Bodv/ Astral Travel

Paranormal Experiences: ESP/Out-of-

Rrxiv/ A^frnl Travel

Emotions Experienced:
Terror/Fear/ Anxiety/A "Calming"

Emotions Experienced: Terror/Fear/Anxiety

Paranoia: "Thev are Cominc Back"
Headaches

Paranoia "Thev ar*» Pnmino Rarlr"

Sleep Difficulties

Headaches

Sleep Difficulties (Disrupted Sleep Cycles)

Visual Disturbances

Visual Disturbances

Sexual Disturbances

3CALi*U l^iMUTuaiiCcS

Nightmares

rvfiMtii/Mi

Humiliation

Hi imili nti An
XAUiiiiiminjii

Obsessive Thoutzhts

Obsessive Thoughts

Threats' Seen as Carina

Threats* Seen as Abusive

PAS/PTSD

PTSD/MPD/Dissociation

Not Reported

Personality Layering

Self-Mutilation (few)

Self-Mutilation ( man v )

victims) ^ ^
Deep Painless Wounds

Suicidal' After Disclosure (feel thev are

****** w ****** • *^ ** r *»* v "*** y * MIVJ HIV

victims)

Deep Painless Wounds (dissociates to avoid
pain)

Fear of Hypnosis

Fear of Hypnosis

Not Reported

God Phobic, Survivor Guilt

TABLE 5

Locations for Experience

ALIEN ABDUCTION ACCOUNTS

RA SURVIVOR ACCOUNTS

Inside a Circle: Spacecraft

Inside a Circle: Pentagram

Tunnels

Tunnels

Taken from a Car

KidnaoDed' In Car/From Car

Taken from Bed

Taken from Field/Forest

Taken to Field/Forest

Taken from Park

Kidnapped from park

Not Reported

Basements/Churches/Schools/Cemeteries

TABLE 6

Personal History

ALIEN ABDUCTION ACCOUNTS

RA SURVIVOR ACCOUNTS

Age at First Abduction: 5-6 (average
reported)

Age at First Initiation: 6 (average reported)

History of Incest Reported by Few

History of Incest reported by Most

History of Physical Abuse Reported by Few

History of Physical Abuse Reported by Most

History of Alcoholism Reported by Few

History of Alcoholism/Drug
Abuse/Bulimia/ Anorexia/Sexual Addiction

Transgenerational

Transgenerational

Friends Involved Sometimes (witnesses &
abductees)

Friends Involved Sometimes
(to recruit)

TABLE 7

ALIEN ABDUCTION ACCOUNTS

RA SURVIVOR ACCOUNTS

Random Abductions
i>oi rtcponcu

Abductions Occur Day or Night

Long Range Study of Abductee
Abduction on Birthday Rare
Not Reported

Calendar for Rituals

Anniversary Dates (cause great amount of fear for
survivor)

Kidnapping of Survivor to Return to Coven Occur
Day or Night

Long Range Exploitation of initiate
Personal Birthday is Highest Satanic Holiday
Moon Cycles Followed

TABLE 8

Wounds & Scars Observed

ALIEN ABDUCTION ACCOUNTS

RA SURVIVOR ACCOUNTS

Physical Wounds:

Scars/Bruises/Incisions/Burns/Radiation Bums

Implants: Objects X-Raved (in nose and other parts
of body including head)

\T Ll-J-

Noseoieeos
Not Reported

Not Reported
Not Reported
Not Reported

Missing Uterus Observed by Alien Examination
Not Reported

Physical Wounds: Scars/Bruises (in
patternsVIncisions/BurnsAVhip Marks

Implants: Few Cases/ (bones, objects in body
including head)

Not Keportea

Carved Symbols on Body

MissmgJKgris: L/Hrad (Uttle finger, ring finger at

Tattoos: Satanic/Coven Symbols
Vagina/Rectal Scars
Missing Uterus
Missing Nipples

TABLE 9

Violations Against Free-Will

KA 3UKV1VUK ACCUUIN la

Not Reported

Marriage to Satan or Cult Leader

Not Reported
Forced Impregnation

Ritual Rape (male & female)
Forced fappn^mtiofl

VKoaiMU JC^UUU/ V.UUU l PWpH DC1UC i dill

Collection of Sperm Samples

Collection of Orgasmic Secretions (used in rituals)

Not Reported

Forced to Kill

Forced to Memorize Names

Farced to Forget Names

Isolated from Other Humans/Observers

Isolated from Other Humans/Observers

Not Reported

Forced to Select Who is Killed (extremely
traumatic)

None Reported

Pcrnograpby/SnufJ FiJms/ProsUtuti on/Drug
Trafficking

Not Reported

* mgiauiujcu to renenn Antisocial Acts (nils)

Shown Films of Destruction

Shown Films of Destruction

inoi Keporteo

"Black Hole" (suspended head first into a dark deep
pit) "Black Box-

Not Reported

Rebirth Ritual: Cow or Human Cavity Opened -
ChUd Inserted Left Until Endof Ritual (bora again

Abduction

Forced Kidnapping: Babies/Adults/Christians (for
sale, mooctnnauon, ntuai sacrifices (not
necessarily death)

Not Reported

Necrophilia (sex with cadaver)

Not Reported

Cannibalism

Cattle Mutilations

Animal & Other Sacrifices

Nude on table

Nude on Altar

TABLE 10

Philosophy & Beliefs

ALIEN ABDUCTION ACCOUNTS

RA SURVIVOR ACCOUNTS

Religious Themes

Uses Information from Humans to Help Humanoid
Development

Belief in Ultimate War/Nuclear Disaster

Preparation for Survival of Race

Belief that Abductee is Protected by Having

Belief that Aliens are Good: Trying to Help
Humans

future important, survival

Aliens are Superior "Beings"
Not Reported

Religious Philosophy Opposite of God (Satan or
other Deity is ruler)

Uses Power Over Humans to Control & Preserve
tteliet System

Belief in Ultimate War 3x666=1998/Armageddon

Preparation for Survival of Culuc Beliefs

Belief thai RA Survivor Will Die if Memories Are
Retrieved

Belief that Satanists are evil: Trying to Destroy
Humans (Referenced to Bad People)

Future Important; 3x666-1998

Babies are Important

Satanists/Cultists/Deitics are Intelligent to Evade

TABLE 11

Patterns

ALIEN ABDUCTION ACCOUNTS

RA SURVIVOR ACCOUNTS

Amnesia Usually Effective Until Abductees Adult
Life (or childhood disclosure which has been rare)

Retractions After disclosure
Visit by "Men in Black-
Wheat Field Symbols
Svstoan^Wav^to Gain Compliance

Aliens Give Little Information But Want
Information Illness Cured by Aliens

References to: Force/PTessure/Presence/Power
Abductees Seem to Know Each Other

Aliens Seem to Know Everything About Abductee
& Abductee's Family (shows movies of family and
abductees life)

Abduction Accounts Seem Like Invisible Epidemic
Difficult to Trace Evidence

Secrecy

Helplessness

Entrapment

Accommodation

Delayed Disclosure

Retraction

Amnesia Usually Effective Until Survivors Adult
Life (or childhood disclosure which has been rare
up until 1980)

Retraction After Disclosure
Visits by "Men in Black-
Not Reported

Systematic Way to Gain Compliance (Torture/Fear)
Group/Individual Controls

Illnesses Cured by Witchcraft & Magic

Survivors Seem to Know Each Other

Satanists/Perpetrator Seem to Know Everything
About Survivor & Survivor's Family (shows

movies of destruction and rviU

Survivors Accounts Seem Like Invisible Epidemic

Difficult to Trace Evidence

"Accommodation Syndrome::

Secrecy

Helplessness

Entrapment

Accommodation

Delayed disclosure

Retraction

APPENDIX E

PART II

HISTORY OF PSYCHIATRY & WORLD
EVENTS INCLUDING MAFIA
DEVELOPMENT IN THE UNITED STATES

HISTORY OF MPD, TRAUMA,
DISSOCIATION; NEW CLINICAL
SYNDROMES; GROUPS OPPOSING
RECOVEDRED MEMORIES

1785- Meaner, FA. Report of Dr. Beryamm
Fronkltn and other commissions charged by the
King of France with the examination of animal

MIND CONTROL RESEARCH; MEDICAL
ABUSES & EMERGENCE OF ALLEGED
UFO SIGHTINGS, ALIEN ABDUCTION *
RITUAL ABUSE PHONEMONA

1739-40 John Wesley 1 ! Journal - first reports of

collapse induced by • particular sort <
found when an individual had to I

1817- Mitchell, S.L.A double consciousness, or a
duality of person in the same person

1883-1
Kmpel

■■ msanrtv & d em emu
i Textbook of Psychiatry by Emil

1836- Mary Reynolds case was first theoretical
case showing relationship between MPD and
d iss ocia t ion (d is s o cia t ion then described as sleep-
walking, somnambulism , nightmares, automatic
writing, etc.). Hypotbenzed m The Philosophy of

MPD as a

speculation of Azam (1887) psychological
proposals of Janet (

1886- Bartworth, T. Duplex Personality: An essay
on the analogy between hypnotic phen o mena and
certain experiences of the normal consciousness;
Proceedings of the Society for Psychical Research

1885- Hysteria treated by:

( 1 ) surgical removmJ of ovtry/Ptns

(2) surgical removal of
cutons/London

(3) cautenzationof

1889

-(Jan 24) First learned of Mafia's existence in
New Orleans

Black Hand ltalians-Frankie Yale
White HanoVInsh-Loven
Jewish Gangs

1890- Masturbation treated by

of

President Royal

1892- Anton Pavlovich Chekhov Twelve
thousand people are swindled a year, the whole
(mental) hospital h i smew is founded, just as it was
twenty years ago, on theft, scandal, slander,
nepotism, crude charlatanism, and the hospital is
unmoral institution, exceedingly harmful to the

1889- Pierre Janet focuses on dissociation of
traumatic memories. Charcot focuses on generations
attention on psychological effects of overwhelming

1890- Alternating personality or
personality viewed by William
result of changes
by Janet i
bolstered the

1 891- Hodgson, HA case or double
consciousness; Proceedings of the Society for
Psychical Research.

1895- Freud & Bruer Studies In Hysteria (all
women described bad dissociative disorders and
moat were sexually abused). Freud felt the women
were suffering as adults from child sexual abuse.
He repudiated the scducoon theory a few yean
after publication because it would be awkward for
Freud to state puboch/ that his patients had been
sexually abused as children, when many of the
abusive fathers were in I

1895- Mason. R.O. Hypnotism A Double
Personality I

1896- Mason, R.O. Duplex personality: Us relation
to hypnotism and facntv. Journal of the American

3

1905- Masturbation m children treated by cautery
to the tpine & genitals- Bernard Sachs, prominent
NY ptychiarjwM Treatise on Nervous Diseases of
Children

1911-

1914- World War I begms

1918- Ernest Jew*, pioneer British psychoanalyst,
holds "true r*eurasthcma...wilJ be found to depend
or mvohmtary semmaJ

1919- Underground of Mafia
■"bung, sports.

IL

20th Century- Psychological & Biological
became divergent paths in medidne/Janet
focuses on integrative approach/Freud
dominates on analytic approach.

1901- Mayer. E.E. A case of localized

1904- Wilson. A. A case of multiple personality
disorder. Proceedings of the Society for Psychical

1905- William James Principles of Psychology
discussed plurality of selves, MPD

1905- Sidis & Goodhart Multiple Personality with

ofa

1905- Morton Prince
Personality

1906- Conflicting drives observed by Morton Prince
to be a potent etiological factor in the developmen t
of the disorder. He noted that Miss Beaucbamp
had oppositional and frequently malevolent behavior

1906- Wilson A_ A case of disjointed
after tn/htma Medical Press.

1906- Gordon A. A double ego American Journal

1908- Goodhart, S.P
subconscious

! personality and the

1910- MPD

1910- Edward Trtchner came to Cornell University
(1892>Started Structuralism (studied nature of

hi.

1912- Hart. B. A case of double personality.
Journal of Mental Science.

1913- 1917- Hysiop, J.H. Comments on Doris
Fisher case of MPD.

19 14- Mc Walter. J.C. A case of double personality.
Medical Times.

1916- Stone. C W Dual Personality Ohio Sate

1919- Ladd, G.f.A case

1904- Pavlov "Nobel Prize" for research in
physiology of digestion later he would find
conditioning methods and "experimental neurosis"
These methods will be used by politicians, police
and psychiatry to understand & control behavior.
Through drugs in psychotherapy changes of
behavior patterns and through historical
indoctrination in religious conversion, brain-
washing & the like. It is unlikely that Pavlov like
most scientists in early discovery would be used as
an instrument of Soviet policy, and instrument to
indoctrinate, torture and help change the course of

The most important information found in his
studies that we need to examine today is that if an
individual is traumatized all conditioned behavior
patterns implanted can be abolished and other
patterns of behavior can take tbeir place In the
most civilized worlds, given natural traumas or
war. civil unrest, rape, family violence, a person is
most vulnerable to changes m patterns of behavior.
These studies were done prior to the advent of
television, subliminal seduction, microwave studies,
etc. Simply stated, bemg flooded by traumas
leaves a person vulnerable. If they enter therapy,
join a religious cult, join a group, new religions, or
begm a new wave of belief, they would be acting
normally. If the change was programmed to
deliberately change their behavior, then they have
been indoctrinated by a means of mind control. In
the 1990's this is rampant and out of control due to
technology, research and the advent of

1919- JotaB Watson-first I
programmed his son "Little Albert" to be (phobic)
fearful of white rats and furry antrnals-Little Albert
m his adult life.

4

1920- Women'! Suffrage- 19th Amendment to
Constitution enacted.

1920- Prohibition begms

1928- (Aug 27) Pact ofPan,-Oitl«wi War

1929- (Oct 29) Craah of NYSE
Depression

I as a precursor to

1920- McDougall gave criticism to Morton Pnnce
and speculated that his involvement with Miss
Beauchamp which included long and intimate
dealings and frequent use of hypnosis may have
molded the course of the development of her
disorder (This claim will emerge agam 70 years
later m 1991 through the FMS society.)

1920- Conspicuous absence of any theoretical
explanations and i

1920- William]

abreaction was often a far more efficient means of
curing a war neurotic than simple suggestion under
hypnosis. "Suggestion removes the symptoms, but
abreaction removes the cause of the symptoms by
producing fully adequate re-association." 66

1926- The "monad" hypothesis introduced by
McDougall (1926) added significant support to the
argument for the inherent multiplicity of the self.
The rote of conflict in weakening the individual's
ancgntv aliowed the -subordinate selves' to gam

1920- Behsviorists Domination for next SO

t.

2. The environment molds ocbavior

3. Explanations of behavior based on

Believed that a stimulus that signals some other
develop the ability to evoke strong

1926- James Cameron, M.D one of the I

at John Hoptmi Hospital m BtJum^Ma^iaDd
He used illicit methods of behavior modification m
research sponsored by project MKULTRA
sponsored by the CIA • Dr. Cameron held the
following trues over the period oft
conrhictnd experiments on humans:

Assn.

President of Canadian Psychiatric
President of World Association of

Psychiatrists
Founder of Canadian Mental Health

Association
Chairman of Canadian Scientific

5

1 1- Marcetti (Godfather m America) killed
i*31- Murder Incorporated (La Cosa Nostra )

1933- Adolph
Germany.

1933- Insulin Shock Treatment introduced into
psychiatry* U. Cerietti & L. Bini of Rome (large
dotes of insulin to lower amount of sugar in his
blood, thus producing a state of mental confusion
and excitement). When used on schizophrenics
kept patient m coma for as long as half an hour.

1933- Charles (Lucky) Luciano (New Godfather)
10"

1933- Prohibition ends in

1933-

1933- Louis Thomas McFadden, Pennsylvania
Congressman in a speech to the House of
Representatives: "Mr. Speaker, there is no real
persecution of Jews m Germany. ..but there has
been a pretended persecute

| 1933- Electric Shock Treatment i

rhiarry- U. Ceriem A L. Bini of Rome. Italy.

» *3 5- Hitler's conversion of German masses to the
Nazi. faith was helped by meetings where rhythmic
chanting, torchlight processions and arousals to
states of hysteria suggestibility even before be rose
to speak, so the Flagellants, who anticipated his
arm-Semitic fury In Mamz alone, twelve thousand

signal for a massacre* 8

1936- Social Security goes into effect -

: SS# would be used for nothing

1936 - Bugsy Siegel goes to California

guild/Luciano

1939- World WarD began.
First Gas Chambers built in mental
hospitals/Germany- National Socialist '
program" licgins on Hitler's orders.

1935- Psychogenic Loss of Personal Identity
cofmDemoo on uy Antes ana acnuaer Deseo oc
study of 63 patients with amnesia at Belkvue

He concluded thai amnesia wu . aelf-
iiicidal wish and a flight from a
j love obje ct . This view contributed to
a popularized idea in the late 193C» and earry
1940*1 that MFD symbolized an attempted escape
from an unresolved conflict

1935- Pierre Janet founded cognitive psychology.

1930 - For the next 40 yean as many as 70.000
prefrontal lobotomies were p e rformed in the
united States & Britain. Walter Freeman. M.D.
performed 3.500 alone. (Information predates
Egas Momz introduction in Lisbon, but record
found in Government records.) Prefrontal
lobotomies were performed during this period on
hyperactive boys and attempt to keep police files
on them was introduced

1 93 1 - Arthur Koestler'i Invisible Writings "On all
three occasions I had benefited from the well-
known p h enomenon of a split DOSass iou sness, a
dreamlike, dazed self-estrangement, which
separated the conscious self from the acting self-
the former becoming i detached observer, the later
an automation, while the air hums m one's oars as
m the hollow of a seashell..." 104s His accounts of

quan-mystical experiences after stress include a
severe alcoholic hangover, a broken-down car,
heavy financial loss, a disagreeable sexual
entanglement; civil war, capture, threats of sudden
death by shooting, and the revival of a childhood
panic.

1934- Two years before PavioVs death be stated
"...clxmciass. neurologists and psychiatrists, in their
respective domains, will inevitably have to reckon
with the following fundamental patho-
physiological fact the complete isolation of
functionally pathological (at the aetiological
moment) points of the cortex, the pathological
inertness of the excitatory process, and the
ultra-paradoxical phase. (45) What he is saying is
thai it is necessary to find out what and when the

6

1940- Black jazz & soger, controlled by Mafia

1940- Mafia leaden are not able to be convicted
for murder and extortion, etc., but were convicted
on income tax evasion. (History of difficulty of
gathering evidence when powerful underground
corruption involved. Pattern continues today m the
90a.

194 1- George H. Stevenson, President of American
Psychiatric Association, declares that "This
challenge (to prevent the occurrence of wars)
comes to us because of the close relationship
between the eooJogica] factors as

1941-(Dec7)
1941- (Dec 8) US
1941- (Dec 11) US
Italy

1941- (Dec 1 1) Germany & Italy

US

in Germany
of Jews in the

1941- Mafia stole ration stamps -$ 1.0 million m one
deal alone (this behavior continues to this dav with
•dergr

1942- Mafia sabotages Normandy- FBI investigated
760 leads • no sign of sabotage • nobody
talked.. .Luciano convinced US Naval Intelligence
Deeds Mafia in war as a result of 121 Merchant
ships lost Navy got a wall of silence when tried to
get mformanon. Mob big in sabotage, espionage,
terrorism. The Military Oper ati ons Underwork) &
Mafia married. Mussolmi cracked down on Mafia
so America Mafia disliked Mussolini. Command'
Hoffendeo in charge of Operation Underworld
May 12, 1942 Luciano transferred to a h
prison because of his help with the war 1

i to talk on the docks after a

1940- Freud found that affectless memories,
memories without any release of emotion, were
almost useless, meaning that unless a doctor could
get his patients to relive the emotions originally
associated with a repressed experience that had
caused a neurosis, the mere fact of his remembering
the e xp eiience would not constitute a cure. Sadler
defined "abreaction " as a "process of reviving the
memory of a repressed unpleasant experience and

and action the emotion
to it, thereby relieving the personality of its

to integrate the
that most psychopathology is
intrapsychic conflict
of the

1940- Drugs used to make patient relive episode
of war and then he would have subsequent
collapse. Individuals were given "front-line
sedation" using same general rule applied to human
subjects who had temporarily broken down under
battle and bombing stress.

194 1- Pavlov's "Experimental Neurosis" published
in T

194 1- Pavlov's Conditioned Reflexes in Psychiatry
helped to understand behavior patterns observed by

1943- (Oct 13) Italy declares war on Germany
Mussolini regime collapses called Operation

Husky.

NEW PATRIOTIC ATMOSPHERE
OF THE COUNTRY

1944- First cjipeiuueut in "falsely implanted
memory". Found that falsely implanted memory
might create a larger emotional discharge than the
real, and induce the physiological effects needed
for psychological relief. A technique deliberately
stimulating anger or fear under drugs until the
patient collapses in t e mpor ar y emotional
exhaustion was finally perfect e d with the help of
Pavlov's findings Used
help abreact the emotions <
I" under drugs.

1944- Alcohol was found by I
and intelligence service, as a moans to force
mdiscreet a dmissio ns from people who find it
difficult to keep a secret "
be an abreaction by drmlting alcohol and wild
rhythmic dancmg as a cleansing (the ancient rights
ofDionyws).

7

13- Philadelphia Experiment - Camouflage
vetopment - Mauve Flux Fields The Eldridge

vanished - tailors developed wrenching i

rransdimensional phenomenon >

reduced to laboratory animals.

Log Book of Eldridge Missing - (Used Unified
Field Theory ) Traveling Magnetic Canopy • Fog
Eldridge Hides under this and '

1943- (Jury 26) Mussolini
Operation Husky. Mafia helped
men of respect helped Dons.

1943- (Oct 13) Italy declares war c

1944- 1956 Halcyon period (refers to period of

1945- Hiroshima (Atomic Bomb)
End of World Warn

1945- (Aug 9>A Bomb dropped on Nagasaki.
Japan

1*45- Albert Deutsch undertakes "...a journalistic
mrvey of state mental hospitals.. .and rivaled tbe
horrors of tbe Nazi concentration camps."

1946- Brock Chisnotm, Director of General
Medical Services in the Army during
World War II, and General Secretary of the United

|| National World Health Organization: -With the
•st human sciences, psychiatry must now decide
at is to be the immediate future of tbe human

No«

: else <

And this is the prune

1946- Day after Christmas Mafia opened 1
Hotel in Las Vegas believing that the desert was a
place to control fpmMiwg and walk n the right side
of the law. $6.0 m $5.0 1

1947.

1947- (June 20) Bugsy Siegel (Mafia Leader in
California) assassinator! in Beverly Hills, CA

1947- National Securities Act
(CIA) Note that there is a 20 year delay due to
secrecy of this act in what can be <

1947- Taft Hartley Labor Bill Passes

1947- Al Capoae (Scarfaoe) died of Syphilis

1948- Tbe Nuremberg Code was implemented as a
result of judgment in U.S. v. Karl Brandt, Trials of
War Criminals Before the Nurenbcrg Military
Tribunals.

Tbe super-ego was believed by bx
i back to a period of early

1945- Great Britain and USA interested in neuro-
pnvsiologicai research cultivated by Russians smcc
Revolution - to perfect bram- washing & thought
control.* Found that towards the end of a long
period of physical illness, or after a period of
severe debilitation (forced fasting), people of
"strong character" were known to make dramatic
changes in beliefs and convictions. If they may
remain true to the new orientation for the rest of
their lives. Case histories of pcopie ■converted" m
tunes of famine, war, prison, or dcsnnition b% tneu
own self-will are frequent Pavlov's experiments
shoved thai man can be conditioned to hate what
he previously loved and love what he previously
hated. Military men in "black boxes" once they
found the vulnerable point of tbe servicemen, e.g.

en placed in with snake for 64
Learned tbey would rather die than talk to
the enemy under those conditions. Children and
adults emerging tn earfySO's began to define
torture tn these boxes and cages. Found tbe
mechanics of religious and political conversion in
human beings su ggestin g that for conversion to be
effective, tbe subject may first have to have his
emotions worked upon until be reaches an
abnormal condition of anger, fear or exaltation.
Found physiological explanation in terms of local
cerebral inhibition caused by fear, stress or shock.

1945- Experi m ents found that massive excitement
aroused under ether, ending a state of
n « mn »»fgin«l collapse, could disrupt tbe whole
vicious self-sustaining pattern of behavior and
induce a rapid return to more normal mental health.

1946- UFO phenomenon started to be seen in
Sweden

1947- Great Britain intensive research on drugs for
psycbotherapy-Nrtroui oxide, metbedrme, etc.

1947- (July 4) RosweU NM UFO crash

1947- UFO |
Letter from Lt Gen. N.F. Twining, USAAF, Air
Martial Command, Wright Field, Dayton Ohio to
Brig General f
"AMC opinion on 1

1949-Office of Scientific Intelligence (OSI)
undertook analysis of foreign work on certain
unconventional warfare techniques, mchKitng
behavioral drugs, with an initial objective of
developing a capability to resist or offset the effect

8

1950- Korea War (Referred to At the tunc as a
Police Actjoo).

1950- Between 1950 And 1974 when the United
States Federal Government (CIA) sponsored
research on medical torture of vjctimj through
BehAvior Modification, United States Government
consulted with, hired And worked closely with top
Psychiatrists in America who were contnbuton to
methods of extracting and methods of eradicating
memories from individuals brains. These were
done on subjects who were no aware that they were
being medically tortured or manipulated for the
purpose of mmd control. A great number of
Universities participated in these imdici Some
have made public apologies.

Study of Human Ecology Others were panels and

aiuinaaj y. nuvpllaUJ 4UjC

in the United States that participated in
be found m the books referenced
Survivors that began to
to the mental beahh system in late 1970
m detail the abuses used for medical
research. These victims are part of a programmed
group of slaves being used in the underground for
pornography, drug "

195 1- (Oct 9) WWII formally

by USA

1952- Tranoutlizmg drugs introduced mto
psychiatric practice, new chemical method for
controlling patients m menu! hospitals Belief that
the use of these pharmacologic agents lends
support to the belief that psychiatric disorders are

1950- <
Canada.

1950- A medical directive issued in Russia for

of all Soviet medicine along Paviovum
rive results obtained by applying
Pavlov's research, to political ends.

1950- Morse Allen Agent believed electrosleep
m a chmr used to put subjects to sleep without
shock convulsions. The machine was bemg used m
a hospital in Richmond, ' ~
Brxxm Washing Tactics.)

1950- CIA begins attack on mmd control (German
■nind-control research), project to induce ■"■«»—" -
ive polygraph", "sodium amytal". LSD,
i etc. project BLUEBIRD.

195 1- (August) Project BLUEBIRD
Project ARTICHOKE transferred to OSI

1956.

^[■fffp? SrntS 30 ™ H< * pittkmdw
on Candy. Describes headgear, sleep room, drugs,
etc. These descriptions will later appear in a

known as RA Survivors and

1952- CIA Letter on National Security Implications
of UFOs (7 letters to and from CIA regarding
UFOs)

1952- Office of Scientific Intelligence has private
doctor develop "neurosurgical techniques".
BLUEBIRD was rochnstened
ARTICHOKE. TSS Technical Services Staff took
it ARTICHOKE "..the greater the amnesia
produced, the more effective the results.* Could
"create a fantasy" using n ar cotherapy or hypnosis.
For roughry an hour, the subject bad no idea be
was not speaking with hiswife but the CIA
operatives.."

These

will be reported by i

9

3- Korean War coded.

1954- U.S. Secretary of Defense announces Special
Committee to study how prisoners of wax could be

1955- Egas Moniz awarded Nobel Prize for
Physiology for treatment of Schizophrenia by
prefrontal lobotomy (ice picks were used).

1955- 1. West, An Evaluation of Sub-come Insulin
Therapy, American Journal of Psychiatry

1955- (August) U.S. Secretary of Defense receives
report from Sp
brainwashing.

1956- H Bomb Bikini, bland.

1957- Modern Psychiatry is given a card of
admission to aid in classifying those who should be
held criminally responsible and those who should
be treated as psychologically or emotionally

for psychiatry.

1957- U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of

t *If ...(the defendant) has a
rve the dual
I him me treatment required for
i and keeping I

Society for Investigation of Human Ecology
jved Cameron proposal. Cameron sent by AP A

1953- Conference July 15th offered chics to lands
of operations under ARTICHOKE. Interrogation

sgency personnel

1953- April 3 ARTICHOKE evolved to I
project MKULTRA "...an umbrella project (CIA
documents) for funding sensitive projects.
Cryptonym MKDELTA covered policy and
r*ocedure for use of biochemical in clandestine
operations...*

Experimentation on radiation, electrosbock,
psychology, psychiatry, sociology, anthropology,
harassment mrtTanr**' Safe Houses and
prominent hospitals under Bureau of Drug Abuse
control. Through Bureau of Narcotic and
Dangerous Drugs (BNDD) federal institutions such
as prisons, drugs could be administered to

1953- Dr. Frank Olson & 7 men given LSD in
glasses of Contreau. Five days later Olson dove
through window of hotel and committed suicide.
Seen bv Psychiatrist Harold A Abramson. Dr.
Sidney Gottlieb Chief Medical Officer of CIA drug
(Allen Dulles, CIA Director)

persons hsve
c*ui be more

1954- Found

For mis reason some Cults in |
weed out people with psychiatric history.
lruerutmgfindtng tn that persons who are
traumatized

may be less Influenced in a
therapeutic setting, or political conversion.

1954- Air Force Regulation No. 200-2 UFO

1954- Wunetffl Reich, M.D. records * a full scale
interplanetary battle...* battle which would have
appeared incredible as well as incompr eh e ns ible to
anyone who knew nothing about Ea problems or
who adhered to the ilhis
Cosmic Energy existed.

1955- Tune Magazine records that something of
deep significance since 1951 carefully calculated
•ppucaticms of terror «nd Soculifts revolution
could be completed on a national I
three more years. Quote from Mao.

1955- Project Btuebook

10

1957- Wilhelm Reich dies in prison. He wti
placed into prison the year before tfter the FDA
tried on many occasions to shut down hit operation
of collecting "Orgooe Energy". Dr. Cameron who
was himself doing medical torture treatment
initiated the investigation on Reich. Dr. Cameron
was then the President of the American Psychiatric

Association. Reich's 1

to the Government
■acuity,

1958- (J«n 31) The first U.S. _ r
^xpWI-ulum^r^Anny.CapeC^veral,

1958- Satellite "Vanguard I" ia launched by U.S.

1958- "Explorer m" is bunched by U.S. Army
1958- -Nautilus" & "Skate" 1959- U.S.Navy

1958- Edward Hunter testifies before the House
Committee on Un-American Activities an

1959- Juptter Missile (with Able and Baker
monkeys) launched.

1 957- William Seargent Battles of the Mind -
Techniques of Religious Conversion which
concluded the truths have nothing to do with the
rites of pagan religions or devil worshipers.
Successful groups use fasting, chastening of the
flesh by scourging & physical discomfort,
reguiatjon of breathing, disclosure of awesome
mysteries, drumming, dancing, singing, inducement
of panic fear, weird or glorious lighting, incense,
intoxicant drug, to modify normal cram function for
religious purposes. (1839 Wesley
success was due to hi
thought arid beha wa-
led by. tre,

Found that humans addressed to

1957- William Seargeant reports the voodoo cult in
Haiti shows with what ease suggestibility en be
increased by subjecting the brain to severe
physiological stress . alteration the loudness tod
rhythms of drums. Reports the best way to avoid
possession, conversion and all similar DBB^Maa i is
to avoid getting emotionally mvolved. He makes
reference to Gustaf Bounder, the Devil-nan's
JvtrgU describing how West African boys are
taken away from their parents to an encampment in
the woods, where all their clothes are removed and
they are subjected to conditions of severe physical
hardship. Toe procedure is fear-provoking They
are given a medicine which they are told will kali
them sooner or later if they ever reveal the secreu
of the sooery or the details of the ceremonies thev
are about to undergo. Next comes the ritual bath
At dusk they are told to say goodbye to life as they
bved it before- then the most frightening "\<n \
approaches them- bearded like an old man - boras
and feathers a cloak, to the boys it looks like a real
democ rbev are not allowed to talk, tbev are laid

*S^tt&^l£F*' e " ch ***** **

lifted up between its jaws. They are res cued
«y and given extremely painful ritual
They feel convinced that the demon has
mauc ma cod of them, and Poro has raised them to
anew life. Similar accounts will emerge in late
1970s wider alleged Satanism indoctrination.

1959- One Experiments on fooling tbe hypnotist

11

' I- John F. Kennedy begtni office as US

1961- U.S. Peace Corps

1961- Iron Mountain Project
1961- Constitutionml Rights of the Mentally 111
1961- "Bay of Pigs" - CWMafia <

1962- President Kennedy i
military bases in Cuba.

i USSR has

1962- Supreme Court declares narcotic

1962- U.S. Supreme Court rules recitation of
prayers in public schools is unconstitutional.

1962- U.S. establishes Milrtary
I in South Vietnam

1963 - Iron Mountain Project starts (Harry S.
•nan Center for Advanced Peace) Hudson
jp. Rand Corporation & others. Noteworthy is

ET then i series of Nightmare i

1978 - also "...the draft could be defended

1963- President John F. Kennedy requests a new
type of facility to return mental health care to the
of American Medicine. Community

1963- President John F. Kennedy trounces USSR
has military bases in Cuba.

1963- (Aug 28) Mass Civil Rights Rally in

1963- (Nov. 22) President John F.
Assassinated

1964- (Jury 2)

i Civil Rights

1963-Shutcliffand
state of a

out" his

forbidden id urges. This altered state of
consciousness they believed had delusional
characteristics. It is nrterestmg to note that they
compared this primitive wish-fuLfilling quality to
that occurring in the normal dream state which in
fact m the PTSD and MPD much of the '

from within as to the

60's THE BEGINNING OF CULT
PHENOMENON SPREADING TO NEARLY
2.500 IN 1990. BLAME COUNTER CULTURE
REVOLUTION.

Ten different varieties can be identified, by 1990 -
most religious or mystical. "Some cults appear to
be relatively benign, others harmful, some deadly."
J. West, M.D. 1990.

1960- Francis Gary Powers shot down over Soviet
•Jmoo- William Jeonmgs Bryan, Psychiatrist said he
had been "Powerized". Power's book Operation
Overflight was withheld from publication by the
CIA until 1970.

1960- Reports that John F. Kennedy went down to
level of rat pack - illicit sex thrilled him. seen m
Vegas (American Justice Files)

1961- Transmitters called "endocadioaondes" can
be swallowed or un planted internally m man - part
of new behavioral modification techniques.
Measured physiological variables as gastrc-

, bp, temp, bioelectrical

1961- Electrical stimulation of the brain-
tm plantation of electrodes in the subcortical regions
of the brain called "elecaophysiology" - part of
new behavioral modification techniques Found
that both math and men will self stimulate at a
tremendous rate in order to received stimulation
"rewards" regardless of drives such as hunger &
in the "drive-*educoon"

1961- Robert J. Lofton, Psychiatrist publisl
Thought Reform and the Psychology o/Tt

1962- (Sept 28) Kennedy appoints John McCone

1962- (Nov.) John A. McCone finds MKULTRA
Project

1963- Cameron

1963- Mind Control Program
fs report)

12

1965- Pope Paul visits US.

1965- U.S. Rocket Ringer g
followed by Ranger 9

1965- First
Cape Kennedy.

1 966- IRON MOUNTAIN PROJECT GIVEN TO
PRESIDENT ON DESIRABILITY OF PEACE -
RECOMMENDATIONS & CONSIDERATIONS:

1. Eoonomio-a)eocial welfare program directed
toward* maximum improvement of general
conditions of human hie b) giant open-end space
research program aimed at unreachable targets c) a
""" ritualized ultra-elaborate "

2 Political a) Oma pre sent, virtually omnipotent
tnternatwoa] police force b) an established and
recognized extraterrestrial menace c) Massive
global)

1965- One &. Evans demonstrated by hypnotizing
college students that the could go to a box m a
comer of a room and pick up a poisonous snake -
some subjects got so close they had to be
restrained at the hut moment One and Evans r
demonstrated that they could tell subjects to
pretend to be hypnotized along with hypnotized
and then pick up a snake and put into fuming mtnc
acid. All pretenders did this along with the
hypnotized students. The explanation was that they
trusted the experimenter: "If be tells me to do

3. Sociological: Control function a)
generally derived from the Peace Corps model b) A
modem sophisticated form of slavery Kiom-ational
Function a) Intensified environmental pollution b)
New religions or other mythologies e) socially

4. E oo l ogsoal. A comprebeuaive program of

5. Cultural. No replacement institution offered.
Scientific The secondary requirements of tbe space
research, social welfare, and/or eugenics program.

1966- (Jan 17) H-Bomb Ion over Spam m U.S. Air

1966- Freedom of Information Act - requiring
record* of U.S. ~

1966- L'
from

1966- (Aug.) Iron Mountain Project on tbe
1966- (Oct 6) LSD declared illegal

This research may see m benign on the ■aAce but
it surfaced as a primary source of victimization of
children \

that cattle prod does I
damage. Advertised to shock a child 500 feet away
in a playground.

1966- Portable transmitters called Behavior
Transmitter-Remforcer (BT-R)
wearer's location.

1966- UFO Abduction

1966- Proposal for Scientific Study of UFO-
Umvetwy of CokiradoAJSAF

13

1967- Siuh Tsung-hwa,
foremost oeuropcychialrist *
psychoses do not exist here, I

1967- Suicide is seeo t

China's

1967-

American Psychiatric Association declares
r may be imposed from withm by

by locking the door of a

1967* Oeorge Stevenson, former President of the
American Psychiatric Association: asserts
that.. "war behavior results basically from
emotional disturbance."

1967- Suicide is seen by Psychiatry as

1968- (April 4) Nobel laureate Dr. Martin Luther
King aiMssmatcd by James Earl Ray aka Eric
Starve OsJt Evidence: FBI attempts to discredit

King.

1968- (June 5) Senator Robert Kennedy
I by Sirhan B. Sirhan.

1969- 1977

to look at method of

1969- WUlliam.
for Sirhan Sirhan. California Stale Medical
I found Dr. Brian guilty of

1967- J. West Dissociative Reaction;
Comnrehmstve Textbook of Psychiatry

pornography

proposed that sexually explicit material,
(pornography) was not only harmless but perhaps
probably had therapeutic relief value for society.
(Public bombarded with information on Vietnam,
student protests. Paris Peace Talks, Hijacking,
Inflation and "Woodstock". Opened door for
legitimacy of pornography and Criminal trafficking
off

1967- Soviet Efforts to Contact
Life-USAF Historical Archives

1968- (July 29) Symposium on Unidentified Frying
Objects - US House of Rep, Coiigressional
hearings before Committee on Science and
Astronautics 90th Congress, 2nd session. Panel of
12 scientists.

1968- UFOs: What to Do? RAND Document,
George Kocher, i
study.

1968- Iomzmg Radiation -Professor Charles
Susskmg • University of California stated before
Congress "Altbo ionizing radiation seems to loom
largest as a haze, it would not surprise me in the
least if nou-k wiu u g radiation were ultimately to
prove a bigger and more vexing problem."
Extremely low frequencies are called ELFs .
interesting note here: (Elf also means victory and
Elf means war- they are derived from old English

1969- Final Report of Scientific Study of UFO ■
Utnvtinuty of Coiormoo

1969- Project Bhiebook- USAF 16 year

1969- Ml Delgado's Professor at Yale University
(expert on neuro-bchavior research-200
publications) Volume 4 1 in a series of World
Perspectives - Board of Editors Sr Kenneth Clark,
Konrad Lorenz and I.I. Rabi. "Physical Control of
the Mind" & the subtitle "Toward a

14

1970- Chmeae Triads- (Chinese Mail.) m the U.S.

1971- Attic

1971- (Nov 12) Nixon announces be wilj withdraw
45,000 more U.S. troops from Vtetnim by Jan.

1972.

1972- Angela Davis accused of murder, kidnapping
& conspiracy is acquitted by all white jury in San
Jose.

1972- Death Penalty ruled Urnmnnianai by US
Supreme Court

1972- William Kelley, Special Agent '"igrr H bv
the raito invMB^te the Mafia , mterttatt
^nsportanan of pornography Kellcy states:
Even though obscenity m the U.S. was illegal m
P^cbcaUy every state in the U.S.. organized

obscenity and pornography across the country.
2^f^ nme f" 1 tnillions of dollars mto the
ductksa of obscenity
- the United States. Beat
was "Deep Throat" made in Miami,
- coat $25,000 made in excess of $50.0
mdtaprofit The tidefwave of pornography
brought images of violence to women & children.
The victims of these movies began to emergen me
mental health field along with children reporting
mual abuse m the eaity 1980a. Reports of movies
depicting gang rape, explicit oral sex. urination A
defecation, nudity, bestiality with women and
children . Parents exploited their children by
forcing them to participate in underground
poniugj ap hyatid sexual exTjIoitaaon. The
President of Focus and the Family reports the
movies depicted gang tape, explicit oral sex,
urmanon & deficanon, nudity, beasnalitv with
women and children- Parents
children by forcing them to
^dcTground pornography.

1970- Sensory Deprivation experiments t
Students paid $20 a day to live m tiny solitary
cubicles. 'Many e xp erienced vivid hallucmations-
ooe student in particular masted a tiny spaceship
had got mto the chamber and was buzzing around
shooting pellets at him." They were fed
propaganda messages by the experimenter - whi<
had a marked effect on the student's attitudes- an
effect that lasted for at least s year after they left
the chambers." No follow up study. Propaganda
was presented poorty and illogical but ttih had an
effect (

1970- Psychosurgery performed on "hyperactive"
children (# 1 15) m several countries, 39 of which
wete under the age of 11. Reports that a number
of children 6-9 were give psychosurgery not m the
IlSabove.

1971-

CoustitutioOntl

up by

Ervm.

it -. j i
neaoeo

1971- Intercept UFO. Renalo Vesco, Italian
military intelligence officer presents a provocative
theory thai UFOs smcc WWH ongmaled from top
secret Nazi experiments expropriated by the allies
after the defeat of Germany. He cites many weO
known UFO cases as examples of the technology
thai has smcc been defined and used secretly . An
important documentation and references that may
portend far reaching implications if true.

1972- Defense Intelligence Agency b oa te d 500
studies by Soviets devoted to the biological effects
of "super-high freca*
oscillations" (SHF).

15

1973- "Stockholm Syndrome" - Hostages develop

3- Watergate begms-Nixon takes responsibility
ouggmg April 30tfa.

1973- (May 17) Senator Sun Ervm begins televised

1973- Nixon states White Houie already bugged by
Kennedy & Johnson.

1974- Patricia Hearst kidnapped by terrorist

1974- Assassin kills Mrs. Alberta King., mother of
late Dr. King, during a church service in Atlanta.

1974- Privacy Act requires federal agencies to
provide individuals with any information in their
files relating to them and to i

1974- Squeeky Fromme (Manson family member)
I President Gerald Ford.

1974- "A New Clinical Syndrome" \
1976, Tampe-St Petersburg-Clearwater Psychiatric
Society (the cult mdoctrmee) later to show up in
DSM criteria

1974- 1985- Ralph Allison, M.D. Psychiatrist
moated papers on Multiple Personality
coding several decades of silence..

1977- First
1977-
1977-

m 10 years Utah.

of

i was raised with Candy

1979- Three Mile Island

i -movie "Silkwood"

1972- Russel Sage Foundation - Experimentation
with Human Beings. Katz lists nature of offenses
and the resulting judgments pp 292-306. p 509
Fed Govt report.

1972- Puerto Rico - Thousands sight space ships m
the deepest part of Atlantic Ocean- John Carpenter
reports it was real.

1973- Prison Thought Reform Team
(brainwashing) - Deliberate changing of human
behavior and attitudes by a group of men who have
relatively complete control over the environment in
which the captive population lives. Created social

1973- Brain Research Center UCLA - J. West
proposed to Governor Reagon the establishment of
a Center for the Study and Prevention of Violence,
(community stopped the program)

- Chemotherapy-use of drug Anectme causes
cessation of respiration for approx 2 minutes,
sensations of suffocation and drowning and the
subject experiences feelings of deep horror and

rror as though be were on the brink of c" "

- Confmement/sensory deprivation

1974- Sam J. Ervm, Jr.. Chairman. !
on Constitutional Rights beaded up a i

"Recently.. technology has begun to develop new
methods of behavior control capable of altering not
just an individuals actions but his very personality
and manner of thinking as well. Because it affects
the ability of the individual to thmk for himself, the

of individuality,
freedom

1975- U.S. Navy Psychologist/US Navy
Intelligence admitted to taking convicted murderers
from military prisons and conditioning them as

1976- Defense Intelligence Agency Adams, Rl. ft
Williams. R_A (U.S. Army) Biological Effects of
Electromagnetic Radiation (Radwwaves &
Microwaves) Eurasian Communist Countries

1978- People's Temple sect

1978- Lin, J.C.Microwave Auditory Effects &
(how audible voices are broadcast

1978- W.

1979- John Marks publishes The Search for The
Mandmrtan Candtdate-The OA and Mind
Control (Marks reports 'One veteran recalls a
colleague jokmg. If you could find the natural
radio frequency of a person's sphincter, you could
m run out of the room real fast' ").

16

1980- Child Abu*,

Uw»(US)

1980- DSM-m Include* • new Dugnottic category
of Atypical Dissociative Disorder which Deludes
mdmdualj who have been subjected to periods of
prolonged and intense coercive persuasion
(bramwaahing, thought reform and

1980- Reagan/Bush gi
tune in 26 years.

1981- Hinckley (programmed assassin?)
Maassmanon of Regan 3/31/ST-Ome dames his
miitepfchyin television interview. Hmbeydiedof

1981-MehnetAli

m SL

1980- Piaget Dies and I leaves a legacy as the most
tnfhwwnal theorist on mteUectual development m
children - demonstrstmg the experiences influence a
person's way of thinking and is dependent on the
person's age and previous t xuc iica u c. If a child u
trough t up from an early age to believe that there is
no integrity or trust as a result of violations against
them from birth, they would be oassfidejai for
•octal control from the most evil sources if his
is true (need to look at i

1981- Extremist Religious Cults md Today's
Youth, presented at the Imernanooal Conference on
Physical and Mental Health of New

of publications an dissociative disorders
from early 19801 and continue on

1979- Ome showed that hypnotized subjects can
see a "double reality" while pretend en cannot.
Interesting was the finding that pretenders could
not identify a person entering a room but would
identify him as someone else while the hypnotized
could identify the person. What is interesting alxx
this experiment is that the hypnotized tnirirsiri
could see the person ntttng m a chair and see bin,
also entering the room. Are children pretending to
be hypnotized while they are being abused and m
this way have difficulty identifying their abuser?

1979- While Ome was the originator of the
research on whether college students could pretend
to be faking hypnosis and with a cultivated heavy
skepticism, be was brought in on the f«iw«i«
Hillside Strangler Case and outwitted 5 other
Psychiatrists convincing them that Bianchi was
insane or taking To this date there is still evidence
to show that Bianci was suffering from Multiple
Personality Disorder that has not been
Ome has been an figure in arguing
MPD and is Board member ofFMS He hi
demonstrated well an how to
under Hypnosis. He has a
MKULTRA project of the CIA

1980- August 1 5th Wiltshire Times earned a report

1981- American Institute of Aerooauncj A
Astronautics (Aspen Institute for Humanistic
Studies Global Implications of Space Activities

1981- Judgment CAUSv.NSA to

UFO doc

1984- "Less than Lethal" weapons developed prior
to 1984 -for use with hostages. A variation on thi»
weapon purchased by the Marine Corps, for
confusing and disorienting the enemy..called a
"microwave pulse radar" • rapidly beats the brain.

1984- Tyler. Paul £.. Cast Medical
United States Navy. Paper.

I by Air Um venoty .
Research and Education "The

17

1980-Lt Col. Michael Aquino, Top Secret
clearance in the Defease Intelligence Agency's
Psycho logical Warfare Division (Psyops). Lt. Col.
a professed Neo-Nazi and founder of Temple of
Set Charges of child sexual abuse at Presidio Day
r vt in San Francisco.

1982- President Ronald Reagan signed executive
order increasing the amount of security-classified
material to be released under the 1966 Freedom of
Information Act

1986- (Jan 28) Space Shuttle "Challenger"
exptoaes wim ioscdct aooani.

1985- Becker, Robert D & Selden, Bary p 317 et
sec,. The Body Electric: Electromagnensm and the
Foundation of Life explains how intelligence uses
audible voices m their operations

1 986- Tyler. P.E . paper Artificial Electromagnetic
Fields- presented at workshop conducted by the
Air University Center for Aerospace Doctrine,
Research & Education (CADRE) on March 1984.
A proposal for funding of terminal experiments on
slave labor (winch had already begun m February
1976 ) in paper by Harlan E Girarc presented «: the
Annual Meeting of the Canadian Association for

S^aintv and Inteliiaence Studies I jni veratv of

Prince Edward Island May 31 -June 2, 1992

1986- (April 26) Churoobie incident, Ukraine

1986- (Sept 1 1) Stock prices fall biggest drop trace
1929

1986- (April 17) Liftoo & growing galaxy of
doctors assembled to give evidence that Montreal
survivors had been medically tortured. Civil
Action No. 80-3 163 the CIA was being sued.

1986- Iran Contra affair - NordvTHjmdexter

1057 rf\, inii . , iaA sj - - I i . ii
1987- (October 19) biggest stock market collapse

smce 1901.

1987- 77»e UFO That Can't be Explained UFO
sighting by JAL Flight 1628 over Alaska Nov. 17,

IOSMC
1 VoO

1987- ReagarVGorbacbev treaty to elimmate
nuclear forces in Europe

1987- U.S. Supreme Court ruled criminal
defendants may testify about details they recalled

1987- US RifU'th begins patterns to discredit
those reporting child abuse.

7- Nash, Lyon, Stanley Sc. Carlson snowed that
aosii does not screen out sensory mf onnanon
altogether. Eventually the mformanon gets to the
nervous system and persists long — *»igr« to exert
some influence^ocbcha^^ even if Ac hypnotized

1987- Pentagon & Cache - Tun Werners
mvesticnttion into Black Proarams of the Pentaoon

ui'wun»y\M aasw uwva, ■ ivynii w* lire i wn iiaag' m I

1988- (Feb. 1 1) 3,280 detainees from re-ediication

1988- Raids earned out m Pentagon.

1988- Code of Federal Regulations Title 14, Sec.
1211 - "seizure and detention of anyone who comes
into rrsitact with any form of extraterrestrial
artifact or thing, or other form of life* and without
benefit of bearing on a probable cause.

1988- Office of Technology Assessment of the
U.S. Congress r"M"»»~< a special report titled.
Criminal Justice Nww Technologies and the
Constitution, Addresses the delicate balance
between national interest and individual rights.

18

1989- Rash of lawsuits begin against Mental Heattfa
1 Health Field to its knees

1990- Federal Government establishes
programs for victims of Political Torture Victims -
Defines them as victims not mental patient*.

1990- American

USSR for psychiatric abuses + check on i

1991
(30(H)

1993- "New Clinical Syndrome" US Military show
Ito"

1994- US delay in ratification of UN
CONVENTION ON THE RIGHTS OF THE
CHILD.

The Convention provides the legal underpmnmgs to
the goals of the World Summit for Children, held m
1990. It emphasizes the central rote of the family
m the development of children and guarantees m
law minimum rights for children such as equal
treatment, regardless of gender, or race or cultural
background; expression of opinions and freedom of
thought freedom from violence, tauad oml
employment, exploitation, abduction for sale; and
free and compulsory primary education. It

1984- IntematiooaJ Society for the Study of
Ditsocuoon'MPD <

1984- Society for Study of Traumatic Studies

1984- First Dissociative Disorders Unit-Rush-
Presbytenan Hospital-Chicago Bennett Braun,
M.DVRobertaG. Sachs. Ph.D.

1988- "A Clinical Syndrome": Patients Reporting
Ritual Abuse m Childhood by Satanic Cults (Young.
Sachs & Braun)

1990-20+
States and

units throughout the Umted
for the treatment of Dissociative
alleging to be

1992- Jacobs, David M.. Start Uft - <
Accounts of UFO Abductions - claims
discipline.

1992- "False Memory Syndrome"
Elizabeth research i

individuals with

mat evolve with age and

1994- President of APA gives
Times after DSM-IV b published

1994- Mental Health I
plan for Medical Tn

to NY

1994- Studies begin to bring out one
brain, one soul (Mover)

1990- EMF Weapon Systems reported to be to
powerful that they can scramble and fry the brain.
Effects reported to be generalized symptoms as:
dizziness, nausea, vertigo, disorientation,
confusion, nervousness, irritability, lethargy,
sweating, akin crawling, strange «™tiw<« (even
strange sights), obsessive and compulsive behavior
I and pin prick sensaooni. aches. Long
r, birth defects.

disorders, etc.
1990- UFOs Over Belgium - From Walls met

1990- Reports of over 1,000 crop circles over the
world. This phenomenon continues to confuse

199 1- Gordon Thomas book "Enslaved" a chilling
report of modem-day abduction and abuse in he
global trafficking of men. women & children,
perpetrator! of aU kinds of sex crimes world wide
are well organized and are skillful and
knowledgeable in law tmngh to circumvent
detection in most cases. If caught, however, they
have enough support from the underground to get
the allegations dismissed, whether or not they are
*ucganons of sexual abuse, pornography, and/or
slavery. By the start of 199 1 according to the
Aim-Slavery Society, there were at least two
hundred twenty million slaves in the world. It is
withm the borders of this nation that they sell most
of the by-products of enslavement pornographic

atMTr-

of young children coerced or i
obsceni t i e s with adults.

1992-
1994

1993- WACO V.

: killed. W

age of

Wayne Howell aim David
sponsored curt and followers
had CIA's Leadership
te. We learned that mothers
to put their children's safety
contradicts their tnxtmctx

19

1994-Republicans win back control of the Senate
and House of F

Massive efforts to publish information on
dissociative disorders - MPD changed in 1994 to
Dissociative Identity Disorder

1994- FBI monitors online for Pornography.

1994-(May) Cyber-Psycho's A.O.D. publishes
article Rattling the Cages Part 2 by Arkoff
(Capacitor Article shows how to generate
ultrasonics • frequencies audible to young women
and persons with exceptional bearing that will
produce feelings of panic and fear, other ranges
that can cause fear, nausea and headaches and
other frequencies that tend to cause headaches,
muscle tension and conscious mental effects. Tells
how to build a pocket size device no larger than a
pack of cigarettes. Discusses that women and
children are good targets. Also brags that it is
possible to build a pocket-sized device that will
produce instant pain m the ears of anyone its
pointed si, so long as they areot deaf. Suggests
taking the item to work m a bnefcase to see bow
people will change their behavior immediately. He
claims his information is from Robert £. lanmm's
book. 'Build lour Ovm Laser, Phaser. Ian Ray
Gun and other working space-age projects"-
(1983), Tab Books. This sort of information
should be inc luded m Stfllfilg 1 1M IB fflm ftal
harassment th rough non-lethal methods is not used
bv dabblers in this sort of entertamment

20

Master Index for Researchers Edition of Operation Mind Control

Description OT PG

A Repealing Thought (Chapter) 41 1-20

A Satanic UFO Reich? (Chapter) 36 1-16

A School for Assassins (Chapter) 19 1-10

Acetylcholine, role in EEOM and EDOM 37 19

Acetylcholine, role in memory blocking 28 3

Acoustic affectation of RNA covering of neuron paths 11 J

Acoustic psycho-correction messages with infrasound 31 13-14

Adey, W. Ross, work in low-level brain stimulation of 27 7

Age regression, definition of 30 6

Agent provocateurs, creation of 33 22

AI Gore, Vice President, as friend of John Alexander 31 12

Alan Cranston, Senator 12 7

Alertness, determination of, from brainwave analysis 27 10

Alexander, CoL John B, and Project Jedi, Psyops 30 7

Alexander, John and PSJTECH 31 1

Alexander, John &* background of 31 9

Alexander, John results of asking questions about 31 18

Alien abduction claims, other viewpoints on 36 6-7

Alien abduction program destroyer credibility 40 22

Alien and Satanic programs on military bases 38 17

Alien paradigm as Iron Mountain war substitute 38 23

Alien thesis, mind control aspect, further thoughts on 36 13-14

Alien training using the Monarch program 14 16-17

Allen Dulles as member of Warren Commission 21 7

Allen Dulles, approval of MKULTRA by, 1953 7 6

Alpha and Beta programming, formula comparison 11 8
Alpha programming of base control personality 11 6
Alpha through Omega programming, additional data 40 11
Alpha-wave frequency of the human brain 28 4
Aluminum foil shielding of UHF signals 16 7
American propaganda about American POW's, 1953 3 8
American Security Council (ASQ military think tank 31 12
Amnesia experiments, early US Army 4 3
Amnesia to embedded commands, technique of inducing 30 5-6
Amnesia, CIA need for in operations work 7 6

Master Index for Researchers Edition of Operation Mind Control

Description CH PG

Amnesia, definition or 30 6

Amnesia, interrogations v. hypnosis 7 12

Amnesia, partial, through the use of drag/hypnosis 7 5

Amnesia, relationship of split-brain programming to 1 1 13

Amnesia, why military retained to civilian life with 25 4

Anderson, Jack, 1972 breaking of Embassy story 28 7

Anectine, as drug used in CIA work at Vacaville 7 8

Anesthesia, definition as related to dissociation 30 6

Antichrist, training a force to prepare for the 11 13

Aquarius group as the Nazi faction in US government 37 1

Aquarius group operations, COM-12 briefing on 37 2

Aqoino, Micfa*eL relationship with^eigi^ 9 j 3

Aquino, Michael, Satanic Church of 10 11.19

Army microwave testing programs 1986, aspects of 29 3

Army War College psychic experiments 31 2-3

Assassination and Hypnosis: Political Influence, report 19 8

Association of National Security Alumni, the 38 17

Andio reversal linguistic techniques, Project Monarch 9 2

Audio-visual deaensitization processes, Naval 19 3^

Auditory effects, microwave stimulation and 29 3

Auschwitz taboo as prevention of overt mind control 10 11

Authorization to perform tests on inmate*, 1956, CIA 7 6

Aversion Therapy, description of is 4^

Aviary, the, discussion of the 31 14-15

Avoidance pattern geometry and neural networks 36 2

Barnaby, Dr. Frank, on mass EM empainnent 28 5

Barron, Frank, and Timothy Leary 5 4

Beecher, Dr., Harvard psychocontrol drug study 7 13

Behavior alternation by high powered pulsed MW 29 3

Behavior aa shaped by Its consequences 18 5

Behavior modification and the LEAA 7 9

Behavior modification projects, government, 1970's 7 9

Behavioral alternatives for criminal treatment 18 6-7

Berkeley Graduate Theological Union, the 11 n

Master Index for Researchers Edition of Operation Mind Control

Description

Betheaa Naval Hospital, drug projects at, authority
Bethesda Psychealth Institute, deviant behavior
Betty Ford as mother of Michel Aquino
Beyond Freedom and Dignity , Skinners work called
Biderman, Albert K, analysis of Korean Propaganda
Biochemical production of psychological control
Biochemical*, use of , Project MKDELTA
Biological effects of microwaves, US Embassy
Biological radio communication, Helms statement on
Buck budget CIA funding through drug sales
Blauer, Harold, death of
Bluebird, Project, description of

Bonacci, Paul, disclosures of

Books and tales used In programming, partial list of

Boston Psychiatric Hospital, CIA drug research at

Brain eo trainmen t with ELF fields, binaural data on

Brain neural pathways, triggering In MPD's

Brain Research Institute at University of California

Brain scrambling weaponry

Brain wave alteration by microwave irradiation

Brain, influencing separate section directly

Brainwashing as a Communist weapon
Brainwashing hi Korea

Brainwashing in Red China, Edward Hunters book
Brainwashing, Robert J. Lifton comments on
Brainwaves, detection of, theory behind
British use of electronic weapons on Irish prisoners
British use of mind control in Northern Ireland
BrusselLMae

Bryan, William Jennings, COM- 12 reference to
Bulbocapnine, use as a schizophrenic agent, CIA IS
Bureau of Social Science Research
Bush and Reagan use of EMC to cover leaks
Bush, George, relationship to Franklin case

7

12

11

11

10

19

18

6

3

8

7

12

7

6

29

5

28

3

9

9

6

3

7

4

29

9

14

11

11

13

7

4

26

14

9

1

27

5

34

11-15

28

5

29

23

29

9

3

3

3

6

3

3

3

3

27

15-17

35

15

27

18

32

5

37

11-13

7

6

3

8

37

6

14

2-3

Muter Index for Researchers Edition of Operation Mind Control

Description CH PG

Byrd, Senator Robert, Project Monarch connection 9 3

Byra\ Senator, justification for world mass control 9 10

BZ, Edgewood Arsenal development of 5 15

California Medical Facility at Vacaville, CIA work at 7 7

California Medical Facility at Vacaville, projects at 18 7

California, massive CIA operations in 32 is

Callaway, Dr. Enoch, ONR brain research and 27 8

Cameron, Dr. Paul, murder-for-pay study, 1976 25 3

Candy Jones, mind control experience of 8 1-13

Capacitor, multi-range discharge, neural stimulation 11 7

Cardiovascular effect of HP pulsed microwaves 33 22

Carrying covert implanted messages 25 9

Casta lia Foundation, the 5 8

Castillo, Luis Angel, case of 20 1-9

Catalepsy, definition of 30 6

Catholic Church, political ties to US Government 9 4

Cellular Telephone Net and Mind Control 37 ig-19

Center for National Security Studies 7

Center for the Prevention of Violence, areas of study 39 16

Center for the Study of New Religious Movements 11 11

Chaffin, William F n 1958 drug testing on 6 7-10

Chemical control bases in mass population 37 19

Cheney, Dick, use of Monarch slaves by 9 5

Children and Satanic ritual abuse, discussion of 39 1

Children, abused, MPD, government recruitment of 9 2

Children, conditioning as sex slaves through Monarch 11 6

Children, parallel programs implanted fas 11 13

Chinese brainwashing techniques 3 9

Christian groups as pawns of the crypt ocracy 37 20

Church Commitoe Investigation of CIA assassination 21 7

OA -Near Death Trauma Centers** 30 11

CIA and National Institutes of Mental Health 7 9

CIA and sponsorship of 1960's consciousness movement 5 541

CIA as NSA "whipping boy**, military part to play 25 6

CIA authorization of tests on unwitting subjects, 1956 7 6

OA dlsrapUon^f Middle East peace^ 26 7

Master Index for Researchers Edition of Operation Mind Control

Description CH

PG

CIA drug research at Boston Psychiatric Hospital

7

4

CIA drug research at Mount Sinai Hospital

7

3

CIA drug wars against its competition

9

11

CIA interest in 1953 in a synthetic vims

13

5

CIA microwave operations in Europe 1978

31

8

CIA Mind Control activities in the US, Rockefeller Rpt

7

1

CIA Office of Scientific Intelligence, 1949 research of

T

3

CIA Office of Security, and Project Artichoke

7

A

CIA Office of Security, Proposals to test CIA volunteers 7

4

CIA operations need for use of amnesia

7

6

CIA participation in looting of national S&L's

Ur Br U

33

21

CIA paving the way for acceptance of martial law

33
1

11
7

CIA Public Affairs Office, media relationships with
CIA sex slave use by government office holders

12

8

CIA tests of BZ on federal prisoners 1963 Kentucky

32

16

CIA use of dummy projects to conceal real ones

29

6^2

CIA, degenerate nature of the

35
5

17-18
4

CIA, Leary admission of work with

Clark, Kenneth R», mind control as social control

28

8

Climate in UFO research circles

38

22

Clinical settings and MPD treatment modalities

36

7-8

Clipper Chip, NSA monitoring of private lines using

17

15

Code usage effects on Adult and Child survivors

11

16-17

Codes, color, and associated behavior paradigms

11

15

Codes, introduction of

11

16

Codes, use and rein trodnction of

11

15

Cognitive alterations through microwave pulses

29

3

Cointelpro recruitment of Americans

27

14

Cold War, the sham of the

13

12

COM-12 Briefing, the (Chapter)

37

1-22

Communication ■ 90ttbehavioral£tttonal£%content

31

13

Communication, body internal, EM waves and

10

7

Communications media as psychotronic weapon

10

1-6

Communications, gov't control and Skinner paradigm

29

20

Communism focus of 1950's a mask to hide US Reich

32

13

Compartmentalization of memory in MPD's

9

1

Compounds developed to alter brain/thought function

11

8

Description

CH

PG

Computer driven satellite directed mind control

11

7

Computer recognition and sorting of brain waves

27

8

Computer-brain interface research

27

11

Computerized mind flies of Monarch slaves

12

12

* —

Computers, sovereignty in the hands of, paradigm of

30

9

Concord Correctional Facility LSD experiments

5

4

Conditioning to prevent information disclosure

7

4

Conditioning, "You can run but cannot hide"

9

10

Confessions to JFK conspiracy ignored

21

oil

y-xx

Consciousness-detection of remote viewer by military

29

9

Consumertronics and John J. Williams
Control by interrogation techniques

34

w^

1-18

7

4

Control or Candy Jones, COM- 12 description of the

37

W /

Control of machines using EEG patterns

77

in

Control of mimLthoughts and future, paradigm or

29

19

Convincing subjects that reality is fantasy

9

9

Corporate role in influence of cryptocracy

17

is

Cortical Linking Neural Network Models VLSI

36

WW

12

Covert criminal operations, training for

9

9

Creative visualization, power of

30

3

w

Criminal activities hidden under National Security

13

13

Criminal Justice, New Technologies, Constitution, rot

35

WW

15

Cryptocracy, definition or the

1

6

w

Cryptorian Candidate, the (Chapter)

1

1

24

13

aw

Cult Awareness Network

36

1

X

Cult A warn ess Network, Dr. Louis Jolly and the

39

15

Cult Control (Chapter)

32

1-19

Cults, psychiatric aspects oL Louis West comments on

32

1

Customs Service probes into child recruitment

15

1-4

Cybernetics, Soviet trend toward, Helms 1964 report

27

6

Cynthia Byrtus and the SMRC in Colorado

11

11

Dames, Ed, and PSTFECH, ex-DIA

31

9

Dangerous Free Thinking (Chapter)

40

1-29

DARPA microwave experiments at Walter Reed

29

5

David, USAF memories of

2

1-13

30

10-11

Master Index for Researchers Edition of Operation Mind Control

Description CH PG

Deception, psychological changes during, project on 7 13

Decoy hypnotic lev els 26 15

Deep Creek Lake, Maryland, 1953 LSD experiments at 7 1

Deep Probe (Chapter) 27 1

Defense Against Soviet Medical Interrogation, report 7 11

Defense Department as a CIA subcontractor 7 9

Defense Intelligence Agency, gov't drug experiments 7 10

Delayed effect from microwave beam weaponry 34 7-8

Delgndo, Jose, the work of 27 1

Delta fields and trance induction 26 13

Delta programming of self preservation instincts 11 6

Demonic possession as illusion for mind control 9 13

Department of Health, Education and Welfare, CIA 7 9

Department of Labor as a CIA subcontractor 7 9

Depth of hypnotic trance and Post hypnotic amnesia 4 11

Descartes, 1664 work of, activity and externals 18 3

Desensltization through exposure to violent media 37 19-20

Desensitization, description or 18 4

DIA contract with US Govt, drugs to unwitting people 7 10

DIA recruitment of multi-generational abused children 9 2

DIA report on EM Biological Effects, 1976, review of 35 16

Directed energy weapon use in assassination 33 19-21

Disease projection technology, Alexander mention of 31 3

Disempowerment of human potential through debunk 13 6

Disney films use as control Infrastructures by CIA 9 4

Dissociated state, use for trauma dissociation 11 17

Dissociation as process of psychological removal 30 11

Dissociation from surroundings and hypnotic trance 30 2

Dissociation, definition of 30 6

Dissociative abilities and extrasensory experience 13 6

Dissociative Identity Disorders, Candy Jones case 8 1-13

Dissociative Identity Disorders, computer creation of 36 12

Dissociative Identity Disorders, psychic phenomena in 13 5

Division Five, FBI 37 16

Dorothy, voice manipulation case of 16 10

Dreams, programming the subject of 30 1

Drug attributes of society in 1968 5 11

Master Index for Researchers Edition of Operation Mind Control

Drug specific brain activity to m
Drug trafficking and Project Monarch
Drags as catalysts to productive interrogation
Drags inducing hypnosis, mind control
Drags, trafficking CIA v. Mob competition
Duke University, J.B. Rhines telepathy experiments at
Earth magnetic Held alteration by radio transmission
Edgewood Army Chemical Center, drag testing at the
Edmonton, Alberta, CIA 1976 mind control atrocities
Effects of Modulated VHF Fields on CNS (Chart)

Eisenhower warning, military industrial .
Election, 1980 Presidential, stealing of the
Electrical stimulation of the brain, ESB effects
Electromagnetic bioeffects, DIA 1976 report, revi<
*"* vu wuigneuc Dionszaru inaications in the 1970
Electromagnetic modulation of auditory impulses
Electromagnetic Pulse devices
Electromagnetic pulse weapons, non-nuclear
Electromagnetic target, common experiences of a

Electronic cancellation of thought processes
Electronic Dissolution of Memory EDOM
Electronic Enhancement of Memory EEOM
Electronic Freedom Foundation

Electronic
Electronic

Electroshock therapy, Rand recommends USAF study
Electroshock, as part of CIA SD Interrogation Pgm
ELF field use In conjunction with drags
ELF fields interference with biological cue frequencies
ELF waveforms and physiological disorders
Ellson, Dr n University of Indiana Navy/CIA drug proj.
Encounter with an "alien" and gov't **techie"
Entertainment industry use for programming

CH

PG

9

o

11

9

5

5

2

32

19

17

13

29

o

6

Lin

35

17

x /

36

16

XV

29

11-17
xx-x /

11

11

33

17

l /

27

O

IO

29

■

o

1

9

31

IIS

12

34

*n

1 IB

mm

18

1-12

Id

17

1 c

19

c

11
11

m

7

i
1

27

3

7

11

26

5

29

2

10

7

7

13

38

20-22

14

18

38

2

Master Index for Researchers Edition of Operation Mind Control

Description CH

Epsilon programming, Monarch
Erickson, Milton, comments on Wells experiments
Erickson, Milton, NLP work of

Esta brooks, George

Eugene, Oregon 1978 4.75mhz, llOOcps, 3000' altitude

Eugenic management, direct

Events reproducing memory of previous events

Exca liber Briefing, Tom Beard ens book called

Exercises to prove people are accessible to yon in mind

Expose providing deeper covers that original plot

Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing

False Memory Spindrome (Chapter)

False Memory Syndrome and ritual abuse

False Memory Syndrome Foundation

FBI as one of the major abusers of children

Federal prison inmate experiments, MKDELTA

Feldenkreist technique or trance induction

Ferric, David William

Finders, Kidnappers, Nazis (Chapter)

First Article Configuration Inspection

Foreign Counter Intelligence Agency

Fort Riley, Kansas and Monarch training

Fourth World War as combat of the mind

Franklin Community Credit Union, looting of the

Freedom, the sham of

French use of infrasound as crowd control

Frequency and chemical manipulation to cover leaks
Frequency spectrum of geomagnetic field
Frequency Wave Manipulation of Populations
Frey, Allan tt, work on human hearing of microwaves 29
Freyd, Dr. Pamela, parental abuse memories of, cast
Fromm, Erich, on specter of mechanized society
Future pacing, suggestions placed in subconscious
Gaefsky, Dr., as head of Bethesda drug project 1947

11

12

4

6

31

13

40

9

4

1-3

24

14-15

29

7

38

5

9

7

29

11

30

4

41

15

11

12

39

1

39

2

36

4

39

14

7

7

30

3

21

9

IS

1-11

25

7

15

1

14

16

29

11

14

1-3

25

12

31

8

16

11

37

6

36

16

37

18

29

5

39

3-8

28

10

10

8

7

12

Master Index for Researchers Edition of Operation Mind Control

Description C pc

Gamma programming, Monarch n u

Gaylin, Dr. Wlllard, electrode implantation 28 7

Geller, Uri, paradigm of 28 10

General Electric TV recall, 1968, radiation hazard 28 6
Generational conditioning of genetic memory for abuse 40 l
George Bush, indications of programming and io a

German associations of Betty Ford 10 19

German discovery of brain waves 27 8

German government Top Secret BLACK ARTS n 2

German mind control covert influences in the US 10' g-n

Gigahertz effects on the human nervous system 35 15-18

Gindea, Dr. Bernard C, US Army amnesia experiments 4 3

Gtrard, DnHarlan, as EM target of crypocracy 35 1

Gittinger, John, CIA former chief psychologist 5 5

Gottlelb, Dr.Sidney, notification of Olsen death to 7 2

Gottschalk, Dr. Louis, report on addiction & control 5 1315

Government ties to Catholic Church 9 4

Grand Wizard, Marionette Programming subset 11 13

Greek alphabet programming, drug trafficking and 40 11

Greek letter programming H 14

Green, Dr. (Greenbaum) and Marionette Programming 11 12

Greenbaum, Nazi mind control doctor called || u

Hallucinations, postive and negative, definitions of 30 6

Hallucinogens, Intravenous, WWn administration of 1 3

Harmonics generators gj 3

Harmonica, programming while sensory deprived 30 12

Hastings, Dr. University of Minnesota USAF/CIA study 7 13

HDF International 26 2

Hearing microwaves, human ability with 29 5

Heart attacks, remotiy generated 31 3

Helms testimony in front of Church Committee 21 7-g

Heroin traffic, CIA contribution to 5 13

High Frequency Active Auroral Research Program 29 17

High frequency weapons, directional nature of 34 5

Hilgarde, Ernest, hypnotic experiments by 36 n

Hippocampus, altered states and EM radiation of 29 25

enae of "burning alive" 30 12

Master Index for Researchers Edition of Operation Mind Control

Description CH PG

Hitchcock, Tommy, WWI ace, intelligence contacts of 5 8

Hermann, Dr. Albert, 1943 LSD experience of 5 2

Hollister, Dr. Leo EU, defense of Vaca ville work 18 7

Hollywood personalities as Monarch handlers 12 11

Holy Acid Wars (Chapter) 5 1

Hope, Bob, alleged involvement with Monarch slaves 12 9-1045

Hospitals, 1949, CIA drug research by the OSI 7 3-4

House Committee on Un-American Activities, 1958 3 3

How to Create a Sex Slave, video called 9

How to Divide a Personality, video called 9 7

Hubbard. L. Ron, mind control insights of, & gov't 5 1

Hudson Institute, the 38 2

Hughes-Ryan Amendment, CIA operations accountable 32 19

Human disposition to new ideas and EM environment 10 7

Human Electromagnetic Targets (Chapter) 35 1-20

Human Resources Research Organization, 1960's 19 6

Hypermnesia, definition of 30 6

Hypnosis forms you can try for fun 30 5-6

Hypnosis in Intelligence, 1966 report on use of 30 1-2

Hypnosis, Pain-Drug, as extension of narcosyn thesis 5 1

Hypnosis, Soviet experiments in, Rand Analysis of 4 8

Hypnosis, telepathic, testing of 31 2-3

Hypnotic design, post, definition of 30 6

Hypnotic induction in an unwilling subject, Rand on 4 10

Hypnotic Induction or criminal behavior, Watldna work 4 4

Hypnotic regression and physical manifestation 9 15

Hypnotic suggestion, COM- 12 description of early 37 4

Hypnotic trance, people drift in and oat daily, data on 30 2

Hypnotically induced accelerated tissue healing 30 11

Ideomotor activity, definition of 30 6

Ignorance of capability of mind control, legal 14 20

Images common to split-brain programming 11 13

Impairment or biological cues by ELF frequencies 29 2

Impairment or cellular growth processes by ELF 29 2

Implanation or transmitters in prisoners, advocates or 29 21

Implantation or all Americans, proposal by Meyer 38 16

Implantation or memory blocks tor a •♦conscience" 33 17

Master Index for Researchers Edition of Operation Mind Control

Description Cg p G

Implants, sodinm/Uthitun powered HP transceiver 11 7

Imprisonment, electronic forms of, CIA developed 35 1.2

Incest and child abase statistical analysis 39

Incest victims, multi-generational, and churches 11 10

Indian reservations, mind control on 37 15

Individual rights v. National rights, 1988 policy 35 15

Indoctrination procedures, ordinary CIA 17

Induction of amnesia to commands, verbal, technique of 30 5-6

Induction of specific mood after sleeping, work on 30 1

Influence of government leaders by The Council 12 12

Information, prevention of unauthorized extraction 7 4

Infrasound and crowd control 31 8

Infrasound subliminal influence of brain activity 10 7

Institute for Defense Analysis Task force on microwave 29 5

Institute of Police Technology and Management 11 fi

Institutional denial of abuse of children in the US 39 2

Institutional drug experimentation, 1960's paradigm of 7 9

Institutionalized secrecy comes to US in WWII 17 2

Insulin shock as psychiatric mind control 7 12

Intelligence Support Activities Unit (ISAU) 37 16

International Federation for Internal Freedom (IFIF) 5 841

Internet a threat to National Security infrastructure 41 7

Internet article on mind control and telepathy 27 12

Interpretation of brain wave patterns, early work 27 9

Interrogation and drug dependence, Gottschalk and 5 13

Interrogation, narco-hypnotic, Project Artichoke 7 4

Invisible Warfare (Chapter) 29 1-25

Involuntary reflexes, training of is g.9

Ionization, atmospheric, and mental reception 10 7

Ionospheric frequencies as carrier for LF sonic waves 28 4

Ionospheric modflcation research, HAARP project 29 17

Irradiation of US Embassy in Moscow, discovery of 28 5

Isolation of cognitive domain from neural network 36 2

Jackson Memorial Hospital 35 12-13

James Earl Ray, COM-12 analysis of 37 13-14

Jewell, Otto, the programming of"" 26 "

Master Index for Researchers Edition of Operation Mind Control

Description CH PG

Jim Jones, body found as a double 32 17

Jim Jones, CIA contacts of 37 15

John Judge, Jonestown interpretation of 32 5

Jones, CB. Scott, background of 31 14

Jonestown Massacre as CIA mind control experiment 32 2-19

Joyce, James, phonetic embeds in Finnigans Wake 33 18

Just Say No Program, opposite effect of the 10 8

Justice Department drug cases, CIA influence on 5 14

Kennedy, Robert, death, LAPD and, COM-12 analysis 37 11

KGB as extension of Soviet political system 17 14

Kilgallen, Dorothy, interview with Jack Ruby 22 4

King, Martin Luther, murder of, and Earl Ray 23 1-8

Wee, Dr. Gerald, US Army drug-testing program and 6 4

Korean brainwashing, analysis of 3 8-13

Koresh as a CIA sleeper 33 9

Korean, parallels with Cyrus Teed in 1839 33 22-24

Langley Proter Neuropsychiatric Institute 27 8

Language manipulation and double meanings 9 8

Language of the unconscious, word definitions of 30 6-7

Larry King, government relationships of 14 2

Law enforcement and Implant telemetry, thoughts on 29 20

Law Enforcement Assistance Administration (LEAA) 7 9

Law enforcement training on MPD and Ritual Abuse 11 11

Layers of programming and levels of power 11 13

Learning models of quantum neurodynamics 36 1-2

Leary and Alpert, firing from Harvard of 5 8

Leary, Dr. Timothy, and LSD scenario 5 4-12

Lebensborn program, Himmler's 14 1

LXDA machine, the Soviet, use and testing of the 29 21-22

Linkletter, Diane, death of 5 12

Little Albert, Watsons experiments on 18 3

Locking personality to one age bracket 26 4

Lois, the case of, Monarch programming on 12 1-16

Lone Assassin paradigm, description of the 21 1-11

Los Alamos laboratories, psychotronic and MC projects 31 13

Los Alamos laboratory, non-lethal weaponry work at 31 5

Master Index for Researchers Edition of Operation Mind Control

Description

Lovett Committee, US should model Britain BIS
Lovett, Robert A*, Brown Brothers Harriman
Low frequency weapons, omnidirectional nature of
Low intensity conflict, use of non-lethal weapons in
LSD antidote, US Army 1975 development of an
LSD experiment involvement of Mary P. Meyer
LSD experiments on US Army soldiers
LSD flashbacks, survey on
LSD media hype, post-psychedelic revolution
LSD, government experimentation with
LSD, government tests on unwitting subjects
LSD, repea table emotional states under
Luria, AJL, comments on hypnosis and behavior
MacDill AFB, Florida, mind control program at
MachiaveUi, Niccolo, technocracy within paradigm of
Maintaining classified information using mind control
Manchurian Candidate, Richard Condon's
Manipulation of Belief foundation of Cryptocracy
Manipulation of Specific Individuals Frequency
Marchetti, Victor, CIA revelations of, cyborg tech

Mark Lane, COM-12 discussion of
Mark Phillips, researcher into Project Monarch
Mass mind control, paradigm of justification for
Ma thematic expression of neural connectivity
Maxwell Air Force Base, mind control programs at
McCarthy, Jim, and the SMRC in Colorado
McConnel, Professor James V, at U.Michigan
McRae, Ron, Mind Wan author, psychic weapons
Mechanistic-reductionist philosophy, key strategies of
l^lcdls o^vTicrsiiip by The O^oo-Dcil
Memory enhancement, control using, project on
Memory erasure of military members, survey of
Memory erasure using stun guns
Memory flooding after death of abuser

i of

CH

37

IB

JIB

t\
XO

14

13

o

31

wl

m

3

c

17

SJ

r

s

fit

17

9

12

c

9

12

n

2-12

D

4

6

9

4

o

y

11

17

1344

37

14

•
1

1

17

14

37

18

28

10

11

37

12

« a* m mw

11

15-16
2

am

9

10

36

12

9

10

11

11

18

8

31

2

13

6

12

12

7

4

1

4

11

8

39

9

30

6

Master Index for Researchers Edition of Operation Mind Control

Description CH PG

Mind altering techniques, the overall purpose of 35 16

Mind conditioning through torture 11 6

Mind control and telepathy, Internet article on 27 12

Mind control as being out of control 11 10

Mind control as desirable social control, paradigm of 28 8

Mind control justified by perception of evolution 9 10

Mind Control Operations, COM-12 briefing on 37 2-22

Mind control perceived as "opportunity for losers'* 9 12

Mind control protection from incriminating memory 25 4

Mind control, 1949 Rand analysis of defense against 7 10

Mind control, definition and book premise 1 5

Mind control, first indication of cryptocracy interest in 7 10

Mind control, military as the first target of 10 8

Mind control, overt, Auschwitz taboo prevents 10 11

Mind control, religious, achieving peace through 9 13

Mind Laundry Myth, the (Chapter) 3 1

Mind reading as side effect of MPD 13 5

Mind reading machines, 1976 media headlines on 27 9

Mind weaponry, development of, and John Alexander 31 15-16

Mind, sane defense in an insane situation, MPD as 9 1

Mind-body manipulations and hypnosis 9 15

Mindszenty, Joseph Cardinal 7 11

Mind war (Chapter) 10 1

Mind war piggybacking on natural EM phenomena 10 7

Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory, the 19 3

Missing children in the US, analysis of 39 1

Missing time as an indicator of mind control effect 34 12

MKDELTA as operational phase of drug mind control 7 13

MKDRACO as code name for alien abduction scenario 37 20

MKULTRA as R&D period of mind control 7 13

MKULTRA File, Document 32 of the, text of 7 7

Mohrenschildt, George de 22 4-7

Monarch controlled persons as "superior race" 9 6

Monarch Corroboration (Chapter) 13 1-16

Monarch program, general overview of 14 1

Monarch programming locations, a list of some 11 11

Master Index for Researchers Edition of Operation Mind Control

Description CH PG

Memory scrambling using spin programming 9 7

Memory storage in brain process of hard-wiring 29 25

Memory, compartmentaliztion through MPD 9 1

Mental control over physical abilities by personality 9 3

Mental health industry, involvement hi alien scenarios 36 14

Mental institutions, government classified 11 2

Mental Telepathy System (MTS) technology 27 12-18

Messages, embedding in subconscious mind, sonic 11 7

Meyer, Dr. Joseph 38 16

Meyer, Mary Pinchot, brainwashing intentions of 5 7

Meyer, Mary Pinchot, death of 5 10

Microwave auditory effects, Walter Reed research 29 3

Microwave bioeffects, Czech research on 29 5

Microwave bombardment of the Waco compound 33 11-12

Microwave coupling to central nervous system 29 3

Microwave debilitation effects, Walter Reed work on 29 3

Microwave effect on stimulus-controlled behavior 29 3

Microwave effects (Ghz) on the nervous system 35 15-18

Microwave penetration of body systems 1-5 Ghz 29 3

Microwave projectiles, high power 31 7

Microwave radiation, behavioral effect, Zaret, 1964 28 6

Microwave radiation, early 1933 Soviet studies 28 5

Microwave weapon use during the Bush Administration 35 15

Microwaves and cancer and the US embassy in Moscow 29 5

Microwaves, compressed, voice transmission and 11 5

Microwaves, High-Powered Pulsed (HPM) 29 3

Microwaves, human auditory perception of 29 5

Microwaves, use by CIA to affect mental functions 31 8

Military 1968 testimony, "non-exposure" to MW 28 6

Military as first target of mind control 10 8

Military bases, use as ^programming centers 11 8

Military denial of biological effects from EMF 29 3

Military hardware conversion to non-lethal capability 31 5

Military stress training and observation 19 7

Military turnover of old missle bases to agencies 39 15

Master Index for Researchers Edition of Operation Mind Control

Description CH PG

Navy involvement in assassin training 19 1

Navy, U.&, authority for CIA drag mind control proj. 7 12

Nazi camp killers as pets of British and US finance 14 13

Nazi principles and total mind control, paradigm of 9 10

Nazis in US Government, Bush/Reagan concealment of 32 14

Nebraska, child abuse, satantan and murder in 14 1-11

Nervous system, jamming synaptic connections hi 31 2

Nervous system, microwave effect on, Army research 29 5

Neural connections, remote interference with 31 2

Neuro-Unguistic programming (NLP), premises of 30 8

Neuro-Linguistic Programming, Erickson insights and 4 7

Nevolinguistic programming as used at Waco 33 12

Neurolinguistics program, Al Gore attended training 31 12

Neurolinguistics programming NLP and mind control 31 1

Neuron pathways, shutdown during MPD's 9 1

Neuropsychiatry Institute, UCLA, Westwood 12 7

New Patterns of influence Program 30 7

Nichols, Glen E~, victim of mind control, story of 35 2-9

Noblltt, Dr. Randy, mechanics of programming, data 36 841-12

Noises, programming utilizing 11 14

Non-Lethal Weaponry, social use began hi 1970's 29 4

Non-Lethal weapons as projection of gov't power 31 5

Non-Lethal weapons, John Alexander's work with 31 1

NORAD, remote view of 29 9

Noriega, mind control demonstrations to impress 9 14-15

Norman, Governor Montagu, and Nazi doctors 14 13

Nugent, Dr. Arthur, VacavUle chief psychiatrist 7 8

O'Leary, Hazel 41 16-1749

O'NeiL Tip, mind control work done on 31 2-3

O, the Story of 9 1-16

October Surprise, the 33 17

Offensive Microwave Weapons, paper by Girard 35 1

Office of Naval Intelligence, primary role of 37 19

Officer Candidate School and Project Monarch 11 9

Offut Air Force Base, strange activities at 14 11

Offutt Air Force Base, CoL Michael Aquino and 14 16

Olson, Dr. Frank, death of 6 2-3

Muter Index for Researchers Edition of Operation Mind Control

Description

Monarch survivor, typical appearance of a
Monarch, project, as offshoot of MKULTRA
Monitoring human emotions, location and behavi<
Monotonous rhythms and hypnotic induction
Moore, James 1^, RHJC-EDOM researcher 1975
Moral conviction, mind control elimination of

Morris, Janet

Morse Allen, 1954, hypnosis as reliable operational tool 30
Mothers of Darkness, Marionette Program subset
Motion Picture Country Hospital, Calabasas, Calif.
Mount Shasta, Paramilitary mind control projects at
Mount Sinai Hospital, drug related work,ClA
MPD and personality switching, subject unaware of
MPD constitutes 20% of abducted people (Mack)
MPD survival phenomena, attaching programming to
MPD, Multiple Personality Disorder
Multi-level programming, Castillo example of
Multiple Personality Disorders, discussion of
Multiple Personality Disorders, unusual abilities of
Murder for pay, 1976 study on public tendencies
Music personalities in Tennessee and drug dealing
Multiple Personality Disorders, clinical aspects of
Narco-hypnotic interrogation, 1952 CIA Memo on
Narcohypnosis, percentage of people susceptible to
Narut, Thomas, and Naval mind control programs
National Institute of Mental Health and the CIA
National Program Office (NPO) and mind control
National Science Foundation as CIA subcontractor
National Security Act as a cover for cryptocracy
National Security Act precidence over Bill of Rights
National Security Act, repeal necessary of the

National Security Agency, formation in 1952 of the
National Security obstruction of justice, example
NATO Conference on "Dimensions of Stress"
Naval "value of life" study

CH

PG

11

10

9

29

1

20

28

5

28

2

11

6

26

5

31

7-8

1 30

1

11

13

12

7

9

11

7

3

30

10

39

1

30

11

9

1

20

4-5

13

1

9

2-3

25

3

14

11

13

14

7

4

7

11

19

1

7

9

37

6

7

9

41

17

13

13

41

4,9-20

16

5

32

13

15

8-11

19

1

19

6

Master Index for Researchers Edition of Operation Mind Control

Description CH PG

Phillips, Mark, Project Monarch researcher 11 2

Phonetic embedded commands, use of 33 18

Photographic memory lock through programming 11 6

Photographic memory, enhancement of, Tinker AFB 9 9

Physical abilities of separate personalities in MPD 9 3

Physical capabilities, reprogramming n 6

Pinneo, Dr. Lawrence, Stanford Research Institute 27 11

Platonist epistemology, NWO 38 23

Police use of mind control 25 10

Pornographic filming using Monarch sex slaves 12 9

Power elite, analysis of the nature of 36 13

Power, levels of, relationship to program layers 11 13

Powers, Francis Gary, Moscow trial of 3 ±4

Prefrontal ultrasonic treatment 28 4

PRE MA, scanning individual frequency signature 37 17-18

Presidio mind control research facility, programming 30 12

Pribram, Karl IL, Rethinking Neurol Networks 36 1,12

Probability density and field gradients in thought 36 2

Programming in the ritual abuse survivor 11 14

Programming of "UFO Abductees" and Aquino 38 18

Programming, theme-based, example of 9 8

Project -Detection of Deception", U.Indians, Navy/OA 7 13

Project 63, DoD Importation of Nazi Germans to US 11 2

Project Artichoke Commitee, composition of 4 4

Project Artichoke evolvement into Project MKULTRA 7 6

Project Belfry, controls open fire on the public 37 20

Project Bluebird, description of 7 4

Project Camaiot 19 g

Project Dancer 37 20

Project Greenstar (Chapter) 38 l

Project HAARP 29 17-19

Project HIGH TONE 37 18-20

Project Jedi, 1983, US Army Psyops, Alexander 30 7

Project MKDELTA, biochemical use in 7 6

Project MKDELTA, experimental areas & scope 7 7

Project MKDRACO 37 17,20

Master Index for Researchers Edition of Operation Mind Control

Description CH PG

Olson, Dr. Frank, experiments on 7 1-3

Omega programming, Monarch 11 12

Omega, suicide/death programming 40 11-12

Only One Mind For My Country (Chapter) 2 1

Operant conditioning, description of 18 4

Operation **Hot August Night" 37 21

Operation "Yellow Lodge", MC on Reservations 37 15

Operation Mind Control, 1938-1968 Objectives 1 S

Operation Mind Control, David Emory tapes called 35 14

Operation Paperclip, relationship to cryptocracy of 10 8

Operation Pique, CIA, microwave signals in ionosphere 31 8

Operation Shamrock, NSA 16 5

Oregon, powerful 1978 signal over, data on 29 7

Organizational Effectiveness School, the 30 7

Organized crime, CIA and sex slave training 9 8

Oscillating field research, University of California 28 4

Osiris Complex., Case Studies in MPD 13 6

OSS and beginnings of CIA, description of 17 2-11

Oswald, Lee Harvey, COM-12 analysis of 37 10

Pain perceived as pleasure in MPD dissociative process 30 11

Pain, storage of, connection to conscious processes 36 2

Paranormal ability manifestation from cell transform 29 22

Past activity review under drug sesssions (Artichoke) 7 5

Pavlov, 1927 work with conditioning 18 1

Pavlov, work of, European and Russian views of 18 2

Peace through religious mind control, concept of 9 13

Pedophile kidnappings, CIA/FBI, evidence for 36 7

Perles, Fritz 31 13

Perainger, Dr. Michael, EM production of ET reality 29 25

Personal Radio Electromagnetic Frequency Allocation 37 17-19

Personality as pattern of response to stimulation 36 1-2

Personality characteristics, using EMF to change 29 23

Personality Disorder, Multiple (MPD) 9 1

Personality switching, MPD unawareness of 30 10

Peter Pans Never Never Land, control theme of 9 9

PettK, James, victim of mind control, story of 35 9-13

Master Index for Researchers Edition of Operation Mind Control

Description CH PG

Radiation experiments, 1994 controversy over 41 17

Radio Hypnotic Intra-Cerebral Control RfflC 28 1-12

Rainbow programming 11 14

Rand 1949 recommendation on use of ECT 27 3

Rand analysis of mind control defense in 1949 7 10

Rand Corporation Report on Cominform Techniques 4 8-13

Reagan administration ties to Vatican 9 4

Reagan. President, sexual proclivities of 9 13

Recruitment of children for ritual purposes IS 1

Redstone Arsenal, mind control programming at 9 8

Reductionist modeL medicine as the medical model 13 6

Reed, Dr. Adam, computer-brain interface work of 27 11

Reinhard GefaJen Organization and PSYOPS 37 10

Remote control of the brain, perfection of techniques 27 7

Remote transmission with manipulative psi generator 29 24-25

Remote viewing use by the US in Gulf War 1991 31 9

Remote viewing, potential military applications of, list 31 10

Remote viewing, use to detect specific research 31 10

Report from Iron Mountain 17 11

Report from Iron Mountain, analysis of report called 38 1-7

Reproduction of cerebral tissue by direct energy beam 29 23

Reproductive problems and EM radiation 29 2

Retraining of criminals as government assassins 19 1

RHJC -EDOM programming stages, description of 28 2-3

RH3C-EDOM, 1951 CIA memorandum on 28 4

RICO conspiracy, shadow government as a 33 17-18

Right wing v. Left wing groups 25 11

Ritalin, mind control applications and 5 2

Robot soldiers, training at Mount Shasti 9 11

Rockefeller Report to the President on CIA Activities 6 1-2

Rockefeller Report, Bowart/Marks evidence request 7 1

Rockefeller University, computer-brain interface work 27 11

Romney, George, brainwashing statements of, 1967 3 10

Roper poll in 1993 and alien abduction reports 39 1

Rote, Dr. Steven, biochemist 28 7

Ross, Dr. Colin A, on Dissociative Identity Disorders 36 3

Master lndei for Researchers Edition of Operation Mind Control

Description CH PG

Project MKHATTER 37 17,20

Project MKULTRA, evolvement from ARTICHOKE 7 6

Project Monarch (Chapter) 11 1-19

Project Monarch programming, description of 9 5

Project Monarch slaves, two general groups 14 17-18

Project Monarch, as offshoot of MKULTRA 9 1

Project Monarch, four levels of behavior modification 11 6

Project Monarch, victim breakdown profile 11 10

Project National Interest, DoD Project 63 11 2

Project Pandora, CIA program known as 29 4

Project Reach 37 20

Project River Styx, CIA/Pentagon, MW weaponry 29 5-6

Project Witch tower 37 20

Project XENO 37 1S-20

Propaganda and the art of disinformation 3 6

Propaganda scheme of the power elite, review of the 36 13

Pronty, L. Fletcher, report on mind control abuse 36 12-13

Proury,L.Fletcher, background additional data 41 2-3

Pseudo-orientation in time, definition of 30 6

Psi-ampliOer and data units, development of 29 24

Psi weapon experiments at Dachau camp 29 24

Psychedelic revolution, government closure of the 5 12

Psychiatry, dissociation and mind control, historical 36 3-6

Psychic effects under MW attack before brain death 29 22-23

Psychic neuron disruptor, discussion of 31 2

Psychic weapons, Russian, description of 29 24

Peychocivilized Society, Delgado's view of the, 1974 35 13

Psychological entry and control of the individual 7 12

Psychological warfare comes home to America 17 12

Psychological warfare, WWH changes in 17 2

Psychosurgery experiments of the VA, 1970*s 7 9

Psychotechnology: Electronic Control of the Mind 29 20

Psychotronic operational weaponry of the US Army 10 1

Pulsing light and sound in programming 40 7

Quantum Holographic Neural Technology 36 12

Quantum neurodynamics as consciousness mechanism 36 1-2

Racial hatred, training in 14 19

Master Index for Researchers Edition of Operation Mind Control

Description CH PG

Shadow government, murders committed by the 33 17

Shielding experiments with mind control signals 16 7

Sight through opaque barriers, microwave production 29 22

Sirhan Sirhan and death of Robert Kennedy 24 1-15

Sirhan Sirhan, COM-12 analysis of 37 10

Skinner's research, nature and results of 18 5

Skinner, BJt , operant conditioning and 18 4

Sleeper Agent (Chapter) 26 1

Slowing of thought and speech by EM effects 16 12

Smith, George E^ Viet Cong brainwashing of 3 2

Smith, Walter B, CIA Director, 1952 38 19

Snuff movies, use of Beta programmed people hi 11 9

Snyder, Dr. Solomon, Johns Hopkins, BZ commentary 5 IS

Social conditioning paradigm, Lean, on aspects of 29 20

Social Movements Recovery Center (SMRC), the 11 n

Sodium pentathol, uae in interrogation of, by CIA 7 4

Sodium/Lithium powered HF transceiver implants 11 7

Somnambulistic hypnotic induction frequency Ucps 26 15

Sonic beam use to destroy neural tissue 28 4

Sonic manipulations of the brain 1 8 9

Sound induction into the human brain 29 9

Soviet experiments in EM sleep induction 28 5

Soviet scaur mind control weaponry, existence of 11 4

Space and Biology Lab of University of California 27 7

Special Defense Interrogation Program, CIA 7 11

Spin programming, memory manipulation using 9 7

Split-brain programming, procedure of 11 13

Stanford Research Institute, mind reading research 27 10

Star Wars metaphors, adoption by technocrats of 30 13

State Institute of Experimental Psychology, Moscow 4 8

Sterility due to microwave Irradiation 28 5

Stimoceiver, use of 27 6

Stimulus-controlled behavior and microwave radiation 29 3

Stockholm International Peace Research Institute 28 5

Stockholm Syndrome, reversal programming and the 11 8

Master Index for Researchers Edition of Operation Mind Control

Description

CH

PG

Ruby, Jack

22

1-4

Rnssbacher, Gnnther

33

20-21

Ryan, Leo, Congressman, murder of, reasons for

32

4-54M9

S-Force Operations

37

8

Sadistic ritual M A Most Dangerous Game"

9

5

San Diego Naval Neuropsy chiatric Laboratory

19

3

Sandia Corporation demonstration of ESB

27

4

Sandoz Laboratories, LSD manufacturing by

5

2

Satanic * reversal" programming

11

8

Satanic abuse reports and connection with alien cases

39

8

Satanic Church, Aqulnos, description of

10

11-19

Satanic ritual use to traumatize under Monarch

9

5

Satanism dependence on existence of Christianity

9

13

Satellite driven Theta programming

11

7

Scalar mind control weaponry, Soviet

11

4

Schien, Dr .Edgar, MIT study of returned POWs

3

9

Scientists importation of Fascist, US DoD project

11

2

oucaiuiugy, v. d ur lu 01, xyyj ms recognition 01

3

i
i

Screening of mail and calls coming into the US

16

5

SDI mind control and creation of robot soldiers

9

11

Secondary Post Traumatic Stress Disorder, Therapist

36

8

Secrecy and the Cryptocracy

41

18

Secrecy supports exJstance of Cryptocracy

17

15

Secret war over secrecy, Washington's

41

6

Secrets of the Stih, Aquino book called

10

19

Sedation of the population, massive program for the

37

21

Self-destructive killers, mind control training of

11
i 11

6
5

Self-induced suicide, subconscious reprogramming ani
Self-stimulation of the brain, U.California work

27

5

Senate Subcommitee on Constitutional Rights, 1971

7

9

Senses, electromagnetic blocking of all

35

17

Serial killings and mind control programs
Serial killings, increase in number of

11

5

13

4

Serum triglyceride Increase with ELF field exposure

26

14

Sexual appetite, programming of child-like

11

8

Sexual feelings associated with brain stimulation

27

5

Sexual programming under Monarch mud control

11

6

Master Index for Researchers Edition of Operation Mind Control

Description CH PG

Theta Programming and biomedical telemetry 11 7

Third Reich in the United States, Nazis and the 32 13-15

Thornbnrgh, Richard 9 8

Thought reading through implants, discussion of 16 11

Thought train as a propogating wave-packet 36 2

Thought transfer, "mirror matching" to achieve 30 4-5

Thought, perception as "audible sound" 35 18

Time disorientation, definition of 30 6

Tinker Air Force Base, mind control programming at 9 9

Trance, interrogation and amnesia, techniques of 7 5

Transceiver, sodium/lithium HF implantable 11 7

Trauma-based mind control and the 21st century 11 10

Trigger, use with specific verbal commands 9 7

Tuned in to a Mental Radio (Chapter) 16 1-12

U.S. Army Intelligence and Security Command, the 30 7

UFO abduction experience on hippocampus irradiation 29 25

UFO experiences, possible relationship to mind control 38 7-24

Ultrasonic Intra-Cerebral Control UICC 37 16

Ultrasonic research, CIA, 25 years of 25 8

Ultrasonic research, University of Illinois, 1961 28 4

Ultrasonic research, University of Pittsburg 28 4

Ultrasonics, early 1949 hint of Soviet use of 7 10

Ultrasound, early part of CIA SD Interrogation Pgm 7 11

Unconscious, communication using language of the 30 4-5

Unconscious, language of, word definitions 30 6-7

Undesirables, Nazi elimination of, WWII and US now 32 15

United States Global Strategy Council (USGSC) 31 4

University of Indiana, Naval drug project at 7 13

University of Michigan, Mental Health Research 18 8

University of Minnesota USAD/CIA drug control study 7 13

University of North Florida, IPTM social deviancy 11 11

US Army drug-based psychological control study 7 13

US Navy use of its personnel as guinea pigs 19 2

USAF University of Minnesota psycho control study 7 13

Vaccinations given to Monarch slaves 13 5

Vallee, Dr. Jacques, Messengers of Deception 38 7

Vast Active Living Intelligence System (VALIS) 28 12

Master Index for Researchers Edition of Operation Mind Control

Description

CH

PG

Stubblebine, J.M., California Health Director

39

— 1

15

Stnbblebine, Maj.Gen Albert, and PSITECH

31

9

Stubbs, Maj.Gen Marshall, 1961 speech to Congress

5

16

Stun guns, use in programming of

9

7

Subconscious mind, personal interaction with the

24

13

Subconscious mind, reprogramming over genetic mind

11

5

Subconscious, communication with as "future pacing"

10

8

Subconscious, existence only through
Subconscious, neuron paths to, acoustic effects on

9
11

8

7

Subliminal influence of brain activity with infrasound

10

7

Subliminal messages with key words hi white noise

31

13

Substitutes for the Functions of War

38

5-6

Suggestibility or humans, Esta brooks comments on
Super High Frequency Weapons (SHF) Army 1972

4

35

7
15

Snpe realistic non-lethal weapons, superacids

31

7

Surrender of self-responsibility, social process of

28

10

Symbolic modeling study, Office of Naval Research

19

5

System for production of violent anti-social people

18

10

Targeting, electromagnetic, rationale for

16

5

Tattoo, Project Bluebird

7

4

Tavistock Institute and Nazi doctors

14

13

Telepathic wars, US and Soviet Union

27

15-17

Telepresence surveillance system, CIA development of

35

1-2

Television program use as control infrastructure

9

4

Terrorists, mind control training of

11

6

Tesla, gravity technology

38

23

Teala, Nicola

29

2

The Controllers, manuscript by Martin Cannon

38

14-16

The Council

12

942-13

The Finders

15

1-11

The Foundation

40

17

The Guinea Fig Army (Chapter)

6

1

The Lone Nuts (Chapter)

21

1-11

The MKULTRANS (Chapter)

7

1

The Patriotic Assassination (Chapter)

25

1-14

The Warriors Edge, John B. Alexanders book called

30

7

Theme-based programming, example of

9

8

Master Index for Researchers Edition of Operation Mind Control

Description CH PG

Wizard of OZ, as programming infrastructure 9 3

Woodpecker signal, Soviet 1976 detection of the 29 8

Writings of a Zulu Witch Doctor, quote from 11 3

Younger, Michael, appearance in 1992 37 21

Youngstown, Ohio sex slave training camp, CIA 9 8

Zombie phenomenon, the 20 7

Master Index for Researchers Edition of Operation Mind Control

Description CH PG

Verona, Dr. Jack, RAVEN 31 15

Very Low Frequency Sonic research 28 4

Veterans Administration psychosurgery experiments 7 9

Vialls, Joe, story of CIA and MI6 brainwashing 26 19-20

Victorian, Armen , CIA dirty tricks on 31 16-17

Video insertion of programming frames 26 13

Vietnam, addiction of US military in 5 13

Vietnam, interesting devices developing during 16 7

Vlken, Dr. James O, work on MC victims, discoveries 36 7-844

Virtual reality helmets 11 3

Virus, synthetic, CIA 1953 interest in 13 5

Viruses, micromachines approaching size of 28 10

Visual subliminal techniques, television 26 13

Visual triggers, Monarch program, examples of 11 19

Voices in the head, chapter describing 16 1-12

Vulpes, Victoria, case of 13 2-16

Waco as an important tool of psyops campaign in US 33 11

Waco, Delta Force operations at 33 12-13

Waco, nerve gas use at 33 14

Waco, the Ore in (Chapter) 33 1-23

Walter Reed Institute Microwave Research Dept 29 3

War on Drugs, production or consumption through the 10 8

Warren Commission, conflicting testimony during the 21 3-7

Watkins, J.G^ 1947 hypnotic induction experiments of 4 4

Watson, John Ik, behavioral experiments of 18 3

Wavie files 16 1

Wells, Wesley Raymond, hypnosis experiments, 1930's 4 5

Wendy, Dr., University of Rochester Navy/CIA drug 7 13

West, Dr. Louis Jolyon, University of California 32 1

Western synthetic environment and structure 18 2

Wiener, Norbert, -father of cybernetics" 27 11

Wilcher, bizarre microwave murder of 33 19

Will, human, and commission of anti-social acts 4 7

William Jennings Bryan in, Institute of Hypnosis 19 8

William Lyne, Space Aliens from the Pentagon 38 23-24

Without Knowledge or Consent (Chapter) 4 1

MIND CONTROL BIBLIOGRAPHY

INDEX

BRAINWASHING 1

CULT&MC 1

OPERATION MC 1

BEHAVIOR MODIFICATION 2

DRUGS 2

HYPNOSIS 2

HYPNOSIS & MC 2

BRAIN 2

EEG (ELECTROENCEPHALOGRAM) 3

ENDOCRINOLOGY 3

BRAIN ATLAS 3

BRAIN & MEMORY 4

E.S.B. (ELECTRIC STIMULATION OF BRAIN) 4

ESB -> MAN & THERAPY 1 0

VISUAL PROSTHESES & E.S.B. 1 6

AUDITORY PROSTHESES & E.S.B. 1 7

TRANSNASAL APPROACH 17

BIO-TELEMETRY 17

ELE. HOUSE ARREST 21

NAVIGATION SATELLITE 22

ELE->SCALP-> CORTEX ( TRANSCUTANEOUS STIM.) 22

HEAD -> MAGNETIC FIELD (MEG) 23

MIND-READING MACHINE 23

MAGNETIC — > BIOEFFECTS 23

MSB(MAGNETIC STIMULATION OF BRAIN) 23

MOSCOW SIGNAL 24

MICROWAVE & ELF 24

MW -> AUDITORY 30

ACOUSTICS 31

EM -> HEART 31

MW -> EEG 32

MW -> BBB 32

MW -> CA2- 32

BIORHYTHMS 33

EM WEAPONS 33

INTERNAL SECURITY EQUIPMENT 34

EM ->! VICTIMS 34

ULTRASONICS 34

SUBLIMINAL 34

TINNITUS 35

BRAINWASHING

Brown, J.R.C. , Techniques of Persuasion : From Propaganda to Brainwashing. London: Penguin Boos, 1963. (from J.Into Madness)
Hunter, Edward (1956) Brainwashing.

Sargant, William , Battle for the Mind, Privately printed editioa Ashford: The Invicta Press, 1984. (from J.Into Madness)
Sargant, William, The Mind Possessed,, Pnvatelv printed edition. Ashford: The Invicta Press, 1984. (from J.Into Madness)
Sargant, William, The Unquiet Mind, Privately printed edition Ashford: The Invicta Press, 1984. (from J.Into Madness)

CULT & MIND CONTROL

Barker E (1984) The Making of a Moonie:choice ofbrainwashing? Oxford, NY (HR 121-A1)
Conydon B & Hubbard LR. Jr., messiah or madman ?, Secaucus, N.J.. 1987 (GK445-A12)
L.Ron Hubbard LR (1978) The Science of Survival (see "Pain-Drug-Hypnosis" 1951 /W.Bowart, p.74)
Robert Ennger (1985) Secret Agent Man. Rolling Stone 0Ie-AR«_

OPERATION MIND CONTROL

Intruders (1966?), see 1966 quoted by Senator Edward V. Long

Bowart,Walter (1978) Operation Mind Control and Operation Mind Control, How the Cryptocracy Willi Psychocivilize You (1994)

Burdick, Dorothy (1982) Such Things Are Known. Vantage Press. NY
Bvlinsky, Gene (1969) Mood Control. NY: Charles Scnbner's Sons
Chavkin. Samuel (1978) Mind Stealers (Houghton Mifflin CO., Boston)
Collins, Larry (1990) Mind Control Playboy, January 1990

Horrock N ( 1977) A dat show: 1 4 vear project on controlling human behavior. New York Times 1977.7.2)

Hunt, Linda (1991) Secret Agenda. NY. StMarun's Press. |ordered 940217]

Keeler, Anna (1989) Remote Mmd Control Technology. Full Disclosure 15: 1-14.

Lawrence. Lincoln (1967) Were We Controlled? University Books, NY

London, Perry (1969) Behavior Control. New York, Harper & Row.

Moore, James (1975) Modem People, Aug.18, 1975 (re ; RH1C-EDOM)

Marks, John (1977) The Search f or the Manchurian Candidate

Pines, Maya (1973) The Brain Changers - Scientists & The New Mind Control. NY": Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, Inc.

Ranelagh. John ( 1 986) The Agency. ISBN 0-67 1 -443 1 8-6

Ronald M. McRae (1984) Mind Wars (NY, StMartin's Press)

Russell-Mannings, Betsy (1989) Mind Control in a Free Society.

Russell-Mannings, Betsy (1989) The Microwave Deception.

Scheflin A & Opton E (1978) The Mind Manipulators. London, Paddington Press

Schrag. Peter (1978) Mind Control. NY Pantheon Books. [Burdick(1981)l

Vankin, Jonathan (1990) Conspiracies, Cover-ups and Crimes (Dell)

Valenstein, Elliot (1973) Brain Control : A critical examination of brain stimulation and psychosurgery. NY. Wiley)
US News & World Report 1994.1.24 & letters 2.21. [drug/ele->]

Watson P (1978) War on the Nmd: The Military Uses and Abuses of Psychology. NY: Basic Books. Inc. [Burdick(1981)]
Weberman AJ (1980) Mind Control: The Story of Mankind Research Unlimited, Inc. Covert Action 9, June. [Burdick(1981)]
Zimbardo PG et al (1973) The Mind Is a Formidable Jailer: A Pirandellian Prison. New York Times Magazine 1973.4.8.
[Burdick(1981)]

BEHAVIOR MODIFICATION

Alexander (1975) The search for a general theory of behavior. Behav. Sci. 20: 77-100.
BBS (1984)7:4 [B.F.Skinner]

Bijou SW & Ribes-Inesta E (1972) Behavior Modification: Issues and Extensions. NY: Academic Press, pp.157.

[review: FeAProb. 1974.38:70]
Camellion R (1978) Behavior Modificatioa Paladin Press, pp.129.

Citizen's Inquiry on PCJ1I (1974) The nrture of parole. The Prison Journal. Spring-Summer 1974.
Hilts PJ (1974) Behavior Mod. NY: Harper's Magazine Press, pp.242, [review: Feb. Prob. 1975, 39: 66]

Holland JG (1974) Behavior Modification for prisoners, patients and other people as a prescription for planned society. The Prison
Journal. Spring-Summer 1974. [review: Feb.Prob. 1976, 40. 68. re. START Program]

DRUGS

Collins, Arme (1988) In the Sleep Room. ISBN 0-88619-198-X

Lee MA & Shlain B (1985) Acid Dreams: The CIA. LSD, and the Sixties, Groves Press. [Japanese version, 1992, pp.423.]

Thomas, Gordon (1989) Journey Into Madness (NY, Bantam)

Weinstein, Harvey (1988) A Father, A Son and the CIA ISBN 1-55028-116

HYPNOSIS

Edmonston, Jr.,W.E. (1986) The Induction of hypnosis. Ny. OiSB 237-A1 1
Guides, B.C. (1973) New Concepts In Hypnosis [W.Bowart(78), p.62]

Spanos NP (1986) Hypnotic behavior : a social-psychological interpretation of amnesia, analgesia, and "trance logic" BBS 9: 449-502
(BBS 11:712-716 commentary)

Spiegel, N., Shor, J„ & Fishman, S. (1945) An hypnotic ablation technique for the study of personality development, Psychosom, Med. 7,

273.rPenfield(1952)pp.l92]
Zeig JK ed (1982) Ericksonian approaches to hypnosis and psychotherapy. NY. (M15-A6249)

HYPNOSIS & MIND CONTROL

Richard Condon (1958) Manchunan Candidate (McGrow Hill, NY)
Donald Bain (1976) The Control of Candy Jones

Claire Sterling ( 1 983)The Time of the Assasin (NY: Holt, Rinehart and Winston)
Paul Henze (1983) The Plot to Kill the Pope (NY: Charles Scribners & Sons)

BRAIN

Bradshaw JL & Nettleton NC ( 1 98 1 ) The nature of hemispheric specialization in man. BBS 4: 51-91
Brodal A (1947) The hippocumpus and the sense of smell. A review. Brain 70: 179-222,
Calder, Nigel () The Mind of Man. [Akwei vs NSA]

Eccles & Mclntyre (1951) Plasticity of mammalian monosynaptic reflexes. Nature 167, 466-468
Ferguson M ( 1 973 ) The Brain Revolution: The Frontiers of Mind Research. NY : Taplinger Publishing Co.
Heller, John H. (1963) Of Mice. Men and Molecules. [Akwei vs NSA]
Hooper, Judith () The 3-Pound Universe. [Akwei vs NSA]
Johnson, George () In the Palaces of Memory. | Akwei vs NSA]

McGlone J (1980) Sex differences in human brain asymmetry: a critical survey. BBS 3. 215-263.

Panksepp J (1982) Toward a general psychobiological theory of emotions. BBS 5:407-467. [incl. commentaries of Delgado, Heath]

OjemannGA( 1983) Brain organization for language from the perspective of electrical stimulation mapping. BBS 6: 189-230.

Psaltis D. et al (1990) Holography in artificial neural networks. Nature 343, 325.

Puceetti R & Dykes RW ( 1 978 ) Sensorv cortex and the mind-brain problem. BBS 1 337-375.

Restak, Richard 0 The Mind. [Akwei vs NSA]

Teylor TJ & DiScenna P (1984) The topological anatomy of the hippocampus: a clue to its fuctioa Brain Res. Bull. 12: 71 1-719.
Uematsu S et al (1992) Localization of sensorimotor cortex: the influence of Sherrington and Cushing on the modern concept.

Neurosurgery 30(6): 904-913.
US News and World Report 1/2/84 [EM brain slim]

Werner RD (1984) Does electroconvulsive therapy cause brain damage ? BBS 7: 1-53. [incl comment, by Health]

EEG

Berger, H. (1929) iber das elektrenkephalogramm des mensclien, Archiv. Psychiatr.Nervenkrank, 87:527-570
Berger, H. (1935) iber das elektrenkephalogramm des menschen, Archiv. Psychiatr.Nervenkrank. 103:444-454.
Berger, H. (1938) iber das elektrenkephalogramm des menschen, Archiv. Psychiatr.Nervenkrank. 108:407-431.
EluL R. (1962) Dipoles of spontaneous activity in the cerebral cortex. Exp. Neurol 6, 285-299.
EluL R. (1964) Specific site of generation of brain waves. Physiologist 7, 125.
Elul, R. (1972) The genesis of the EEG, InL Rev. Neurobiology 15, 227-272.

cmpson J (lyso) Human Brainwaves, trie psycnological sigmlicance 01 tne electroencephalogram, noundmills. basmgstoKc. tlampsrur.
Mcmillan

Lippold O (1973) The Origin of the alpha rhythm, Edinburgh, C.Livingstones

ENDOCRINOLOGY

Benzinger TH (1969) Heat regulation: homeostasis of control temperature in man. Physiol. Rev. 49: 671-759.

Brown GM & Reeichlin S ( 1 972) Psychologic and neural regulation of growth hormone secretion. Psychosom. Med. 34: 45-6 1 .

Curtis GC (1972) Psychosomatics and chronobiology: possible implications of neuroendocrine rhythms. Psychosom. Med. 34: 235-256.

Daughaday WH (1971) Sulfation factor regulation of skeletal growth: a stable mechanism dependent on intermittent growth hormone

secretion. Am J. Med. 50: 277-280.
Deuguchi Takeo (1979) Orcadian rhythms of serotomin N -acety [transferase activity in organ culture of chicken pineal gland. Science

203, 1245-1247.

Delgado JMR & Hanai T (1966) Intracerebral temperature in freely moving cats.
Am. J. Physiol. 21 1:755-769.

Frohman LA & Bemardis LL ( 1 968) Growth hormone and msuhn levels in weanling rats with ventromedial hypothalamic lesions. Endocr
82. 1125-1132.

Frohman LA & Bemardis LL (1968) Hypothalamic stimulation of growth hormone secretion. Science 580-582

Ganong WF, et al (1963) Penetration of light into the brain of mammals. Endocr. i72. 962-963.

Grant L et al (1971) Period of adjustment of rats used for experimental studies. Nature 232: 135.

Hanbury EM (1959) Thyroid function after trauma in man. Metabolism 8: 904-912.

Hardy JD (1973) Posterior hypothalamus and the regulation of body temperature. Fed Proc. 32: 1564-1571

Martin JB (1972) Plasma growth hormone (GH) in response to hypothalamic or extrahypolhalamic electrical stimulation. Endocr. 91 :
107-115.

Martin JB (1973) Neural regulation of growth hormone secretion N. Eng. J. Med. 288 1384-1393.

Martin JB et al ( 1973) Plasma GH responses to hypothalamic, hippocampal, and amygdaloid electrical stimulation, effects of variation of

stimulation parameters and treatment with alpha methyl-p-tyrosine. Endocr 91 1 354-136 1
Mason JW (1968) Overall hormonal balance as a key to endocrine organization. Psychosom. Med. 30(D): 791-808.
Mikolajxzyk H (1972) Hormone reactions and changes in endocrine glands under influence of mws. Med. Lota 39: 39-51.
Milroy WC & Michaelson SM ( 1972) Thyroid pathophysiology of microwave radiation. Aerospace Med 43: 1 126-1 131.0(5)
Moore, R.V., et al (1968) Central control of the pineal gland: visual pathways. Arch Neurol 18 208-218.
Nir, I. (1978) Non-reproductive systems and the pineal gland J Neural Transm Suppl 13, 225-244.
Preslock, J.P. (1984) The pineal gland basic implications and clinical correlations. Endocrine Rev. 5, 282.
Rosenthal SH (1973) Alterations in serum thyroxine with cerebral electrotherapy (CET). Arch. Gen. PsychiaL 28: 28-29.
Schally AV et al (1973) Hypothalamic regulatory hormones. Science 179: 341-350.

Smuckler EA & Tata JR ( 1 97 1 ) Changes in hepatic neclear DNA-dependent polymerase caused by growth hormone and tn-iodothyronia
Nature 234: 37-39.

Takahashi Y, et al (1968) Growth hormone secretion during sleep. J. Clin. Invest 47: 2079-2090.
Wurtman, R.J. et al (1963) Melatonin synthesis in the pineal gland : control by light. Science 142, 1071.

m

BRAIN ATLAS

Abnura, V.. & Handler, P. (1978) Computerized stereotaxic brain atlas. Proc.of the DECUS Congress, 5, 539-541. [Delgado. 1 98 1 ]
Berman, AL. (1968) The Brain Stem of the Cat : A Cytoarchitectonic Alias with Stereotaxic Coordinates, Univ. of Wisconsin, Madison.
[Liebenskind.etal(1973)]

DeLucchi, M.R., Dennis, B.J.. & Adey. W.R ( 1965) A stereotaxic Atlas of the Chimpanzee Brain (Pan Satyrus), Univ. Calif. Press,
Berkeley, Calif.. 78 pp.

Jasper, RE, & Ajmone Marsa. C.A, (1954) Stereotaxic Atlas of the Diencephalon of the Cat, NalRes.Council Canada,
Ottawa.[Siegel.et al(1972)]

Matsui, T., & Hirano, A ( 1 978) An atlas of the human brain for computerized tomography. Tokyo, Igaku-Shoin. [Delgado, 1981]
Matsuno H et L (1988) Microsurgical anatomy of the posterior fossa cisterns. Neurosurgery 23(1): 58.
Oka et al (1985) Microsurgical anatomy of the sperficial veins of the cerebrum. Neurosurgery 17(5): 711.

Schaltenbrand, G. & Bailey, P (Eds. ) ( 1 959) Introduction to stereotaxis with an atlas of the human brain. Grune and Stratton. New York,
493 p.

Snider, R.S., & Lee, J.C. (1961) A stereotaxic atlas of the monkey brain (Macaca mulatta). Univ. Chicago Press, Chicago.
Timurkaynak et al (1986) Microsurgical anatomy of the lateral ventricles. Neurosurgery 19(5)
Yamamolo et al ( 1 98 1 ) Microsurgical anatomy of the 3rd ventricle. Neurosurgery 8(3)

BRAIN & MEMORY

Clark CR & Geffen GM (1989) Corpus callosum surgery and recent memory: a revew.Brain 112: 165-175.
Drachman DA & Arbit J ( 1 966) Memory and the hippocampal complex. Is memory a multipel process ? Arch Neurol 1 5 : 52-6 1 .
Drachman D & Ommaya AK (1964) Memory and the hippocampal complex. Arch Neurol 10: 41 1-425.
Heit G, Smith ME, Halgren E ( 1 990) Neuronal activity in human medial temporal lobe during recognition memory. Brain 113:
1093-1112.

Human memory (1987) Human Neurobiology 6(2) cX Kesner, R.P. (1973) A neural system analysis of memory storage and retrieval.

Psvchlogica] Bulletin, 80, 177-203.
McDonough, Jr., J.H. & Kesner. R.P. (1971 ) Ammesia produced by brief electrical stimulation of the amygdala or dorsal hippocampus in

cats. J. comp. Physiol. Psychol. 77, 171-178.
McGaugh, J.L., & Dawson. R.G. (1966) Time-dependent processes in memory storage.Science, 153. 1351-1358. [ -> rat ]
Milner. B. (1954) Intellectual ruction of the temporal lobes, Psvchol. Bull. 51, 42-62.

Routtenbert, A, & Holzman, N. (1973) Memory disruption by electrical stimulation of substantia nigra, pars compacts. Science, 181,
83-86. [ -> rat]

Spanis, C.W. (1981) AJ. Psychiat 138(9) , 1 177. [ECT & memory]
Squire LR (1986) Mechanisms of memory. Science 232:1612-1619.

Squire LR ( 1 992) Memory and the hippocampus: a sylhesis from findings with rats, monkeys and humans. Psychol. Rev. 99: 195-23 1 .
582.

Tulving, E., & Watkins, M.J. (1973) Structure of memory traces. Psychological Review, 82, 261-275.Q£0@I(1):1894.1-Z52-A39
Wilbum, M.W., & Kesner, R.P. (1972) Differential amnestic effects produced by electrical stimulation of the caudate nucleus and

non-specific thalamic system Experimental Neurology, 34, 45-50. [ -> cat ]
Wyers, E.J., Peeke, V.S., Willison, J.S. & Herz, M.J. (1968) Retroactive impairment of passive avoidance learning by stimulation of the

caudate nucleus. Exp. Neurol. 22, 350-366.
Wyers, E.J., & Deadwyler, S. A (1971) Duration and nature of retrograde amnesia produced by stimulation of caudate nucleus.

Physiology and Behavior, 6, 97-103. [-> rat]

ELECTRICAL STIMULATION OF THE BRAIN (E.S.B.)

Adams, D.B, ( 1 979) Brain mechanisms for offense, defense, and submission. he Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 2,
201-241.[GallisteU981]

Adams, J.R. & Prout, B.J. (1962) Transistorized R.F.-coupling unit for biological stimulators. J. Physiol., 162, 9P-10P.
Adey, W.R, Kado. R.T., & Didio, J. ( 1962) Impedance measurements in brain tissue of animals using microvolt signals.Exptl. Neurol. 5,
47-66.

Agnew, W.F., Yuen, T.G.H., Puderz, R.H.. & Bullara. L.A(1975) Electrical stimulation of the brain IV. Unlrastructural studies.

Surgical Neurology. 4. 438-448. (from Delgado, Patterson ed, 1981)
Akert, K. & Andersson, B. (1951) Acta Physiol. Scand. 22. 281. [ -> cat => sleep]

Akert, K, Koella, W.P. & Hess, R (1952) Sleep produced by electrical stimulation of the thalamus. Am. J. Physiol. 168T. 260-267.
Akimoto, H.. Nomura, T, Matsui, L, Ishikawa, O., Nakagawa. K & Mitsushita, T. (1954) On the syndrome induced by electrical

stimulation on thalamus [=> man's sleep] Physiological and Clinical Studies on the Diencephalon. Igaku Shorn, Tokyo.
Akimoto, H., Takeuctu, S.. Shozuka. K. & NegishLK. (1955) On recruiting Response induced by continuous electrical stimulation in

thalamus of cat Psychiatr. Neurol. Jap. 56.
Akimoto, H., Yamaguchi, N„ Okabe. K. Nakagawa. T., Abe, K, Torii, H., & Masahashi, K (1956) On the sleep induced through

electrical stimulation on dog thalamus. Folia PsychiaL et Neurol. Japoa 10. 1 17-146.
Alexander, M., & Perachio, AA (1973) The influence of target sex and dominance on evoked attack in rhesus monkeys. AmJ.of Physical

Anlhropology, 38. 543-547.

Alonso de Florida, F„ & Delgado, J.M.R (1958) Lasting behavioral and EEG changes in cats induced by prolonged stimulation of
amygdala. AmJ.of Physiol. 193, 223-229.

rv

Anand B.R. &. Brobeck. J.R(1951) Hypothalamic control of food intake in rats and cats. Yale J.of Biology and Medicine, , Vol.24,
123-140.

Anand, B.R., & Dua, S. (1956) Electrical stimulation of the limbic system of brain (visceral brain) in the waking animals. Indian J. Med.

Res. 44, 107-119
Andnan, E.D. (1921) Journal of Physiology (London). Vol.55. 193.
Anomymous.(1974) Electrical stimulation of the brain-Lancet, 2. 562-564.

Asanuma H & Sakata H (1967) Functional organization of cortical efferent system examined with focal depth stimulation in cats. J
Neurophysiol. 30: 35-54.

Baldwin, M. (1960) Electrical stimulation of the mesial temporal region. In Electrical Studies on the Unanesthelized Brain, 1 59-76

(Ramey, E.R. O'Doherty, D.S., Eds., Hoeber, New York, 423pp.)
Bonazzola. S., & Gualtierotti, (I960) Wireless tele-stimulation of the cats motor cortex with constant stimulation of the cat's motor cortex

with constant stimuli. J.Physiol. 150.1-2.
Buchwald N.A., & Emn. R.R. ( 1956).Behavioral and action potential responses to stimulation of subcortical structures in the

unaesthetized cat, FedProc., 15, 27.
Bursten, B. & Delgado, J.M.R (1958) Positive reinforcement induced by intracerebral stimulation in the monkey. J. comp. physiol.

Psycho., 51.6-10.

Campbell KSA, Ivans G & Gallistel CR (1985) A microcomputer-based method for physiologically interpretable measurement of the

rewarding efficacv of brain stimulation. Physiology and Behavior. 35 . 395-403.
Campbell, P.K., Jones, K.E., Huber. RJ., Horch, K.W., & Norman. RA (1991) A silicon-based, three-dimentional neural inlerface:

manufacturing processes for an inlracortica! electrode array. IEEE Trans. BME, 38, No.8, 758-768.
Cannon. B. (1933) A method of stimulating autonomic nerves in the unanesthetized cat with observauons on the motor and sensory effects.

AmJ.Physiol. 105. 366-372.

Chaffee, E.L & Light, R.U. (1934) Electrical excitation of the nervous system - ntroduciln a new system of remote control. Science 79,
299-300.

Chaffee, E.L, & Light, RU. (1934) A method for the remote control of electrical stimulation of the nervous system. 1. The history of

electrical excitation. Yale J. of Biol. & Med., 7, 83-128. 83;441[coU -> coil]
Chaffee, E.L & Light, RU. (1935) Supplementary notes on the remote control of electrical stimulation of the nervous system. Yale J. Biol.

Med, 7,441-450.

Chardack, W.M., Gage, A.A.. & Greatbalch. W. ( 1 960) Surgery, 48, 643-654.[heart pacemaker w/o charging from outside]
Clarke, Edwin, & Kenneth Dewhurst (1972) An Illustrated history of brain function, Berkeley, University of California Press,, 1 54p.

Q£<SC 364-37) Localisation. 113-148.
Clark, G. & Ward. J.W. (1949) Responses elicited by combined stimulation of pairs of fixed electrodes in the unanesthetized monkey.

AmJ.Physiol.,158, 474.

Clark, S.L & Ward, J.W. (1937) Electrical stimulation of the cortex cerebri of cats: Responses clickable in chrome experiments through

implanted elctrodes. Arch.Neurol.PshychiaL. 38. 927. [small induction coil]
Clark, S.L. (1941) Science, 94, 187.[lhe first electrode implant by Ewald]

Clark, S.L & Ward, J.W. (1941) The influence of stimulus strength and duration on the responses from cortical stimulation through i

mplanted electrodes. Am. J Physiol., 131,650.
Clarke RH. (1920) Investigation of the Central Nercous System, Johns Hopkins Press, Baltimore, Md„ pi. I pp. 1-159, plates I-XXV1I.

[the stereotaxic instrumem,Lilly(1958)]
Cohen BD, Brown, G.W., & Brown. M.L (1956) Avoidance learning motivated by hypothalamic stimulation Fed Proc. 15, 37.
Cooper R (1966) Toxic effects of intracerebral electrodes. Med biol. Engng 4, 575-581.

Crow, H.J., Cooper, R. & Philips, D.G (1961) Controlled multifocal frontal leucotomy for psychiatric illness. J. Neurol. Neurosurg.
PsychiaL 24, 353-360.

Curry,M.J.,The effects of stimulating the somauc sensory cortex on single neurones m the posterior group (PO) of the cat," Brain
Research, 44 (1972) 463-481.

Delgado, J.M.R, & Uvingston, RB (1948) Some respiratory, vascular and thermal responses to sumulauon of orbital surface of frontal

lobe. J. of Neurophysiology, 11, 39-55.
Delgado, J.M.R (1952) Permanent implantation ofmuttilead electrodes in the brain. Yale J. of Biol.Med, 24, 351-358.
Delgado, J.M.R (1952) Responses evoked in waking cat by electrical stimulation of motor cortex. Amer. J. Physiol.. 171, 436-446.
Delgado, J.M.R, Hamlin. H.. & Chapman, W.P. (1952) Technique of intracranial electrode implacement for recording and stimulation

and its possible therapeutic value in psychotic patients. Confinia Neurologica, 12, 315-319.
Delgado, J.MR. & Anand B.K. (1953) increase of food intake induced by electrical stimulation of the lateral hypothalamus. Am. J.

PhysioL. 172. 162-168.

Delgado, J.M.R, Roberts, WW & Miller. N.E. (1954) Learning motivated by electrical stimulation of the brain Am J. Physiol., 179,
587-593.

Delgado, J.M.R (1955) Cerebral structures involved in transmission and elaboration of noxious stimulation. J. Neurophysiol. 1 8. 261-275.

Delgado. J.M.R ( 1 955) Evaluation of permanent implantauon of electrodes within the brain. EEG Clin N. 7. 637-644.

Delgado, J.M.R, Rosvold H E.. & Looney. E. (1956) Evoking conditioned fear by electrical stimulation of subcortical structures in the

monkey brain .J. comp. physiol. Psychol. 49. 373-380.
Delgado, J.M.R (1957) Brain stimulation in the monkey: technique and results (motion picture). Fed Proc. 16. 29.
Delgado JMR & Hamlin H ( 1958) Direct recording of spontaneous and evoked seizures in epileptics. EEG Clin N. 10: 463-486.u£6ie_el
Delgado, J.M.R (1959) Prolonged stimulation of brain in awake monkeys, J.Neurophysiol., 22, 458-475
Delgado, J.M.R (1959) Transistor timing stimulator. EEG clin. N.

Delgado, J.M.R, & Hamlin H. ( 1960) Spontaneous and evoked electrical seizures in animals and humans. In E.RRamey &

E.S.O'Doherty (Eds ). Electrical Studies on the Unanesthetized Brain, New York, Hoeber, pp. 133-158.
Delgado, J.M.R (1960) EmoUonal behavior in animals and humans. Psych. Res. Rep. Am psychiaL Ass., 12. 259-271.
Delgado, J.M.R (1961) Chrome implantation of intracerebral electrodes in animals. In D.E. Sheer (Ed), Electrical stimulation of the brain.
Delgado, J.M.R. (1961) Evolution of repeated hippocampal seizures in the catEEG clin N. 13, 722-733.
Delgado, J.M.R (1962) Pharmacological Analysis of Central Nervous Action Oxford Pergamon pp.265-292

V

Delgado JMR & Hamlin H (1962) Depth electrography. Conlin. Neurol. 22. 228-235.

Delgodo, J.M.R. (1963) Telemetry and teleslimulation of the brain. In: LSlater (Ed). Biotelemetry. Pergamon, New York, 231-249
Delgado. J.M.R (1963) Cerebral heteroslimulaUon in a monkey colony. Science 141. 161-63.

Delgado, J.M.R. (1963) Social rank and radio-stimulated aggressiveness in monkeys. J. Nervous and Mental Diseases 1 14, 383-90.
Delgado, J.M.R (1963) Effect of brain stimulation on task-free situations. EEG clin. N. Suppl. 24, 260-280.

Delgado, J.M.R. (1964) Electrodes for extracellular recording and stimulation. In N.LNastuk (ed). Electrophysiological methods, Vol

V, Part A: Physical techniques in biological research. New York; Academic Press.
Delgado, J.M.R. (1964) Free behavior and brain stimulation IntRev. Neurobiology, 6, 349-449 0£6ia:_e1|ewo6
Delgado, J.M.R (1965) Sequential behavior repeatedly induced bv red nucleus stimulation in free monkeys Science, 148 , 1361-1363.
Delgado ->!! bull. New York Tunes 1965.5.17 p.l&20.

Delgado, J.MR (1965) Evolution of physical control of the brain. New York, AmMuseum of Natural History 0£6ic_
Delgado. J.M.R. (1965) Chronic radiostimulation of the brain in monkey colonies.

Proc. Intern. Union Physiol. Sci. 4, 365-371.
Delgado, J.M.R (1966) Emotions. Self-Selection Psychology Textbook. W.C.Brown.Cubuque, Iowa, 56pp.
Delgado. J.M.R. ( 1 966) Aggressive behavior evoked by radio stimulation in monkey colonies. Amer. Zool., 6. 669-68 1
Delgado, J.M.R., & Mir. D. (1966) Infaligability ofpupillary constriction evoked by hypothalamic stimulation in monkeys. Neurology ,

16, 939-950.[Doty&Bartletl,1981]
Delgado JMR (1967) Man's intervention in intracerebral functions. IEEE InL Conv. Rec. 15(9): 143-150.
Delgado. J.M.R. (1967) Brain Function.5. 171. [Lancet, 1974]

Delgado, J.M.R. ( 1967) Limbic system and free behavior. In Progr. Brain Res. 27, 48-68.

Delgado, J.M.R. (1967) Social rank and radio-stimulated aggressiveness in monkeys. J. Nerv. Ment Dis. , 144, 383-390.

Delgado, J.M.R.. Mark, V., Sweet . W.. Ervin, F., Weiss. G.. Bach-y-Rita, G., & Hagiwara, R. (1968) Intracerebral radio stimulauon and

recording in completely free patients, J.of Nervous and Mental Disease, 147, 329-340.u£di«e_el
Delgado J.M.R. (1969) Physical Control of the Mind (Harper and Row)

DelgadoJ.M.R (1969) "Offensive-defensive behavior in free monkeys and chimpanzees induced by brain radio stimulation." In

S.Garattini and E.E<Sigg(Eds.), Aggressive Behavior. Proceedings of the Symposium on the Biology of Aggressive Behavior,

Milan, May, 1968, Excerpta Medica, Amsterdam, 109-119.
Delgado,J.M.R, Bradley, R.J.. Johnston. V.S., Weiss. G., and Wallace. J.D. (1969) Implantation of Multilead Electrode Assemblies and

Radio Stimmulation of the Brain in Chimpanzees. Technical Documentary Report No. ARL-TR-69-2, Holloman Air Force

Base, NM. 19pp.

Delgado, J.M.R (1969) Radio stimulauon of the brain in primates and in man. Anesth. Anlag. 48. 529-543.u£6ia; _fl
Delgado,J.M.R.,and Mir. D. (1969) Fragmental organization of emotional behavior in the monkey brain, Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci., 159 ,
731-751.

Delgado,J.M.R. (1970) Multichannel Transdermal Stimulauon of the Brain. Technical Documentary Report No. ARL-TR-70-1,

Holloman AirForce Base, NM, 24pp.
Delgado.J.M.R., V.S., Johnston. J.D.Wallace & R.J. Bradley (1970) Operant conditioning of amygdals spindling in the free

chimpanzee,Brain Research.22.347-362.
Delgado.J.M.R.. Mana Luisa Rivera & Diego Mir (1971) Repealed Stimulation of Amygdala in Awake Monkeys. Brain Research.

Vol.27. No.l

Delgado, J.M.R. & Bracchitta, H. (1972) Free and instrumental behavioral in monkeys during radio stimulation of the caudate nucleus.

Int. J. Psychobiol., 2. 233-248.
Delgado JMR (1972) [re. freewill] The Humanist. 1972. [Camellion (1978)]

Delgado, J.M.R., Obrador, S.. & Marun-Rodriquez, J.G. (1973) Two-way radio communication with the brain in psychosurgical patients.
In LV.Laitinen & Livingston (ed). Surgical approaches in psychiatry, Lancaster, England Medical & Technical Publishing.

Delgado. J.M.R, Sanguinetti, AM., & Mora, G. (1973) Aggressive behavior in gibbons modifies by caudate and central gray stimulation.
Intemuonal Research Comunications System Medical Science, SpL, 16-2-32.

Delgado.J.M.R & et al.( 1 975) Two- Way Transdermal Communication with the Brain, Am. Psychologist , March 1 975.

Delgado, J.M.R. (1975) Inhibitory systems and emotions. In Levi Emotions - their parameters and measurement, pp. 183-204 (Raven
Press. New York 1975).

Delgado, J.M.R, Delgadc-Garcia, J.M., & Grau, C. (1976) Mobility controlled by feedback cerebral stimulation in monkeys. Physiol
Behav. 16, 43^9.

Delgado. J.M.R ( 1977) Therapeutic programmed stimulauon of the brain in man. In W.Sweet, S.Obrador, & J.G. Martin-Rodriguez
(Eds.), Neurosurgical treatment in psychiatry, pain, and epilepsy. Baltimore. MD, University Park Press, pp.615-637.

Delgado, J.M.R (1977-78) Instrumentation, Working hypotheses, and clinical aspects of neurostimulation. Applied Neurophysiology. 40,
88-110.

Del Pozo, F., & Delgado, J.M.R (1978) Hybrid stimulator for chronic experiments. IEEE Trans, on Biomedical Engineering, BME-25,
92-94.[Delgado,1981]

Dempsey, E.W & Morison, R.S. (1942) The production of thythmically recurrent cortical potentials after localized thalamic stimulation
Am J. Physiol. 135. 293-300..

Dhume, RA. & Gogate, M.G (1974) A miniature stimulator for behavioral studies in freely moving cats. Indian J. of Physiology and
Pharmacology, 18, 123-125.

Donaldson, N. (1988) Comments on "Efficient transdermal links with coupling-insensiuve gain", IEEE Trans. BME, 35, No.4, 280-281.
Doty, RW. (1969) Electrical stimulauon of the brain in behavioral context Annual Review of Psychology, 20, 289-320.
Dufly, E. (1934) Is emotion a mere term of convenience ? Psychol. Rev. 41, 103-104.

Duffy', E. (1941) An explanation of "emoUonal" phenomena without the use of the concept "emotion." J. Genet. Psychol. 25, 283-293.
Dymond AM. (1976) Characteristics of the metal-ussue interface of stimulauon electrodes, IEEE Trans. Biomed Eng.. BME-23,
274-280, July, 1976.

Egger, M.D., & Flvnn, J.P. (1962) Amygdaloid suppression of hypothalamically elicited attack behavior. Science 136, 43-44.
ElenfthAriou, BE., & Scott, J.P. (Eds.). (1971) The physiology of aggression and defeat New York, Plenum.[Delgado,1981 )
Fender, F A (1936) AmJ.Physiol., 1 16. 47. [radio -> coil]

VI

Fender, F.A (1937) Prolonged splanchnic stimulation Proc. of the Society for Exp.Biol.and Med.. 36. 396-398. |radio -> coil]
Fender, F.A. (1937) Epileptiform convulsions from"remote" excitation. Arch.Neurol.PsychiaL. 38, 259-267.
Fender. F.A. (1941) Arch.Neurol.PsychiaL, 45, 617. (radio -> coil]

Flynn, J.P. & Wasman. M. (1960) Learning and cortically evoked movement during propagated hippocampal afterdischarges. Science
131. 1607-1608.

Flynn, J.P.. Wasman, M., and Egger. M.D. (1963) "Behavior during propagated hippocampal after discharges. In EEG and Behavior. G.H.GIaser, Ed.

Basic Books, New York. 134-148. [Delgado « al (1971)]
Flynn, J.P., Edwards, S.B. & Bandler, Jr., r.J. (1971) Changes in sensory and motor systems during centrally elicited attack. Behav.Sct..

16. 1-19.

Folkow, H. (1952) Impulse frequency in sympathetic vasomotor fibres correlated to the release and elimination of the trasmitter. Acta

Phvsiologica Scandinavica. 25. 49-76.[Delgado.l981]
Fonberg, E., & Delgado. J.M.R (1961) J.Neurophysiol.. 24, 651. [Lancet, 1974]

Frits. G., & Hitzig, E., (1870) Ueber die elektrische erregbarkeit des grosshims. Archives filer Anatomie und Physiologie, 37. 300-332.
Furman, S., & Schwedel, J.B. (1959) N.Engl.J.Med., 261, 943-948. [the first L-T heart pacemaker] ulicia
Galambos R (1961 ) Fed. Proc. 20: 603-608. [seff-stimulalion ->?]

Galvani, L. (1791) De viribus electncrtatis in motu musculari. Commentarius. Proc.Academia Bologna, 7, 363-418
Geddes, LA, & Hoff H.E. (1971) IEEE Spectrum, 8, 12„ 38^6.[Galvani vs.Volta]

Geddes LA (1984) A short history of the electrical sumulaiton of excitable tissue, including electrotherapheutic applications. The

Physiologist, Supp. 2: 1-47.
Gengerelli, J. A (1948) Stimulation oflhe brain by means of radiant energy. Amer. Psychol., 3, 340.
Gengerelli, J.A.& Kallejian,. ( 1 950) Remote stimulation of the brain in the intact animal J. Psychol.. 29. 263-269.
Garattini, S., & Sigg, E.B. (1969) (Eds.) Aggressive behavior. Amsterdam, Excerpta Med. [Delgado, 1981]
Geschwind N (1979) Specializations of the human brain. Sci. Am. 241: 180.

Goddard, G.V., Mclnrvre, DC. and Leech, C.K.." A permanent change in brain function resulting from daily electrical stimulation," Exp.
Neurol., 25. 1969. 295-330.

Gold, J.H., Stoeckle, H., Schuder. J.C., West, J. A, & Holland, J.A (1974) Selective tissue stimulation with microimplanL Transactions in

Ame.Soc.for Artificial Internal Organs., 20, 430-436. [Delgado, 1981]
Greer, M.A & Riggle, G C. (1957) Apparatus for chronic stimulation of the brain of the rat by radiofrequency transmitssion. EEG clin.

Neurophysiol., 19, 151-156.

Greig, J. & Ritchie. A (1944-45) A simple apparatus for remote nerve stimulation in the unanesthetized animal J.Physiol., 103, 8P. [radio
->coil]

Harris, G.W., The innervation and actions of the neurc-hypophsis; An investigation using the method of remote-control stimulation,"

Philosophical Transactions. 232B, 1946-47, 385-441. [Delgado. 1975]
Herberg, L.J.. and Watkins, P.J. (1966) Epileptiform seizures induced by hypothalamic stimulation in the rat: resistance to fits following

fits Nature. 209. 295-330.?

Hess, W.R. (1928) Stammganglien-Reizversuche. Benchte Gesamte weberdie Physiologie und Experimentelle Pharmakologie. 42,
554-55.

Hess, W.R. (1928) Arch. f. PsychiaL 86, 289.
Hess, W.R. (1929) Arch. f. PsychiaL 88. 813.
Hess, W.R. (1931) CompL rend. Soc. de biol. 107, 1333.

Hess, W.R. (1932) Behrage zur Physiologie d. Himstammes. 1. Die Methodik der lokalisienen Reizung und Ausschaltung subkortikaler
Himabschnitte. Leipzig. Thieme.

Hess, W.R. (1944) Das Schlafsyndrom als Folge dienzephalen Reiaung. Helv. Physiol. Pharmacol. Acta, 2, 305.[ele •> cat => sleep]
Hess, W.R. ( 1954) Das Zwischenhirn (2nd ed. ).Basel, Schwabe. [Galustel.1981]

Hess, W.R. (1954) Diencephalon-autonormc and Extrapyramidal Functions. Gune and Stranon, New York.

Hess, W.R. (1957) The Functional Organization of the Diencephalon. Grune and Strauon, New York. [ ele -> cat's tha => sleep]

Higgins, J.W., Mahl, G.F., Delgado, J.M.R.. & Hamlin, H. (1956) Behavioral changes during intracerebral electrical stimulauon.

Arch.Neurol.Psychiatry, 76, 399-419.
Hoagland. H.A (1940) A simple method for recording eleorocorucogram in animals without opening the skull Science, 92, 537-538.
Hochmair. E. ( 1984) System optimization for improved accuracy in transcutaneous signal and power transmision, IEEE Trans. BME, 31,

No.2, 177-186

Honda, Y„ et al (1989) Development of percutaneous intramuscular electrode for multichannel FFS system. IEEE Trans. BME, 36, No.7,
705.

Hunter, J. & Jasper, H.H. (1949) Effects of thalamic stimulation in unanesthetized animals. EEG CliaNeurophvsiol., 1, 305.
Jasper, H.H. (1960) Unspecific thalamocortical relations. Handbook Physiol.,Sect. 1, Neruophysiol. 2, 1307-1319.
Jechorek, W. & von Hoist, E. (1956) Femreizung freibeweglicher Tiere. Naturwissenschaften, 43, 455.

Kaada, B.R., Anderson, PA. & Jansen, J. (1954) Stimulation of the amygdaloid nuclear complex in unanesthetized cats. Neurology. 4,
48-64.

Kahn, A & Grealbatch, W. (1974) Physiologic electrodes, in Ray Medical engineering, pp. 1073-1082 (Year Book, Chicago 1974).
Kelty, M.F. (1975) Study of the use of psychosurgery in the United States. Information request of the National Committe for Protection of

Human Subjects of Biomedical and Behavioral Research. 4th Wld Congr. PsychiaL Surg., Madrid 1975. [Delgado 1977/78]
King, M.B., & Hoebel, B.G., ( 1968) Killing elicited by brain stimulation in rats. Commin Behav.Biol., 2, 73-177.[Alex&Perachio, 1973]
Klemm. W.R. "Effects of electric stimulation of brain stem reticular formation on hippocampal theta rhythm and muscle activity in

unanesthetized. cervical- and midbrain-transected rats," Brain Research. 41 (1972) 331-344.
Kremer WF (1947) Autonomic and somatic reactions induced by stimulation of the cingular gyrus in dogs. J. Neurophysiol. 10: 371-379.
Lafferty, M.M. & Farrell, J.F. ( 1 949) A technique for chronic remote nerve stimulation. Science, 110. 140-141. [radio — > implanted coil]
Lashley. K.S. (1938) The thalamus and emotion. Psychol. Rev. 45, 42-61.

Leeper. R.W. (1948) A motivational therory of emotion to replace "emotion as disorganized response." Psychol. Rev. 55, 5-21 .
Lewandowsky, M. (1903) Arch. AnaL Pshysiol., Lpz., p.129. [remote control]

VII

Liebeskind John C. el al.,"Analgesia fro electrical stimulation of the periaqueductal gray matter in the cat. behavioral observations and inhibitory

effects on spinal cord uilemeurons," Brain Research, 50 (1973) 441-446.
Lilly, JC, (1950) A.1.E.E.-I.R.E. Conference on Nucleonics and Medicine (S-33) (American Institute of Electrical Engineers, New York), pp.37-43.
Lilly, J.C., (1950) Electroenceph.Clin.Neurophysiol., 2„ 358.
Lilly, J.C., (1950) Proc. 18th Internal Physiol Cong., Copenhagen, p.340.

Lilly, J.C., (1950) Milbank Memorial Fund Symposium: The Biology of Mental Health and Disease, New York Hocber, p.206.

Lilly, J.C., Austin. G.M., & Chambers. WW. (1952) Threshold movements produced by excitation of cerebral cortex and efferent fibers with some

parametric regions of rectangular current pulses (cals and monkeys). J.of Neurophysiology, 15, 319-342.
Lilly, J.C., (1953) FedProc, 12, 87.

Lilly, J.C., (1953) Proc. 19th Intemat. Physiol. Cong., Montreal, p.564.

Lilly, J.C., (1953) Significance of motor maps of the sensorimotor cortex in the conscious monkey, Federation Proc. 12, No.l, 285.
Lilly. JC. Hughes. J.R., Alvord E.C., Jr., & Galkin, T.W. (1955) Brief noninjunous electric waveforms for stimulation of brain. Science, 121,
468-469.0IZ53-A48

Lilly, JC. Hughes, J.R., Galkin, T.W., & Alvord, E.C., (1955) EEG Clin.Neurophysiol., 7, 458.

Lilly, J.C., (1955) Univ.of Wisconsin Symposium: Interdisciplinary Research in the Behavioral, Biological, and Biochemical Sciences. August 1955.

Madison Univ. Wisconsin Press
Lilly, J.C.. Hughes, J.R., & Galkin, T.W..(1956) FedProc., 15, 119.
Lilly, J.C., Hughes, J.R., & Galkin. T.W., (1956) Proc. 20lh Intemat Physiol. Cong.,p.567.
Lilly, J.C., (1956) Science, 124, 937.

Lilly, J.C., (1957) Learning Elicited by Electric Stimulation of Subcortical Regions in the Unanesthetized Monkey. Science, 125, 748.
Lilly, J.C., (1957) FedProc, 16,81.

Lilly, JC, (1957) paper presented at the "inlem. Svmposium on Reticular Formation of the Brain." Detroit, Mich.

Lilly, J.C., (1957) Proc. 1st Internal. Cong. Neurol. Sciences, 4th Internal. Cong. Electroencephalog. & Clin-Neurophysio., Brussels, p.161.
Lilly, J.C., (1957) International Symposium on the Reticular Formation of the Brain, Detroit. Mich., March 1957.
Lilly, J.C., (1957) Conference on Electrical Studies on the Unanestlietized Brain, Washington, D.C., June 1957.

Lilly. J.C. (1958) Henry Ford Hospital Intern. Symposium on the reticular formation of the Brain, Boston; Little, [ele -> monkey => self-sum]
Lilly, J.C. (1958) Electrode and cannulae implantation in the brain by a simple percutaneous method. Science, 127, 1 181-1 182.
Lilly, J.C, (1958) Development of a Double-Table-Chair Method of Restraining Monkeys for Physiological and Psychological Research,
J.Appl.Physiol.. 12, 134.

Lilly, J.C. (1958) Correlations between neurophysiologies activity in the cortex ans short-term behavior in the monkey. In Biological and

Biochemical Bases on Behavior. 83-100 (HARlow , H.F., Woolsey, C.N.. Eds., Univ. Wisconsin Press, Madison. 476pp.)
Lilly JC (1958) Some considerauons regarding basic mechanisms of positive and negative types of motivations. Am. J. Psychiat 115: 498.
Lilly. J.C. (1960) Injury and excitation of brain by electrical current In E.R. Ramey and D.S.OTtoherty (Eds). Electrical Studies of the

unanesthetized brain. Hoeber. New York, pp.96-105.
Lilly, J.C. (1961) Injury and excitation by electric currents. A The balanced pulse-pair waveform. In D.E.Sheer (Ed), Electrical

Stimulation of the Brain, Univ. Texas Press, Austin, 60-64.
Lilly JC & Miller AM (1962) Operant conditioning of the bottlenose dolphin with electrical stimulation of the brain. J. Comp. and

Physiol. Psychol. 55: 73.
Lilly, J.C.(1978) The Scientist (Philadelphia, J.B.Lippincott Company)

Ling, F., & Gerard R.W. (1949) The normal membrane potential of frog sartonous fibers. J.of Cellular and Comparative Physiology, 34.

383-396.[Swettl981] 'microelectrodes'
Loucks, R.B. (1933) Preliminary report of a technique for stimulation or destruction of tissues beneath the integument and the establishing

of conditioned reactions with faradization of the cerebral cortex. J.comp.PsychoL, 16, 439-44.
Loucks, R.B. (1934) A technique for faradic stimulation of tissues beneath the integument in the absence of conductors penetrating the

skin. J.comp.Psychol.,18, 305.
Loucks, R.B. (1959) The erosion of electrodes by small currents. EEG clin. Neurophysiol. 1 1. 823-826.
MacDonnelL, M., & Flyrm, J.P. (1966) Control of sensory fields by stimulation of hypothalamus. Science, 152, 1406-1408.

[Alex&Perachio.l97
MacLean PD (1949) Psychosom. Med 1 1, 338-353. [ -> emotion]

MacLean PD & Delgado JMR (1953) Electrical and chemical stimulation of fronlotemporal portion of limbic system in the waking

animal. EEG clin.N., 5, 91-100.Q£6is _fl
MacLean PD. Flanigan, S.. Flynn. J.P.. Kim. C, & Stevens, J.R. (1955-56) Hippocampal function: tentauve correlations of conditioning,

EEG. drug, and radioautographic studies. Yale J. Biol. Med. 28, 380-395.
MacLean PD et al (1959) Trans. Am. Neurol. Ass. 84: 105.

[-> septal =>sex] u£E_i_e1u@82-97, 99-106
MacLean PD, Ploog, D.W. (1962) Cerebral representation of penile erection.
J. Neurophysiol.. 25. 29-55.

Mauro, A, Davey, W.LM.. & Scher. A.M. ( 1950) Central nervous stimulation by implanted high frequency receiver.. FedProc. Balt.9,
558.

Maurus, M., Mitra, J.. Ploog, D.W. (1965) Cerebral representationof the clitoris in ovanectomized squirrel monkeys. Exptl. Neurol., 13,
283-88.

M.( 1967) Neue femreizapparatus riir kleme pnmaten. Naturwissen.. 54, 593.

M. & Ploog, D. (1971 ) Social signals in squirrel monkeys: Analysis by cerebral radio stimulatioa Experimental Bram Research,
12, 171-183. (Delgado.1981]

Maxim. P.E. ( 1 972) Behavioral effects of telestimulating hypothalamic reinforcement sites in freely moving Rhesus monkeys, Brain
Research. 42, 243-262.

Maxim, P.E., & Spelman, F.A (1975) A radio-controlled constant current biphasic stimulator system for pnmate studies. Physiology and
Behavior. 14, 663-667.

Mayer, D.J., Wolfle, T.L, Akil. H.. Carder, B., & Liebeskind J.D. (1971 ) Analgesia resulting from electrical stimulation in the brain stem
of the rat Science 174, 1351-1354.

vm

Mazars. G. Merienne. I_, & Cioloca, C. (1974) Implantable thalamus stimulators for the management of some types of intractable pain.
Neurochirurgie 20, 1 17-124.

McNeal, D.R. (1977) 2000 years of electrical simulation. In F.T.Hambrecht & J.B. Reswick (Ed.), Functional electrical stimulauon.

New York: Dekker, pp.3-25.(Swett,1981] ES therapy for pain by Roman.0XSC71-184
Mihailovic, L. & Delgado, J. MR. (1956) Electrical stimulation of the monkey brain with various frequencies and pulse diralions

^Neurophysiology. 19.21-36.
Moniz, E. (1936) Tenlatives operatoires dans le traitnient de certaines psychoses. Pans: Masson & Cie. [lobotomy]
Morison, R.S., & Dempsey, E.W. (1942) Astudy of Uialamo-corucal relations. Am. J. Physiol. 135. 281-292.
Mortiner JT (1983) Electrical excitability: the basis for applied neural control. IEEE EMB 2(2): 12.
Mover, K.E. (1976) (Ed.). Physiology of aggression and implications for control, New York, Raven.
Nakao, H. (1958) Emotional behavior produced bv hypothalamic stimulation.

Am J. Physiol. 194.411-418.

Nathan, Peter (1983) The Nervous System. Oxford New York. Oxford University Press. (Extract RCVD from RN. 1994.2.5]
Neafsey EJ„ Bold EL et al (1986) The organization of the rat motor cortex: a microstimulation mapping study. Brain Res. Rev. 11: 77-96.
Newman, H., Fender, F., & Saunders, W. (1937) High frequency transmission of stimulating impulses. Surgery (St-Louise), 2,
359-362.[radio ->coil]

Olds, }.. & Milner, P. (1954) Positive reinforcement produced by electrical stimulation of the septal area and other regions of the rat brain.

J.of Comp.and Phvsiol.PsvchoIogy, 47, 419-428.
Olds, J. (1954) A neural model for sign-gestalt theory. Psychol.Rev..6 1. 59-72.
Olds, J. (1956) Pleasure centers in the brain. Scientific American, 195, 105-116.

Olds, J. (1958) Satiation effects in self-stimulation of the brain. J.comp. physiol. Psychol., 51, 675-678.[Delgado el al (1971 )]
Olds, J. (1960) In Electrical studies on the unanesthetized brain, E.R.Ramev & D.S.Doherty, Eds., Harper, New York, pp.17.
Olds, J. (1962) Hypothalmic substaits of reward . Physiol. Rev. 42, 554.

Olds, M.E. & AYuwiler, (1972) "Effect of brain stimulauon in positive and negative reinforcing regions in the rat on content of

catecholamines in hypothalamus and brain," Brain Research, 36, 385-398.
Olds ME & Fobes JL (1981) The central basis of motivation: intracranial self-stimulation studies. Annual Rev Psyhology 32: 523-574.
Onard,B.etal (1984) Electrical properties of bioelectrodes. IEEE Trans. BME 31(12):827.
Papez, J.W. Arch. Neurol. Psychial. 38, 725. [-> emotion]

Patterson, M.M. & Kesner, r!p. (ed), Electrical stimulation research techniques, NY. Academic Press, 1981, 370p. (SC 364-A3)
Extracellular stimulation (James B.RanckJr.)OtInlracellular stimulauon ( John H.Bryne)
Microstimulation technique (Hiroshi Asanuma)

Stimulation of the brain via metallic electrodes (Robert W.Doty and John R. Bartlett)

Depth stimulation of the brain (JosA M.R.Delgado)#Subcorucal stimulation for motivation and reinforcement
(C.R.Oallistee)

Electrical stimulation as a tool in memory research (R.F.Berman and R.P.Kesmmer)

Brain stimulation effects related to those of lesions (Robert Llsaacson)

Electroconvulsive therapy, who needs it ? (Duane Denney)

Electrical stimulation of peripheral nerve (John E.Swett and Charles M.Bourassa)

Grid and peripheral shock stimulation (Fred A Masterson)
Perachio, A A, Alexander, M.. & Robinson, B.W. (1969) Sexual behavior evoked by telestimulation. In: Proc. 2nd Inlemall. Cong.

Primal. H.Hoffer. ed. Karger, Basel, New York, Vol. 3, pp.68-74.[Alex&Perachio,1973]
Ploog. E.W.. Blitz. J., & Ploog. F. (1963) Studies on social and sexual behavior of the squirrel monkey (saimin sciureus). Folia

Primatologica, 1, 29-66.

Plotnick, R., Mir, D., & Delgado, J.M.R. (1968) Aggression, noxiousness and brain stimulation in unrestrained thesus monkeys.In

Eleftherion, G.F.. ed. Physiology of aggression and defeat, pp.143-221. New York: Plenum Press.u£SB51-8
Pompeiano. O., & Swett, J.E. (1962) EEG and Behavioral manifestations of sleep induced by cutaneous nerve stimulauon in normal cats.

Archives ltaliennesde Biologic, 100.311-342.
Porter, R. W., Conrad. D G., and Brady, J.V. (1959) Some neural and behavioral correlates of electrical self-stimulation of the limbic

system. J.exp Anal. Behav.. 2, 43-55.
Ranck JB (1975) Which elements are excited in electrical stimulation of mammalian central nervous system: a review. Brain Res. 98

417-440.

Ray. CD., (1974) Medical engineering. Chicago, Year Book Med.

Reynolds, D.V. (1969) Surgery in the rat during electrical analgesia induced by focal brain stimulauon. Science 164, 444-445.
Roberts, W.W., Steinberg, M.L., & Means, L.W. (1967) Hypothalamic mechanisms for sexual, aggressive and other motivational

behaviors in the oppossum. Didiphis virgmiana. J Comp PhysioLPsychol., 64, l-15.(Alex&Perachio.l973]
Robinson. B.W. (1962) Localization of intracerebral electrodes.

Experimental Neurology, 6. 201-233.
Robinson, B.W.,Wamer.H.&Rosvold,H.E.( 1964) A head-mounted remote-controlled brain stimulator for use on rhesus monkeys. EEG

Chn.Neurophysiol., 17.200-203.
Robinson, B.W., Mishkin, M. (1966) Ejaculation evoked by stimulation ofthepreopuc area in monkey. Physiol. Behav., 1,

269-72.0X6ieeJ1

Robinson, B.W., .Alexander. M.. & Bowne, G. (1969) Dominance reversal resulting from aggressive responses evoked by brain

telestimulation. Physiology and Behvior, 4. 749-752.
Rosvold, H.E., & Delgado, J.M.R. (1953) The effect of the behavior of monkeys of electrically stimulating or destroying small areas

within the frontal lobes. AnxPsyhologist, 8. 425-426.
Rosvold, HE., & Delgado, J.M.R. (1956) J. comp Physio. Psychol. 49, 365.ele -> monkey => sleep]

Routtenberg. A, Gardner, E.L, & Huand, Y.G. (1971) Self-stimulation pathways in the monkey, Macaca mulatta. Experimental

Neurology, 33, 213-224. [Gallistel,1981]
Rubinstein, E.H., & Delgado, J M.R. (1963) Inhibition induced by forebrain stimulation in the monkey. AmJ.of Physiology, 205,

941-948.

DC

Rugh, J.D. (1971) A biphasic radio-controlled stimulator. Physiol. Behav., 6. 267-269.

Santic. A. et al (1982) Micropower electronic switches for implanted instrumentation, IEEE Trans. BME, 29. 583-589.

Saunders. F.A Electrocutaneous display. In F.AGeldard (Ed), (1974) Cutaneous communication systems and devices, Austin. TX,

Psychonomic Society ,pp.20-26.
Sawyer. P.N. & Srinivasan. S. Metals and inplants In C.D.Ray(Ed). (1974) Medical engineering. Chicago. Year Book

Med. lP p.l099-1110.

Schmitt, O.H. (1948) A radio frequency coupled tissue stimulator. Science 107, 432.

Schwan. H.P ( 1984) The development of biomedical engineering : historical comments and personal observations. IEEE BME. 31, No. 12,
730-736.

Segundo. J.P.. Arena. R. & French. J.D. (1955) Behavioral arousal bv stimulation of the brain in the monkey. IBJ Neurosurg 12.
601-613.

Seligman, L.J. (1982) Physiological stimulators: from electric fish to programable implants. IEEE Trans Bio-med. Eng. BME -29.
270-284.

Senning , A (1963) Mal.Cardiovas., 4, 503-512. [implantable heart pacemaker]

Sharpless, S.K.. and Halpem. L.M. (1962) The electrical excitabilitv of chronically isolated cortex studies by means of permanently

implanted electrodes, EEG. cliitNeurophysio., 14, 244-255. [Delgado et al (1971)]
Sidman, M., Brady, J V.. Boren. J.J., Conrad, D.G., & Schulman, A (1955) Reward schedules and behavior maintained by intracranial

self-stimulation. Science, 122, 830-831.
SiegeLAllan . John Chabora, Raymond Troiano, "Effects of electrical stimulation of the pyriform cortex upon hypotlialamically-elicited

aggression in the cat," Brain Research, 47 (1972) 497-500.
Silverman, G„ Ball, G.G.. & Conn. C.K. (1975) Anew automatic constant current stimulator and its biological applications, IEEE

Trasjjn B.M.E., BME-22. 207-212.
Skinner. B.F. (1938) The behavior of organism. New York: D.Appleton-Century.
Slater, L., (ed), Bio-telemetry. 1963 (NY: Pergamon Press)

Stachnik, T„ Ulrica, R., & Mabry, J.H. (1966) Reinforcement of intra- and inter-species aggression with intracranial stimulation. Am.
Zoologist 6. 663-668.

Sterman. M., & Clemente, C. (1962) Forebram inhibitory mechanism: synchronization induced by basal forebrain stimulation. Exptl.

Neurol.6, 91-102. [ele -> cat => sleep]
Sterman, M., & Clemente, C. (1962) Forebrain inhibitory mechanisms: sleep patterns induced by basal forebrain stimulation in the behaving cat

Exptl. Neurol.6, 103.
Stilliags, D. (1974) Med. lnstru., 8, 334.u(§![ele.acupuncture]

Straw, R., & Mitchell, C.A (1966) A simple method of implanting electrodes for long-term stimulation of peripheral nerves, J.of Applied Physiology.
21,712-714.

Symposium on stereotactic surgery. J. Neurosurg.. 15. (3).

Szabo, Imre & Peter M.Milner ( 1972)Self-stimulation in Rats: Tip alignment influences the effectiveness of bipolar electrodes. Brain Research, 48
,243-250.

Talbert, G.A (1900) Arch. AnaL Physiol., Lpz.. p.195.

Terell, W., & Maurer, D. (1974) Two design approaches to dual channel implantable neurostimulators. Proc.of the 7th Annual Meeting of the
Neuroelectric Society

Testerman, RE, Hagfors, N.R., & Schwartz, S.I. (1971 ) Design and evaluation of nerve stimulating electrodes. Medical Research Engineering, 10,
6-11.

Ulrica, R.E., & Azrin. N.H. (1962) Reflexive fighting in response to aversive stimulation. J Exptl. Anal. Behav 5. 51 1-521.
Ulrich, R.E.. Wolff PC, & .Azrin. N.H. (1964) Shock as an elicilor of intra- and interspecies fighting behavior. Animal Behav. 12, 14-15.
Upson, J.D.. King, F.A. & Roberts. L. (1962) A constant-amplitude transitonzed unit for remote brain stimulation. Electroenceph. din. NeurophysioL
14, 928-930.

Valenstein, E.S.. Hodos, S. & Stein, L. (1961) A simplified electrode assembly for implanting chronic electrodes in the brains of small animals. Amer.

J. Psychol . 74, 125-128. 0£ic
Verzeano, M. & French, J.D. (1953) Transistor circuits in remote stimulation.

EEG clin. NeurophysioL, 5. 613-616.
Ward HP (1959) Stimulus factors in septal self-stimulation. AmJ. Physiology 196: 774-782.

Warner, H., (1962) "A remote control brain telestimulator system," Digest, 1 5th Annual Conf. on Engmeenng m Medicine and Biology, November
1962. pp.6.

Warner, H.. Robinson, B.W., Rosvold, HE.. Wechsler. L.D., & Zampini. J.J. (1968) A remote control brain tele-stimulator wtth solar cell power

supply. IEEE Trans, on Bio-Medical Engineering. 15, 94-101.
Wasman, M., & Flynn, J.P. (1962) Directed attack elicited from hypothalamus. Archives of Neurology (Chicago), 6, 220-227.
Wauquier. A, & Rolls. E.T. (1976) Brain-stimulation reward, Amsterdam, North-Holland Publ.

Walker A£( 1957) The development of the concept of cerebral localization in the ninleenlh century. Bull. Hist. Med. 31:99-121.
Welker W (1976) Mapping the brain. Historical trends in tunctional localizatioa Brum Behav. Evol. 13: 327-343.

Wetzel, M.C., HowelL L.G., & Beane, KJ. (1969) Experimental performance of steel and platimtim electrodes with chrome monophasic stimulation

of the braia J.of Neurosurgery, 31, 658-669.
Wiener, N. (1949) Cybernetics. New York. Wiley.

Willey, T.J., & Freeman, W.J. ( 1968) Alteration of prepyriform evoked response following prolonged electrical stimulation, Am.J.Physiol„ 215,
1435-1441.

Woodworth, C.H. (1971) Attack elicited in rats by electrical stimulation of the lateralhypothalamus. Physiol. and Behav., 6, 345-355
Yamaguchi. N. (1956) Behavioral changes induced by electrical stimulation of the thalamus of uaaaesthetised dogs. Psychiatr. Neurol. Jap. 58.
Yeomans. John S (1990) Principles of Brain Stimulation. Oxford University Press, NY. pp.182 535.00. [Library, Neurosurgery 29(3):475]
Young, P.T. (1961) Motivation and Emotion. John Wiley & Sons, lac. New York, N.Y., 648 pp.

Zeier. H.. Tschannen. G.. Sietz. H.. & Fideler, A (1968) A device for wireless electric brain stimulation in operant conditioning situations. Phvsiol.
Behav 3. 587-590.

X

ESB ~ MAN & THERAPY

Adams JE & Rutkin BB (1970) Visual responses to subcortical stimulation in the visual and limbic systems. Confinia Neurologies 32: 158-164.
Adams, J.E., Hosobushi, V., & Fields, H.L. (1974) Stimulation of internal capsule for relief of chronic pain, J. Neurosurg. 41, 740-744.
Adams. J.E., & Hosobushi, Y. (1977) Technique and technical problems [of ESB].Neurosurgery. 1, 196-199. (from Delgado. Patterson ed„ 1981)
Adams, J.E., Hosobuchi. Y.. & Linchitz, R. (1977) The present status of implantable intracranial stimulation for pain. Clinical Neurosurgery, 24,
347-361. [—>! pain]

Adams, J.E. (1977/78) Technique and technical problems associated with implantation of neuroaugmentive devices, Appl. NeurophysioL, 40,
11 1-123. [ele -> chronic pain]

Ajmone Marsan C & Van Buren J (1964) Functional relationship between frontal cortex and subcortical structures in man. EEG Clin. N. 16: 80-87.
Alberts, W.W., & Wright Jr., E.W., Levin, G., Feinslein, B. & Mueller, M. (1961) Threshold stimulation of the lateral thalamus and globus pallidus in

the waking human. EEG clin. Neurophysiol.13, 68-74. Alberts, W.W., B.Feinstein, G.Levin & E. W Wnghl,Jr. (1966) Electrical

stimulation of therapeutic targets in waking dyskineuc patients. [ — >! dyskinetic ]Ectroenceph.CliaNeurophysiol., 20, 559-566.
Angeleri F. Ferro-Milone F & Pangi S (1964) Electrical activity and reactivity of the hinecephalic, pararhinecephalic, and thalamic structures:

Prolonged implantation of electrodes in man. EEG Clin. N. 16: 100-129.
Babb Ml & Dymond AM (1974) Electrode Implantation in the Human body Univ. California, LA: Brain Information Service/Brain Res. Inst.
Bechtereva. N.P., Kambarova, D.K., Smimov, V.M., & Shandurina, AN. (1977) Using the brain's latent abilities for therapy: chronic intracerebral

electrical stimulation . In Sweet Obrador and Martin-Rodriquez Neurosurgical treatment in psychiatry , pain, and epilepsy. University Park

Press, Baltimore

Baldwin M (1960) Electrical stimulation of the mesial temporal regioa In: Ramey ER, OTJoherty DS (eds) Electrical studies on the unanesthetized
brain. Hoeber, New York

Bancaud J et al. (1994) Anatomical originof deja-vu and vivid 'memories' in human temporal lobe epilepsy. Brain 117: 71-90.

Bates JAV (1953) Stimulation of the medial surface of the human cerebral hemisphere after hemispherectomy. Brain 76: 405-447.

Becker, H.C. & Peacock (1954) Subcortical stimulaation techniques (including stimulation data sheets), in RCHeath and the Tulane University Dpt

of Psychiatry' and Neurology , Studies in Schnizophrenia. Cambridge, Harvard Univ. Press, 201-234.
Becker, H.C. & Peacock (1954) Improvements in leh technique of electrical stimulation, in RG.Heath and the Tulane University Dpt of Psychiatry

and Neurology, Studies in Schnizophrenia. Cambridge, Harvard Univ. Press, 201-234.
Becker. H.C, Founds, W.L., Peacock, S.M., Heath, RG., Llewellyn, R.C, & Mickle, W.A (1957) A roentgenographic stereotaxic technique for

implantign and maintaining electrodes in the brain of man, EEG clin. Neurophuysiol. 9, 533-543.
Becker, H.C, Peacock, S.M.. Heath. R.G. & Mickle, W.A (1961) Methods of stimulation control and concurrent electrographic recording, in
Electrical Stimulation of the Brain, D.E.Sheer. Ed. Austin, Univ. of Texas Press, 74-90.

Bickford. RG., Petersen. M.C. Dodge, H. W„ Jr., & Sem-Jacobsen, C. W. (1953) Observations on depth stimulation of the human brain through

implanted electrographic leads. Mayo Clinic Proceedings, 28, 181-187. Qu
Bickford RG, Mulder DW, et al (1958) Changes in memory function produced by electrical stimulation of the temporal lobe in man. Res Publ Nerv

MentDis 36.227-243.

Bickford RG, Dedge HW, Jr. & Uihlein A (1960) Electrographic and behavioral effects related to depth stimulation in human patients. In Ramey ER

& OTJoherty DS eds. Electrical Studies on the Unanesthetized Brain pp. 248-259.
Bishop MP et al (1963) Intracranial self-stimulation in man. Science 140: 394.

Bland BH & Vanderwolf CH (1972) Electrical stimulation of the hippocampal formatioa Behavioral and bioelectric effects. Brain Research.
Amsterdam 43: 89-106.

Brazier, M.AB. (1964) Evoked responses recorded from the depths of the human brauL Annals of the NY. AcaAof Sciences , 112, 33-59.
Brazier MAB (1966) Stimulation of the hippocampus in man using implanted electrodes. In Brazier MAB (ed) RNA and brai Junction, memory and

learning. Univ. of Calif., Berkeley, pp 299-310.
Brazier, M.AB. (1971), Modern advances in the use of depth electrodes. In A Winter (Ed), The surgical control of behavior, Thomas, Springfield,

IL, pp.5-20.

Bnckner, R.M. (1940) A human cortical area producing repetitive phenomena when stimulated. J. Neurophysiol. 3, 128-130.
Burke D et al. (1992) Anodal and cathodal stimulation of the upper-limb area of the human motor cortex. Brain 115: 1497-1508.
Chapman WP, Livingston RB, Livingston KE (1949) Frontal lobotomy and electrical stimulation of orbital surface of frontal lobes Effect on

respiration and on blood pressure in man. Arch Nerurol Psyhciatr 62: 701-716.
Chapman LE, et al (1967) Memory changes induced by stimulation of hippocampus or amygdala in epileptic patients with implanted electrodes.

Trans Am Neurol Assoc 92: 50-56.

Cherlow DG et al. ( 1 977) Evoked response and after-discharge thresholds to electrical stimulation in temporal lobe epileptics. Archives of Neurology
34:527-531.

Cooper, I.S., (1973) Chronic stimulation of paleocerebellar cortex in man. Lancet , 1, 206. [Lancet,1974]

Cooper. I.S., Amin, I., Gilman. S. (1973) The effect of chronic cerebellar stimulation upon epilepsy in man. Trans. Amer. Neurol. Assn. , 98,
192-196.

Cooper, I.S., Crighel, E.. & Armn, 1 (1973) Clinical and physiological effects of stimulation of the paleocerebellum in humans. J.AmGenatr.Soc., 21,
4<M3.

Cooper, I.S.. Gilman, S. (1973) Chronic stimulation of the cerebellar cortex in the therapy of epilepsy in the human, in Neural Organization and its

relevance to prosthetics. (W.S.Fields, ed.). Intercontinental Book Corp.. New York.
Cooper, LS., Riklaa M., & Snid, R.S. (1974) The cerebellum, epilepsy, and behavior, Plenum Press, New York.

Crandall PH, Water RD, Rand RW ( 1963) Clinical applications of studies of stereotactically implanted electrodes in temporal-lobe epilepsy. J.
Neurosurgery 2 1 : 827-840.

Crow, H.J., Cooper. R., & Philips, D.G. (1963) Progressive leucotomy. In Masserman (ed), Current psychiatric therapies, vol.3, pp.100-1 13. New
York: Grune & Stranon.

Crow, H.J., & Cooper. R. (1973) Stimulation, polarization and coagulation using intracerebral implanted electrodes during the investigation and

treatment of psychiatric and other disorders. Medical Progress through Technology, 1, 92-102.
Damasio AR, Van Hoesen GW (1980) Structure and function of the supplementary motor area. Neurol 30: 359.
Daniel MS et al (1985) Psychological factors and outcome of electrode implantation for chronic pain. Neurosurgery 17(5): 773-777.

XI

Douglas RJ (1967) The hippocampus and behavior Psychological Bulletin 67: 416-442.

Dow, R.S. (1978) Summary and evaluation of chronic cerebellar stimulation in man. In I.S.Cooper (Ed.), Cerebellar stimulation in man. Raven, New
York,pp.207-212.

Dreifuss JJ (1972) The effects of electrical stimulation of the amygdaloid complex on the ventromedial hypothalamus. In. The Neurobiology of the

Amvgdala. Edited by B.E.Elefthenou. New York: Plenum.
Earle K.M., Baldwin. M. & Penfield. W. (1953) Incisural sclerosis and temporal lobe seizures produced by hippocampal herniation at birth,

Arch.Neurol.Psychiat_(Chic.),69, 27-42.
Ervin, F.R., Brown, C.e. & Mark. V.H. (1966) Striatal influence on facial pain. Confm. Neurol. 27, 75-86. [ -> caudate -> carcinoma pain]
Ervin FR, Mark VH & Stevens J (1969) Behavioral and affective responses to brain stimulation in man. Proceeding so fhle American

Psychopathological Association 58: 54-65.
Escueta AV„ Delgado-, Walsh GO (1982) The selection process for surgery of complex partial seizures: Surface EEG and depth electrography. Arch

Neurol (in press [1982])

Fedio P & Ommaya AK (1970) Bilateral cingulum lesions and stimulation in man with lateralized impairment in short-term verbal memory. Exp
Neurol 29:84-91.

Feindel, W & Penfield, W., (1954) Localization of discharge in temporal lobe automatism .Arch Neurol.PsychiaL(Chic), 72, 605.

Feindel W (1982) The contributions of Wilder Penfield to the functional anatomy of the human brain. Human Beurobiol. 1 : 231-234.

Feinstein. B.. Alberts, W W., Wnght Jr., E.W. & Levin, G. (1 960) A stereotaxic technique in man allowing multiple spatial and temporal approaches

to intracranial targets. J. Neurosurg., 17, 708-720.
Feinstein G. Alberts WW. Levin G & Wright Jr. EW (1966) Some refinements of stereotaxic therapy for dyskinesia, and results of clinical evaluation.

Confin. neruol. (Basel),

Ferguson SM. et al (1969) Similarities in mental content of psychotic stales, spontaneous seizures, dreams, and responses to electrical brain

stimulation in patients. Psychosom Med 31:479-498.
Fields, H.L. & Adams. J.E. (1974) Pain after cortical injury relieved by electrical stimulation of the internal capsule Brain 97, 169-178.
Flanigan HF, Nashold BS, el al (1978) Stimulation of the temporal lobe and thalamus in man and its relation to memory and behavior. In: Wauguier
A, Rolls ET (eds) Brain-stimulation reward, Elsevier, NY, pp 521-526.

QoFox, S.S., & Rudell, A.P. (1968) Operant control of neural events. Formal and systematic approach to electrical coding of behavior in

brain. Science, 162. 1299-1302.Qf.ic

Glenn. W.W.L.. Mauro. A, Longo, E., Lavietes, PH., MacKay, F.J. (1959) Remote stimulation of the heart by radiofrequency transmission: clinical

application to a patient with Stokes-Adams syndrome. N.Engl.J.Med, 261, 948-95 1 .Of-ic
Glenn, W.W.L., Hageman. J.H., Mauro. A. Eisenberg, L., Flanigan, S., & Harvard, M. (1964) Electrical stimulation of excitabel tissue by r

adio-frequency transmission. .Annals of Surgery , 160, 338-350. [Delgado, 1981]
Glenn, W.W.L., Holcomb, W.G.. Gee, J.B.L., & Rath, R (1970) Central hypoventilation, long-term ventilatory assistance by radiofrequency

electrophrenic respiration Ann.Surgery, 172, 755-773.[Swett,1981] 'subcutaneous antenna'.
Glenn, W.W.L., Holcomb. W.G.. McLaughlin, A.J., Ohare, J.M., Hogan, J.F., & Yasuda, R. (1972) Total ventilatory support with RF-EPR

N.Engl.J.Med., 286, 5 13-516. [RF -> ele ->! respiratory paralysis]
Gloor P, et al (1982) The role of the limbic system in experiential phenomena of temporal lobe epileps.. Ann Neurol (in press)
Gloor P (1990) Experiential phenomena of temporal lobe epilepsy: facts and hypotheses. Brain 113: 1673-1694.
Goddard GB et al (1969) A permanent change in brain function resulting from daily electrical stimulatioa Exp Neurol 25: 295-330.
Gol A (1967) Relief of pain by electrical stimulation of the septal area. J Neurol Sci 5: 1 15-120.

Gvbels J, et al (1980) Electrical stimulation of the central grey for pain relief in human: autopsvdata. Acta Neurochir Suppl 30: 259-168.
HalgrenEetal^^^

Halgren E et al (1978) Mental phenomena evoked by electrical stimulation of the human hippocampal formation and amygdala. Brain 101: 83-1 17.
Halgren E ( 1 982) Mental phenomena induced by stimulation in the limbic system Human Neurobiology 1 : 25 1-260

Halgren E, Wilson CL, Slapleton JM (1985) Human medial temporal lobe stimulation disrupts both formation and retrieval of recent memories.

Brain and Cognition 4: 287-295.
Halgren E & Chauvel P (1992) Experiential phenomena evoked by human brain electrical stimulation. Ad. Neurol 65: 87-104.
Hambrecht, FT. & Reswick, J.B. (Ed.), (1977) Functional electrical stimulatioa New York: DekkerfSwett, 1 98 1 ] ES therapy for pain by

Roman.u£SC71-184
McNeal. D.R, 2000 years of electrical stimulation , pp.3-25.

Giltnan, S., et al.. Clinical morphological, biochemical and physiological effects of cerebellar stimulation, pp. 191-226.
Oakley, J., Preliminary analysis of chronic cerebellar stimulation of the control of epilepsy pp.227-240.
Perm, R.. Cerebellar stimulation for motor disorders, pp.241-250.
Peports on the cerebellar stimulation panel pp.25 1-258.

Brindley, G.s.. & Rushton, D.N.. Observations on the representation of the visual field on the human occipital cortex, pp.261-276.

Pollen, D. A, Andrews, B.W., & Levy, J.C., Electrical stimulation of the visual cortex in man and cat, pp.277-287

Collins, C.C., Electrotacule visual prosthesis, pp.289-301.

Saunders, F. A. Recommende procedures for electrocutaneous displays, pp.303-

Report of the visual prosthesies panel, pp.31 1-317.

Merzenich & White, M.W., Cochlear implant: the interface problem, pp.321-340.
Mladejovsky. M.G., Eddington, D.K., Brackman, D.E., & Dobelle, W.H.,

Heath, R.G. & Hodes. R (1952) Induction of sleep by stimulation of the caudate nucleus in Maccacus rhesus and man Trans Am. neurol. Ass. 77.
204-2 10. pp. 50-74.

Heath, R.G. & the Tulane University Department of Psychiatry and Neurology (1954) (Eds,). Studies in schizophrenia. A multidisciplinary approach

to mind-brain relationships. Cambridge, MA. Harvard University Press.
Heath RG (1955) Correlation between levels of psychological awareness and physiological activity in the central nervous system. Psychosom. Med.

Heath RG (1958) Correlation of electrical recordings from cortical and subcortical regions of the brain with abnormal behavior in human

17: 383

subjeets.Confinia Neurol. 18: 305

xn

Heath. R.G. (1959) Physiological and biochemical studies in schizophrenia with particular emphasis on mind-brain relationships. Int. Rev. Neurobiol
1,299-331.

Heath, R.G. &Mickle, W.A. (1960) Evaluation of seven years experience with depth electrode studies in human patients, in Electrical Studies on the

Unanesthetized Brain, E.R-Ramey and D.S.O'Doherty. Ed. New York: Hoeber, pp.2 14-247
Heath, R.G. & Founds. W.L (1960) A perfusion cannula for intracerebral microinjections, EEG clin. Neurophysiol. 12. 930-932.
Heath, RG. & deBalbina Verster, F. (1961) Effects of chemical stimulation to descrete brain area. Am. J. PsychiaL 1 17, 980-990.
Heath, RG.. John. S.B. & Foss. O. (1961) Stereotaxic biopsy. Arch, Neurol. 4. 291-300

Heath RG (1962) Common characteristics of epilepsv and schizophrenia: clinical observation adn depth electrode studies. Am. J. PsychiaL 118:
1013-1026.

Heath, RG. (1963) Electrical self-stimulation of the brain in man. Am. J. PsychiaL 120. 571-577.

Heath, R.G. (1964) Developments toward new physiologic treatments in psychiatry. J. NeuropsychiaL 5, 3 1 8-33 1 .

Healh, R.G. (1964) Pleasure response of human subjects to direct stimulation of the brain: Physiologic and psychodynamic considerations, in The

Role of Pleasure in Behavior. RG.Heath, Ed. New York: Hoeber Medical Division, Harper & Row. pp.219-243.
Heath, R.G. (1966) Schizophrenia: Biochemical and physiologic aberrations. InL J. NeuropsychiaL 2, 597-610.
Heath, RG. & Krupp, I.M. (1967) Schizophrenia as an immunologic disorder. Arch. Gen. PsychiaL 16, I. QXic

Heath, R.G. (1967) Schizophrenis: studies of pathogenesis, in Biological and Clinical Aspects of the Central Nervous System. Symposium of Sandoz
Ltd., Basle.

Heath. RG. John, S.B. & Fontana, C.J. (1968) The pleasure response: Studies by stereotaxic technics in patients, in Computers and Electroruc

Devices in Psychiatry. N. Kline & E.Laska, Ed., New York: Grune and Stratton, 178-189.
Heath, R.G. (1970) Perspectives for biological psychiatry. Biolog. PsychiaL 2, 81-88.

Healh, R.G. (1972) Pleasure and brain activity. Deep and surface encephalograms during orgasm. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 154:3-18.
Heath, RG., Cox, AW., & Lustick, L.S (1974) Brain activity during emotional states.
Amer. J. PsychiaL 131. 858-862.

Heath, RG. ( 1 975) Brain function and behavior: L Emotion and sensory phenomena in psychotic patients and in experimental animals. J.Nerv. Mem.
Dis. 160. 159-175.

Heath, R.G., et al (1976) Stereotaxic implantation of electrodes in human brain: a method for long-term study and treatmenL IEEE Trans. Bic-med
Eng. 23, 296-304.

HAcaen H., Penfield, W. Bertrand C. & Malmo, R., (1956) The syndrome of apractognosia due to lesions of the minor cerebral

hemisphere.Arch.Neurol PsychiaL(Chic), 75, 400.
Horowitz, M.M., Adams, J.E., & Rutkin, B.B. (1958) Visual imagery on brain stimulation. Archives of General Psychiatry, 19. 469-486.Q£ic
Hosobushi, Y., Adams, J.E.. & Rutkin, B. (1973) Chronic thalamic stimulation for the control of facial anesthesia dolorosa. Arch. Neurol. 29,

158-161.

Hosobuchi Y, Adams JE, Linchitz R (1977) Pain relief by electrical stimulation of the central gray matter in humans and its reversal by naloxone
Science 197: 184-186.

Hosobuchi Y (1979) Elevation of B-endorphin-like substances and pro-opicortin (3 1 K ACTH) by periaqueductal gray stimulation (PAGS) in humans
In: Hitchcok ER, Ballantine HT, Meyerson BA (eds) Modem Concepts in Psychiatric Surgerv. Elsevier/North-Holland Biomedical Press,
NY Vol I

Hosobushi Y et al. (1979) Periaqueductal gray stimulation for pain suppression in humans In: Bonica JJ (ed) Advances in pain research and therapy,

Vol m. Raven Press. New York.
Hosobuchi Y ( 1980) The current status of analgesic brain stimulation.

Acta Neurochir Supp 30: 219-227.

Hosobuchi Y (1986) Subcortical electrical stimulation for control of intractable pain in humans : report of 122 cases (1970-1984) J Neurosurg. 64
543-553.

lacono RP & Nashold BS (1982) Mental and behavioral effects of brain stem and hypothalamic stimulation in man. Human Neurobiology 1:
273-279.

Ishibashi Ret al (1964) Hallucination produced by electrical stimulation of the temporal lobes in schizophrenic patients. Tohoku J Med 82: 124-139.
Jasper HH & Ramussen T (1958) Studies of clinical and electrical responses to deep temporal stimulation in man with some considerations of

functional anatomy. Res Pub! Assoc Res Nerv Ment Dis 36:316-334.
Kumar K et al ( 1990) Deep brain stimulation for control of intractable pain in humans, present and future: a ten-ver follow-up. Neurosurg. 26(5): 7

74-782.

LarunenLV(1979)Emouonalrespor^losute patints. Clin Neurol Neurosurg 82: 148-157. Larson,

S.J. et al. (1976) Cerebellar implant Studies. IEEE Trans. BME 23 (4) 319.
Lew RM etal. (1987) Treatment of chrome pain by deep brain stimulation : long term follow-up and review of the literature. Neurosurg. 21:

885-893

Lewin, W. (1961) Observations on selective leucotomy. J. Neurol. Neurosurg. PsychiaL 24, 37-44.

Liberson, W.T., Scoville, W.B., & Dunsmore, R.H. (1951) Stimulation studies of the prefrontal lobe and uncus in man, EEG clin. Neurophysiol. 3,-8.
Libet B et al, ( 1964) Production of threshold levels of conscious sensation by electrical stimulation of human somatosensory cortex. J.
Neurophysiology 27: 546-578.

Libet Bet al. (1991) Control of Uie transition from sensory detection to sensory awareness in man by the duration of a thalamic stimulus. Brain 114:
1731-1757

Livingston RB et al (1948) Stimulation of orbital surface of man prior to frontal lobotomy. Res Publ Assoc Nerv Ment Dis 27: 42 1-432.
Loeser, J.D.. Black, RG., & Chnstman. A (1975) J.Neurosurg., 42, 308-315.
[ele — > chronic pain]

Lustick, L.S. & Heath, RG. (1970) Comparative study of intracranial electrodes for stimulation and recording. Biophys. Soc. Abstracts, 11, 165a.
Mahl GF. Rothenberg A, Delgado JMR & Hamlin H (1964) Psychological responses in the human to intracerebral electrical stimulation. Psychosom
Med. 26: 337-368.

Mark, V.H. & Ervin, F.R.. (1970) Violence and the brain (Harper & Row, New York).
Melzack, R. & Wall, P.D. (1965) Pain mechanisms, a new theory', Science 150, 971-979.

Meyer G, McElhanev M, Martin W, McGraw CP (1973) Stereotactic cingulotomy with results of acute stimulation and serial psychological testing.
In: Lailirun LV, Livingston KE (eds) Surgical approaches m psychiatry. Medical and Technical Publishing Co.Ltd, Lancaster.

XIII

MilnerBetal (1968) Further analysis oi the hippocampal amnesic syndrome: 14 year follow up stidy of H.M Neuropsychol 6.215-234.
Moan CE & Heath RG (1972) Septal simulation and initiation of heterosexual behavior m a homosexual male J Behav. Ther Exp. Psychiat (In
press)

Morgan JT (1982) The first reported case of electrical stimulation of the human brain.J Hist Med 37' 51-65.
Mullan S. & Penfield, W. (1959) Illusions of comparative interpretation and emouon. Arch.Neurol.PsychiaL(Chic.), 81. 269.
Mundinger F, Saldmao JF ( 1 980) Deep brain stimulation in mesencephalic lemniscus medialis for chronic pain. Acta Neuroehir Supp 30: 245-258.
Namba S et al. (1985) Sensory' and motor responses to deep brain stimulation. Correlation with anatomical structures J. Neurosurg 63(2): 224-234.
Nashold BS. Wilson WP (1966) Central pain. Observations in man with chrome implanted electrodes in the midbrain tegmentum. Conf Neurol 27:
30-44.

Nashold BS. Gills J (1967) Ocular signs from brain stimulation and lesions

Arch Ophthalmol 77:609-618.
Nashold BS. Gills JP, Wilson WP (1967) Ocular signs of brain stimulation in the human. Conf Neurol 29: 169-174.
Nashold BS, Lanford GW (1968) A method for recording ocular reactions during stereotactic operations. Conf Neurol 30: 197-200.
Nashold BS. Wilson WP, Slaughter DG (1969) Sensations evoked by stimulation in the midbrain of man. J Neurosurg 30: 14-25.
Nashold BS (1970) Phosphenes resulting from stimulation of the midbrain in man.

Arch Ophthalmol 84:433-435.
Nashold BS (1970) Ocular reaction from brain stimulation in conscious man. Neuroophlhalmol 5: 92-103.
Nashold BS, Wilson WP (1970) Olfactory hallucinations evoked from stimulation of human thalamus. Conftn Neurol 32: 298-307.
Nashold BS. Wilson WP. Slaughter DG (1974) The midbrain and pain.

Adv Neurol 4: 191-196.

Nashold BS, Slaugher DG. Wilson WP. Zorub D (1977) Stereotactic mesencephalolomy. Prog Neurol Surg 8: 35-49.

Nashold BS Jr, Wilson WP, Boone E (1979) Depth recordings and stimulation of the human brain: A twenty-year experience. In. Rasmussen T.
Marino R (eds) Functional neurosurgery. Raven, New Yrok.

Nashold BS (1980) Brain stem stereotaxic procedures. In: Schaltenbrand (ed) Stereotaxy of the human brain. Thieme-Strattoa New York.
Ojemann G, Fedio P (1968) Effect of stimulation of the human thalamus and parietal and temporal white matter on short-term emmory. J Neurosurg
29:51-59.

Ojemann G, Fedio P, & Van Buren JM (1968) Anomia fro pulvinar and subcortical parietal stimulation. Brain 91: 99-1 16.
Ojemann GA ( 1 982) Models of the brain organization for higher integrative functions derived with electrical stimulation techniques. Hums
Neurobiology 1 : 243-249.

Ojemann G et al. (1989) Cortical language localization in left, dominant hemisphere. An electrical stimulation mapping investigation in 1 17 patients.
J. Neurosurg. 71:316-326.

Oliver A et al. (1987) Depth electrode implantation at the Montreal Neurological Institute and Hospital. In: Surgical Treatment of the Epilepsies.
Engel J (ed) NY: Raven Press.

Ommayo AK, Feidio P (1972) The contribution of cingulum and hippocampal structures to memory mechanisms in man. Confin Neurol 34:
398-411.

Orthner H & Roeder F (1966) Further cluneal andanlomical experiences with stereotactic operations for relief of pain. Conf Neurol 27: 418-430.
Pampiglione G & Falconer MA (1960) Electrical stimulation of the hippocampus in man. In: Handbood or Physiology. Section I. Neurophysiology,
Volume 2. Edited by J.Field,et a)., Washington, D.C.: American Physiological Society.

PenfielcLW. & E.BoIdrey (1937) Somatic motor and sensory representation in the cerebral cortex of man as studied by electrical stimulation. Brain.
60: 389-443.

Penfield, W. (1938) The cerebral cortex and consciousness

Arch. Neurol.Psychiat 40, 417-442.
Penfield, W. & Erickson, T.C. (1941) Epilepsy and Cerebral Localization.

Penfield, W. & Welch K., (1949). Instability of response to stimulation of the sensorimotor cortex of maa J. Physiol. (Lond), 109, 358.
Penfield, W. & Rasmussen, T. (1949) Vocalization and arrest of speech

Arch. Neurol Psychiat (Chicago) 61, 21-27.
Penfield, W. & Flam gin, H. (1950) Surgical therapy of temporal lobe seizures,

Arch. Neurol. Psychiat (Chicago) 64. 491-500
Penfield, P.W. ( 1 950) Arch. PsychiaL Nervenkr. 1 85. 670.

Penfield, W. & Rasmussen (1950)The Cerebral Cortex of Man. MacMillan, New York.

Penfield, W. & Kristiansen, K. ( 195 1 ) Epileptic Seizure Patterns, Springfield, 111, Charles C Thomas, Publisher

Penfield, W. & Welch. K. (1951) Arch. NeuroL PsychiaL 66, 289.

Penfield, W. & Baldwin, M. (1952) Temporal lobe seizures and the technic of subtotal temporal lobectomy, Ann. Surg 136, 625-634
Penfield, W. (1952) Epileptic automatism and the centrencephalic integrating system. Res. Publ. Ass, nerv. ment Dis. 30, 513-528.
Penfield. W. (1952) Arch. Neurol. Psvchiat 67, 178.

Penfield, W. (1952) Memory mechanisms, AMA Arch. Neurol Psychiat 67, 178-191.

Penfield, W & Jasper H.H., (1954), Epilepsy and the Functional Anatomy of the Human Brain, Boston.

Penfield, W. (1954) Mechamisms of voluntary movement. Brain, 77, 1-17.

Penfield, W. (1955), Acta psychol. (Amst), 1 1, 47.

Penfield, W., & Patne. K. (1955) Results of surgical therapy for focal epileptic seizures, Cand. M.A J. 73. 515-531.
Penfield, W. (1955) Role of the temporal cortex in certain psychial phenomena,
ment Sc. 101.451-465.Q£if

Penfield, W. & T. Rasmussen (1957) The cerebral cortex of man - A clinical study of localization of funcuon. NY, Macmillan. [The homunculus]
Penfield, W. (1958) The Excitable Cortex in Conscious Man, Liverpool.

Penfield, W. & Milner B. (1958) Memory deficit produced by bilateral lesions in the hippocampal zone, Arch.Neurol.Psychiat.(Chic), 79. 475.
Penfield, W. & L.Robcrts (1959) Speech and Brain mechanisms, Princeton, N.J., Princeton Univ. Press. .
Penfield W (1959) The interpretive cortex. Science 129: 1719.

Penfield, W. (1961) Activation ofthe record ofhuman experience. Ann.roy.Coll.Surg.Engl., 29, 77.
Penfield, W. & Perot P., (1963), The brain's record of auditory and visual experience -
A final summary and discussion. Brain, 86, 595.

XTV

PenfieliW. (1968) Engrams in the human brain," Proc. Roy.Soc.Med.,61: 831-840.
Penfield. W.(1975) The Mistery of the Mind, Princeton University Press. [Jap]

Penfield, Wilder, 1891-1976 (1977) No man alone: a neurosurgeon's life, Boston, Little, Brown.QiGK478-30

Pool JL, RansohofTJ (1949) Autonomic effects of stimulating the rostral portion of cingulate gyri in man. J Neurophysiol 12: 385-392.
Pudenz RH etal (1975) ElectncaJ stimulation of the brain. Ill The neural damage model. Surgical Neurology 4: 389-400.
Ramey, E.R., & ODoherty, D.S. ed.. Electrical studies on the unanesthetized braut. New York. Hoeber. 1960. [Delgado, 1 975 ; ele — > therapy]
Ranck JB Jr (1975) What elements are excited in electrical stimulation of mammalian central nervous systems: a review. Brain Res 98: 417-440.
Ray ChD, Burton ChV (1980) Deep brain stimulation for severe, chrome pain.

Acta Neurochir (Supple) 30. 289-293.
Ray CD (1981) Electrical and chemical stimulation of the CNS by direct means for pain control: present and future. Clin Neurosurg 28: 564-587.
Rayport M, Ferguson SM (1974) Qualitative modification of sensory responses to amygdaloid stimulation in man by interview content and context.
EEG Clin N. 34:714.

Richardson, D.E. (1967) Thalamotomy for intractable pain,Gonfin. Neurol. 29, 139-145.

Richardson, D.E. & AkiL H. (1973) Pain relief by electrical stimulation of the brain in human patients, Abstracts for the American Association of
Neurosurgeons Meeting.

Los Angeles, CA Apr.
Richardson, D.E. (1976) Brain stimulation for pain control.IEEE BME, 23 (4), 304-6.

Roland PE et al (1980) Supplementary motor area and other cortical areas in organization of voluntary movements in maa J Neurophysiol 43:
118-136.

Rosene DL Van Hoesen GW (1977) Hippocampal efferenls reach widespread areas of cerebral cortex and amygdala in the rhesus monkey. Science
198:315-317.

Sano K. (1962) Sedative neurosurgery Neurologjca Medico-chirugica 4: 112-142.

Sano K et al (1970) Results of stimulation and destruction of the posterior hypothalamus in man. J Neurosurg 33. 689-707. [Halgren 1982]
Schaeffler L et al. (1993) Comprehension deficits elicited by electrical stimulation of Broca's area. Brain 1 16: 695-715.
Schaltenbrand, G. (1965) The effects of stereotactic electrical stimulation in the depth of the brain. Brain, 88, 835-40. [-> man =>speech sounds]
SchaJteobrand G, etal (1973) Vegetative and emotional reactions during electrical stimulation of deep structures of the bram during stereotactic

procedures. Z Neurol 205:91-113
Schechter, D.C. (1972) Background of clinical cardiac electrostimulatio. N.Y. State J. Med, 72. 605-^19. ["Can you hear me ?"]
Schwarz JR (1977) Results of stimulation and destruction of the posterior hypothalamus: A long-term evaluatioa In: Sweet WH, Obrador S,

Martin-Rodriquez JG (edw) Neurosurgical treatment in pssychiatry, pain and epilepsy. University Park, Baltimore.
Scoville W.B. & Penfield, W. , (1957), J.Neurol.Neurosurg.PsychiaL, 20. 1 1.

Sem-Jacobsen, C.W.. Petersen. M.C.. Lazarte, J. A, Dodge, H.W., Jr., Holman, C.B. (1955) Intracerebral electrographic recordings from psychotic

patients during hallucinations and agitation. Amer. J. PsychiaL 122, 278-288. u£ic
Sem-Jacobsen et al (1955) Electroencephalographic rhythms from the depths of the frontal lobe in 60 psycotic patients. EEG clin. N. 7: 193-210.
Sem-Jacobsen, C.W., Petersen, M.C., Dodge, H.W., Lazarte, J.A, & Holman, C.B. (1958) Electroencephalographic rhythms from the depths of the

parietal, occipital, and temporal lobes n man. Electroencephalography adn Clinical Neurophysiology, 8, 263-178.
Sem-Jacobsen CW (1959) EEG Clin. N il: 379.

Sem-Jacobsen, C.W., & Trkildsen. A (1960) Depth recording and electrical stimulation in the human barm, In E.RRamey & D.s.rDoherty (Eds),

Electrical studies on the unanesthetized brain, New York. Harper & Row, (Hoeber), pp.275-290.
Sem-Jacobsen CW ( 1 964) Electrical stimulation of the human brain. EEG CliaN. 17: 211.

Sem-Jacobsen, CW. (1968) Depth-electrographic stimulation of the human brain and behavior: From fourteen years of studies and treatment of

Parkinson's disease and mental disorders with implanted electordes. Springfield. IL Thomas.
Shealy, C.N., Mortimer, J.T.. & Hagfors, N.R. (1970) J.Neurosurg., 32, 560-564

[implant — > chronic pain]

Siegel RK & Jarvik ME (1975) Drug-induced hallucinations in animals and man. In: Hallucinations: Behavior, Experience, and Theory. Edited by

RK Siegel & U West NY: Wiley.
Siegfried J et al. (1983) Intracerebral electrode implantation system. J Neurosurg. 59:356-359
Spiegel EA & Wycis HT et al. (1947) Stereotactic apparatus for operations on the human brain. Science 106: 349-350.
Spiegel EA& Wycis HT (1953) Mesencephalotomy in treatment of intractable facial pain. Arch Neurol Psychiatr 69: 1-9.
Spiegel EA & Wycis HT ('961) Stimulation of the basal ganglia and brain stem in man. In: Sheer (ed) Electrical Stimulation of the Brain. Texas

Press. Austin.

Spiegel EA& Wycis HT , : . S.ereoencephalolomy, Vol II. Grune and Stratton, NY

Spiegel EA & Wycis HT ol £< V i*l Stimulation of Forel's field during stereotaxic operations in the human brain. EEG Clin N. 16: 537-548.
Spiegel EA& Wycis HT ( I- i -nt starus of stereoencephalotomies for pain relief Conf Neurol 27:7-12.

Stein L (1975) Norepinephrine rWar pathways: role in self-stimulation, memory consolidation, and schizophrenia. Nebraska Syposium on
Motivation 22: 113-159.

Stevens JR etal (1969) Deep temporal lobe stimulation in man: long latency, long-lsting psychological changes. Archives of Neurology 21: 157-169
Strassburg HM, Thoden U. Mundinger F ( 1979) Mesencephalic chronic electrodes in pain patients. Appl Neurophysiol 42: 284-293
Sweet, W.H., & Wepsic, J.G. (1968) Trans. Am. Neurol. Assn., 93, 103 -1 07. [implant — > chronic pain]
Talairach J, Bancaus J (1966) The supplementary motor area in man. lnt J Neurol 5. 330-347.
Talairach J, et al (973) The cingulate gyrus and human behavior. EEG Clin N. 34: 45-52.

Tasker RR & Organ LW (1972) Mapping of the somatosensory and auditory pathways in the upper midbrain and thalamus of man. Exerpta Medica
253-169-187.

Tasker RR & Organ LW (1973) Stimulation mapping of the upper human auditory pathway. J Neurosurg 38: 320-325.

Tasker RR. Organ LW, Hawrylyshyn P (1980) Visual phenomenon evoked by electrical stimulation o fthe human brainstem. Appl Neurophysiol 43:
89-95.

Tasker RR, Organ LW & Hawrylyshyn P (1982) The Thalamus and Midbrain of Man: A Physiological Atlas using Electrical Stimulation.
Springfield, 111.: Thomas.

Tsubokawa T (1964) The relationship between the human cortical recruiting responses and consciousness. Folia Psvchiaatr Neurol Jap 18: 327-336.
Tsubokawa T et al ( 1 993) Chrome motor cortex stimulauon in patients with thalamic paia J. Neurosurg 78(3): 393-40 1

Uematsu el al (1992) Motor and sensory cortex m humans: topography studies with chronic subdural stimulation. Neurosurgery 31(1): 39-72.
Van Buren. J.M. (1961) Sensory , motor and autonomic effects of mesial temporal stimulation in man. J. Neurosurg. 18. 273-288.
Van Buren. J.M. (1963) Confustion and disturbance of speech from stimulation in vicinity of the head of the caudate nucleus. J.Neurosurg., 20.
148-157.

Van Buren, J.M. (1963) The abdominal aura: a study of abdominal sensations occurring in epilepsy and produced by depth stimulation. EEG Clin N.
15: 1-19.

Van Buren, J.M., Li, C.L.. & Ljemann. G.A. (1966) The fromo-striatal arrest response in man. ElectroencephcliaNeurophysiol.. 21. 1 14-130.
Van Buren. J.M. (1966) Evidence regarding a more precise localization of the posterior frontal-caudate arrest response in man. J. Neurosurg. SuppL
2nd Symposium on Parkinson's Disease, 416-17 (Nashold B.S.. Huber. W.V.. Eds.)
Von Hoist E & StPaul U (1962) Electrically controlled behavior.

Sci. Am. 206(3), March, 1962.

Walker AE, Marshall C (196 1 ) Stimulation and depth recordings in man. In: Sheer DE (ed) Electrical stimulation of the brain. Univ. of Texas, Austin.
Wahregny A, et al (1974) Electrophysiological exploration of the anterior gyrus cinguh (area 24) in man (stereotaxic study). EEG Clin. N. 34. 782.
Wilson CL et al. (1990) Functional connections in the human temporal lobe. I. Analysis of Umbic system pathways using neuronal responses evoked

by electrical stimulation. Exp. Brain Res. 82:279-292.
Wilson WP & Nashold BS (1973) Evoked photic responses from the human thalamus and midbrain Conf Neurol 35: 338-345.
Wilson WP & Nashold BS (1968) Epileptic discharges occunng in the messencephalonand thalamus. Epilepsia 9: 265-273.
Young RF et al. (1985) Electrical cumulation of the brain in treatment of chronic pain. Experience over 5 years. J. Neurosurg. 62(3): 389-396.
Young RF & Chambi VI (1987) Pain relief by electrical stimulation of the periaqueductal and periventricular gray matter. Ewidence for a non-opioid

mechanism. J. Neurosurg. 66: 364-371.
Zimmermann M (1 982) Electrical stimulation of the huma brain. Human Neurobiol 1 : 227-229.

VISUAL PROSTHESES & E.S.B.

Brindley, G.S. (1962) Beats produced by simultaneous stimulation of the human eye with intermittent light and intermittent or alternating electric

curretn, J. Physiol. 164. 157-167.
Brindley, G.S., Lewin, W.S. (1968) The sensations produced by electrical stimulation of the visual cortex. J. Physiol., 196, 479^193.
Bnndley, G.S. (1970) Sensations produced by electrical stimulaUon of the occipital poles of the cerebral hemispheres, and their use in constructing
visual prostheses, Ana Rep. Coll. Surg. 57, 106-108.

Bnndley, G.S., Donaldson, P.E.K.. Falconer. M.A., & Rushton, D.N. (1972) The extent of the region of occipital cortex that when stimulated gives

phosphenes fixed in the visual field. J. Physiol. 225, 57-58.
Bnndley, G.S. (1973) Sensory effects of electncal stimulation of the visual and paravisual cortex in man. in JUNG Handbook of Physiology,

Vol.IIl/3B, Springer- Verlag, New York, pp.585-594.
Brindley, G.S.,Rushton. D.N. (1974) Implanted stimulators of the visual cortex as visual prosthetic devices. Trans. Amer. .Acad. Ophthalmol.

Otolaryngol. , 78, OP742-OP745.
Bnndley, G.s., & Rushton, D.N.(1977) Observations on the representation of the visual field on the human occipital cortex, pp.261-276.
Bnndley, G.S. (1981) Electroejaculation. its technique, neurological implications and uses. J. Neurology, Neurosurgery' and Psychiatry 44: 9-18.
Bnndley, G.S. (1982) Effects of electrical stimulation of the visual cortex.

Human Neurobiology 1 : 28 1 -283.
Button, J. & Putnam, T.J, (1962) Visual responses in cortical stimulation in the blind.

J. Iowa Med. Soc. 52, 17-21.
Campbell, P.K., Jones, K.E., Huber, RJ., Horch, K.W.. & Norman, RA (1991)

A silicon-based, three-dimenuonal neural interface: manufacturing processes for an lntracortical electrode array. IEEE Trans.

BME, 38, No.8, 758-768.

Collins, C.C.(1977) Electrotactile visual prosthesis, pp.289-301.in Hambrecht & Reswick (Ed.) Functional electricastimulation

Dobelle, W.H., Mladejovsky. M.G. (1974) Phospenes produced by electrical stimulation of human occipital cortex, and their application to the

development of a prosthesis for the blind. J. Physiol., 243, 553-576.
Dobelle, W.H. et al (1974) Data processing. LSI will help to braing sight to the blind, Electronics, 47, 81-86.

Dobelle, W.H., Mladejovsky. M.g., Evans, J.E.. Roberts, T.S., Girvin, J.P (1976) Braille' reading by a blind volunteer by visual cortex stimulatioa
Nature, 259, 111-112.

Dobelle, WJL, Mladejovsky. M.G. Girvin. J.P. (1974) Artificial vision for the blind: Electncal stimulation of visual cortex offers hope for a

functional prosthesis. Science, 183, 440-444.
Dobelle WH, Mladejovsky MG & Evans JR (1976) "Braille" reading by a blind volunteer by visual cortex stimulatioa Nature 259: 1 1 1-1 12.
Donaldson, P.E.K. (1973) Experimental visual prosthesis. IEE Proc.. 120, 281-298.

Evans JR. Gordon J, Abramov I. Mladejovsky MG & Dobelle WH (1979) Bnghlness of phosphenes elicited by electncal stimulaUon of human visual

cortex. Sensory Processes 3: 82-94.
Girvin JP, Evans JR. Dobelle WH, Mladejovsky MG, et al (1979) Electrical stimulation of human cortex: the effect of stimulus parameters on

phospene threshold. Sensory Processes 3: 66-81.
Livingstone M & Hubel D (1988) Segregation of form, color, movement and depth. Anatomy, physiology and percepuoa Science 240: 740-749.
Minsky, M. (1971 ) Development of a facility for visual prosthesis experiments on humans, in Visual Prostheses : The interdisciplinary' dialogue,
T.Sterling. Ed. New York: Academic, 315-324.

Pollen, DA. (1975) Some perceptual effects of electncal stimulation of visual cortex in man, in TOWER The Nervous System, Vol. 2, The Clinical

Neurosciences, Raven Press, New York, pp.519-528.
Pollea DA (1976) Responses of single neurons to electrical stimualtion of the surface of the visual cortex. Brain. Behav. Evol.
Pollea D. A, Andrews, B.W., & Levy, J.C.(1977) Electrical stimulation of the visual cortex in man and cat, pp.277-287.in Hambrecht & Reswick

(Ed.)

Rushton, D.N., Brindley, G.S. (1977) Short and long term stability of cortical electrical phosphenes, in Physiological Aspects of Clinical Neurology,
Blackwell, Oxford.

Saunders, F.A(1977) Recommended procedures for electroculaneous displays, pp.303

XVI

in Hambrechl & Reswick (Ed.) Functional electncastimulation

AUDITORY PROSTHESES & E.S.B.

Cochlear Implant () IEEE EMB 6(2)

Dobelle, W.H., Mladejovsky, M.G., Stensaas, S.S., & Smith, J.B. (1973) A prosthesis for the deaf based on cortical stimulation. Ann. Otol. Rhin.
Laryngol. 82, 445-563.

Doyle, J.H., Doyle. J.B. & TumbulL F.M. (1961) Electrical stimulation of eighth cranial nerve. Arch. Otolaryng. 84, 388-391. OXic
House, W.F. & Urban, J. (1973) Long term results of electrode implantation and electronic stimulation of the coclilea in man. Ann. Otol. 82, 504-510
Merzenich, M.M. et al (1973) Neural encoding of sound sensation evoked by electrical stimulation of the acoustic nerve. Ana Otol. 82, 486-503.
Merzenich, M.M. (1974) In Proceedings of the First International Conference on Electrical Stimulation of the Acoustic Nerve as a Treatment for
Profound Sensorineural Deafness in Man, (M.M.Merzenich. R.ASchindler, F.A Sooy, eds.), Velo-Bind. Inc.. San Francisco. pp.79-92.[ele — >
auditory sensory]

Merzenich, M.M. (1975) Studies on electrical stimulation of the auditory nerve in animals and man; cochlear implants, in The Nervous System,
(D.B.Tower, ed). Raven Press, N.Y.

Merzenich, M.M. & White, M.W. (1977) Cochlear implant; the interface problem.ui Hambrecht & Reswick (Ed.) Functional electrical stimulation

Michelson, R.P. (1971) Electrical stimulation of the human cochlea. Arch. Otolaryngol. 93, 317-323. Q£ic

Michelson, R.P. (1971) The results of electrical stimulation of the cochlea in human sensory deafness, Ann. Otol. 80, 914-919

Mladejovsky, M.G., Eddington. D.K.. Dobelle, W.H., & Brackmann, D.E. (1975) Artificial hearine for the deaf by cochlear stimulation: Pitch

modulation adn some parametric thresholds, Trans: Anier. Soc. Artif. Int. Organs, 21,' 1-6.

Mladejovsky. M.G., Eddington, D.E., Evans, J.J., & Dobelle, W.H. (1976) A computer-based bram stimulation system to investigate sensory
protheses for the blind and deaf, IEEE Trans. Biomed. Eng., BME-23, pp.286-296, July. 1976.
Mladejovsky, M.G., Eddington. D.K.. Brackman, D.E.. & Dobelle, W.H. (1977)

Progress report and future directions of cochlear prostheses, in Hambrecht & Reswick (Ed.) Functional electrical stimulation
Parkins CW et al. (1983) Cochlear implant: a sensorv prosthesis frontier.

IEEE EMB 2(2): 18-26.
Simons, F.B. (1966) Electrical stimulation of the auditory nerve in man.

Arch Otolaryngol. .84, 24-76. OXic
Simons. F.B. (1967) Permanent introcochlear electrodes in cats, tissue tolerance and cochlear microphonics, Laryngscope. 77, 171-186.

TRANSNASAL APPROACH (IMPLANT THRU NOSE)

Barth JT et al (1984) The effects of prefrontal leucotomy: Neuropsychological findings in long term chronic psychiatric patients. Int. J. clin.
Neuropsychology 6(2):120-1233. (thru eye's cavity]

Black PM et al (1987) Incidnece and management of complications of transsphenoidal operation for pituitary adenomas. Neurosurgery 20(6):
920-924.

Griffith HB et al. (1987) A direct transnasal approach to the sphenoid sinus. Technical note. J. Neurosurg. 66: 140-142.
Hardy J (1971) Transsphenoidal hypophysectomy. J. Neurosurg. 34:582-594.

Hardy, Jules (1990) Atlas of Transsphenoidal Microsurgery in Pituitary Tumors Igaku-Shoin. NY, pp.74. [Neurogurgery 29(3): 478. 30(1): 141]

Kandel EI (1989) Functional and Stereotactic Neurosurgery. NY: Plenum Press, pp 492-500. [transnasal -> pituitary gland

Rabadan A et al (1992) Transmaxillarv, Transnasal Approach to the Anterior Clivus: A Microsugical Anatomical Model. Neurosurgery 30(4):

473-482.

Rosenfeld JV (1992) Transnasal stereotactic biopsy of a clivus tumor. J. Neurosurg. 76(5): 878-879.

Watson SW et al (1982) Dental considerations in the sublabial trans-shpenoidal surgical approach to the pituitary gland. Neurosurgery 10(2)
236-241.

BIO-TELEMETRY

Adey WR (1963) Potential for telemetry in the recording of brain waves from animals and men exposed to the stresses of space flight. In Slater L ed
Bio-Telemetry pp.289-300.

Allen. R.T., Hansomn, M.U & Dresge. D.J. (1964) Biotelemelry in demdicine,

Bic-med. Instru., I, 15-19. December 1964.
Almond, J.A (1965) Personal telemetry transmitter system.

Aerospace Med- Res. Labs., RepL AM RL-TR -65-87. pp. 1-23.
AngelL J.B. (1977) Transducers for in vivo measurement of force, strain, and motion, in Physical Sensors for Biomedical Applications, M.R.Neuman
et al. Eds., Boca Raton, FL, CRC Press.

Arfel G. et al (1969) Dynamic aspects of electroencephalography. First results of a telemelric study. Revue neurol. 120: 429-430.
Ariel G, et al (1969) Dynamic aspects of the human EEG. First results of a radiotelemetric study. EEG clin. N. 27. 108.

Asaki Y, Iriki M & Kanai H ( 1980) Design of a two-channel AM-FM transmitter for body temperature measurements in rats. Biotelemetry 7(1 ): 32.
Atkinson JR, et al (1967) Radio telemetry for the measurement of intracranial pressure. J. Neurosurg. 27: 429-432.
Ax AF (1969) Instrumentation for psychophyslology Am. Psychol. 24: 229-233.

BamettGHetal (1990) Epidural peg electrodes for the presurgical evaluation of intractable epilepsy. Neurosurgery 27(1): 113-115.

Barwich, R.E., & Fullagar, P.J. (1967) A bibliography of radio telemetry in biological studies, Proc. ecol. Soc. Aust., 2. 27. [Delgado et al (1970)]

xvn

Bement, S.L et al ( 1986) Solid-slate electrodes for multi-channel multi-plexed intracortical neuronal recording IEEE Trans. BME. 33, No.2,
230-241.

Bert J, et al (1970) EEG of the mature chimpanzee: 24 hour recordings. EEG clin. N. 28: 368-373.
Bickford RG, et al ( 1 969) Teleprocessing of the EEG from the patient's residence
EEG clin. N. 26: 117-118.

Blanc C et al (1967) Radiotelemetric recordings of the electroencephalograms of civil aviation pilots during flight- EEG elm. N. 23: 580

Bojseu JJ & Wallevik K (1972) A radiotelemelrical measuring device, implantable on animals, for long-term measurements of radionuclide-tracers

Int J. appl. Radial. Isotopes 23: 505-51 1.

Bornhausen M & Manhes R (1980) Remote control of electrical brain stimulation reward in rats with pulsed infrared light. Biotelemetry 7(1): 29.
Bowden AN, et al (1975) The place of EEG telemetry and closed-circuit television in diagnosis and management of epileptic patients. Proc R. Soc.
Med 68: 246-248.

Bowman, L. et al (1986) The packing of implantable integrated sensors.

IEEE Trans. BME, 33. No.2. 248-255.
BreakeU CC, Parker CS & Christopherson F (1949) Radio transmission of the human EEG and other electrophysiological data. EEG Clin. N. l«
243-244.

Brown MW. et al ( 1 97 1 ) Laboratory note. A miniature transmitter suitable for telemetry of a wide range of biopotentials. EEG din. N. 3 1 : 274-276.
Bruner JM (1971) Telemetry in a large hospital - a look at the future. IEEE Trans. BME 18: 325-329.
Byford GH (1965) Medical radiotelemctry. Proc. R. Soc. Med. 58: 795-798.
Caceres, C.A ed. (1965) Biomedical telemetry, New York.Academic Press.
Caceres CA (1968) Telemetry in medicine and biology.

Adv. biomed Engngraed. Phys. I: 279-316.
Chute FS. et al (1974) Radio tracking of small mammals using a grid of overhead wire antennas. Can. J. Zooi. 52: 1481-1488.
Collins, C. (1967) Miniature passive Pressure Transensor for implanting in the eye.

IEEE Trans. BME 14, 74-83.
Collins, C. (1967) Evoked pressure responses in the rabbit eye. Science 155, 106-108.

Cume JC, et al (1967) The measurement of intracranial pressure using thepressure endoradiosonde. J. Phvsiol. 189:22-23.
Danilevicius Z (1974) Telemetry - best detective in tracing CHD.
J. Am. med. Ass. 299: 1475-1476.

Proc. R. Soc. Med. 65: 367-370.

3^£ W & Ztmg W (1970) ^ enav ' oral EEC criteria of sleep in humans. Comparison using radioootelemetry. Archs gen. PsychiaL 23:

Farrar. J.T., Zworykin, V.K. & Baum, J (1957) Pressure-sensitive telemeienng capsule for the study of gastrointestinal motility. Science 126.,
975-976. November 8.

Fonster, F.G.. Kupfer, D„ Weiss, G. Lipponen, V., McPartland, R., & Delgado, J.M.R. (1972) Mobility recording and cycle research in
neuropsychiatry.

J. interdiscipl. Cycle Res. 3, 61-72.
Franklin DL, et al (1966) Technique for radio telemetry blood flow velocity from unrestrained animals. Am. J. med. Electron. 5. 24-28.
Fromm, E. (1983) Athick film hybrid implantable telemeter, IEEE Eng. MBM. 2. 38-41. Mar. 1983.
Fryer TB ( 1 974) Power sources for implanted telemetry system. Biotelem.. 1 , 3 1 -40.
Fryer TB (1974) A multichannel EEG telemetry system utilizing a PCM subcarrier Biotele I: 202-21S.
Fryer TB & Sandler H (1974) A review of implant telemetry system. Biotele. 1 : 35 1-374.
Fryer TB et al. (1978) Telemetry of intracranial pressure, Biotelem. 5, 88-1 12.
Fryer TB (1981) Survey of implantable telemetry. Biotelemetry 8: 125-130.

Galbraith, D C. et al (1987) A wide-band efficient inductive transdermal power and data link with coupling insensitive gam, IEEE Trans. BME. 34,
No.4, 265.

Gschwend, S.J., Knutti. J.W., Allen, H.V. & MeindL J.D. (1979) A general purpose implantable mutichannel telemetry system. Biotele. 6 (3):

Geddes LA (1962) A bibliography of biological telemetry . Am. J. Med. Electronics 1 294-298.
Geier S ( 197 1 ) Minor seizures and behavior. EEG chh.N. 3 1 : 499-507.

Geier S (1971) A comparative lele-EEG study of adolescent and adult epeleplics. Epilepsia 12: 215-223.
Geier S, et al (1974) A complete EEG radio-telemetry equipment. EEG clin. N. 37: 89-92.

Geier S, et al (1975) Clinical note: clinical and tele-sterec-EEG findings in apatient with psychomotor seizures. Epilepsia 16: 119-125
Giori FA (1967) Remote physiological monitoring using a microwave inteferometer. Biomed. Sci. Instrum. 3: 291-308.

Gofrnann SS (1969) Radioelectroencephalogram recording in humans during work activity under industrial conditions. Bml. eksp. Biol. Med. 68:
13-16

Grealbatch W (1984) Pacemaker power sources. IEEE EMB 3(2): 15.

Greatbatch W (1984) Implantable pacemakers - a twenty five year journey 3(4): 24-26.

Gruenberg EL (1967) Handbook of telemetry and remote control (McGrw-HilL NY)

Guey J, et al (1969) A study of the rhythm of petit ma! absences in children in relation to prevailing situations. The use of EEG telemetry during
psychological examinations, school exercisses and periods of inactivity. Epilepsia 10: 441-4S1.
Hanley J, et al (1969) Combined telephone and radiotelemetry of the EEG.
EEG clin. N. 26:323-324.

Hanley J. et al (1972) Automatic recognition of EEg correlates of behavior in a chrome schizophrenic patient. Am. J. PsychiaL 128: 1524-1528.
Hiller PK, et al ( 1 974) Proceedings: an automatic wildlife tracking system.

Biomed. Sci. Instrum. 10: 157-159.
Huertas J & Westbrook RC ( 1 970) A system for sensing and transmitting EEG.

EEG clin. N. 28: 102-103.
Hughes JR & Hendnx DE ( 1 968) Telemetered EEG froma football player in action.

EEG clin. N. 24. 183-186.

xvm

Hutten H, et al (1971) A new apparatus lor the continuous telemetnc measurement of intracranial pressure in man. Biomed. Tech.. Stuttgart 16:
170-172

Ikeda K, Watanabe A, Saito M ( 1 980 ) A new biomedical radio telemetry system employing a rotating magnetic field. Biotelemetry 7( 1 ): 24.
Ikeda K, Watanabe A & Saito M (1980) A radio-tracking system for studies of snake movement. Biotelemetry 7( 1 ): 45.
Itoh 1, Morizono T, Okada S, Isliimura H. Iijima N. Kanauclii S, Shoji T (1980) Computerized radiotelemetry of gastrointestinal pressure.
Biotelemetry 7(1): 17.

1 ves JR. et al ( 1 973 ) Acquisition by telemetry and computer analysis of 4-channel long-term EEG recordings from patients subject to 'petit-mal'
absence attacks.

EEG clin. N. 34: 665-668.
Jacobson. B. & Mackay. RS. (1957) A pH endoradiosonde. Lancet 1, 1224. June.

Jeutter. D.C. (1982) A transcutaneous implanted battery recharging and biotelemetry power switching system. IEEE Trans. BME. 29. 3 14-32 1 .
Jeutter, D.C. (1983) Overview of biomedical telemetrv techniques.

IEEE Eng. Med. Biol. 2, 17. Mar. 1983.
Jeutter. D.C. (1983) Power sources for biotelemeiers, IEEE Eng. Med. Biol. 2, 22-23. Mar.1983.

Jobhng. D.T., Smith, J.G. & Wheal, H.V. (1981) Active microelectrode array to record from the mammalian central neural system in vitro. Med Biol.
Eng. CompuL 19. 553-560.

Kado R & Adey WR (1968) Electrode problems in central nervous monitoring in performing subjects. Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 148: 263-278.
Kamp A & Van Leeuwen WS ( 1 96 1 ) A two-channel EEG radio elemetering system.
EEG Clin. N. 13:803-806.

Kimmich HP & Kreuzer F (1974) Trends in biomedical telemetry and patient monitoring . Eurocon 74: 2/7: 1-2.

Knutti JW et al (1979) Chronically implantable instrumentation for medical research animals. IEEE Trans. BME 26: 539.

Knutti, J.W., Allen. H.V. & Meindl. J.D (1983) Integrated circuit implantable telemetry systems, IEEE Eng. Med. Biol. Mag. 2, 47-50.. Mar.1983.
Ko WH & Neuman MR (1967) Implant biotelemetry and microelectronics: report on developments in implant telemetry , associated problems, and the
potential of microelectronics. Science 156: 351-360.

Ko, W.H & Hyncek. J. (1974) Implant evaluations of nuclear power source - Beta-cell battery. IEEE Trans. BME 21, 238-241.

Ko, W.H. & Spear, T.M. (1983) Packaging materials and techniques for implantable instrumcnts.IEEE Eng. Med. Biol. 2, 24. Mar 1983.

Kofes A (1969) The possibilities of telemetry of physiological data.

EEG clin. N. 27: 628-629.

Kupfer, D.J., Detre, T.P.. Fonster, G„ Tucker. G.J., & Delgado, J.M.R. (1972) The application of Delgado's telemetnc mobility recorder for human
Behav. Biol 7, 585-590.

Van Leeuwen WS & Kamp A (1969) Radiotelemetry of EEG and other biological variables in man and dog. Proc. R Soc. Med. 62: 451-453.

Van Leeuwen WS, et al (1967) EEG of unrestrained animals under stressful conditions. EEG clin. N. suppL 25: 212£f.7

Legewie H, et al (1969) EEG changes dunngperformance of varioius tasks under open- and closed-eye conditions. EEG clin. N. 27: 470-479.

Leung, AM. et al (1986) Intracranial pressure telemetry system using semicuslom integrated circuits, IEEE Trans. BME, 33. No.4. 386-395.

Long, F.M. & Weeks, RW (1983) Wildlife biotelemetry. IEEE EMB March 42.

Mackay, RS. & Jacobson, B. (1957) Endoradiosonde. Nature 179, 1239-1240. June.

Mackay, RS. (1961 ) Radio telemetrv from within the body.Science 134. 1196.

Mackay. RS. (1963) Radio telemetry from inside the body. New Sci. 19, 650.

Mackay, RS. (1964) Galapagos tortoise and marine iguana deep body temperatures measured by radio telemetry. Nature 204, 355-358.

Mackay, RS. (1964) Deep body temperature of umethered dolphin recorded by ingested radio transimtier. Science 144, 864-866.

Mackay, RS. (1964) Dolphin telemetry. Science 145, 296.

Mackay, RS. (1968) Bio-Medical Telemetry, Wiley, New York, 388pp.

MacKay RS (1969) Biomedical telemetry: applications to psychology.

Am. Psychol. 24: 244-248.
Mackay, RS. (1970) Bio-Medical Telemetry (2nd ed.) John Wylie & Sons., New York.
Mackay, RS. (1974) Field studies on animals. Biotelemetry 1, 286-312.

Mackay, RS. & Dolphin, W. (1982) Monitoring feeding of great whales by ingested acoustic temperature irasmitter Proc. of 7th lnt'1. Symp on
Biotelemetry, Stanford University.

Mackay, RS. (1983) Biomedical telemetry. The formative years.IEEE Eng. MB. 2, 11-17. Mar.1983.
Manson G (1974) EEG radio telemetry . EEG elm. N. 37: 41 1-413.

Mark VH, Ervin FR, Sweet WH & Delgado J ( 1969) Remote telemeter stimulation and recording from implanted temporal lobe electrodes Confirua
neurol.31: 86-93.

Marko, A., Murray, RH., Kissen. AT., & McGuire, D.M. (1 967) A new versatile miniature multi-channel personal telemetry system for medical

- *

research.

Aerospace Med. Res. Labs.. Rept AMRL-TR pp. 152-1 56.
Marko, A, McLennan, M.A, & Correll. E.C. (1963) Research and development on pulse-modulated personal telemetry systems,

Aerospace Med Res. Labs., AMRL-TDR-64-96, PP.1-19.
Matumoto Goro (1974) Fundamental design procedures of an inductance coil utilizing thin-film IC technique for biotelemetrv. Biotelem. 1,41.
Matumoto G, Tsuchida Y, Yoshikawa T (1980) Measurement of the cat's EEG and ECG with a telemetry system in high DC electric fields. I:
Tow-channel modified PDM/FM telemetry system to obtain from small animals. Biotelemetry 7(1): 34.
McAleenan, RN. (1976) Computer-aided biotelemetry system applied to free-swimming fish. Biomed. Sci. Instrum 12, 29-32.
McKean, B. & Gough. D. (1988) A telemetrv-instrumentation system for chronically implanted glucose and oxygen sensors, IEEE Trans. BME 3 3
No.7, 526.

McNew JJ, et al (1971) The sleep cycle and subcortical-cortical EEG relattons to the unrestrained chimpanzee. EEG clin N. 30: 489-503.
Meindl, J.D. (1980) Biomedical implantable microelectronics. Science, 210, 263-267.
Meindl, J.D. (1984) Implantable telemetry in biomedical Research,

IEEE Trans. BME. 31. No. 12, 817.
Michener MC & Walcott C (1967) Homing of pigeons - analysis of tracks.

J. exp. Biol. 47: 99-131.

XIX

"mind reading machine by DARPA", National Enquirer. 22 June. 1976 06

Neukotnm PA (1974) A radio-conlrolled monitoring system for multichannel telemetry. Biolelemetry 1 . 25 1-263.
Nomura T (1984) Telemeter and tele-control. Trans. I£ICE (in Japanes) p.208.

Ohata S, Tanji J, Kalo M & Matumoto G (1980) Measurement of the cat's EEG and ECG with a telemetry system in high DC electric fields. II.
Applications. Biolelemetry 7(1):

Olsem ER, et al (1967) Intracranial pressure measurement with a miniature passive implanted pressure transensor Am. J. Surg. 113: 727-729.
Pauley JD, et al (1974) An implantable multichannel biotelemetrv system.
EEG chn. N. 37: 153-160.

Pauley JD & Reite M (1981 ) A microminiature hybrid multichannel implantable biotelemetry system. Biotele. 8: 163-172.

Polg P & Wolfgand H (1974) Telemetry of the EEG and EMG in the cat under the influence of psychotropic drugs. Biolelemetry 1 : 264-172.

Porter RJ et al ( 1971 ) Human electroencephajographic telemetry.

Am. J. EEG Technol. 11: 145-159.
Raloff Janet (1991) Science News . Nov. 30, 1991. (the rice the implant)

Reid, M.H., Mackay, R.S. & Lantz, B. (1980) Noninvasive blood flow measurements by Doppler ultrasound with applications to renal artery flow

Investigative Radiology 1 5. 323-33 1 .
Re.te M & Walker SD & Pauley JD ( 1 973) Implantation surery in infant monkeys.
Ub.PnmateNewl.41: 1-6.

Reite M. et al (1974) Asystem approach to studying physiology and behaviors in infant monkeys. J. Appl. Physiol. 37: 417-423.
Rideout CB (1974) Proceedings radio tracking the Rocky Mountain goat in Western Montana. Biomed. Sci. Instrum. 10: 139-143.
Robinson BW & Warner H (1967) Telestimulation of the primate brain

Archs phys. Med Rehabil. 48: 467-473. Oil?
Robinson BW (W69) Brain telestimulation in primates. Am Psychol. 24: 248-250.

Rokushima, H. (1969) A multi-channel PWM/FM radio-telemetry system for EEG, Proc. 22nd Ann. Conf. on Engineering in Medicine and Biology
(Chicago, HI.)

Roy OZ (1971 ) Biological energy sources. A review. Biomed. Eng. 6:250-256.

Salcman, M. & Bak, M.J. (1973) Design, Fabrication, and in vivo behavior of chronic recording intracortical microelectrodes. IEEE Trans. BME 20.
253-260.

Seo H & Matsuo T (1989) Manufacture of custom CMOS LSI for an implantable multipurpose biotelemetry system. Frontiers Med. Biolog. Eng.
1(4): 319-329.

Shafer WA (1967) Telemetry on man without attached sensors.

NY St J. Med. 67: 2832-2837.

Shirer H W & Downhower JF ( 1 968) Radio tracking of dispersing yellow bellied rarmots. Trans. Kans. Aca. Sci. 7 1 : 463-479. QXic
Simonova O, et al (1969) Correlation between EEG criteria and attentive behaviour.

EEG clin. N. 26: 447.
Simonova O & Legewie H (1969) EEG changes under different conditions.

EEG clin.N. 27: 627.

Simons DG & Prather W ( 1 964) A personalised radio telemetry system for monitoring central nervous system arousal in aerospace flight IEEE Trans.
Biomed Lngm 1 1 : 40.

Skutt H.R.. Fell. R.B.. & Kertzer, R. (1970) A multichannel telemetry system for use in exercise physiology. IEEE Trans. Bio-Medical Eng., 17,
339-348.

Slater, L. (ed.) (1963) Biotelemetry. New York,Pergamon Press.
Smith EN (1974) Multichannel temperature and heart rate radio telemetry transmitter.
J. appl . Physiol. 36. 252-255.

Sperry CJ (1968) Implantable stimulator and transmitter for telemetry of evoked potanUals during defensive behavior. Biomed. Sci. Instru. 4:
1 19-124.

Stalberg E (1969) Telemetric long-term EEG recording. EEG clin. N. 26: 341.

Stevens JR (1969) Localization of epileptic focus by protracted monitoring of EEG by radio telemetry. Epilepsia 10: 420.
Stevens JR, et al (1969) Prolonged recording of EEG by radiotelemetry: an aid to localization and treatment of epilepsy. EEG clin. N. 27: 544.
Stevens JR, et al ( 1969) Statistical characteristics of spontaneous seizure discbarges recorded by radiotelemetry over 24 hour perioods in man. EEG
clin-N. 27:691.

Stevens JR. et al (1971) Ultradian characteristics of sponataneous seizure discharges recorded by radio telemetry in man. EEG clin. N. 3 1 : 3 13-325.
Stevens JR. et al (1972) Seizure occurrence and interspike interval Telemetered eeg studies. Archs. Neurol (Chicago) 26: 409-419
Slong, C.L. (1968) Amateur scientist Scien. Am. 218, 128-135.

Sudo M et al. (1987) Low suuply-voltage driving telemetering IC for biological signals Trans. IEICE (in Jap) J70-D(12): 2754.

Takahashi K & Matsuo T (1984) lnlegrauon of multi-microelectrode and interface circuits by silicon planar and three-dimentsional fabrication

tecnnology.

Sensors and Actuators 5, 89-99.
Takeuchi Y & Hogaki M (1980) Radiotelemetry of fetal and maternal signals for live fetal morutenng. Biotelemetry 7( 1 ): 42.
Towe, CB. (1986) Passive biotelemetry by frequency keying. IEEE Trans BME. 33, No.10, 905.
Trotter, Robert J. (1974) A Schocking Story, Science News . April 13, 1974. uiic
Updike SJ. et al (1972) Patient monitoring by radiotelemetry.

J. Ass. adv. med. Instrum. 6: 240-244.
Upson RB, et al (1968) An improved remote brain stimulator and EEG transmitter for small animals. Biemed. Sci. Instrum. 4: 164-170.
van Veelen et al (1990) Combined use of subdural and intracerebral electrodes in preoperative evaluation of epilepsy. Neurosurg. 26(1): 93-101.
Vidart L & Geieer S (1968) Telemetric recording sin epileptic subjects while at work. EEG clin. N. 25: 93.
Vidart L & Geier S (1969) Radiotelemetric EEG study of adult epileptics.

Vidart L & Geier S ( 1970) From epilepsy to the epileptic: a tele-EEG study of adult epilepuc subjects. EEG clin. N. 29: 103.

Vreeland R, Collins C, et al (1963) A subminiature radio EEG telemeter for studies of disturbed children. EEG Clin. Neurophysiol. 15: 327-329.

Vreeland RW, et al ( 197 1 ) A compact sic-channel integrated circuit EEG telemeter.

XX

EEG clin. N. 30: 240-245.

Walker AE & Marshal! C (1964) The contribution of depth recording to clinical medicine. EEG Clin. N. 16: 88-99.
Watson NW, et al (1968) Backpack for free-ranging primates. J. appl. Physiol. 24: 252-253.

Yoshii N, et al (1966) Studies on the nerral basis of behavior by continuous frequency analysis of EEG Prog. Brain Res. 21: 217-250.
Ysenbrandt et al (1976) Biotelemelry. literature survey of the past decade. Biotele. 3: 145-250.

Zweizig JR, et al (1972) EEG monitoring of a free-swimming diver at a working depth of 1 5 meter. Aerospace Med. 43: 403-407.

Zworykin VK et al (1961 ) The measurement of internal physiological phenomena using passive-type telemetering capsules. IRE inL Conv. Rec. 9:

141-144.

Alexander E & Alexander L (1985) Electronic monitoring of felons: threat or boon to civil liberties. Social Theory and Practive 1 1 : 89-95.
Ball RA& Lilly JR (1986) A theoretical examination of home incarceration.
Fed. Probation March: 17-24.

Beck B (1969) Commentary : Issues in the use of an electronic rehabilitation system with chronic recidivists. Law & Soc R 3: 61 1-14.
Berry B(1985) Electronic jails: anew criminal justice concern. Justice Quartely 2: 1-22.

Byrne et al ( 1988) Understanding the limits of technology: an examination of the use of electronic monitoring in the criminal justice system.
Perspectives Spring: 30-37.

Badigan TP (1991) Electronic monitoring in federal pretrial release. Fed Prob. 55(1): 26-30.

Carmen RV (1986) Legal issues in probation. Fed' Prob. 50(2): 60-69.

Casady J (1975) The electronic watchdog we shouldn't use. Psychol Tod January: 84.

Charles MT (1989) The development of a juvenile electronic monitoring program. Fed. Prob.53(2): 3-12.

Conrad JP (1983) News of the future: Research and development Federal Prob. 47: 54-55

Electronic monitoring devices (1986) Corrections Today 48:72.

Ford D & Schmidt AK (1985) Electronically monitored home cconfinement

NIJ Reports, SNI 194, Nov. 1985, 2-6.
Fried C (1968) Privacy. Yale Law Journal 77: 475. [re. Schwitzgebel machine]

Friel CM & Vaughn JB (1986) A consumer's guide to the electronic monitoring of probationers. Fed Prob. 50(3): 3-14.

Gablle RK (1986) Application of personal telemonitonng to current problems in corrections. J. Criminal Justice 14: 167-176

lngraham BL & Smith GW (1972) The use of electronics in the observation and control of human behavior and its possible use in rehabilitation and

control.

Crime and Justice 1971-1972, p.363-377.
King DB (1964) Electronic surveillance and constitutional rights: some current developments and observations. George Washington Law Review 33:
240.

Krajick K (1983) Electronic surveillance makes a comback. Police Maganine March
Krech D (1966) Controlling the mind-controllers. Think 32( July- August): 2.
Los Angeles Free Press (1972) Wiretapping your body. July: 7-13.
Man, Daniel (1987) Beepers in kids' heads could stop abductors.

Las Vegan Sun. October 27. 1987. Q6
Marx GT (1985) The new surveillance. Technology Review May-June 45: 43-48.7
Marx GT (1985) ni be watching you. Dissent Winter: 26-34.

McCarthy BR ed (1987) Intermediate Punishments: Intensive Supervision, Home Confinement and Electronic Surveillance. Monsey, NY. Willow
Tree Press.

Meyer, J.A Crime Deterrent Transponder System, IEEE Trans. AES ,7, No.l.
Miller AS (1964) Technology, social change and the constitution.

George WAshington Law Review 33: 17
New York Times (1969) Psychologist tests electronic monitoring to control parolees. Seplember7, 1969,p.85.
New York Times (1969) Tiny radio monitors prisoner behavior, November 15, p.53.
Notes (1966) Anthropotelemetry: Dr.Schwitzgebel's Machine.

Harvard Law Review 80:403-421.
Papy JE & Nimer R (1991) Electronic Monitoring in Florida. Fed Prob. 55(1): 31-33.
Peck K (1988) High-tech house arrest The Progressive July: 26-28
Petersilia J (1986) Exploring the option of house arrest Fed Prob. 50(2): 50-55.

Renzema M & Skelton DT (1990) The use of electronic monitoring in the United States: 1989 update. NIJ Reports, Nov/Dec. 9-14.
Reubhausen OM & Brim OG (1965) Privacy and behavior research.

Columbia Law Review 65: 1184.
Rogers CR & BF Skinner (1956) Some issues concerning the control of human behavior. Science 124: 1057.
Rorvik D (1974) Behavior control: Big brother comes. Intellectual Digest January: 17-20.
Sanders CW (1994?) The Seven Signs of the Last Days.
Schmidt AK (1986) Electronic monitors. Fed. Prob. 50(2): 56-59.

Schmidt AK (1987) Electronic monitoring : who uses it how much does it cost, does it work 7 Corrections Today 49: 28+.
Schmidt AK (1991) Electronic monitors - realistically, what can be expected ?

Fed Prob. 55(2). 47-53.
Schwitzgebel RK (1964) A program for research in behavior electronics.

Behav. Sci. 9: 233-238.

Schwitzgebel] RK (1967) Electronic innovation in the behavioral sciences: a call to responsibility. Am. Psychologist 22(5): 364.
Schwitzgebel RK (1968) Electronic alternatives to imprisonment Lex et Scientia 5(3): 99-104.
Schwitzgebel RL (1969) A Belt from Big Brother. Psychology Today 2(1 1): 45-47, 65.

XXI

Schwitzgebel RK (1969) Development of an electronic rehabilitation system for parolees. Law and Computer Technology 2(3): 9-12.
Schwitzgebel RK (1969) Issues in the use of an electronic rehabilitation system with chrome recidivists, Law & Soc R 3: 597-611.
Schwitzgebel RK &. Hurd WS (1969) Behavioral supervision system with wrist carried transcenvcr. Pat. No 3,478.344. Official Gazette 1969.12
(?)

Schwitzgebel RL and Bird RM (1970) Sociolechnical design factors in remote instrumentation with humans in natural environments. Behaviour
Research Methods and Instrumentation 2.

Schwitzgebel Robert L. & Schwitzgebel, Ralph K, eds. (1973) Psychotechnology. NY. Ruiehart . and N.Y. John Wiley & Sons [Monahan, J.
(1984) AJ.P.141(1). 10]

Walker JL( 1990) Sharing the credit, sharing the blames: managing political risks in electronically monitored house arrest. Fed Prob. 54(2): 16-20.
Winkler, Max (1993) Walking prisons: the developing technology of electronic controls Futurist July/August ; 3+49.

NAVIGATION SATELLITE

Burgess L & Munro N ( 1993) Security concerns may hinder GPS expansion

Defense News Apr 26 - May 2: 4.
Collins Avionics Develops New Hand-Held GPS Unit, (1992)

Defense News Sep 21-27: 18.
Maggs W (1991) Pentagon fears global march of GPS technology.

Defense Week Aug 26: 2.
Navstar system. IDRQ@ 7/198 1:937. 7/1983:989 [Rockwell contract]

Sundaram GS (1979) NAVSTAR/GPS: a unique US high-precision worldwide navigation system. IDR 7/1979: 1 142-1 146.

ELE -> SCALP -> CORTEX (TRANSCUTANEOUS STIMULATION)

Amassian VE & Cracco RQ (1987) Human cerebral cortical responses to contralateral transcranial stimulation Neurosurgery. 20: 148-155.
Amassian VE. Cadwell J, Cracco RQ & Maccabee PJ (1987) Focal cerebral and peripheral nerve stimulation in man withe the magnetic coil. J.
Physiol. 390:29P.

Amassian VE, Quirk GJ & Stewart M (1987) Magnetic coil versus electrical stimulation of monkey motor cortex. J. Physiol. 394:1 19P.
Amassian VE et al (1987) Physiological basis of motor effects of a transient stimulus to cerebral cortex. Neurosurgery 20:74-93.
Amassian VEet al (1988) Suppression of human visual perception with the magnetic coil over occipital cortex. J. Physiol. 398:408P.
Amassian VE et al (1988) Focal magnetic coil activation of human motor cortex elicits a sense of movement in ischemically paralyzed, distal arm. J
Physiol. 403:75P.

Amassian VE et al (1989) Focal stimulation of human cerebral cortex with the magnetic coil: a comparison with electrical stimulation, EEG Clin. N.
74,401-416.

Amassian VE et al. (1991) Paraesthesias are elicited by simple pulse, magnetic coil stimulation of motor cortex in susceptible humans. Brain 1 14:
2505-2520.

Ananev MG et al (1960) Anesthesiology 24: 215. [ele -> anesthesia]

Barker AT, Freeston IL, Jalinous R, Merton PA & Morton HB (1985) Magnetic stimulation of the human brain. J. Physiol. 369:3P.
Barker AT et al (1985) Non-invasive magnetic stimulation of the human motor cortex. Lancet i: 1 106-1 107.

Barker AT et al (1986) Cluneal evaluation of conduction tune measurements in central motor pathways using magnetic stimulation of the humna
brain. Lancet i: 1325-1326.

Barker AT et al (1987) Magnetic stimulation of the human brain and peripheral nervous system: an introduction and the results of an initial clinical

evaluatioa Neurosurgery 20: 100-109.
Cowan JMA et al (1984) Abnormalities in central motor pathway conduction in multiple sclerosis. LaNcet ii: 304-307.

Cowan JMA et al (1986) The effect of percutaneous motor cortex stimulation on H reflexes in muscles of the arm and leg in intact man. J. Physiol.
377: 333-347.

Cracco RQ et al (1989) Comparison of human transcallosal responses evoked by magnetic coil and electrical stimulation. EEG din. N. 74:417-424.
Day BL et al ( 1 986) Differences between electrical and magnetic stimulation of the human brain. J. Physiol. 378: 36P.

Day BL et al (1987) A comparison of the effects of cathodal and anodal stimulation of the human motor cortex thru the intact scalp. J. Physiol. 394:
118P

Day BL et al ( 1 987) Motor cortex stimulation in intact man. 2. Multiple descending volleys. Brain 110: 1191 - 1209.

Day BL et al (1988) Diffenrential effect of cutaneous stimuli on responses to electrical or magnetic stimulation of the human brain. J. Physiol. 399: 68

Fabian LW et al (1964) Aneslh. Analg. Curr. Res. 43: 87 [ele -> anesthesia]

Flach A (1958) Anesthetist 7: 180. [ele -> anesthesia]

Geddes LA (1965) Med. Elec. Biol. Eng. 3.11. [ele -> anesthesia]

Gedees LA (1987) Optimal stimulus duraUon for extracranial cortical stimulatioa Neurosurgery 20: 97-99.

Hassan NF et al (1985) Unexposed motor cortex sxcitation by low voltage stimuli. In: Morocutti C & Rizzo PA Eds. Evoked Potentials:

Neruphysiological and Cluneal Aspects. Elsevier, Amsterdam. 107-113.
Hess CW et al (1987) Responses in small hand muscles from magnetic stimulation of the human brain. J. Physiol. 388: 397-419.
Hill DK, McDonnell MJ & Merton PA (1980) Direct stimulation of teh adductor pollicis in man J. Physiol. 300: 2P-3P. [ele - skin ->
Maccabee PJ, Amassian VE. Cracco RQ & Cadwell JA ( 1 988) An anaysis of peripheral motor nerve stimulation in humans using the magnetic coil.

EEG cliaN. 70: 524-533.

Marsden CD, Merton PA & Morton HB (1983) Direct electrical stimulation of corticospinal pathways through the intact scalp in human subjects.
Adv Neruol. 39: 387-391.

Merton PA & Morton HB (1980) Stimulation of the cerebral cortex in the intact human subject Nature 285: 227.

XXII

Merton PA & Morion HB (1 980) Electrical stimulation of human motor and visual cortex through the scalp. J. Physiol. 305: 9P-10P.
Mills et al (1987) Magnetic and electrical transcranial brain stimulation: physiological mechanisms and clinical applications. Neurosurgery 20:
164-168.

Rosenthal J et al (1967) An anlysis of the activation of motor cortical neurons by surface stimulation. J Neurophysiol. 30: 844-858.

Rossini PM et al (1987) Mecliamsms of nervous propagation along central motor pathways: non-invasive evaluation in healthy subjects and in

patients with neurological disease. Neurosurgery 20: 183-191.
Rothwell JC et al (1987) Some experiences of techniques for stimulation of the human cerebral motor cortex through the scalp. Neurosurgery 20:

156-163.

Rothwell JC et al (1987) Motor cortex stimulation in intact man. 1 . General characteristics of EMG responses in different muscles. Brain, 110:
1173-1190.

Stephen V (1959) Med. J. Australia 1: 831. [ele -> anesthesia]

HEAD - MAGNETIC FIELD (MEG)

Brenner D, Williamson SJ & Kaufman L (1975) Visually evoked magnetic fields of the human brain. Science 190: 480. [SQUID <- mf]

Brenner D, Williamson SJ & Kaufman L (1978) Somaticaly evoked magnetic fields of the brain. Science 199: 81-83.

Cohen D (1968) Science 161:784 [head -> mf]

Cohen D (1972) Science 175: 664. [head -> mf]

Cohen D (1975) IEEE Trans. Magn. 1 1 : 694. [head -> mf]

Cohen D et al (1980) Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 77: 1447. [human haiiw mf]

Farrell, E.E., Tnpp, J.H., Norgren, R., Teyler, T.J. (1980) A itudv of the auditory evoked magnetic field of the human brain, EEG clin. Neurol. 49,
31-37.Q£6ja:!u{

GoffGD. Matsumiya Y, Allison T & GoffWR (1977) The scalp topography of human somatosensory and auditorv evoked potentials. EEG clin. N.
42: 57-76.

Gutman AU & Morgenshtern AM (1977) Possible mechanism of generation of MEG. Biofizika 22(3 )< May/June 1977.
Hughes JR et al (1977) Relationship of the MEG to abnormal activity in the EEG. J. Neurol. 217(2), Dec. 13.
Hughes JR et al 0 Relationship of MEG to the EEG: Normal wake and sleep activity. Clinical Neurophysiology 40(3)
Reite M & Zimmerman JE (1978) The magnetic phenomena of the central nervous sytem. Ann. Rev. Biophvs. Bioeng. 7: 167-188.
Reite M, Zimmerman JE, Edrich J & Zimmerman JT (1976) The human magnetoencephalogram: some EEG and related correlations. EEG clin. N.
40: 59-66.

Reite M, Edrich J. Zimmerman JT & Zimmerman JE (1978) Human magnetic auditory evoked fields. EEG cliaN. 45. 114-1 17.
Silver AH & Zimmerman JE (1967) Phys. Rev. 157: 317. [SQUID]

Teyler TJ, Cuflin BN & Cohen D (1975) The visual evoked magnetoencephalogram. Life Sci. 17: 683-692.
Taz CA & Thakor NV (1986) Monitoring brain electricaland magnetic activity. IEEE Eng. M.B. 5(3): 1 1-15.
Zimmerman JE et al (1970) J. Appl. Phys. 41: 1572. [SQUID]

Zimmerman JE ( 1977) SQUID instruments and shielding for low levelmagnetic measurements. J Appl. Phys. 48: 702-710.

MIND-READING MACHINE

Caylor, Ron (1976) Government working on machine that can read your mind. The National Enquirer Juen22, 1976 [Burdick(1981)]
Glenn JC (1989) Conscious Technology: the co-evolution of mind and machine. Futunst Sep/Oct 1989.
Mind-reading computer. Futunst May/June 1992, p. 49.

MAGNETIC — BIOEFFECTS

Alerstam, T. (1983) Role of the geomagnetic field in the development of bird's compass sense. Nature 306, 413.?

Baker, R (1980) Goal orientation in blindfolded humans after long distance displacemnt: possible involvement of a magnetic sense. Science 2 10, 555.

Baker, R (1983) Magnetic bones in human sinuses. Nature 301, 78.

Baker R (RuEaiaraduEaxu[aJu[) uwEle+e!6_me]eoe;«e^_VZe;-ANiCe_e!4!e _6]Qx

Becker, RO. (1963) The biological effects of magnetic fields - a survey. Med. Electron. Biol. Eng. 1, 293.
Becker, RO., Bachman, CC.R, & Friedman, H. (1962) N.Y. State J. Med. 62, 1 169.

Becker, RO. (1963) Relationship of geomagnetic environment to human biology. N.Y. State J. Med. 63, 2215.

Bell, G.B. et al (1992) Alterations in brain electrical activity caused by magnetic fields: detecting the detection process. EEG Clin. N. 83(6), 389-397.
Blakemore, R (1975) Magnetotactic bacteria, Science 190, 377.

Gaffey, C.T. & Tenforde, T.S. (1981 ) Alterations in the rat electrocardiograph induced by stationary magnetic fields. BEM 2, 357-370.
Gould, J.L., et al (1978) Bees have magneuc remanence. Science 202, 1026.?
Gould, J.L. (1993) Magnetic senses: birds lost in the red. Nature 364(6437) 491.

Hays, J.D. & Opdyla, N.D. ( 1 967) Antarctic radiolaria. magnetic reversals and climatic change. Science 158. 1001.

Jafary-Asl el al ( 1 983 ) J. Biological Physics 11:15. [nuclear magnetic resonance -> yeast growth]

Keeton, W. (1971) Magnets interfere with pigeon homing, Proc. Nat Acad. Sci. US 68. 102.

Semm, P. (1980) Effect of Earth strength magnetic field on electrical activity of pineal cells, Nature 288, 607.

Semm, P. (1983) Neurobiological investigations on the magnetic sensitivity of the pineal gland in rodents and pigeons. J. Comp Physiol B Biochem
Sys Environ Physiol 76, 683-689.

JOOTJ

Semm, P. et al (1984) Neural basis of the magnetic compass: interactions of visual, magnetic, and vestibular inputs in Hie pigwons' brain J Comp
Physiol A sens Neural Behav Physiol 155, 183-288.

MAGNETIC STIMULATION OF THE BRAIN ( MSB)

Barker AT etal. (1985) Non-invasive magnetic stimulation of human motor cortex. Lancet i: 1106-1107.

Benzel EC et al (1993) Magnetic Source Imaging: a review of the Magnes system of biomagnetic Technologies Incorporated. Neurosurgery 33(2):
252-259.

Biomagnetic Technologies: Magnetic Source Imaging (MSI) Magnes biomagnetometer

Neurosurgery 33(1): 166-168. [$2,500,000]
Cohen LG etal. (1990) Effects of coil design on delivery of focal magnetic stimulation: Technical considerations. EEGclin. N. 75: 350-357.
Day BL, Kick JPR, Marsden CD & Thompson PD ( 1 986) Differences between electrical and magnetic stimulation of the human brain. J. Physiology
378: 36P.

Day BL etal. (1987) Different sites of action of electrical and magnetic stimulation of the huma brain. Neuroscience Letters 75: 101-106.

Hess CW. Mills KR & Murray NMF (1986) Magnetic stimulation of the human brain: The effects of voluntary muscle activrty. J. Physiology. 378:

37P.

Hess CW, Mills KR & Murray NMF (1987) Responses in small hand muscles from magnetic stimulation of the human brain. J. Physiology 388:
397-419.

Kamada K et L (1993) Functional Neurosurgical stimulation with brain surface magnetic resonance Images and magnetoencephalography.
Neurosurgery 33(2): 269-273.

Maccabbee PJ, Amassian VE. Cracco RQ et al (1988) Focal magnetic coil ssumulation of human frontal cortex elicits speech related motor activrty

Soc. Neuroscience Abstracts. 14: 159.
Pascual-Leonc A et al. ( 1 994) Responses to rapid-rate transcranial magnetic stimulation of the human motor cortex Brain 1 7(4 ): 847-858
Seki Y et al (1990) Transcranial magnetic stimulation of the facial nerve: recording technique and estimation of the stimulated site. Neurosurg. 26(2):
286-290.

Tokimura H et al (1993) Transcranial magnetic stimulation excites the root exit zone of the facial nerve. Nerosurgery 32(3): 414-416.

MOSCOW SIGNAL

Anderson. Jack (1972) Washington Merry-Go-Round: "Brainwash" attempt by Russians ? Washington Post 1972.5.10

Anderson, J. (1975) Soviets aim rays at U.S. The Paterson News. 1975.5.16.

Berkley C (1976) A new occupational disease? - of diplomats. Editorial. Med. Res. Eng. 12(3) , 3-7.

Gwertzman, B. (1976) Moscow rays linked to U.S. bugging. NYT 1976.2.26. P. 1,4

Gwertzman, B. (1976) US radio spying in Sovit suffers: microwaves end usefulness of embassy's listening post in Moscow. NYT 1976.5.2. P.9

Gwertzman, B. (1976) Soviet dims beam at U.S. Embassy. NYT 1976.7.8. P.1,10

Pursglove. S.D. (1966) The eavesdroppers: Tallout' from R&D. Electronic Design 14(1 5):34-49.

Shipler. D.K. (1976) U.S.radiation report worried foreign diplomats in Moscow, NYT 1976.2.1 1

The microwave furor. Time 1976.3.22,2.23.

Toth, R.C. (1976) Soviet radiation at U.S.Embassy, NYT 1976.2.7 7

Wren, C.S. (1976) Bugging in Moscow causes Health scare, NYT 1976.2.9 P.4

MICROWAVE & ELF

Adey, W.R. Bell. F.R & Dennis, B.J. (1962) Effects of LSD, psilocybin and psilocin on tempral lobe EEG patterns and learned behaivor in the cat-
Neurology 12, 591-602.

Adey, W.R, Kado, RT... & Didio. J. (1962) Impedance measurements in brain tissue of animals using microvolt signals. Exp. Neurol. 5, 47-66.
Adey. W.R, Kado, RT., Didio, J., & Schindler, W.J. (1963) Impedance changes in cerebral tissue accompanying a learned discriminative

performance in the cat Exp Neurol. 7, 259-281.
Adey, W.R & Walter, DO. (1963) Application of phase detection and averaging techniques in computer analysis of EEG records in the cat Exp.

Neurol. 7, 186-209.

Adey, W.R. Dado, RT., Mcllwain, J.T. & Walter. D.O. (1966) The role of neuronal elements in regional cerebral impedance changes in alerting.

orienting and discriminative responses. Exp. Neurol. 15, 490-510.
Adey. W.R, Elul. R, Walter, RD, & CrandalL P.H. (1966) The cooperative behavior of neuronal population sdunng sleep and mental tasks, Proc.
Am. Electroenoeph. Soc. 86.

Adey, W.R (1972) Organization of brain tissue: is the brain anoisy processor ?
Int. J. Neuosci. 3.271-284.

Adey, W.R (1980) Frequency and power windowing in tissue interactions with weak electromagnetic fields. Proc IEEE 68, 1 19.
Adey. W.R (1981) Tissue interactions with non-ionizing electromagnetic fields. PhysioI.Rev. 61: 435-514.
Albert. E.N. & De Santis, M. (1975) Do microwaves alter nervous system structure? Ana NY Acad. Sci 247, 87-108.
Baldwin, M.S., Bach, S.A., & Lewis, S.A. (1960) Effects of radio frequency energy on primate cerebral activity, Neurol. 10, 178-187.
Baranski, S„ & Edelwejn. Z. (1968) Studies on the combined effect of microwaves and some drugs on bioelectric activity of the rabbit CNS, Acta
Physiol. Pol. 19, 37-50

Baranski, S. & Czerski, P. (1976) Biological Effects of Microwaves. Stroudsburg, PA Dowden, Hutchinson, and Ross. Inc.

XXTV

Bassett, C.A.L., Pawiuk.RJ. & Becker, RO (1964) Effects of electric currents on bone in vivo Nature 204, 652.
Bassett, C.A.L., et al (1974) Augmentation of bone repair by inductively coupled em fields. Science 184. 575-577.

Bassett, C. AL ct al (1974) Acceleration of fracture repair by em fields, a surgically non-invasive method Ann. NY. Acad. Sci. 238, 242-249
Bawin. S.M., Kaczmarek, L.K., & Adey, W.R (1975) Effects of modulated VHF fields on the central nervous system. Ana NY ad.Sci. 247. 74-81.
Becker RO, Bachman CH & Slaughter WC (1962) The longitudinal direct current gradients of spinal nerves. Nature 196: 67
Becker RO & Brown RM (1965) Photoelectric effects in human bone. Nature 206: 1325.

Becker. RO. (1965) The neural semiconduction control system and its interaction with applied electrical current and magnetic fields, presented at the

Zlth Int. Cong.Radiology. Sept. 1965.
Becker, RO. (1974) The basic biological data transmission and control svslem influenced by electrical forces. Ann. N.Y.Acad. Sci. 238, 236-241.
Becker, RO. (1985) The Body Electric, (NY, William Morrow)

Becker, RO. (1985) A theory of the interaction between DC and ELF em fields and living organisms, J. Bioeleetricitv 4, 133-142.
Becker, RO. (1990) Cross Currens

Q6 "Biological effects of electric and magnetic fields associated with proposed project seafarer." Rep. of the Committee on Biosphere Effects

of Extremely Low-Frequency Radiation, Division of Medical Sciences, Assembly of Life Sciences, National Research Council, National Academy of
Sciences, 1977.

QO Boffey, P.M. (1976) Project Seafarer, cntics attack National Academy's review gourp. Science 192, 1213-1215. (Proiect Sanguine]

Q6 Boffey, P.M.(?) (1976) Science 193. 653-656. [Project Sanguine] OXic

OO Borth, D.E. & Cam. C. A (1977) Theoretical analysis of acoustic signal generation in materials irradiated with microwave energy, IEEE

Trans. MTT 25. 944-954.

08 Brodeur, Paul (1977) The Zapping Of America, (NY. W.W.Norton & Company)

# Brodeur, Paul (1989) Currents of Death. Simon & Schuster. New York.

0.0 Brownell, W.E. et al (1985) Evoked mechanical responses of isolated cochlear outerhair cells. Science 227, 194-196.

# Bruce- Wolfe, V. & Adair. E.R (1985) Operant control of convecuve cooling and microwave irradiation by the squirrel monkey, BEM 6,

OX Burden, S.J., McKay. RD. (1990) Quantum mechanics of synapses, CeU 63, 7.E+u{£a

00 Burr HS & Northrup FSC (1935) The electrodynamic theory of life. Quart. Rev Biol. 10: 322.

06 Campbell HJ (1971) Smithsonian Oct 1971. [Sensory input normally stimulates the pleasure center of the brain]

06 Cleary, S.F. (1977) Biological effects of microwave and radiofrequency radiation,

CRC CnL Rev. Environ. Conlr. 7, 121-166.

# Cleary, S.F. (1980) Microwave cataractogenesis. Proc IEEE 68, 49.

06 Compilation of Navy Sponsored ELF Biomedical and Ecological Research Reports, Vols. 1 and II (Feb. 1975). Vol.IH(Jan. 1977).

Bethesda, MD: Naval Medical Research and Development Command,Feb. 1975. [available from the National Technical Information Service
Springfield, VA 22161]

06 Cope, F.W. (1971 ) Negative temperature coefficients in neurons. Physiol.chemist phys. 3. 403.

06 Cope, F.W. (1974) Superconductivity of nerves. Physiol, chemistry and physics. 6. 405.

06 Cope, F.W. (1975) A review of the applications of solid state physics ceoncepts to biological systems. J.biological physics. 3, 1.

0£ Cox CF et al. (1993) A test for teratological effects ofpower frequency magnetic fields on chick embryos. IEEE BME 40(7):

605-610. [10 micT-> negative effects]

06 DAndrea, J.A, Gandhi, O.P., & Lords, J.L. (1977) Behavioral and thermal effects of microwave radiation at resonant and nonresonant

wave lengths. Radio Sci. 12(6S), 251-256.

00 DAndrea, J.A, et al (1979) Physiological and biological effects of chronic exposure to 2450 MHz micrewaves. J. microwave Power 14,

351-362.

00 D' Andrea, J.A et al ( 1 980) Physiological and biological effects of prolonged exposure to 915 MHz microwaves, J. microwave Power ,15.

123-136.

Q0 D' Andrea, J.A et al (1986) Behavioral and physiological effects of chrome 2450 MHz microwave irradiation of the rat at 0.5 mW.cm2.

BEM 7,45-56.

00 DAndrea, J.A et al (1986) Intermittent exposure of rats to 2450 MHz microwaves at 2.5 mW/cm2 behavioral and physiological effects

BEM 7,315-328

06 de Lorge, J. (1973) Operant behavior of rhesus monkeys in the presence of extremely low frequency - low intensity magnetic and electric

fields: Experiment 2, NAMRL-1 179, Pensacola, FL: Naval Aerospace Medical Research Laboratory, Mar. 1973.

06 de Lorge, J. ( 1 974) A psychobiological study of rhesus monkeys exposed to extremely low requency low intensity magnetic fields,

NAMRL-1203, Pensacola, FL: Naval Aerospace Medical Research Lab. May 1974.

# de Lorge, J.O. (1984) Operant behavior and colonic temperature of Macaca mulatta exposed to radio frequency fields al and above
reasonant frequencies. BEM 5 , 233-246.

40 786 ? DelG ' UdiCe ' S " D ° eUa ' S " MUani ' M etai (1989) Ma 8 netic ^ 1 uantizalion *"> J°sephson behavior in living systems. Physica Scnpta.

06 Delgado JMR Monteagudo JL, Garcia-Garcia M. Leal J ( 1 98 1 ) Teratogenic effects of weak magnetic fields. IRCS Med Sci 9:42-48.?

# Delgado, J.M.R. et al ( 1 982 ) Embryological changes induced by weak, extremely low frequency electromagnetic fields. J AnaL 134
533-551.

# Delgado, J.M.R (1985) Biological effects of extremely low frequency em fields

J. Bioeleetricitv 4, 75-92.

00 Diebolt, J.R (1978) The influence of electrostatic and magnetic fields on mutation i drosophila melanogaster spermatozoa. Mutation Res.

57, 169-174.

00 Dixey, R. Rem, G. (1982) Noradrenaline release potentiated in a clonal nerve cell line by low-imensity pulsed magnetic fields. Nature

296. 253.

06 Dodge, CH. & Glaser. Z. R ( 1 977) Trends in nonionizing electromagnetic research and related occupational health aspects, J. Microwave

Power 12 (4), 319-334.

06 D/1L T. & D/ll. B. (1957) Deutsch. med Wshr. [magneuc storms -> suicides]

0O Edelwejn, Z. (1968) An attempt to assess the functional state of the cerebral synapses in rabbits exposed to chronic irradiation with

. Acta. Physiol. Pol 19. 897-906.

XXV

06 Edelwejn, Z., Elder, R.L.. Khmkova-Deutschova. E., & Tengroth, B. (1974) Occupational exposure and public health aspects of

microwave radiation, in Biologic Effects and Health Hazards of Microwave Radiation. P.Czerski et al.Eds. Warsaw, Poland, Polish Medical
Publishers.

OX Effects of EM Radiation () IEEE EMB 6(1)

# ELF: smaller still but not dead yet IDR 1 1/1981 : 1416-1417. [submarine comm. sys ]

00 Foley. P.B., el al ( 1 986) Pineal indoles: significance And measurement

Neurosci Biobehav Rev 10. 273-293.
QO Fraser. A. & Frey. AH. (1968) Electromagnetic emission at micron wavelengths from active nerves, Biophys.J.. 8,731-734.

tt Foster KR & Guy AW (1986) Sci. Am. 255: 32. (see also Sci. Am. 1986.12)

Ot Foster KR (1986) Am. Scientist March/April.

OO Fox SW (1965) A theory of macromelecular and cellular origins. Nature 205, 325.

OX Fox SW (1968) How did life begin ? Science & Technology Feb. 1968.

Frey, A.H. (1963) Human response to VLF electromagnetic energy. Nav.Res.Rev., 1-8.
Frey, A.H. (1963) Some effects on humans of UHF irradiation, Am.J.Med.Electron., 2, 28-31
Frey, A.H. (1965) Behavioral biophysics. Psychol. Bull., 63, 322-337

Frey, A.H. (1967) Brain stem evoked responses associated with low intensity pulsed UHF energy." J.Appl.Phvsiol.. 23. 984-988.
Frey, A.H., Fraser, A, Siefert E., & Brish, T. (1968) A coaxial pathway for recording from the cat brain stem during illumination with UHF energy,
Physiol.Behav., 3. 363-365.

Frey, A.H. (1971) Biological function as influenced by low-power modulated RF energy, IEEE Trans. MTT 19, 153-164.
Frey, A.H. & Messenger, Jr., R. (1973) Human perception of illumination with pulsed ultra-high frequency electromagnetic energy , Science 181,
356-358.

Frey, A.H. & Feld. S.R. (1975) Avoidance by rats of illumination with low power nonionizing electromagnetic energy, J. Comp. Phys. Psyhcol. 89.
183-188.

Frey, A.H. & Spector, J. (1976) Irritability and aggression in mammals as affected by exposure to em energy. Program and .Abstracts for URSI Ann.
meeting, Amherst, MA 93.1976.

Frey, AH. & Gendleman. S. (1979) Motor coordination of balance degradation during mw energy exposure. Bull. Psychonomic Soc. 14(6), 442-444.
Frey, A.H. & Wesler, L.S. ( 1 980) Tail pressure behaviors modification associated with microwave energy exposure, BEM 1 , 202.
Frey, A.H. & Wesler, LS. (1982) A test of the dopamine hypothesis of microwave energy effects. JBE 1,305-312. Q£ic
Frey, A.H. & Wesler, L.S. (1983) Dopamine receptors and microwave energy exposure.
J. Bioelectricity 2. 145-157.

Frey A.H. & Wesler, L.S. (1984) Modification of the conditioned emouoanl response m rats living in a 60 Hz electrical field. Bull. Psvchonorruc Soc.
22, 477-479.

Frey, A.H. (1985) Data analysis reveals significant microwave-induced eye damage in

Frey, A.H. & Wesler, L.S. (1990) Interaction of Psychoactive drugs with exposure to electromagnetic fields. J. Bioelectricity 9, 187-196.
Friedman, H., Becker. R.O.. & Bachman, C.H. (1963) Geomagnetic parameters and psychiatric hospital admissions. Nature 200, 626.
Friedman, H., Becker, R.O., & Bachman, C.H. (1965) Nature 205. 1050.

Friedman, H., Becker, R.O., & Bachman, C.FL (1967) Effect of magnetic fields on reaction time performance. Nature 213, 949.
Froehlich H (1968) Long-range coherence and energy storage in biological systems.

InL J. Quant. Chem. D: 641-649.
Froehlich H (1975) Evidence for Bose condensation-like excitations of coherent modes in biological systems. Phys. LetL 51 A: 21-22.
Froehlich H (1978) Coherent electric vibrations in biological svstems and the cancer problem.

IEEE MTT 26:613-617.
Frohlich, H.. Ed. (1988) Biological coherence and response to externa stimuli. New York. Springer.

Fujita, Y. & Sato, T. 1964) Intracellular records from hippocampal pyramidal cells in rabbit during theta rhvthms activity. J. Neurophysiol. 27,
1101-1025.

Fukida Eiichi () Ed. BBoard of J. Beioelectncity The Inst Chemical and Physical Res.. Wakc-shi Saitama 35 1. JAPAN
Gandhi OP (1974) Plolarization and frequency effects on whole animal absorption of RF energy. Proc. IEEE 62: 1171-1175.
Gandhi OP (1975) Conditions of strongest em power deposition in man and animals. IEEE Trans. MTT 23: 1021-1029.
Gandhi OP ( 1990) Biological Effects and Medical Applications of Electromagnetic Fields (Prenuce-Hall)
Gaston S. & Manaker M (1968) Pineal function: the biological clock in the sparrow. Science 160, 1125-1 127.

Gavalas-Medicu R. & Dav-Magdaleno, S.R. (1976) Extremely low frequency, weak electric fields affext schedule-controlled behavior of monkeys,
Nature 261, 256-258.

Glaser, Z.R. & Dodge. C.H. (1976) Biomedical aspects of radiofrequency radiation: A review of selected Soviet East European, and Western
references. Selected Papers of the USNC/URSI Annual Meeting (Boulder, CO, Oct 1975), HEW Publication (FDA) 77-8010/801 l,pp.2-34.
Gold M (1979) The radiowave syndrome. Science 80(1 ): 78-84.

Goodman, E.M., Greenebaunt B.. & Marron, M.T. (1980-) Bio-effects of extremely low frequency electromagnetic fields: variation with intensity,

waveform and indivudual or combined electric and magnetic fields, Rad. Res. in press.
Graf ER & Cole FE (1967) Radiant em energy and life, Recent Adv. Eng. Sci. 4 ,67.

Grissett, J.D. (1980) Biological effects of electric and magnetic fields associated with ELF communications systems. Proc IEEE 68. 98.
Greene, L.A., Rein, G. (1977) Release, storage and uptake of catecholamines by a clonal cell line of NGF responsive phaeochromocytoma cells.
Brain Res. 129, 247.

Greene, L.A, Rein, G. (1977) Synthesis, storage and release of acetylcholine by a noradrenergic phaeochromocyloma cell line. Nature 268, 349.
Grundler W & Keilman F ( 1978) Nonthermal effects of millimeter waves on yeast growth. Z. Naturforsch 33cm 15-22.
Guy, E. et al (1975) Effect of 2450 MHz radiation on the rabbit eye. IEEE Trans. MTT 23, June, 495.

Guy, A.W., Chou, C, Honson, R.B. & Kunz, L.L. (1980) Study of effects of long-term low-level RF exposure on rats: a plan. Proc IEEE 68, 92.
Guy, A.W. (1988) The bioelectromagneucs Research Laboratory, University of Washington: reflection on twenty-five years of Reaearch. BEM 9,
113-128.

Halberg, F., Cutkomp. L. Nelson. W., & Sothem, R. (1975) Circadian rhythms in plants, insects and mammals exposed to ELF magnetic and/or

electric fields and currents. University of Minnesota, Aug. 1975.
Hamer, J. (1968) Effects of low level low frequency electric fields on human reaction time. Commun. Behav. Biol. 2 (A), 217-222.

XXVI

Hathaway, J.A. (1979) reply lo DrZaret (letter to Ed), J. Occup. Med. 20, 316-317.
Hinton HE & Blum MS (1965) Suspended animation and the origin of life. New Sci.Oct. 28:270.
Holland JG (1957) Technique for behavioral analysis of human observing. Science 125: 348-350.
Hosmer H (1928) Science 68: 327. [the first report of mw -> heat => bioeffects]

Huai, C et al (1985) Experimental research in China on the biological effects of microwaves. J- Bioeleclricity 4. 103-120.

Huang, AT.. Engle, M.E.. Elder. J.A. Kinn, J.B.. & Ward, T.R. (1977) The effect of microwave radiation (2450 MHz) on the morphology and

chromosomes of lymphocytes. Rad Sci. 12(6S), 173-177.
Hum, E.L., King, N.W., Phillips, R.D. (1975) Behavioral effects of pulsed microwave radiation. Ana NY Acad. Sci. 247. 440-453.
Hutchison, Michael (1986) Mega Brain, (Ballantine)

IEEE Transactions on Microwave Theory and Techniques, MTT-19, No.2, Februay 1971. Special issue on b.ological effects of
microwaves 0£ 1 1 ( 1 ): 1 963 . 1 - (Z53-N4 1 5)

Karel Marha,"Microwave Radiation Safety Standards in Eastern Europe,"

Jaffe, R.A et al (1980) Chronic exposure to 60-Hz electric fields, effects on synaptic trasmission and peripheral nerve function in the rat BEM 1,
113-118.

Jaffe, R.A et al (1981) Chronic exposure to a 60-Hz electric field: effects on neuromuscular functio in the raL BEM 2, 227-239.
Jaggard, D.L. & Lords, J.L.(1980) Celular effects: millimeter waves and Raman spectra - report of a panel discussuon. Proc IEEE 68, 1 14.
Janchem, J. (1991) Alleged health effects of em fields: misconceptions in the scientific literature. J. mwave Power 26, 189-195. [Current Death]
Jasper, H. & Stefanis, C. (1965) Intracellular and oscillatory rhythms in pyramidal tract neurons in the cat. EEG Clin. Neurophysiol. 18, 541-553.
Johnson, C.C., & Guy, AW. (1972) Non-ionizing electromagnetic wave effects in biological materials and systems. Proc IEEE 60, 692-718.
Johnson, C.C. (1973) Research needs for establishing a radio frequency electromagnetic radiation safety standard, J. Microwave Power, 8, 367-388.
Johnson, C.C. (1975) Recommendations for specifying EM wave irradiation conditions in bioeffects research. J. Microwave Power 10, 249-250.
Josephson, B.D. { 1965) Advanced physics. 14. 419.

Justesen, D.R.. & King, N.W. (1970) Behavioral effects of low level microwave irradiation in the closed space situation, in Biological Effects and
Health Implications of Microwave RadiaUon. S.F.Cleary, Ed, pp.154-179.

Justesen, D.R. (1977) Diathermy versus the microwaves and other radio-frequency radiations: A rose by another name is a cabbage, Radio Sci. 12,
355-364.

Justesen, D.R., & Baud, R.C. Eds. (1979) Biological Effects of Electromagnetic Waves, special issue of Radio Sci. 14, no.65.

Justesen DR. Adair ER, Stevens C & Bruce-Wolfe V (1982) A comparative study of huma sensory thresholds: 2450 MHz microwaves vs. far i

nfrared radiation. BEM 3:1 17-125.
Kaiser F (1978) Coherent oscillations in biological systems. Z. Naturforsh. 33a: 294-304.
Kalrnijin, Ad J. (1982) Electric and magnetic field detection in Elasmobranch fishes. Science 218, 916.
Kaune. W.T. & Gillis, M.F. (1981) General properties of the interaction between animals and ELF fields, BEM 2, 1-1 L
Kaune, W.T. (1981) Interactive effects in 60 Hz electric-field exposure systems, BEM 2, 33-50.

Kholodov, Y.A. (1966) The Effect of Electromagnetic and Magnetic Fields on the Central Nervous System Moscow, USSR. Nauka, p.283.
Kim, Y.S. (1976) Some possible effects of static magnetic fields on cancer.

Tower int. Technomed. Inst J. Life Sci. 6, 1 1-28.
Kinouchi, Y. et al (1984) Design of a magnetic field generator for experiments on magnetic effects in cell cultures. BEM 5, 399-410.
Kinouchi, Y. et al (1988) Effects of static magnetic fields on diffusion in solutions, BEM 9,159-166.
Korbel, S.F. & Fine, J.L (1967) Effects of low intensity UHF radio fields as a function of frequency. Psychonom. Sci 9, 527.
Konig, H. (1959) Atmospherics penngster Frequenzen.

Z. Angew. Physik.. 1 1, 264-274. [earth rhythms]
Konig, H.H. & Ankermuller. F. ( 1960) Uber den Einfluss besonders niedcrfrequenter elektrischer Vorgange in der Almosphare auf den Menschen,

Naturwissenschaften, 47, 486-490.

Konig, H.H. (1974) Behavioral changes in human subjects associated with ELF electric fields, in ELF and VLF Electromagnetic Field Effects. M.A.
Persinger. Ed .New York: Plenum, 81-133.

Korbel, S. & Thompson. W.D, (1965) Behavior effects of stimulation by UHF radio fields. Psychological Reports, 17, 595-602.
Korbel, s. & Fine, H.L (1967) Effects of low intensity UHF radio fields as a function of frequency , Psychonomic Sci.. 9, 527-528.
Kritikos HN & Schwan HP (1972) Hot spots generated in conducting spheres by em waves and biological implications. IEEE Tran. BME 19: 53-58.
[resonant -> head]

Lai, H. et al (1983) Psychoactive drug response is affected by acute low-level microwave irradiation. BEM 4, 205-214.
Larsen LE et al (1974) A microwave decoupled brain temperature transducer.

IEEE Trans. MTT 22: 438-444.
Lawrence L. George (1973) Electronics and Brain Control. Popular Electronics July.

Leal J, Ubeda A, Trillo A, Monleagudo JL, Delgado JMR (1982) Modification of embryogenesis by magnetic fields.. Neuroscience 7(Suppl.):S77.
Lemer, E. (1984) Biological effects of electromagnetic fields, IEEE Spectrum Mar, 63.
Lemer, E. (1984) Biological effects of electromagnetic fields, IEEE Spectrum May, 57.

Lebovitz, R.M. ( 1 98 1 ) Prolonged microwave irradiation of rats: effects on concurrent operant behavior. BEM 2, 169-185.
Lewy, A.J. et al (1980) Light suppresses melatonin secretion in humans. Science 210, 1267-1269.

Lewy, A.J. et al (1982) Bright artificial light treatment of a manic depressive patient with a seasonal mood cycle Am J Psychiatry 139, 1496-1497.
Liboff A etal (1984) Science 223: 818. [ELF/VLF -> DNA sysiesis]
Liboff AR (1985) Cell-field interactions at extremely low frequencies.

Bull Am Physical Soc 30: 548a. [cylotron resonace]
Liboff A (1985) J. Biological Physics 13: 99. [cyclotron resonance]

Lilienfeld A.M., Tonascia, J., Tonascia, S. et al. (1978) Foreign service health status study evaluation of health status of foreign service and other
employee from selected Eastern European posts. Final rep. (Contract No. 6025-619073) to U.S. Dep. of State, July 31, 1978.
Lin, J.C. (1975) Biomedical effects of microwave radiation - a review,

Proc. Nat ElecuoaConf. 30 , 224-232.
Lin, J.C, Guy, A.W.. & Caldwell L.T. (1977) Thermographic and behavioral studies of rats in the near field of9!8-MHz radiations, IEEE Trans.

MTT. 25, 833-836.

Lin, J.C, Meltzer, R.J., & Redding, F.K. (1979) Microwave-evoked brainstem potentials in cats, J. Microwave Power 14. 291-296.

XXVII

Lisk RD & Kannwischer LR (1964) Light: evidence for its direct effect on the hypothalamic neurons. Science 146 272-273.
Lott J.R & McCain. H.B (1973) Some effects of continuous and pulsating electric fields on brain wave activity in rats. InL J. Biometeorol. 17,
221-225

Lu. S, Lotz, W.G & Michaelson S.M. ( 1980) Advances in microwave-induced neuroendocrine effects: the concept of stress. Proc IEEE 68, 73.
Lyle DB et ai (1988) BEM 9: 303. (60Hz ->' T-cell]

Lyskov, E.B. et al ( 1 993 ) Effects of 45 Hz magnetic fields on the functional stale of the human brain. BEM 14. 87-96.

Mantle. E.R & Persinger, M.A (1983) Alterations in subjective evaluations during acute exposures to 5 Hz but not 9 Hz magnetic field devices. J.
Bioelectricity 2, 5-14.

Manno, A A & Becker, RO. ( 1 977) Hazard at a distance: effects of exposure to the electric and magneuc fields of high volatge transmission lines.
Med Res. Eng. 12(5)

Marino, A A ( 1 985 ) We need a science court. J. Bioelectricity 4 , vii-viii.

Martin, AH. (1992) Development of chicken embryos following exposure to 60 Hz magnetic fields with differing wave forms BEM 13, 223-230.

Mather, J.G. ( 1 98 1 ) Magnetic sense of direction in woodmice for route based navigation. Nature 29 1 , 152

McAfee RD (1962) Physiological effects of thermode and mw stimulation of peripheral nerves. Am. J. Physiol. 203: 374-378

McAfee RD (1971) Analeptic effect of mw irradiation on experimental animals. IEEE Tran. MTT 19:251 -253

McAuliffe, Kathleen (1985) The Mind Fields, Omni Magazine, February. 1985.

McGeer, P.L., McGeer, E.G. (1980) Chemistry of mood and emotion. Annua] Rev. Psychology 31, 273-307.

McLaughlin J (1957) Tissue destruction and death from microwave radiation (radar). California Medicine 86: 336-339. [the first mw victim]

McRee, D.I. (1980) Soviet and Eastern European research on biological effects of microwave radiation. Proc IEEE 68, 84.

Medici, RG. (1980) Methods of assaying behavioral changes during exposure to weak electric fields. Proceedings of Conference XI: abnormal

animal behavior prior to earthquakes 01). US Geological Survey Open File Report 80-453, Menlo Park, CA 1 14-140.

Medici, R (1985.) Behavioral studies with em fields: implications. for psychobiology. J. Bioelectricity 4, 527-552.

Memo, J.G. et al (1985) Science and Standards = another viewpoint J. microwave Power 20, 55-56.

Michaelson, S.M. (1971) The Tri-Service Program, IEEE Trans. MTT 19 (2)

Michaelson, S.M., Houk.W.M... Lebda, J.A. Lu, S.-T., & Magin. R (1975) Biochemical and neuroendocrine aspects of exposure to microwaves.
Ana NY Acad. Sci. 247,21-45.

Michaelson, S.M. (1980) Microwave biological effects: an overview. Proc IEEE 68. 40.

Miller SL (1953) The production of amino acids under possible primitive Earth conditions. Science 1 17, 528.

Mitchell, C.L et al (1988) Some behavioral effects of short-term exposure of rats to 2.45 -00 Modak, AT. el al (1981) Effect of short electromagnetic

pulses on brain acetylcholine content and spontaneous motor activity of mice. BEM 2, 89-92.
Moisescu, D. & Margineanu. D (1970) Electromagnetic emission sources in the active nerve, Biophys.J., 10, 482-484.

Monteagudo. J.I., Ramirez, E. & Delgado, J.M.R (1984) Magnetic inhibition of bacterial growth. Abstr. in Proc. XXI Gen. Assembly Union Radio

Science International, Florence, Italy, August 27-30, 1984.
NORDIC SCIENCE(1992) Nature 360(6404). 1992.12.10.
O'connor. M.E. (1980) Mammalian teratogenesis and radio-frequency fields.

Proc. IEEE 68, 56.

O'leary JL & Goldring S (1964) DC potentials of the brain. PhysioL Rev. 44: 91.

Oscar, K.J., et al (1981) Local cerebral blood flow after mw exposure. Brain Rex. 204, 220-225.

Parker LN (1973) Thyroid suppression and adrenomedullary activation by low-intensity mw radiation. Am. J. Physiol. 224: 1388-1390.
Perry, F.S., Reichmanis, M., Manno, AA, & Becker, RO. (1981) EnvironmentalpoweT-frequencv magnetic fields and suicide. Health Phys 41,
267-277.

Persinger, M.A ed (1974) ELF and VLF Electromagnetic Field Effects, NewYork: Plenum, 81-133.

Persinger, M.A & Nolan, M. (1985) Partial amnesia for a narrative following application of theta frequency em fields. J. Bioelectricity 4, 481-494
Pethig. R. (1983) The Physical characteristics and control of air ions for biological studies. J. Bioelectricity 2, 15-36.

Pittendrigh CS & Minis DH (1964) The entrainment of circadian ossilations by light and their role as photoperiodic clocks. Am. Nat 98, 261-264.
PiUendrigh CS (1972) Circadian cycles and the diversity of possible roles of circadian organization in photoperiodic induction . Proc. Nat. Acad Sci.
USA 69, 2734-2737.

Polorny, AD., Mefferd RB.. Jr. (1966) Geomagnetic fluctuations and disturbed behavior. Ner Mental Dis 143, 140-151.
Presman, AS. (1964) The role of electromagnetic fields in physiological processes, Biofizika 1. 131-134.

Proc. Ad Hoc Committe for the Review of Biomedical and Ecological Effects of ELF Radiation Washington, DC. Navy Bureau of Medicine and
Surgery, Dec. 1973.

Purpura, D.P. & Cohen, B. (1962) Intracellular recording from thalamic neurons during recruiting responses, J. Neurophysiol. 25, 621.
Ramirez, E., Monteagudo, J L Garcia-Gracia, M. & Delgado, J.M.R (1983) Ovipositoion and development of drosophila modified by magnetic
fields. BEM 4,315-326.

Ramirez, E., Monteagudo, J.L.. Medrano, J.C. & Delgado. J.M.R (1984) Drosophila mutation induced by a pulsed magnetic field. Abstr. in Proc.

XXI Gen. Assembly Union Radio Science International Florence, Italy, August 27-30, 1984.
Pandal, W. & Randall, s. (1991 ) The solar wind and hallucinations - a possible relation due to magneuc disturbances. BEM 12, 67-70.
Reichmanis, M., Perry, F.S.. Marino, AA, Becker. RO. (1979) Relation between suicide and em field of overheat power lines. Physiol Chem Phvs

11,395-403.

Rem, G., Korins, K.. Pilla, A ( 1987) Inhibition of neurotransmitter uptake in a neuronalcell line by pulsed electromagnetic fields. Proceedings of the

9th Bioelectromagnetic Society. June 1987.
Rein, G. (1993) Modulation of neurotransmitter function by quantum fields. PACE 6(4) 19.

Reiter R (1960) Meteoribiologie - Und Electnzitat der Almosphare. (Akademische Verlabsgesellschafl Geest and Potig, Leipzig)
Reiter RJ, et al (1976) New horizons of pineal research. Am Zool 16: 93-101.

Richardson, A et al (195 1 ) Experimental cataract produced by three centimeter pulsed microwave irradiations. Arch. Ophth. 45. 382.

Roberti, B., Heebels, G.H., Hendrics, J.C.M., de Greet AH.AM., & Wohhuis, O.L (1975) rVehminary investigations of the effects of low-level

microwave radiation in spontaneous motor activity in rats. Ann. NY Acad Sci. 247. 417-423.

Rockwell, D.A, et al (1976) Psychologic and psychophysiologic response to 105 days of social isolation Aviat Space Environ Med i47, 1087-1093.
Rockwell, S. (1977) Influence of a 14,000 Gauss magnetic field on the radiosensitivitv and recovery of EMT6 cells in vitro. InL J radial Biol 31
153-160.

xxvm

Rommel SA & McCleave JD ( 1972) Ocean electric fields: perception bv American eels? Science 176: 1233.

Sadchikova, M.N. & Orlova. A. A. (1958; Cluneal picture of the clironic effects of electromagnetic microwaves, lnd. Hyg. Occupal. Dis. (USSR), 2,
16-22.

Sagaa P.M. & Medici, R.G. (1979) Behavior of chicks exposed to low-power 450 MHz fields sinusoidally modulated at EEG frequency, Rad. Sci 14
(6S). 239-245.

Sanza, J.N., & de Lorge, J. (1977) Fixed interval behavior of rats exposed to microwaves at low power densities. Radio Sci. 12(6S), 273-277.
SchmiuXD E., Speth, R.C., Welsch. F. & Schmidt, M.J. (1972) The use of microwave radiation in the determination of Acetylcholine in the rat brain,"
Brain Research, 38, 377-389.

Schwan, H.P. (1971) Interaction of Microwave and Radio Frequency Radiation with Biological systems. IEEE Trans. MTT 19 (2)
Schwan, H.P. & Foster, K.R. (1980) RF-field interactions with biological systems: electrical properties and biophysical. Proc IEEE 68, 104
Schwan, H.P. (1982) Microwave and RF hazard standard considerations. J. microwave Power 17, 1-10.
Schwan, H.P. (1984) Rp-hazards and standards: an historical perspective, J. microwave Power 19, 225-232.
Scott AC, et al (1973) The soliton: a new concept in applied science. Proc IEEE 61, 1443-1483.

Shamos, M.H. & Lavine, L.S. (1967) Piezoelectricity as a fundamental property of biological tissues. Nature 213, 267-269.
Shapiro ARet al (1970) Induced fields and heating within a cranial smicture irradiated by an em plane wave. IEEE Trans MTT 19: 187-196.
[resonant -> head]

Shigematsu et al ( 1993) 50 Hz magnetic field exposure system for small animals. BEM 14, 107-116.
Silverman. C. (1968) The Epidemiology of Depression, Baltimore. MD: Johns Hopkins Press. [SB251-1)
Silverman, C. (1973) Nervous and behavioral effects of microwave radiation in humans. Am J. Epidemiol. 97, 219-224.
Silverman. C. (1980) Epidemiologic studies of mivrowave effects. Proc IEEE 68, 78.

Smialowicz, RJ. et al (1981) Biological effects of long-term exposure of rats to 970 MHz radio frequency radiation. BEM 2. 279-284.

Stenek NH, et al ( 1 980) The origins of US safety standards for microwave radiation. Science 208: 1230-1 237.

Stenek NH (1983) Values in standards: The case of ANSI C95. 1-1982. Microwaves and RF May 1983: 137.141-42,164-67.

Stenek N (1984) Science and Standards - the case of ANSI C95.1-1982.J. mw Power 19. 153-158.

Stenek N (1984) Microwave Debate. MIT Press. Cambridge, MA

Stem SS et al (1979) Microwaves: Effect on thermoregulatory behavior in rats. Science 206: 1 198-1201.
Stem S (1980) Behavioral effects of microwaves. Neruobehav Toxicol 2: 49-58.

Subbola, A.G. (1958) The effect of a pulsed super-high frequency SHF electromagnetic field on the higher nervous activity of dogs. Bull. Exp. Med.
46, 1206-1211.

Szmigielski, S. et al (1982) Accelerated development of spontaneous and benzopyrene-induced skin cancer in mice exposed to 2450 MHz microwave
radiation. BEM 3, 179-192.

Takuma et al (1990) A three-dimensional method for calculating currents induced in bodies by ELF electric fields, BEM 1 1, 71-89.
Tanner, J.A. (1962) Reversible blocking of nerve conduction by alternating-current excitatioa Nature 195, 712. [a.c. -> nerve]
Tanner, J.A. (1966) Effect of microwave radiation on birds. Nature 210, 636.

Tanner, J A, Romero-Sierra, C . & Davie, S.J. (1967) Nonthermal effects of microwave radiation on birds. Nature 216. 1 139
Taylor, L.S. (1981) The mechanisms of athermal microwave biological effects. BEM 2, 259-267.
Tell, R. (1972) Broadcast radiation: how safe is safe ? IEEE Spectrum. Aug.. 43-51.

Tell, R.A & Mantiply, E.D. ( 1 980) Population exposure to VHF and UHF broadcast radiation in the United Stales. Proc. IEEE 68( 1 )Jan. 6.
Tenforde, T.S. Gaffey, C.T. et al (1983) Cardiovascular alterations in Macaca monkeys exposed to stationary magnetic fields: experimental

observations and theoretical analysis. BEM 4, 1-9.
Tesla, N. (1904) Transmission of energy without wires. Scientific American Supplement 57, 23760.

Thomas, J.R,, Finch, E.D., Fulk, D. W., & Burch, L.S. (1975) Effects of low level microwave radiation on behavioral baselines, Ann. NY Acad. Sci.
247. 425-432.

Thomas, J.R., & Maitlqand, G. (1977) Combined effects on behavior of low-level microwave radiation and dextroamphetamine, in Abstracts of
Scientific Papers p. 121 URSI 1977 Int. Symp. Biological Effects Electromagnetic Waves, Airlie, VA

Thomas JR, Burch L & Yeandle SS (1979) Microwave radiation and chlordiazepoxide: synergishc effects on fixed-interval behavior. Science 203,
1357-1358.

Thomas, J.R. et al (1982) Comparative effects of pulsed and continuous wave 2.8 GHz microwaves on temporally defined behavior. BEM 3,
227-236.

Thomas, J.R. et al (1985) Weak low frequency magnetic fields alter operant bewhaivor in rats, Abstracts of papers presented at the Seventh

Ann. Meeting of Bioelectroraagnetics Society.
Thomas JR, Schrot J & Liboff A ( 1986) Low-intensity magnetic fields alter operant behavior in rats. BEM 7. 349.
Trillo, M.A.. Jimenez, M.A., Leal, J . Ubeda. A & Delgado, J.M.R. (1983) Alterations and fractional recovery of chick embryos exposed

to em fields. Trans. 3rd Ana Meeting Bioelectncal Repair & Growth Society, San Francisco. CA, October 2-5. 1983, DJ, 49.
Tyazhelov, V.V., Tigranian. R.E., & Khizhniak. E.P. (1977) New artifact-free electrodes for recording of biological potentials in strong

electromagnetic fields. Radio Sci. 12(6S), 121-123.
Ubeda, A, Leal, J., Trillo, M.A, Jimenez, M.A & Delgado, J.M.R. (1983) Pulse shape of magnetic fields influences chick embryogenesis. J. AnaL

137.513-536.

Walcott, C. (1979) Pigeons have magnets. Science 205, 1027.

Walker, N.M.. et al (1984) A candidate magnetic sense organ in the yellowfin tuna, Thuraius albacares Science 224, 751.

Wallace, R.K. (1970) Physiological effects of transcendental mediatation. Science 167, 1751-1754.

Webb SJ & Dodds DD ( 1968) Inhibition of bacterial cell growth by 136 Gc microwave. Nature 218: 374-375.

Webb SJ & Booth AD (1969) Absorption of microwaves by micro-organisms.

Nature 222: 1199-1200.
Webb SJ & Booth AD (1971) Microwave absorption by normal and tumor cells.

Science 174. 72-74.

Webb SJ & Stoneham ME (1977) Resonances between 1011 and 1012 Hz in active bacterial cells as seen by laser rarnan spectroscopy. Phys Lett
63A;267-268

Webb SJ, Stoneham ME & Froehlich H (1977) Evidence for nonthermal excitation of energy levels in active biological systems. Phys Lett
63A:407-408.

XXK

Wehr, T.A. et al (1979) Phase-advance of circadian sleep-wake cycles as an anti-depressant Science 206. 710-713.

Welker, H. A et al (1983) Effects of an artificial magnetic field on serotonin N-acetyltransferase activity and melatonin content of the rat pineal gland,
Exp. Brain Res. 53. 7

Wellborn SN (1987) An electrifying new hazard.U.S.News & World Report March 30: 72
Wertheimer N & Leeper E (1979) Am. J. Epidemiology 109: 273.
Wike, EL & Martin, E.J. (1985) Comments on Freys' "Data .. " J. m.wave Power 20, 181
Wilson, B.S. (1988) Chronic exposure to ELF fields may induce depression . BEM 9, 195-205.
Wurtman, R.J. et al (1959) Effects of penealectomv and bovine pineal extracts in rats.
Am J Physiol 197, 108-110.

Zaret, M.M., Cleary, S.F.. Pastemack, B., et al. (1963) A study of Lenticular imperfections in the eyes of a sample of microwave workers

and a control population, Final Contract Rep. for Rome Air Development Center, RADC-TDR-6310125, Mar. 15. 1963.
Zaret, M.M. (1974) Selected cases of microwave cataract in man associated with concomitant annotated pathologies, in: Biologic Effects

and health Hazards of Microwave Radiation, P.Czerski, et al. Eds. Warsaw, Poland: Polish Medical Publishers, pp.294-301.
Zaret, M.M. (1976) Electronic smog as a potentiating factor in cardiovascular disease: A hypothesis of microwaves as an etiology for

sudden death from heart attack in North Karelia, Med. Res. Eng. 12(3), 13-16.
Zaret, M. (1978) Human Injury Relatable to Non-Ionizing Radiation IEEE-ERDA Symposium, The Biological Effects on Electro

Magnetic Radiation.

Zoeger, J. (1981) Magnetic material in the head of the common pacific dolphin, Science 213, 892.

M\V - AUDITORY

Adrian, D.J. (1977) Auditory and visual sensation stimulated by low-frequency dectric currents. Rad. Sci. 12, 243S-250S.
Airborne Instruments Lab. (1956) Proc. IRE 44. [the first RF sound report]

Borth DE & Cain CC (1977) Theoretical analysis of acoustic signal generation in materils irradiated with microwave energy. IEEE MTT
5: 944-954.

Bourgeois, Jr.,A.E. (1967) The effects of microwave exposure upon the auditory threshold of humans, Ph.D.Dissenauon, Baylor Univ.,

Waco, Tex.. Univ.Microfilms 67-2927, [AFrey (1971)]
Bourgeois, Jr.. A.E."The effects of microwave exposure upon the auditory threshold of humans," NASA Sci. and Tech. Info. Svc.

N68-23132, 1967. [AFrey (1971)]
Cain, C.A, & Rissman, W.J. (1978) Mammalian auditory responses to 3.0 GHz microwave pulses, IEEE Trans. BME 25: 288-293.
Cain. C.A. (1981) Biological effects of oscillating electric fields, BEM 2, 23-32.

Chou. C.K., Gal am bos, R., Guy, A.W.. & Lovely, RH. (1975) Cochlear microphonics generated by microwave pulses, J. Microwave
Power 10, 361-367.

Chou, D.K., Guy, A. W., & Galambos. R (1976) Microwave induced cochlear microphonics in cats, J. Microwave Power 1 1 (2), 171-173.
Chou, C.K., Guy, AW., & Galambos. R (1976) Microwave-induced auditory response, cochlear microphonics. Biological Effects of

Electromagnetic Waves, CC. Johnson et al Eds., HEW publication (FDA) 77-8010,89-103.
Chou, CK. Guy, A.W., & Galambos, R (1977) Characteristics of microwave-induced cochlear microphonics, Rad Sci. 12, 221S-228S.
Chou CK & Galambos R (1979) Middle ear structures contribute little to auditory perception of microwaves. JMP 14(4): 321-326.
Chou CK & Guy AW (1979) Microwave-induced auditory responses in guinea pigs: relationship of threshold and microwave-pulse

duration. Radio Sci 14(6S): 193-197.
Chou, C-K, Guy, AW., Foster, K.R.. Galambos, R., & Juslesen, D.R (1980) Holographic assessment of microwave hearing. Science 209,

1143-1144.

Chou, C.K., Guy, AW. & Galambos, R (1982) Auditory perception of RF em fields.

J. Acoust Soc. Am. 71(6), 1321-1334.
Chou, CK. et al (1985) Auditory response in rats exposed to 2450 MHz electromagnetic fields in a nrculary polarized waveguide, BEM
6, 323-326.

Flottorp, 0.(1953) Effect of different types of electrodes in electrophonic hearing," J. Acousi.Soc. Amer. 25, 236-243. [AFrey (1971)]
osier, K.R. & Finch. E.D. (1974) Microwave hearing: evidence for Ihermoacouslical auditory stimulation by pulsed microwaves. Science
185,256-258

Foster KR & Wiederhold ML (1978) Auditory responses in cats produced by pulsed ultrasound, J. Acoust. Soc. Am. 63, 1 199-1205.
Frey, AH. (1961 ) Auditory system response to radio frequency energy. Aerosp.Med., 32, . 1 140-1 142.
Frey, AH. (1962) Human auditory system response to modulated electromagnetic energy. J.Appl.Physiol.. 17, 689-692.
Frey, AH. & Coren. E. (1979) Holographic assessment of a hypothesized microwave hearing mechanism. Science 206, 232-234.
Frey. AH. & Coren. E. (1980) Holographic assessment of microwave hearing.
Science 209. 1144-1145.

Frey, AH. & Eicherl (1985) Psychophysical analysis of microwave sound perception, J. Bioelectricity 4, 1-14.

Goumay, L.S. (1966) Conversion of electromagnetic to acoustic energy by surface heating, J.Acous. Soc. Amer. 40, 1322-1330.

Guy, AW., Taylor, E.M., Ashleman, B., & Lin. J.C (1973) Microwave interaction with ihe auditory systems of humans and cats,

presented at 1973 IEEE Microwave Symp., (Boulder, CO, June 1973).
Guy, AW., Chou, C.IL, Lin, J.C. & Christensen, D. (1975) Microwave- induced acoustic effects in mammalian auditory systems and

physical materials, Arm. NY Acad. Sci. 247, 194-218.
Ingalls CE (1967) Sensation of hearing in electromagnetic fields. NY Stale J. Med. 67; 2992-2997
Jaramillo, F. & Marion, V.S (1 993) Auditory illusions and single hair cell. Nature 364(6437). 527.

Johnson RB, Lovely RH & Guv AW (1976) Microwave control of behavior an auditory phenomenon USNC/URSI Meeting, Amherst.
MA

Joines WT & Spiegel RJ ( 1 974) Resonance absorption of microwaves by the human skull. IEEE BME 2 1 : 46-48.

XXX

Joines WT (1976) Reception of microwaves bv the brain. Med. Res. Engng. 12:8-12.

Joines WT & Wilson BS (1981) Field-induced forces al deleclnc interlaces as a possible mechanism of RF hearing effects Bull. Math.
Biol. 43:401-413.

Justesen DR (1975) Microwaves and Behavior. Am. Psychologist 30 391-401. [Dr.Sharp's "voice transmission")

King. N.W., Justesen, D R. & Clarke. RL. (1971) Behavioral sensitivity to microwave irradiation Science 172, 398-401.

Lebovitz RM (1975) Detection of weak em radiation by the mammalian vestibulocochlear apparatus. Ann. NY. Acad. Sci. 247: 1 82-193.

Lebovitz, R.M. & Seaman, R.L. ( 1 977) Microwave hearing: The response of single auditory neurons in the cat to pulsed microwave

radiation, Rad. Sci 12. 229S-236S.
Lebovitz, RM. & Seaman, R.L. (1977) Single auditory unit responses to weak, pulsed microwave radiation, Brain Res 126. 370-375.
Lin, J.C. (1975) Microwave auditory effect - a comparison of some possible transduction mechanisms, J. Microwave Power, 1 1, 77-81
Lin, J.C. (1976) Microwave-induced hearing : some preliminary theoretical observations, J Microwave Power vol. II. 295-298
Lin, J.C. (1977) On microwave-induced hearing sensation, IEEE Trans. MTT 25, 605-613.
Lin, J.C. (1977) Further studies on the microwave auditory effect, IEEE Trans. MTT 25, 938-943.

Lin, J.C. (1977) Theoretical calculations of frequencies and thresholds of microwave-induced auditory signals, Rad Sci. 12, 237S-242S.
Lin. J.C. (1978) Microwave .Auditory Effects and Applications. Springfield, IL. C.C.Thomas.

Lin, J.C, Meltzer. RJ.... & Redding, F.K (1978) Microwave-evoked brainstem auditory responses, Proc. San Diego Biomed. Symp. 17,
461-465.

Lin, J.C, Meltzer, RJ. & Redding, F.K. (1978) Characteristics of microwave auditory effects : Theory and experiment. URS1 Open Symp.

Biol. Effects Electromagnetic Waves (Finland, Aug. 1978)
Lin, J.C. (1980) The Microwave Auditory Phenomena. Proc. IEEE 68, 67
Moeser W (1962) Whiz Kid, Hands Down, Life 1962.9.14

Olsen, RG. & Lin, J.C. (1981) Microwave pulse-induced acoustic reasoannces in sphencal head models, IEEE TRans. MTT 29,
1114-1117.

Olsen, RG. & Hammer, W.C (1981) Evidence for microwave-induced acoustical resonances in biological material . J. microwave Power
16, 263-270.

Olsen, R.G. & Lin, J.C. (1983) Microwave-induced pressure waves in mammalian brain, IEEE Trans. BME, 30, No.5, 289-294.
Rissman. W.J. & Cain, CA (1975) Microwave hearing in mammals, Proc. Nat Electron. Conf. 30, 239-244.
Sharp, J.C, Grove, H.M., & Gandhi. O.P. (1974) Generation of acoustic signals by pulsed microwave energy. IEEE Trans. MTT 22,
583-584.

Sharp, J.C. (1979) Some perspectives on research into biological resopnse to non-ionizing electromagnetic radiation. Rad. Sci. 14 (1)
5-10

Sommer, H.G.& VonGierke, H.E. (1964) Hearing sensations in electric fields.Aerosp.Med.,35, 834.

Taylor. E.M. & Ashleman, B.T. (1974) Analysis of the central nervous involvement in the microwave auditory effect. Brain Res. 74,
201-208.

Tyazhelov, V.V. et al (1979) Some peculiarities of auditory sensations evoked by pulsed microwave fields Rad. Sci. 14(6S), 259-263.
Los Angeles Herald-Examiner, Nov. 22, 1976. ( m.wave -> sounds/voice )
White, R.M. (1963) Generation of elastic waves by transient surface heating,
J. Appl. Phys. 34, 3559-3569.

White, R.M. (1963) Elastic wave generation by electron bombardment or electromagnetic wave absorption, J. Appl. Phys. 34, 2123-2124.
Wilson BS, Joines WT & Casseday JH (1976) Responses of auditory nerve fibers to pulses of microwave irradiation: evidence of a direct

effect of microwave radiation at hair cells of the cochlear. 1976 USNC/URS1 Meeting, Amherst, MA
Wilson. B.S., Joines, W.T., et al (1980) Responses in the auditory nerve to pulsed. CW, and stnusoidally-modulaled microwave radiation.

BEM 1,237.

Wilson BS, Zook JM, Joines WT & Casseday JH (1980) Alterations in activity at auditory nuclei of the rat induced by exposure to mw
radiation: autoradiographic evidence using 1 14C]-2-deoxy-D-glucose. Brain Res. 187: 291-306.

Wilson BS, Kobler JB, Casseday JH & Joines WT (1983) Spectral content of mw-indduced auditory stimuli as demonstrated by
[14C]-2-deoxy-D-glucose uptake at theinferior colliculus. Bioelectromagnetics Abstracts 5:46.

Wilson, B.S. & Joines. WT (1985) Mechanisms and physiologic significance of m.w. action on auditory system. J. Bioelectncity 4,
495-526.

ACOUSTICS

Anderson AB & Munson WA ( 1 95 1 ) Electrical excitation of nerves in the skin at audio frequencies.
J. Acoust. Soc. Am. 23, 155.

von Bekesy G ( 1 948) Vibrations of the head in a sound field and its role in hearing by bone conduction. J. Acoust Soc. Am. 20. 749.
Bilsen FA & Ritsma RJ ( 1 969/ 1 970 ) Repetition pilch and its implication for hearing theory Acustica 22 : 63-73 (review)
Bilsen. F.A. & Ritsma, RJ. (1970) Some parameters influencing the perceptibility of pitch. J. Acoust Soc. Ame. 47, 469-475
Dallos, R. et al (1972) Cochlear inner and outer hair cells: functional differences. Science 1 77, 356-358
D*\ts H ( 1 935) The electrical phenomena of the cochlea and the auditory nerve.

J. Acoust. Soc. Am. 6: 205-215. [sound wave -> cochlea potential]
Flottorp G (1953) Effects of different types of electrodes in electrophonic hearing.

J. Acoust Soc. Am. 25, 236.
Jones RC et al (1940) Three mechanisms of hearing by electrical stimulation.

J. Acoust Soc. Am. 12, 281.

Nafklin, 1.(1 977) The peripheral hearing mechanism: new biophysical concepts for transduction of the acoustic signal to an electrochemical event.

Physiol. Chemi. Physics 9. 337-382.

Ritsma, R.J. (1962) Existence region of the tonal residue 1.

XXXI

J Acoust Soc. Amer. 34, 1223-1229.

Schouten, J.F... Ritsma, R.J.. & Cardozo, B.L. (1962) Pilch of the residue.

J. Acoust. Soc Am. 34, 1418-1424
Stevens SS (1937) On hearing by electrical stimulation. J. Acoust Soc. Am. 8, 191.

Tiitinen, H. et al (1993) Selective attention enhances the auditory 40 Hz transient response in humans. Nature 360(6404)
Zwislock J (1957) In search of the bone-conduction threshold in a free-field sound field
J. Acoust Soc Am. 29, 793.

EM -> HEART

Birenbaum L, Kaplan IT. Metlay W, Rosenthal SE & Zaret MM (1975) Microwave and infrared effects on heart rate. JMP 10(1): 3-18.
Blanch:, C, Cedrini, L., et al (1973) Exposure of mammalians to strong 50-Hz electric fields: effect on heart's and brain's electrical activity. Arch
Fisiol 70, 33-34.

Chou, C. K. ei al ( 1980) Microwave radiation and heart-beat rate of rabbits,
J. microwave Power 15, 87.

Clapman RM & Cain CA ( 1975) Absence of heart rage effects in isolated frog heart irradiated with pulse modulated mw energy. JMP 10(4): 411-419.
Frey, A.H., & Siefert, E. (1968) Pulse modulated UHF energy illumination of the heart associated with change in heart rate, Life Sci., 7, 505-512.
Frey, A.H. & Eichert (1986) Modification of heart function with low intensity electromagnetic energy, J. Bioelectricity 5, 201-210.
Kaplan IT, Metlay W. Zaret M, Birenbaum L, & Rosenthal SW (1971) Absence of heart rage effects in rabbit during low level mw

irradiation. IEEE Tran. MTT 19(2): 168-173.
Liu LM, Rosenbaum FJ & Pickard WF (1976) The insensitivity of frog heart rate to pulse modulated mw enrgy JMP 1 1(3). 225-232.
Lords JL, Dumey CH, Borg AM & Tinney CE (1973) Rate effects in isolated hearts induced by mw irradiation. IEEE Trans. MTT 21 :

834-836.

Olson RG, Dumey CH, Lords JL & Johnson CC (1975) Low level mw interaction with isolated mammalian hearts, Symposium

Proceedings, Microwave Power, Waterloo. Ontario, IMPI Canada,pp. 76-78.
Sutton CH & Nunnally RL (1973) Exogenous peroxidase activity in the selectively hyperthermic rat brain. Proc. Fed. Am. Soc. Exp Biol

32: 859.

Tinney, C.E., Lords, J.L., & Dumey, CH. (1976) Rate effects in isolated turtle hearts induced bv microwave radiation, IEEE Trans. MTT
24. 18-24.

MW — EEG

Adey, W.R. (1974) The influences of impressed electrical fields at EEG frequencies on brain and behavior. In Behavior and Brain

Electrical Activity H.EItshuler & N.Burch, Eds. Plenum Publishing Co. , NY.
Baranski S & Edelwejn Z (1967) EEG and morphological investigations upon influence of microwaves on central nervous system Acta

Physiol. Pol. 18: 423.

Baranski S & Edelwjn Z (1975) Experimental morphologic and EEG studies of mw effects on the nervous system Ana N Y Acad Sci
247: 109.

Bawin, S.M., Gavalas-Medici, R.J.. & Adey, W.R (1973) Effects of modulated very high frequency fields on specific brain rhythms in
cats. Brain Res. 58, 365-384.

Caccia M & Castelpiertra R (1985) Electroencephalogram synchronization induced by em low frequency field administration in normal

humans )preliminary observations).Bioelectrochem Bioenerget 1 4, 2 1 5-2 1 8.Q@u£ic
Direnfeld L.K. (1983) The genesis of the EEG and its relation to em radiation, J. Bioelectricity 2, 1 1 1-121.

Gavalas, R.J., Walter. DO., Hamer, J. & W.R. Adey (1970) Effect of low-level low-frequency' electric fields on EEG and Behavior in

MACACANEMESTRTNA, Brain Res. , 18, No.3, 491-501.
Servantie, B., Servantie, A.M., & Etienne, J. (1975) Synchronization of croucal neurons by a pulsed microwave fild as evidenced bv

spectral analysis of EEG from the white rat Ann. NY Acad Sci. 247, 82-86.
Takashima S, Oronal B & Schwan HP (1979) Effects of modulated RF energy on the EEG of mammalian brains. Rad Environ. Biophvs.

16: 15-27.

MW - BLOOD BRA EN BARRIERS

Albert, E.N. (1979) Current status of microwave effects on the blood-brain-barriers, J. microwave Power 1 4, 28 1-285.

Frey, A.H., Feld S.R.. & Frey, B. (1975) Neural function and behavior: defining the relationship. Ana NY Acad Sci. 247,, 433-439.

Frey AH (1980) On microwave effects al the blood-brain barrier Bioelectromagnetics Society Newsletter 18 (November 1980): 4-5.

Frey, A.H. (1983) Comments on "Microwaves and the BBB" J. Bioelectricity 2(1), 83-88.

Justesen, D.R. (1980) Microwave irradiation and the blood-brain barrier. Proc IEEE 68, 60.

Merritl H.H.. Chamness. A.F.. & Allen, S.J. (1978) Studies on blood-brain barrier permeability after microwave-radiauoa Rad Environ
Biophys. 15,367-377.

Oscar, K.J. & Hawkins, T.D. (1977) Microwave alterations of the blood-brain barrier system of rate. Brain Res. 126, 281-293.

XXXII

MW - Ca2+

Adey. W.R & Bawin, S.M. (1977) Efflux of calcium and amino acids from cerebral tissues with weak, low frequency electric fields. Fed.
Proc. 36, 589.

Adey, W.R. & Bawin SM (1982) Binding and release of brain calcium by low level electromagnetic fields. Rad. Sci. 17(5s) 149.

Bawin, S.M. & Adey, W.R. (1976) Sensitivity of calcium binding in cerebral tissue to weak environmental electric fields oscillating at low

frequency, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA 73. 1999-2003.
Bawin. S.M., Sheppard, AR & Adey, W.R. (1978) Bioelectro-chem. Bioenergetics. 5, 67-76. [0.1 - 1.0 mW/cm2 -> 45Ca2+]
Bawin, S.M., Adey, W.R & Sabbot, I.M. (1978) Ionic factors in release of 45Ca2 from chicken cerebral tissues by electromagnetic fields,

Proc. of the Nat. Acad. Sci.. USA 75, 63 14-63 18.
Blackman, C.F., Elder, J. A, Weil, CM.. Benane. S.G. & Eichinger, D.C. (1977) Two parameters affecting radiation-induced Ca-i-+ efflux

from bratn tissue, in Abstrancts 1977 Int. Symp Biol. Effects Electromagenuc Waves (Oct 30-Nov.4. 1977, Airlie. VAX

p.101.

Blackman. C.F.. Elder, J. A, Wil, CM., Benane, S.G., & Eichinger. D.C. (1979) Modulation-requency and field-strength dependent
induction of calcium-ion efflux from brain tissue bv radio-frequency radiation, Radi Sci. 14, 93-98

Blackman, C.F., et al (1980) Calcium-ion efflux from brain tissue: powr-density vs internal field-intensity dependencies at 50-MHz RF
radiation, BEM 1,277-283.

Blackman, C.F. et al (1985) Effects of ELF (1-120 Hz) and modulated (50 Hz) RF fields on the efflux of calcium ions from brain tissue in

vitro. BEM 6, 1-11.
Blackman CF et al (1985) BEM 6: 327 [Earth -> Ca++]

Blackman,CF. el al (1988) Influence of electromagnetic fields on the efflux of calcium ions from brain tissue in vitro: a three model

analysis consistent with the frequency reaponse up to 510 Hz.. BEM 9, 215-227.
Kaczmarek. LK & Adey. W.R (1973) The efflux of 45Ca2+ and 3H-gamma aminobutyric acid from cat cerebral cortex. Brain Res. 63,

331-342.

Kaczmarek, LK. & Adey, W.R (1974) Weak electric gradients change ionic and transmitter fluxes in cortex. Brain Res. 66, 537-540.
Rasmussen, H. (1970) Cell communication, calcium ion, and cyclic adenosine monophosphate. Science 170. 404-412.

BIORHYTHMS

AschoffJ (1965) Circadian rhythms in man. Science 148, 1427-1432.

Blackman S & Catalina D (1973) The moon and the emergency room Percept Mot Skills 37: 624-626.
Brown FA (1959) Living clocks. Science 130. 1535.

Brown FA (1971) Some orientational influence of non-visual terrestrial em fields. Ana N Y. Acad. Scie. 188: 224-41.

Brown FA (1972) The "Clocks" timing biological rhythm. Am. Scientist 60, 756.

Lanzerotti LJ (1988) The Earth's magnetic environment Sky and Telescope Oct 1988.

Lemer EJ (1988) The Big Bang never happened. Discover June 1988. [magnetic -> universe]

Lieber AL(1978) Human aggression and the lunar synodic cycle. J. Clin. Psychiatry 39: 385-391

Newell ND (1963) Crises in the history of life. Sci. Am 205.77. [species extinctions]

Schumann (1952) Z. Naturforsch. 7 A 1 50

Thiemann W & Jarzak U (1981) Origins of Life 11: 85. [magnetic -> life]
Weller G et al (1987) Science 238: 1361. [present knowledge of the magnetosphere]

Wever R (1973) Human circadian rhythms under the influence of weak electric fields and the different aspects of these studies. Int J.

Biometeorol. 17. 227-232.
Wever R (1975) The circadian multi-oscillatory system of man, lnt J. Chronobiol. 3 1, 19-55.
Winstead K et al (1981) Biorhywms: fact or superstition. A J. Psychiat 138(9), 1 188.

EM WEAPONS (&NON-LETHAL WEAPONS)

NBC News Magazine by David Brink)eyu(§1981.3.13

Alexander, J.B., LtCoL.US Army (1980) The new menial battlefield. Military Rev. December 47-54.
Alexander, J.B. US Army. Ret (1989) Anlimatenal technology. Military Rev. Oct

Bearden. T. (1978) Soviet Psychotronie Weapons. A condensed background. Specula, March-June, pp.20 .27
Byrd EA (1979) Technology Tommorrow June 1979.

deCaro. Chuck (1987) The zap gap.The Atlantic March 1987. [David fratus( 1988)]
Cooper P (1994) ARPA office takes on crime.Defense News 1994.6.27/7.3, p. 16
DOD (1988) Soviet Military Power, pp.146.

Electromagnetic-gun competition IDR 12/1982:1748 [not an EM radiation weapon]

Giovanni de Bnganti (1994) Lasers, viruses, may rule no-fly zone sky. Defense News Feb.7-13: 1,45.

Holzer R & Munron (1992) Microwave weapons stun Iraqis. Defense News April 13-19. 1,52.

Holzer R (1992) US Navy to study use of laser weapons aboard combat ships. Defense News April 27-May 3

International Herald Tribune 1993.12.23 [Zhirinovsky's secret weapon]

Kieman V (1993) War over weapons that cant kill. New Scientist 140(1903): 14.

LaMothe JD (1972) Controlled Offensive Behavior - USSR (Unclassified). Defense Intelligence Agency. Washington, D.C.
Lovece J (1994) CIA asked to review 'Buck Rogers' Weapoa Defense Week Jan.18: 6. [sound resonance weapon]

XXXIII

Maire QX L.F & LaMothe. J.D (1975) Soviet and Czechoslovaks Parapsycholody Research (Unclassified), Defense Intelligence

Agency'. Washington, D.C.
Mar, KK (1986) Bnad-less tank killer. U.S.Naval Institute Proc. September

Martinez, Thomas and Guinther. John (1988) The Brotherhood of Murder NY, McGraw-Hill. [The Order- $.lm-> scientists]
Michrowski A (1980) Covert ELF Warfare, Specula . January-March, p.27.
Morrison, D. (1989) Tactical laser weapons. Lasers Optronics May

Newell, C.R. LtXol. US Army (1989) The technological future of war. Military Rev. Oct 22-28.
One to One: Edward Teller (1992) Defense News May 25-31: 30,

Opall B (1992) Pentagon forges strategy on non-lethal warfare. Defence News Feb,17:l,J0.
Opall B ( 1 992) Pentagon units jostle over non-lelhal initiative. Defence News March 2: 6.

Opall, Barbara (1993) US explores Russian mind-control technology. Defense News Jan 1 1-17: 4, 29. [Slonehjll,1994]
Opall B (1994) DoD to boost nonlethal options. Defense News March 28-Apr 3: 46.
Opall B (1994) Sound waves may target N. Korean tunnels. DN June 13-19: 1,37.
Polsky D (1992) Livermore plans tiny laser weapons Defense News June 1-7: 22-23.

Slayton, B.F.. Mj. US Army (1980) War in the Ether Soviet radio-electronic warfare. Militarv Rev. Jan. 1980, 56-68
Starr B (1993) Non-lethal weapon puzzle for US Army, InL Defense Rev. Apr. 319.
Starr B (1994) Pentagon maps non-lethal options. IDR 30-39.
StonehilL Paul (1994) Fate Feb.1994.

StonehilL Paul (1994) Russians still bent on mind control, UFO 9(3): 16-17.

Tapscott, M. (1993) DOD. Intel agencies look at Russian mind control technology. Defense Electronics July, 17.
Tennenbaum AN & Moore AM (1993) Non-lethal weapons. Futurist Sep/Oct: 20-23.

Tyler PE ( 1 986) The electromagnetic spectrum in low-intensity conflict. In Low-Intensity Conflict and Modern Technology, edited by
LLCoLDavid J Dean. USAF Center for Aerospace Doctrine, Research, and Education. Maxwell Air Force Base. Ala.: Air
University Press. QtWalter Reed's microwave research Department: its history and mission [Part 1 of two parts]. (1989) in
Bioelectromagnetics Society Newsletter Jan/Feb 1989.

Weinschenk A (1993) Non-lethal weaopns group set to form in March-Defense Week Nov.22: 1,14.

Younger SM (1993) AGEX II, the bigh-energy-density regime of weapons physics.Los Alamos Science No.21 : 63.

Zigunenko, Stanislav (1992) Tekhnika Molodezhi Magazine Sept. 1992 [StonehilL 1994]

INTERNAL SECURITY EQUIPMENT

Hogg IV ( 1 989) Keeping them out : solutions to perimeter protectioa IDR 1 0/ 1 989:33-37. [mw sensor, etc]

Internal Security Equipment Survey (1980) IDR 8/1980: 1261-1265. [mw sensor, &c]

Internal Security Equipment Survey (1981) IDR 10/1981: 1347-1348. [strobe gun, &c]

Internal Security Equipment Survey ( 1 984) IDR 6/1 984: 804. [perimeter protection sys]

Internal Security Equipment Survey (1985) IDR 6/1985: 925-927.[mw sensor.&c]

Israel stun grenade IDR 10/1987:1386.

Lovece J ( 1993) FBI used military robots in Waco standoff but got mixed results.Defence Week Mav 17: 16.

EM - VICTIMS

mediaecco Stockholm

(1993) NZ Herald 1993.1.30.1.31 [Mr. Larry Hammond]

Besly, Kimm ( 1 984) Electro Magnetic Pollution : A Little Known Health Hazard A New Means of Control ?, Preliminary Report

Greenham Common Women's Peace Camp, Inlands House, Southboumed Ensworthv. Hants, England PO10 8JH. 1984. "

Chamberlain P ( 1993) Frequency assault : the case of the Vemeys. OPEN Eve 2: 28.

Farkas K (1991) Psychiatrist testifies at mom's hearing. The Plain Dealer 1991.6.28

Koski M (1981) My life depends on you I

Neal RM (1991) Paralysis by microwaves. MUFON 283: 14.

Rex Niles !<— , Los Angeles Times March 28, 1988.Part II p.l&8 (Z92-I76)

Slesin L ( 1 987) Zapped ? The Nation March 1 4 [the Greeham Common]

SovData DiaLine - Soviet Press Digest, February 1 5, 1992.

(DELOVOI MIR) (see 1985/Voronezh)

Wade N (1972) Fischer-Spassky charges: What did the Russians have in mind?
Science 177: 778

ULTRASONICS

Ben-Hur, E. & Green. M. (1982) Temperature dependence of ultrasound-induced cell killing: the role of membrane fluidity, BEM 3.
247-251.

Carstensen, E.L. (1982) Biological effects of low-temporal average-intensity, pulsed ultrasound, BEM 3, 147-156.
Henry GE (1954) Ultrasonics. Sci. Am. 190(5). May.

Young, R. & Henneman. E. (1961) Reversible block of nerve conduction by ultrasound. Archives of Neurology (Chicago), 4,
83-89.[SwetU981] u.sonic -> frog nerve.

SUBLIMINAL

Bevan W (1964) Subliminal stimulation: a pervasive problem for psychology Psychol. Bull. 61: 81-99.
Bryce, Susan (1992) Television: Drug of the nation. Nexus 2(10): 11-14.
Clark E (1988) The Want Makers Hodder & Stoughton.
Dixon NF () Subliminal Perception.

Eagle (1959) The effects of subliminal stimuli of aggressive content upon conscious cognition. J. Pers. 27: 578-600.

House of Representatives, Committee on Science and Technology , Subcommittee on Transportation, Aviation and Materials (1984)

Subliminal Communication Technology.
Key WB( 1974) Subliminal Seductions. Signet Books, NY.
Key WB 0 Media Sexploitation.

Key WB (1980) The Clam Plate Orgy . Prentice Hall, Sydney

Spence DP (1967) Subliminal perception and perceptual defence: two sides of a single problem. Behav. Sci. 12": 183-193.
U.S. Patent § 3773049 Nov. 20th 1973

PSYCHIATRY AND MIND CONTROL ... PSYCHOSIS OR MIND-CONTROL

TINNITUS [RN 1994.4.26]

Shulman A ( 199 1 ) Tinnitus D.agnos.sTreatmenL Lea and Febiger, Philadelphia, pp.547, $ 99.50 [Neurosurgery 32(4): 688]
unknown diseases [RN 1994.4.26]
dental filling material [RN 1994.4.26]
computer society [RN 1994.4.26]

[key words: man-machine interaction, man-computer interaction, dataregister, data integrity, data law, mformation society, cyberculture, future
research, artificial intelligence]

Bumham D (1983) The Rise of the Computer State. NY:Rnadom House.
Eden PF (1994) Privacy on parade. Futurist 28(4): 1994.7/8, p.38
Huxley, Aldous Q Brave New World.

Marx G & Reichman N (1984) Rouunizing the discovery of secret: computers as informants. Am. Behav. Scientist March
Masuda 0 The Information society [see letter of RN 1994. 1.26]
OrwelL George () 1984.

Rosnak, Theodore (1986) The Cult of Information [Akwei vs NSA]
Warwick DR (1992) The cash-free society Futurist Nov/Dec. p. 19.
Wiener, Norbert 0 Cybernetics. 2nd ed. The MIT Press
Zamytian () We.

National Diet Library Code H

Acta Neurochir Suppl. 30:1980- Z54-H260

Acta Physiologica Scandinavica Q£3:1942- Z53-D17

Acta psychol. (Amst) u£l(l):1935- Z52-A27

Acta Physiol. Pol. QX 19:1968.1- Z53-N390

Acustica 1:1951- Z53-A438

Adv. Neurol. NIL

Adv. phvsics. 0£ NIL

Aerosp.Med. u£31: 1960- (Z53-G 120)

Aerospace Med. Res. Labs. OCNIL

Am. J. Epidemiol. u£ 81:1965- Z53-D75

Am. J. Med. 34:1963- Z53-C384

Am. J. Med. Electron. .Q£2:1963- (Z53-D301)

Am. J. Physical Anthropology u£]:1943- (Z53-B358)

Am. J. Physiol. Q£l(l):1898- Z53-DI9

Am. J. PsychiaL 0£ 107(2): 1950- Z53-D588 icl 17-136.scaa 137:1980- 1982.12 (147,8 E+u{£a)
Am. J. Surg. 139: 1980- Z54-A679
Am. Nat.. 1:1967: Z53-B374

XXXV

Am. Psychologist 0X4(4): 1949.4- (Z52-A28)

Am. Scientist OX 30(2):1942- Z53-A7

Am. Zool. 0X2:1962- Z53-C145

Anesthesia & Analgesia OX59( 1 ): 1 980. 1 -

Anesthesiology' 52: 1980- Z53-X394

Animal Behav. 0X6:1958- Z53-C197

Ann. N. Y. Acad, of Sciences 0X23: 1913- (ZS3-A134)

Ann. Neurology Z53-X98

Ann. Otol. QXN1L

Ann. Otol. Rhin. Laryngol. 0X89(2): 1980- Z54-B54
Ann. Rep. Coll. Surg. OXNIL
Ann. roy. Coll. Surg. Engl. QX1(1):1947- Z54-A675
Ann. Surgery 0X191(1) 1980- Z54-A570

Annual Review of Psychology 0X48:1986- Z63-A174 eeOe-SB21-15,150,158-A615

Appl.Neurophysiology OX38(l):1975- Z53-D68

Arch AnaL Pshysiol., Lpz.0@O@OXNTL

Arch. Itahennes de Biologie 0X100: 1962- Z53-B426

Arch. General Psychiatry OXZ53-D587

Arch. Neurology (Chicago) 0X37(1): 1980- Z53-D586

Arch. Neurol. PsychiaL(Chic.) QX61(1);1949.1- 81: 1959 Z53-D585 scan. 75: 1956-81: 1959

Arch Optmhalmology 0X4:1949- Z53-D615

Arch. Otolaryngol. OX 49: 1949- Z53-D622

Arch. Phys. Med. Rehabil. 34: 1953- Z53-D558

Arch. Psychiat. Nervenkr 0X227:1979.7- Z53-W395

Atlantic Z55-A173

Aviat Space Environ. Med. 46:1975- Z53-G120
Behav. Biol. 0X7(1):1972- Z53R80

Behavioral and Brain Sciences ( BBS ) Z53-W364 scan. 1(1):1978-1994.6 (ex.1991)
Behav. Sci. 0X1(1):1956- Z51-A8 scan. 1964-1982.

Berichte Gesamte weber die Physiol. Exp. Pharmakologie OX1(1):1920- Z53-D22
Bioelectro-chem. Beioenergetics OX 1:1974- Z53-T414

Bic-electromagnetics OX 2(1):1981- Z54-C507 scan. - 15(5): 1994 (1987NILOA1989ouL )
Biolog. Psychiat. OX 1:1969- Z53-S61
Biomed. Eng. 4: 1970- Z53-W478
Bio-med. Instru. OX NIL

Bio-med. Instru. Technology 0X23:1989- Z54-A106 (Med Instru.elenKj
Biomed. Sci. Instrum. OX NIL
Biophys. J. 0X1:1960.9- Z53-B461
Biophys. Soc. Abstracts OXNIL

Biotelemetry and Patient Monitoring OX 1(1):1974-9(4):1982. Z53-W267. scannedall.
Biul. eksp. Biol. Med. nil

Brain 0X1938- Z53-R18 scan. 103:1980 - 1 17(4): 1994.8

Brain. Behav. Evol. 0X1:1968- Z54-C321

Brain Research 0£1(1):1966.1- (Z53-L382)

Brain Res. Bull. 1: 1976- Z53-V263

Bull. Am. Physical Soc. 1:1956- Z53-A409

Bull. Exp. Med. 0X51:1961- Z53-B390

Bull. Math. Biol OX 35:1973- Z53-B447

Bull. Psychonomic Soc. 13:1979- ZS3-V384

Can. J. Zool. 32: 1954- Z53-C148

Cand.M.A.J. 0X88:1963- Z53-C460

Cell OX 1:1974- Z53-V215

Clin. Neurol. Neurosurg 82( 1 ): 1 980- Z54-A686

Clin. Neuropsychol. 3:1981-5:1983 Z54-C436

Commua Behav. Biol. 0X 1:1968-6:1971 Z53-R80 [see Behav. Biol.]

Confin. neruol. (Basel). 0X23(3):1963- Z53-D68

Corrections Today 41:1979- Z51-G2I4

CRC Rev. Environ Contr 0£ 10:1980- 19:1990 Z54-A101

Crime and Deliquency in California 1984- (-1983 books) Z61-A216-B

Crime and Justice 1987- (-1986 books) Z61-C225-B

Crime Prevention and Cnminaal Justice Newsletter 7:1982-1986 Z51-P290-KO
Crime PrevenUon Review 1:1973-6:1979 Z51-K258
Defense Electronics OX 12:1980.3- Z54-A492

Defense News 7(1): 1992- Z92-505 scan. 1992.1.6 - 10.4, 1993.1-4. 1994.1.10 - 12.5/1 1
Defense Week 9:1988- Z51-P271 scan. 1988.1-1991.12, 1993.1-1994.8.29
Dissent 1:1954- Z51-B15

EEGClin. Neurophysiol OX 1 4(1):1 962- (Z53-N226) scan. 48(1): 1980.1 -83(6): 1993. 12 (75-81E+0{/£a)
Electro-and magnetobiologyO(2ifl(2lu£u@Z54-E816 1992- 1993: 12(1)
Electronic Design 2:1954- Z53-E464

Electronics 0£u@A@(NY) 1:1936- Z53-E462 scaa 1991.6 - 1994.7.25

XXXVI

Endocr. 68:1961- Z53-D61

Endocrine Rev. 2:1981- Z54-B831

Epilepsia 3: 1962- Z53-D357

Exerpta Medica 22:1969-J7:1990 Z53-P418

Exp. Brain Research 0X1(1):1965- Z53-M198 scan. 1980-43: 1981

Exp. Neurology OX5(l):1962- Z53-D69 scan,.1993.\0 -> 1992.1 1:1 18(2)

Fate

Fed. Probation 12:1948-46:1982 (1983- Int'l Organ Data House) Z51-D48-M scan.70-77,80-91.3.

Fed. Proc 0X1:1942- Z53-B428

Folia Pnmatologica 0X1:1936- Z53-P207

Folia Psvchiat. et Neurol. Japon. 0X1:1935-39:1985 Z53-D351 (e+i~JJPN)

Frontiers Med Biol. Eng. (Japan) 1: 1988- Z54-G799 scan. 1:1988- 6(1): 1994

Futurist 5(1):1971- Z55-B295 scan.25(3):1991.5/6 - 29(1): 1994.6

Health Phys. 1:1958- Z53-B470

Helvetic Physiol. Pharmacol, Accta 0X1: 1943- Z53-D27

Human Neurobiology 1:1982- Z54-D561 scan. 1982 - 1988

IEEE Eng. Med. Biol, Mag. OX 1:1982.3- Z54-D705 scan. 1:1982 - 13(3):1994.6/7 (exl990-1991)
IEEE Spectrum 0X 1:1964- Z53-L389
IEEE InL Conv. Rec. 8:1961- Z53-P160

IEEE Trans. AES (Aerospace and Electronic Systems) OX (Z53-M1 19)
IEEE Trans. BME (Bio-Medical Engineering) 0X1 1(1): 1964. 1- Z53-M457

scan.27(l):1980.1-41(7):1994.7,icl985.7-12, 1987.7-12; E+u{/E4 1990.1-12.
IEEE Trans. Maga 1:1965- Z53-L156
IEEE Trans. MTT (Microwave) OX 1 1:1963- Z53-N415.
Ind. Hyg. Occupat Dis. (USSR) OX NIL
Indian J. Med. Res. 0X51:1963,71:1980- Z53-C569
Indian J. of Physiology and Pharmacology OX28(l):1979- Z56-A156
Int Defense Rev. 0X4:1971.2- Z51-J1460@O@0@scan. 1980- (1994.1-4 NIL) 1994.10
Int. J. appl. Radiat. Isotopes 1 1956- Z53-B90
InL J. Biometeorol. OX 5:1961- Z53-B493
Int. J. Chronobiol. OX 1:1973- 8:1983 Z53-V20
InL J. clin. exp, Hypnosis 28:1980- Z54-A799

Int J. clin. Neuropsychol. 6:1984- Z54-C436 scan. 6:1984-12(4):1990

lnt J. Neurol. 13: 1979- Z54-C471

Int J. Neuropsychiat 0XNIL

Int J. Neuosci. OX 1:1970- Z53-W446

lnt J. Psychobiol. 0XNIL

Int J. Quant Cbem. 1:1967- Z53-N92

lnt J. radiat Biol. 54:1988- Z53-B471

Int Review of Neurobiology 0*27:1985- Z63-A100 (s:Oe-E}A«3e;e6) scan. 1985-1993

Investigative Radiology 0(2)0X 14:1979- Z53-X88

IRCS Med. Sci. 9: 1981- Z54-B794

J. Acousi.Soc. Amer. 0X1:1929- (Z53-P26)

J. Am. Geriatr. Soc. 0X1:1953- Z54-Z332

J. Am. med. Ass. 173: 1960- Z53-NI57

J. Appl. Phys. 8:1937- Z53-A376

J. Appl. Physiol. 0£1(1):1948- Z53-D28

J. Bioelectncity OX 1 ; 1982-10: 1991 scan.all Z54-E816 1 992- Electro-and magnetobiology

J. biological physics 0X9:1981- Z54-D254

J. Cellular and Comparative Physiology OX 1(1): 1932- Z53-D30

J. Clin. Psychiatry 41:1980- Z54-B211

J. comp. Physiol. A 154:1984- Z53-C185

J. comp. Physiol. B 154:1984- Z53-Y175

J. comp. Physiol. Psychol. 0X1947- Z52-A55

J. comp. Psychol. 0X0(2)1:1921- Z52-A55

J. Criminal* Justice 1:1973- Z51-K35

J. Exp. Anal. Behav. OX 1(1):1958- (Z53-V324)

J. Exp. Biol. 1:1923- Z53-B396

J. Genet Psychol. 0X84T954- Z53-M295

J. Hist Med. allied Sci. 1:19496- Z53-C499

J. interdiscipl. Cycle Res. 0X1 : 1970.5- Z53-S32

J. Iowa Med. Soc. 0X70:1980- Z53-B128

J. Ment Sc. OX => British J. Psychiatry 97:1951- Z53-D353

J. Microwave Power 0X 14:1979.3- Z53-X292 scan. - 28(2): 1993 (excl.24.25)

J. Nervous and Mental Disease 0X 169:1981- (Z54-B767) scaa-1993.1 (excl.1989.1-1991.6)

J. Neural Transm. 44:1979- Z53-V391

J. Neurol. Sci. 40:1979- Z53-V226

J Neurophysiology QXl(l):1938.1- Z53-D71

J Neuropsychiat 0XNIL

J. Neurosurgery 0X52(1): 1980- Z54-A778 scan. 52(1):1980 - 80(6):1994.6 (exl991.4-1991.12)

xxxvn

J. Neurol. Neurosurg. PsychiaL 0X1(1): 1938- Z53-D352 scan. 1980-48(6): 1985.6
J. Occup. Med 0X21:1979.8- ZS3-X9I
J. Physiol. (Lond.) 0X140:1958- Z53-D32
J. Psychol. 0X1:1935/1936- Z52-A36

Laboratory Animal Science 21(1): 1971 - 42(6): 1992. 12 Z53-P334
Lance! 0X222(5672): 1932.5- OXZ53-C416 scan 1984 (June & Dec. INDEX)
Laryngscope 0X90:1980- Z54-A412
Life Sci. OX 1963- Z53-B399

Los Alamos Science 9:1983- Z54-F230 scan. 1983-1993 (excl. 1991)
Mal.Cardiovas. QXNIL

Mayo Clinic Proceedings 0X55:1980.1- Z54-A509
Med biol. Eng. 0X4(1): 1966- Z53-D304Q(§!
Med. biol. Eng. Comput. 0X15:1977- Z53-D304fl@
Med Electron. Biol Eng. OX 1.1963-3:1965 Z53-D304
Med Instru. OX 14:1980- Z54-A106

Med Progress through Technology OX 1(1): 1972- Z53-W401
Med Res. Eng. Q£5(2):1966- Z53-D301
Metabolism 11:1962- Z53-D50
Microwave News OX NIL
Microwaves and RF 21:1982- Z53-F6

Military Electronics Countermeasures 6(6): 1980.6-9(4): 1983.4 E54-A821

Military Rev. OX 36(9): 1956. 12- Z51-D3 scaal980-1989.ll. 1990.1-12, 1992.5-1994.5

Military Sci. & Technology 2(2): 1982. 1-2(3): 1982.6 Z54-E398

Mutation Res. OX 1:1964- Z53-L479

The Nation Z55-A180

Nature 0X1:1869- (Z53-A28) scan.366(6452): 1993.1 1 -> 360:1992 (6444-6450 efiiuuEa)
Naturwissenschaften 0X7:1919-(Z53-A31)
Nav.Res.Rev. 0X(Z53-A1I9)
Neurobehav. Toxicol. 1:1979- Z54-C108
Neurochirurgie 0X26:1980- Z54-A650

Neurologica Medicochirurgica (Tokyo) 1:1959-18:1978 Z53-M401
Neurology OX31(l):1981.1- Z54-C89
Neuroophthalmol. NIL

Neuropsychobiology (Basel) 1:1975- Z54-A288

Neuropsychologia 1:1963- Z53-D355

Neuroscience 1:1976- Z53-V202

Neurosci. Biobehav. Rev. 3:1979- Z53-X60

Neurosurgery OX 6(1): 1980.1- (Z54-A464) scan 1980-1994.6

N.Engl. J. Med 0X244:1951- Z53-N131 scan. 1981. 1-8 (6,12 Index)

N. Scientist 52(772): 1971.12- Z53-A35 scan. 1993.12.4-1994.2.12, 1994.5.14-7.16

N.Y. State J. Med. 0X42:1942- Z53-C432

N. Y. T. Int. Ed. Z92-442 (Chy Ed Z92-2)

N. Y. T. Magazine 1925.1- Z55-A183

Official J. InlemaL Soc. Biotelemetry OX

Origins of Life 5:1974- Z53-P272

Percept Mot Skills 1:1949- Z53-V473

Perspectives 13:1986- Z5 1 -P230 & others

Philosophical Transactions Ser.B QXZ53-B445

Phys. Lett 24:1967- Z53-A387

Physica Scripta OX 1:1982- Z54-H114

Physiologist 0X4:1961.2- Z53-D36

Physiology and Behvior OX 1 ( 1 ): 1 966- Z53-M343

Physiol, chemistry and physics OX 1 1:1 979- Z53-W 1 27

Physiol. Rev. OX 1:1921- Z53-D34

Planetary Association for Clean Energy (PACE ) U

Popular Electronics 6:1957- Z53-F12

Proc. ecol. Soc. Aust. QXNIL

Proc. IEEE 0XQ@5 1 : 1963- Z53-F560@

Proc. Int Union Physiol. Sci. 0XNILO@

Proc. Nat Acad Sci. USA OX 1:1915- Z53-A78

Proc. R. Soc. Med 55: 1962- Z53-C484

Proc. Soc. Exp.Biol.and Med 0X28( 1 \: 1 930- Z53-B438

Progressive 21:1957-31:1967 Z52-B273

Progr. Brain Res. 0XNIL

Progr. Neurol. Surg. NIL

Psychiatr. Neurol. Jap. Oi

Psychological Bulletin QX1(1):1904,1- Z52-A41
Psychological Reports U 10:1962- Z52-A43
Psychol. Rev. 0X1:1894- Z52-A39
Psychol. Today 6:1973-23:1989 Z53-S376

xxxvni

Psychonomic Sci.u@u@Q£NlL

Psychosom. Med. 0£ 11:1949- (excl. 22-41) Z53-D591

Quan. Rev. Biol. 1 : 1 926- Z53-P394

Rad. Environ. Biophys. 1 1:1974- Z53-L144

Radio Sci. Q£ 1:1966- Z53-L8Q<a!scan 1980- 198 1.1 00®

Res. Publ. Ass. nerv. menl. Dis. fl£ NIL

Revue neurol. 135: 1979- Z53-V467

Science u£l:1883- 0XZ53-A48

Science News Q£92(22):1967.1 1- (Z53-A53)

Scientific American u£l(l): 1859,7.2- Z53-A54

Sensors and Actuators 2:1981- Z54-C646

Smithsonian 6:1976- Z55-C258

Social Theory and Practice 2: 1973- Z51-K140

Surgery u£ (St Louis) 87:1980- Z54-A596

Surgical Neurology Q£ 13(2); 1980.2- (Z54-A694)

Technology Review 59:1957- Z53-C305

Tekhnika Moledezhi 22(2): 1954- Z53-C311

Time 23(1): 1934- Z55-A401

Tohoku J. exp. Med. 1:1920- Z53-C486

Trans. Am. Acad. Ophthalmol. Otolaryngol. QINIL

Trans. Am. Neurol. Assn 0£NIL

Trans. Am. Soc. Artil'. Int Organs QiNIL

Trans. Kans. Aca. Sci. 64.1961- Z53-A96

US News & World Report Z55-A188

Yale J.of Biology and Medicine u£ 22: 1949- (Z53-B349)

O 1995 Freedom of Thought Foundation

Application for ©Shareware License

To: W.H. Bowart
P.O. Box 35072
Tucson, Arizona
85740-5072

Dear Bowart,

I'm honest and I want to support the principle of shareware. I want a copy right

Control.

My □ check or □ money order is enclosed for $15 for each copy: x 15 =

(Orders will be held until personal checks clear your bank.)

Please send my Shareware License to:

Name

Address

City State Zip

Phone: No. of copies ordered

If ordering a license for several copies please copy this form or otherwise supply the name and addresses of
those who will receive the other copies so that they can be registered. All copies will have a registration
number and the network of readers will be contacted periodically with updates. This is a limited edition --
extended beyond the original issue of 500 copies, to the limit of your demand, through the shareware
system.

"Have we the nerve and the will? Can we carry through
in an age when we will witness not only
new breakthroughs in weapons of destruction, but also a race for
mastery of the sky and the rain, the ocean and the tides, the far
side of space, and the inside of men's minds?"

— John nttfoald Kennedy, 1080